SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended __________
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report: June 29, 2021
For the transition period from _________ to __________
Commission file number 000-56261
GLASS
HOUSE BRANDS INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
British
Columbia, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
3645
Long Beach Blvd. Long Beach, California 90807
(Address of principal executive offices)
Kyle Kazan
c/o Glass House Brands Inc.
3645 Long Beach Blvd. Long Beach, California 90807
Telephone: 212-299-7670
Facsimile: 562-753-6830
(Name, Telephone, E-Mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Subordinate, Restricted and Limited Voting Shares, without par value.
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: NONE
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the shell company report: 22,860,947 shares of Equity Shares, 4,754,979 shares of Multiple Voting Shares, and 27,290,154 shares of Exchangeable Shares.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
YES¨ NO x
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
YES¨ NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES ¨ NO x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
YES x NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filed,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 in the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer ¨ | Accelerated filer ¨ | Non-accelerated filer x |
| Emerging growth company x |
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
¨
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
¨
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
| U.S. GAAP x | International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ¨ | Other ¨ |
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
x Item 17 ¨ Item 18
If this is an annual report indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
¨ YES ¨ NO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (this “Shell Company Report”) of Glass House Brands Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) speaks as of June 29, 2021 (i.e., the consummation of the Business Combination (as such term defined in this Shell Company Report)), and does not update any other information or disclosure relating to any events that have occurred after June 29, 2021, except for the “Risk factors” beginning on page 5 and “Element 7 Acquisition and Litigation” beginning on page 40. The Company disclaims any duty to update any information set forth in this Shell Company Report.
1
In this Shell Company Report, unless the context otherwise requires, the Company refers to Glass House Brands Inc. together with its subsidiaries, which entity was previously a publicly-listed special purpose acquisition corporation named Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“Mercer Park” or “BRND”).
Brief Introduction
We were previously a publicly-listed special purpose acquisition corporation named Mercer Park, incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“BCBCA”) on April 16, 2019, for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets. Mercer Park completed an initial public offering and became listed on the Neo Exchange Inc. (the “Neo Exchange”) on May 13, 2019, and, on June 29, 2021 completed its qualifying transaction under the rules of the Neo Exchange (the “Transaction” or “Business Combination”) pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 8, 2021, as amended June 18, 2021 and June 28, 2021 (collectively, the “Business Combination Agreement”), pursuant to which Mercer Park acquired indirectly 100% of the common equity interests of GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group”), a California based vertically integrated cannabis company, and changed its name to Glass House Brands Inc.
As a result of the Business Combination, GH Group’s shareholders became our controlling shareholders, and we continued to carry on the business of GH Group. The Business Combination was effected by a reverse merger of an indirect subsidiary of Mercer Park with GH Group, with GH Group as the surviving entity, and GH Group became our a majority-owned indirect subsidiary.
In connection with the Business Combination, our articles (the “Articles”) were amended to, among other things: (i) create and set the terms of the restricted voting shares (“Restricted Voting Shares”) and limited voting shares of the Company (“Limited Voting Shares”), (ii) amend the terms of Mercer Park’s Class A restricted voting shares to provide for the conversion of such shares into Restricted Voting Shares, Limited Voting Shares, or subordinate voting shares of the Company (“Subordinate Voting Shares,” and collectively with the Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares, the “Equity Shares”), as applicable (rather than solely into Subordinate Voting Shares) on completion of the Business Combination, (iii) provide for the conversion of Mercer Park’s Class B shares directly or indirectly on a one-for-one basis into Equity Shares on completion of the Business Combination, (iv) amend the terms of the multiple voting shares of the Company (“Multiple Voting Shares”) to convert the terms of such class of shares into non-transferable, redeemable and retractable preferred shares carrying 50 votes per share with no dividend or conversion rights and a $0.001 redemption and liquidation value, and (v) amend the terms of the Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on conversion of Mercer Park’s Class A restricted voting shares, including by amending the requirements in respect of who may hold Subordinate Voting Shares.
Our head office is 3645 Long Beach Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90807. Our registered office is Suite 2200, HSBC Building, 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, BC V6C 3E8 Canada.
We were previously a shell company prior to the Business Combination. Since, as a result of the Business Combination, we ceased to be a shell company, the Company is required pursuant to Rule 13a-19 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) to disclose the information in this Shell Company Report that would be required to be disclosed if it were registering securities under the Exchange Act within four business days following the consummation of the Business Combination.
2
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.
A. Directors and senior management.
Our directors and senior management include the individuals indicated below:
| Name | Function | Business Address |
| Kyle Kazan | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Graham Farrar | President and Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Robert (“Jamie”) Mendola | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Lameck Humble Lukanga | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| George Raveling | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Hector De La Torre | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Robert (“Bob”) Hoban | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Derek Higgins | Chief Financial Officer | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Jamin Horn | General Counsel and Corporate Secretary | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Joe Andreae | Vice President, Business Development | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Daryl Kato | Chief Operating Officer | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
B. Advisers.
Not applicable.
C. Auditors.
The auditor of BRND was MNP LLP, having an address at 111 Richmond Street West, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5H 2G4. Such firm was independent during their auditor tenure within the meaning of PCAOB Rule 3520, Auditor Independence.
Our auditor is Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP, having an address at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Such firm is independent within the meaning of the CPA Code of Professional Conduct and within the meaning of PCAOB Rule 3520, Auditor Independence.
3
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.
A. Offer statistics.
Not applicable.
B. Method and expected timetable.
Not applicable.
A. [Reserved]
B. Capitalization and indebtedness.
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2020 adjusted to give effect to (i) the Transaction (ii) the proposed acquisition of SoCal Greenhouse, (iii) the Private Placement, and (iv) the GH Group Financing (as defined below), assuming zero and a 25% level of redemptions of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares. Since December 31, 2020, other than in the normal course of business, there has been no material change in our equity and debt capital.
This table should be read in conjunction with the BRND Audited Annual Financial Statements, the GH Group Audited Annual Financial Statements, the Farmacy Berkeley Audited Annual Financial Statements, and the Pro Forma Financial Statements attached to this Shell Company Report.
| As of December 31, 2020, as adjusted after giving effect to (i) the Transaction and the acquisition of Farmacy Berkeley, (ii) the proposed acquisition of SoCal Greenhouse, (iii) the Private Placement, and (iv) the GH Group Financing and assuming no redemptions of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares | As of December 31, 2020, as adjusted after giving effect to the Transaction and the acquisition of Farmacy Berkeley, (ii) the proposed acquisition of SoCal Greenhouse, (iii) the Private Placement, and (iv) the GH Group Financing and assuming 25% redemptions of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares | |||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | 365,936,258 | 162,167,730 | ||||||
| Debt(2) | 989,554 | 989,554 | ||||||
| Shareholders’ equity(1) | 710,415,065 | 509,165,065 | ||||||
| Total Capitalization | 711,404,619 | 510,154,619 | ||||||
| Debt, net of cash | (364,946,704 | ) | (161,178,176 | ) | ||||
Notes:
| (1) | Excludes the Equity Shares issuable upon the exercise of the BRND Warrants, which are exercisable commencing 65 days after the completion of the Transaction. | |
| (2) | Unsecured. |
4
C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds.
Not applicable.
D. Risk factors.
There are a number of risk factors that could cause future results to differ materially from those described herein. The following are certain factors relating to the Company and its business that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, or the trading price of the Equity Shares. These risks and uncertainties are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or currently deemed immaterial by the Company may also impair the operations of the Company. If any such risks actually occur, security holders of the Company could lose all or part of their investment and the business, financial condition, liquidity, cash flows, results of operations and prospects of the Company could be materially adversely affected and the ability of the Company to implement its growth plans could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Legality of Cannabis
While legal under applicable U.S. State and local laws, the Company’s business activities are currently illegal under U.S. federal law.
Investors are cautioned that in the United States, commercial activity regarding cannabis is largely regulated at the State level, and in California, at both the State and local levels. To the Company’s knowledge, as of the date hereof, some form of cannabis has been legalized in 38 States, the District of Columbia, and the territories of Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, Northern Mariana Islands and Puerto Rico. Additional States have pending legislation regarding the same. Although California authorizes medical and/or adult-use cannabis production and distribution by duly licensed or registered entities, and numerous other states have legalized cannabis in some form, under current U.S. federal law, the possession, use, cultivation, and transfer of cannabis and any related drug paraphernalia is illegal, and any such acts are criminal acts under federal law under any and all circumstances under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970 (the “Substances Act”). The concepts of “medical cannabis,” “retail cannabis” and “adult-use cannabis” do not exist under current U.S. federal law. Marijuana is a Schedule I drug under the Substances Act. Under current U.S. federal law, a Schedule I drug or substance has a high potential for abuse, no accepted medical use in the U.S., and a lack of safety for the use of the drug under medical supervision. Although the Company believes that the business of the Company is and will be compliant with applicable U.S. state and local law, strict compliance with state and local laws with respect to cannabis may not absolve the Company of liability under U.S. federal law, nor may it provide a defense to any federal proceeding which may be brought against the Company. Any such proceedings brought against the Company may result in a material adverse effect on the Company.
Since the possession and use of cannabis and any related drug paraphernalia is illegal under current U.S. federal law, the Company may be deemed to be conducting an illegal activity and/or aiding and abetting illegal activities. The Company manufactures and distributes medical and adult-use cannabis. As a result, U.S. law enforcement authorities, in their attempt to regulate the illegal use of cannabis and any related drug paraphernalia, may seek to bring an action or actions against the Company, including, but not limited to, a claim regarding the possession, use and sale of cannabis, and/or aiding and abetting another’s criminal activities. The U.S. federal aiding and abetting statute provides that anyone who “commits an offense or aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces or procures its commission, is punishable as a principal.” As a result, the U.S. DOJ, under the current administration, could also allege that the Company’s lenders, landlords and other service providers have “aided and abetted” violations of federal law by providing financing and services to the Company. Under these circumstances, the federal prosecutor could enforce applicable laws in many ways, including, without limitation, to seek to seize the assets of the Company and third-party lenders, landlords and other service providers, and to recover the “illicit profits” previously distributed to shareholders resulting from any of the foregoing. In these circumstances, the Company’s operations would cease, the state and local authorizations issued to the underlying cannabis operating business(es) could be rescinded, the underlying cannabis operator business(es) could lose any leasehold interest held by such business(es), shareholders may lose their entire investment and directors, officers and/or shareholders may be left to defend any criminal charges against them at their own expense and, if convicted, be sent to federal prison. Such an action would result in a material adverse effect on the Company.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) enforces the laws of the United States. Crossing the border while in violation of the Substances Act and other related federal laws may result in denied admission, seizures, fines and apprehension. CBP officers administer the Immigration and Nationality Act to determine the admissibility of travelers, who are non-U.S. citizens, into the United States. An investment in the Company, if it became known to CBP, could have an impact on a non-U.S. shareholder’s admissibility into the United States and could lead to a lifetime ban on admission. See “Risk Factors - U.S. border officials could deny entry of non-U.S. citizens into the U.S. to employees of or investors in companies with cannabis operations in the United States and Canada.”
5
The Company derives 100% of its revenues from the cannabis industry and specifically the sale of cannabis and cannabis products in the State of California which industry is currently illegal under U.S. federal law. Even where the Company’s cannabis-related activities are compliant with applicable State and local laws, such activities remain illegal under U.S. federal law. The enforcement of relevant laws is a significant risk.
Medical cannabis has been protected against enforcement by enacted legislation from the United States Congress in the form of what is commonly called the “Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment,” which prevents federal prosecutors from using federal funds to impede the implementation of medical cannabis laws enacted at the state-level, subject to the United States Congress restoring such funding. Notably, although its sponsors have proposed versions of the amendment that cover both medical and adult use cannabis laws enacted at the state-level, the text of the adopted amendment has always applied to only medical cannabis programs, and has no effect on pursuit of recreational cannabis activities. The amendment has historically been passed as an amendment to omnibus appropriations bills, which by their nature expire at the end of a fiscal year or other defined term. The current omnibus appropriations bill continued the protections for the medical cannabis marketplace and its lawful participants from interference by the U.S. DOJ up and through the 2022 appropriations deadline of September 30, 2022.
If the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment language is not extended beyond September 30, 2022, there can be no assurance that the federal government will not seek to prosecute cases involving medical cannabis businesses that are otherwise compliant with state and local laws. Such potential proceedings could involve significant restrictions being imposed upon the Company or third parties, while diverting the attention of key executives. Such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on the Company, even if such proceedings were concluded successfully in favor of the Company.
Violations of any federal laws and regulations could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings conducted by either the federal government or private citizens, or criminal charges, including, but not limited to, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities or divestiture. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company, including its reputation and ability to conduct business, its holding (directly or indirectly) of medical and adult-use cannabis licenses in the United States, its financial position, operating results, profitability or liquidity or the market price of its publicly-traded shares. In addition, it will be difficult for the Company to estimate the time or resources that would be needed for the investigation of any such matters or its final resolution because, in part, the time and resources that may be needed are dependent on the nature and extent of any information requested by the applicable authorities involved, and such time or resources could be substantial.
The approach to the enforcement of state and federal cannabis laws may be subject to change or may not proceed as previously outlined.
As a result of the conflict between state and federal law regarding cannabis, investments in cannabis businesses in the U.S. are subject to inconsistent legislation and regulation. The response to this inconsistency was addressed in the Cole Memorandum addressed to all United States district attorneys acknowledging that notwithstanding the designation of cannabis as a controlled substance at the federal level in the United States, several states have enacted laws relating to cannabis for medical purposes.
The Cole Memorandum outlined certain priorities for the U.S. DOJ relating to the prosecution of cannabis offenses. In particular, the Cole Memorandum noted that in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations is less likely to be a priority at the federal level. Notably, however, the U.S. DOJ has never provided specific guidelines for what regulatory and enforcement systems it deems sufficient under the Cole Memorandum standard.
In light of limited investigative and prosecutorial resources, the Cole Memorandum concluded that the U.S. DOJ should be focused on addressing only the most significant threats related to cannabis. States where medical cannabis had been legalized were not characterized as a high priority. In March 2017, then newly appointed Attorney General Jeff Sessions again noted limited federal resources and acknowledged that much of the Cole Memorandum had merit; however, he had previously stated that he did not believe it had been implemented effectively and, on January 4, 2018, former Attorney General Jeff Sessions issued the Sessions Memorandum, which rescinded the Cole Memorandum. The Sessions Memorandum rescinded previous nationwide guidance specific to the prosecutorial authority of United States Attorneys relative to cannabis enforcement on the basis that they are unnecessary, given the well-established principles governing federal prosecution that are already in place. Those principles are included in chapter 9.27.000 of the USAM and require federal prosecutors deciding which cases to prosecute to weigh all relevant considerations, including federal law enforcement priorities set by the Attorney General, the seriousness of the crime, the deterrent effect of criminal prosecution, and the cumulative impact of particular crimes on the community.
6
As a result of the Sessions Memorandum, federal prosecutors are now free to utilize their prosecutorial discretion to decide whether to prosecute cannabis activities despite the existence of state-level laws that may be inconsistent with federal prohibitions. No direction was given to federal prosecutors in the Sessions Memorandum as to the priority they should ascribe to such cannabis activities, and resultantly, it is uncertain how active U.S. federal prosecutors will be in relation to such activities.
As discussed above, should the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment not be renewed, there can be no assurance that the federal government will not seek to prosecute cases involving medical cannabis businesses that are otherwise compliant with State law.
On November 7, 2018, Mr. Sessions resigned as Attorney General at the request of President Donald J. Trump. Following Mr. Sessions’ resignation, Matthew Whitaker began serving as Acting United States Attorney General, and William Barr was eventually appointed to the role. During his Senate confirmation hearing, Mr. Barr stated that he disagrees with efforts by states to legalize cannabis but would not seek to prosecute cannabis companies in states that adopted legalized cannabis rules under Obama administration policies. He stated further that he would not upset settled expectations that have arisen as a result of the Cole Memorandum. Federal enforcement of cannabis-related activity remained consistent with the priorities outlined in the Cole Memorandum throughout Attorney General Barr’s tenure.
In January 2021, Joseph R. Biden Jr. was sworn in as the new President of the United States. President Biden nominated federal judge Merrick Garland to serve as his Attorney General. During his confirmation hearings in the Senate on February 22, 2021, Attorney General nominee Garland confirmed that he would not prioritize pursuing cannabis prosecutions in states that have legalized and that are regulating the use of cannabis, both for medical and adult use. The Senate confirmed Judge Garland as Attorney General on March 10, 2021.
However, unless and until the United States Congress amends the Substances Act with respect to medical and/or adult-use cannabis (and as to the timing or scope of any such potential amendments there can be no assurance), there is a risk that U.S. federal authorities may enforce current U.S. federal law. If the U.S. federal government begins to enforce U.S. federal laws relating to cannabis in states where the sale and use of cannabis is currently legal, or if existing applicable state laws are repealed or curtailed, the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects and the Company generally would be materially adversely affected.
Such potential proceedings could involve significant restrictions being imposed upon the Company or third parties, while diverting the attention of key executives. Such proceedings could have a material adverse effect on the Company, as well as the Company’s reputation, even if such proceedings were concluded successfully in favor of the Company. In the extreme case, such proceedings could ultimately involve the prosecution of key executives of the Company or the seizure of corporate assets; however as of the date hereof, the Company believes that proceedings of this nature are relatively remote.
There is no certainty as to how the U.S. DOJ, Federal Bureau of Investigation and other federal and state government agencies will handle cannabis matters in the future. The Company regularly monitors the activities of the current administration in this regard.
The Company may be subject to restricted access to banking services in the United States and Canada.
In February 2014, FinCEN issued guidance through the FinCEN Memorandum (which is not law) with respect to financial institutions providing banking services to cannabis businesses. This guidance includes extensive and onerous due diligence expectations and reporting requirements, and does not provide any safe harbors or legal defenses from examination or regulatory or criminal enforcement actions by the U.S. DOJ, FinCEN or other federal regulators. Thus, many banks and other financial institutions in the United States choose not to provide banking services to cannabis-related businesses or rely on this guidance, which can be amended or revoked at any time by the Biden administration. In addition to the foregoing, banks may refuse to process debit card payments, and credit card companies generally refuse to process credit card payments for cannabis-related businesses. As a result, the Company may have limited or no access to banking or other financial services in the United States. The inability, or limitation of the Company’s ability, to open and maintain bank accounts, obtain other banking services and/or accept credit card and debit card payments may make it difficult for the Company to operate and conduct its business as planned or to operate efficiently.
7
Additionally, Canadian banks may potentially refuse to provide banking services to companies engaged in U.S. cannabis activities while it is illegal under U.S. federal law.
There are increasing numbers of high -net worth individuals and family offices that have made meaningful investments in cannabis companies and businesses similar to the Company. Although there has been an increase in the amount of private financing available over the last several years, there is a limited pool of institutional capital that is available to cannabis license holders and license applicants. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if raised privately, will be available to the Company when needed or on terms which are commercially reasonable or acceptable to the Company. The Company’s inability to raise financing to fund capital expenditures or acquisitions could limit its growth and may have a material adverse effect upon future profitability.
The differing regulatory requirements across state jurisdictions may hinder or otherwise prevent the Company from achieving efficiencies and economies of scale.
Traditional rules of investing may prove to be imperfect in the cannabis industry. For example, while it would be common for investment managers to purchase equity in companies in different states to reach economies of scale and to conduct business across state lines, such an investment thesis may not be feasible in the cannabis industry because of varying state-by-state legislation. Applicable regulations in many states may require advance disclosure of and approval of state regulators to accomplish an investment. As no two state regulated markets in the U.S. cannabis industry are exactly the same, doing business across state lines may not be possible or commercially practicable. As a result, the Company may be limited to identifying opportunities in individual states, which may have the effect of slowing the growth prospects of the Company.
The Company is subject to a multitude of general risks involving legal, regulatory or other political change.
The success of the business strategy of the Company depends on the legality of the cannabis industry. The political environment surrounding the cannabis industry in general can be volatile and the regulatory framework across federal, state, and local jurisdictions remains in flux. To the Company’s knowledge, as of the date hereof, some form of cannabis has been legalized in 47 States, the District of Columbia, and the territories of Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands, Northern Mariana Islands and Puerto Rico; however, the risk remains that a shift in the regulatory or political realm could occur and have a drastic impact on the industry as a whole, adversely impacting the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
Delays in enactment of new state or federal regulations could restrict the ability of the Company to reach strategic growth targets. The growth strategy of the Company is contingent upon certain federal, state and local regulations being enacted to facilitate the legalization of medical and adult-use marijuana. If such regulations are not enacted, or enacted but subsequently repealed or amended, or enacted with prolonged phase-in periods, the growth targets of the Company could be negatively impacted, and thus, the effect on the return of investor capital, could be detrimental.
The Company is unable to predict with certainty when and how the outcome of these complex regulatory and legislative proceedings will affect its business and growth.
8
Further, there is no guarantee that state laws legalizing and regulating the sale and use of cannabis will not be repealed or overturned, or that local governmental authorities will not limit the applicability of state laws within their respective jurisdictions, including prohibiting ownership of cannabis businesses by public companies. If the federal government begins to enforce federal laws relating to cannabis in states where the sale and use of cannabis is currently legal under applicable state laws, or if existing applicable state laws are repealed or curtailed, the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects would be materially adversely affected. It is also important to note that local and city ordinances may strictly limit and/or restrict disbursement of cannabis in a manner that will make it extremely difficult or impossible to transact business in that jurisdiction, which may adversely affect the Company’s continued operations. Federal actions against individuals or entities engaged in the cannabis industry or a repeal of applicable cannabis legislation could adversely affect the Company and its business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Company is also aware that multiple states, local jurisdictions, and the federal government are considering excise, gross receipts, canopy and/or other special taxes or fees on businesses in the cannabis industry. It is a potential yet unknown risk at this time that other states are in the process of reviewing such additional fees and taxes. Should such special taxes or fees be adopted, this could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
Overall, the medical and adult-use cannabis industry is subject to significant regulatory change at the local, state, and federal level. The inability of the Company to respond to the changing regulatory landscape may cause it to not be successful in capturing significant market share and could otherwise harm its business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
The U.S. cannabis industry is a new industry that may not succeed.
Should the U.S. federal government change course and decide to prosecute those dealing in medical or adult-use cannabis under applicable law, there may not be any market for the Company’s products and services. It is a new industry subject to extensive regulation, and there can be no assurance that it will grow, flourish or continue to the extent necessary to permit the Company to succeed. The Company is treating, and will treat, the cannabis industry as a deregulating industry with significant unsatisfied demand for the Company’s products and may adjust its future operations, product mix and market strategy as the industry develops and matures.
The Company’s operations in the U.S. cannabis market may become the subject of heightened scrutiny.
For the reasons set forth above, the Company’s existing operations in the U.S., and any future operations or investments, may become the subject of heightened scrutiny by regulators, stock exchanges and other authorities in Canada and the U.S. As a result, the Company may be subject to significant direct and indirect interaction with public officials. There can be no assurance that this heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to operate or invest in the U.S. or any other jurisdiction, in addition to those described herein.
Given the heightened risk profile associated with cannabis in the U.S., CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc. (“CDS”) may implement procedures or protocols that would prohibit or significantly curtail the ability of CDS to settle trades for cannabis companies that have cannabis businesses or assets in the U.S. On February 8, 2018, following discussions with the Canadian Securities Administrators and recognized Canadian securities exchanges, the TMX Group announced the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (“TMX MOU”) with the Neo Exchange, the Canadian Securities Exchange, the Toronto Stock Exchange, and the TSX Venture Exchange. The TMX MOU outlines the parties’ understanding of Canada’s regulatory framework applicable to the rules, procedures, and regulatory oversight of the exchanges and CDS as it relates to issuers with cannabis-related activities in the U.S. The TMX MOU confirms, with respect to the clearing of listed securities, that CDS relies on the exchanges to review the conduct of listed issuers. As a result, there is no CDS ban on the clearing of securities of issuers with cannabis-related activities in the U.S. However, there can be no guarantee that this approach to regulation will continue in the future. If such a ban were to be implemented, it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of holders of Equity Shares to make and settle trades. In particular, Equity Shares would become highly illiquid, and until an alternative was implemented, investors would have no ability to effect a trade of Equity Shares through the facilities of a stock exchange.
9
In light of the political and regulatory uncertainty surrounding the treatment of U.S. cannabis-related activities, including the rescission of the Cole Memorandum discussed above, on February 8, 2018, the Canadian Securities Administrators revised their previously released Staff Notice - 51-352 Issuers with U.S. Marijuana-Related Activities setting out their disclosure expectations for specific risks facing issuers with cannabis-related activities in the U.S. The Staff Notice confirms that a disclosure-based approach remains appropriate for issuers with U.S. cannabis-related activities. The Staff Notice includes additional disclosure expectations that apply to all issuers with U.S. cannabis-related activities, including those with direct and indirect involvement in the cultivation and distribution of cannabis, as well as issuers that provide goods and services to third parties involved in the U.S. cannabis industry. The Company views the Staff Notice favorably, as it provides increased transparency and greater certainty regarding the views of its exchange and its regulator of existing operations and strategic business plan as well as the Company’s ability to pursue further investment and opportunities in the Company.
Government policy changes or public opinion may also result in a significant influence over the regulation of the cannabis industry in Canada, the U.S. or elsewhere. A negative shift in the public’s perception of medical and/or adult-use cannabis in the U.S. or any other applicable jurisdiction could affect future legislation or regulation. Among other things, such a shift could cause U.S. state jurisdictions to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical and/or adult-use cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new state jurisdictions into which the Company could expand. Any inability to fully implement the Company’s expansion strategy may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
Settlement by Securityholders Resident in the United States may be unavailable or impaired.
Given the heightened risk profile associated with cannabis in the United States, Canadian capital markets participants may be unwilling to assist with the settlement of trades for U.S. resident securityholders of companies with operations in the United States cannabis industry which may prohibit or significantly impair the ability of securityholders in the United States to trade the Equity Shares. In the event residents of the United States are unable to settle trades of the Equity Shares, this may affect the pricing of such securities in the secondary market, the transparency and availability of trading prices and the liquidity of these securities.
Regulatory scrutiny of the Company’s industry may negatively impact its ability to raise additional capital.
The Company’s business activities rely on newly established and/or developing laws and regulations in the various states in which the Company operates. These laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and subject to change with minimal notice. Regulatory changes may adversely affect the Company’s profitability or cause it to cease operations entirely. The cannabis industry may come under the scrutiny or further scrutiny by the FDA, FTC, Securities and Exchange Commission, the U.S. DOJ, or other federal, state or non-governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise or regulate the production, distribution, sale or use of cannabis for medical and/or adult-use purposes in the U.S. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any proposals will become law. The regulatory uncertainty surrounding the Company’s industry may adversely affect the business and operations of the Company, including without limitation, the costs to remain compliant with applicable laws and the impairment of its ability to raise additional capital, create a public trading market in the U.S. for securities of the Company or to find a suitable acquirer, which could reduce, delay or eliminate any return on investment in the Company.
The Company’s investments in the U.S. are subject to applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
Because the manufacture, distribution, and dispensation of cannabis remains illegal under the Substances Act, banks and other financial institutions providing services to cannabis-related businesses risk violation of federal anti-money laundering statutes (18 U.S.C. §§ 1956 and 1957), the unlicensed money-remitter statute (18 U.S.C. § 1960) and the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder, the Criminal Code (Canada) and other related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by governmental authorities in the United States and Canada. These statutes can impose significant criminal liability for engaging in certain financial and monetary transactions with the proceeds of a “specified unlawful activity” such as distributing controlled substances which are illegal under U.S. federal law, including cannabis, and for failing to identify or report financial transactions that involve the proceeds of cannabis-related violations of the Substances Act. As a result, a majority of the United States’ banks and financial institutions have refused to open bank accounts for the deposit of funds from businesses involved with the cannabis industry. Others have agreed to accept deposits from medical cannabis sales, but not recreational cannabis sales. The inability to open bank accounts with certain institutions could materially and adversely affect the business of the Company. See “Risk Factors – The Company may be subject to restricted access to banking in the United States and Canada”.
10
In February 2014, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network issued the FinCEN Memorandum providing instructions to banks seeking to provide services to cannabis-related businesses. The FinCEN Memorandum states that in some circumstances, it is permissible for banks to provide services to cannabis-related businesses without risking prosecution for violation of federal money laundering laws. It refers to supplementary guidance that Deputy Attorney General Cole issued to federal prosecutors in the 2014 Cole Memorandum relating to the prosecution of money laundering offenses predicated on cannabis-related violations of the Substances Act. It is unclear at this time whether the current administration will follow the guidelines of the FinCEN Memorandum.
In the event that any of the Company’s operations, or any proceeds thereof, any dividends or distributions therefrom, or any profits or revenues accruing from such operations in the U.S. were found to be in violation of money laundering legislation or otherwise, such transactions may be viewed as proceeds of crime under one or more of the statutes noted above or any other applicable legislation. This could restrict or otherwise jeopardize the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends, effect other distributions or subsequently repatriate such funds back to Canada. Furthermore, while there is no current intention by the Company to declare or pay dividends on the Equity Shares in the foreseeable future, in the event that a determination was made that the Company’s proceeds from operations (or any future operations or investments in the U.S.) could reasonably be shown to constitute proceeds of crime, the Company may decide or be required to suspend declaring or paying dividends without advance notice and for an indefinite period of time.
Any re-classification of cannabis or changes in U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations may adversely affect the Company’s business.
If cannabis and/or CBD is re-categorized as a Schedule II or lower controlled substance, the ability to conduct research on the medical benefits of cannabis would most likely be simpler and more accessible; however, if cannabis is re-categorized as a Schedule II or other controlled substance, the resulting re-classification would result in the requirement for FDA approval if medical claims are made for the Company’s products such as medical cannabis, and likely other rules and regulations that could interfere with the Company’s business. As a result, the manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and use of such products may be subject to a significant degree of regulation by the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”). In that case, the Company may be required to be registered (licensed) to perform these activities and have the security, control, recordkeeping, reporting and inventory mechanisms required by the DEA to prevent drug loss and diversion. Obtaining the necessary registrations, and/or complying with any other rules and regulations related to the re-scheduling, may result in significant costs and the delay of the manufacturing or distribution of the Company’s current or anticipated products. The DEA conducts periodic inspections of certain registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Failure to maintain compliance could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings.
The Company is subject to risks associated with the CBD industry.
The cultivation, manufacture, labeling, and distribution of hemp and hemp-derived CBD products is regulated by various federal, state, and local agencies. These governmental authorities may commence regulatory or legal proceedings, which could restrict the permissible scope of the Company’s products claims or the ability to sell hemp, CBD isolate, and hemp-derived CBD products in the future. If the Company’s operations are found to be in violation of any such applicable laws or regulations, the Company may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, any of which could adversely affect the ability to operate the business and financial results. Failure to comply with FDA requirements may result in the issuance of warning letters, injunctions, product withdrawals, recalls, product seizures, fines, and criminal prosecutions. The U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) regulates the advertising of such products and requires that all product claims be supported by competent and reliable scientific evidence. Violations of FTC requirements could result in legal action, including injunctions and orders to return money to consumers.
11
The availability of favorable locations may be severely restricted.
In California and other states, the local municipality has authority to choose where any cannabis establishment will be located. These authorized areas are frequently removed from other retail operations and subject to additional rules and regulations.
Because the cannabis industry remains illegal under U.S. federal law, the disadvantaged tax status of businesses deriving their income from cannabis, and the reluctance of the banking industry to support cannabis businesses, it may be difficult for the Company to locate and obtain the rights to operate at various preferred locations. Property owners may violate their lenders’ debt covenants by leasing to the Company, and those property owners that are willing to allow use of their facilities may require payment of above fair market value rents to reflect the scarcity of such locations and the risks and costs of providing such facilities.
U.S. border officials could deny entry of non-U.S. citizens into the U.S. to employees of or investors in companies with cannabis operations in the United States and Canada.
Because cannabis remains illegal under U.S. federal law, those employed at or investing in legal and licensed Canadian cannabis companies could face detention, denial of entry or lifetime bans from the U.S. for their business associations with U.S. cannabis businesses. Entry happens at the sole discretion of CBP officers on duty, and these officers have wide latitude to ask questions to determine the admissibility of a non-U.S. citizen or foreign national. The government of Canada has started warning travelers on its website that previous use of cannabis, or any substance prohibited by U.S. federal laws, could mean denial of entry to the U.S. Business or financial involvement in the legal cannabis industry in Canada or in the United States could also be reason enough for U.S. border guards to deny entry. On September 21, 2018, CBP released a statement outlining its current position with respect to enforcement of the laws of the United States. It stated that Canada’s legalization of cannabis will not change CBP enforcement of United States laws regarding controlled substances and because cannabis continues to be a controlled substance under United States law, working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal marijuana industry in U.S. states where it is deemed legal or Canada may affect admissibility to the U.S. As a result, CBP has affirmed that, employees, directors, officers, managers and investors of companies involved in business activities related to cannabis in the U.S. or Canada (such as the Company), who are not U.S. citizens face the risk of being barred from entry into the United States for life. On October 9, 2018, CBP released an additional statement regarding the admissibility of Canadian citizens working in the legal cannabis industry. CBP stated that a Canadian citizen working in or facilitating the proliferation of the legal cannabis industry in Canada coming into the U.S. for reasons unrelated to the cannabis industry will generally be admissible to the U.S.; however, if such person is found to be coming into the U.S. for reasons related to the cannabis industry, such person may be deemed inadmissible.
Business Structure Risks
The Company may experience unpredictability caused by the Company’s current capital structure.
Although other Canadian-based companies have dual class or multiple voting share structures, given the concentration of voting control that is held indirectly by the Company Founders by virtue of their Multiple Voting Shares, the Company is not able to predict whether this control will result in a lower trading price for or greater fluctuations in the trading price of the Equity Shares or will result in adverse publicity to the Company or other adverse consequences.
The Company’s multi-class structure has the effect of concentrating voting control and the ability to influence corporate matters with the Company Founders.
12
The Multiple Voting Shares have 50 votes per share, whereas the Equity Shares, have one (1) vote per share (other than in respect of the election of directors of the Company, for which the Limited Voting Shares do not have any entitlement to vote). Currently, the Company Founders hold approximately 80.9% of the voting power in the Company on a non-diluted basis, and approximately 73.3% on a diluted basis, just based on their ownership of 100% of the Multiple Voting Shares (without taking into account any Equity Share they may hold). Accordingly, each of the Company Founders has significant influence over the management and affairs of the Company and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions. In addition, because of the 50-to-1 voting ratio between the Multiple Voting Shares and Equity Shares, the holders of Multiple Voting Shares control a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting shares even though the Multiple Voting Shares represent a substantially reduced percentage of the total outstanding shares of the Company. The concentrated voting control of the holders of Multiple Voting Shares limits the ability of the holders of Equity Shares to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors as well as with respect to the Company’s decisions to amend its share capital, create and issue additional classes of shares, make significant acquisitions, sell significant assets or parts of its business, merge with other companies and/or undertake other significant transactions. As a result, holders of Multiple Voting Shares have the ability to influence or control many matters affecting the Company and actions may be taken that the holders of Equity Shares may not view as beneficial. The market price of the Equity Shares could be adversely affected due to the significant influence and voting power of the holders of Multiple Voting Shares. Additionally, the significant voting interest of the holders of Multiple Voting Shares could discourage transactions involving a change of control, including transactions in which an investor, as a holder of the Equity Shares, might otherwise receive a premium for the Equity Shares over the then-current market price, or discourage competing proposals if a going private transaction is proposed by one or more holders of Multiple Voting Shares.
The issuance of Preferred Shares (as defined herein) could decrease earnings and assets available to holders of the Equity Shares and may decrease the market price of the Equity Shares.
The issuance of Preferred Shares and the terms selected by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of Equity Shares or adversely affect the rights and powers, including the voting rights, of the holders of the Equity Shares without any further vote or action by the holders of the Equity Shares. The issuance of Preferred Shares, or the issuance of rights to purchase Preferred Shares, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire a majority of the Equity Shares and thereby have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition proposal or of making the removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Shares may have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Equity Shares.
Loss of FPI status.
The Company is currently a “foreign private issuer” (“FPI”) as defined in Rule 405 under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“U.S. Securities Act”) and Rule 3b-4 under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. While the terms of the Multiple Voting Shares and Equity Shares are intended to avoid such a circumstance, if, as of the last business day of the Company’s second fiscal quarter for any year, more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities (as determined under Rule 405 of the U.S. Securities Act) are directly or indirectly held of record by residents of the United States, the Company will no longer meet the definition of an FPI, which may have adverse consequences on the Company’s ability to raise capital in private placements or Canadian prospectus offerings. In addition, the loss of the Company’s FPI status may result in increased reporting requirements and a substantial increase in audit, legal and administration costs. These increased costs may significantly affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
General Regulatory and Legal Risks
The Company may be subject to the risk of civil asset forfeiture.
Because the cannabis industry remains illegal under U.S. federal law, any property owned by participants in the cannabis industry which are either used in the course of conducting such business, or are the proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture. Even if the owner of the property were never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture.
13
The Company may lack access to U.S. bankruptcy protections.
Because the use of cannabis is illegal under U.S. federal law, many courts have denied cannabis businesses bankruptcy protections, thus making it very difficult for lenders to recoup their investments in the cannabis industry in the event of a bankruptcy. If the Company were to experience a bankruptcy, there is no guarantee that U.S. federal bankruptcy protections would be available to the Company’s U.S. operations, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company may be subject to the risk of an inability to enforce its contracts.
It is a fundamental principle of law that a contract will not be enforced if it involves a violation of law or public policy. Because cannabis remains illegal at a federal level, judges in multiple states have on a number of occasions refused to enforce contracts for the repayment of money when the loan was used in connection with activities that violate federal law, even if there is no violation of state law. There remains doubt and uncertainty that the Company will be able to legally enforce contracts it enters into if necessary. The Company cannot be assured that it will have a remedy for breach of contract, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company may be subject to the risk of changes in Canadian laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any such laws and regulations.
The Company is subject to laws and regulations enacted by the federal and provincial governments of Canada. In particular, the Company is required to comply with certain Canadian securities law, income tax law, the rules of the Neo Exchange and other legal and regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application also may change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company is subject to general regulatory and licensing risks.
The Company is subject to a variety of laws, regulations and guidelines relating to the manufacture, management, transportation, storage and disposal of cannabis, including laws and regulations relating to health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. Achievement of the Company’s business objectives is contingent, in part, upon compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and obtaining all requisite regulatory approvals. Changes to such laws, regulations and guidelines due to matters beyond the control of the Company may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company is required to obtain or renew further government permits and licenses for its current and contemplated operations. Obtaining, amending or renewing the necessary governmental permits and licenses can be a time-consuming process potentially involving numerous state and local regulatory agencies, public hearings and costly undertakings on the part of the Company. As of April 1, 2022, California will no longer issue provisional licenses, instead requiring all marijuana businesses to obtain annual licensure. This is a lengthier process, which will include a full review under the California Environmental Quality Act for every facility seeking licensure. The duration and success of the Company’s efforts to obtain, amend and renew permits and licenses are contingent upon many variables not within its control, including the interpretation of applicable requirements implemented by the relevant permitting or licensing authority. The Company may not be able to obtain, amend or renew permits or licenses that are necessary to its operations or to achieve the growth of its business. Any unexpected delays or costs associated with the permitting and licensing process could impede the ongoing or proposed operations of the Company. To the extent any permits or licenses are not obtained, amended or renewed, or are subsequently suspended or revoked, the Company may be curtailed or prohibited from proceeding with ongoing operations or planned development and commercialization activities. Such curtailment or prohibition may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
14
Many of the licenses currently held by the Company are subject to renewal on an annual or periodic basis; however, they are generally renewed, as a matter of course, if the license holder continues to operate in compliance with applicable legislation and regulations and without any material change to its operations. These renewals are contingent upon the registration holder’s past and continued ability to meet the statutory and regulatory requirements of the given program. The Licensing Manager, supported by Compliance personnel, actively monitor renewal dates for licenses to seek to ensure that licenses are renewed as and when required. The Company has implemented a centralized tracking, review, and upkeep system with respect to license maintenance.
While the Company believes that its compliance controls have been developed to mitigate the risk of any violations of any licenses they hold arising, there is no assurance that the Company’s licenses will be renewed by each applicable regulatory authority in the future in a timely manner. Any unexpected delays or costs associated with the licensing renewal process for any of the licenses held by the Company could impede the ongoing or planned operations of the Company and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company may become involved in a number of government or agency proceedings, investigations and audits. The outcome of any regulatory or agency proceedings, investigations, audits, and other contingencies could harm the Company’s reputation, require the Company to take, or refrain from taking, actions that could harm its operations or require the Company to pay substantial amounts of money, harming its financial condition. There can be no assurance that any pending or future regulatory or agency proceedings, investigations and audits will not result in substantial costs or a diversion of management’s attention and resources or have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company is subject to a comprehensive California regulatory regime regarding the transfer and grant of permits and licenses.
Cannabis business activities are heavily regulated in California. The Company’s operations are subject to various laws, regulations and guidelines by governmental authorities, relating to the manufacture, marketing, management, transportation, storage, sale, pricing and disposal of medical and recreational marijuana and cannabis oil, and also including laws and regulations relating to health and safety, insurance coverage, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. Laws and regulations, applied generally, grant the Department of Cannabis Control (the “DCC”) (which DCC is a result of the statutory consolidation of the former State-level cannabis regulatory bodies: the BCC, CDPH and CDFA) and local regulatory bodies broad administrative discretion over the activities of the Company in California, including the power to limit or restrict business activities as well as impose additional disclosure requirements on the Company’s products and services. Government approvals, including state licenses and local permits, are currently required in connection with the operations of the Company. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, the Company may be curtailed, delayed, or prohibited from cultivating, manufacturing, distributing and selling medical or adult use cannabis in California. Achievement of the Company’s business objectives is contingent, in part, upon compliance with regulatory requirements enacted by the DCC and local governmental authorities and obtaining all regulatory approvals required from the DCC and local governmental authorities, where necessary, for the cultivation, manufacturing, distribution and sale of its cannabis products.
The Company may not be able to obtain or maintain the necessary licenses, permits, certificates, authorizations or accreditations to operate its respective business, or may only be able to do so at great cost. In addition, the Company may not be able to comply fully with the wide variety of laws and regulations applicable to the Cannabis industry. The Company will incur ongoing costs and obligations related to regulatory compliance and obtaining new licenses. Failure to comply with regulations may lead to possible sanctions including the revocation or imposition of additional conditions on licenses to operate the Company’s business, the suspension or expulsion from the California cannabis market or of its key personnel, and the imposition of fines and censures. The inability to obtain or maintain necessary licenses, permits, certificates, authorizations or accreditations, changes in regulations, more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to the Company’s operations, increased compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects of the Company.
15
The Company may be subject to regulatory enforcement action and approvals from the Food and Drug Administration.
The Company’s cannabis-based products may be supplied to patients diagnosed with certain medical conditions. However, the Company’s cannabis-based products are not approved by the FDA as “drugs” or for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of any disease. Accordingly, the FDA may regard any promotion of the cannabis-based products as the promotion of an unapproved drug in violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”).
In recent years, the FDA has issued letters to a number of companies selling products that contain CBD oil derived from hemp warning them that the marketing of their products violates the FDCA. FDA enforcement action against the Company could result in a number of negative consequences, including fines, disgorgement of profits, recalls or seizures of products, or a partial or total suspension of the Company’s production or distribution of its products. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.
The Company has limited trademark protection.
The Company will not be able to currently register any U.S. federal trademarks for its cannabis products insofar as producing, manufacturing, processing, possessing, distributing, selling, and using cannabis is illegal under the Substances Act. The United States Patent and Trademark Office will not permit the registration of any trademark that identifies cannabis products. As a result, the Company likely will be unable to protect its cannabis product trademarks beyond the state geographic areas in which it and its subsidiaries conduct business. The use of its trademarks outside the states in which they operate by one or more other persons could have a material adverse effect on the value of such trademarks.
The Company’s operations are subject to various local approvals, many of which are discretionary local approvals, which have no set timeline for issuance, which may not issue, and/or which may be accompanied by conditions which may impact our ability to operate at full capacity.
The Company’s operations are subject to local discretionary approvals, which have no set timeline for issuance, and which may be accompanied by conditions which may impact our ability to operate at full capacity. Among those approvals are conditional use permits, which require multiple public hearings before elected officials, during which both members of the public may comment on concerns regarding our proposed use, and elected officials may determine what conditions to impose upon operations. These conditions can include, but are not limited to, hours of operation, number of employees permitted on-site, limitations in exterior lighting, parking requirements, storage requirements, and other mandates which may alter or eliminate proposed modes of operation. Once approved, the conditions remain static so long as the use is not abandoned or expanded, but we cannot provide any assurance that future expansion of operations or changes in local politics will not adversely affect the Company’s operations.
Government approvals and permits are currently, and may in the future, be required in connection with our operations. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, we may be curtailed or prohibited from our current or proposed production, manufacturing, or sale of cannabis or cannabis products or from proceeding with the development of operations of the Company as currently proposed.
Failure to comply with conditions of operation, or with state and local law or regulations, as these may change over time, may result in enforcement actions against the Company, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include costly corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. We may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of our operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.
Amendments to current laws, regulations and permits governing the production, manufacturing or sale of cannabis or cannabis products, or more stringent implementation thereof, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and cause increases in expenses, capital expenditures or production or manufacturing costs or reduction in levels of production or manufacturing costs or reduction in levels of production, manufacturing or sale or require abandonment or delays in development.
16
Local governments continue to be impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, including increased remote work, decreased staffing, and furloughs or closures of some city services. This may increase the timeline to obtain the requisite local permitting and approvals to operate, and may result in an unplanned increase in the required time to build out a facility or to begin operations. Some approvals are contingent upon in-person inspections, which remain difficult to schedule, and inspectors are operating with large backlogs and reduced working hours. Some planning commissions and city councils have reduced their meeting schedules, which leads to crowded agendas and more continuances of public hearings. Each continuance can create a delay of one month or more in obtaining the requisite approvals, and will in turn delay commencement of operations. All of the foregoing local government backlogs and delays could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects of the Company.
Failure to comply with applicable environmental laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions against the Company, and civil or criminal fines or penalties.
The Company’s operations are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Such environmental laws and regulations include the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) as well as the rules and regulations promulgated by the California Coastal Commission (“CCC”) and the decisions of such CCC that may be applicable to certain facilities of the Company. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors (or the equivalent thereof) and employees. The Company cannot provide any assurance that complying with existing environmental laws and regulations (including receipt of any required approvals from the CCC) and any future changes to such environmental laws and regulations, if any, will not adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Government approvals (including under CEQA and at the discretion of or under the jurisdiction of the CCC) with respect to the issuance and renewal of permits and licenses may, and in the future, be required in connection with the Company’s operations. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, the Company may be curtailed or prohibited from its current or proposed production, manufacturing or sale of cannabis or cannabis products or from proceeding with the development of its operations as currently proposed.
Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions against the Company, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include costly corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. We may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of the Company’s operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.
Amendments to current laws, regulations and permits governing the production, manufacturing or sale of cannabis or cannabis products, or more stringent implementation thereof, could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial conditions and results of operations, including increases in expenses, capital expenditures or production or manufacturing costs or reduction in levels of production, manufacturing or sale of cannabis and cannabis products or require abandonment or result in delays in the Company’s development plans.
17
Business Risks Related to the Cannabis Industry
Scientific research related to the benefits of cannabis remains in early stages, is subject to a number of important assumptions and may prove to be inaccurate.
Research in Canada, the U.S. and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids remains in the early stages. To the Company’s knowledge, there have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids. Any statements made in this Shell Company Report concerning the potential medical benefits of cannabinoids are based on published articles and reports. As a result, any statements made in this Shell Company Report are subject to the experimental parameters, qualifications, assumptions and limitations in the studies that have been completed.
Although the Company believes that the articles and reports, and details of research studies and clinical trials that are publicly available reasonably support its beliefs regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy and dosing of cannabis, future research and clinical trials may prove such statements to be incorrect, or could raise concerns regarding and perceptions relating to cannabis. Given these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, prospective and current shareholders of the Company should not place undue reliance on such articles and reports. Future research studies and clinical trials may draw opposing conclusions to those stated in this Shell Company Report or reach negative conclusions regarding the viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to medical cannabis, which may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
Competition in the cannabis industry is intense and increased competition, including by larger and better-financed competitors and/or those competitors able to operate at a lower cost, could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
The Company faces intense competition in the cannabis industry, some of which comes from companies with longer operating histories and more financial resources, manufacturing and marketing experience than the Company. In addition, there is increased potential that the cannabis industry will undergo consolidation, creating larger companies with financial resources, manufacturing and marketing capabilities, and products that will be greater or have a lower cost of goods than those of the Company. As a result of this competition, the Company may be unable to maintain its operations or develop them as currently contemplated on terms it considers to be acceptable or at all. Increased competition by larger, better-financed competitors with geographic advantages may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Further, the competition described herein, including competition between a large number of cannabis products brands owned by a large number of cannabis industry participants licensed and otherwise (e.g., unlicensed cannabis brands reliant on contracted private label and white label services), may create an environment wherein the Company may not be able to achieve its brand growth targets, including because adequate distribution resources are scarce, unavailable, or non-existent. This condition may depress the price of the Company’s products and overall profitability.
It may also be the case that the intense competition in the cannabis industry described herein, and the expected growth in both the number of viable and well-funded market participants as well as the number of cannabis brands and cannabis products supported thereby, will result in downward pressure on the price of cannabis goods and products. Further, if the number of cannabis consumers increases, the demand for products will increase and the Company expects that competition will intensify, as current and future competitors begin to offer an increasing number of diversified products into the marketplace to satisfy consumer demand. Accordingly, the Company may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and support efforts on a competitive basis, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations or prospects. Increased competition could also materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
18
An initial surge in demand for cannabis may result in supply shortages in the short term, while in either the short or the longer term, supply of cannabis could exceed demand, which may cause a fluctuation in revenue.
Changes in the U.S. federal legal status of cannabis may result in an initial surge in demand. As a result of such initial surge, cannabis companies operating under such changed legal regime may not be able to produce enough cannabis to meet demand of the adult-use recreational and medical markets, as applicable. This may result in lower than expected sales and revenues and increased competition for sales and sources of supply.
However, in the future on either a short or long-term basis, cannabis producers may produce more cannabis than is needed to satisfy the collective demand of the adult-use recreational and medical markets, as applicable, and they may be unable to export that oversupply into other markets (either in the context of interstate, intrastate or international cross-border commerce, as applicable) where cannabis use is fully legal under all applicable jurisdictional laws. As a result, the available supply of cannabis could exceed demand, resulting in a significant decline in the market price for cannabis. If such supply or price fluctuations were to occur, companies operating in the cannabis industry may see revenue and profitability fluctuate materially and their business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected, as could our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Retail consolidation in the markets in which we participate may negatively affect our operations and profitability.
Retail customers in our major markets may consolidate, resulting in fewer customers for our wholesale business. Consolidation among cannabis retailers also tends to result in larger retail customers who may seek to leverage their positions to improve their profitability by demanding improved efficiency, lower pricing, increased promotional programs, or more specifically tailored products. In addition, larger retailers generally have the scale to develop deeper supply chains that permit them to operate with reduced inventories. Further, many large cannabis retailers own, support, and develop in-house private label cannabis brands that those cannabis retailers may treat more favorably as compared to the cannabis products of the Company. Many such large cannabis retailers are vertically integrated and therefore have a higher incentive to create and promote privately labeled cannabis brands. Retail consolidation and increasing retailer power could adversely affect our product sales and results of operations. Retail consolidation also increases the risk that adverse changes in our customers’ business operations or financial performance will have a corresponding material and adverse effect on the Company. For example, if our customers cannot access sufficient funds or financing, then they may delay, decrease, or cancel purchase orders of our products, or delay or fail to pay us for previous purchases, which could materially and adversely affect our product sales, financial condition, and operating results.
The Company faces competition from the illegal cannabis market.
The Company continues to face competition from producers and distributors of cannabis and cannabis products that are unlicensed and unregulated and operating exclusively in the illegal market. Such illicit market participants generally produce and sell cannabis and cannabis products with higher concentrations of active ingredients, use pesticides, terpenes or other additives which the Company may not be permitted to use, and/or engage in advertising and promotion activities from which the Company is prohibited. As these illegal market participants do not comply with the regulations governing the cannabis industry, their operations may also have significantly lower costs than those of the Company. The perpetuation of the illegal market for cannabis and cannabis products will continue to cannibalize the Company’s share of the legal market and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, as well as the public perception of cannabis use.
The Company may be unable to attract and retain customers.
The Company’s future success depends on its ability to attract and retain customers. There are many factors which could impact the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers, including but not limited to its ability to continually produce desirable and effective product, the successful implementation of customer-acquisition plans and the continued growth in its aggregate number of customers. The failure to acquire and retain customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
19
Negative publicity or consumer perception may affect the success of the Company’s business.
The success of the cannabis industry may be significantly influenced by the public’s perception of cannabis. Both the medical and adult-use of cannabis are controversial topics, and there is no guarantee that future scientific research, publicity, regulations, medical opinion and public opinion relating to cannabis will be favorable. The cannabis industry is in its early-stages and is constantly evolving with no guarantee of viability. The market for medical and adult-use cannabis is uncertain, and any adverse or negative publicity, scientific research, limiting regulations, medical opinions and public opinion (whether or not accurate or with merit) relating to the consumption of cannabis, whether in Canada, the U.S. or elsewhere, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, customer base or prospects.
Public perception can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of marijuana products. There can be no assurance that future scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, media attention or other publicity will be favorable to the cannabis market or any particular product, or consistent with earlier publicity. Future research reports, findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, earlier research reports, findings or other publicity could have a material adverse effect on the demand for adult-use or medical cannabis and on the business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows or prospects of the Company.
Further, adverse publicity reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of cannabis in general, or associating the consumption of adult-use and medical cannabis with illness or other negative effects or events, could have such a material adverse effect. There is no assurance that such adverse publicity reports or other media attention will not arise. Among other things, a negative shift in the public’s perception of cannabis in the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction could cause state jurisdictions to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical and/or adult-use cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new state jurisdictions into which the Company could expand. Any inability to fully implement the Company’s expansion strategy may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or prospects.
Results of future clinical research may negatively impact the cannabis industry.
Research in Canada, the U.S. and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing and social acceptance of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids (which includes but is not limited to CBD and THC) remains in early stages. There have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids (such as CBD and THC) and future research and clinical trials may discredit the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, and social acceptance of cannabis currently or could raise concerns regarding, and perceptions relating to, cannabis. Further, the results of future clinical research or studies regarding cannabis in general or any component or cannabinoid thereof may directly or indirectly associate the consumption of cannabis with illness (including, without limitation, cancer) or other negative effects or events, all of which could have such a material adverse effect. Given these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, prospective purchasers of the Company’s securities should not place undue reliance on such articles and reports. Future research studies and clinical trials may draw opposing conclusions to those stated in this Shell Company Report or reach negative conclusions regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to cannabis, which could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the Company’s products with the potential to lead to a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
20
Demand for cannabis and derivative products could be adversely affected and significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings.
The legal cannabis industry is in its early stages of its development. Consumer perceptions regarding legality, morality, consumption, safety, efficacy and quality of cannabis are mixed and evolving and can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of medicinal cannabis products. There can be no assurance that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings or publicity will be favorable to the medicinal cannabis market or any particular product, or consistent with earlier publicity. Future research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, earlier research reports, findings or publicity, could have a material adverse effect on the demand for medicinal cannabis and on Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, adverse publicity reports or other media attention regarding cannabis in general or associating the consumption of cannabis with illness (including, without limitation, cancer) or other negative effects or events, could have such a material adverse effect. Public opinion and support for medicinal cannabis use has traditionally been inconsistent and varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The Company’s ability to gain and increase market acceptance of the Company’s business may require substantial expenditures on investor relations, publicity, lobbying, strategic relationships and marketing initiatives. There can be no assurance that such initiatives will be successful and their failure to materialize into significant demand may have an adverse effect on Company’s financial condition.
The Company’s products could have unknown side effects.
If the cannabis and cannabis products the Company sells are not perceived to have the effects intended by the end user, its business may suffer and the business may be subject to products liability or other legal actions. Many of the Company’s products contain innovative ingredients or combinations of ingredients which are not currently regulated by the FDA. There is little long-term data available with respect to efficacy, unknown side effects and/or interaction with individual human biochemistry, or interaction with other drugs. Moreover, there is little long-term data available with respect to efficacy, unknown side effects and/or its interaction with individual animal biochemistry. As a result, the Company’s products could have certain side effects if not taken as directed or if taken by an end user that has certain known or unknown medical conditions. Further, regardless of whether the cannabis and/or cannabis products are taken as directed, our products may have side effects that are completely unanticipated by the consumer or the Company, which side effects may be unpleasant, harmful, or dangerous, and potentially result in products liability claims or other legal actions.
Future research may lead to findings that vaporizers and related products are not safe for their intended use.
Vaporizers and related products were recently developed and therefore the scientific or medical communities have had a very limited period of time to study the long-term health effects of their use. Currently, there is limited scientific or medical data on the safety or efficacy of such products for their intended use and the medical community is still studying the health effects of the use of such products, including the long-term health effects. If the scientific or medical community were to determine conclusively that use of any or all of these products pose long-term health risks, market demand for these products and their use could materially decline. Such a determination could also lead to litigation, reputational harm and significant regulation. Loss of demand for the Company’s products, product liability claims and increased regulation stemming from unfavorable scientific studies on cannabis vaporizer products could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
The current controversy surrounding vaporizers and vaporizer products may materially and adversely affect the market for vaporizer products and expose the Company to litigation and additional regulation.
There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving lung and other illnesses and deaths that appear to be related to vaporizer devices and/or products used in such devices (such as vaporizer liquids). Some jurisdictions in Canada and the United States have already taken steps to prohibit the sale or distribution of vaporizers, restrict the sale and distribution of such products or impose restrictions on flavors or other additives that are used in such vaporizers. This trend may continue, accelerate or expand. Negative public sentiment may prompt regulators to decide to further limit or defer the cannabis industry’s ability to sell cannabis vaporizer products, and may also diminish consumer demand for such products. The potential deterioration in the public’s perception of cannabis containing vaping liquids may result in a reduced market for the Company’s vaping products. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet any additional compliance requirements or regulatory restrictions, or remain competitive in the face of unexpected changes in market conditions.
Litigation pertaining to vaporizer products is accelerating and that litigation could potentially expand to include the Company’s products, which would materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The cannabis industry is difficult to forecast.
The Company must rely largely on its own market research to forecast sales as detailed forecasts are not generally obtainable from other sources at this early stage of the cannabis industry. A failure in the demand for its products to materialize as a result of competition, technological change or other factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects of the Company.
Reliable data on the medical and adult-use cannabis industry is not available.
As a result of recent and ongoing regulatory and policy changes in the medical and adult-use cannabis industry, the market data available is very limited and unreliable. Federal and state laws prevent widespread participation and hinder market research. Therefore, market research and projections by the Company of estimated total retail sales, demographics, demand, and similar consumer research, are based on assumptions from limited and unreliable market data, and generally represent the personal opinions of the Company’s management team as of the date of this Shell Company Report.
The Company may be subject to the risk of constraints on marketing products.
The development of the Company’s business and operating results may be hindered by applicable restrictions on sales and marketing activities imposed by government regulatory bodies. The regulatory environment in the U.S. limits cannabis companies’ abilities to compete for market share in a manner similar to other industries. If the Company is unable to effectively market its products and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through increased selling prices for its products, the Company’s sales and results of operations or prospects could be adversely affected.
21
The Company may not be able to continue to produce cannabis products at scale.
The cannabis industry is, with respect to both adult use and medicinal markets, in its early stages of development and it is likely that the Company, and its competitors, likely will need to produce such products at scale in order to create an adequate value proposition and return on investment. This is likely to continue to be the case as the meaning of production “at scale” changes alongside fast-moving changes in the number of domestic and international markets that allow commercial cannabis activity expands, contracts, and otherwise changes. The Company may not be able to manage its resources or secure new resources such that it may continue producing cannabis and cannabis products at a scale, and further there can be no guarantee that Company’s infrastructure and resources are, or will be in the future, sufficient to produce cannabis products at a pace and volume, and distribution infrastructure, that will result in unit economics that generate an appropriate return on investment to the Company or its shareholders.
The Company may not be able to successfully develop new products (including new products that meet consumer preferences), nor produce them at scale, nor find a market for their sale.
The cannabis industry is in its early stages of development and the Company, and its competitors, may seek to introduce new products in the future. In attempting to keep pace with any new market developments, the Company may need to expend significant amounts of capital in order to successfully develop and generate revenues from new products introduced by the Company. The Company may also be required to obtain additional regulatory approvals from Health Canada and any other applicable regulatory authorities, including but not limited to those in the Unites States, which may take significant amounts of time. The Company may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes, may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The cannabis industry is, with respect to both adult use and medicinal markets, in its early stages of development and it is likely that the Company, and its competitors, will seek to introduce new products in the future, and likely will need to produce such products at scale in order to create an adequate return on investment. In attempting to keep pace with any new market developments, the Company may need to expend significant amounts of capital in order to successfully develop and generate revenues from new products introduced by the Company. As well, the Company may be required to obtain additional regulatory approvals from local, state, or federal regulators, which may take significant amounts of time. The Company may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no guarantee that Company’s infrastructure and resources are, or will be in the future, sufficient to produce cannabis and cannabis products at a pace and volume, and distribution infrastructure, that will result in unit economics that generate an appropriate return on investment to the Company or its shareholders.
Further, generally speaking with respect to the Company’s cannabis products, the cannabis industry is in its early stages of development and there is no certainty regarding any consumer preference for a particular strain of cannabis, any general consumer preference for a given concentration of cannabis and/or one or more cannabinoid within a particular strain of cannabis or cannabis product, nor is the definition of a cannabis strain widely decided, regulated or adequately protected by existing federal intellectual property registrations and laws. Considering the newness of the cannabis industry, the widespread lack of consumer education regarding cannabis, and considering the strict and evolving laws and regulations governing information about the effects of cannabis products, as well as other marketing and advertising restrictions, it is reasonable to expect that consumer preferences for certain types of cannabis products (including preferences regarding cannabis strains, cannabinoid blends and profiles, terpene blends and profiles, cannabis strain potency, and favored modes of consumption, etc.) will vary widely across many demographics and geographic markets and will change rapidly. There can be no guarantee that the Company will be able to determine which cannabis strains, consumption formats, or cannabinoid potency will prove most popular with consumers at large or in any particular market, nor is there any guarantee that the Company would be able to secure the inputs required to produce such strains, and to produce those strains at scale in the form of a retailable and profitable cannabis product.
Further, it is not possible to predict the long term or short-term availability of a given cannabis strain of any kind, which presents significant challenges in sourcing and producing cannabis strains that meet the expressed preferences of consumers of any given market segment. There is no guaranty that the Company will be able to access or maintain access to a complex portfolio of cannabis strains necessary to cultivate the types of strains at-scale that would produce a supply of cannabis flower of the strain type and concentration necessary to succeed in the competitive cannabis market. We do not ultimately have control over consumer cannabis product preferences or how consumer select cannabis products, and challenges in developing and maintaining desirable cannabis products (including those of a particular strain or cannabinoid concentration) may impair the Company’s overall ability to advance its business strategy and realize on its growth prospects, thereby having a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
22
Risks Related to the Company’s Business
COVID-19 pandemic.
COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization on March 11, 2020. The outbreak has caused companies and various international jurisdictions to impose restrictions such as quarantines, business closures and travel restrictions. While the impact of these restrictions did not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company has continued to monitor closely the evolution of the pandemic. The Company has attempted to assess the impact of the pandemic by identifying risks in the following principal areas:
Mandatory Closure. In response to the pandemic, most states and localities have deemed cannabis sales to be “essential business” and made only limited changes (if any) to normal business practices to prevent the spread of COVID-19. While the Company has and continues to work closely with state and local regulators to remain in compliance with COVID-19 guidelines, there is no guarantee further measures may nevertheless require the Company to shut down operations in California should the state face a surge of cases for COVID-19 or any of its variants. The Company’s ability to generate revenue would be materially impacted by any shut down of its operations.
Customer Impact. The Company has implemented several initiatives prioritizing its medical patients and customers most susceptible to COVID-19 during the pendency of the COVID-19 outbreak. While the Company is seeking to implement measures, where permitted, such as “curbside” sales and delivery, to reduce infection risk to its customers, regulators may not permit such measures, or such measures may not prevent a reduction in demand.
Health and Safety of Patients, Customers, and Employees. In accordance with the guidance of the Centers of Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”), the Company has made essential changes to its business during the COVID-19 pandemic to promote a healthy and safe operating environment for all of its patients, customers and employees, including:
| ● | frequently sanitizing high-touch surfaces; |
| ● | deep cleaning and sanitizing workstations; |
| ● | sanitizing or washing hands after each transaction; |
| ● | ensuring hand sanitizer is easily accessible; |
| ● | suspending all use of paper menus, demo products, and demo samples; |
| ● | positioning staff at every other register when possible; |
| ● | taking the temperature of store employees before they begin their shift; |
| ● | requiring all dispensary staff to wear face masks; |
| ● | installed plexi-shields in areas where patients/customers come face to face with staff (check-in and at registers where glass doesn’t already exist); and |
| ● | placed markers on the floor to dictate 6 feet + of space between patients/customers. |
Supply Chain Disruption. The Company relies on third party suppliers for equipment and services to produce its products and keep its operations going. If its suppliers are unable to continue operating due to any mandatory closures or other effects of the pandemic, it may negatively impact its own ability to continue operating. At this time, the Company has not experienced any failure to secure critical supplies or services. However, disruptions in our supply chain may affect our ability to continue certain aspects of the Company’s operations or may significantly increase the cost of operating its business and significantly reduce its margins.
Staffing Disruption. The Company is, for the time being, implementing among its staff where feasible “social distancing” measures recommended by such bodies as the CDC, the Presidential administration, as well as state and local governments. The Company has cancelled nonessential travel by employees, implemented remote or virtual meetings where possible, and permitted all staff who can work remotely to do so. For those whose duties require them to work on- site, measures have been implemented to reduce infection risk, such as reducing contact with customers, mandating additional cleaning of workspaces and hand disinfection, providing masks and taking the temperature of employees before they begin their shift. Nevertheless, despite such measures, The Company may find it difficult to ensure that its operations remain staffed due to employees falling ill with COVID-19, becoming subject to quarantine, or deciding not to come to come to work on their own volition to avoid infection.
23
The Company is actively addressing the risk to business continuity represented by each of the above factors through the implementation of a broad range of measures throughout its structure and is re-assessing its response to the COVID-19 pandemic on an ongoing basis. The above risks individually or collectively, the uncertain pace of recovery, including the impact of the Delta and Omicron variants, may have a material impact on the Company’s ability to generate revenue.
Implementing measures to remediate the risks identified above may materially increase our costs of doing business, reduce our margins and potentially result in losses. While the Company is not currently in financial distress, if its financial situation materially deteriorates as a result of the impact of the pandemic, the Company could eventually be unable to meet its obligations to third parties, which in turn could lead to insolvency and bankruptcy of the Company.
The Company may not successfully execute its business strategy.
An important part of the Company’s business strategy involves expanding operations in additional U.S. markets, including in markets where it does not currently operate. The Company may be unable to pursue this strategy in the future at the desired pace or at all. The Company may be unable to, among other things, identify suitable businesses to acquire or invest in, complete acquisitions on satisfactory terms or obtain the financing required to complete such acquisitions, successfully expand its infrastructure and sales force to support growth, achieve satisfactory returns on acquired businesses or enter into successful business arrangements for technical assistance or management expertise.
In addition, the process of integrating acquired businesses, particularly in new markets, may involve unforeseen difficulties, such as loss of key employees, and may require a disproportionate amount of management’s attention and financial and other resources. The Company can give no assurance that it will ultimately be able to effectively integrate and manage the operations of any acquired business or realize anticipated synergies. The failure to successfully integrate the cultures, operating systems, procedures and information technologies of an acquired business could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
If the Company succeeds in expanding its business, such expansion may place increased demands on management, operating systems, internal controls and financial and physical resources. If not managed effectively, these increased demands may adversely affect the services provided to customers. In addition, the Company’s personnel, systems, procedures and controls may be inadequate to support future operations, particularly with respect to operations in U.S. states in which it does not currently operate. Consequently, in order to manage growth effectively, the Company may be required to increase expenditures to increase its physical resources, expand, train and manage its employee base, improve management, financial and information systems and controls or make other capital expenditures. The Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if it encounters difficulties in effectively managing the budgeting, forecasting and other process control issues presented by future growth.
The Company has a limited operating history.
As a high-growth enterprise, the Company does not have a history of profitability. As such, the Company has no immediate prospect of generating profit from its intended operations. The Company will therefore be subject to many of the risks common to early-stage enterprises, including under-capitalization, cash shortages, excess leverage, limitations with respect to personnel, financial, and other resources and lack of revenues. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in achieving a return on its shareholders’ investment and the likelihood of success must be considered in light of the early stage of operations.
The Company is reliant on its management team.
The success of the Company is dependent upon the ability, expertise, judgment, discretion, and good faith of its senior management. While employment agreements or management agreements are customarily used as a primary method of retaining the services of key employees, these agreements cannot assure the continued retention or services of such employees. Any loss of the services of such individuals could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition or prospects.
24
News media have reported that U.S. immigration authorities have increased scrutiny of Canadian citizens who are crossing the U.S.-Canada border with respect to persons involved in cannabis businesses in the U.S. There have been a number of Canadians barred from entering the U.S. as a result of an investment in or act related to U.S. cannabis businesses. In some cases, entry has been barred for extended periods of time. Company employees traveling from Canada to the U.S. for the benefit of the Company may encounter enhanced scrutiny by U.S. immigration authorities that may result in the employee not being permitted to enter the U.S. for a specified period of time. If this happens to the Company employees, then this may reduce our ability to manage effectively our business in the U.S.
Certain of the Company’s officers and directors may now be, and all of them in respect of the Company may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by the Company and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
The Company’s officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to the Company and the other entities to which they owe duties. In the course of their other business activities, the Company’s officers and directors may owe similar or other duties, and may have obligations, to other entities or pursuant to other outside business arrangements, including seeking and presenting investment and business opportunities. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor, as the Company’s officers and directors are not required to present investment and business opportunities to the Company in priority to other entities with which they are affiliated or to which they owe duties, and such conflicts may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company’s officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates and associates may have interests that conflict with the Company’s interests.
The Company has not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits its directors, officers, security holders, affiliates or associates from having a direct or indirect financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which the Company is a party or has an interest. Such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours, which may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting may result in the Company not being able to accurately report its financial results, which could result in a loss of investor confidence and adversely affect the market price of the Equity Shares.
The Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, which is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Despite the Company’s financial control and management systems, such internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A failure to prevent or detect errors or misstatements may result in a decline in the price of the Equity Shares and harm the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.
If management of the Company is unable to certify the effectiveness of its internal controls, or if material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in its internal controls are identified, such as in connection with the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence, which could harm its business. In addition, if the Company does not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, it may not be able to accurately report its financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in the price of Equity Shares and harm the Company’s ability to raise capital.
It is not expected that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors or fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and implemented, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.
25
Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues within an organization are detected. The inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Controls can also be circumvented by individual acts of certain persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. Due to the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected in a timely manner or at all. If the Company cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, its reputation and operating results could be materially adversely affected, which could also cause investors to lose confidence in its reported financial information.
The Company may be subject to the risk of competition from synthetic production and technological advances.
The pharmaceutical industry may attempt to dominate the cannabis industry, and in particular, legal cannabis, through the development and distribution of synthetic products which emulate the effects and treatment of organic cannabis. If they are successful, the widespread popularity of such synthetic products could change the demand, volume and profitability of the cannabis industry. This could adversely affect the ability of the Company to secure long-term profitability and success through the sustainable and profitable operation of its business. There may be unknown additional regulatory fees and taxes that may be assessed in the future that may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company may be subject to the risks associated with fraudulent or illegal activity by its employees, contractors and consultants.
The Company is exposed to the risk that its employees, independent contractors and consultants may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to the Company that violates: (i) government regulations; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) federal and provincial healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations; or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. It may not always be possible for the Company to identify and deter misconduct by its employees and other third parties, and the precautions taken by the Company to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting the Company from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against the Company, and it is not successful in defending itself or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on the Company’s business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of the Company’s operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
Certain events or developments in the cannabis industry more generally may impact the Company’s reputation.
Damage to the Company’s reputation can be the result of the actual or perceived occurrence of any number of events, and could include any negative publicity, whether true or not. Cannabis has often been associated with various other narcotics, violence and criminal activities, the risk of which is that our business might attract negative publicity. There is also risk that the action(s) of other participants, companies and service providers in the cannabis industry may negatively affect the reputation of the industry as a whole and thereby negatively impact the reputation of the Company. The increased usage of social media and other web-based tools used to generate, publish and discuss user-generated content and to connect with other users has made it increasingly easier for individuals and groups to communicate and share opinions and views in regard to the Company and its activities, whether true or not, and the cannabis industry in general, whether true or not. We do not ultimately have direct control over how the Company or the cannabis industry is perceived by others. Reputation loss may result in decreased investor confidence, increased challenges in developing and maintaining community relations and an impediment to the Company’s overall ability to advance its business strategy and realize on its growth prospects, thereby having a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
26
Third parties with whom the Company may do business may perceive themselves as being exposed to reputational risk as a result of their relationship with the Company.
The parties with which the Company may do business may perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk as a result of the Company’s cannabis-related business activities. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships due to reputational risk arising in connection with the nature of the Company’s business may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company may be subject to advertising and promotional risk in the event it cannot effectively implement a successful branding strategy.
The Company’s future growth and profitability may depend on the effectiveness and efficiency of advertising and promotional costs, including its ability to (i) create brand recognition for any products we may develop or sell; (ii) determine appropriate advertising strategies, messages and media; and (iii) maintain acceptable operating margins on such costs. There can be no assurance that advertising and promotional costs will result in revenues for the Company’s business in the future, or will generate awareness for any of the Company’s products. In addition, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to manage our advertising and promotional costs on a cost-effective basis.
The cannabis industry in Canada, including both the medical and adult-use cannabis markets, is in its early development stages and restrictions on advertising, marketing and branding of cannabis companies and products by Health Canada, various medical associations, other governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or voluntary industry associations may adversely affect the Company’s ability to conduct sales and marketing activities and to create brand recognition, and could potentially result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The cannabis industry in the U.S., including the states and local authorities thereof, including both the medical and adult-use cannabis markets, also is in its early development stages, and restrictions on advertising, marketing and branding of cannabis companies and cannabis products by various medical associations, other governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or voluntary industry associations, as well as private companies (including but not limited to social media platform providers), may adversely affect the Company’s ability to conduct sales and marketing activities and to create brand recognition, and could potentially result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company is subject to product liability regimes and strict product recall requirements.
The Company distributes products designed to be ingested or otherwise consumed by humans. Accordingly, the Company faces the risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if any of its business’s products are alleged to have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the sale of cannabis products involves the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of cannabis products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. The Company may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that specific cannabis products caused injury or illness, or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. A product liability claim or regulatory action against the Company could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with the Company’s clients and consumers generally, and may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
In addition, manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labelling disclosure. To the extent any products are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, the Company could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. The Company may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall may require significant management attention. Moreover, a recall for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand and could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Product recalls may lead to increased scrutiny of operations by applicable regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention and potential legal fees and other expenses.
27
The State of California and local jurisdictions thereof also regulate cannabis product quality and impose certain product recall requirements. A product liability claim or regulatory action based on regulatory non-compliance with cannabis regulations against the Company could result in increased costs, could adversely affect our reputation with the Company’s clients and consumers generally, and may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company is reliant on third-party suppliers, manufacturers and contractors.
The Company maintains a full supply chain for the provision of products and services to the regulated cannabis industry. Due to the uncertain regulatory landscape for regulating cannabis in Canada and the U.S., the Company’s third-party suppliers, manufacturers and contractors may elect, at any time, to decline or withdraw services necessary for the Company’s operations. Loss of these suppliers, manufacturers and contractors may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company is particularly reliant on one third party distributor to deliver its products to wholesalers and retailers.
The Company currently relies primarily on =one third party distributor to provide substantially all the distribution services required under applicable laws and regulations to distribute its products at wholesale and retail, including, without limitation, transporting the cannabis products to the Company’s wholesale and retail customers, as well as the required testing of cannabis products. The Company’s relationship with such third-party distributor is governed by a master services agreement. The Company thereby is exposed to the inherent risks associated with relying on one third party service provider in a function as critical as distribution, including logistical problems, supply chain disruptions, delays, loss, or theft of product, and increased shipping and insurance costs, all with little chance of securing adequate services from an alternative distributor. Any delay in transporting the product, breach of security or loss of product, or breach of the master services agreement with such distributor, or general failure of such distributor as an ongoing concern, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial performance and results of operations. Further, any breach of security and loss of product during transport could affect the Company’s status as a licensed operator of commercial cannabis activity in each applicable jurisdiction. If the sole distributor does not successfully carry out its contractual obligations or terminates or suspends their contractual arrangements with the Company, or if there is a delay or interruption in the distribution of the Company’s products or if the distributor damages the Company’s products, it could negatively impact Company’s revenue, reputation, and regulatory good standing. In addition, any damage to the Company’s products, such as product spoilage, could expose the Company to potential product liability, damage our reputation and the reputation of the Company’s brands, or otherwise harm the Company’s business.
The Company is reliant on key inputs.
The cannabis business is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs including raw materials and supplies related to growing operations, as well as electricity, water and other local utilities. Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs could materially impact the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company. Some of these inputs may only be available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. If a sole source supplier was to go out of business, the Company might be unable to find a replacement for such source in a timely manner or at all. If a sole source supplier were to be acquired by a competitor, that competitor may elect not to sell to the Company in the future. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could have a materially adverse impact on the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company.
The Company may not be able to achieve certain production cost targets for cultivated cannabis.
The Company’s revenues are in a large part derived from the production, sale, and distribution of cannabis. The cost of production, sale, and distribution of cannabis is a critically important metric for the Company’s production targets and overall financial forecast, and is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs, including equipment and supplies, labor and raw materials related to our growing operations, as well other overhead costs such as electricity, water, and utilities. Further, it is the case that due to supply chain inefficiencies or increased costs of inputs, or any other reason, the Company may not be able to reach its desired production cost targets at its cultivation and other production facilities, which cost targets are expressed as a certain cost per pound of cannabis cultivated and made available for downstream processing. Further, it is also the case that if the cost per pound of cannabis cultivated does not decrease from its current level and/or the Company is not able to otherwise manage production costs in the broader context of its total spend, the Company will not be able to achieve its cannabis product production price targets nor its overall financial targets.
Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs, including an inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate, reasonable terms, or any failure of the Company to meet its production cost targets, could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and the results of our operations. This includes any change in the selling price of products set by the applicable marketplace in a particular state or locality. There is currently no established market price for cannabis and the price of cannabis is affected by numerous factors beyond our control. Any price decline (of which there have been many over the last several quarters) may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations.
The Company is reliant on equipment and skilled labor.
The ability of the Company to compete and grow is dependent on it having access, at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner, to skilled labor, equipment, parts and components. No assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in maintaining its required supply of skilled labor, equipment, parts and components. It is also possible that the final costs of the major equipment contemplated by the Company’s capital expenditure plans may be significantly greater than anticipated by the Company’s management, and may be greater than funds available to the Company, in which circumstance the Company may curtail, or extend the timeframes for completing, its capital expenditure plans. This may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
Service providers could suspend or withdraw services to the Company.
As a result of any adverse change to the approach in enforcement of United States cannabis laws, adverse regulatory or political change, additional scrutiny by regulatory authorities, adverse change in public perception in respect of the consumption of cannabis or otherwise, third-party service providers to the Company could suspend or withdraw their services, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, revenues, operating results, financial condition or prospects.
28
The Company may not be able to manage its inventory, nor secure adequate cannabis processing and inventory storage capacity.
The Company needs to maintain adequate inventory levels to be able to deliver products to distributors on a timely basis. Our inventory supply depends on our ability to correctly estimate demand for our products. Our ability to estimate demand for our products is imprecise, particularly for new products, seasonal promotions and new markets. If we materially underestimate demand for our products or are unable to maintain sufficient inventory of raw materials, we might not be able to satisfy demand on a short-term basis. If we overestimate distributor or retailer demand for our products, we may end up with too much inventory, resulting in higher storage costs and storage capacity issues, increased trade spend and the risk of inventory spoilage. If we fail to manage our inventory to meet demand, we could damage our relationships with our distributors and retailers and could delay or lose sales opportunities, which would unfavorably impact our future sales and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if the inventory of our products held by our distributors and retailers is too high, they will not place orders for additional products, which would also unfavorably impact our sales and adversely affect our operating results.
More broadly, as the Company continues to grow and scale, it may face certain barriers to securing facilities to process its raw cannabis materials into consumer-packaged goods, and/or store cannabis products. The barriers may come in the form of limited access to facilities within a desired local jurisdiction, which access to such jurisdictions already is severely constrained in the U.S. given the very few numbers of local jurisdictions that currently allow commercial cannabis activity, and then only in certain defined areas and subject to certain rules and regulations. Access to such space is further constrained given the dearth of commercial property for sale that would meet the zoning and specifications for a commercial cannabis processing and storage facility, and the general deficit of properties available for lease given the illegality of cannabis under federal law. It is possible and even likely that the Company will encounter one or all such barriers to successfully managing its inventory and creating cannabis products as it continues to scale, including continued expansion of its cultivation facilities and capacity.
The Company may be subject to the risk of litigation.
The Company may become party to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business which could adversely affect its business. Should any litigation in which the Company becomes involved be determined against the Company, such a decision could adversely affect the Company’s ability to continue operating and/or the market price for the Equity Shares. Even if the Company is involved in litigation and wins, litigation can redirect significant Company resources.
The Company may be subject to risks related to the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights and may become subject to allegations that the Company is in violation of intellectual property rights of third parties.
The ownership and protection of intellectual property rights may be a significant aspect of the Company’s future success, particularly with respect to protections for cultivation processes and technologies. The Company may rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information that are not protected by patents or trademarks to maintain its competitive position. The Company tries to protect its intellectual property by entering into confidentiality agreements with parties that have access to it, such as the Company’s partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. Any of these parties may breach these agreements and we may not have adequate remedies for any specific breach. In addition, trade secrets and technical know-how, which are not protected by patents, may otherwise become known to or be independently developed by competitors, in which event the Company could be materially adversely affected.
Unauthorized parties may attempt to replicate or otherwise obtain and use the Company’s products, trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information. Policing the unauthorized use of the Company’s future intellectual property rights could be difficult, expensive, time-consuming and unpredictable, as may be enforcing these rights against unauthorized use by others. Identifying unauthorized use of intellectual property rights is difficult as the Company may be unable to effectively monitor and evaluate the products being distributed by its competitors, including parties such as unlicensed dispensaries and cultivators, and the processes used to produce such products. In addition, in any infringement proceeding, some or all of the Company’s future trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary know-how, or arrangements or agreements seeking to protect the same for the benefit of the Company, may be found invalid, unenforceable, anti-competitive or not infringed. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of the Company’s future trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Any or all of these events could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
In addition, other parties may claim that the Company’s products infringe on their proprietary and perhaps patent-protected rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, legal fees, injunctions, temporary restraining orders and/or require the payment of damages. As well, the Company may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that the Company has infringed on their lawful rights. However, such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. In addition, the Company may not be able to obtain or utilize on terms that are favorable to it, or at all, licenses, or other rights with respect to intellectual property that it does not own.
Further, certain intellectual property protections (including but not limited to federal trademark and patent protection in the United States) are not available to business that conduct or are associated with cannabis, or may not be available to such cannabis businesses. Therefore, the Company may not be able to secure traditional protections for its intellectual property and such failure to secure intellectual property rights could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company may be subject to risks related to information technology systems, including cyber-attacks.
The Company’s operations depend, in part, on how well it and its suppliers protect networks, equipment, information technology systems and software against damage from a number of threats, including, but not limited to, cable cuts, damage to physical plants, natural disasters, intentional damage and destruction, fire, power loss, hacking, computer viruses, vandalism and theft. The Company’s operations also depend, in part, on the timely maintenance, upgrade and replacement of networks, equipment, IT systems and software, as well as pre-emptive expenses to mitigate the risks of failures. Any of these and other events could result in information system failures, delays and/or increase in capital expenses. The failure of information systems or a component of information systems could, depending on the nature of any such failure, adversely impact the Company’s reputation and results of operations. The Company’s risk and exposure to these matters cannot be fully mitigated because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of controls, processes and practices designed to protect systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access may become a priority to ensure the ongoing success and security of the business. As cyber threats continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities.
29
The Company may be subject to risks related to security breaches.
Given the nature of the Company’s product and its lack of legal availability outside of channels approved by certain state governments of the United States, as well as the concentration of inventory in its facilities, despite meeting or exceeding all legislative security requirements, there remains a risk of shrinkage as well as theft. A security breach at the Company’s facilities could expose the Company to additional liability and to potentially costly litigation, increase expenses relating to the resolution and future prevention of these breaches and may deter potential patients from choosing the Company’s products.
In addition, the Company collects and stores personal information about its patients and customers and is responsible for protecting that information from privacy breaches. A privacy breach may occur through procedural or process failure, information technology malfunction, or deliberate unauthorized intrusions. Theft of data for competitive purposes, particularly patient and customer lists, and preferences, is an ongoing risk whether perpetrated via employee collusion or negligence or through deliberate cyber-attack. Any such theft or privacy breach would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations or prospects.
The Company may be subject to risks related to high bonding and insurance coverage.
There is a risk that a greater number of state regulatory agencies will begin requiring entities engaged in certain aspects of the business or industry of legal cannabis to post a bond or significant fees when applying, for example, for a dispensary license or renewal as a guarantee of payment of sales and franchise tax. The Company is not able to quantify at this time the potential scope for such bonds or fees in the states in which it currently or may in the future operate. Any bonds or fees of material amounts could have a negative impact on the ultimate success of the Company’s business.
The Company’s business is subject to a number of risks and hazards generally, including adverse environmental conditions, accidents, labor disputes, collective bargaining and unionization on behalf of labor groups, and changes in the regulatory environment. Such occurrences could result in damage to assets, personal injury or death, environmental damage, delays in operations, monetary losses, and possible legal liability.
Although the Company maintains insurance to protect against certain risks in such amounts as it considers to be reasonable, its insurance does not cover all the potential risks associated with its operations. The Company may also be unable to maintain insurance to cover these risks at economically feasible premiums. Insurance coverage may not continue to be available or may not be adequate to cover any resulting liability. Moreover, insurance against risks such as environmental pollution or other hazards encountered in the operations of the Company is not generally available on acceptable terms. The Company might also become subject to liability for pollution or other hazards which may not be insured against or which the Company may elect not to insure against because of premium costs or other reasons. Losses from these events may cause the Company to incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect upon its business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.
30
The Company may be subject to transportation risks.
The Company’s business involves, both directly and indirectly, the production, sale and distribution of cannabis products. Due to the perishable nature of such products, the Company depends on fast and efficient direct and third-party transportation services to distribute its product. Any prolonged disruption of third-party transportation services could have an adverse effect on the Company. Rising costs associated with the third-party transportation services used by the Company to ship its products may also adversely impact the business of the Company.
The Company’s share price may be vulnerable to rising energy costs.
The Company’s business involves the production of cannabis products which consumes considerable energy, making the Company vulnerable to rising energy costs. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the business of the Company and its ability to operate profitably.
The Company is subject to risks inherent in an agricultural business.
The Company’s business involves the growing of cannabis, which is an agricultural product. As such, the business may be subject to the risks inherent in the agricultural business, such as insects, plant diseases, unpredictable weather and climate conditions and similar agricultural risks. Even when grown indoors under climate-controlled conditions monitored by trained personnel, there can be no assurance that natural elements, such as insects and plant diseases, will not have a material adverse effect on the production of cannabis products and on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company.
Management of growth may prove to be difficult.
The Company may be subject to growth-related risks including capacity constraints and pressure on its internal systems and controls. The ability of the Company to manage growth effectively will require it to continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. The inability of the Company to deal with this growth may result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Company may be subject to the risks of leverage.
It is anticipated that the Company will continue to utilize leverage in connection with the Company’s investments in the form of secured or unsecured indebtedness. Although the Company will seek to use leverage in a manner it believes is prudent, such leverage will increase the exposure of an investment to adverse economic factors such as downturns in the economy or deterioration in the condition of the investment. If the Company defaults on secured indebtedness, the lender may foreclose and the Company could lose its entire investment in the security of such loan. If the Company defaults on unsecured indebtedness, the terms of the loan may require the Company to repay the principal amount of the loan and any interest accrued thereon in addition to heavy penalties that may be imposed. Because the Company may engage in financings where several investments are cross-collateralized, multiple investments may be subject to the risk of loss. As a result, the Company could lose its interest in performing investments in the event such investments are cross-collateralized with poorly performing or nonperforming investments.
In addition to leveraging the Company’s investments, the Company may borrow funds or obtain credit lines in its own name for various purposes and may withhold or apply from distributions amounts necessary to repay such borrowings. The interest expense and such other costs incurred in connection with such borrowings may not be recovered by income from investments purchased by the Company. If investments fail to cover the cost of such borrowings, the value of the investments held by the Company would decrease faster than if there had been no such borrowings. Additionally, if the investments fail to perform to expectation, the interests of shareholders in the Company could be subordinated to such leverage, which will compound any such adverse consequences.
The Company may undertake future acquisitions or dispositions, which bear inherent risks.
Material acquisitions, dispositions and other strategic transactions involve a number of risks, including: (i) potential disruption of the Company’s ongoing business; (ii) distraction of management; (iii) the Company may become more financially leveraged; (iv) the anticipated benefits and cost savings of those transactions may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected; (v) increased scope and complexity of the Company’s operations; and (vi) loss or reduction of control over certain of the Company’s assets. Additionally, the Company may issue additional Equity Shares in connection with such transactions, which would generally dilute the Company’s existing shareholders and their indirect holdings in the Company.
31
The presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to the Company at the time of acquisition could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition of the Company. A strategic transaction may result in a significant change in the nature of the Company’s business, operations and strategy. In addition, the Company may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in implementing a strategic transaction or integrating any acquired business into the Company’s operations.
Risks related to the difficulty of attracting and retaining personnel.
The Company’s success depends to a significant degree upon its ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel. Failure to attract and retain necessary technical personnel, sales and marketing personnel and skilled management could adversely affect the Company’s business. If the Company fails to attract, train and retain sufficient numbers of these highly qualified people, its prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.
Co-investment risk in terms of control over the Company’s investments.
The Company may co-invest in one or more investments with certain strategic investors and/or other third parties through joint ventures or other entities, which parties in certain cases may have different interests or superior rights to those of the Company. Although it is our intent to retain control and other superior rights over the Company’s investments, under certain circumstances it may be possible that the Company relinquishes such rights over certain of its investments and, therefore, may have a limited ability to protect its position therein. In addition, even when the Company does maintain a control position with respect to its investments, the Company’s investments may be subject to typical risks associated with third-party involvement, including the possibility that a third-party may have financial difficulties resulting in a negative impact on such investment, may have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the Company, or may be in a position to take (or block) action in a manner contrary to the Company’s objectives. The Company may also, in certain circumstances, be liable for the actions of its third-party partners or co-investors. Co-investments by third parties may or may not be on substantially the same terms and conditions as the Company, and such different terms may be disadvantageous to the Company.
Liabilities arising from the Company’s website accessibility.
Internet websites are visible by people everywhere, not just in jurisdictions where the activities described therein are considered legal. As a result, to the extent the Company sells services or products via web-based links targeting only jurisdictions in which such sales or services are compliant with continuously evolving state laws, the Company may face legal action in other jurisdictions which are not the intended object of any of the Company’s marketing efforts for engaging in any web-based activity that results in sales into such jurisdictions deemed illegal under applicable laws.
Certain remedies may be limited to the Company.
Pursuant to its governing documents, the Company and the shareholders of the Company may be prevented from recovering damages for alleged errors or omissions made by the members of the Board and its officers. The Company’s governing documents also provide that the Company will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify members of the Board and its officers for certain liabilities incurred by them by virtue of their reasonable actions or inactions on behalf of the Company.
The Company may have difficulty enforcing judgments and effecting service of process on directors and officers.
The directors and officers of the Company reside outside of Canada. Most or all of the assets of such persons are located outside of Canada. Therefore, it may not be possible for the Company’s shareholders to collect or to enforce judgments obtained in Canadian courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of applicable Canadian securities laws against such persons. Moreover, it may not be possible for Company shareholders to effect service of process within Canada upon such persons.
32
Past performance is not indicative of future results.
The prior investment and operational performance of the Company is not indicative of the future operating results of the Company. There can be no assurance that the historical operating results achieved by the Company will be achieved in subsequent periods, and the Company’s performance may be materially different.
Financial projections may prove materially inaccurate or incorrect.
Any Company financial estimates, projections and other forward-looking information or statements included in this Shell Company Report were prepared by the Company without the benefit of reliable historical industry information or other information customarily used in preparing such estimates, projections and other forward-looking information or statements. Such forward-looking information or statements are based on assumptions of future events that may or may not occur, which assumptions may not be disclosed in this Shell Company Report. Shareholders should inquire of the Company and become familiar with the assumptions underlying any estimates, projections or other forward-looking information or statements. Projections are inherently subject to varying degrees of uncertainty and their achievability depends on the timing and probability of a complex series of future events. There is no assurance that the assumptions upon which these projections are based will be realized. Actual results may differ materially from projected results for a number of reasons including increases in operation expenses, changes or shifts in regulatory rules, undiscovered and unanticipated adverse industry and economic conditions, and unanticipated competition. Accordingly, shareholders should not rely on any projections to indicate the actual results the Company might achieve.
The Company may not pay dividends.
It is not intended that the Company will pay any dividends on the Equity Shares in the foreseeable future. Dividends paid by the Company would be subject to multiple jurisdictional taxes and, potentially, withholdings.
The Company may be subject to credit risk, and there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, resulting in a financial loss to us. We have credit risk exposure based on the balance of our cash, accounts receivable, subscriptions receivable, and taxes recoverable. There are no assurances that our counterparties or customers will meet their contractual obligations to us.
The Company has incurred net losses from time to time since its inception and it has identified conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The Company is party to a senior term loan credit facility, which credit facility may not be sufficient to support the ongoing operations of the Company. The Company remains a growth-stage company with a limited operating history. There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient capital resources to continue as a going concern or that significant losses will not occur in the near future or that the Company will be profitable in the future. The Company may need to seek additional financing, and there is no guarantee that the Company will have access to such additional capital through any type of financing, in large part due to the federal illegality of commercial cannabis activity under federal law and the ongoing compliance burdens associated with financing a cannabis company. There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to generate any revenues or achieve profitability. Our continued operations are dependent ultimately on our ability to achieve and maintain profitability and positive cash flow from our operations.
These circumstances create substantial doubt as to the ability of the Company to meet its obligations as they come due and, accordingly, the appropriateness of the use of accounting principles applicable to the Company as a going concern. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to fund the repayment of existing borrowings, secure additional financing and to generate positive cash flows from operations.
Market and Economy Risks
The Company may be vulnerable to currency exchange fluctuations.
Due to the Company’s present operations in the United States, and its intention to continue future operations outside Canada, the Company is exposed to significant currency fluctuations. Recent events in the global financial markets have been coupled with increased volatility in the currency markets. All or substantially all of the Company’s revenue is earned in U.S. dollars, but a portion of its operating expenses are incurred in Canadian dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position or results of operations or prospects.
The Company may be subject to market price volatility risks.
The market price of the Equity Shares may be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many factors, including variations in the operating results of the Company, divergence in financial results from analysts’ expectations, changes in earnings estimates by stock market analysts, changes in the business prospects for the Company, general economic conditions, legislative changes, and other events and factors outside of the Company’s control. In addition, stock markets have from time to time, including very recently, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, which, as well as general economic and political conditions, could adversely affect the market price for the Equity Shares.
There may be restrictions on the market for the Equity Shares.
Notwithstanding that the Equity Shares are listed on the Neo Exchange, various regulatory regimes in the United States forbid the transfer of such Equity Shares in quantities that exceed published thresholds without receiving advanced approval of the state regulators. Failure to obtain approval may result in the Company’s licenses and permits in that state being revoked, cancelled or non-renewed.
33
There may be a limited market for the Equity Shares.
Notwithstanding that the Equity Shares are listed on the Neo Exchange and over-the-counter in the United States on the OTCQX, there can be no assurance that an active and liquid market for such Equity Shares will be maintained and a Company Shareholder may find it difficult to resell any securities of the Company.
Subsequent offerings will result in dilution to holders of the Equity Shares.
The Company may sell additional equity securities in subsequent offerings (including through the sale of securities convertible into Equity Shares or other equity securities) and may issue additional Equity Shares or other securities of the Company or other equity securities to finance acquisitions, operations, or other projects. The size of future issuances of Equity Shares or other equity securities (or of securities convertible into Equity Shares or other equity securities) nor the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of such securities will have on the market price of the Equity Shares can be predicted at this time. Any transaction involving the issuance of previously authorized but unissued Equity Shares, securities convertible into Equity Shares, or other equity securities and convertible debt securities of the Company would result in dilution to holders of Equity Shares. Exercises of issued and outstanding Warrants may also result in dilution to the holders of Equity Shares.
Increased levels of volatility or a rapid destabilization of global economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the business and operations of the Company.
Global financial conditions have been characterized by increased volatility, with numerous financial institutions having either gone into bankruptcy or having to be rescued by government authorities, as well as a result of the COVID-19 virus pandemic and the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine. Global financial conditions could suddenly and rapidly destabilize in response to existing and future events, including the COVID-19 virus pandemic or the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine, among other things, as government authorities may have limited resources to respond to existing or future crises. Global capital markets have continued to display increased volatility in response to global events, including the COVID-19 virus pandemic and the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine. Future crises may be precipitated by any number of causes, including natural disasters, epidemics (such as the COVID-19 virus pandemic), geopolitical instability and war (such as the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine), changes to energy prices or sovereign defaults. Any sudden or rapid destabilization of global economic conditions could negatively impact the Company’s ability to obtain equity or debt financing or make other suitable arrangements to finance its operations. If increased levels of volatility continue or in the event of a rapid destabilization of global economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 virus pandemic or the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine, it may result in a material adverse effect on the Company and the trading price of the Company’s securities could be adversely affected.
34
Fluctuations in the cost and availability of key inputs (including raw materials and energy), equipment, labor, and transportation could cause production delays, supply chain disruptions, and/or increase Company’s overall costs.
The price and availability of key components used to manufacture and distribute Company’s products has been increasing and may continue to fluctuate significantly. In addition, the cost of labor within Company or at Company’s third-party vendors and supply chain partners could increase significantly due to regulation or inflationary pressures. Additionally, the cost of logistics and transportation fluctuates in large part due to the price of oil, and availability can be limited due to geopolitical and economic issues. Any fluctuations in the cost and availability of any of the raw materials, packaging, or other sourcing or transportation costs required to support Company’s products or operations (such as due to the COVID-19 virus pandemic or the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine) could harm Company’s gross margins and its ability to meet customer demand. If the Company is unable to successfully mitigate a significant portion of these product cost increases or fluctuations, the Company’s operations, targets, and overall profitability could be harmed.
The Company’s business is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs including raw materials, packaging materials and supplies related to Company’s growing operations, as well as electricity, water, and other local utilities. Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs (such as due to the COVID-19 virus pandemic or the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine) could materially impact the Company’s business, financial condition, and operating results. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could have a materially adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and operating results. The Company’s production operations consume considerable energy for heat and carbon dioxide production and are vulnerable to rising energy costs. Energy costs have shown recent volatility, which has and may continue to adversely impact the Company’s business. Should the cost of energy rise, and should the Company face difficulties in sustaining price increases to offset the impact of increasing fuel costs, gross profit margins could be adversely impacted.
In addition, the Company’s production operations consume considerable energy, making it vulnerable to rising energy costs and power outages. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the Company’s business, and Company’s operations could be significantly affected by a prolonged power outage.
The Company’s ability to compete and grow will be dependent on having access, at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner, to skilled labor, equipment, parts, and components. No assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in maintaining the required supply of skilled labor, equipment, parts, and components. Such manifold supply chain failures and inefficiencies, including the Company’s inability to manage them, may result in a number of negative outcomes including, without limitation, an unexpected increase in inventory that grows obsolete or otherwise unusable, as well as higher costs of production and distribution across the Company’s various business verticals including, without limitation, its business of wholesaling and retailing certain cannabis products and goods. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results and operations. It is also possible that any expansion plans contemplated by the Company may cost more than anticipated, in which circumstance the Company may curtail, or extend timeframes for completing the expansion plans. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and operations.
Certain conditions or events could disrupt the Company’s supply chains, disrupt operations, and increase operating expenses.
Conditions or events including, but not limited to, the following could disrupt the Company’s supply chains and in particular its ability to effectively manage its supply chains (internal and external), deliver its products, interrupt operations at its facilities, increase operating expenses, resulting in loss of sales, delayed performance of contractual obligations or require additional expenditures to be incurred: (i) extraordinary weather conditions or natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires, extreme heat, earthquakes, etc.; (ii) a local, regional, national or international outbreak of a contagious disease, including the COVID-19 coronavirus, Middle East Respiratory Syndrome, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, H1N1 influenza virus, avian flu, or any other similar illness could result in a general or acute decline in economic activity; (iii) political instability, social and labor unrest, war or terrorism, including the recent conflict between Russia and Ukraine; (iv) interruptions in the availability of basic commercial and social services and infrastructure including power and water shortages, and shipping and freight forwarding services including via air, sea, rail and road; (v) delays and unavailability of supply chain partners for certain critical inputs, including overseas suppliers; (vi) product recalls for certain product inputs or cannabis products themselves, either domestically or abroad; and (vii) port closures due to changes in economic, governance, or social activity, policy, or stability, including, without limitation, a labor shortage or strike.
The Company’s ability to effectively manage such risks to its internal and external supply chain, including, without limitation, the ability to manage, predict, and forecast costs and resources, is material to Company’s ability to compete and grow. No assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in this respect, and such manifold supply chain failures and inefficiencies, including the Company’s inability to manage them, may result in a number of negative outcomes including, without limitation, an unexpected increase in inventory that grows obsolete or otherwise unusable, as well as higher costs of production and distribution across the Company’s various business verticals including, without limitation, its business of wholesaling and retailing certain cannabis products and goods. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results and operations.
Environmental Risks
The Company may be subject to significant environmental regulations and risks.
The Company’s operations are subject to environmental regulation in the various jurisdictions in which it operates. These regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors (or the equivalent thereof) and employees. There is no assurance that future changes in environmental regulation, if any, will not adversely affect the Company’s operations.
Government approvals and permits are currently, and may in the future, be required in connection with the Company’s operations. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, the Company may be curtailed or prohibited from its production of cannabis or cannabis products or from proceeding with the development of its operations as currently contemplated.
35
Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions thereunder, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. The Company may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of its operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.
Amendments to current laws, regulations and permits governing the production of medical marijuana, or more stringent implementation thereof, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and cause increases in expenses, capital expenditures or production costs or reduction in levels of production or require abandonment or delays in development.
The Company may be subject to unknown environmental risks.
There can be no assurance that the Company will not encounter hazardous conditions at the facilities where it operates its businesses, such as asbestos, lead or leaks of hazardous substances from underground storage tanks, in excess of expectations that may delay the development of its businesses. Upon encountering a hazardous condition, work at the facilities of the Company may be suspended. The presence of other hazardous conditions may require significant expenditure of the Company’s resources to correct the condition. Such conditions could have a material impact on the investment returns of the Company.
Tax Risks
U.S. and Canadian tax residence of the Company.
The Company is treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under section 7874 of the Code. and therefore subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide income. For Canadian tax purposes, however, the Company is treated as a Canadian resident company (as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada) (“Tax Act”)) for Canadian federal income tax purposes. Consequently, the Company is subject to income tax both in Canada and the U.S.
The deduction of certain expenses of the Company may be restricted.
Section 280E of the Code generally prohibits businesses from deducting or claiming tax credits with respect to expenses paid or incurred in carrying on any trade or business if such trade or business (or the activities which comprise such trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedule I and II of the Substances Act) which is prohibited by U.S. federal law or the law of any state in which such trade or business is conducted. Section 280E of the Code currently applies to businesses operating in the cannabis industry, irrespective of whether such businesses are licensed and operating in accordance with applicable state laws. The application of Section 280E of the Code generally causes such businesses to pay much higher effective U.S. federal income tax rates than similar businesses in other industries due to the loss of certain deductions and credits. The impact of Section 280E of the Code on the effective tax rate of a cannabis business generally depends on how large the ratio of non-deductible expenses is to the business’s total revenues. The Company is currently subject to Section 280E of the Code and consequently, Section 280E of the Code may adversely affect the Company’s profitability and, in fact, may cause the Company to operate at a loss. While recent legislative proposals, if enacted into law, could eliminate or diminish the application of Section 280E of the Code to cannabis businesses, the enactment of any such law is uncertain and until any changes in federal law, it is anticipated that the Company will continue to be subject to Section 280E of the Code.
Dividends paid by the Company may be subject to withholding tax.
It is unlikely that the Company will pay any dividends on the Equity Shares in the foreseeable future. However, dividends received by holders who are residents of Canada for purposes of the Tax Act will be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Any such dividends may not qualify for a reduced rate of withholding tax under the Canada-U.S. Tax Convention (as defined below) as amended. In addition, a foreign tax credit or a deduction in respect of foreign taxes may not be available.
36
Dividends received by U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax but will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. Dividends paid by the Company will be characterized as U.S. source income for purposes of the foreign tax credit rules under the Code. Accordingly, U.S. shareholders generally will not be able to claim a credit for any Canadian tax withheld unless, depending on the circumstances, they have an excess foreign tax credit limitation due to other foreign source income that is subject to a low or zero rate of foreign tax.
Dividends received by shareholders that are neither Canadian nor U.S. shareholders will be subject to U.S. withholding tax and will also be subject to Canadian withholding tax. These dividends may not qualify for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under any income tax treaty otherwise applicable to a shareholder of the Company, subject to examination of the relevant treaty. These dividends may however qualify for a reduced rate of Canadian withholding tax under any income tax treaty otherwise applicable to a shareholder of the Company, subject to examination of the relevant treaty.
As a cannabis business, the Company is generally subject to unfavorable tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code.
Tax risk is the risk of changes in the tax environment that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. Currently, state licensed marijuana businesses are assessed a comparatively high effective federal tax rate due to Section 280E of the Code, which prohibits businesses from deducting certain expenses associated with trafficking controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedule I and II of the Substances Act). The IRS has invoked Section 280E of the Code in tax audits against various cannabis businesses in the U.S. that are permitted under applicable state laws. Although the IRS issued a clarification allowing the deduction of certain expenses, the scope of such items is interpreted very narrowly, and the bulk of operating costs and general administrative costs are not permitted to be deducted. While there are currently several pending cases before various administrative and federal courts challenging these restrictions, there is no guarantee that these courts will issue an interpretation of Section 280E of the Code favorable to cannabis businesses. Given these facts, the impact of any such challenge cannot be reliably estimated; however, it may be significant to the financial condition and/or the overall operations of the Company.
If the Company’s tax positions were to be challenged by federal, state, local or foreign tax jurisdictions, the Company may not be wholly successful in defending its tax filing positions. The Company’s records reserves for unrecognized tax benefits based on its assessment of the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions. The Company’s management exercises significant judgment when assessing the probability of successfully sustaining the Company’s tax filing positions, and in determining whether a contingent tax liability should be recorded and, if so, estimating the amount. If the Company’s tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts, or the Company may be required to reduce the carrying amount of its net deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
High state and local taxes on cannabis businesses and cannabis products and associated compliance costs may adversely affect the Company’s business.
Certain states impose significant excise taxes and other taxes on products sold at licensed cannabis dispensaries, which taxes in some states exceed 15%, and throughout the cannabis supply chain. Local jurisdictions typically impose additional taxes on cannabis products. Furthermore, we incur significant costs complying with state and local laws and regulations. It is the case that significant tax reforms favorable to the cannabis industry have been discussed or drafted at the local, state, and/or federal level, but rarely if ever are such favorable reforms passed into law or otherwise adopted and put into effect. Collectively, federal, state and local taxes do and likely will continue to place a substantial burden on the Company’s revenue which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The Company notes that despite lobbying and general support for lowering such high taxes on cannabis businesses and cannabis products and/or introducing reforms that would reduce the tax burdens of cannabis industry participants, and particularly in a high tax state like California, such statements should not be relied upon or taken as likely forecasts of future legislative, administrative, regulatory, or policy decision by the applicable authorities. This is the case despite any popular sentiment or industry consensus or even statements from regulatory or legislative authorities suggesting or claiming forthcoming changes to the way cannabis businesses and cannabis products are taxed.
Changes in the Company’s effective tax rates may impact the Company’s results of operations.
The Company is subject to taxes in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. Tax rates in these jurisdictions may be subject to significant change due to economic and/or political conditions. A number of other factors may also impact our future effective tax rate including:
| ● | the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed; |
| ● | the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; |
| ● | changes in valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; |
● increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including deductions limited by Section 280E of the Code and write-offs of acquired intangibles and impairment of goodwill in connection with acquisitions;
| ● | changes in availability of tax credits, tax holidays, and tax deductions; |
| ● | changes in share-based compensation; and |
| ● | changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws and changes in generally accepted accounting principles. |
37
Although the Company believes its income tax liabilities are reasonably estimated and accounted for in accordance with applicable laws and principles, an adverse resolution by one or more taxing authorities could have a material impact on the results of the Company’s operations.
Dividends received by U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax but will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. Dividends paid by the Company will be characterized as U.S. source income for purposes of the foreign tax credit rules under the Code. Accordingly, U.S. shareholders generally will not be able to claim a credit for any Canadian tax withheld unless, depending on the circumstances, they have an excess foreign tax credit limitation due to other foreign source income that is subject to a low or zero rate of foreign tax.
Dividends received by shareholders that are neither Canadian nor U.S. shareholders will be subject to U.S. withholding tax and will also be subject to Canadian withholding tax. These dividends may not qualify for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under any income tax treaty otherwise applicable to a shareholder of the Company, subject to examination of the relevant treaty. These dividends may however qualify for a reduced rate of Canadian withholding tax under any income tax treaty otherwise applicable to a shareholder of the Company, subject to examination of the relevant treaty.
The Company may be subject to net operating loss limitations.
Section 382 of the Code contains rules that limit for U.S. federal income tax purposes the ability of a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” to utilize its net operating losses (and certain other tax attributes) existing as of the date of such ownership change. Under these rules, a corporation is treated as having had an “ownership change” if there is more than a 50% increase in stock ownership by one or more “5 percent shareholders,” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, during a rolling three-year period. The Business Combination resulted in an ownership change of the Company (or its predecessor) for purposes of Section 382 of the Code. However, the Company currently does not have any material net operating loss carry forwards or other tax attribute carry forwards, that would be subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Code.
Risk of U.S. tax classification of the Company as a U.S. Real Property Holding Company.
The Company is treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under section 7874(b) of the Code. As a result, non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon a disposition of their Equity Shares depending on whether the Company is classified as a United States real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) under the Code. It is not expected that the Company will be a USRPHC, but we do not intend to seek a ruling request or other written guidance of its status as a non-USRPHC from the IRS. If the Company were to be considered a USRPHC, Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain associated with the disposition of their Equity Shares.
Conflicts
Certain of the directors and executive officers of the Company are officers and directors of, or are associated with, other public and private companies. Such associations may give rise to conflicts of interest with the Company from time to time. The BCBCA requires, among other things, that the directors and executive officers of the Company act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the Company, to disclose any personal interest which they may have in any material contract or transaction which is proposed to be entered into with the Company and, in the case of directors, to abstain from voting as a director for the approval of any such contract or transaction. To the extent that conflicts of interest arise, such conflicts are required to be resolved in accordance with the provisions of the BCBCA.
38
Item 4. Information on the Company.
A. History and Development of the Company.
Name and Incorporation
We were formerly known as Mercer Park, were incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) on April 16, 2019. We are a vertically integrated cannabis company that operates in the state of California. We, through our subsidiaries cultivate, manufacture, and distribute cannabis bulk flower and trim to wholesalers and consumer packaged goods to third-party retail stores in the state of California. We also own and operate retail cannabis stores in the state of California. Our subordinate voting shares, restricted voting shares and limited voting shares (collectively, the “Equity Shares”), and common share purchase warrants are listed on the Neo Exchange Inc. (the “Neo Exchange”), trading under the symbols “GLAS.A.U” and “GLAS.WT.U”, respectively. The Equity Shares and common share purchase warrants also trade on the OTCQX in the United States under the symbols GLASF and GHBWF, respectively. Our head office and principal address is 3645 Long Beach Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90807. Our registered office in Canada is 2200 HSBC Building 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 3E8 and its telephone number is (604) 691-6100. Kyle Kazan is our agent for service in the United States and his address is 3645 Long Beach Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90807.
Business Combination Transaction
On January 31, 2020, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and various securities exchange agreements), a roll-up transaction (“Roll-Up”) was consummated whereby the assets and liabilities of a combined group of investment fund entities were merged with and into GH Group, Inc., formerly known as California Cannabis Enterprises, Inc. (“GH Group”), whereby GH Group survived the merger and now owns and controls the assets from such merged out entities.
On June 29, 2021, Mercer Park, listed on the Neo Exchange in Canada, consummated the Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, pursuant to which Mercer Park indirectly acquired 100% of the common equity interests of GH Group, which included all outstanding Class A and Class B common shares and certain Series A preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”) of GH Group. In addition, Mercer Park assumed all outstanding common share purchase warrants and Preferred Shares purchase warrants and assumed or exchanged or caused to be exchanged all qualified incentive stock options of GH Group. The Business Combination was effectuated by a reverse merger of an indirect subsidiary of Mercer Park with GH Group, with GH Group as the surviving entity, and GH Group becoming our majority-owned indirect subsidiary. As a result of the Business Combination, GH Group’s shareholders became the controlling shareholders of Mercer Park, which changed its name to Glass House Brands Inc. concurrent with the closing of the Business Combination.
Upon closing of the Business Combination, Mercer Park indirectly acquired all of the issued and outstanding securities of GH Group with the exception of some of GH Group’s Preferred Shares, in exchange for an aggregate of our 50,151,101 Equity Shares (which total includes, on an as-exchanged basis, Equity Shares issuable upon exchange of outstanding exchangeable shares (the “Exchangeable Shares”) of our subsidiary, MPB Acquisition Corp. (“MPB”)). We also issued 4,754,979 Multiple Voting Shares to certain founders of GH Group. In addition, 28,489,500 of the common share purchase warrants previously issued and outstanding in the capital of Mercer Park were assumed and remain outstanding. Of the 50,151,101 Equity Shares (inclusive of Exchangeable Shares on an as-exchanged basis) noted above, 731,369 Exchangeable Shares are held in escrow pending any final working capital adjustments. Additionally, 1,008,975 Equity Shares issued to the previous sponsor of Mercer Park are subject to a contractual lock-up with us. These shares are to be released from the lock-up restrictions based upon the amount of cash raised by us from certain debt and equity financings through June 2023.
39
Acquisitions
iCANN Acquisition
On January 1, 2021, GH Group completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of iCANN, a licensed retail cannabis company located in Berkeley, California. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between a subsidiary of GH Group and iCANN, GH Group (i) elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,321 into equity interests of iCANN; (ii) paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of iCANN equity interests: (iii) issued 7,511,725 Series A common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and (iv) issued an additional 500,000 Series A common shares to brokers and consultants, or the cash equivalent for certain non-accredited investors. All such Series A common shares were exchanged on closing of the Business Combination for Exchangeable Shares based on a value of $10.00 per Exchangeable Share and pursuant to a value formula as set out in the Business Combination Agreement.
Element 7 Acquisition and Litigation
Effective February 23, 2021, GH Group entered into a Merger and Exchange Agreement (the “E7 Merger Agreement”) with Element 7 CA, LLC (“E7”) whereby GH Group had the right, subject to satisfactory completion of due diligence and other conditions, to obtain all of the membership or equity interests held by E7 in seventeen holding companies that hold the rights to in-process state and local cannabis retail licenses or license applications, some of which are partially owned. In addition, GH Group entered into a License Development and Consulting Agreement (the “E7 License Agreement”, and together with the E7 Merger Agreement, the “E7 Agreements”) with E7 to provide certain retail consulting services to develop and obtain up to thirty-four cannabis retail licenses in exchange for the payment of certain fees set forth in the E7 License Agreement. In November 2021, GH Group terminated the E7 Agreements based on a breach of contractual terms, and as of December 31, 2021, GH Group had converted certain pre-closing financing payment and consulting fees into notes receivable in the amount of $2,274,167. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the notes receivable was fully reserved by the Company. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had received membership or equity interests in one entity out of seventeen entities that were contractually committed to be transferred under the E7 Merger Agreement.
On November 4, 2021, GH Group filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, Central District (Case No. 21STCV40401) against E7 and its principals and owners Josh Black and Robert “Bobby” DiVito (together, “Element 7”) for a variety of claims, including fraud and breach of contract and demanded performance under the E7 Agreements.
The court proceeding was subsequently withdrawn by the Company without prejudice, and on March 13, 2022, GH Group entered into an agreement with American Patriot Brands, Inc. (“APB”) to jointly file suit against Element 7 to enforce the transfer of contractually committed licenses (the “Joint Litigation Agreement”). GH Group and APB jointly refiled a complaint against Element 7 in the County of Los Angeles, Central District (Case No. 22STCV09323) (the “Element 7 Proceeding”). If either GH Group or APB is successful in the Element 7 Proceeding, we expect to have a path to achieve transfer of the existing licenses at issue.
Under the terms of the Joint Litigation Agreement, GH Group will pay all legal fees for GH Group and APB’s joint litigation against Element 7. GH Group will have the option to purchase any license or licensed entity interests recovered by APB from Element 7 that were included in the E7 Merger Agreement, that have either a state or local permit and a valid lease, or a have a local permit that is without a real property site but is in a competitive license jurisdiction, in each case at a valuation of $750,000 per license or licensed entity, paid in Equity Shares at the 10-day volume weighted average price calculated as of the date of such purchase. In addition, under the Joint Litigation Agreement, GH Group also has the right of first refusal to purchase any other licenses or licensed entity outside of the foregoing groups, and the right to terminate the Joint Litigation Agreement at any time.
Financing Transactions
GH Group Financing
Between January 30, 2020 and January 5, 2021, GH Group issued $22,599,844 in convertible debt (the “Convertible Debt”) bearing 8% interest per annum (4% of which was paid in cash and 4% of which was accrued and was to be automatically converted upon a $10,000,000 equity raise at the greater of a 20% discount or a $250,000,000 valuation cap). The Convertible Debt converted upon the completion of the GH Group Financing described below.
In June 2021, GH Group completed an equity financing in the United States for gross proceeds of $12,530,963.39 (the “GH Group Financing”). Investors in the GH Group Financing received, for each $1.27 invested or for each $0.8246932 of outstanding convertible promissory notes converted, one (1) preferred share of GH Group (the “GH Group Preferred Shares”) and one (1) warrant (the “GH Group Warrants”) to purchase a Class A common share of GH Group at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one Class A common share of GH Group as of the date of issuance of such GH Group Warrant. The completion of the GH Group Financing triggered the conversion of the outstanding amount of the convertible debt. Upon closing of the Business Combination, some of the issued outstanding GH Group Preferred Shares were exchanged for Exchangeable Shares based on a value of $10.00 per Exchangeable Share and pursuant to a value formula as set out in the Business Combination Agreement, and each GH Group Warrant was exchanged for a Warrant to purchase a number of Equity Shares equal to (i) the number of shares of GH Group that were issuable upon exercise of such GH Group Warrant immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination divided by the applicable exchange ratio.
40
Mercer Park Private Placement
On June 29, 2021, in conjunction with the completion of the Business Combination, Mercer Park completed a private placement of $85 million of non-voting shares of Mercer Park Brand Pipe Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Mercer Park (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share (the “Mercer Park Private Placement”). Canaccord Genuity Corp. (“Canaccord”), the underwriter in respect of Mercer Park’s initial public offering and the sole agent in respect of the Mercer Park Private Placement, subscribed for $4.9 million of Private Placement Shares under the Mercer Park Private Placement, which subscription was funded by Canaccord directing to Mercer Park an equal amount from the non-discretionary portion of deferred underwriting fees paid by Mercer Park to Canaccord in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. Under the terms of the Mercer Park Private Placement, Canaccord was entitled to a 4.0% commission on the sale of the Private Placement Shares, other than in connection with the sale of Private Placement Shares to certain president’s list subscribers. In addition, a subscriber under the Mercer Park Private Placement that subscribed for $20.1 million of Private Placement Shares was transferred 223,333 free-trading Equity Shares by Mercer for no additional consideration in order make the effective price of such subscription $9.00 per Private Placement Share. Pursuant to the Business Combination, the Private Placement Shares were exchanged for Equity Shares on a one-for-one basis. The funds from the Mercer Park Private Placement were used to fund the Company’s growth strategy, for working capital and for general corporate purposes.
Additional Information
Additional information relating to us is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on our website at www.glasshousebrands.com. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
B. Business Overview.
We were incorporated in 2018, combining cultivation – an approximately 150,000 sq. ft. Carpinteria, California greenhouse facility (“Casitas”) – with manufacturing – an approximately 22,000 sq. ft. extraction and manufacturing facility in Lompoc, California (the “CMS Asset”) – and retail – Bud and Bloom, a California corporation with a cannabis dispensary located in Santa Ana, California and The Pottery, a California corporation with a cannabis dispensary located in Los Angeles, California, which also at such time controlled an approximately 10,000 sq. ft. indoor cultivation operation on site.
In 2019, we expanded our retail presence to include one of the three (3) dispensary permits in Santa Barbara, California, under our “Farmacy” brand and established an omnichannel retail approach with web-based ordering capabilities and delivery optionality. At the same time, we strengthened our consumer packaged goods (“CPG”) brand-building and brand acquisition capabilities with an investment in brand-building around its “Glass House Farms” brand and the launch of the Forbidden Flowers brand in partnership with an actress. On January 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of a fourth (4th) dispensary, iCANN, LCC d/b/a Farmacy Berkeley (“iCANN” or “Farmacy Berkeley”).
In 2020, we expanded our cultivation footprint by over 300% with an approximately 355,000 sq. ft. cultivation facility in Padaro, California. Our manufacturing capacity was also scaled alongside the cultivation expansion. During this time, sales of Glass House Farms products grew at market-leading rates, positioned as a “best in category,” attractively priced everyday brand, and a premium line of flower, Grower’s Choice by Glass House Farms, was launched. In November 2020, Glass House Farms became the second-largest cannabis flower brand in California according to data from BDS Analytics5. In December 2020, the brand held onto its number two spot.
We also added additional brands and form factors to our offerings to complement the strong positioning in the flower segment enjoyed by Glass House Farms. In edibles and topicals, we benefit from a partnership with a well-known cannabis activist and entrepreneur under its cannabis wellness brand “Mama Sue”.
Through these activities, we established the foundation for our ultimate strategy to create a leading California cannabis brand company through a fully vertically integrated commercial cannabis company engaged in all licensed verticals: (i) cultivation; (ii) manufacturing; (iii) distribution; and (iv) retail. We strive to provide customers with consistently high-quality products across a range of trusted and recognizable brands.
5 BDS Analytics (2020). Sales in December 2020. Available at: https://www.BDSA.com.
41
Cultivation
Our cultivation strategy focuses on marrying nature and technology to seek to produce premier-quality cannabis indoors in greenhouses specifically designed to optimize quality and yields while minimizing inputs and environmental impact. We use the sun, the climate and advanced technology to conduct precision agriculture.
As of Q1 2021, our greenhouse cultivation is conducted in two facilities in Santa Barbara County, California, Casitas and Padaro, totalling over 500,000 sq. ft. of indoor greenhouse area.
Each of the Casitas and Padaro facilities were cut flower greenhouses prior to our taking over the properties and were transitioned to cannabis use by us. The Casitas facility includes more than 150,000 sq. ft. of greenhouse footprint with on site propagation, nursery, flowering canopy, drying and on site processing. It originally started under the California Proposition 215 regulatory structure and was used as the model facility for the creation of the Santa Barbara County cannabis ordinance and tax plan. It underwent a full retrofit by us, including the addition of new growing systems, fertigation, photoperiod lights, automated light deprivation curtains, and upgraded climate control technology. We followed up the Casitas project with its Padaro facility acquisition, which tripled our cultivation footprint while increasing canopy planting efficiency by over 350% through the use of an innovative rolling tray system. We retrofitted the Padaro facility with significantly improved efficiency, lower cost per sq. ft. costs and improved operating processes. The Padaro property was the very first fully licensed and entitled cannabis facility in the Santa Barbara Coastal area. GH Group’s Santa Barbara- based greenhouse operations were substantially expanded in 2020. Facility upgrades to the Padaro location were fully completed in Q3 2020, allowing 100% of GH Group’s 306,595 sq. ft. of licensed greenhouse canopy to be operational at the start of Q4 2020, up from 205,287 square feet in July 2020 (a 49% expansion). In 2020, we produced 410,000 wet pounds of cannabis biomass from both of its Santa Barbara based greenhouse operations, up 226% from 126,000 wet pounds in 2019, and we expect to produce over 750,000 wet pounds of cannabis biomass in 2021.
The Southern California climate, with over 280 days of sun per year, minimizes the need for supplemental electric lighting to drive yields, while moderate ambient temperatures and humidity levels drastically reduce climate control expenses and narrow pest pressures. Our flower is predominantly sun-grown in “light deprivation” greenhouses, with supplemental lighting used only for photoperiod control of flowering schedules, so as to allow for the maximum number of harvests per year on a “perpetual harvest” model.
An additional 10,000 sq. ft. of indoor non-greenhouse cultivation is conducted in the Los Angeles location through The Pottery.
In order to maintain high quality cultivation outputs, our cultivation team employs IPM, an ecosystem-based strategy to control pests and associated crop damage through techniques such as biological controls including the use of beneficial insects and habitat control and manipulation. The use of IPM requires constant and careful monitoring of plant health by our team of IPM specialists who continuously monitor plant growth, pest pressure, habitat and other relevant factors and take active and pre-emptive steps to prevent issues from arising.
Our cultivation expertise reflects the culmination of years of operating experience and specialized input from cannabis, agriculture, technology, business, manufacturing and scientific experts, allowing us to grow high-quality cannabis at a low cost. Our cultivation management team has a combined 100+ years of greenhouse experience. We won the 2020 Cannabis & Tech Today Sustainable Leadership Award for stewardship in connection with its stewardship of local community initiatives.
Cultivation Performance
As of December 31, 2020, our total greenhouse licensed cultivation canopy was approximately 390,000 sq. ft., with production capacity of approximately 800,000 wet pounds and 100,000 to 150,000 dry pounds per year. Our ability to grow productively at scale has resulted in lower unit production costs. During 2020, we scaled up our operating footprint by over three (3) times its prior footprint, which increased production of dry pounds by 150% and drove down production costs per pound, from $185/lb in 2019 to $127/lb in 2020.
42
Cultivation Licenses
Padaro Licenses
The applicable licenses for cultivation/processing issued by the California Department of Food and Agriculture (“CDFA”) are held by K&G Flowers, LLC and G&K Produce, LLC (each of which is a wholly owned subsidiary of GH Group), respectively, as described in the table below.
| Expiration/Renewal | ||||
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Date (MM/DD/YY) | License Type |
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001702 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Nursery |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001703 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Processor |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001652 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001633 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001624 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001622 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001599 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001589 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001582 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001700 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001696 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001695 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001683 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001678 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001664 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| G&K Produce, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001655 | 01/02/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 |
43
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001673 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001670 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001668 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001667 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001665 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001649 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001647 | 11/22/21 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001660 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001657 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001654 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001635 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001630 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001629 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 | ||||
| K&G Flowers, LLC | 3480 Via Real | CCL18-0001628 | 02/20/22 | Adult-Use-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Carpinteria, CA | ||||
| 93013 |
44
Casitas Licenses
The applicable licenses for cultivation/processing issued by the CDFA are held by Mission Health Associates, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of GH Group), as described in the table below. The applicable license for distribution/transportation issued by the California Bureau of Cannabis Control (“BCC”) is held by Mission Health Associates, Inc., as described in the table below.
| Expiration/Renewal | ||||
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Date (MM/DD/YY) | License Type |
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0001009 | 06/07/21 | Medicinal-Nursery |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | C13-0000080-LIC (BCC) | 07/08/21 | Medicinal - Distributor/Transport Only |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0003034 | 03/25/22 | Medicinal-Processor |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000498 | 03/15/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000503 | 03/15/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000512 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000510 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000509 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000506 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000505 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000502 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 | ||||
| Mission Health | 5601 Casitas Pass | CCL18-0000500 | 03/11/22 | Medicinal-Small Mixed-Light Tier 1 |
| Associates, Inc. | Road Carpinteria, | |||
| CA 93013 |
45
The Pottery Licenses
The applicable license for cultivation/processing issued by the CDFA is held by The Pottery, as described in the table below. The applicable licenses for distribution/transportation issued by BCC are held by The Pottery Inc., as described in the table below. The Pottery, Inc. is co-owned by an unrelated third party, TLMD Holdings, LLC.
| Expiration/Renewal | |||||
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Date (MM/DD/YY) | License Type | |
| The Pottery Inc. | 5042 | Venice Blvd. | CCL18-0000935 | 04/01/21 | Adult-Use-Specialty Indoor |
| Los Angeles, CA | |||||
| 90019 | |||||
| The Pottery Inc. | 5042 | Venice Blvd. | C11-0000726-LIC (BCC) | 07/08/21 | Adult-Use & Medicinal – Distributor License |
| Los Angeles, CA | |||||
| 90019 | |||||
Manufacturing and Distribution
Our Lompoc CMS Asset is a roughly 22,000 sq. ft. property purpose-built to convert cannabis biomass into CPG, located less than a four-hour drive from both the San Francisco Bay Area and Los Angeles, and about one hour’s drive from GH Group’s cultivation facilities. The CMS Asset holds a Type 7 cannabis manufacturing license which enables it to conduct all manufacturing, extraction, infusion, conversion, and packaging processes legal in the State of California, ranging from physical, “solventless” extraction processes to volatile solvent extraction and remediation methods. This allows the facility the optionality to produce a wide variety of cannabis products.
46
The CMS Asset also holds a Type 11 cannabis distribution license, which activates the facility as a distribution hub for the GH Group’s California operations. Given the logistical issues that the state framework can engender as a result of testing, quarantine and distribution regulations, this license can simplify some of the supply chain challenges faced by an operator of our scale relying on third-party distribution services.
The City of Lompoc levies 0% city tax on cannabis manufacturing and distribution activities, substantially better than the 2-10% tax charged by most other jurisdictions where such activities are permitted at all.
On February 1, 2020, we acquired a licensed concentrates and extractions business in financial distress that was subsequently disposed of in its entirety on March 3, 2021.
CMS Asset
The CMS Asset facility was renovated in collaboration with extraction and manufacturing professionals with substantial combined experience in the category of extraction and manufacturing and in creating such facilities. Operational efficiency at scale and process optionality were core to the design philosophy implemented in anticipation of an evolving landscape for both cannabis product trends and extraction and manufacturing technologies. To this end, extensive HVAC systems, thorough access management controls, and intensive safety protocols were implemented to enable safe and compliant volatile-solvent extraction capability at large scale, and even the layout of the facility itself creates workflow efficiency while also enhancing safety. Products in process move through the facility in an optimized flow. Walls are treated with antimicrobial and antifungal coatings to seek to ensure product purity and safety. Deep freezer capacity has been maximized to enable large-scale “live” extraction processes, which use cannabis plants flash-frozen upon harvest as their raw material. The power supply has been upgraded to support production far in excess of foreseeable output, and office space has been updated to enable better facility management.
Options for products that can be produced at the facility cover a broad range of cannabis manufactured goods, from cannabis-infused foods and beverages to “dabbable” concentrates.
Manufacturing and Distribution Licenses
The applicable license for manufacture issued by the California Department of Public Health, Manufactured Cannabis Safety Branch is held by CA Manufacturing Solutions LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of ours), as described in the table below. The applicable license for distribution issued by BCC is held by CA Manufacturing Solutions LLC, as described in the table below.
| Expiration/Renewal | ||||
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Date (MM/DD/YY) | License Type |
| CA Manufacturing | 1637 W. Central | CDPH-10002412 | 04/12/21 | Annual Manufacturing |
| Solutions LLC | Ave. Lompoc, CA | License – Adult and | ||
| 93436 | Medicinal Cannabis | |||
| Products | ||||
| Type 7: Volatile | ||||
| Solvent Extraction | ||||
| CA Manufacturing | 1637 W. Central | C11-0000031-LIC (BCC) | 04/30/21 | Adult-Use & |
| Solutions LLC | Ave. Lompoc, CA | Medicinal – Distributor | ||
| 93436 | License |
47
Wholesale Sales
In addition to sending cultivated biomass to the CMS Asset for manufacture, we also sell our biomass on various wholesale markets.
| WHOLESALE - BULK BIOMASS | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | TOTAL | |||||||||||||||
| Number of Bulk Customers | 14 | 21 | 18 | 19 | 36 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Revenue | $ | 2.4 | $ | 6.5 | $ | 6.6 | $ | 8.4 | $ | 23.9 | ||||||||||
| Average Revenue per Customer | $ | 0.1 | $ | 0.3 | $ | 0.3 | $ | 0.4 | $ | 0.7 | ||||||||||
| Top 5 customers (% of sales) | 68.8 | % | 80.6 | % | 83.2 | % | 78.3 | % | 69.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Top 10 customers (% of sales) | 92.1 | % | 93.0 | % | 96.7 | % | 94.9 | % | 83.5 | % | ||||||||||
Dollar figures in above table are expressed in millions and each quarter refers to the applicable quarter of the 2020 financial year.
Further, we have a wholesale business selling branded consumer packaged goods to distributors and retailers in the State of California. In December 2020, the Glass House Farms brand was the second highest grossing flower brand in California according to BDS.6
| WHOLESALE – OWNED BRANDS Consumer Packaged Goods | Q1 2020 | Q2 2020 | Q3 2020 | Q4 2020 | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Cumulative Points of Distribution | 64 | 151 | 239 | 273 | 273 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue by Brand | 100.0 | % | $ | 1.3 | $ | 2.2 | $ | 3.5 | $ | 6.2 | $ | 13.2 | ||||||||||||
| Glass House Farms | 71.4 | % | 0.4 | 1.4 | 2.5 | 5.2 | 9.5 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other | 28.6 | % | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.5 | 0.4 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||
| Revenue by Category | 100.0 | % | $ | 1.3 | $ | 2.2 | $ | 3.5 | $ | 6.2 | $ | 13.2 | ||||||||||||
| Flower | 71.4 | % | 0.5 | 1.4 | 2.8 | 5.0 | 9.7 | |||||||||||||||||
| Concentrates | 19.3 | % | 0.7 | 0.2 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 1.8 | |||||||||||||||||
| Pre-rolls | 9.3 | % | - | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.5 | 0.9 | |||||||||||||||||
| Vape | 19.3 | % | - | 0.4 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.7 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other | 9.3 | % | 0.1 | - | - | - | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||
Dollar figures in above table are expressed in millions.
Combined wholesale revenue for the three-months and twelve-months ended December 31, 2020 was $14.6 million and $37.1 million, respectively. Annually, combined wholesale revenue increased 147% from $15 million for the twelve-months ended December 31, 2019.
Cumulatively, Q4 2020 wholesale revenue grew 45% from $10.1 million in Q3 2020. Revenue from wholesale sales of biomass increased by 29%, from $6.5 million in Q3 2020 to $8.4 million in Q4 2020. Revenue from wholesale sales of CPG increased by 72%, from $3.6 million in Q3 2020 to $6.2 million in Q4 2020.
We rely on a single large distributor to provide the bulk of our wholesale sales, which provided approximately 99% of its wholesale revenue in 2020 and has provided approximately 84% of its year to date wholesale sales. We are currently negotiating an exclusive contract for distribution for an initial one (1)-year term with its major distributor. Although we are not dependent on this relationship, a change in the status of the distributor or the relationship is likely to cause a material impact until we can develop relationships with alternative distributors to carry its goods.
Each of the following licensed facilities are responsible for more than 10% of our gross revenue: Casitas, Padaro, Farmacy SB, and Bud and Bloom.
6 BDS Analytics (2020). Sales in December 2020. Available at: https://www.BDSA.com.
48
Brand, Product and Marketing
The creation of dominant, extensible CPG products and brands is our strategic mission. While many cannabis businesses prioritized brand building and customer acquisition before securing a reliable product flow, we believe that in a consumer-focused CPG space, consistent delivery of high-quality product at an attractive price point is a first principle, and a prerequisite for any other activity.
As production quantity has increased and our products have become more widely distributed, we have been pleased to receive recognition for its improved product quality from cannabis-friendly media outlets such as LA Weekly, to cannabis influencers and connoisseur cannabis reviewers such as Respect My Region7.
We do not aim to create a consumer-facing corporate-umbrella brand, but instead takes a “House of Brands” approach, with a portfolio of brand assets constructed on consumer data, consumer segmentation, analysis and insights.
We have taken care to segment its consumer and product types so as to cover a broad swath of the market, from new cannabis users to connoisseurs, across a range of use cases, product formats, and price points. Glass House Farms, our flagship brand, provides best-in-class, affordable cannabis flower products for everyday consumption. Its product range includes eighth-ounce flower jars, quarter-ounce smalls bags, 1g single pre-roll joints, five half-gram pre-roll multipacks, and Grower’s Choice, its premium “cream of the crop” line of eighth-ounce flower jars. Forbidden Flowers, our brand collaboration with an actress, highlights a sensual cannabis style and cannabis’ capacity to enable self-knowledge and self-expression. Its lines of eighth-ounce flower jars and two-packs of colorful half-gram pre-roll joints use strains complementing the Forbidden Flowers brand positioning, specifically fruit-forward in flavor and relaxing in effects.
Retail
We have operational dispensaries in Santa Barbara, Santa Ana, Los Angeles and Berkeley, California. We use clean, minimalistic retail space with a focus on local sourcing and sustainably grown cannabis. Our staff has substantial knowledge on the health and wellness benefits of cannabis, as well as our focus on educating customers on responsible adult-use, including understanding appropriate dosing.
We offer a curated selection of high quality cannabis products in a variety of price tiers, servicing the wide range of the community. The product selection will specifically promote local and sustainably cultivated cannabis through sourcing of brands that are local to the retail facility and a focus on educating customers on the importance of supporting the local economy by purchasing locally grown cannabis. Our motto is “Local Farms, Local People, Local Values”. This ethos is woven into purchasing decisions and illustrates our prioritization of locally cultivated and manufactured products.
We intend to curate what it believes to be the best selection of cannabis products from the following categories: flower, edibles, topicals, sublinguals and concentrates. Unlike many cannabis retailers that emphasize high-THC levels in their products, product curation is a specialty of ours and focuses on educating customers, seeking to match needs and desires with appropriate products to provide optimal experiences. This de-emphasis on high-THC helps customers understand the many benefits of a wide range of cannabinoids, including CBD, CBN and THCV, which in many cases may better fulfill the customers’ need states.
7 See Respect My Region (2021). The Farmacy is Committed to Providing a Service Over Sales Experience for Santa Barbara’s Cannabis Community. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/the-farmacy-dispensary-santa-barbara/; Respect My Region (2021). Papaya Punch Strain Review Featuring Glass House Farms Grower’s Choice Cannabis in California. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/papaya-punch-review-glass-house-farms-growers-choice/; Respect My Region (2021). The Runtz Strain Review Featuring El Blunto from Downtown Los Angeles and Glass House Farms from Santa Barbara. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/runtz-strain-el-blunto-glass-house- farms/; Respect My Region (2021). Flo White Strain Review Featuring the Grower’s Choice Line from Glass House Farms in California. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/glass-house-farms-flo-white-review/; Respect My Region (2021). Do-Si-Do Strain Review Featuring Glass House Farms in California. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/glass-house-farms-do-si-dos/; Respect My Region (2021). The GMO Strain Review Featuring Glass House Farms in California. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/gmo-strain-glass- house-farms/; Respect My Region (2021). The Midnight Thorneberry Strain Review Featuring Glass House Farms. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/bella-thorne-midnight-thorneberry-joint/; Respect My Region (2020). Mac 1 Strain Review Featuring El Blunto and Glass House Farms in California. Available at: https://www.respectmyregion.com/mac-1-glass-house-farms-el-blunto/.
49
Retail Locations
We currently offer online payment processing, as well as in store pickup and home delivery services for adult-use and medicinal-use customers at all locations.
Farmacy SB
The Farmacy SB is located at 128 W Mission Street, Santa Barbara, California. It was first licensed adult-use retail storefront to open in the City of Santa Barbara. GH Group secured one (1) of only three (3) storefront permits from the City of Santa Barbara, after an exhaustive merit-based selection process. Over 60 applicants applied, and the Farmacy SB’s application was one of the highest scored applications. The Farmacy SB was selected for a license due to its compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood, local hiring commitment, employee benefit plans, dedication to compliance and design.
As an example of our contribution to and partnership with the local community. We have sponsored a popular “Neighbor Deal” program that encourages its customers to shop at nearby businesses by offering discounted product if they show a same day receipt. In this manner, the Farmacy SB has also enhanced the quality of the surrounding neighborhood and built positive relationships with neighboring businesses.
The Farmacy SB was voted by local residents as the Best Cannabis Dispensary in 2020.8
2000 De La Vina LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of ours) leases the property located at 128 W. Mission Street, Santa Barbara, California 93101 from Edwin Begg, Trustee for the Susan Miratti Trust, consisting of approximately 1,342 sq. ft. in a single building. Farmacy SB, Inc. leases the property located at 117-B W. Mission Street, Santa Barbara, California 93101 from Martin Morales, Trustee of the Morales Family Trust, consisting of approximately 1,690 sq. ft. of office space. 2000 De La Vina LLC intends to purchase both properties once the current owners obtain final approval for any required environmental remediation actions, if any, from the required regulatory bodies.
Farmacy SB Licenses
The applicable license for retail issued by BCC is held by Farmacy SB, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of ours), as described in the table below.
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Expiration/Renewal Date (MM/DD/YY) |
License Type |
| Farmacy SB, Inc. | 128 W. Mission Street Santa Barbara, CA 93101 | C10-0000293- LIC (BCC) | 06/25/21 | Adult-Use & Medicinal – Retailer License |
8Santa Barbara Independent (2020). Best of Santa Barbara 2020 -Cannabis Dispensary. Available at: https://www.independent.com/2020/10/14/best-of-santa-barbara-2020-living-well/.
50
Farmacy Berkeley
Farmacy Berkeley is located at 3243 Sacramento St, Berkeley, California and has been in operation since 2019. The Farmacy Berkeley strives to bring together cannabis advocates who share a consistent commitment to sustainably produced cannabis products delivered in a welcoming, inviting, and open environment.9
Farmacy Berkeley Licenses
The applicable license for retail issued by BCC is held by Farmacy Berkeley (a wholly owned subsidiary of ours), as described in the table below.
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Expiration/Renewal Date (MM/DD/YY) |
License Type |
| Farmacy Berkeley | 3243 Sacramento Street Berkeley, CA 94702 | C10-0000506- LIC (BCC) | 07/24/21 | Adult-Use & Medicinal – Retailer License |
The Pottery
The Pottery is located at 5042 Venice Blvd, Los Angeles, California, includes both cultivation and a retail dispensary and has been in operation since 2018. This property is in a high traffic area and is comprised of a 21,000 sq. ft. lot with a 12,000 sq. ft. building. It is centrally located between Beverly Hills, Hollywood, Santa Monica and downtown Los Angeles. Approximately one-third of the facility’s building area is dedicated to The Pottery’s retail shop, while the remaining functions as an indoor cannabis cultivation facility.
The Pottery strives to bring together cannabis enthusiasts from within their local community and create a space that is a welcoming, energetic, and an inclusive environment. The Pottery delivers to a number of nearby cities including Santa Monica, Culver City and West Hollywood. The Pottery also holds a license for the distribution of cannabis goods which enables it to package the flower grown onsite.
The Pottery License
The applicable license for retail issued by BCC is held by The Pottery Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of ours), as described in the table below.
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Expiration/Renewal Date (MM/DD/YY) |
License Type |
| The Pottery Inc. | 5042 Venice Blvd, Los Angeles, CA 90019 | C11-0000389- LIC (BCC) | 07/08/21 | Adult-Use & Medicinal Retailer License |
51
Bud and Bloom
Bud and Bloom, located at 1327 East St Gertrude PlaceSanta Ana, California, has been in operation since 2016.
In addition to being staffed with knowledgeable wellness advisors, Bud and Bloom has actively sought to develop strong relationships with the local community, including local senior centers, which allows the business to cater to a diverse clientele. Bud and Bloom was awarded the accolades of Top 10 Most Beautiful Dispensaries in America by Leafly in 2017.10
9East Bay Express (2021). Best of The East Bay 2021 – Reader’s Picks: Best Cannabis Delivery. Available at: https://eastbayexpress.com/readers-picks-cannabis/.
Bud and Bloom Licenses
The applicable license for retail issued by BCC is held by Bud and Bloom, as described in the table below.
| License Holder | Address | Permit/License No. | Expiration/Renewal Date (MM/DD/YY) |
License Type |
| Bud and Bloom | 1327 St. Gertrude Place E. Santa Ana, CA 92705 | C10-0000044- LIC (BCC) | 05/09/21 | Adult-Use & Medicinal – Retailer License |
Information Technology & Inventory Management
We have an information technology infrastructure that prioritizes security, compliance, business process support, customer-facing technology, operational systems, data insights, and business intelligence. We use Treez, a third-party software platform, to serve as its inventory management system (“IMS”) and data warehouse. Our IMS supports company-wide operations including sales and point-of-sale transactions, customer data management, production, inventory management, pricing, order management, accounting, finance and purchasing. Our IMS also serves as a data warehouse, allowing for daily inventory management.
We also use our IMS for weekly cycle counts across all retail and storage locations. Our IMS allows for comprehensive reporting on all stages of inventory within the Company. All personally identifiable information is required to be stored and maintained by us in compliance with the California Consumer Privacy Act.
In addition to its IMS, we participate in California’s track and trace system (METRC).
Our websites are its primary customer-facing technology for online customer transactions in its growing direct-to-consumer business. We work with Stronghold to enable bank-to-bank transfers for secure, contactless electronic payments from direct-to-consumer customers.
We intend to continue to implement and use leading tools and technologies that allow it to support and promote growth in its business.
Banking & Processing
We and all of our affiliated entities have accounts with the largest bank headquartered in the greater Los Angeles area. We selected this bank because it is also a subsidiary of one of the largest banks in the United States, which is expected to be helpful as we scale our operations. We currently accept cash and debit cards for sales in the retail locations and cash for sales to direct-to-consumer customers. We also have a relationship with Stronghold to allow direct-to-consumer customers to prepay using a debit card.
Competitive Conditions
We are vertically integrated, we compete on multiple fronts, from manufacturing to retail to delivery, and experiences competition in each of these areas. From a retail perspective, we compete with other licensed retailers and delivery companies in the geographies where retail and delivery services are located. These other retailers range from small local operators to more significant operators with a presence throughout the State of California and other states in the United States. From a product perspective, we compete with other manufactures of brands for shelf space in non-GH Group owned dispensaries throughout California. Similar to certain competitors in the retail space, we compete with manufacturers ranging in size from small local operators to significant operators with a larger presence. Indirectly, we compete with the illicit market, including many illegal dispensaries.
10 Leafly (2017). Top 10 Most Beautiful Dispensaries in America. Available at: https://www.leafly.com/news/lifestyle/beautiful-marijuana- dispensary-designs-and-layouts.
52
Environmental Protection Requirements
Although a number of environmental restrictions apply to us, they are of a general nature and often tied to limitations on land use and do not affect ongoing operations. The environmental regulations that do affect operations generally relate to natural resource use, such as water use permits, wastewater management, energy generation, and air pollution limitations. Although these regulations limit the scope of potential operations, such financial and operational obligations related to such regulations do not have a material impact on our financial position or operations as currently conducted.
Seasonality
Not applicable.
Legal and Regulatory Matters
The United States federal government regulates drugs through the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C.§ 811), which places controlled substances, including marijuana (defined as all parts of the plant cannabis sativa L. containing more than 0.3 percent tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”)), in a schedule. Marijuana (also referred to as cannabis) is classified as a Schedule I drug. Under United States federal law, a Schedule I drug or substance has a high potential for abuse, no accepted medical use in the United States, and a lack of accepted safety for the use of the drug under medical supervision. The United States Food and Drug Administration has not approved marijuana as a safe and effective drug for any indication.
In the United States, marijuana is largely regulated at the State level. State laws regulating cannabis are in direct conflict with U.S. federal law, which makes cannabis use and possession federally illegal. Although certain states authorize medical or adult-use cannabis production and distribution by licensed or registered entities, under U.S. federal law, the possession, use, cultivation, and transfer of cannabis and any related drug paraphernalia is illegal and any such acts are criminal acts under federal law. The Supremacy Clause of the United States Constitution establishes that the United States Constitution and federal laws made pursuant to it are paramount and, in case of conflict between federal and State law, the federal law shall apply.
Under President Barack Obama, the U.S. administration attempted to address the inconsistencies between federal and state regulation of cannabis in a memorandum sent by then-Deputy Attorney General James Cole to all United States Attorneys in August 2013 (the “Cole Memorandum”). The Cole Memorandum acknowledged that notwithstanding the designation of cannabis as a controlled substance at the federal level in the United States, several States had enacted laws relating to cannabis for medical and recreational purposes. In March 2017, then newly-appointed Attorney General Jeff Sessions, a long-time opponent of State-regulated medical and recreational cannabis, noted limited federal resources and acknowledged that much of the Cole Memorandum had merit; however, he had previously stated that he did not believe it had been implemented effectively.
On January 4, 2018, former U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions issued a memorandum to U.S. district attorneys which rescinded previous guidance from the U.S. Department of Justice specific to cannabis enforcement in the United States, including the Cole Memorandum. With the Cole Memorandum rescinded, U.S. federal prosecutors were given discretion in determining whether to prosecute cannabis related violations of U.S. federal law, subject to budgetary constraints. On November 7, 2018, Mr. Sessions tendered his resignation as Attorney General at the request of then President Donald Trump. Following Mr. Sessions’ resignation, Matthew Whitaker began serving as Acting United States Attorney General, until February 14, 2019, when William Barr was appointed as the United States Attorney General. During his Senate confirmation hearing, Mr. Barr stated that he disagrees with efforts by States to legalize marijuana, but would not pursue marijuana companies in States that legalized marijuana under Obama administration policies. He stated further that he would not upset settled expectations that had arisen as a result of the Cole Memorandum. Federal enforcement of cannabis-related activity remained consistent with the priorities outlined in the Cole Memorandum throughout Attorney General Barr’s tenure.
53
On January 20, 2021, Joseph R. Biden Jr. was sworn in as the new President of the United States. During his campaign, he stated a policy goal to decriminalize possession of cannabis at the federal level. However, he has not publicly supported the full legalization of cannabis. It is unclear how much of a priority decriminalization may be for President Biden’s administration. President Biden nominated federal judge Merrick Garland to serve as his Attorney General. During his confirmation hearings in the Senate on February 22, 2021, Attorney General nominee Garland confirmed that he would not prioritize pursuing cannabis prosecutions in States that have legalized and that are regulating the use of cannabis, both for medical and adult use. The Senate confirmed Judge Garland as Attorney General on March 10, 2021.
There is no guarantee that State laws legalizing and regulating the sale and use of cannabis will not be repealed or overturned, or that local governmental authorities will not limit the applicability of State laws within their respective jurisdictions. Unless and until the United States Congress amends the Controlled Substances Act with respect to medical and/or adult-use cannabis (and as to the timing or scope of any such potential amendments there can be no assurance), there is a risk that U.S. federal authorities may enforce current U.S. federal law. If the U.S. federal government were to begin to enforce U.S. federal laws relating to cannabis in States where the sale and use of cannabis is currently legal, or if existing applicable State laws are repealed or curtailed, BRND’s target business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects and the Company would likely be materially adversely affected.
In light of the political and regulatory uncertainty surrounding the treatment of U.S. cannabis-related activities, including the rescission of the Cole Memorandum discussed above, on February 8, 2018, the Canadian Securities Administrators published Staff Notice 51-352 (Revised) – Issuers with U.S. Marijuana-Related Activities (“Staff Notice 51-352”) setting out the Canadian Securities Administrators’ disclosure expectations for specific risks facing issuers with cannabis-related activities in the United States. Staff Notice 51-352 includes additional disclosure expectations that apply to all issuers with U.S. cannabis-related activities, including those with direct and indirect involvement in the cultivation and distribution of cannabis, as well as issuers that provide goods and services to third parties involved in the U.S. cannabis industry.
Our involvement in the U.S. cannabis market may subject it to heightened scrutiny by regulators, stock exchanges, clearing agencies and other U.S. and Canadian authorities. There can be no assurance that this heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of certain restrictions on our ability to operate in the U.S. or any other jurisdiction. We have received and continue to receive legal input regarding (i) compliance with applicable State regulatory frameworks, and (ii) potential exposure and implications arising from U.S. federal law in certain respects. We receives such input on an ongoing basis but does not have a formal legal opinion on such matters.
C. Organizational structure.
Our organizational structure is attached as Exhibit 8.1 to this Shell Company Report.
D. Property, plant and equipment.
The Company possesses (i) an aggregate of approximately 550,000 sq. ft. in two operating greenhouse facilities in unincorporated Santa Barbara county that both include associated processing facilities, (ii) a volatile and non-volatile manufacturing and distribution facility in Lompoc, California, and (iii) an additional non-volatile manufacturing facility in Long Beach, California. The Company owns three (3) operating retail dispensaries in Santa Barbara, Santa Ana and Berkeley, California and partially owns and manages a fourth located in Los Angeles, California that includes a specialty indoor cultivation facility.
2000 De La Vina LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of GH Group) leases the property located at 128 W. Mission Street, Santa Barbara, California 93101 from Edwin Begg, Trustee for the Susan Miratti Trust, consisting of approximately 1,342 sq. ft. in a single building. Farmacy SB, Inc. leases the property located at 117-B W. Mission Street, Santa Barbara, California 93101 from Martin Morales, Trustee of the Morales Family Trust, consisting of approximately 1,690 sq. ft. of office space. 2000 De La Vina LLC intends to purchase both properties once the current owners obtain final approval for any required environmental remediation actions, if any, from the required regulatory bodies.
Our head office is located at 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California, USA.
54
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments.
Not applicable.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.
A. Operating results.
The following are the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Revenue, Net | $ | 48,259,601 | $ | 16,941,426 | $ | 8,967,286 | ||||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 29,519,143 | 8,461,551 | 3,749,373 | |||||||||
| Gross Profit | 18,740,458 | 8,479,875 | 5,217,913 | |||||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and Administrative | 18,637,477 | 9,354,591 | 3,094,857 | |||||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 1,489,664 | 912,842 | 143,216 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 2,040,004 | 5,196,993 | 1,913,865 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 2,576,263 | 1,455,780 | 767,567 | |||||||||
| Total Expenses | 24,743,408 | 16,920,206 | 5,919,505 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations | (6,002,950 | ) | (8,440,331 | ) | (701,592 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||||||
| Interest Expense | 2,179,137 | 636,762 | 597,427 | |||||||||
| Interest Income | (115,572 | ) | (443,523 | ) | (308,591 | ) | ||||||
| Loss on Investments | 2,126,112 | 1,147,968 | 166,059 | |||||||||
| Loss (Income) on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | 251,663 | - | - | |||||||||
| Other Expense (Income), Net | (203,345 | ) | (19,419 | ) | (202,397 | ) | ||||||
| Total Other Expense | 4,237,995 | 1,321,788 | 252,498 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (10,240,945 | ) | (9,762,119 | ) | (954,090 | ) | ||||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 6,418,533 | 972,520 | 357,352 | |||||||||
| Net Loss | (16,659,478 | ) | (10,734,639 | ) | (1,311,442 | ) | ||||||
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest | - | (511,465 | ) | 211,396 | ||||||||
| Net Loss Attributable to Shareholders / Members of GH Group | $ | (16,659,478 | ) | $ | (10,223,174 | ) | $ | (1,522,838 | ) | |||
Revenue
2020
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $48.3 million, which represents an increase of $31.3 million or 185% from $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Revenue growth in 2020 was primarily driven by an increase in cannabis production from our second greenhouse cultivation facility, which commenced operations in Q1 2020 and expanded operational canopy from approximately 113,000 square feet at the end of December 2019, to over 390,000 square feet by the 2020. Our cannabis retail dispensaries also contributed to year over year revenue growth, with a full year of operations in 2020 versus less than 6 months of operations in 2019.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue was $16.9 million, which represents an increase of $8.0 million or 89% from $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Revenue growth in 2019 was primarily driven by an increase in cannabis production from our first greenhouse cultivation facility, which operated at full capacity throughout 2019, and at partial capacity in 2018 while we ramped up operations. We began retail operations in Q3 2019, opening one store and acquiring another, which also increased revenue from the prior year.
55
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue was $9.0 million. Revenues during 2018 consisted primarily of bulk biomass sales produced from our first greenhouse cultivation facility.
Cost of Goods Sold
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, cost of goods sold was $ 29.5 million, which represents an increase of $21.1 million or 249% from the prior year amount of $8.5 million. Cost increases were primarily attributable to our expanding cannabis cultivation operation which grew over 300% from the prior year. Our cannabis dispensaries also contributed to year over year cost increases, with a full year of operations in 2020 and less than 6 months of operations in 2019.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, cost of goods sold was $8.5 million, which represents an increase of $4.7 million or 126% from the prior year amount of $3.7 million. Cost increases were primarily due to our grow operations being fully operational throughout 2019 and only partially operational in 2018. We began retail operations in Q3 2019, opening one store and acquiring another, which also increased cost of goods sold from the prior year.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, cost of goods sold was $3.7 million. Our cost of goods sold is a direct result of our grow operations during 2018.
General and Administrative
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, general and administrative expenses was $18.6 million, which represents an increase of $9.3 million or 99% from the prior year amount of $9.4 million. General and administrative cost increases are primarily attributable to headcount additions required to support operational expansion initiatives and include stock-based compensation, salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to corporate, cultivation and retail operations.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, general and administrative expenses was $9.4 million, which represents an increase of $6.3 million or 202% from the prior year amount of $3.1 million. General and administrative cost increases are primarily attributable to headcount additions required to support operational expansion initiatives and include stock-based compensation, salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to corporate, cultivation and retail operations.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, general and administrative expenses was $ 3.1 million. General and administrative expenses include stock-based compensation, salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to corporate, cultivation and retail operations.
56
Sales & Marketing
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, sales and marketing expenses was $1.5 million, which represents an increase of $0.6 million or 63% from the prior year amount of $0.9 million. Our cannabis dispensaries contributed to year over year cost increases, with a full year of operations in 2020 and less than 6 months of operations in 2019. Sales and marketing expenses include advertising and promotions in various media outlets.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, sales and marketing expenses was $0.9 million, which represents an increase of $0.8 million or 537% from the prior year amount of $0.1 million. Marketing expenses increased year over year to support our retail operations, which began Q3 2019.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, we incurred $0.1 million of sales and marketing expenses for general advertising and promotions in various media outlets.
Professional Fees
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, professional fees were $2.0 million, which represents a decrease of $3.2 million or 61% from the prior year amount of $5.2 million. The decrease from 2019 was a result of the preparatory work performed in 2019 for business combinations, mergers and acquisitions. During 2020, we deliberately curtailed the use of consultants.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, professional fees were $5.2 million, which represents an increase of $3.3 million or 172% from the prior year amount of $1.9 million. The increase from 2018 is a direct result of our merger and acquisition activity, capital raises, preparatory work required for business combinations executed in 2020 and to support operational expansion initiatives.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, professional fees were $ 1.9 million. Professional fees in 2018 represent fees paid to part time operational and accounting consultants and for legal and advisory fees.
Other Expense
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net other expenses were $4.2 million, which represents a increase of $2.9 million or 221% from the prior year amount of $1.3 million. The increase from 2019 was a result of the increase in interest expense from our debt incurred during 2020 and an increase in our unrealized losses on our equity method investments.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net other expenses were $1.3 million, which represents an increase of $1.0 million or 323% from the prior year amount of $0.3 million. The increase from 2018 was primarily a result of the increase in our unrealized losses on our equity method investments.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, net other expenses were $0.3 million. Net other expenses in 2018 is primarily represented by interest expense ($0.6 million), offset by interest income of $0.3 million from our notes receivables.
57
B. Liquidity and capital resources.
Overview
Historically, our primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions made by equity investors and debt issuances. We expect to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, we may continue to raise equity or debt capital from investors in order to meet liquidity needs.
Financial Condition
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our consolidated statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the year end December 31:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | $ | (7,697,679 | ) | $ | (3,434,706 | ) | $ | (909,209 | ) | |||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (7,719,045 | ) | (15,788,070 | ) | (14,845,042 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 17,320,089 | 8,080,108 | 23,873,520 | |||||||||
| NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 1,903,366 | (11,142,668 | ) | 8,119,269 | ||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 2,631,886 | 13,774,554 | 5,655,285 | |||||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 4,535,251 | $ | 2,631,886 | $ | 13,774,554 | ||||||
Cash Flow Provided by Operating Activities
2020
Cash used in operating activities totaled $ 7.7 million in 2020. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $16.7 million during the year, increases in accounts receivable ($3.5 million) and buildup of inventory ($3.8 million) resulting from increased operations. The use of cash in operations was offset by the increase in trade payables and accrued liabilities ($1.9 million), increase in income taxes payable ($3.9 million), increases in deferred tax liabilities, net ($1.3 million) and non-cash expense from interest capitalized to notes payable ($ 1.1 million), share-based compensation ($2.5 million), accretion of debt discounts on loans ($1.1 million), loss on equity method investments ($2.1 million) and depreciation and amortization ($2.6 million).
2019
Cash used in operating activities totaled $3.4 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $10.8 million during the year as a result from increased operations. The use of cash in operations was offset by the increase in trade payables and accrued liabilities ($3.2 million) and non-cash expense from share-based compensation ($1.9 million), unrealized loss on equity method investments ($1.1 million) and depreciation and amortization ($1.5 million).
58
2018
Cash used in operating activities totaled $0.9 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $1.4 million during the year, increases in accounts receivable ($0.5 million) and buildup of inventory ($0.8 million) resulting from increased operations. The use of cash in operations was offset by non-cash expense from share-based compensation ($0.8 million) and depreciation and amortization ($0.8 million).
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
2020
Cash used in investing activities totaled $ 7.7 million in 2020. This was primarily driven by the purchase of property and equipment ($3.9 million) purchase of investments ($2.9 million) and issuance of notes receivables ($1.1 million).
2019
Cash used in investing activities totaled $15.8 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by the purchase of property and equipment ($5.7 million), purchase of investments ($5.1 million), issuance of notes receivables ($3.5 million) and cash paid for an acquisition ($1.9 million).
2018
Cash used in investing activities totaled $14.8 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by the purchase of property and equipment ($12.7 million) and the purchase of investments ($3.2 million). Cash outflows from investing activities were offset by repayments on notes receivables during the year ($1.1 million).
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
2020
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $17.3 million in 2020. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes and convertible notes payable during the year ($18.4 million) which was offset by payments on notes payable ($1.1 million).
2019
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $8.1 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes payable during the year ($1.7 million), cash contributions from investors ($8.1 million) offset by payments of notes payable during the year ($0.9 million).
2018
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $23.9 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes and convertible notes payable during the year ($9.9 million), cash contributions from investors ($16.4 million) offset by payments of distributions to shareholders during the year ($2.0 million).
As previously noted, our primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions and debt capital made available from investors. We expect to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, we may continue to raise equity capital from investors in order to meet liquidity needs. We do not have any committed sources of financing, nor significant outstanding capital expenditure commitments.
Contractual Obligations
We have contractual obligations to make future payments, including debt agreements and lease agreements from third parties and related parties.
59
The following table summarizes such obligations as of December 31, 2020:
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 - 2024 | After 2024 | Total | |||||||||||
| Notes Payable from Third Parties and Related Parties | $ | 601,187 | $ | - | $ | 2,189,264 | $ | 22,839,551 | $ | 25,630,002 | |||||
| Leases obligations | 731,354 | 745,094 | 1,526,302 | 1,231,207 | 4,233,957 | ||||||||||
| Total Contractual Obligations | $ | 1,332,541 | $ | 745,094 | $ | 3,715,566 | $ | 24,070,758 | $ | 29,863,959 | |||||
Transactions with Related Parties
Reposition Debt Transactions
Reposition Investments, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Reposition”) and an affiliate of our shareholder, agreed to make a $1,000,000 unsecured bridge loan to us at an interest rate of 8% per annum to fund us until the initial close of senior notes offering, pursuant to that certain promissory note, dated as of January 24, 2020, issued by us in favor of Reposition. In February 2020, we executed and delivered to Reposition, and Reposition accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved senior secured convertible notes to cancel and reissue the bridge note as part of the senior convertible notes offering. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2020, the Reposition bridge note is no longer outstanding, and Reposition’s senior convertible note balance of $1,000,000 principal balance is included as a component of convertible notes noted above. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no amounts were due under the original notes.
Magu Farm Lenders Debt Transactions
In 2018, Magu Farm LLC issued approximately $9,925,000 in secured promissory notes convertible into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund (collectively, the “Magu Farm Convertible Notes”) to certain lenders who are affiliates of our shareholders (collectively, the “Magu Farm Lenders,” and individually, a “Magu Farm Lender”).
On October 7, 2019, Magu Farm LLC and Magu Investment Fund notified each Magu Farm Lender of Magu Investment Fund’s intention to merge with and into us at the closing of a roll-up transaction (the “Roll-Up”). Subsequent to such notification, effective as of October 7, 2019, each Magu Farm Lender other than Kings Bay Investment Company Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBIC”), entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which such Magu Farm Lender, among other things, (a) converted its respective Magu Farm Convertible Note with an aggregate value of $8,000,000 into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund and (b) agreed to terminate both the co-lending agreement and its respective security interest as defined in the agreement. All accrued and unpaid interest were paid prior to conversion. KBIC balance which was not converted remained. Effective as of March 1, 2020, KBIC assigned the note (the “Kings Bay Note”) to Kings Bay Capital Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBCM”).
Effective as of April 10, 2020, KBCM and us entered into an assignment, novation and note modification agreement and a security agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the company assumed all of Magu Farm LLC’s rights, duties, liabilities and obligations under the Kings Bay Note, (b) the Kings Bay Note was modified, among other things, such that KBCM has the right to convert the Kings Bay Note into Class A Shares at the same conversion price accorded to the other Magu Farm Lenders, and (c) the obligations under the Kings Bay Note were secured by a pledge of our subsidiaries’ securities but expressly subordinated to the holders of the senior convertible notes. As a result of the modification, we recorded an loss on extinguishment of debt due to modification for approximately $389,000 which is included as a component of other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance due to KBCM is $2,189,264 and $1,925,000, respectively.
Graham S. Farrar Living Trust – Related Party
On October 5, 2019, G&H Supply Company LLC issued a promissory note in the original principal amount of $315,000 in favor of the Graham S. Farrar Living Trust established February 2, 2000 (the “Farrar Trust”), an affiliate of Graham Farrar (the “Original G&H / Farrar Note”). Effective as of February 20, 2020, we executed and delivered to the Farrar Trust, and the Farrar Trust accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved forms of note offering documents to cancel and reissue the loan evidenced by the Original G&H / Farrar Note as part of the convertible debt offering. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of these notes was $0, and $316,262, respectively.
60
BFP Debt Transactions
In connection with the Incubation, Beach Front Properties, LLC, a California limited liability company (“BFP”), advanced to Magu Capital loans in the aggregate principal amount of $400,000 (the “BFP Loans”), which BFP Loans were documented by that certain promissory note dated as of June 7, 2017 and that certain promissory note dated as of March 22, 2018 (together, the “BFP Notes”), and the remaining monetary portion of the BFP Loans was not previously documented but intended by BFP and Magu Capital to be advanced under the same terms as set forth in the BFP Notes. Magu Capital used the proceeds of the BFP Loans to pay certain of our expenses. Effective as of June 30, 2020: (a) Magu Capital assigned to us, we assumed and Magu Capital was released from, all of Magu Capital’s rights, duties and obligations under the BFP Loans; and (b) we executed and delivered to BFP, and BFP accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved convertible debt offering.
Incubation Services
Effective January 1, 2019, we and Magu Capital LLC, a California limited liability company (“Magu Capital”), entered into a services and incubation agreement (the “Services and Incubation Agreement”), pursuant to which Magu Capital agreed to perform certain advisory and business “incubation” services for us (and incur certain fees and expenses on behalf of us as part of and as performance for such services) (collectively, the “Incubation”) in consideration of our agreement to issue to Magu Capital, upon a date certain following the closing of the Roll-Up as reasonably determined by our board of directors, a warrant to purchase a fixed number of Class A Shares at an agreed upon strike price and no later than three years following the grant date.
On July 23, 2020, we issued to Magu Capital a warrant to purchase exercise shares (the “Magu Capital Warrant”), in full satisfaction of our obligations under the Services and Incubation Agreement to compensate Magu Capital for the Incubation. The value of the warrants was fair valued at approximately $ 427,000. We recorded a gain on extinguishment of the liability in the amount of approximately $573,000 which is recorded as a component of other income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The balance due to Magu Capital as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and$1,773,879, respectively and is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated and combined balance sheet.
Issuance of Class B Shares for Management Services
In January 2020, we as part of the roll up and re-organization: (a) issued to APP Investment Advisors LLC, a California limited liability company (“APP Investment Advisors”), an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 9,047,226 shares of our Class B common stock (“Class B Shares”), in exchange for certain management services rendered by APP Investment Advisors for AP Investment Fund; and (b) issued to Magu Capital, an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 23,248,044 Class B Shares, in exchange for certain management services rendered by Magu Capital for CA Brand Collective, Magu Investment Fund and MG Padaro Fund.
Asset Management Fees
We have an agreement with certain related parties which provide asset management services. Fees are paid quarterly. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we incurred expenses of approximately $0, $822,000 and $590,000, respectively.
C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.
None.
61
D. Trend information.
Unless otherwise disclosed elsewhere in this Shell Company Report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that caused the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.
E. Critical Accounting Estimates.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated and combined financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We regularly evaluate significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation of property and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, inventory valuation, share-based compensation, business combinations, goodwill impairment, long-lived asset impairment, purchased asset valuations, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, derivative liabilities, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results we experience may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, our future results of operations will be affected.
Estimated Useful Lives and Depreciation of Property and Equipment
Depreciation of property and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets.
Estimated Useful Lives and Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets is dependent upon estimates of useful lives and residual values which are determined through the exercise of judgment. Intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity- specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
62
Leased Assets
We adopted Audit Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”) using the full retrospective approach, which provides a method for recording existing leases at adoption using the effective date as its date of initial application. Accordingly, we have recorded our leases at our inception. We elected the package of practical expedients provided by ASC 842, which forgoes reassessment of the following upon adoption of the new standard: (1) whether contracts contain leases for any expired or existing contracts, (2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) initial direct costs for any existing or expired leases. In addition, we elected an accounting policy to exclude from the balance sheet the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to short-term leases, which are those leases with a lease term of twelve months or less that do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that we are reasonably certain to exercise.
We apply judgment in determining whether a contract contains a lease and if a lease is classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. We apply judgement in determining the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, which may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. All relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination are considered. We reassess the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within our control and affect our ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to renew or to terminate. In adoption of ASC 842, we applied the practical expedient which applies hindsight in determining the lease term and assessing impairment of right-of-use assets by using its actual knowledge or current expectation as of the effective date. We also applied judgment in allocating the consideration in a contract between lease and non-lease components. It considers whether we can benefit from the right-of-use asset either on its own or together with other resources and whether the asset is highly dependent on or highly interrelated with another right of-use asset. Lessees are required to record a right of use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than twelve months. Lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected remaining lease term. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using estimates which are based on the information available at commencement date and determines the present value of lease payments if the implicit rate is unavailable.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
We follow accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, we assess the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
Convertible Instruments
We evaluate and accounts for conversion options embedded in our convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
63
We account for convertible instruments (when we determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, we record, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. We also record when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Derivative Liabilities
We evaluate our agreements to determine if such instruments have derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In calculating the fair value of derivative liabilities, we use a valuation model when Level 1 inputs are not available to estimate fair value at each reporting date. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of the Consolidated Balance Sheets date.
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. Acquisition related transaction costs are expensed as incurred and included in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. Identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangible assets, of acquired businesses are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. When we acquire control of a business, any previously held equity interest also is remeasured to fair value. The excess of the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired is goodwill. If the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest, the difference is recognized in the Consolidated and combined Statements of Operations immediately as a gain on acquisition.
Contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. We allocate the total cost of the acquisition to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. As part of this allocation process, we identify and attribute values and estimated lives to the intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions regarding multiple, highly subjective variables, including those with respect to future cash flows, discount rates, asset lives, and the use of different valuation models, and therefore require considerable judgment. Our estimates and assumptions are based, in part, on the availability of listed market prices or other transparent market data. These determinations affect the amount of amortization expense recognized in future periods. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies”, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in earnings in accordance with ASC 805.
64
Share-Based Compensation
We have a share-based compensation plan comprised of stock options (“Options”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). Options provide the right to the purchase of one Series A Common share per option. Stock appreciation rights provide the right to receive cash from the exercise of such right based on the increase in value between the exercise price and the fair market value of our Series A Common shares at the time of exercise. We have issued both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options.
We account for our share-based awards in accordance with ASC Subtopic 718-10, “Compensation – Stock Compensation,” which requires fair value measurement on the grant date and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including restricted share awards. For stock options, we estimate the fair value using a closed option valuation (Black-Scholes) model. When there are market-related vesting conditions to the vesting term of the share-based compensation, we use a valuation model to estimate the probability of the market-related vesting conditions being met and will record the expense. The fair value of restricted share awards is based upon the quoted market price of the common shares on the date of grant. The fair value is then expensed over the requisite service periods of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures, which is generally the performance period and the related amount is recognized in the consolidated and combined statements of operations.
The fair value models require the input of certain assumptions that require our judgment, including the expected term and the expected share price volatility of the underlying share. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based compensation represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change resulting in the use of different assumptions, share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from management’s estimates, the share-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.
Financial Instruments
Measurement
All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition, plus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets and financial liabilities with embedded derivatives are considered separately when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of the subsequent accounting periods. All other financial assets including equity investments are measured at their fair values at the end of subsequent accounting periods, with any changes taken through profit and loss or other comprehensive income (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For financial liabilities measured subsequently at FVTPL, changes in fair value due to credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income.
65
Fair Value
We apply fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. We define fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Impairment
We assess all information available, including on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with our assets carried at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, we compare the risk of a default occurring on the asset at the reporting date with the risk of default at the date of initial recognition based on all information available, and reasonable and supportive forward-looking information. For accounts receivable only, we apply the simplified approach as permitted by ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” The simplified approach to the recognition of expected losses does not require us to track the changes in credit risk; rather, we recognize a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date from the date of the trade receivable.
Expected credit losses are measured as the difference in the present value of the contractual cash flows that are due to us under the contract, and the cash flows that we expect to receive. We assess all information available, including past due status, credit ratings, the existence of third-party insurance, and forward-looking macro-economic factors in the measurement of the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. We measure expected credit loss by considering the risk of default over the contract period and incorporates forward-looking information into its measurement.
Changes in Accounting Policies Including Adoption
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019- 12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on our consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321)”, “Investments— Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323)”, and “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)”, which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. ASU 2020-01 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2021. We are currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on our consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for us for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on our consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
66
Financial Instruments and Other Instruments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, investments, notes receivable trade payables, accrued liabilities, operating lease liabilities and notes payable. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy. This is described, as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions and are not based on observable market data.
There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years.
Other Risks and Uncertainties
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of a potential loss to us if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The maximum credit exposure at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and due from related party. We do not have significant credit risk with respect to our customers. All cash and cash equivalents are placed with major U.S. financial institutions. We provide credit to our customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk but has limited risk as the majority of our sales are transacted with cash.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our financial obligations associated with financial liabilities. We manage liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. Our approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that we will have sufficient liquidity to settle obligations and liabilities when due. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash generated from ongoing operations was not sufficient to fund operations and growth strategy as discussed above in “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Currency Risk
Our operating results and financial position are reported in U.S. dollars. Some of our financial transactions are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The results of our operations are subject to currency transaction and translation risks. Our main risk is associated with fluctuations in Canadian dollars. We hold cash in U.S. dollars, investments denominated in U.S. dollars, debt denominated in U.S. dollars and equity denominated in U.S. and Canadian dollars. Such assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated based on the Company’s foreign currency translation policy. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had no hedging agreements in place with respect to foreign exchange rates. We have not entered into any agreements or purchased any instruments to hedge possible currency risks at this time.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Cash and cash equivalents bear interest at market rates. The Company’s financial liabilities have fixed rates of interest and therefore expose the Company to a limited interest rate fair value risk.
67
Price Risk
Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. Our investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of investments held in privately-held entities are based on a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 – Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Introduction
The following management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of the operations of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“Brand”, the “Corporation”, “we”, “our” or “us”) constitutes management’s review of the factors that affected the Corporation’s financial and operating performance for the three months ended March 31, 2021. This MD&A was written to comply with the requirements of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements as at December 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes thereto, as well as the condensed interim financial statements as at March 31, 2021 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and the related notes thereto. Results are reported in United States dollars, unless otherwise noted. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which consist only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results presented for the three months ended March 31, 2021, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. The financial statements and the financial information contained in this MD&A were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Further information about the Corporation and its operations can be obtained on www.sedar.com.
The Corporation intends to focus its search for target businesses that operate branded product businesses in cannabis and/or cannabis-adjacent industries; however, the Corporation is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of completing its Qualifying Transaction (as defined below). Please refer to the Corporation’s latest annual information form for risk factors and regulatory information (the “AIF”) regarding the cannabis industry.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information
This MD&A contains certain forward-looking information and forward-looking statements, as defined in applicable securities laws (collectively referred to herein as “forward-looking statements”). These statements relate to future events or the Corporation’s future performance. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Often, but not always, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “plans”, “expects”, “is expected”, “budget”, “scheduled”, “estimates”, “continues”, “forecasts”, “projects”, “predicts”, “intends”, “anticipates” or “believes”, or variations of, or the negatives of, such words and phrases, or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, “should”, “might” or “will” be taken, occur or be achieved. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements in this MD&A speak only as of the date of this MD&A or as of the date specified in such statement. The following table outlines certain significant forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A and provides the material assumptions used to develop such forward-looking statements and material risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.
| Forward-looking statements | Assumptions | Risk factors |
| The Corporation expects to complete a Qualifying Transaction (as defined below). | The Corporation expects to identify an asset or business/businesses to acquire and close a Qualifying Transaction, on terms favourable to the Corporation. | The Corporation’s inability to find a target to complete a Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline (as defined below), as it may be extended. If we are unable to consummate our Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares (as defined below), as described herein. |
68
| The Corporation’s ability to meet its working capital needs at the current level for the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2022. | The operating activities of the Corporation for the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2022, and the costs associated therewith, will be consistent with the Corporation’s current expectations; debt and equity markets, exchange and interest rates and other applicable economic conditions favourable to the Corporation. | Changes in debt and equity markets; timing and availability of external financing on acceptable terms; increases in costs; regulatory compliance and changes in regulatory compliance and other local legislation and regulation; interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations; changes in economic conditions; impact of COVID-19 and timing of a Qualifying Transaction. |
Inherent in forward-looking statements are risks, uncertainties, and other factors beyond the Corporation’s ability to predict or control. Please also refer to those risk factors referenced in the “Risk Factors” section below and in the AIF. Readers are cautioned that the above chart does not contain an exhaustive list of the factors or assumptions that may affect the forward-looking statements, and that the assumptions underlying such statements may prove to be incorrect. Actual results and developments are likely to differ, and may differ materially, from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Corporation’s actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any of its future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements herein are qualified by this cautionary statement. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Corporation undertakes no obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements whether because of new information or future events or otherwise, except as may be required by law. If the Corporation does update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that it will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements, unless required by law.
Description of Business
Brand is a corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Transaction”). The Corporation’s business activities are carried out in a single business segment.
The Corporation was incorporated on April 16, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), commenced operations on April 16, 2019. The head office of the Sponsor (as defined below) is located at 590 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.
69
On May 13, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (including 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A restricted voting share (“Class A Restricted Voting Share”) of the Corporation and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each, a “Warrant”). In accordance with the Corporation’s articles, each Class A Restricted Voting Share, unless previously redeemed, will be automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. All Warrants will become exercisable at a price of $11.50 per share, commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction, and will expire on the day that is five years after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction or may expire earlier if a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the permitted timeline of 21 months (or 24 months if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Qualifying Transaction within 21 months but have not completed the Qualifying Transaction within such 21-month period) (“Permitted Timeline”) (subject to extension, as further described herein) from the closing of the Offering or if the expiry date is accelerated. Each Whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which, following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, would become one Subordinate Voting Share).
In connection with the Offering, the Corporation granted the underwriter a 30-day non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. The overallotment option was exercised prior to the close of the initial public offering. As a result of the exercise of the over-allotment option, the Founders, (as defined below) own an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares, including 109,000 Class B Units and 9,810,000 Founders’ Warrants (as defined below).
Concurrent with the completion of the Offering, Mercer Park Brand, L.P. (formerly Mercer Park CB II, L.P.) (the “Sponsor”), a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, indirectly controlled by Mercer Park, L.P., a privately-held family office based in New York, New York and Charles Miles and Sean Goodrich (or persons or companies controlled by them) (collectively with the Sponsor, the “Founders”) purchased an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares, consisting of 10,069,750 Class B Shares purchased by the Sponsor, 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Charles Miles, and 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Sean Goodrich. In addition, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 9,810,000 Warrants (“Founders’ Warrants”) at $1.00 per Founders’ Warrant.
Upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Class B Shares would, in accordance with the Corporation’s articles, convert on a 100-for-1 basis into Multiple Voting Shares.
Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit commenced trading on May 13, 2019 on the Neo Exchange Inc. (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BRND.U” and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants on June 24, 2019, which trade under the symbols “BRND.A.U”, and “BRND.WT”, respectively. The Class B Shares issued to the Founders will not be listed prior to the completion of the Qualifying Transaction.
The proceeds of $402,500,000 from the Offering are held by Odyssey Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law and payment of certain taxes, permitted redemptions and certain expenses, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the Escrow Account will be released to the Corporation prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. The escrowed funds will be held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Transaction, or an extension to the Permitted Timeline to up to 36 months with shareholder approval from the holders of Class A Restricted Shares and the Corporation’s board of directors, or in the event a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund a Qualifying Transaction with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commissions, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commissions in the amount of $16,100,000, 75% of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Transaction (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining 25% of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) will be payable by the Corporation as it sees fit, including for payment to other agents or advisors who have assisted with or participated in the sourcing, diligence and completion of its Qualifying Transaction.
70
In connection with consummating a Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will require approval by a majority of the directors unrelated to the Qualifying Transaction. In connection with the Qualifying Transaction, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given the opportunity to elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit timeline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account and (ii) actual and expected direct expenses related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will be subject to a redemption limitation of an aggregate 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding. Class B Shares will not be redeemable in connection with a Qualifying Transaction or an extension to the Permitted Timeline and holders of Class B Shares shall not be entitled to access the Escrow Account should a Qualifying Transaction not occur within the Permitted Timeline.
If the Corporation is unable to complete its Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline (or within an extension of the Permitted Timeline), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The Corporation’s Warrants (including the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the Class B Units and the Founders’ Warrants) will expire worthless. In such case, each holder of a Class A Restricted Voting Share will receive for an amount, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned to pay actual and expected expenses related to the dissolution and certain other related costs as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The underwriter will have no right to the deferred underwriting commissions held in the Escrow Account in such circumstances.
On February 2, 2020, the Corporation announced that it has an executed letter of intent in connection with a potential transaction, which would, if consummated, qualify as its qualifying transaction. Accordingly, the Corporation will be permitted until May 13, 2021 (24 months following the closing of its initial public offering) to conclude its qualifying transaction. After quarter-end, the Corporation has sought an extension to the permitted timeline, see Subsequent Events, below.
On March 24, 2021, the Corporation began trading on the OTCQX® Best Market, under the ticker ‘MRCQF’.
71
Overall Performance
The Corporation has not conducted commercial operations and it is focused on the identification and evaluation of businesses or assets to acquire and there were no notable events that occurred during the reporting periods presented.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Corporation earned interest income of $60,900 (three months ended March 31, 2020 - $1,495,772) and reported a loss of $1,348,294 ($0.13 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share) (three months ended March 31, 2020, income of $1,336,473 ($0.13 basic and diluted income per Class B Share)). The expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 primarily related to general and administrative expenses of $1,328,203, foreign exchange loss of $26,199, travel of $54,792, current income tax recovery of $244,184 and deferred income tax of $244,184. The expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2020 primarily related to general and administrative expenses of $164,180, foreign exchange gain of $4,881, travel of $nil, current income tax recovery of $nil and deferred income tax of $nil. Current liabilities as of March 31, 2021 total $1,843,980 (December 31, 2020 - $745,813). Shareholders’ deficiency as of March 31, 2021 is comprised of Class B Shares, unlimited, 10,198,751 issued of $nil (December 31, 2020 - $nil), additional paid-in-capital of ($11,684,284) (December 31, 2020 - ($11,684,284)) and retained earnings of $2,430,543 (December 31, 2020 - $3,778,837) for a net amount of ($9,253,741) (December 31, 2020 – ($7,905,447)) in shareholders’ deficiency.
Commitments and contingencies as of March 31, 2021 total $402,500,000 (December 31, 2020 - $402,500,000). It is comprised of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption, 40,250,000 shares (at a redemption value of $10.00 per share).
Working capital, which consists of current assets less current liabilities, is $3,353,497 (December 31, 2020 - $2,559,062) as of March 31, 2021. Management believes the Corporation’s working capital is sufficient for the Corporation to meet its ongoing obligations and meet its objective of completing a Qualifying Transaction.
The weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was 10,198,751 (three months ended March 31, 2020 – 10,198,751).
Liquidity and Capital Resources
| Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow | March 31, 2021 | |||
| United States Treasury Bills | $ | 203,709,233 | ||
| Accrued interest | $ | 33,751 | ||
| Restricted cash | $ | 201,895,527 | ||
| Total restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow | $ | 405,638,511 | ||
| Per Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | $ | 10.00 | ||
| Cash held outside the escrow account | $ | 3,630,795 | ||
72
We intend to use substantially all the funds held in the Escrow Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and certain expenses, as well as redemptions) to consummate a Qualifying Transaction. To the extent that, after redemptions, our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Transaction, the remaining proceeds held in the Escrow Account may be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and/or pursue a growth strategy.
As of March 31, 2021, we had cash held outside of our Escrow Account of $3,630,795, which is available to fund our working capital requirements, including any further transaction costs that may be incurred. We expect to generate negative cash flow from operating activities in the future until our Qualifying Transaction is completed and we commence income generation. We intend to employ a proactive acquisition targeting strategy that identifies potential acquisition targets that align with the Corporation’s investment objectives. Consistent with this strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective acquisition targets:
| · | Opportunity to consolidate a highly fragmented marketplace where even the largest brands represent less than 10% market share. | |
| · | Ability to build an institutional-quality cannabis corporation focused on brands and branded products. | |
| · | Companies with strong marketing and brand development expertise. | |
| · | Companies that will benefit from a defined branding strategy. | |
| · | Companies with additional, strategic capabilities-such as distribution, manufacturing, or product development-that support brand value. | |
| · | Orphaned or underinvested brands within existing companies. | |
| · | Companies exhibiting growth and profitability performance that could be enhanced through improved access to capital and financial expertise. | |
| · | Opportunity to provide rescue financing for undercapitalized operators. | |
| · | Companies that will benefit from being a public company. |
Management seeks to ensure that our operational and administrative costs are minimal prior to the completion of a Qualifying Transaction, with a view to preserving the Corporation’s working capital.
We do not believe that we will need to raise additional funds to meet expenditures required for operating our business until the consummation of our Qualifying Transaction. We believe that we will have sufficient available funds outside of the Escrow Account to operate the business. However, we cannot be assured that this will be the case. To the extent that the Corporation may require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with sourcing a proposed Qualifying Transaction, we may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, up to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds, subject to the consent of the Exchange, which loans would, unless approved otherwise by the Exchange, bear interest at no more than the prime rate plus 1%. Our Sponsor will not have recourse under such loans against the amounts in escrow. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum principal amount of 10% of the escrowed funds and may be repayable in cash following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction and may only be convertible into Class B Shares and/or Warrants in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, subject to Exchange consent.
73
Discussion of Operations
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2020
The Corporation’s net loss totaled $1,348,294 for the three months ended March 31, 2021, with basic and diluted loss per Class B Share of $0.13. Activities for this period principally related to general and administrative expenses of $1,328,203, foreign exchange loss of $26,199, travel of $54,792, current income tax recovery of $244,184 and deferred income tax of $244,184. These expenses were offset by interest income of $60,900.
The Corporation’s net income totaled $1,336,473 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, with basic and diluted income per Class B Share of $0.13. Activities for this period principally related to general and administrative expenses of $164,180, foreign exchange gain of $4,881, travel of $nil, current income tax of $nil and deferred income tax recovery of $nil. These expenses were offset by interest income of $1,495,772.
Interest Income
Since completion of the Offering, the Corporation’s activity has been limited to the evaluation of business acquisition targets, and we do not expect to generate any operating income until the closing and completion of a Qualifying Transaction. In the interim, we expect to generate small amounts of non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and short-term investments, including restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow. As of March 31, 2021, all funds held in escrow were included in United States Treasury Bills, except for $201,895,527 held in a restricted cash account and $33,751 held in accrued interest. Interest income on these investments is not expected to be significant in view of the current low interest rates.
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Corporation earned interest income of $60,900 (three months ended March 31, 2020 - $1,495,772).
General and Administrative Expenses
The Corporation’s general and administrative expenses consist of costs required to maintain its public company status in good standing, and expenses incurred to evaluate and identify companies, businesses, assets, or properties for potential acquisition in connection with the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction. General and administrative costs were $1,328,203 for the three months ended March 31, 2021. General and administrative costs were $164,180 for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of the date of this filing, the Corporation does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Corporation including, without limitation, such considerations as liquidity and capital resources that have not previously been discussed.
Proposed Transactions
See “Subsequent Events”, below
74
New standards not yet adopted, and interpretations issued but not yet effective
The Corporation does not believe that any accounting standards that have been recently issued but which are not yet effective would have a material effect on the Financial Statements if such accounting standards were currently adopted.
Selected Quarterly Information
A summary of selected information for each of the quarters presented below is as follows:
| Income ($) | Net (Loss) Income ($) | Basic and Diluted Loss per Class B Share ($) (9) | ||||||||||
| March 31, 2021 | - | $ | (1,348,294 | )(8) | (0.13 | ) | ||||||
| December 31, 2020 | - | $ | (144,116 | )(7) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||
| September 30, 2020 | - | $ | (161,569 | )(6) | (0.02 | ) | ||||||
| June 30, 2020 | - | $ | (83,442 | )(5) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||
| March 31, 2020 | - | $ | 1,336,473 | (4) | 0.13 | |||||||
| December 31, 2019 | - | $ | 1,412,880 | (3) | 0.16 | |||||||
| September 30, 2019 | - | $ | 1,611,697 | (2) | 0.16 | |||||||
| Incorporation date to June 30, 2019 | - | $ | (193,086 | )(1) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||
Notes:
(1) From the Incorporation date to June 30, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $40.00 and reported a loss of $193,086 ($0.03 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $191,614 and foreign exchange of $1,512;
(2) For the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,695,696 and reported income of $1,611,697 ($0.16 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The income in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $89,125 and foreign exchange gain of $5,126;
(3) For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,601,241 and reported income of $1,412,880 ($0.16 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The income in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $100,398, travel of $85,000, foreign exchange loss of $2,963, current income tax of $713,425 and deferred income tax recovery of $713,425;
(4) For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,495,772 and reported income of $1,336,473 ($0.13 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The income in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $164,180 and foreign exchange income of $4,881;
75
(5) For the three months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $49,036 and reported a loss of $83,442 ($0.01 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $83,493, foreign exchange loss of $28,088 and a current tax expense of $20,897;
(6) For the three months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $113,246 and reported a loss of $161,569 ($0.02 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $252,429 and foreign exchange loss of $22,386;
(7) For the three months ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $84,693 and reported a loss of $144,116 ($0.01 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $202,157, foreign exchange gain of $2,451, travel of $50,000, current income tax recovery of $135,887 and deferred income tax of $114,990; and
(8) For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Corporation earned interest income of $60,900 and reported a loss of $1,348,294 ($0.13 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $1,328,203, foreign exchange loss of $26,199, travel of $54,792, current income tax recovery of $244,184 and deferred income tax of $244,184; and
(9) Per share amounts are rounded to the nearest cent, therefore aggregating quarterly amounts may not reconcile to year-to-date per share amounts.
Related Party Transactions
In May 2019 the Corporation entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Transaction. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at March 31, 2021, the Corporation accrued $235,000 (December 31, 2020 - $205,000) in respect of these services.
On May 13, 2019, the Sponsor executed a make whole agreement and undertaking in favour of the Corporation, whereby the Sponsor agreed to indemnify the Corporation in certain limited circumstances where the funds held in the Escrow Account are reduced to below $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Corporation paid professional fees of $15,206 (three months ended March 31, 2020 - $6,372) to Marrelli Support Services Inc. (“Marrelli Support”), an organization of which the Corporation's Chief Financial Officer is Managing Director. These services were incurred in the normal course of operations for general accounting and financial reporting matters. As at March 31, 2021, Marrelli Support was owed $15,283 (December 31, 2020 - $9,034) and was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Corporation's balance sheet.
From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2020 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021, Ayr Wellness Inc. ("Ayr"), a company with common management, incurred travel costs on behalf of the Corporation. As at March 31, 2021, the Corporation owed Ayr $188,046 (December 31, 2020 - $135,000) and which included in due to related parties on the Corporation's balance sheets. This is based on a cash-call-basis from Ayr.
76
Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and items in net income or loss and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. The Corporation evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that the Corporation believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of items in net income or loss that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Warrant Valuation
Pursuant to the Offering, the Corporation issued Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the warrant. The Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.
Income Tax
The determination of the Corporation’s income taxes, and other tax assets and liabilities requires interpretation of complex laws and regulations. Judgment is required in determining whether deferred income tax assets should be recognized on the balance sheet. Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred tax asset could be materially impacted.
Controls and Procedures
The Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as defined in the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-109, “Certification of Disclosure in Issuer’s Annual and Interim Filings”.
Under their supervision, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have implemented disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting appropriate for the nature of operations of the Corporation. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and reported to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow required disclosures to be made in a timely fashion. Internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s design of its internal controls over financial reporting is based on the principles set out in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)”.
77
In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, the Corporation has filed certificates signed by its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying certain matters with respect to the design of disclosure controls and procedures and the design of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2021.
Financial Instruments
The Corporation follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.
The fair value of the Corporation’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Corporation would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Corporation seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
78
The following table presents information about the Corporation’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis on March 31, 2021, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Corporation utilized to determine such fair value:
| Carrying value as of | ||||||||||||||||
| March 31, 2021 | Level 1 (*) | Level 2 (*) | Level 3 (*) | |||||||||||||
| ($) | ($) | ($) | ($) | |||||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||
| Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow | 405,638,511 | 405,638,511 | nil | nil | ||||||||||||
(*) Fair values as of March 31, 2021
The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance. In particular, the Corporation intends to only invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America or Canada. The Corporation believes this to be a low-risk strategy until the Corporation completes a Qualifying Transaction.
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.
Fair value risk
Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to minimal fair value risk.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.
Currency risk
Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure risk as the Corporation transacts minimally in any currency other than the United States dollar.
79
Capital Management
(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as of March 31, 2021:
| $ | ||||
| Shareholders’ deficiency | (9,253,741 | ) | ||
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | |||
| Balance, March 31, 2021 | 393,246,259 | |||
The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.
(b) Liquidity
As of March 31, 2021, the Corporation had $3,630,795 (December 31, 2020 - $2,095,023) in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.
To the extent that the Corporation may require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with sourcing a proposed Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation may obtain such funding by way of unsecured loans from the Sponsor and/or its affiliates, subject to consent of the Exchange, which loans would, unless approved otherwise by the Exchange, bear interest at no more than the prime rate plus 1%. The Sponsor would not have recourse under such loans against the Escrow Account, and thus the loans would not reduce the value of such Escrow Account. Such loans would collectively be subject to a maximum principal amount of 10% of the escrowed funds and may be repayable in cash following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction and may only be convertible into Class B Shares and/or Warrants in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Transaction subject to Exchange consent.
Otherwise, and subject to any relief granted by the Exchange, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.
Outlook
For the immediate future, the Corporation intends to identify and evaluate potential Qualifying Transactions. The Corporation continues to monitor its spending and will amend its plans based on business opportunities that may arise in the future.
Share Capital
As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 17,843,851 Class A Restricted Voting Shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 10,089,751 Class B Shares issued and outstanding.
Risk Factors
Please refer to the Corporation’s AIF for information on the risk factors to which the Corporation is subject. In addition, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information” above.
80
COVID-19
The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. It is uncertain what impact this volatility and weakness will have on the Corporation’s securities held at fair value and short-term investments. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods, including the ability of the Corporation to complete a Qualifying Transaction.
Subsequent Events
| (a) | On April 8, 2021, the Corporation announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement to merge with GH Group, Inc. (the “Glass House Group Transaction”), a fully-integrated cannabis business in California, with the right to combine with a state-of-the-art greenhouse and up to 17 additional dispensary locations that are in the process of applying for licenses. | |
| (b) | On May 5, 2021, the Corporation obtained shareholder approval for a brief extension in its permitted timeline, from May 13, 2021 to July 30, 2021, in order to enable the Glass House Group Transaction to be completed. | |
| (c) | On May 7, 2021, the Corporation received a receipt for a final non-offering prospectus from the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities in connection with the completion of the Glass House Group Transaction. On the same date, the Corporation filed a management information circular in connection with the shareholders’ meeting scheduled to be held on June 2, 2021 to approve the Glass House Group Transaction and related matters. | |
| (d) | Effective May 13, 2021, in connection with the extension in the permitted timeline described above, 22,406,149 of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares were redeemed for US$10.11 per share. An additional right to redeem the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be available to the holders thereof in connection with the closing of the Glass House Group Transaction. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions of closing, the Glass House Group Transaction is currently anticipated to close in the first half of June 2021. |
81
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 – GH Group, Inc.
Overview
GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group” or the “Company”), is a vertically integrated cannabis company that operates in the state of California. The Company cultivates, manufactures, and distributes cannabis consumer packaged goods, primarily to third-party retail stores in the state of California. The Company also owns and operates retail cannabis stores in the state of California.
Through these activities, GH Group has established the foundation for its ultimate strategy – to create the preeminent California cannabis brand company through a fully vertically integrated commercial cannabis company engaged in all licensed verticals – (i) cultivation; (ii) manufacturing; (iii) distribution; and (iv) retail – and providing customers with consistently high-quality products across a range of trusted and recognizable brands.
Recent Developments
Series A Preferred Stock
On June 29, 2021, the Company completed a Preferred Stock offering exchanging both principal and interest accrued to participating investors and issued both Company Preferred Stock and warrants. The completion of the Preferred Stock offering triggered the conversion of all of the Company’s outstanding Convertible Promissory Notes. The completion of this transaction eliminated over $35,500,000 of debt as described above. The warrants issued, upon the closing of the Mercer Park transaction (see below), would be exchanged at a rate that provide for one Mercer Park warrant for each $10 of Preferred Stock issued and having an exercise price of $10.
Acquisition of Farmacy Berkeley
On January 1, 2021 the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of iCANN, LLC dba Farmacy Berkeley (“iCANN”) a licensed retail cannabis company located in Berkeley, California. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between as subsidiary of the Company and iCANN the following occurred: (i) the Company elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of iCANN; (ii) the Company paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of iCANN equity interests: (iii) the Company issued 7,511,728 Class A Common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and (iv) $42,956 in cash to the remaining holders of iCANN equity interests.
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
On December 29, 2020 the Company and Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp., an Ontario special purpose acquisition corporation (“Mercer Park”) that is traded on the NEO exchange in Canada entered into a letter of intent (“LOI”) whereby Mercer Park would acquire all of the equity interests by merger of the Company for $325,000,000 in Mercer Park shares at $10.00 per share. At the close of the proposed merger: (i) Mercer Park is required to possess $185,000,000 in cash net of all closing and other expenses; (ii) the founders of the Company would possess the majority of voting rights; (iii) Mercer Park would designate one board director, Glass House would designate four directors and an additional two will be neutral and chosen by mutual agreement. Further, of the 10,889,750 founders shares of Mercer Park 25% will be earned only if the share price exceeds certain thresholds and for any earned Glass House Group shareholders will receive 1.5 times such number of shares; an additional 25% will be earned based on outcomes of capital raising activities, if required, or if the share price exceeds certain further thresholds. On April 8, 2021 a series of definitive agreements were entered into containing the terms outlined above. Subsequently, on June 29, 2021, the transaction was complete.
82
Greenhouse Option Acquisition
GH Group is seeking to acquire (and subsequently exercise) an option to acquire the land and buildings on which a greenhouse is located in Ventura County, California (the “Greenhouse Option Acquisition”). GH Group is currently conducting due diligence on the Greenhouse Option Acquisition and expects the transaction to close in Q3 2021.
The Greenhouse Option Acquisition involves the proposed acquisition of an option to acquire a greenhouse (land and building) (collectively, the “Greenhouse”). The Greenhouse is currently leased by one or more farmers from its owner to grow non-cannabis crops. At the time of acquiring the Greenhouse, the current owner granted the prior owner (the “Optionholder”) an option (the “Greenhouse Option”) to acquire the Greenhouse for approximately $120,000,000. The Greenhouse is uniquely suited to meet the license requirements for cannabis cultivation in Ventura County, California. GH Group is interested in this opportunity and are in discussions with the Optionholder for the purchase of the Greenhouse Option (either directly or by acquiring 100% of the equity in the entity that owns the Greenhouse). The Company believes, as does the Optionholder, that the Greenhouse would have substantial value if repurposed for cannabis production. In connection with completing the Greenhouse Option Acquisition, GH Group intends to apply for a license to use the Greenhouse to produce cannabis. The proposed transaction is as follows:
a. GH Group would acquire the Greenhouse Option from the Optionholder for approximately $100,000,000 (before including any earn-out consideration), and then exercise it at a cost of approximately $120 million, payable in cash. The $100,000,000 would be payable in common or subordinate voting shares of Mercer Park (or shares of a subsidiary exchangeable therefor) at a value of $10.00 per share.
b. Once licensed, GH Group would commence a phased construction project to alter the Greenhouse to produce cannabis in lieu of its current function of growing non-cannabis crops.
c. In addition, GH Group would retain the Optionholder, who GH Group considers to be a greenhouse operations expert, in a consulting or employment capacity, and would agree to pay him up to $75 million as an earnout as part of the purchase price for the Greenhouse Option Acquisition based on the success of the construction project and the performance of the proposed cannabis operations at the Greenhouse
Retail Expansion
GH Group has executed an agreement with Element 7, LLC (“Element 7”) whereby GH Group has the right, subject to satisfactory completion of due diligence and other conditions, to acquire entities which are in the process of applying for up to 17 local retail cannabis licenses in California. A subsidiary of GH Group will have the right to acquire membership interests of Element 7 entities, by way of merger, in exchange for shares of Mercer Park, with shares issued at $10.00 per share. This could result in the issuance of up to 2,400,000 shares in the amount up to $24,000,000.
Major Business Lines and Geographies
GH Group views its financial results under one business line – the creation of dominant, extensible CPG products and brands through cannabis cultivation, production, and sales. GH Group generates all of its revenue in the State of California.
While many cannabis businesses prioritized brand building and customer acquisition before securing a reliable product flow, the Company believes that in a consumer-focused CPG space, consistent delivery of high-quality product at an attractive price point is a first principle, and a prerequisite for any other activity.
Cannabis Cultivation, Production, and Sales
GH Group operates greenhouse cultivation facilities in Carpinteria and [Santa Barbara], California. GH Group’s production facility is located in Lompoc, California.
83
GH Group generates revenue by selling its products both to its own and third-party dispensaries in California, including both raw cannabis, cannabis oil, and cannabis consumer goods. GH Group’s dispensaries are located in Santa Barbara, Santa Ana, and Berkeley, California.
Geographic Areas
All of GH Group’s revenue is derived from the California cannabis market.
Market Update and Objectives
The state of California represents the largest single market for cannabis in the U.S., with over $7 billion in revenues in 2020 and an adult population of over 31 million. The California market is highly fragmented, with over 6,000 cultivation licenses in operation, over 1,000 distribution licenses over 700 operational dispensaries and greater than 1,000 brands. With this backdrop, GH Group looks to use scale in cultivation and distribution (through its own dispensaries and third party retailers) to achieve economies of scale that allow GH Group to outperform competitors and build superior brand awareness and loyalty.
Results of Operations
The following are the results of our operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to three months ended March 31, 2020:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 15,240,281 | $ | 6,449,327 | ||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 9,798,285 | 4,985,843 | ||||||
| Gross Profit | 5,441,996 | 1,463,484 | ||||||
| Operating Expenses: | ||||||||
| General and Administrative | 5,835,731 | 4,107,858 | ||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 488,535 | 354,425 | ||||||
| Professional Fees | 3,352,751 | 645,046 | ||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 724,454 | 531,405 | ||||||
| Total Operating Expenses | 10,401,471 | 5,638,734 | ||||||
| Loss from Operations | (4,959,475 | ) | (4,175,250 | ) | ||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||
| Interest Expense | 1,010,428 | 363,069 | ||||||
| Interest Income | (16,086 | ) | (98,341 | ) | ||||
| (Income) Loss on Investments | (1,388 | ) | 19,197 | |||||
| (Gain) Loss on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | (671,000 | ) | 129,699 | |||||
| Loss on Disposition of Subsidiary | 6,090,339 | - | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income), Net | 6,024 | (14,813 | ) | |||||
| Total Other Expense, Net | 6,418,317 | 398,811 | ||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (11,377,792 | ) | (4,574,061 | ) | ||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 1,776,001 | 566,593 | ||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (13,153,793 | ) | $ | (5,140,654 | ) | ||
84
Revenue
Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $15.2 million, which represents an increase of $8.8 million or 136% from $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in cannabis production from the Company’s second greenhouse cultivation facility, which commenced operations in Q1 2020. The expansion of the cultivation facility was increased from 113,000 square feet during 2020 to over 390,000 square feet by the end of 2020. The Company’s wholesale and wholesale CPG revenue increased by $7.2 million or 230% for the three months ended March 31, 2021 from the three months ended March 31, 2020. The Company’s cannabis retail dispensaries also contributed consistent revenue growth, and had an increase of $1.6 million, or 49%, in retail sales during the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to retail sales during the comparative period in the prior year.
Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit
Cost of goods sold for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $9.7 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 97%, compared with $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $5.4 million, representing a gross margin of 36%, compared with a gross profit of $1.4 million, representing a gross margin of 23% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily attributable to the Company’s increase in revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2021 which resulted in increased cost of goods sold. The Company’s gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2021 as a percentage of revenues improved compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of the Company’s continual improvement in efficiencies in relation to its cultivation facilities during the year ended 2020 through March 31, 2021.
Total Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $10.4 million, an increase of $4.7 million, or 84%, compared to total expenses of $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in total expenses was attributable to the factors described below.
General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 was $5.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively, an increase of $1.7 million, or 42%. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily attributed to the Company’s initiatives of operational expansion and used to support corporate, cultivation and retail operations which resulted in an increase in salaries and wages of $1.0 million and an increase in stock based compensation of $1.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Sales and marketing expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 were $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, an increase of $0.1 million, or 38%. The increase in sales and marketing expenses is primarily attributed to the increase in the Company’s efforts related to digital media and marketing research expenses of $0.1 million. Sales and marketing expenses include trade marketing, point of sale marketing for our CPG product lines and promotions in various media outlets.
Professional fees for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 was $3.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, an increase of $2.7 million, or 420%. During the first quarter of 2021, the Company recognized increased legal fee of $0.7 million coupled with increased accounting and consulting professional fees of $2.0 million related to the preparation of the merger with Mercer Park.
Depreciation and amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 was $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, an increase of $0.2 million, or 28%. The increase is attributed to the growth of the Company’s operations through acquisitions and purchase of additional $1.3 million of fixed assets during the three months ended March 31, 2021.
85
Total Other Expense, Net
Total other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 was $6.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, an increase of $6.0 million, or 1509%. The increase in total other expense was due to $6.0 million expensed during the three months ended March 31, 2021 due to the deconsolidation of Field Investment Co, LLC a subsidiary and its subsidiaries Field Taste Matters, Inc., ATES Enterprises, LLC, and Zero One Seven Management, LLC for de minimis consideration to an unrelated party coupled with an increase of interest expense of $0.6 million offset by a change in fair value of derivative liabilities of $0.8 million compared to the same period in the prior year.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $1.8 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 213%, compared to provision for income taxes of $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in provision for income taxes was directly impacted by the Company’s increase in operations and revenues for the current period.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures and do not have standardized definitions under U.S. GAAP. The Company has provided the non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as supplemental information and in addition to the financial measures that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. These supplemental non-GAAP financial measures are presented because management has evaluated the financial results both including and excluding the adjusted items and believe that the supplemental non-GAAP financial measures presented provide additional perspective and insights when analyzing the core operating performance of the business. These supplemental non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should only be considered in conjunction with, the U.S. GAAP financial measures presented herein. Accordingly, the Company has included below reconciliations of the supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the Company’s net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP):
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Net Loss (GAAP) | $ | (13,153,793 | ) | $ | (5,140,654 | ) | ||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 724,454 | 531,405 | ||||||
| Interest Expense | 1,010,428 | 363,069 | ||||||
| Income Tax Expense | 1,776,001 | 566,593 | ||||||
| EBITDA | (9,642,910 | ) | (3,679,587 | ) | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||||
| Shared-Based Compensation | 1,606,462 | 556,692 | ||||||
| (Income) Loss on Equity Method Investments | (1,388 | ) | 19,197 | |||||
| (Gain) Loss on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | (671,000 | ) | 129,699 | |||||
| Other Non-Recurring Items: | ||||||||
| Acquisition Related Professional Fees | 3,186,451 | 239,751 | ||||||
| Loss on Disposition of Subsidiary | 6,090,339 | - | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) | $ | 567,954 | $ | (2,734,248 | ) | |||
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure which excludes depreciation and amortization, interest expense, income taxes, share-based compensation, (income) loss on equity method investments, (gain) loss on change in fair value of derivative liabilities, acquisition related professional fees, and loss on disposition of subsidiary was $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 compared to a $2.7 million loss for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The increase in adjusted EBITDA of $3.2 million is due to higher gross profit partially offset by higher operating expenses.
86
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Historically, GH Group’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions made by equity investors and debt issuances. GH Group expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to settle obligations and liabilities when due. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to raise equity or debt capital from investors in order to meet liquidity needs.
Financial Condition
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes GH Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | $ | (945,124 | ) | $ | (5,247,564 | ) | ||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (1,727,889 | ) | (3,274,691 | ) | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 9,748,392 | 9,451,887 | ||||||
| NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 7,075,379 | 929,632 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 4,535,251 | 2,631,886 | ||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 11,610,630 | $ | 3,561,518 | ||||
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decrease of $4.3 million, or 82%, compared to $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The decrease in cash used was primarily due to an increase of $4.0 million of gross margin.
Cash Flow Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 47%, compared to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. This was primarily driven by the decrease in issuance of notes receivables in the amount of $1.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to nil during the current period.
Cash Flow Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $9.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, an increase of $0.3 million, or 3%, compared to $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes and convertible notes payable during the current period of $12.5 million, compared to $9.6 million during the first quarter of 2020. Cash proceeds provided during the current period were offset by payments on notes and convertible notes during the current period of $0.6 million, compared to $0.2 million during the first quarter of 2020.
87
As previously noted, GH Group’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions and debt capital made available from investors. GH Group expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to raise equity capital from investors in order to meet liquidity needs. GH Group does not have any committed sources of financing, nor significant outstanding capital expenditure commitments.
Contractual Obligations
GH Group has contractual obligations to make future payments, including debt agreements and lease agreements from third parties and related parties.
The following table summarizes such obligations as of March 31, 2021:
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023- 2024 | After 2024 | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| (remaining) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Notes Payable from Third Parties and Related Parties | $ | 10,004,848 | $ | 2,048,764 | $ | 25,830,228 | $ | 52,528 | $ | 37,936,368 | ||||||||||
| Leases Obligations | 472,306 | 633,127 | 1,270,379 | 2,980,019 | 5,355,831 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Contractual Obligations | $ | 10,477,154 | $ | 2,681,891 | $ | 27,100,607 | $ | 3,032,547 | $ | 43,292,199 | ||||||||||
On June 29, 2021, over $37,600,000 of Notes Payable was converted to equity.
Transactions with Related Parties During the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
Private Placement
On January 8, 2020, the board of directors approved approximately $17,500,000 of private placement of Senior Convertible Notes. On January 4, 2021, the board of directors approved an increase of the Senior Convertible Notes offering to $22,599,844. The Senior Convertible Notes are automatically converted in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing (“QEF”) at the better of an 80% discount or a valuation cap of $250,000,000 or may be optionally converted at the election of the holder. The Senior Convertible Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 4% per year paid quarterly and generally accrue interest at a rate of 4.3% per year. The Senior Convertible Note holders were issued a security interest in the stock and membership interests held by the Company in its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance due under these Senior Convertible Notes from related parties was $2,088,331 and $2,049,037, respectively.
Magu Farm Lenders Debt Transactions
In 2018, Magu Farm LLC issued approximately $9,925,000 in secured promissory notes convertible into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund (collectively, the “Magu Farm Convertible Notes”) to certain lenders who are affiliates of shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Magu Farm Lenders,” and individually, a “Magu Farm Lender”)
On October 7, 2019, Magu Farm LLC and Magu Investment Fund notified each Magu Farm Lender of Magu Investment Fund’s intention to merge with and into the Company at the closing of the Roll-Up. Subsequent to such notification, effective as of October 7, 2019, each Magu Farm Lender other than Kings Bay Investment Company Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBIC”), entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which such Magu Farm Lender, among other things, (a) converted its respective Magu Farm Convertible Note with an aggregate value of $8,000,000 into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund and (b) agreed to terminate both the Co-Lending Agreement and its respective security interest as defined in the agreement. All accrued and unpaid interest were paid prior to conversion. Effective as of March 1, 2020, KBIC assigned its Magu Farm Convertible Notes (“Kings Bay Note”) to Kings Bay Capital Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBCM”).
88
Effective as of April 10, 2020, KBCM and the Company entered into an Assignment, Novation and Note Modification Agreement and a Security Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the company assumed all of Magu Farm LLC’s rights, duties, liabilities and obligations under the Kings Bay Note, (b) the Kings Bay Note was modified, among other things, such that KBCM has the right to convert the Kings Bay Note into Class A Shares at the same conversion price accorded to the other Magu Farm Lenders, and (c) the obligations under the Kings Bay Note were secured by a pledge of the securities of Glass House’s subsidiaries but expressly subordinated to the holders of the Senior Convertible Notes. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance due to KBCM is $2,158,195 and $2,189,264, respectively.
BFP Debt Transaction
On February 22, 2021, Beach Front Properties, LLC, a California limited liability company (“BFP”), issued $2,000,000 in promissory note to the Company. The debt matures in February 2023 and bears interest at 15.00 percent per year. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance was $2,029,932 and nil, respectively.
Qualified Equity Financing
In March 2021, the Company began to raise Series A Preferred Stock Financing round of $12,000,000. The Preferred Stock will carry an annual 15.00 percent cumulative dividend in year 1. During March 2021, the Company raised $2,125,000 from related parties. Until the financing round closes, the amount raised through March 31, 2021 was recorded as short-term debt. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the note payable balance was $2,138,223 and nil, respectively.
Asset Management Fees
The Company has an agreement with certain related parties which provide asset management services. Fees are paid quarterly. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred expenses of nil and nil, respectively.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation of property and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, inventory valuation, share-based compensation, business combinations, goodwill impairment, long-lived asset impairment, purchased asset valuations, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, derivative liabilities, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
Estimated Useful Lives and Depreciation of Property and Equipment
Depreciation of property and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets.
89
Estimated Useful Lives and Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets is dependent upon estimates of useful lives and residual values which are determined through the exercise of judgment. Intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity-specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
Leased Assets
As a result of the adoption of Audit Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”) using the full retrospective approach, which provides a method for recording existing leases at adoption using the effective date as its date of initial application. Accordingly, the Company has recorded its leases at inception of the Company. The Company elected the package of practical expedients provided by ASC 842, which forgoes reassessment of the following upon adoption of the new standard: (1) whether contracts contain leases for any expired or existing contracts, (2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) initial direct costs for any existing or expired leases. In addition, the Company elected an accounting policy to exclude from the balance sheet the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to short-term leases, which are those leases with a lease term of twelve months or less that do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise.
The Company applies judgment in determining whether a contract contains a lease and if a lease is classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. The Company applies judgement in determining the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, which may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. All relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination are considered. The Company reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to renew or to terminate. In adoption of ASC 842, the Company applied the practical expedient which applies hindsight in determining the lease term and assessing impairment of right-of-use assets by using its actual knowledge or current expectation as of the effective date. The Company also applies judgment in allocating the consideration in a contract between lease and non-lease components. It considers whether the Company can benefit from the right-of-use asset either on its own or together with other resources and whether the asset is highly dependent on or highly interrelated with another right of-use asset. Lessees are required to record a right of use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than twelve months. Lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected remaining lease term. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using estimates which are based on the information available at commencement date and determines the present value of lease payments if the implicit rate is unavailable.
90
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Derivative Liabilities
The Company evaluates its agreements to determine if such instruments have derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations. In calculating the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Company uses a valuation model when Level 1 inputs are not available to estimate fair value at each reporting date. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of the Consolidated Balance Sheets date.
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. Acquisition related transaction costs are expensed as incurred and included in the unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations. Identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangible assets, of acquired businesses are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. When the Company acquires control of a business, any previously held equity interest also is remeasured to fair value. The excess of the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired is goodwill. If the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest, the difference is recognized in the unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations immediately as a gain on acquisition.
91
Contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. The Company allocates the total cost of the acquisition to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. As part of this allocation process, the Company identifies and attributes values and estimated lives to the intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions regarding multiple, highly subjective variables, including those with respect to future cash flows, discount rates, asset lives, and the use of different valuation models, and therefore require considerable judgment. The Company’s estimates and assumptions are based, in part, on the availability of listed market prices or other transparent market data. These determinations affect the amount of amortization expense recognized in future periods. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies”, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in earnings in accordance with ASC 805.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company has a share-based compensation plan comprised of stock options (“Options”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). Options provide the right to the purchase of one Series A Common share per option. Stock appreciation rights provide the right to receive cash from the exercise of such right based on the increase in value between the exercise price and the fair market value of Series A Common shares of the Company at the time of exercise. The Company has issued both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options.
The Company accounts for its share-based awards in accordance with ASC Subtopic 718-10, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, which requires fair value measurement on the grant date and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including restricted share awards. For stock options, the Company estimates the fair value using a closed option valuation (Black-Scholes) model. When there are market-related vesting conditions to the vesting term of the share-based compensation, the Company uses a valuation model to estimate the probability of the market-related vesting conditions being met and will record the expense. The fair value of restricted share awards is based upon the quoted market price of the common shares on the date of grant. The fair value is then expensed over the requisite service periods of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures, which is generally the performance period and the related amount is recognized in the Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The fair value models require the input of certain assumptions that require the Company’s judgment, including the expected term and the expected share price volatility of the underlying share. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based compensation represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change resulting in the use of different assumptions, share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from management’s estimates, the share-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what the Company has recorded in the current period.
Financial Instruments
Measurement
All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition, plus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets and financial liabilities with embedded derivatives are considered separately when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of the subsequent accounting periods. All other financial assets including equity investments are measured at their fair values at the end of subsequent accounting periods, with any changes taken through profit and loss or other comprehensive income (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For financial liabilities measured subsequently at FVTPL, changes in fair value due to credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income.
92
Fair Value
The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Impairment
The Company assesses all information available, including on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, the Company compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset at the reporting date with the risk of default at the date of initial recognition based on all information available, and reasonable and supportive forward-looking information. For accounts receivable only, the Company applies the simplified approach as permitted by ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The simplified approach to the recognition of expected losses does not require the Company to track the changes in credit risk; rather, the Company recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date from the date of the trade receivable.
Expected credit losses are measured as the difference in the present value of the contractual cash flows that are due to the Company under the contract, and the cash flows that the Company expects to receive. The Company assesses all information available, including past due status, credit ratings, the existence of third-party insurance, and forward-looking macro-economic factors in the measurement of the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The Company measures expected credit loss by considering the risk of default over the contract period and incorporates forward-looking information into its measurement.
93
Changes in Accounting Policies Including Adoption
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321)”, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323)”, and “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)” (“ASU 2020-01”), which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. The Company adopted ASU 2020-01 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. The Company early adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
Financial Instruments and Other Instruments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
GH Group’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, investments, notes receivable, trade payables, accrued liabilities, operating lease liabilities, derivatives, notes payable, acquisition consideration of assets and liabilities. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy. This is described, as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions and are not based on observable market data.
There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years.
Other Risks and Uncertainties
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of a potential loss to the Company if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The maximum credit exposure as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2020 is the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, due from related party. The Company does not have significant credit risk with respect to its customers. All cash and cash equivalents are placed with major U.S. financial institutions. The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk but has limited risk as the majority of its sales are transacted with cash.
94
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to settle obligations and liabilities when due. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, cash generated from ongoing operations was not sufficient to fund operations and growth strategy as discussed above in “Liquidity and Capital Resources ”.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Cash and cash equivalents bear interest at market rates. The Company’s financial liabilities have fixed rates of interest and therefore expose the Company to a limited interest rate fair value risk.
Price Risk
Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of investments held in privately-held entities are based on a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information
This MD&A contains certain forward-looking information and forward-looking statements, as defined in applicable securities laws (collectively referred to herein as “forward-looking statements”). These statements relate to future events or the Company’s future performance. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Often, but not always, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “plans”, “expects”, “is expected”, “budget”, “scheduled”, “estimates”, “continues”, “forecasts”, “projects”, “predicts”, “intends”, “anticipates” or “believes”, or variations of, or the negatives of, such words and phrases, or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, “should”, “might” or “will” be taken, occur or be achieved. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. Forward looking statements include, but are not limited to: statements concerning the completion of, and matters relating to, the various proposed transactions discussed by the Company herein and the expected timing related thereto; the expected operations, financial results and condition of the Company; general economic trends; the regulatory and legal environment relating to cannabis in the United States; any potential future legalization of adult-use and/or medical marijuana under U.S. federal law; expectations of market size and growth in the United States and the States the Company operates; cannabis cultivation, production and extraction capacity estimates and projections; additional funding requirements; statements based on the Company’s Q1 2021 financial statements; the Company’s future objectives and strategies to achieve those objectives; the Company’s estimated cash flow, capitalization and adequacy thereof; and other statements with respect to management’s beliefs, plans, estimates and intentions, and similar statements concerning anticipated future events, results, circumstances, performance or expectations that are not historical facts.
95
The material assumptions used to develop such forward-looking statements, include, without limitation: the anticipated completion of the acquisition of the Greenhouse Option; the completion of the anticipated merger of the Company with certain subsidiary entities of Element 7 and that Element 7 will be successful in applying for the licenses; the anticipated receipt of any required regulatory approvals and consents; the expectation that no event, change or other circumstance will occur that could give rise to the termination of definitive agreements entered into or to be entered into in connection with the transactions discussed herein; that no unforeseen changes in the legislative and operating frameworks for the Company will occur; that the Company will meet its future objectives and priorities; that the Company will have access to adequate capital to fund its future projects and plans; that the Company’s future projects and plans will proceed as anticipated; that there will be no material adverse changes in the U.S. legal and regulatory environment relating to cannabis, customer growth, pricing, usage; data based on good faith estimates that are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and other independent sources; and assumptions concerning general economic and industry growth rates, commodity prices, currency exchange and interest rates and competitive intensity.
Inherent in forward-looking statements are risks, uncertainties, and other factors beyond the Corporation’s ability to predict or control. Factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to: cannabis is a controlled substance under applicable legislation; the enforcement of cannabis laws could change; differing regulatory requirements across State jurisdictions may hinder economies of scale; legal, regulatory or other political change; the unpredictable nature of the cannabis industry; regulatory scrutiny; the impact of regulatory scrutiny on the ability to raise capital; anti-money laundering laws and regulations; any reclassification of cannabis or changes in U.S. controlled substances and regulations; restrictions on the availability of favourable locations; enforceability of contracts; general regulatory and licensing risks; California regulatory regime and transfer and grant of licenses; limitations on ownership of licenses; regulatory action from the Food and Drug Administration; competition; ability to attract and retain customers; unfavourable publicity or consumer perception; results of future clinical research and/or controversy surrounding vaporizers and vaporizer products; limited market data and difficulty to forecast; constraints on marketing products; effects of the COVID-19 pandemic; execution of the Company’s business strategy; reliance on management; the Greenhouse Option Acquisition and/or Element 7 Merger may not be completed or, if completed, may not be successful; ability to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting; competition from synthetic production and technological advances; fraudulent or illegal activity by employees, contractors and consultants; product liability and recalls; risks related to product development and identifying markets for sale; dependence on suppliers, manufacturers, and contractors; reliance on inputs; reliance on equipment and skilled labour; service providers; litigation; intellectual property risks; information technology systems, cyber-attacks, security, and privacy breaches; bonding and insurance coverage; transportation; energy costs; risks inherent in an agricultural business; management of growth; risks of leverage; future acquisitions or dispositions; difficulty attracting and retaining personnel; and past performance not being indicative of future results.
Readers are cautioned that the factors outlined herein are not an exhaustive list of the factors or assumptions that may affect the forward-looking statements, and that the assumptions underlying such statements may prove to be incorrect. Actual results and developments are likely to differ, and may differ materially, from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Corporation’s actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any of its future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements herein are qualified by this cautionary statement. The forward-looking statements in this MD&A speak only as of the date of this MD&A or as of the date specified in such statement. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements whether because of new information or future events or otherwise, except as may be required by law. If the Company does update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that it will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements, unless required by law.
96
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 16, 2019 – Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Introduction
The following management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of the operations of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“Brand”, the “Corporation”, “we”, “our” or “us”) constitutes management’s review of the factors that affected the Corporation’s financial and operating performance for the year ended December 31, 2020. This MD&A was written to comply with the requirements of National Instrument 51- 102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 and from the April 16, 2019 (Incorporation Date) to December 31, 2019, and the related notes thereto. Results are reported in United States dollars, unless otherwise noted. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which consist only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results presented for the year ended December 31, 2020, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. The financial statements and the financial information contained in this MD&A were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Further information about the Corporation and its operations can be obtained on www.sedar.com.
The Corporation intends to focus its search for target businesses that operate branded product businesses in cannabis and/or cannabis-adjacent industries; however, the Corporation is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of completing its Qualifying Transaction (as defined below). Please refer to the Corporation’s latest annual information form for risk factors and regulatory information (the “AIF”) regarding the cannabis industry.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information
This MD&A contains certain forward-looking information and forward-looking statements, as defined in applicable securities laws (collectively referred to herein as “forward-looking statements”). These statements relate to future events or the Corporation’s future performance. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Often, but not always, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “plans”, “expects”, “is expected”, “budget”, “scheduled”, “estimates”, “continues”, “forecasts”, “projects”, “predicts”, “intends”, “anticipates” or “believes”, or variations of, or the negatives of, such words and phrases, or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, “should”, “might” or “will” be taken, occur or be achieved. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements in this MD&A speak only as of the date of this MD&A or as of the date specified in such statement. The following table outlines certain significant forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A and provides the material assumptions used to develop such forward-looking statements and material risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.
| Forward-looking statements | Assumptions | Risk factors |
| The Corporation expects to complete a Qualifying Transaction (as defined below). | The Corporation expects to identify an asset or business/businesses to acquire and close a Qualifying Transaction, on terms favourable to the Corporation. | The Corporation’s inability to find a target to complete a Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline (as defined below). If we are unable to consummate our Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline, we will be required to redeem 100% of the outstanding Class A Restricted Voting Shares (as defined below), as described herein. |
| The Corporation’s ability to meet its working capital needs at the current level for the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2021. | The operating activities of the Corporation for the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2021, and the costs associated therewith, will be consistent with the Corporation’s current expectations; debt and equity markets, exchange and interest rates and other applicable economic conditions favourable to the Corporation. | Changes in debt and equity markets; timing and availability of external financing on acceptable terms; increases in costs; regulatory compliance and changes in regulatory compliance and other local legislation and regulation; interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations; changes in economic conditions; impact of COVID-19 and timing of a Qualifying Transaction. |
97
Inherent in forward-looking statements are risks, uncertainties, and other factors beyond the Corporation’s ability to predict or control. Please also refer to those risk factors referenced in the “Risk Factors” section below and in the AIF. Readers are cautioned that the above chart does not contain an exhaustive list of the factors or assumptions that may affect the forward-looking statements, and that the assumptions underlying such statements may prove to be incorrect. Actual results and developments are likely to differ, and may differ materially, from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Corporation’s actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any of its future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements herein are qualified by this cautionary statement. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Corporation undertakes no obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements whether because of new information or future events or otherwise, except as may be required by law. If the Corporation does update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that it will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements, unless required by law.
Description of Business
Brand is a corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Transaction”). The Corporation’s business activities are carried out in a single business segment.
The Corporation was incorporated on April 16, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), commenced operations on April 16, 2019. The head office of the Sponsor (as defined below) is located at 590 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.
On May 13, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (including 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A restricted voting share (“Class A Restricted Voting Share”) of the Corporation and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each, a “Warrant”). In accordance with the Corporation’s articles, each Class A Restricted Voting Share, unless previously redeemed, will be automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. All Warrants will become exercisable at a price of $ 11.50 per share, commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction, and will expire on the day that is five years after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction or may expire earlier if a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the permitted timeline of 21 months (or 24 months if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Qualifying Transaction within 21 months but have not completed the Qualifying Transaction within such 21-month period) (“Permitted Timeline”) (subject to extension, as further described herein) from the closing of the Offering or if the expiry date is accelerated. Each Whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which, following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, would become one Subordinate Voting Share).
98
In connection with the Offering, the Corporation granted the underwriter a 30- day non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. The over-allotment option was exercised prior to the close of the initial public offering. As a result of the exercise of the over-allotment option, the Founders, (as defined below) own an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares, including 109,000 Class B Units and 9,810,000 Founders’ Warrants (as defined below).
Concurrent with the completion of the Offering, Mercer Park CB II, L.P. (the “Sponsor”), a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, indirectly controlled by Mercer Park, L.P., a privately-held family office based in New York, New York and Charles Miles and Sean Goodrich (or persons or companies controlled by them) (collectively with the Sponsor, the “Founders”) purchased an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares, consisting of 10,069,750 Class B Shares purchased by the Sponsor, 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Charles Miles, and 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Sean Goodrich. In addition, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 9,810,000 Warrants (“Founders’ Warrants”) at $1.00 per Founders’ Warrant.
Upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Class B Shares would, in accordance with the Corporation’s articles, convert on a 100-for-1 basis into Multiple Voting Shares.
Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit commenced trading on May 13, 2019 on the Neo Exchange Inc. (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BRND.U” and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants on June 24, 2019, which trade under the symbols “BRND.A.U”, and “BRND.WT”, respectively. The Class B Shares issued to the Founders will not be listed prior to the completion of the Qualifying Transaction.
The proceeds of $402,500,000 from the Offering are held by Odyssey Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law and payment of certain taxes, permitted redemptions and certain expenses, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the Escrow Account will be released to the Corporation prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. The escrowed funds will be held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Transaction, or an extension to the Permitted Timeline to up to 36 months with shareholder approval from the holders of Class A Restricted Shares and the Corporation’s board of directors, or in the event a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund a Qualifying Transaction with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commissions, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commissions in the amount of $16,100,000, 75% of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Transaction (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining 25% of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) will be payable by the Corporation as it sees fit, including for payment to other agents or advisors who have assisted with or participated in the sourcing, diligence and completion of its Qualifying Transaction.
99
In connection with consummating a Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will require approval by a majority of the directors unrelated to the Qualifying Transaction. In connection with the Qualifying Transaction, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given the opportunity to elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit timeline, including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account and (ii) actual and expected direct expenses related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will be subject to a redemption limitation of an aggregate 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding. Class B Shares will not be redeemable in connection with a Qualifying Transaction or an extension to the Permitted Timeline and holders of Class B Shares shall not be entitled to access the Escrow Account should a Qualifying Transaction not occur within the Permitted Timeline.
If the Corporation is unable to complete its Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline (or within an extension of the Permitted Timeline), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The Corporation’s Warrants (including the Warrants underlying the Class A Restricted Voting Units and the Class B Units and the Founders’ Warrants) will expire worthless. In such case, each holder of a Class A Restricted Voting Share will receive for an amount, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned to pay actual and expected expenses related to the dissolution and certain other related costs as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The underwriter will have no right to the deferred underwriting commissions held in the Escrow Account in such circumstances.
Overall Performance
The Corporation has not conducted commercial operations and it is focused on the identification and evaluation of businesses or assets to acquire and there were no notable events that occurred during the reporting periods presented.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,742,747 and reported income of $947,346 ($0.09 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). From the Incorporation Date to December 31, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $3,296,977 and reported income of $2,831,491 ($0.31 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily related to general and administrative expenses of $702,259, foreign exchange loss of $43,142, travel of $50,000, current income tax recovery of $114,990 and deferred income tax of $ 114,990. The expenses from the Incorporation date to December 31, 2019 primary relate to general and administrative expenses of $ 381,137, foreign exchange gain of $651, travel of $85,000, current income tax of $713,425 and deferred income tax recovery of $713,425.
100
Current liabilities as of December 31, 2020 total $745,813 (December 31, 2019 - $1,030,396). Shareholders’ deficiency as of December 30, 2020 is comprised of Class B Shares, unlimited, 10,198,751 issued of $nil (December 31, 2019 - $nil), additional paid-in-capital of ($11,684,284) (December 31, 2019 - ($11,684,284)) and retained earnings of $3,778,837 (December 31, 2019 - $2,831,491) for a net amount of ($7,905,447) (December 31, 2019 – ($8,852,793)) in shareholders’ deficit.
Commitments and contingencies as of December 31, 2020 total $402,500,000 (December 31, 2019 - $402,500,000). It is comprised of Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption, 40,250,000 shares (at a redemption value of $10.00 per share).
Working capital, which consists of current assets less current liabilities, is $2,559,062 (December 31, 2019 - $3,237,735) as of December 31, 2020. Management believes the Corporation’s working capital is sufficient for the Corporation to meet its ongoing obligations and meet its objective of completing a Qualifying Transaction.
The weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 10,198,751 (December 31, 2019 – 9,253,693).
Liquidity and Capital Resources
| Marketable securities held in an escrow account | December 31, 2020 | |||
| United States Treasury Bills | $ | 407,509,774 | ||
| Accrued interest | $ | 26,301 | ||
| Restricted cash | $ | 981 | ||
| Total marketable securities held in an escrow account | $ | 407,537,056 | ||
| Per Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | $ | 10.00 | ||
| Cash held outside the escrow account | $ | 2,095,023 | ||
We intend to use substantially all the funds held in the Escrow Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and certain expenses) to consummate a Qualifying Transaction. To the extent that, after redemptions, our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to consummate a Qualifying Transaction, the remaining proceeds held in the Escrow Account may be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and/or pursue a growth strategy.
As of December 31, 2020, we had cash held outside of our Escrow Account of $2,095,023, which is available to fund our working capital requirements, including any further transaction costs that may be incurred. We expect to generate negative cash flow from operating activities in the future until our Qualifying Transaction is completed and we commence income generation. We intend to employ a proactive acquisition targeting strategy that identifies potential acquisition targets that align with the Corporation’s investment objectives. Consistent with this strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective acquisition targets:
| · | Opportunity to consolidate a highly fragmented marketplace where even the largest brands represent less than 10% market share. |
| · | Ability to build an institutional-quality cannabis corporation focused on brands and branded products. |
| · | Companies with strong marketing and brand development expertise. Companies that will benefit from a defined branding strategy. |
| · | Companies with additional, strategic capabilities-such as distribution, manufacturing, or product development-that support brand value. |
101
| · | Orphaned or underinvested brands within existing companies. |
| · | Companies exhibiting growth and profitability performance that could be enhanced through improved access to capital and financial expertise. | |
| · | Opportunity to provide rescue financing for undercapitalized operators. Companies that will benefit from being a public company. |
Management seeks to ensure that our operational and administrative costs are minimal prior to the completion of a Qualifying Transaction, with a view to preserving the Corporation’s working capital.
We do not believe that we will need to raise additional funds to meet expenditures required for operating our business until the consummation of our Qualifying Transaction. We believe that we will have sufficient available funds outside of the Escrow Account to operate the business. However, we cannot be assured that this will be the case. To the extent that the Corporation may require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with sourcing a proposed Qualifying Transaction, we may seek funding by way of unsecured loans from our Sponsor and/or its affiliates, up to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to 10% of the escrowed funds, subject to the consent of the Exchange, which loans would, unless approved otherwise by the Exchange, bear interest at no more than the prime rate plus 1%. Our Sponsor will not have recourse under such loans against the amounts in escrow. Such loans will collectively be subject to a maximum principal amount of 10% of the escrowed funds and may be repayable in cash following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction and may only be convertible into Class B Shares and/or Warrants in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, subject to Exchange consent.
Discussion of Operations
Three Months Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Three Months Ended December 31, 2019
The Corporation’s net loss totaled $ 144,116 for the three months ended December 31, 2020, with basic and diluted loss per Class B Share of $0.01. Activities for this period principally related to general and administrative expenses of $202,157, foreign exchange gain of $2,451, travel of $50,000, current income tax recovery of $135,887 and deferred income tax of $114,990. These expenses were offset by interest income of $84,693.
The Corporation’s net income totaled $1,412,880 for the three months ended December 31, 2019, with basic and diluted income per Class B Share of $0.16. Activities for this period principally related to general and administrative expenses of $100,398, foreign exchange loss of $2,963, travel of $85,000, current income tax of $713,425 and deferred income tax recovery of $713,425. These expenses were offset by interest income of $1,601,241.
102
Interest Income
Since completion of the Offering, the Corporation’s activity has been limited to the evaluation of business acquisition targets, and we do not expect to generate any operating income until the closing and completion of a Qualifying Transaction. In the interim, we expect to generate small amounts of non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and short-term investments, including restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow. As of December 31, 2020, all funds held in escrow were included in United States Treasury Bills, except for $981 held in a restricted cash account. Interest income on these investments is not expected to be significant in view of the current low interest rates.
During the three months ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $84,693 (three months ended December 31, 2019 - $1,601,241).
General and Administrative Expenses
The Corporation’s general and administrative expenses consist of costs required to maintain its public company status in good standing, and expenses incurred to evaluate and identify companies, businesses, assets, or properties for potential acquisition in connection with the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction. General and administrative costs were $202,157 for the three months ended December 31, 2020. General and administrative costs were $100,398 for the three months ended December 31, 2019.
Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to the Incorporation Date to December 31, 2019
The Corporation’s net income totaled $947,346 for the year ended December 31, 2020, with basic and diluted income per Class B Share of $0.09. Activities for this period principally related to general and administrative expenses of $702,259, foreign exchange loss of $43,142, travel of $50,000, current income tax recovery of $114,990 and deferred income tax expense of $114,990. These expenses were offset by interest income of $1,742,747.
The Corporation’s net income totaled $2,831,491 from the Incorporation Date to December 31, 2019, with basic and diluted income per Class B Share of $ 0.31. Activities for this period principally related to general and administrative expenses of $381,137, foreign exchange gain of $651, travel of $85,000, current income tax of $713,425 and deferred income tax recovery of $713,425. These expenses were offset by interest income of $3,296,977.
Interest Income
Since completion of the Offering, the Corporation’s activity has been limited to the evaluation of business acquisition targets, and we do not expect to generate any operating income until the closing and completion of a Qualifying Transaction. In the interim, we expect to generate small amounts of non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and short-term investments, including restricted cash and short-term investments held in escrow. As of December 31, 2020, all funds held in escrow were included in United States Treasury Bills, except for $981 held in a restricted cash account. Interest income on these investments is not expected to be significant in view of the current low interest rates.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,742,747. During the period from the Corporation’s commencement of operations on the Incorporation Date to December 31, 2019 the Corporation earned interest income of $3,296,977.
103
General and Administrative Expenses
The Corporation’s general and administrative expenses consist of costs required to maintain its public company status in good standing, and expenses incurred to evaluate and identify companies, businesses, assets, or properties for potential acquisition in connection with the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction. General and administrative costs were $702,259 for the year ended December 31, 2020. General and administrative costs were $381,137 from the Incorporation Date to December 31, 2019.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of the date of this filing, the Corporation does not have any off- balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Corporation including, without limitation, such considerations as liquidity and capital resources that have not previously been discussed.
Proposed Transactions
Although the Corporation has commenced the process of identifying potential acquisitions with a view to completing a Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation has not yet entered into a definitive agreement. See “Subsequent Event”, below.
104
Selected Quarterly Information
A summary of selected information for each of the quarters presented below is as follows:
| Basic and Diluted | ||||||||||||
| Loss | ||||||||||||
| Income | Net (Loss) Income | per Class B Share | ||||||||||
| ($) | ($) | ($) (8) | ||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | - | $ | (144,116 | )(7) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||
| September 30, 2020 | - | $ | (161,569 | )(6) | (0.02 | ) | ||||||
| June 30, 2020 | - | $ | (83,442 | )(5) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||
| March 31, 2020 | - | $ | 1,336,473 | (4) | 0.13 | |||||||
| December 31, 2019 | - | $ | 1,412,880 | (3) | 0.16 | |||||||
| September 30, 2019 | - | $ | 1,611,697 | (2) | 0.16 | |||||||
| Incorporation date to June 30, 2019 | - | $ | (193,086 | )(1) | (0.03 | ) | ||||||
Notes:
(1) From the Incorporation date to June 30, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $40.00 and reported a loss of $193,086 ($0.03 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $191,614 and foreign exchange of $1,512;
(2) For the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,695,696 and reported income of $1,611,697 ($0.16 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The income in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $89,125 and foreign exchange gain of $5,126;
(3) For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,601,241 and reported income of $1,412,880 ($0.16 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The income in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $100,398, travel of $85,000, foreign exchange loss of $2,963, current income tax of $713,425 and deferred income tax recovery of $713,425;
(4) For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $1,495,772 and reported income of $1,336,473 ($0.13 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The income in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $164,180 and foreign exchange income of $4,881;
(5) For the three months ended June 30, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $49,036 and reported a loss of $83,442 ($0.01 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $83,493, foreign exchange loss of $28,088 and a current tax expense of $20,897;
(6) For the three months ended September 30, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $113,246 and reported a loss of $161,569 ($0.02 basic and diluted loss per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $252,429 and foreign exchange loss of $22,386;
(7) For the three months ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation earned interest income of $84,693 and reported a loss of $144,116 ($0.01 basic and diluted income per Class B Share). The loss in the current period primary related to general and administrative expenses of $202,157, foreign exchange gain of $2,451, travel of $50,000, current income tax recovery of $135,887 and deferred income tax of $114,990; and
(8) Per share amounts are rounded to the nearest cent, therefore aggregating quarterly amounts may not reconcile to year-to-date per share amounts.
Related Party Transactions
In May 2019, the Corporation entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities, and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial, or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Transaction. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation accrued $205,000 (December 31, 2019 - $85,000) in respect of these services.
105
On May 13, 2019, the Sponsor executed a make whole agreement and undertaking in favour of the Corporation, whereby the Sponsor agreed to indemnify the Corporation in certain limited circumstances where the funds held in the Escrow Account are reduced to below $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation paid professional fees of $26,256 (April 19, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 - $12,926) to Marrelli Support Services Inc. (“Marrelli Support”), an organization of which the Corporation's Chief Financial Officer is Managing Director. These services were incurred in the normal course of operations for general accounting and financial reporting matters. As of December 31, 2020, Marrelli Support was owed $9,034 (December 31, 2019 - $2,214) and was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Corporation's balance sheet.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation paid professional fees and disbursements of $106 (April 19, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 - $nil) to DSA Filing Services Limited (“DSA Filing”), an organization which Carmelo Marrelli, the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, controls. These services were incurred in the normal course of operation of filing matters to adhere to the Corporation’s continuous disclosure obligations and these amounts are included in public company filing and listing costs. As of December 31, 2020, DSA Filing was owed $nil by the Corporation (December 31, 2019 - $nil) and these amounts were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation paid professional fees and disbursements of $1,116 (April 19, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 - $nil) to Marrelli Press Release Services Limited (“Marrelli Services Limited”), an organization which Carmelo Marrelli, the Chief Financial of the Corporation, controls. These services were incurred in the Corporation’s normal course of operations in adherence with its continuous disclosure obligations and these amounts are included in public company filing and listing costs. As of December 31, 2020, Marrelli Services Limited was owed $nil (December 31, 2019 - $nil) and these amounts were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, Ayr Strategies Inc. ("Ayr"), a company with common management, incurred travel costs on behalf of the Corporation. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation owed Ayr $135,000 (December 31, 2019 - $85,000) and which included in due to related parties on the Corporation's balance sheets. This is based on a cash-call-basis from Ayr.
New standards not yet adopted, and interpretations issued but not yet effective
The Corporation does not believe that any accounting standards that have been recently issued but which are not yet effective would have a material effect on the Financial Statements if such accounting standards were currently adopted.
Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and items in net income or loss and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Critical accounting estimates represent estimates made by management that are, by their very nature, uncertain. The Corporation evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on assumptions that the Corporation believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of items in net income or loss that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
106
Warrant Valuation
Pursuant to the Offering, the Corporation issued Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the warrant. The Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.
Income Tax
The determination of the Corporation’s income taxes, and other tax assets and liabilities requires interpretation of complex laws and regulations. Judgment is required in determining whether deferred income tax assets should be recognized on the balance sheet. Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred tax asset could be materially impacted.
Controls and Procedures
The Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as defined in the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-109, “Certification of Disclosure in Issuer’s Annual and Interim Filings”.
Under their supervision, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have implemented disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting appropriate for the nature of operations of the Corporation. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and that such information is accumulated and reported to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow required disclosures to be made in a timely fashion. Internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s design of its internal controls over financial reporting is based on the principles set out in the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)”.
In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, the Corporation has filed certificates signed by its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer certifying certain matters with respect to the design of disclosure controls and procedures and the design of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.
107
Financial Instruments
The Corporation follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.
The fair value of the Corporation’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Corporation would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Corporation seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The following table presents information about the Corporation’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis on December 31, 2020 and 2019, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Corporation utilized to determine such fair value:
| Carrying value as of | ||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | Level 1 (*) | Level 2 (*) | Level 3 (*) | |||||||||||||
| ($) | ($) | ($) | ($) | |||||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||
| Marketable securities held in an escrow account | 407,537,056 | 407,537,056 | nil | nil | ||||||||||||
(*) Fair values as of December 31, 2020
The Corporation is exposed to financial risks due to the nature of its business and the financial assets and liabilities that it holds. The Corporation’s overall risk management strategy seeks to minimize potential adverse effects of the Corporation’s financial performance. In particular, the Corporation intends to only invest the proceeds deposited in the Escrow Account in instruments that are the obligation of, or guaranteed by, the federal government of the United States of America or Canada. The Corporation believes this to be a low-risk strategy until the Corporation completes a Qualifying Transaction.
108
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.
Fair value risk
Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to minimal fair value risk.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.
Currency risk
Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure risk as the Corporation transacts minimally in any currency other than the United States dollar.
Capital Management
(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as of December 31, 2020:
| $ | ||||
| Shareholders’ deficiency | (7,905,447 | ) | ||
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | |||
| Balance, December 31, 2020 | 394,594,553 | |||
The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.
(b) Liquidity
As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation had $2,095,023 (December 31, 2019 - $4,127,262) in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.
109
To the extent that the Corporation may require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with sourcing a proposed Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation may obtain such funding by way of unsecured loans from the Sponsor and/or its affiliates, subject to consent of the Exchange, which loans would, unless approved otherwise by the Exchange, bear interest at no more than the prime rate plus 1%. The Sponsor would not have recourse under such loans against the Escrow Account, and thus the loans would not reduce the value of such Escrow Account. Such loans would collectively be subject to a maximum principal amount of 10% of the escrowed funds and may be repayable in cash following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction and may only be convertible into Class B Shares and/or Warrants in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Transaction subject to Exchange consent.
Otherwise, and subject to any relief granted by the Exchange, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.
Outlook
For the immediate future, the Corporation intends to identify and evaluate potential Qualifying Transactions. The Corporation continues to monitor its spending and will amend its plans based on business opportunities that may arise in the future.
Share Capital
As of the date of this MD&A, the Corporation had 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. In addition, the Corporation had an aggregate of 10,089,751 Class B Shares, 109,000 Class B Units and 29,989,500 Warrants issued and outstanding.
Risk Factors
Please refer to the Corporation’s AIF for information on the risk factors to which the Corporation is subject. In addition, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information” above.
Contingency
The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. It is uncertain what impact this volatility and weakness will have on the Corporation’s securities held at fair value and short-term investments. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods, including the ability of the Corporation to complete a Qualifying Transaction.
Subsequent Event
On February 2, 2020, the Corporation announced that it has an executed letter of intent in connection with a potential transaction, which would, if consummated, qualify as its qualifying transaction. Accordingly, the Corporation will be permitted until May 13, 2021 (24 months following the closing of its initial public offering) to conclude its qualifying transaction. The letter of intent is non-binding and proceeding with the transaction is subject to several conditions, including, among others, satisfactory due diligence and the negotiation and execution of a definitive agreement. The Corporation intends to disclose additional details regarding the transaction following the entry into a definitive agreement, if applicable. There can be no assurance that a definitive agreement will be completed.
110
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 – GH Group, Inc.
Overview
GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group” or the “Company”), is a vertically integrated cannabis company that operates in the state of California. The Company cultivates, manufactures, and distributes cannabis consumer packaged goods, primarily to third-party retail stores in the state of California. The Company also owns and operates retail cannabis stores in the state of California.
Through these activities, GH Group has established the foundation for its ultimate strategy – to create the preeminent California cannabis brand company through a fully vertically integrated commercial cannabis company engaged in all licensed verticals – (i) cultivation; (ii) manufacturing; (iii) distribution; and (iv) retail – and providing customers with consistently high-quality products across a range of trusted and recognizable brands.
See “Description of Business” for an overview of the GH Group and “Regulatory Overview” for details regarding the California regulatory framework.
Recent Developments
Acquisition of Farmacy Berkeley
On January 1, 2021 the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of iCANN, LLC d/b/a Farmacy Berkeley (“iCANN”) a licensed retail cannabis company located in Berkeley, California. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between as subsidiary of the Company and iCANN the following occurred: (i) the Company elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $2,00,000 and accrued interest of $45,321 into equity interests of iCANN; (ii) the Company paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of iCANN equity interests: (iii) the Company issued 7,554,679 Series A Common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and (iv) the Company issued an additional 500,000 Series A Common shares to brokers and consultants.
Greenhouse Option Acquisition
GH Group is seeking to acquire (and subsequently exercise) an option to acquire the land and buildings on which a greenhouse is located in southern California (the “Greenhouse Option Acquisition”). GH Group is currently conducting due diligence on the Greenhouse Option Acquisition.
The Greenhouse Option Acquisition involves the proposed acquisition of an option to acquire a greenhouse (land and building) (collectively, the “Greenhouse”). The Greenhouse is currently leased by one or more farmers from its owner to grow non-cannabis crops. At the time of acquiring the Greenhouse, the current owner granted the prior owner (the “Optionholder”) an option (the “Greenhouse Option”) to acquire the Greenhouse for approximately $120 million. The Greenhouse is uniquely suited to meet the license requirements for cannabis cultivation in southern California. The Filer and GH Group are interested in this opportunity and are in discussions with the Optionholder for the purchase of the Greenhouse Option (either directly or by acquiring 100% of the equity in the entity that owns the Greenhouse). They believe, as does the Optionholder, that the Greenhouse would have substantial value if repurposed for cannabis production. In connection with completing the Greenhouse Option Acquisition, GH Group intends to apply for a license to use the Greenhouse to produce cannabis. The proposed transaction is as follows:
| (a) | GH Group would acquire the Greenhouse Option from the Optionholder for approximately $100 million (before including any earn-out consideration), and then exercise it at a cost of approximately $120 million, payable in cash. The $100 million would be payable in common or subordinate voting shares of the Filer (or shares of a subsidiary exchangeable therefor) at a value of $10.00 per share. |
| (b) | Once licensed, GH Group would commence a phased construction project to alter the Greenhouse to produce cannabis in lieu of its current function of growing non-cannabis crops. |
111
| (c) | In addition, GH Group would retain the Optionholder, who GH Group considers to be a greenhouse operations expert, in a consulting or employment capacity, and would agree to pay him up to $75 million as an earnout as part of the purchase price for the Greenhouse Option Acquisition based on the success of the construction project and the performance of the proposed cannabis operations at the Greenhouse |
The Element Acquisition
GH Group is seeking to acquire a series of related limited liability companies that are currently in the application stage for 17 cannabis retail dispensary licenses for locations in California (the “Element Acquisitions”). GH Group is currently conducting due diligence on the Element Acquisitions.
The Element Acquisitions involve the proposed acquisitions of 100% of the shares owned by Element 7 Inc. (“Element 7”) of a company or series of related companies that are currently in the application stage for licenses for 17 cannabis retail dispensaries in California. None of the licenses have been obtained. The Filer and GH Group are interested in this opportunity and are in the process of negotiating a non-binding memorandum of understanding with Element 7. The proposed transaction is as follows:
| (a) | GH Group would acquire, directly or indirectly, the shares of the limited liability company or series of related companies currently applying for the licenses from Element 7 for a value of approximately $1,500,000 for each license, up to a maximum amount of $25,500,000 for all 17 license applications. |
| (b) | The proposed up to $25,500,000 purchase price to be paid by the Filer or GH Group for the Element Acquisitions is proposed to be paid in newly-issued common or subordinate voting shares of the Filer (or shares of a subsidiary exchangeable therefor) at a value of $10.00 per share. |
| (c) | The purchase of each entity currently applying for a license would be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may be waived in GH Group’s discretion. In the event such conditions are not satisfied in respect of any such purchase, GH Group would not be obligated to purchase such entity, and the price would be reduced accordingly. |
Major Business Lines and Geographies
GH Group views its financial results under one business line – the creation of dominant, extensible CPG products and brands through cannabis cultivation, production, and sales. GH Group generates all of its revenue in the State of California.
While many cannabis businesses prioritized brand building and customer acquisition before securing a reliable product flow, the Company believes that in a consumer- focused CPG space, consistent delivery of high-quality product at an attractive price point is a first principle, and a prerequisite for any other activity.
Cannabis Cultivation, Production, and Sales
GH Group operates greenhouse cultivation facilities in Carpinteria and Santa Barbara, California. GH Group’s production facility is located in Lompoc, California.
GH Group generates revenue by selling its products both to its own and third-party dispensaries in California, including both raw cannabis, cannabis oil, and cannabis consumer goods. GH Group’s dispensaries are located in Santa Barbara and Santa Ana, California.
Geographic Areas
All of GH Group’s revenue is derived from the California cannabis market.
112
Market Update and Objectives
The state of California represents the largest single market for cannabis in the U.S., with over $7 billion in revenues in 2020 and an adult population of over 31 million. The California market is highly fragmented, with over 6,000 cultivation licenses in operation, over 1,000 distribution licenses over 700 operational dispensaries and greater than 1,000 brands. With this backdrop, GH Group looks to use scale in cultivation and distribution (through its own dispensaries and third party retailers) to achieve economies of scale that allow GH Group to outperform competitors and build superior brand awareness and loyalty.
Results of Operations
The following are the results of our operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Revenue, Net | $ | 48,259,601 | $ | 16,941,426 | $ | 8,967,286 | ||||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 29,519,143 | 8,461,551 | 3,749,373 | |||||||||
| Gross Profit | 18,740,458 | 8,479,875 | 5,217,913 | |||||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and Administrative | 18,637,477 | 9,354,591 | 3,094,857 | |||||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 1,489,664 | 912,842 | 143,216 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 2,040,004 | 5,196,993 | 1,913,865 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 2,576,263 | 1,455,780 | 767,567 | |||||||||
| Total Expenses | 24,743,408 | 16,920,206 | 5,919,505 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations | (6,002,950 | ) | (8,440,331 | ) | (701,592 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||||||
| Interest Expense | 2,179,137 | 636,762 | 597,427 | |||||||||
| Interest Income | (115,572 | ) | (443,523 | ) | (308,591 | ) | ||||||
| Loss on Investments | 2,126,112 | 1,147,968 | 166,059 | |||||||||
| Loss (Income) on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | 251,663 | - | - | |||||||||
| Other Expense (Income), Net | (203,345 | ) | (19,419 | ) | (202,397 | ) | ||||||
| Total Other Expense | 4,237,995 | 1,321,788 | 252,498 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (10,240,945 | ) | (9,762,119 | ) | (954,090 | ) | ||||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 6,418,533 | 972,520 | 357,352 | |||||||||
| Net Loss | (16,659,478 | ) | (10,734,639 | ) | (1,311,442 | ) | ||||||
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest | - | (511,465 | ) | 211,396 | ||||||||
| Net Loss Attributable to Shareholders / Members of GH Group | $ | (16,659,478 | ) | $ | (10,223,174 | ) | $ | (1,522,838 | ) | |||
Revenue
2020
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $48.3 million, which represents an increase of $31.3 million or 185% from $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Revenue growth in 2020 was primarily driven by an increase in cannabis production from the Company’s second greenhouse cultivation facility, which commenced operations in Q1 2020 and expanded operational canopy from approximately 113,000 square feet at the end of December 2019, to over 390,000 square feet by the 2020. The Company’s cannabis retail dispensaries also contributed to year over year revenue growth, with a full year of operations in 2020 versus less than 6 months of operations in 2019.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue was $16.9 million, which represents an increase of $8.0 million or 89% from $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Revenue growth in 2019 was primarily driven by an increase in cannabis production from the Company’s first greenhouse cultivation facility, which operated at full capacity throughout 2019, and at partial capacity in 2018 while the Company ramped up operations. The Company began retail operations in Q3 2019, opening one store and acquiring another, which also increased revenue from the prior year.
113
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue was $9.0 million. Revenues during 2018 consisted primarily of bulk biomass sales produced from the Company’s first greenhouse cultivation facility.
Cost of Goods Sold
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, cost of goods sold was $ 29.5 million, which represents an increase of $21.1 million or 249% from the prior year amount of $8.5 million. Cost increases were primarily attributable to the Company’s expanding cannabis cultivation operation which grew over 300% from the prior year. The Company’s cannabis dispensaries also contributed to year over year cost increases, with a full year of operations in 2020 and less than 6 months of operations in 2019.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, cost of goods sold was $8.5 million, which represents an increase of $4.7 million or 126% from the prior year amount of $3.7 million. Cost increases were primarily due to the Company’s grow operations being fully operational throughout 2019 and only partially operational in 2018. The Company began retail operations in Q3 2019, opening one store and acquiring another, which also increased cost of goods sold from the prior year.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, cost of goods sold was $3.7 million. The Company’s cost of goods sold is a direct result of the Company’s grow operations during 2018.
General and Administrative
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, general and administrative expenses was $18.6 million, which represents an increase of $9.3 million or 99% from the prior year amount of $9.4 million. General and administrative cost increases are primarily attributable to headcount additions required to support operational expansion initiatives and include stock-based compensation, salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to corporate, cultivation and retail operations.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, general and administrative expenses was $9.4 million, which represents an increase of $6.3 million or 202% from the prior year amount of $3.1 million. General and administrative cost increases are primarily attributable to headcount additions required to support operational expansion initiatives and include stock-based compensation, salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to corporate, cultivation and retail operations.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, general and administrative expenses was $ 3.1 million. General and administrative expenses include stock-based compensation, salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to corporate, cultivation and retail operations.
114
Sales & Marketing
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, sales and marketing expenses was $1.5 million, which represents an increase of $0.6 million or 63% from the prior year amount of $0.9 million. The Company’s cannabis dispensaries contributed to year over year cost increases, with a full year of operations in 2020 and less than 6 months of operations in 2019. Sales and marketing expenses include advertising and promotions in various media outlets.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, sales and marketing expenses was $0.9 million, which represents an increase of $0.8 million or 537% from the prior year amount of $0.1 million. Marketing expenses increased year over year to support the Company’s retail operations, which began Q3 2019.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, The Company incurred $0.1 million of sales and marketing expenses for general advertising and promotions in various media outlets.
Professional Fees
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, professional fees were $2.0 million, which represents a decrease of $3.2 million or 61% from the prior year amount of $5.2 million. The decrease from 2019 was a result of the preparatory work performed in 2019 for business combinations, mergers and acquisitions. During 2020, the Company deliberately curtailed the use of consultants.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, professional fees were $5.2 million, which represents an increase of $3.3 million or 172% from the prior year amount of $1.9 million. The increase from 2018 is a direct result of the Company’s merger and acquisition activity, capital raises, preparatory work required for business combinations executed in 2020 and to support operational expansion initiatives.
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, professional fees were $ 1.9 million. Professional fees in 2018 represent fees paid to part time operational and accounting consultants and for legal and advisory fees.
Other Expense
2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net other expenses were $4.2 million, which represents a increase of $2.9 million or 221% from the prior year amount of $1.3 million. The increase from 2019 was a result of the increase in interest expense from our debt incurred during 2020 and an increase in our unrealized losses on our equity method investments.
2019
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net other expenses were $1.3 million, which represents a increase of $1.0 million or 323% from the prior year amount of $0.3 million. The increase from 2018 was primarily a result of the increase in our unrealized losses on our equity method investments.
115
2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, net other expenses were $0.3 million. Net other expenses in 2018 is primarily represented by interest expense ($0.6 million), offset by interest income of $0.3 million from our notes receivables.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Historically, GH Group’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions made by equity investors and debt issuances. GH Group expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to raise equity or debt capital from investors in order to meet liquidity needs.
Financial Condition
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes GH Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the year end December 31:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | $ | (7,697,679 | ) | $ | (3,434,706 | ) | $ | (909,209 | ) | |||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (7,719,045 | ) | (15,788,070 | ) | (14,845,042 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 17,320,089 | 8,080,108 | 23,873,520 | |||||||||
| NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 1,903,366 | (11,142,668 | ) | 8,119,269 | ||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 2,631,886 | 13,774,554 | 5,655,285 | |||||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 4,535,251 | $ | 2,631,886 | $ | 13,774,554 | ||||||
Cash Flow Provided by Operating Activities
2020
Cash used in operating activities totaled $ 7.7 million in 2020. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $16.7 million during the year, increases in accounts receivable ($3.5 million) and buildup of inventory ($3.8 million) resulting from increased operations. The use of cash in operations was offset by the increase in trade payables and accrued liabilities ($1.9 million), increase in income taxes payable ($3.9 million), Increases in deferred tax liabilities, net ($1.3 million) and non-cash expense from interest capitalized to notes payable ($ 1.1 million), share-based compensation ($2.5 million), accretion of debt discounts on loans ($1.1 million), loss on equity method investments ($2.1 million) and depreciation and amortization ($2.6 million).
2019
Cash used in operating activities totaled $3.4 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $10.8 million during the year as a result from increased operations. The use of cash in operations was offset by the increase in trade payables and accrued liabilities ($3.2 million) and non-cash expense from share-based compensation ($1.9 million), unrealized loss on equity method investments ($1.1 million) and depreciation and amortization ($1.5 million).
116
2018
Cash used in operating activities totaled $0.9 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $1.4 million during the year, increases in accounts receivable ($0.5 million) and buildup of inventory ($0.8 million) resulting from increased operations. The use of cash in operations was offset by non-cash expense from share-based compensation ($0.8 million) and depreciation and amortization ($0.8 million).
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
2020
Cash used in investing activities totaled $ 7.7 million in 2020. This was primarily driven by the purchase of property and equipment ($3.9 million) purchase of investments ($2.9 million) and issuance of notes receivables ($1.1 million).
2019
Cash used in investing activities totaled $15.8 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by the purchase of property and equipment ($5.7 million), purchase of investments ($5.1 million), issuance of notes receivables ($3.5 million) and cash paid for an acquisition ($1.9 million).
2018
Cash used in investing activities totaled $14.8 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by the purchase of property and equipment ($12.7 million) and the purchase of investments ($3.2 million). Cash outflows from investing activities were offset by repayments on notes receivables during the year ($1.1 million).
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
2020
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $17.3 million in 2020. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes and convertible notes payable during the year ($18.4 million) which was offset by payments on notes payable ($1.1 million).
2019
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $8.1 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes payable during the year ($1.7 million), cash contributions from investors ($8.1 million) offset by payments of notes payable during the year ($0.9 million).
2018
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $23.9 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes and convertible notes payable during the year ($9.9 million), cash contributions from investors ($16.4 million) offset by payments of distributions to shareholders during the year ($2.0 million).
As previously noted, GH Group’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions and debt capital made available from investors. GH Group expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to raise equity capital from investors in order to meet liquidity needs. GH Group does not have any committed sources of financing, nor significant outstanding capital expenditure commitments.
117
Contractual Obligations
GH Group has contractual obligations to make future payments, including debt agreements and lease agreements from third parties and related parties.
The following table summarizes such obligations as of December 31, 2020:
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 - 2024 | After 2024 | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| Notes Payable from Third Parties and Related Parties | $ | 601,187 | $ | - | $ | 2,189,264 | $ | 22,839,551 | $ | 25,630,002 | ||||||||||
| Leases obligations | 731,354 | 745,094 | 1,526,302 | 1,231,207 | 4,233,957 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Contractual Obligations | $ | 1,332,541 | $ | 745,094 | $ | 3,715,566 | $ | 24,070,758 | $ | 29,863,959 | ||||||||||
Transactions with Related Parties
Reposition Debt Transactions
Reposition Investments, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Reposition”) and an affiliate of a shareholder of the Company, agreed to make a $1,000,000 unsecured bridge loan to the Company at an interest rate of 8% per annum to fund the Company until the initial close of Senior Notes Offering, pursuant to that certain Promissory Note, dated as of January 24, 2020, issued by the Company in favour of Reposition. In February 2020, the Company executed and delivered to Reposition, and Reposition accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved Senior Secured Convertible Notes to cancel and reissue the bridge note as part of the Senior Convertible Notes Offering. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2020, the Reposition Bridge Note is no longer outstanding and Repositions Senior Convertible Note balance of $1,000,000 principal balance is included as a component of convertible notes noted above. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no amounts were due under the original notes.
Magu Farm Lenders Debt Transactions
In 2018, Magu Farm LLC issued approximately $9,925,000 in secured promissory notes convertible into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund (collectively, the “Magu Farm Convertible Notes”) to certain lenders who are affiliates of shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Magu Farm Lenders,” and individually, a “Magu Farm Lender”)
On October 7, 2019, Magu Farm LLC and Magu Investment Fund notified each Magu Farm Lender of Magu Investment Fund’s intention to merge with and into the Company at the closing of the Roll-Up. Subsequent to such notification, effective as of October 7, 2019, each Magu Farm Lender other than Kings Bay Investment Company Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBIC ”), entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which such Magu Farm Lender, among other things, (a) converted its respective Magu Farm Convertible Note with an aggregate value of $8,000,000 into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund and (b) agreed to terminate both the Co-Lending Agreement and its respective security interest as defined in the agreement. All accrued and unpaid interest were paid prior to conversion. KBIC balance which was not converted remained. Effective as of March 1, 2020, KBIC assigned the Kings Bay Note to Kings Bay Capital Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBCM”).
Effective as of April 10, 2020, KBCM and the Company entered into an Assignment, Novation and Note Modification Agreement and a Security Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the company assumed all of Magu Farm LLC’s rights, duties, liabilities and obligations under the Kings Bay Note, (b) the Kings Bay Note was modified, among other things, such that KBCM has the right to convert the Kings Bay Note into Class A Shares at the same conversion price accorded to the other Magu Farm Lenders, and (c) the obligations under the Kings Bay Note were secured by a pledge of the securities of GH Group’s subsidiaries but expressly subordinated to the holders of the Senior Convertible Notes. As a result of the modification, the Company recorded an loss on extinguishment of debt due to modification for approximately $389,000 which is included as a component of other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance due to KBCM is $2,189,264 and $1,925,000, respectively.
118
Graham S. Farrar Living Trust – Related Party
On October 5, 2019, G&H Supply Company LLC issued a promissory note in the original principal amount of $315,000 in favour of the Graham S. Farrar Living Trust established February 2, 2000 (the “Farrar Trust”), an affiliate of Graham Farrar (the “Original G&H / Farrar Note”). Effective as of February 20, 2020, GH Group executed and delivered to the Farrar Trust, and the Farrar Trust accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved Forms of Note Offering Documents to cancel and reissue the loan evidenced by the Original G&H / Farrar Note as part of the convertible debt offering. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of these notes was $0, and $316,262, respectively.
BFP Debt Transactions
In connection with the Incubation, Beach Front Properties, LLC, a California limited liability company (“BFP”), advanced to Magu Capital loans in the aggregate principal amount of $400,000 (the “BFP Loans”), which BFP Loans were documented by that certain promissory note dated as of June 7, 2017 and that certain promissory note dated as of March 22, 2018 (together, the “BFP Notes”), and the remaining monetary portion of the BFP Loans was not previously documented but intended by BFP and Magu Capital to be advanced under the same terms as set forth in the BFP Notes. Magu Capital used the proceeds of the BFP Loans to pay certain expenses of the Company. Effective as of June 30, 2020: (a) Magu Capital assigned to the Company, the Company assumed and Magu Capital was released from, all of Magu Capital’s rights, duties and obligations under the BFP Loans; and (b) the Company executed and delivered to BFP, and BFP accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved convertible debt offering.
Incubation Services
Effective January 1, 2019, GH Group and Magu Capital LLC, a California limited liability company (“Magu Capital”), entered into a Services and Incubation Agreement (the “Services and Incubation Agreement”), pursuant to which Magu Capital agreed to perform certain advisory and business “incubation” services for GH Group (and incur certain fees and expenses on behalf of GH Group as part of and as performance for such services) (collectively, the “Incubation”) in consideration of GH Group’s agreement to issue to Magu Capital, upon a date certain following the closing of the Roll-Up as reasonably determined by the board of directors of GH Group, a warrant to purchase a fixed number of Class A Shares at an agreed upon strike price and no later than three years following the grant date.
On July 23, 2020, GH Group issued to Magu Capital a Warrant to Purchase Exercise Shares (the “Magu Capital Warrant”), in full satisfaction of GH Group’s obligations under the Services and Incubation Agreement to compensate Magu Capital for the Incubation. The value of the warrants was fair valued at approximately $ 427,000. The Company recorded a gain on extinguishment of the liability in the amount of approximately $573,000 which is recorded as a component of other income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The balance due to Magu Capital as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and$1,773,879, respectively and is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated and combined balance sheet.
Issuance of Class B Shares for Management Services
In January 2020, The Company as part of the roll up and re-organization: (a) issued to APP Investment Advisors LLC, a California limited liability company (“APP Investment Advisors”), an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 9,047,226 shares of Class B common stock of GH Group (“Class B Shares”), in exchange for certain management services rendered by APP Investment Advisors for AP Investment Fund; and (b) issued to Magu Capital, an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 23,248,044 Class B Shares, in exchange for certain management services rendered by Magu Capital for CA Brand Collective, Magu Investment Fund and MG Padaro Fund.
Asset Management Fees
The Company has an agreement with certain related parties which provide asset management services. Fees are paid quarterly. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0, $822,000 and $590,000, respectively.
119
Critical Accounting Estimates
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated and combined financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation of property and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, inventory valuation, share-based compensation, business combinations, goodwill impairment, long-lived asset impairment, purchased asset valuations, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, derivative liabilities, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
Estimated Useful Lives and Depreciation of Property and Equipment
Depreciation of property and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets.
Estimated Useful Lives and Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets is dependent upon estimates of useful lives and residual values which are determined through the exercise of judgment. Intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity- specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
120
Leased Assets
The Company adopted Audit Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”) using the full retrospective approach, which provides a method for recording existing leases at adoption using the effective date as its date of initial application. Accordingly, the Company has recorded its leases at inception of the Company. The Company elected the package of practical expedients provided by ASC 842, which forgoes reassessment of the following upon adoption of the new standard: (1) whether contracts contain leases for any expired or existing contracts, (2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) initial direct costs for any existing or expired leases. In addition, the Company elected an accounting policy to exclude from the balance sheet the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to short-term leases, which are those leases with a lease term of twelve months or less that do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise.
The Company applies judgment in determining whether a contract contains a lease and if a lease is classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. The Company applies judgement in determining the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, which may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. All relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination are considered. The Company reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to renew or to terminate. In adoption of ASC 842, the Company applied the practical expedient which applies hindsight in determining the lease term and assessing impairment of right-of-use assets by using its actual knowledge or current expectation as of the effective date. The Company also applies judgment in allocating the consideration in a contract between lease and non-lease components. It considers whether the Company can benefit from the right-of-use asset either on its own or together with other resources and whether the asset is highly dependent on or highly interrelated with another right of-use asset. Lessees are required to record a right of use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than twelve months. Lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected remaining lease term. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using estimates which are based on the information available at commencement date and determines the present value of lease payments if the implicit rate is unavailable.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
121
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Derivative Liabilities
The Company evaluates its agreements to determine if such instruments have derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In calculating the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Company uses a valuation model when Level 1 inputs are not available to estimate fair value at each reporting date. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of the Consolidated Balance Sheets date. Critical estimates and assumptions used in the model are discussed in “Note 12 - Derivative Liabilities”.
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. Acquisition related transaction costs are expensed as incurred and included in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. Identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangible assets, of acquired businesses are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. When the Company acquires control of a business, any previously held equity interest also is remeasured to fair value. The excess of the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired is goodwill. If the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest, the difference is recognized in the Consolidated and combined Statements of Operations immediately as a gain on acquisition. See “Note 8 – Business Acquisitions” for further details on business combinations.
Contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. The Company allocates the total cost of the acquisition to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. As part of this allocation process, the Company identifies and attributes values and estimated lives to the intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions regarding multiple, highly subjective variables, including those with respect to future cash flows, discount rates, asset lives, and the use of different valuation models, and therefore require considerable judgment. The Company’s estimates and assumptions are based, in part, on the availability of listed market prices or other transparent market data. These determinations affect the amount of amortization expense recognized in future periods. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies”, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in earnings in accordance with ASC 805.
122
Share-Based Compensation
The Company has a share-based compensation plan comprised of stock options (“Options”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). Options provide the right to the purchase of one Series A Common share per option. Stock appreciation rights provide the right to receive cash from the exercise of such right based on the increase in value between the exercise price and the fair market value of Series A Common shares of the Company at the time of exercise. The Company has issued both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options.
The Company accounts for its share- based awards in accordance with ASC Subtopic 718-10, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, which requires fair value measurement on the grant date and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including restricted share awards. For stock options, the Company estimates the fair value using a closed option valuation (Black-Scholes) model. When there are market-related vesting conditions to the vesting term of the share-based compensation, the Company uses a valuation model to estimate the probability of the market-related vesting conditions being met and will record the expense. The fair value of restricted share awards is based upon the quoted market price of the common shares on the date of grant. The fair value is then expensed over the requisite service periods of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures, which is generally the performance period and the related amount is recognized in the consolidated and combined statements of operations.
The fair value models require the input of certain assumptions that require the Company’s judgment, including the expected term and the expected share price volatility of the underlying share. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based compensation represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change resulting in the use of different assumptions, share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from management’s estimates, the share-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what the Company has recorded in the current period.
Financial Instruments
Measurement
All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition, plus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets and financial liabilities with embedded derivatives are considered separately when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest. Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of the subsequent accounting periods. All other financial assets including equity investments are measured at their fair values at the end of subsequent accounting periods, with any changes taken through profit and loss or other comprehensive income (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For financial liabilities measured subsequently at FVTPL, changes in fair value due to credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income.
123
Fair Value
The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Impairment
The Company assesses all information available, including on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, the Company compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset at the reporting date with the risk of default at the date of initial recognition based on all information available, and reasonable and supportive forward-looking information. For accounts receivable only, the Company applies the simplified approach as permitted by ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The simplified approach to the recognition of expected losses does not require the Company to track the changes in credit risk; rather, the Company recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date from the date of the trade receivable.
Expected credit losses are measured as the difference in the present value of the contractual cash flows that are due to the Company under the contract, and the cash flows that the Company expects to receive. The Company assesses all information available, including past due status, credit ratings, the existence of third-party insurance, and forward-looking macro-economic factors in the measurement of the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The Company measures expected credit loss by considering the risk of default over the contract period and incorporates forward-looking information into its measurement.
Changes in Accounting Policies Including Adoption
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019- 12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321)”, “Investments— Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323)”, and “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)”, which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. ASU 2020-01 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
124
Financial Instruments and Other Instruments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
GH Group’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, investments, notes receivable trade payables, accrued liabilities, operating lease liabilities and notes payable. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy. This is described, as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions and are not based on observable market data.
There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years.
Other Risks and Uncertainties
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of a potential loss to the Company if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The maximum credit exposure at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and due from related party. The Company does not have significant credit risk with respect to its customers. All cash and cash equivalents are placed with major U.S. financial institutions. The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk but has limited risk as the majority of its sales are transacted with cash.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to settle obligations and liabilities when due. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, cash generated from ongoing operations was not sufficient to fund operations and growth strategy as discussed above in “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
Currency Risk
The operating results and financial position of the Company are reported in U.S. dollars. Some of the Company’s financial transactions are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The results of the Company’s operations are subject to currency transaction and translation risks. The Company’s main risk is associated with fluctuations in Canadian dollars. The Company holds cash in U.S. dollars, investments denominated in U.S. dollars, debt denominated in U.S. dollars and equity denominated in U.S. and Canadian dollars. Such assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated based on the Company’s foreign currency translation policy. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no hedging agreements in place with respect to foreign exchange rates. The Company has not entered into any agreements or purchased any instruments to hedge possible currency risks at this time.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Cash and cash equivalents bear interest at market rates. The Company’s financial liabilities have fixed rates of interest and therefore expose the Company to a limited interest rate fair value risk.
Price Risk
Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of investments held in privately-held entities are based on a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
125
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Period Ended August 31, 2019 and the Year Ended December 31, 2018 – Bud and Bloom
Overview
Bud and Bloom (“the Company”) consists of the combined financial statements of Saint Gertrude Management Company, LLC (“SGMC”) and Bud and Bloom (“BNB”). The Company is a cannabis company that operates a dispensary in the city of Santa Ana, California.
See “Description of Business” for an overview of the Company and “Regulatory Overview” for details regarding the California regulatory framework.
Recent Developments
Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
On August 31, 2019, GH Group, Inc (“GH Group”). completed the acquisition of the Company for aggregate consideration of $1,912,000 which is comprised of all cash at closing.
Major Business Lines and Geographies
The Company views its financial results under one business line – the procurement and sale of cannabis retail products in the city of Santa Ana, California.
Geographic Areas
All of the Company’s revenue is derived from the city of Santa Ana, California cannabis market.
Market Update and Objectives
The state of California represents the largest single market for cannabis in the U.S., with over $7 billion in revenues in 2020 and an adult population of over 31 million. The California market is highly fragmented, with over 6,000 cultivation licenses in operation, over 1,000 distribution licenses over 700 operational dispensaries and greater than 1,000 brands. With this backdrop, and with the acquisition of the Company by GH Group, GH Group along with its other retail dispensaries look to expand its retail presence and brand name that allow GH Group to outperform competitors and build superior brand awareness and loyalty.
126
Results of Operations
The following are the results of our operations for the period end August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 3,809,773 | $ | 4,249,638 | ||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 2,232,857 | 2,890,836 | ||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,576,916 | 1,358,802 | ||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||
| General and Administrative | 920,442 | 1,350,857 | ||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 129,010 | 173,918 | ||||||
| Professional Fees | 70,592 | 127,500 | ||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 62,374 | 90,238 | ||||||
| Total Expenses | 1,182,418 | 1,742,513 | ||||||
| Income (Loss) from Operations | 394,498 | (383,711 | ) | |||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||
| Interest Expense | 354,162 | 256,343 | ||||||
| Other Income, Net | (34,742 | ) | (5,092 | ) | ||||
| Total Other Expense | 319,420 | 251,252 | ||||||
| Income (Loss) from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | 75,078 | (634,962 | ) | |||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 430,205 | 250,493 | ||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (355,127 | ) | $ | (885,455 | ) | ||
Revenue
For the period ended August 31, 2019
For the period ended August 31, 2019, revenue was $3.8 million ($5.7 million annualized, which represents an increase of $1.5 million or 34% annualized from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Revenue growth in 2019 was primarily driven by an increase in awareness of the Company’s operations. The Company began operations in Q1 of 2018.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue was $4.2 million. Revenues during 2018 consists of all retail products sold at its Santa Ana, California location which began sales in Q1 2018.
Cost of Goods Sold
For the period ended August 31, 2019
For the period ended August 31, 2019, cost of goods sold was $2.2 million, which represents an increase of $3.3 million or 16% annualized from the prior year amount of $2.9 million. Cost of goods sold growth in 2019 was primarily driven by an increase in awareness of the Company’s operations. The Company began operations in Q1 of 2018.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, cost of goods sold was $2.9 million. The Company’s cost of goods sold is a direct result of the Company’s retail operations during 2018.
General and Administrative
For the period ended August 31, 2019
For the period ended August 31, 2019, general and administrative expenses was $0.9 million, which represents a negligible increase (less than 2% increase on an annualized basis) from $1.4 million in 2018.
127
For the year ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, general and administrative expenses was $1.4 million. General and administrative expenses include salary expenses, employee benefits, selling costs and incidental expenses related to its retail operations.
Sales & Marketing
For the period ended August 31, 2019
For the period ended August 31, 2019, sales and marketing expenses was $0.1 million, which represents an increase of $0.2 million or 11% annualized from the prior year amount of $0.2 million. Marketing expenses increased year over year to support the Company’s retail operations, which began Q1 2018.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, The Company incurred $0.2 million of sales and marketing expenses for general advertising and promotions in various media outlets.
Professional Fees
For the period ended August 31, 2019
For the period ended August 31, 2019, professional fees were $0.1 million, which represents a negligible increase on an annualized basis from $0.1 million in 2018.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, professional fees were $ 0.1 million. Professional fees in 2018 represent fees paid to part time operational and accounting consultants and for legal and advisory fees.
Other Expense
For the period ended August 31, 2019
For the period ended August 31, 2019, net other expenses were $0.3 million, which represents a increase of $0.2 million or 91% annualized from the prior year amount of $0.3 million. The increase from 2018 was primarily a result of the increase in our interest expense due to increased debt borrowings in 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018, net other expenses were $0.3 million. Net other expenses in 2018 is primarily represented by interest expense ($0.3 million).
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Historically, the Company’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions by investors and debt issuances. The Company expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to fund the Company from its capital resources in order to meet liquidity needs.
128
Financial Condition
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes the Company’s combined statement of cash flows from operations for the year end period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES | $ | 231,512 | $ | 110,911 | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (13,632 | ) | (15,600 | ) | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | (62,219 | ) | 17,383 | |||||
| NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 155,660 | 112,694 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 234,630 | 121,936 | ||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 390,291 | $ | 234,630 | ||||
Cash Flow Provided by Operating Activities
For the period ended August 31, 2019
Cash provided by operating activities totaled $0.2 million for the period ended August 31, 2019. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $0.4 million during the period ended August 31, 2019. The use of cash in operations was offset by the increase in income taxes payable ($0.3 million) and non-cash expense of amortization of debt discount ($0.2 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Cash provided by operating activities totaled $0.1 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $0.9 million during the year, offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($0.3) million, increases in income taxes payable ($0.2 million), reduction of inventory ($0.1 million) and non-cash expense from depreciation ($0.1 million) and non-cash interest expense capitalized to notes payable ($0.2 million)
Cash Flow Used in Investing Activities
For the period ended August 31, 2019
Cash used in investing activities totaled $0.01 million for the period ended August 31, 2019 all related to the purchase of property equipment.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Cash used in investing activities totaled $0.02 million for 2018 all related to the purchase of property and equipment.
129
Cash Flow (Used In) Provided by Financing Activities
For the period ended August 31, 2019
Cash used in financing activities totaled $0.1 million for the period ended August 31, 2019. This was primarily driven by cash payments on notes payable to related parties ($0.1 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $0.02 million for 2018. This was primarily driven by cash proceeds from the issuance of notes payable during the period ($0.05 million), offset by payments on notes payable ($0.03 million).
As previously noted, the Company’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions and debt capital made available from investors. The Company expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to fund the Company from its capital resources in order to meet liquidity needs. The Company does not have any committed sources of financing, nor significant outstanding capital expenditure commitments.
Contractual Obligations
The Company has contractual obligations to make future payments, including debt agreements and lease agreements from third parties and related parties.
The following table summarizes such obligations as of August 31, 2019:
| 2020 | 2021 | 2022 - 2023 | After 2023 | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| Notes Payable | $ | 2,720,457 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 2,720,457 | ||||||||||
| Leases | 121,800 | 372,654 | 779,184 | 1,627,602 | 2,901,240 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Contractual Obligations | $ | 2,842,257 | $ | 372,654 | $ | 779,184 | $ | 1,627,602 | $ | 5,621,697 | ||||||||||
Transactions with Related Parties
Related Party Debt
The loans to related parties with an outstanding balance of $2,720,457 and $2,421,675 as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, were originally issued in October 2016 and matures in October 2021. The holders have the option to convert all but not less than all the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest into 50 percent of issued and authorized units of the Company.
On August 31, 2019, the owners of the Company forgave their notes payable due by the Company in the amount of $250,129. The note payable forgiven by the owners of the Company was recorded as a non-cash contribution to the Company.
Subsequent to August 31, 2019 as part of the acquisition by GH Group, Inc., $2,720,457 of related party convertible debt was converted to equity of the Company subsequent to the sale of the Company.
Related Party Operating Leases
The Company leases property from a related party under an operating lease agreement that specifies minimum rentals. The lease expires in October 2027 and contains certain renewal provisions. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis. As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, deferred rent was $220,018 and $210,602, respectively. The Company’s rent expense was approximately $249,000 and $374,000 for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively and recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
130
Critical Accounting Estimates
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation of property and equipment, inventory valuation, long-lived asset impairment, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
Estimated Useful Lives and Depreciation of Property and Equipment
Depreciation of property and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long- lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity-specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
131
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Changes in Accounting Policies Including Adoption
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019- 12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its combined financial position and combined results of operations.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321)”, “Investments— Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323)”, and “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)”, which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. ASU 2020-01 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its combined financial position and combined results of operations.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its combined financial position and combined results of operations.
132
Financial Instruments and Other Instruments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade payables, accrued liabilities and notes payable. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy. This is described, as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions and are not based on observable market data.
There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years.
Other Risks and Uncertainties
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of a potential loss to the Company if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The maximum credit exposure at June 29, 2019 is the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and due from related party. The Company does not have significant credit risk with respect to its customers. All cash and cash equivalents are placed with major U.S. financial institutions. The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk but has limited risk as the majority of its sales are transacted with cash.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to settle obligations and liabilities when due. As of June 29, 2019, cash generated from ongoing operations was not sufficient to fund operations and growth strategy as discussed above in “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
Currency Risk
The operating results and financial position of the Company are reported in U.S. dollars. Some of the Company’s financial transactions are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The results of the Company’s operations are subject to currency transaction and translation risks. The Company’s main risk is associated with fluctuations in Canadian dollars. The Company holds cash in U.S. dollars, investments denominated in U.S. dollars, debt denominated in U.S. dollars and equity denominated in U.S. and Canadian dollars. Such assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated based on the Company’s foreign currency translation policy. As of June 29, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Company had no hedging agreements in place with respect to foreign exchange rates. The Company has not entered into any agreements or purchased any instruments to hedge possible currency risks at this time.
133
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Cash and cash equivalents bear interest at market rates. The Company’s financial liabilities have fixed rates of interest and therefore expose the Company to a limited interest rate fair value risk.
Price Risk
Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of investments held in privately-held entities are based on a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
134
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 – iCann
Overview
iCann, LLC (“the Company”) is a cannabis company that operates a dispensary in the city of Berkley, California.
See “Description of Business” for an overview of the Company and “Regulatory Overview” for details regarding the California regulatory framework.
Recent Developments
Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
On January 1, 2021, GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group”) completed the acquisition of 100% of the Company’s equity interests. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, GH Group elected to convert its earlier issued convertible notes with a principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of the Company, paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of the Company’s equity interests, issued 7,554,679 Class A Common shares to the holders of the Company’s equity interests; and issued an additional 500,000 Class A Common shares to the Company’s brokers and consultants.
Major Business Lines and Geographies
The Company views its financial results under one business line – the procurement and sale of cannabis retail products in the city of Berkley, California.
Geographic Areas
All of the Company’s revenue is derived from the city of Berkley, California cannabis market.
Market Update and Objectives
The state of California represents the largest single market for cannabis in the U.S., with over $7 billion in revenues in 2020 and an adult population of over 31 million. The California market is highly fragmented, with over 6,000 cultivation licenses in operation, over 1,000 distribution licenses over 700 operational dispensaries and greater than 1,000 brands. With this backdrop, and with the acquisition of the Company by GH Group, GH Group along with its other retail dispensaries look to expand its retail presence and brand name that allow GH Group to outperform competitors and build superior brand awareness and loyalty.
Results of Operations
The following are the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 3,607,307 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 2,621,272 | - | - | |||||||||
| Gross Profit | 986,035 | - | - | |||||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and Administrative | 1,798,289 | 60,142 | 44,771 | |||||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 166,784 | 9,736 | 2,728 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 71,570 | 293,208 | 220,735 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 108,672 | - | - | |||||||||
| Total Expenses | 2,145,315 | 363,086 | 268,234 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations | (1,159,280 | ) | (363,086 | ) | (268,234 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||||||
| Interest Expense | 327,104 | 12,169 | - | |||||||||
| Interest Income | - | (68 | ) | (127 | ) | |||||||
| Other Expense, Net | 32,566 | - | - | |||||||||
| Total Other Expense (Income), Net | 359,670 | 12,101 | (127 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (1,518,950 | ) | (375,187 | ) | (268,107 | ) | ||||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 207,868 | 800 | 800 | |||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (1,726,818 | ) | $ | (375,987 | ) | $ | (268,907 | ) | |||
135
Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue was $3.6 million, an increase from $0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company began retail sales in February 2020.
Cost of Goods Sold
For the year ended December 31, 2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, cost of goods sold was $2.6 million, an increase from $0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company began retail sales in February 2020.
General and Administrative
For the year ended December 31, 2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, general and administrative expenses was $1.8 million, an increase of $1.7 million or 2,890% from the prior year amount of $0.1 million. The increase in general and administrative expenses is due to the Company having started sales and ramping up operations in February 2020. In the prior year, the Company was not fully operational and had minor operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2019, general and administrative expenses was $0.1 million, a negligible increase from 2018. In 2019 and in 2018, the Company was not fully operational and had minor operations.
Sales & Marketing
For the year ended December 31, 2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, sales and marketing expenses was $0.2 million, which represents an increase of $0.2 million or 1,613% from the prior year amount of $0.0 million. Marketing expenses increased year over year to support the Company’s retail operations, which began February 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, sales and marketing expenses was negligible as the Company had not begun operations until February 2020.
Professional Fees
For the year ended December 31, 2020
For the year ended December 31, 2020, professional fees were $0.1 million, which represents a decrease of $0.2 million or 76% from $0.3 million in 2019. The decline in professional fees in 2019 was a result of the Company expending much of its up front costs in 2019 and 2018 to start the Company and obtain the cannabis license.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2019 professional fees were $0.3 million, which represents an increase of $0.1 million or 33% from $0.2 million in 2018. Professional fees for 2019 and 2018 represents fees paid to consultants, outside accountants and legal fees related to starting up the Company and the process of obtaining the cannabis license.
136
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Historically, the Company’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions by investors and debt issuances. The Company expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to fund the Company from its capital resources in order to meet liquidity needs.
Financial Condition
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes the Company’s combined statement of cash flows from operations for the year end year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | $ | (661,124 | ) | $ | (319,990 | ) | $ | (298,528 | ) | |||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (117,238 | ) | (546,727 | ) | (137,352 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 900,000 | 876,000 | 452,350 | |||||||||
| NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 121,638 | 9,283 | 16,470 | |||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 37,290 | 28,007 | 11,537 | |||||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 158,928 | 37,290 | $ | 28,007 | |||||||
Cash Flow Used In Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020
Cash used in operating activities totaled $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $1.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The use of cash in operations was offset by the increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($0.8 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Cash used in operating activities totaled $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash flows from other operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was negligible.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Cash used in operating activities totaled $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily driven by the net loss incurred of $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash flows from other operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was negligible.
137
Cash Flow Used in Investing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020
Cash used in investing activities totaled $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 all related to the purchase of property equipment.
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Cash used in investing activities totaled $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 all related to the purchase of property equipment.
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Cash used in investing activities totaled $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 all related to the purchase of property equipment.
Cash Flow Provided by Financing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This was primarily driven by the issuance of convertible debt during the year ($0.9 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This was primarily driven by the issuance of convertible debt during the year ($1.13 million), offset by a payment of a distribution to a member ($0.3 million).
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Cash provided by financing activities totaled $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily driven by a contribution ($0.5 million) from a member during the year.
As previously noted, the Company’s primary source of liquidity has been capital contributions and debt capital made available from investors and members. The Company expects to generate positive cash flow from its operations going forward and expects such positive cash flow to be its principal source of future liquidity. In the event sufficient cash flow is not available from operating activities, GH Group may continue to fund the Company from its capital resources in order to meet liquidity needs. The Company does not have any committed sources of financing, nor significant outstanding capital expenditure commitments.
Contractual Obligations
The Company has contractual obligations to make future payments, on related party lease agreements.
The following table summarizes such obligations as of December 31, 2020:
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 - 2024 | After 2024 | Total | ||||||||||||||||
| Leases | $ | 240,000 | $ | 240,000 | $ | 480,000 | $ | 1,460,000 | $ | 2,420,000 | ||||||||||
| Total Contractual Obligations | $ | 240,000 | $ | 240,000 | $ | 480,000 | $ | 1,460,000 | $ | 2,420,000 | ||||||||||
138
Transactions with Related Parties
The Company leases property from a related party under a operating lease agreement that specifies minimum rentals. The lease expires in January 2031 and contains certain renewal provisions. The Company’s rent expense was $220,000, $4,955 and $12,576 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.
The Company had various loans with related parties throughout 2020, 2019 and 2018. The outstanding balances of $0, $125,500, and $95,500 as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were due on demand and bear no interest. During the year ended December 31, 2020, to induce the holders to convert their amounts due to equity of the Company, the Company agreed to increase the amounts due in the form of additional interest in the amount of $32,300. The total balance converted to equity during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $157,800.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, inventory valuation, long-lived asset impairment, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
Estimated Useful Lives and Depreciation and Amortization of Property and Equipment
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is dependent upon estimates of useful lives which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity-specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
139
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Changes in Accounting Policies Including Adoption
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for any removed or modified disclosures. The adoption of this ASU during the year ended December 31, 2020 had no material impact on these financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its combined financial position and combined results of operations.
140
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its combined financial position and combined results of operations.
Issued in February 2016, ASU No. 2016-02 established ASC Topic 842, Leases, as amended by subsequent ASUs on the topic, which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to apply a two-method approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase. Lessees are required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. Lessees will recognize expense based on the effective interest method for finance leases or on a straight-line basis for operating leases. The accounting applied by the lessor is largely unchanged from that applied under the existing lease standard. The Company will be required to record a right-of-use asset and lease liability equal to the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments and will continue to recognize expense on a straight-line basis upon adoption of this standard. The Company expects to record a decrease in long-term prepaid rent, reduction in its deferred rents, and an increase in lease liabilities and right of use assets upon adoption. The Company does not expect any impact to members’ equity (deficit) upon transition. ASU 2016-02 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 for non-public entities.
Financial Instruments and Other Instruments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade payables, accrued liabilities and notes payable. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy. This is described, as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions and are not based on observable market data.
There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years.
Other Risks and Uncertainties
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of a potential loss to the Company if a customer or third party to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The maximum credit exposure at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and due from related party. The Company does not have significant credit risk with respect to its customers. All cash and cash equivalents are placed with major U.S. financial institutions. The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk but has limited risk as the majority of its sales are transacted with cash.
141
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company manages liquidity risk through the management of its capital structure. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to settle obligations and liabilities when due. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, cash generated from ongoing operations was not sufficient to fund operations and growth strategy as discussed above in “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
Currency Risk
The operating results and financial position of the Company are reported in U.S. dollars. Some of the Company’s financial transactions are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The results of the Company’s operations are subject to currency transaction and translation risks. The Company’s main risk is associated with fluctuations in Canadian dollars. The Company holds cash in U.S. dollars, investments denominated in U.S. dollars, debt denominated in U.S. dollars and equity denominated in U.S. and Canadian dollars. Such assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated based on the Company’s foreign currency translation policy. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no hedging agreements in place with respect to foreign exchange rates. The Company has not entered into any agreements or purchased any instruments to hedge possible currency risks at this time.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Cash and cash equivalents bear interest at market rates. The Company’s financial liabilities have fixed rates of interest and therefore expose the Company to a limited interest rate fair value risk.
Price Risk
Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of investments held in privately-held entities are based on a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
142
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.
A. Directors and senior management.
The names, functions and business address of our directors and executive officers are set out below.
| Name | Function | Business Address |
| Kyle Kazan | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Graham Farrar | President and Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Robert (“Jamie”) Mendola | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Lameck Humble Lukanga | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| George Raveling | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Hector De La Torre | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Robert (“Bob”) Hoban | Director | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Derek Higgins | Chief Financial Officer | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Jamin Horn | General Counsel and Corporate Secretary | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Joe Andreae | Vice President, Business Development | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
| Daryl Kato | Chief Operating Officer | 3645 Long Beach Blvd., Long Beach, California 90807 |
Biographies
Set forth below is certain biographical information furnished to us by our directors and executive officers.
143
Kyle Kazan, Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
A seasoned investor and expert manager of private equity funds with over two (2) decades of domestic and international experience, Kyle has a track record of growing de novo companies to industry leadership in the fields of fund/asset management, property management and insurance. In 1991, he began investing in real estate, eventually launching a total of 23 private equity funds with a current estimated value of owned and managed properties that stands above $2.75 billion. Kyle also served on the boards of multiple international investment and hedge funds before pivoting in 2016 to the regulated cannabis industry, where he closed four funds and consolidated them to form the vertically integrated GH Group. Since his early service as a special education teacher and law enforcement officer, Kyle has been a vocal advocate for police reform and ending the War on Drugs and its injustices, speaking on behalf of Law Enforcement Against Prohibition (LEAP) and appearing in many media outlets ranging from CNN to Fox. He is a frequent guest professor at NYU Stern School of Business, USC Marshall Business School, and UCLA Anderson School of Management, and Kyle is a graduate of the University of Southern California, where he played varsity basketball for Hall of Fame Coach George Raveling.
Graham Farrar, President and Director
Graham is a serial entrepreneur who began his career as part of the original team at Software.com, taking the company public in 1999. Shortly thereafter, he served on the board of Seacology and was part of the founding team at Sonos, where he was involved with product design, development, sales, and customer support. After Sonos, Farrar served as a board member for Heal the Ocean, was a founder and partner of ebook publishers iStoryTime Inc. and zuuka, and founded a Santa Barbara luxury rental company. He first ventured into the regulated cannabis industry by founding Elite Garden Wholesale, an agriculture technology company focused on developing products for the hydroponics industry. Farrar currently sits on the Board of Directors of The Santa Barbara Bowl Foundation.
Derrek Higgins, Chief Financial Officer
Derrek Higgins serves as Chief Financial Officer for GH Group. Derrek has day to day responsibility managing the financial actions and planning of GH Group, overseeing cash flow, leading capital raises, analyzing mergers and acquisitions, and implementing growth strategies. He has more than 20 years of public and private company financial expertise in preparing venture-backed startups for public listings, representing shareholders and implementing comprehensive profitability and working capital plans. Derrek has held various key roles throughout his career, including most recently as the Chief Financial Officer and board member of FLRish Inc., the parent company of Harborside Inc, where helped lead the completion of Harborside’s reverse takeover of FLRish, Inc., recapitalized the business and implemented public reporting frameworks, accounting policies and operational transformation initiatives across Harborside, its subsidiaries and controlled entities. Prior to FLRish/Harborside, Higgins served as a consultant for The Brenner Group LLC, where he provided Chief Financial Officer advisory services to venture-backed startups and mid-size companies, developed and executed strategic plans, raised capital and managed shareholder representation. Derrek also served as a strategic consultant at Alvarez & Marsal, a global professional services firm known for its work in turnaround management and performance improvement of large, high-profile businesses both in the U.S. and internationally, providing critical assistance to companies in crisis situations and helping to stabilize financial and operational performance by developing and implementing comprehensive profitability and working capital plans. Higgins holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from Arizona State University, an MBA from the USC Marshall School of Business, and a CPA (inactive) in the state of California.
Jamin Horn, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Jamin has over a decade of legal experience in counseling high-growth private and public companies, principally in the medical and digital technology sectors, and over six years of experience advising California and multi-state cannabis operators and associated technology service providers. Prior to becoming an attorney, he worked on investor-side early-stage financing and intellectual property commercialization planning and analysis. Jamin joined FLRish, Inc., the parent company of Harborside, in 2017 as Associate Counsel, where he was responsible for corporate and commercial transactions through the company’s growth and public listing before departing at the end of 2020 as VP of Corporate Affairs. He is a member of the California bar, the Association of Corporation Counsel, and the International Cannabis Bar Association, and he holds a JD from UC Davis School of Law and a BS in Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Biology from UC Santa Cruz.
Daryl Kato, Chief Operating Officer
Daryl is a seasoned leader with over 20 years of experience in operations, finance, accounting, and technology across multiple industry sectors and consumer packaged goods categories. Most recently, he served as the Chief Financial Officer and Board Director at Nissin Foods USA. Prior to that, he co-founded and sold a digital out-of-home advertising company and completed several business transformation projects while with Nestlé USA, Global Nestle Professional, Farmer Brothers (NASDAQ: FARM), and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group (NYSE: MUFG). Kato began his career in Deloitte’s audit practice where he earned his CPA license. He holds a BA in Business Economics & minor in Accounting from the University of California at Los Angeles and an MBA from USC Marshall School of Business.
144
Joe Andreae, Vice President, Business Development
Joe is a true veteran of legal cannabis markets, having spent over a decade as a serial cannabis entrepreneur. With multiple endeavors spanning 3 states, he has acquired a range of expertise that encompasses nearly every aspect of the cannabis business, beginning in the cultivation supply sector with lighting and hydroponic equipment for the medical market. From there, he dove ever-deeper into the industry, as a pioneer of the extraction sector in Colorado, co-owner of a medical cannabis dispensary in California, founder/owner of Madrone Oregon, which held 11 state cultivation licenses, and President of the ceramic accessories brand, Hive. Most recently, he served as the CEO of a premium California concentrates brand for three years, before bringing his extensive industry knowledge and leadership to GH Group.
Jocelyn Rosenwald, Director
Jocelyn began her career as a Teach for America Corps member in New York City. She began her career in real estate investment in 2013 with Beach Front Properties LLC and managed a $500M portfolio of opportunistic real estate investments. In November of 2016, Rosenwald began supervising the operations of 4 funds in the regulated cannabis industry which would eventually be consolidated to form GH Group. Today, Rosenwald sits on the board of GH Group as a director. She holds a BA from the University of Pennsylvania, an MA in Education from Hunter College, and an MBA from UCLA Anderson School of Business. She is a Co-founder and current Board Director of GH Group.
Jamie Mendola, Director
Jamie Mendola is the Head of Strategy and M&A for Mercer Park L.P., which is a family office focused on the cannabis sector that controls the Sponsor. Mercer Park provides management services to Ayr Wellness, a U.S. multi-state operator with key assets in 7 states and the parent of the Sponsor of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. Jamie has nearly 20 years of experience as a public and private equity investor and has been an active investor in the cannabis industry for several years. Prior to joining Mercer Park, Jamie was the CEO and Portfolio Manager of Pacific Grove Capital, a San Francisco-based hedge fund focused primarily on investments in consumer, technology and cannabis. He also managed the Pacific Grove Opportunity Fund, which focused on special purpose acquisition companies (SPACs), and was one of the top performing hedge funds during its tenure. Pacific Grove was named the best new hedge fund by Hedge Funds Review in 2015 and Jamie received accolades from Institutional Investor as a Hedge Fund Rising Star and was named as one of Tomorrow’s Titans by The Hedge Fund Journal. Prior to founding Pacific Grove in 2014, Jamie was a Partner at Scout Capital, which had assets under management of approximately $7 billion. He was a senior member of the firm’s Investment and Risk Committees and helped to build Scout’s west coast office. Previously, Jamie worked as a Principal of Watershed Asset Management, a private equity analyst at JLL Partners and an investment banking analyst at J.P. Morgan Chase. Jamie graduated with a B.S. in Management, summa cum laude, from Binghamton University in 1999, where he was also a 4-year letter- winner in Baseball, and earned his M.B.A. from Stanford’s Graduate School of Business in 2005. He resides in San Francisco with his wife and four sons.
Lameck Humble Lukanga, Director
Lameck Humble Lukanga was born in a small village in Uganda, where he spent the first decade of his life enduring genocide, famine and extreme poverty. At the age of 11, he and his family were granted a political asylum, allowing them to come to the United States to seek refuge, which he calls “the biggest blessing of my life.” Since, Humble has gone on to become a venerable young leader in finance. Humble owns Life Line Financial Group, a wealth management firm servicing world-class performers and leaders in business, sports and entertainment. In addition to Life Line Financial, Humble serves on the board of trustees for the University of New Mexico and the board of directors for various companies. He holds both a Bachelors and Masters in Business Administration from the Anderson School of Management at the University of New Mexico, received a Personal Finance Planning degree from UCLA and holds the CFP credential. Humble is passionate about social entrepreneurship, financial literacy, freedom and the orphans of Uganda. He is a philanthropist, teacher and self-proclaimed “ambassador of hope”.
145
George Raveling, Director
One of basketball’s most impactful Hall of Fame coaches, George has defined his career, from basketball to business, by his relentless dedication to leadership and mentoring. In 1964, he joined the coaching staff at his alma mater, Villanova, before becoming the first African American basketball coach in the Pacific-8 Conference (now the Pac-12), the head coach at Washington State, the University of Iowa and USC, and an assistant coach of the medal-winning U.S. Olympic teams of 1984 and 1988. While coaching, he published two books and afterwards became a broadcaster for Fox Sports and CBS. Nike subsequently named George Director of International Basketball, kicking off his life as an executive; he would go on to key positions on the boards of the NCAA, NABC, USA Basketball, and Nike, Inc. He was the recipient of the Naismith Memorial Hall of Fame’s John W. Bunn Lifetime Achievement Award and the co-founder, with former NFL GM Michael Lombardi, of leadership program The Daily Coach. As a result of his dedication to civil rights and service as additional security during 1963’s famed March on Washington, George is the current guardian of the original draft of Martin Luther King’s “I Have a Dream” speech.
Bob Hoban, Director
Bob Hoban sits at the center of a large commercial cannabis industry network, a cannabis industry ecosystem that he has cultivated since 2008 as an attorney, an entrepreneur, and an executive. Bob has earned a reputation as a cannabis industry dealmaker representing start-ups, entrepreneurs, governments, and companies in all stages of development. He is a visionary industry leader, who has founded, created, bought, and sold over fifteen of his own cannabis companies. He has served as a C-Suite executive in multiple companies and as a director on a number of boards. He is Co-Founder of Gateway Proven Strategies, a leading global cannabis industry consulting firm. He constructed the Hoban Law Group to become a leading full-service commercial cannabis industry law firm. And Bob served as a cannabis policy instructor at the University of Denver, where he lectured regarding cannabis regulation and policy. He has crafted cannabis policy solutions for over thirty different countries around the world and has consistently been recognized as one of the most influential people in the global cannabis industry by a variety of organizations and publications over the course of the past twelve years. Bob received his Ph.D. in Public Affairs from the University of Colorado, his J.D. from the University of Wyoming and his B.A. from Rutgers University.
Hector De La Torre, Director
Hector’s career has been defined by his public service and outstanding record of leadership. From 2004-10, Hector represented the 50th District in southeast Los Angeles County to the California State Assembly, where he focused on health care, the environment, and good governance. Previously, he was a member of the South Gate City Council for 8 years, including serving 2 years as Mayor. In 2011, Hector became the Assembly-Appointed Member of the California Air Resources Board, a position he still holds, where he focuses on goods movement, environmental justice, and green technologies. He served as the executive director of the Transamerica Center for Health Studies, a national nonprofit focused on helping people better understand health coverage, and today is chair of the board at L.A. Care, the largest public health plan in America, as well as a trustee of Occidental College, where he received his B.A. He did his graduate studies at the Elliott School of International Affairs at the George Washington University. Hector has been an early and vocal advocate for cannabis policy reform and remains dedicated to serving the industry.
There is no family relationship among any of our directors or executive officers named above.
There is no arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any director or executive officer named above was selected as a director or member of senior management, except that Element 7 CA, LLC identified Robert Hoban as a candidate for our board membership, who was subsequently approved as a director. However, Element 7 CA, LLC did not vote for Robert Hoban’s approval and no such vote was required.
146
B. Compensation.
We operate in a competitive and rapidly evolving market. To succeed in this environment and to achieve our business and financial objectives, we need to attract, retain and motivate a highly talented team of executives. Our team possesses and demonstrates strong leadership and management capabilities, as well as foster our company culture, which is at the foundation of our success and remains a pivotal part of our everyday operations.
Following the closing of the Transaction, we’ll design our executive compensation program to achieve the following objectives:
| • | provide market-competitive compensation opportunities in order to attract and retain talented, high-performing and experienced executive officers, whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success; |
| • | motivate these executive officers to achieve our business objectives; |
| • | align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders by tying a meaningful portion of compensation directly to the long-term value and growth of our business; and |
| • | provide incentives that encourage appropriate levels of risk-taking by the executive team. |
Our “named executive officers” include Kyle Kazan as the Chief Executive Officer, Graham Farrer as President, Derek Higgins as Chief Financial Officer, Jamin Horn as Corporate Secretary, Daryl Kato as Chief Marketing Officer and Joe Andreae as Vice President, Business Development. An issuer’s “named executive officers” are comprised of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (or individuals who serve in similar capacities), and its next three most highly compensated executive officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, whose total compensation is, individually, more than C$150,000.
Although formal executive compensation arrangements for our executive officers have not yet been determined, it is anticipated that we will adopt a compensation structure for executive officers that is consistent with our peers and designed to provide strong incentive for business growth. We will continue to evaluate its philosophy and compensation programs as circumstances require and plan to review compensation on an annual basis. As part of this review process, it is expected that we will be guided by the philosophy and objectives outlined above, as well as other factors which may become relevant, such as the cost to find a replacement for a key employee.
Our annual retainer fee or attendance fee for directors has not been established. However, we may establish directors’ fees for non-executive directors in the future, in consultation with a compensation consultant or advisor, and will reimburse directors for all reasonable expenses incurred in order to attend meetings.
Benchmarking
Our executive team is expected to establish an appropriate comparator group for purposes of setting the future compensation of the named executive officers (“NEOs”).
Elements of Compensation
The compensation of our NEOs is expected to be comprised of the following major elements: (a) base salary; (b) an annual, discretionary cash bonus; and (c) long-term equity incentives, consisting of stock options, restricted stock awards, performance compensation awards and/or other applicable awards granted under the Equity Incentive Plan and any other equity plan that may be approved by our Board from time to time. These principal elements of compensation are described below.
Base Salary
Base salaries are intended to provide an appropriate level of fixed compensation that will assist in employee retention and recruitment. Base salaries will be determined on an individual basis, taking into consideration the past, current and potential contribution to our success, our NEO’s experience and expertise, the position and responsibilities of the NEO, and competitive industry pay practices for other high growth, premium brand companies of similar size and revenue growth potential.
147
Annual Cash Bonus
Annual bonuses may be awarded based on qualitative and quantitative performance standards, and will reward performance of the NEO individually. The determination of a NEO’s performance may vary from year to year depending on economic conditions and conditions in the cannabis industry, and may be based on measures such as stock price performance, the meeting of financial targets against budget (such as adjusted funds from operations), the meeting of acquisition objectives and balance sheet performance.
Equity Incentive Plan
Our Board may also decide to grant new options and other securities pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan in the future.
Pension Plan Benefits
We do not intend to implement any deferred compensation plan, pension plan or other forms of funded or unfunded retirement compensation for our employees that provides for payments or benefits at, following or in connection with retirement.
Compensation, Employment Agreements, Termination and Change of Control Benefits
Employment agreements between us and our NEOs are expected to be executed in connection following the closing of the Transaction. It is expected that such employment agreements will contain customary change of control provisions. The specific terms of the employment contracts to be entered into between us and our NEOs will be subject to review and approval by our Board and, other than as described below, have not yet been finalized as of the date of this Shell Company Report. Upon completion of the Transaction, it is expected that we will review and adjust the executive compensation for our NEOs to the extent necessary to ensure that the compensation is in line with our compensation philosophy and objectives and aligned with market practices of similar issues. Accordingly, the information provided below is subject to change following completion of the Transaction.
In respect of the year ended December 31, 2021, the NEOs are expected to have base salaries in the ranges of $220,000 to $450,000, respectively. It is expected that none of the NEOs will be entitled to perquisites or other personal benefits which, in the aggregate, will be worth over $50,000 or over 10% of their base salary.
Following completion of the Transaction, we will continue to evaluate our philosophy and compensation programs as circumstances require and plans to review compensation on an annual basis. As part of this review process, we expect to be guided by the philosophy and objectives outlined above, as well as other factors which may become relevant, such as the cost to us if it were required to find a replacement for a key employee.
Director Compensation
It is anticipated that we will pay compensation to our directors, which may be comprised of cash (including annual fees for attending meetings of our Board and additional compensation for acting as chairs of committees of our Board), stock options and other applicable awards granted in accordance with the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan and the rules and policies of the NEO Exchange in effect from time to time (the “NEO Exchange Policies”), or a combination of both. It is anticipated that we will grant options pursuant to its Equity Incentive Plan to each of our independent directors upon the consummation of the Transaction and thereafter annually. It is anticipated that the directors will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in order to attend meetings of our Board, committees of our Board or meetings of our shareholders. It is also anticipated that we will obtain customary insurance for the benefit of our directors and enter into indemnification agreements with our directors pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify our directors to the extent permitted by applicable law.
148
C. Board practices.
Directors
Our directors are elected by our shareholders at each annual general meeting and expected to hold office until the next annual general meeting at which time they may be re-elected or replaced, unless they resign or are removed by our shareholders prior thereto.
During the last completed financial year, our directors did not have service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries that would provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is primarily responsible for:
| ● | Recommending to the Board the external auditor to be nominated for election by our shareholders at each annual meeting and negotiating the compensation of such external auditor; | |
| ● | Overseeing the work of the external auditor; | |
| ● | Reviewing our financial statements, our management’s discussion and analysis in respect thereof and press releases regarding earnings before they are reviewed and approved by the Board and publicly disseminated by us; and | |
| ● | Reviewing our financial reporting procedures for our public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from its financial statements. | |
The Board has adopted an audit committee charter (“Audit Committee Charter”) which sets out the Audit Committee’s mandate, organization, powers, and responsibilities. A copy of this Audit Committee Charter is attached as an exhibit to this Shell Company Report.
Below are the details of each audit committee member, including his/her name, whether he/she is independent and financially literate as such terms are defined under National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“NI 52-110”) and his/her education and experience as it relates to the performance of his/her duties as an audit committee member. All three audit committee members are financially literate under NI 52-110. The qualifications and independence of each member is discussed below.
| Member Name | Independent(1) | Financially Literate(2) |
Education and Experience Relevant to Performance of Audit Committee Responsibilities |
|||
| Humble Lukanga (Chair) | Yes | Yes | Humble owns Life Line Financial Group, a wealth management firm servicing world-class performers and leaders in business, sports and entertainment. In addition to Life Line Financial, Humble serves on the board of trustees for the University of New Mexico and the board of directors for various companies. He holds both a Bachelors and Masters in Business Administration from the Anderson School of Management at the University of New Mexico, received a Personal Finance Planning degree from UCLA and holds the CFP credential. | |||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | Yes | Yes | Jocelyn began her career as a Teach for America Corps member in New York City. She began her career in real estate investment in 2013 with Beach Front Properties LLC and managed a $500M portfolio of opportunistic real estate investments. In November of 2016, Jocelyn began supervising the operations of 4 funds in the regulated cannabis industry which would eventually be consolidated to form GH Group. Today, Jocelyn sits on the Board of the Company as a director. She holds a BA from the University of Pennsylvania, an MA in Education from Hunter College, and an MBA from UCLA Anderson School of Business. She is a co-founder of GH Group and current director of the Company. |
149
| Hector De La Torre | Yes | Yes | Hector’s career has been defined by his public service and outstanding record of leadership. From 2004-10, Hector represented the 50th District in southeast Los Angeles County to the California State Assembly, where he focused on health care, the environment, and good governance. Previously, he was a member of the South Gate City Council for 8 years, including serving 2 years as Mayor. In 2011, Hector became the Assembly-Appointed Member of the California Air Resources board of directors, a position he still holds, where he focuses on goods movement, environmental justice, and green technologies. He served as the executive director of the Transamerica Center for Health Studies, a national non-profit focused on helping people better understand health coverage, and today is chair of the board at L.A. Care, the largest public health plan in America, as well as a trustee of Occidental College, where he received his B.A. He did his graduate studies at the Elliott School of International Affairs at the George Washington University. Hector has been an early and vocal advocate for cannabis policy reform and remains dedicated to serving the industry. |
Notes:
| (1) | Independent within the meaning of NI 52-110. | |
| (2) | An individual is financially literate within the meaning of NI 52-110 if he or she has the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues and can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Company’s financial statements. |
Since the commencement of our most recently completed financial year, there has not been a recommendation of the Audit Committee to nominate or compensate an external auditor which was not adopted by the Board.
The Audit Committee has adopted specific policies and procedures for the engagement of non-audit services as described in the Audit Committee Charter.
150
The following table discloses the fees billed to the Company by its external auditor during the last fiscal year ended December 31, 2020:
| Audit | Audit Related | Tax | All Other | |||||||||||||
| Financial Year Ended | Fees(1) | Fees | Fees | Fees | ||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | $ | 93,277 | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Notes:
| (1) | The aggregate fees billed for audit services. |
Compensation, Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee (“C&CG Committee”)
The C&CG Committee consists of Robert (“Jamie”) Mendola, George Raveling and Robert Hoban. Mr. Hoban is the chair of the C&CG Committee.
The C&CG Committee’s role is to assess the effectiveness of our Board as a whole, the committees of our Board and the contribution of individual directors. The members of the C&CG Committee are appointed annually by our Board, and each member of the C&CG Committee serves at the pleasure of our Board until the member resigns, is removed, or ceases to be a member of our Board.
The C&CG Committee makes recommendations for candidates to our Board and candidates for appointment to various committees of our Board, and in making such recommendations considers the competencies and skills that our Board considers to be necessary for our Board as a whole to possess, the competencies and skills that our Board considers each existing director to possess, and the competencies and skills each new nominee will bring to our boardroom. The C&CG Committee is able to make, where appropriate, recommendations for the removal of a director from our Board or from a committee of our Board if he or she is no longer qualified to serve as a director under applicable requirements or for any other reason the C&CG Committee considers appropriate.
The Board has adopted the C&CG Committee charter (“C&CG Committee Charter”) and a copy of the C&CG Committee Charter is available in our website at https://ir.glasshousebrands.com.
D. Employees.
As of December 31, 2020, we had 472 full-time employees and 3 contract personnel. The employees are distributed among several departments including manufacturing, cultivation, distribution and warehousing, quality assurance/control and compliance, sales, marketing, finance, accounting and administration. Additionally, the Company utilizes contract employees in security, cultivation, packaging and warehousing activities. The use of contract employees enables us to manage variable staffing needs and in the case of cultivation and security personnel, access to experienced, qualified and readily available human resources.
151
E. Share ownership.
The following table sets forth, as of June 29, 2021: the names of each director and officer, the number of shares the Equity Shares, Multiple Voting Shares, and Exchangeable Shares (collectively, the “Shares”) beneficially owned, and the percentage of the Shares so owned, by each such person, and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group. ach person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the Shares, except as otherwise indicated. Beneficial ownership consists of a direct interest in the Shares, except as otherwise indicated. Individual beeficial ownership also includes the Shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days from June 29, 2021. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of the person’s below is our address at 3645 Long Beach Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90807.
| Name and Position | Equity Shares Held(1)(2) | Multiple Voting Shares Held(1)(3) | Exchangeable Held(1)(4) | Percentage of Equity Shares Outstanding (5) | Percentage
of Multiple Voting Shares Outstanding(6) | Percentage of Exchangeable SharesOutstanding(7) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Kyle Kazan, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | 961,627 | 2,025,244 | 3,097,056 | (8) | 4.20 | % | 42.59 | % | 11.34 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Graham Farrar, President and Director | 911,692 | 1,321,087 | (12) | 1,179,037 | (11) | 3.98 | % | 27.7 | % | 4.32 | % | |||||||||||||
| Robert (“Jamie”) Mendola, Director | 832,337 | - | - | 3.64 | % | 9.17 | % | |||||||||||||||||
| Lameck Humble Lukanga, Director | 172,377 | (13) | - | - | * | |||||||||||||||||||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald, Director | 101,908 | 436,260 | (10) | 419,096 | (9) | * | 1.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| George Raveling, Director | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Hector De La Torre, Director | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Robert (“Bob”) Hoban, Director | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Derek Higgins, Chief Financial Officer | 542,920 | - | - | 2.37 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Jamin Horn, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary | 319,906 | - | - | 1.39 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Joe Andreae, Vice President, Business Development | 114,604 | - | - | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Daryl Kato, Chief Operating Officer | 66,707 | - | - | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Directors and Officers as a Group | 4,024,078 | 3,782,591 | 4,695,189 | 18.55 | % | 79.55 | % | 17.20 | % | |||||||||||||||
| (*) | Less than one percent. |
| (1) | Figures as of June 29, 2021. |
| (2) | The Subordinate Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares (the “Equity Shares”) carry one vote per share on all matters. The Limited Voting Shares carry one vote per share on all matters except the election of directors, as the holders of Limited Voting Shares do not have any entitlement to vote in respect of the election for directors of the Company. |
| (3) | The Multiple Voting Shares carry 50 votes per share, voting together with the other classes of Equity Shares as if they were a single class except as otherwise provided in the Articles and except where otherwise required by law or stock exchange requirements. The Multiple Voting Shares are subject to a three (3)-year sunset period expiring on June 29, 2024. |
| (4) | The Exchangeable Shares entitle their holders to rights that are comparable (without taking into account tax consequences) to those rights attaching to the Equity Shares, except that (i) the Exchangeable Shares have 1.1 votes per share (this will expire after one (1) year, after which they will have one vote per share), and (ii) the aggregate voting power of the Exchangeable Shares will not exceed 49.9% of the total voting power of all classes of shares of MPB Acquisition Corp. |
| (5) | Based on 22,860,947 shares of Equity Shares outstanding on June 29, 2021. |
| (6) | Based on 4,754,979 Multiple Voting Shares outstanding on June 29, 2021. |
| (7) | Based on 27,290,154 Exchangeable Shares issued and outstanding in the capital of MPB Acquisition Corp. |
| (8) | 1,841,568 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by Entrust Group, Inc.; 1,157,837 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by Reposition Investments LLC; 50,353 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by The Keoni Bacalan Kazan Irrevocable Trust DTD May 28 2018; and 47,298 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by The Ikaika Arnie Kazan Irrevocable Trust DTD May 28 2018. The Trustees of both The Keoni Bacalan Kazan Irrevocable Trust DTD May 28 2018 and The Ikaika Arnie Kazan Irrevocable Trust DTD May 28 2018 are Jocelyn Rosenwald and Clayton Kazan. Reposition Investments LLC is managed by Diane Bacalan-Kazan and Kyle Kazan. Kyle Kazan disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. |
| (9) | 290,925 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by Jocelyn May Rosenwald Trust. Rosenwald Capital Management has been the Registered Investment Advisor on the Jocelyn May Rosenwald Trust since its inception Jill Rosenwald and Walter Parker are the trustees. |
| (10) | 300,304 Multiple Voting Shares are held indirectly by Jocelyn May Rosenwald Trust. |
| (11) | 912,742 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by Graham S. Farrar Trustee of the Graham S. Farrar 2000 Living Trust established February 2 2000; 112,685 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by Sarah A Farrar 2021 Gift Trust Dated 3/4/21; 101,417 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by The Graham S Farrar 2021 Generational Trust Dated 3/4/21; and 52,193 Exchangeable Shares are held indirectly by Inspiration Point Partners, LLC. Graham Farrar disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. |
| (12) | 1,262,606 Multiple Voting Shares are held indirectly by Graham S. Farrar Trustee of the Graham S. Farrar 2000 Living Trust established February 2 2000 and 58,481 Multiple Voting Shares are held indirectly by Inspiration Point Partners LLC. Graham Farrar disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. |
| (13) | Held indirectly by Lifeline Torch Glass House LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company. Lameck Humble Lukanga is a 51% owner of LifeLine Torch Management LLC, which is the sole manager of LifeLine Torch Glass House LLC. Lameck Humble Lukanga owns and controls LifeLine Torch Management LLC and LifeLine Torch Glass House LLC via his interest. Lameck Humble Lukanga disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. |
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.
A. Major shareholders.
Refer to Item 6.E, “Share Ownership.”
B. Related party transactions.
Incubation Services
Effective January 1, 2019, GH Group and Magu Capital, a company partially owned by an executive and board members of the Company, entered into a services and incubation agreement (the “Services and Incubation Agreement”), pursuant to which Magu Capital agreed to perform certain advisory and business “incubation” services for GH Group (and incur certain fees and expenses on behalf of GH Group as part of, and as performance for, such services) in consideration of GH Group’s agreement to issue to Magu Capital, upon a date certain following the closing of the Roll-Up as reasonably determined by the board of directors of GH Group, a warrant to purchase a fixed number of Class A Common shares of GH Group at an agreed upon strike price no later than three years following the grant date.
152
On July 23, 2020, GH Group issued to Magu Capital the Magu Capital Warrant, in full satisfaction of GH Group’s obligations under the Services and Incubation Agreement to compensate Magu Capital for the incubation services. The Magu Capital Warrants were fair valued at approximately $427,000. The Company recorded a gain on extinguishment of the liability in the amount of approximately $573,000 which was recorded as a component of other income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. On June 28, 2021, GH Group notified Magu Capital of its termination of the Services and Incubation Agreement, and by extension the automatic exercise of Magu Capital’s warrant issued in connection with the Services and Incubation Agreement.
Issuance of Exchangeable Shares for Management Services
In January 2020, as part of the Roll-Up, GH Group: (a) issued to APP Investment Advisors LLC, (“APP Investment Advisors”), a company partially owned by an executive and board members of the Company, 880,870 Class A Common shares of GH Group in exchange for certain management services rendered by APP Investment Advisors for AP Investment Fund (one of the entities that merged with GH Group in the Roll-Up); and (b) issued to Magu Capital 2,263,513 Class A Common shares of GH Group in exchange for certain management services rendered by Magu Capital for CA Brand Collective, Magu Investment Fund and MG Padaro Fund (i.e., entities that merged with GH Group in the Roll-Up). All of the Class A Common shares issued to APP Investment Advisors and Magu Capital were exchanged for Exchangeable Shares upon the closing of the Business Combination.
Leases
Neo Street Partners LLC, a company partially owned by an executive and board member of the Company, entered into a five-year lease with a subsidiary of the Company. The lease, which commenced in October 2018, provides for an initial annual base rent payment of $213,049 increasing to $243,491 for years two to five. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $ $243,491.
3645 Long Beach LLC, a company partially owned by an executive and board member of the Company, entered into a five-year lease with a subsidiary of the Company. The lease, which commenced in December 2019, provides for an initial annual base rent payment of $64,477 increasing to $69,352 for year two and increasing five percent per annum thereafter. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $64,752.
Consulting Agreement
Beach Front Property Management Inc, a company that is majority-owned by an executive and board member of the Company, entered into a consulting agreement with the Company dated September 28, 2020. The monthly consulting fee is $10,860 for M&A advisory and assistance and real estate acquisition and financing services. The agreement may be terminated by either party for any/or no reason without penalty upon seven days written notice. Consulting fees for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $32,580.
Asset Management Fees – Related Party
We have an agreement with certain related parties which provide asset management services. Fees are paid quarterly. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we incurred expenses of approximately $0, $822,000 and $590,000, respectively.
C. Interests of experts and counsel.
Not applicable.
Item 8. Financial Information.
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.
Please refer to “Item 17: Financial Statements.”
153
We are not party to any legal or arbitration proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, are any such proceedings pending or known to be contemplated by or against us.
We have not paid dividends and intend to reinvest any future earnings to finance the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not intend to pay dividends on the Equity Shares in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay distributions will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on the financial condition, business environment, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions on the payment of distributions and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
B. Significant Changes.
Please refer to “Item 4: Information on the Company – A. History and development of the company” for a discussion of significant events that have occurred after December 31, 2020.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing.
A. Offer and listing details.
An unlimited number of Equity Shares, without nominal or par value, are authorized for issuance and such shares were registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.
The Equity Shares and Warrants are listed and posted for trading on the Neo Exchange under the symbol “GLAS.A.U” and “GLAS.WT.U,” respectively. The Equity Shares and Warrants also trade on the OTCQX in the United States under the symbol “GLASF” and “GHBWF,” respectively.
Following the closing of the Transaction, the Equity Shares and Warrants commenced trading on the Neo Exchange effective July 5, 2021.
Prior Sales
The only classes of securities of the Company that are not listed is the Preferred Shares and the Multiple Voting Shares, of which no Preferred Shares have been issued and the following Multiple Voting Shares were issued on completion of the Transaction on June 29, 2021:
| Issue Price Per Security | ||||||||||
Type of Security | Number of | |||||||||
| Date | Issued | (US$) | Securities Issued | |||||||
| June 29, 2021 | Multiple Voting Shares | $ | 0.0001 | 4,754,979 | ||||||
Securities Subject to Contractual Restriction on Transfer
The following sets out, based on the number of issued and outstanding Equity Shares outstanding upon completion of the Transaction, the number of securities of the Company that is subject to a contractual restriction on transfer. The Multiple Voting Shares are non-transferable except to controlled affiliates. No other securities of the Company are held in escrow or are subject to contractual restrictions on transfer.
| Number of Securities | ||||||||
| Subject to Contractual | ||||||||
| Designation of Class | Restriction | Percentage of Class(1) | ||||||
| Subordinate, Restricted or Limited Voting Shares | 10,178,751 | 16.2 | % | |||||
| Exchangeable Shares | 29,224,437 | 100 | % | |||||
| Multiple Voting Shares | 4,756,849 | 100 | % | |||||
Notes:
| (1) | Assumes no redemptions of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares. |
154
Pursuant to the investor rights agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) entered into on April 8, 2021, as amended June 18, 2021, between the Company and Mercer Park’s founders (being Mercer, Charles Miles and Sean Goodrich) (“Mercer Park Founders”), none of such founders’ Equity Shares subject to forfeiture thereunder are transferable until the expiry of the applicable forfeiture periods set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.
Pursuant the Business Combination, the Company Founders and the Mercer Park Founders entered into a lockup agreement on June 29, 2021, pursuant to which (i) 50% of the Exchangeable Shares issued to the Company Founders were subject to a six (6) month lock-up period that ended December 29, 2021, and the remaining 50% of the Exchangeable Shares issued to the Company Founders are subject to a 12-month lock-up period which will end on June 29, 2022, and (ii) the Equity Shares issued to the Mercer Park Founders are subject to, in addition to certain forfeiture-based restrictions, the same time-based lock-up restrictions.
Registrar and Transfer Agent
Odyssey Trust Company has been appointed as the registrar and transfer agent of the Equity Shares and the Multiple Voting Shares. The office of Odyssey Trust Company (where the securities register and register of transfers are maintained) is located in Calgary, Alberta.
B. Plan of distribution.
Not applicable.
C. Markets.
The Equity Shares and Warrants are listed and posted for trading on the Neo Exchange under the symbol “GLAS.A.U” and “GLAS.WT.U,” respectively. The Equity Shares and Warrants also trade on the OTCQX in the United States under the symbol “GLASF” and “GHBWF,” respectively.
Following the closing of the Transaction, the Equity Shares and Warrants commenced trading on the Neo Exchange on July 5, 2021.
D. Selling shareholders.
Not applicable.
E. Dilution.
Not applicable.
F. Expense of the issue.
Not applicable.
Item 10. Additional Information.
A. Share capital.
The authorized capital of the Company is comprised of an unlimited number of (i) Subordinate Voting Shares, (ii) Restricted Voting Shares, (iii) Limited Voting Shares, (iv) Multiple Voting Shares and (v) preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”).
155
As of December 31, 2020, there were 0 Equity Shares, 0 Multiple Voting Shares and no Preferred Shares outstanding.
As of December 31, 2020, there were 0 Exchangeable Shares (as defined below) issued and outstanding in the capital of MPB Acquisition Corp.
As of June 29, 2021, there were 22,860,947 Equity Shares, 4,754,979 Multiple Voting Shares and no Preferred Shares outstanding.
As of June 29, 2021, there were 27,290,154 Exchangeable Shares (as defined below) issued and outstanding in the capital of MPB Acquisition Corp.
The Company also had an aggregate of 28,489,500 Warrants, 2,055,543 stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $2.69 and 1,047,838 restricted share units were assumed and an additional 2,562,804 were issued with a total of 3,610,642 outstanding, convertible or exercisable in each case to acquire the same number of Equity Shares as of June 29, 2021. In addition, we have 4,928,578 unlisted Equity Share purchase warrants with an exercise price of $10, outstanding that we assumed in connection with the Business Combination. An additional 1,395,992 Equity Shares became issuable to certain individuals as a result of the transaction with an issuance date of June 29, 2024.
The Preferred Shares are issuable in series with such terms as are determined by the Board from time to time. It is not intended that such Preferred Shares will be used for anti-takeover purposes.
As of December 31, 2020, the Equity Shares represent approximately 0% of the voting rights attached to our outstanding securities and the Multiple Voting Shares represent approximately 0% of the voting rights attached to our outstanding.
As of June 29, 2021, the Equity Shares represent approximately 8.77% of the voting rights attached to our outstanding securities and the Multiple Voting Shares represent approximately 91.23% of the voting rights attached to our outstanding.
The following is a summary of the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Equity Shares, Multiple Voting Shares and Exchangeable Shares but does not purport to be complete. Reference should be made to the Articles and the full text of their provisions for a complete description thereof.
Equity Shares
The holders of each class of Equity Shares are entitled to receive notice of, to attend (if applicable, virtually) and to vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Company, except that they are not able to vote (but are entitled to receive notice of, to attend (if applicable, virtually) and to speak) at those meetings at which the holders of a specific class are entitled to vote separately as a class under the BCBCA, and except that holders of Limited Voting Shares are not entitled to vote for the election of directors. The Subordinate Voting Shares and Restricted Voting Shares carry one vote per share on all matters. The Limited Voting Shares carry one vote per share on all matters except the election of directors, as the holders of Limited Voting Shares do not have any entitlement to vote in respect of the election for directors of the Company.
In the case of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Equity Shares will be entitled, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Equity Shares (including any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and/or Preferred Shares), to participate ratably the Company’s remaining property along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis).
Multiple Voting Shares
The holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to receive notice of, to attend (if applicable, virtually) and to vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Company, except that they are not able to vote (but are entitled to receive notice of, to attend (if applicable, virtually) and to speak) at those meetings at which the holders of a specific class are entitled to vote separately as a class under the BCBCA. The Multiple Voting Shares carry 50 votes per share, voting together with the other classes of Equity Shares as if they were a single class except as otherwise provided in the Articles and except where otherwise required by law or stock exchange requirements. The Multiple Voting Shares are subject to a three (3)-year sunset period expiring on June 29, 2024.
156
The holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote as a separate class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of the Articles (other than in respect of the creation of a series of Preferred Shares) which would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Multiple Voting Shares, and such alteration, repeal or amendment shall not be effective unless a resolution in respect thereof is approved by a majority of the votes cast by holders of the Multiple Voting Shares.
In the case of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Multiple Voting Shares (including any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding Preferred Shares ranking in priority to the Multiple Voting Shares), to receive their redemption price of $0.001 per Multiple Voting Share (rounded down to the nearest cent taking into account all Multiple Voting Shares being liquidated at the relevant time).
In addition to the terms of the Multiple Voting Shares in the Articles of the Company, pursuant to the terms of a coattail agreement dated June 29, 2021, entered into among the Company, the Company Founders and Odyssey Trust Company, as trustee to oversee the implementation of the agreement on behalf of the holders of Equity Shares (the “Coattail Agreement”), there are restrictions on the sale of Multiple Voting Shares other than to a controlled affiliate conditional upon such controlled affiliate becoming a party to the Coattail Agreement. A holder of Multiple Voting Shares is also restricted from, directly or indirectly, granting a security interest, by way of pledge, hypothecation or otherwise, in any Multiple Voting Shares. The Coattail Agreement provides for certain rights to holders of Equity Shares representing not less than 10% of the Equity Shares to require the trustee to take action in the event of a breach or intended breach of the transfer and sale restrictions.
Exchangeable Shares
Pursuant to the Business Combination, the sellers of GH Group received, exchangeable common stock of MPB Acquisition Corp. (“Exchangeable Shares”) as part of their consideration.
The Exchangeable Shares entitle their holders to rights that are comparable (without taking into account tax consequences) to those rights attaching to the Equity Shares, except that (i) the Exchangeable Shares have 1.1 votes per share (this will expire after one (1) year, after which they will have one vote per share), and (ii) the aggregate voting power of the Exchangeable Shares will not exceed 49.9% of the total voting power of all classes of shares of MPB Acquisition Corp. Until their Exchangeable Shares are exchanged for the applicable Equity Shares pursuant to the Exchange Rights Agreement (as defined below) or the provisions of the Exchangeable Shares, holders of Exchangeable Shares do not have the right to vote at the Company’s shareholder meetings, though they have voting rights in MPB Acquisition Corp., including at meetings of the shareholders of MPB Acquisition Corp. with respect to altering the rights of holders of any of the Exchangeable Shares, or if MPB Acquisition Corp. decides to take certain actions without fully protecting the holders of any of the Exchangeable Shares, or as otherwise required by law. The Exchangeable Shares are exchangeable at any time, on a one-for-one basis, for Equity Shares, at the option of the holder, subject to certain contractual lockup restrictions.
Exchange Rights Agreement
The Company entered into an exchange rights agreement dated June 29, 2021, as amended, with MPB Acquisition Corp. and the representative of the sellers of GH Group (being Kyle Kazan) on behalf of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares (the “Exchange Rights Agreement”), whereby the Company agreed to make certain covenants in favor of the sellers of GH Group to protect their rights as holders of Exchangeable Shares. The Company agreed to reserve the necessary amount of Equity Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares, and ensure such shares remain protected from pre-emptive and other rights. Upon notice to the Company and MPB Acquisition Corp. and as required under the provisions of the Exchangeable Shares, the Company will issue such number of Equity Shares to a holder of Exchangeable Shares in exchange for the Exchangeable Shares of such holder on a one for one basis, subject to the terms specified in the Exchange Rights Agreement. Additionally, the Company has an overriding liquidation call right under the Exchange Rights Agreement to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Exchangeable Shares from the holders thereof upon a proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of MPB Acquisition Corp., as well as a redemption call right and retraction call right on the Exchangeable Shares, in each case for the consideration set forth in such agreements. The Exchange Rights Agreement restricts the Company from declaring or paying dividends on the Equity Shares unless economically equivalent dividends are declared and paid on the Exchangeable Shares, subject to applicable law.
157
B. Memorandum and articles of association.
The following discussion is a summary and does not purport to be complete. Reference should be made to our amended and restated articles attached as an exhibit to this Shell Company Report (the “Articles”) and the full text of the provisions for a complete description thereof. In the event of any conflict between the Articles and any disclosure provided under this Item 10.B, the terms of the Articles shall prevail.
We are organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, Canada and have been assigned the number BC1205438. Our Articles do not contain a description of our objects and purposes.
Our directors who hold a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which we have entered or propose to enter are not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.
We, if authorized by our directors, may (i) borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that the directors consider appropriate; (ii) issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as the directors consider appropriate; (iii) guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and (iv) mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company. Our banking business including, without limitation, the borrowing powers set forth above, shall be transacted with such banks, trust companies or other bodies corporate or organizations as may from time to time be designated by or under the authority of our board. Such banking business or any part thereof shall be transacted under such agreements, instructions and delegations of powers as the board may from time to time prescribe.
There is no mandatory retirement age for our directors and our directors are not required to own securities of our company in order to serve as directors.
Authorized Share Capital
Our authorized capital is comprised of an unlimited number of (i) Subordinate Voting Shares, (ii) Restricted Voting Shares, (iii) Limited Voting Shares, (iv) Multiple Voting Shares and (v) preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”). The Preferred Shares are issuable in series with such terms as are determined by the Board from time to time. It is not intended that such Preferred Shares will be used for anti-takeover purposes.
Voting Rights
| • | Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each Subordinate Voting Share held, except for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote. |
158
| • | Holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each Restricted Voting Share held, except for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote. |
| • | Holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each Limited Voting Share held, except that holders shall not have an entitlement to vote (i) in respect of the election for directors of the board of directors or (ii) for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote. |
| • | Holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to fifty (50) votes in respect of each Multiple Voting Share held, except for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote. |
Dividends
| • | Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend will be declared or paid on any other class of Equity Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays, as applicable, equivalent dividends (on a per share basis) on the Subordinate Voting Shares. The Subordinate Voting Shares shall rank equally with the other Equity Shares as to dividends on a share-for-share basis, without preference or distinction. In the event of the payment of a dividend in the form of shares, holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall receive Subordinate Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, provided an equal number of shares is declared as a dividend or distribution on a then outstanding per-Equity Share basis, without preference or distinction, in each case. |
| • | Holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend will be declared or paid on any other class of Equity Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays, as applicable, equivalent dividends (on a per share basis) on the Restricted Voting Shares. The Restricted Voting Shares shall rank equally with the other Equity Shares as to dividends on a share-for-share basis, without preference or distinction. In the event of the payment of a dividend in the form of shares, holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall receive Restricted Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, provided an equal number of shares is declared as a dividend or distribution on a then outstanding per-Equity Share basis, without preference or distinction, in each case. |
| • | Holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend will be declared or paid on any other class of Equity Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays, as applicable, equivalent dividends (on a per share basis) on the Limited Voting Shares. The Limited Voting Shares shall rank equally with the other Equity Shares as to dividends on a share-for-share basis, without preference or distinction. In the event of the payment of a dividend in the form of shares, holders of Limited Voting Shares shall receive Limited Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, provided an equal number of shares is declared as a dividend or distribution on a then outstanding per-Equity Share basis, without preference or distinction, in each case. |
| • | Holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall not be entitled to receive dividends. |
159
Constraints on Ownership
Subject to the Specified Exceptions described in the Articles, the Subordinate Voting Shares may only be held of record by Non-U.S. Persons, and the Restricted Voting Shares and the Limited Voting Shares may only be held of record by U.S. Persons. The Multiple Voting Shares may be held of record by U.S. Persons and/or Non-U.S. Persons.
Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up
| • | In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Subordinate Voting Shares (including any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and/or Preferred Shares), be entitled to participate ratably in the remaining property of the Company along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis). |
| • | In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Multiple Voting Shares, be entitled to receive their redemption price per share and no more. |
| • | In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Restricted Voting Shares, be entitled to participate ratably in the remaining property of the Company along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis). |
| • | In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Limited Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Limited Voting Shares, be entitled to participate ratably in the remaining property of the Company along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis). |
Rights to Subscribe; Pre-Emptive Rights.
The holders of Subordinate Voting Shares, Multiple Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company now or in the future.
Redemption
All issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares will be automatically redeemed by the Company for U.S. $0.001 per Multiple Voting Share (rounded down to the nearest cent taking into account all Multiple Voting Shares being redeemed by the Company from the applicable holder at the relevant time) on the third (3rd) anniversary of their first date of issuance. In addition, the applicable Multiple Voting Shares will be automatically redeemed by the Company for U.S. $0.001 per Multiple Voting Share (rounded down to the nearest cent taking into account all Multiple Voting Shares being redeemed by the Company from the applicable holder at the relevant time) on the date on which such Multiple Voting Shares are held or controlled by a person who is not a Permitted Holder of the original holder upon the first issuance thereof.
Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions that may be attached to a particular series of Preferred Shares by the board, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or from time to time any part of the outstanding Preferred Shares on payment to the holders thereof, for each share to be redeemed, the redemption price per share, together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid.
160
Meetings of Shareholders
We must hold out first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place as may be determined by our directors. The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two shareholders who are present in person or represented by proxy and who represent at least 25% of the applicable class or series of shares (and, for greater certainty, where more than one class or series of shares are voting together, at least 25% of the total issued and outstanding shares of such classes or series).
In addition to those persons who are entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the only other persons entitled to be present at the meeting are the directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), the assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company, any persons invited to be present at the meeting by the chair of the meeting and any persons entitled or required under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be present at the meeting; but if any of those persons does attend the meeting, that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.
Any two directors may, at any time, call a meeting of shareholders to be held at such time and place as may be determined by such directors, including for greater certainty, a location outside of British Columbia.
There are no limitations specific to the rights of non-Canadians to hold or vote our securities under the laws of Canada or British Columbia, or in our charter documents.
Our Articles provide for the election of directors at each annual general meeting. Each director holds office until the next annual general meeting of our shareholders or until his successor is elected or appointed, unless his office is earlier vacated in accordance with our Articles or with the provisions of the BCBCA.
Our Articles do not contain any provisions that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company, provided, however, in connection with any change of control transaction requiring approval of the holders of all classes of Equity Shares under the Business Corporations Act, holders of all Equity Shares shall be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares in respect of a resolution approving such change of control transaction, voting separately as a class at a meeting of the holders of that class called and held for such purpose.
Our Articles also do not contain any provisions that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring of our Company.
Our Articles do not contain any provisions governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
Our Articles are not significantly different from the requirements of the BCBCA and the conditions imposed by our Articles governing changes in capital are not more stringent than what is required by the BCBCA.
C. Material contracts.
The following are our material contracts for the two years immediately preceding the closing of the Transaction, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business:
| • | the Business Combination Agreement; | |
| • | the Warrant Agreement; | |
| • | the Investor Rights Agreement; | |
| • | the Registration Rights Agreement; | |
| • | the Lockup Agreement; | |
| • | the Exchange Rights Agreement; | |
| • | the Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement; and | |
| • | the SoCal Greenhouse Agreements. |
161
At or following the closing of the Transaction, our following leases, which represent our two (2) most significant leases, are considered to be material contracts entered into for the purposes of this Shell Company Report:
| • | the lease dated as of June 4, 2017 by and between 3243 Sacramento LLC, as lessor, and Farmacy Berkeley, as lessee; and | |
| • | the lease dated as of October 1, 2018 between Neo Street Partners LLC and Lompoc TIC, LLC, as lessor, and CA Manufacturing Solutions LLC, as lessee. |
No lease represents more than 10% of our consolidated revenues.
Copies of the above material contracts are available on the Company’s SEDAR profile at www.sedar.com. We also filed these agreements as exhibits to this Shell Company Report.
D. Exchange controls.
There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada affecting (i) the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the Company or (ii) the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities.
E. Taxation.
Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is, as of June 29, 2021, a general summary of certain Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Tax Act generally applicable to a beneficial owner of Equity Shares and Warrants (collectively, the “Securities”) following the Transaction who at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act, (i) is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada, (ii) does not use or hold, and will not be deemed to use or hold, Securities in a business carried on in Canada, (iii) deals at arm’s length with, and is not affiliated with, us and (iv) who will acquire and hold such Securities as capital property (a “Holder”), all within the meaning of the Tax Act. A Security will generally be considered to be capital property to a Holder unless the Holder holds (or will hold) such Security in the course of carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities or has acquired (or will acquire) them in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade. Special considerations, which are not discussed in the summary, may apply to a Holder that is an insurer that carries on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere. Such Holders should consult their own advisers.
This summary is not applicable to a Holder: (a) that is a “financial institution” for purposes of the “mark-to-market rules” in the Tax Act; (b) an interest in which is a “tax shelter investment” as defined in the Tax Act; (c) that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act; (d) that has made a “functional currency” election under the Tax Act to determine its “Canadian tax results”, as defined in the Tax Act, in a currency other than Canadian currency; (e) that enters into, or has entered into, a “derivative forward agreement” as such term is defined in the Tax Act, with respect to a Security; (f) that is a BRND Founder; or (g) that is an Unsuitable Person. Any such Holder to which this summary does not apply should consult its own tax advisor. In addition, this summary does not address the deductibility of interest by a Holder who has borrowed money or otherwise incurred debt in connection with the acquisition or holding of Securities.
This summary does not address the possible application of the “foreign affiliate dumping” rules in section 212.3 of the Tax Act to the Company or, for greater certainty, a Holder that (i) is a corporation resident in Canada and (ii) is or becomes (or does not deal at arm’s length for purposes of the Tax Act with a corporation resident in Canada that is or becomes), as part of a transaction or event or series of transactions or events that includes the acquisition of an Equity Share, controlled by a non-resident corporation, non-resident individual, non-resident trust, or group of any of the foregoing who do not deal at arm’s length with each other for purposes of such rules. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the possible application of these rules.
This summary is of a general nature only, is based upon the current provisions of the Tax Act, specific proposals to amend the Tax Act (the “Tax Proposals”) which have been announced by or on behalf the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to June 29, 2021, and counsel’s understanding of the current published administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency. This summary assumes that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed and does not take into account or anticipate any other changes in law, whether by way of judicial, legislative or governmental decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax legislation or considerations, which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax considerations discussed herein. No assurances can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted as proposed or at all, or that legislative, judicial or administrative changes will not modify or change the statements expressed herein.
162
This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in Securities and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or income tax advice to any particular Holder. Holders are urged to consult their own income tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to the acquisition, holding and disposition of Securities based on their own particular circumstances.
Exercise or Expiry of Warrants
No gain or loss will be realized by a Holder of a Warrant upon the exercise of such Warrant. When a Warrant is exercised, the Holder’s cost of the Equity Share acquired thereby will be equal to the adjusted cost base of the Warrant to such Holder, plus the amount paid on the exercise of the Warrant. For the purpose of computing the adjusted cost base to a Holder of each Equity Share acquired on the exercise of a Warrant, the cost of such Equity Share must be averaged with the adjusted cost base to such Holder of all other Equity Shares of that class (if any) held by the Holder as capital property immediately prior to the exercise of such Warrant.
Dividends on Equity Shares
Dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, on the Equity Shares to a Holder will be subject to non-resident withholding tax under the Tax Act at the rate of 25%, although such rate may be reduced under the terms of an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Holder is resident. For example, the rate of withholding tax applicable to a dividend paid on the Equity Shares to a Holder who is a resident of the U.S. for purposes of the Convention Between Canada and the United States of America with Respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital, signed September 26, 1980, as amended (the “Canada-U.S. Tax Convention”), who beneficially owns the dividend and who qualifies for the benefits of the Canada- U.S. Tax Convention will generally be reduced to 15% or, if the Holder is a corporation that owns at least 10% of the voting stock of the Company, to 5%. Not all persons who are residents of the U.S. for purposes of the Canada-U.S. Tax Convention will qualify for the benefits of the Canada-U.S. Tax Convention. A Holder who is a resident of the U.S. is advised to consult its tax advisor in this regard.
A Holder may be subject to United States withholding tax on dividends received on the Equity Shares (see “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations – Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders – Distributions on Equity Shares”).
Disposition of Securities
A Holder generally will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of a capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a Security, nor will capital losses arising therefrom be recognized under the Tax Act (including on the expiry of an unexercised Warrant), unless the Security constitutes “taxable Canadian property” to the Holder for purposes of the Tax Act, and the gain is not exempt from tax pursuant to the terms of an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Holder is resident.
163
Generally, provided the Equity Shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange” for the purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the NEO Exchange) at the time of disposition, the Equity Shares and the Warrants, as the case may be, generally will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Holder unless, at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition, the following two conditions are met concurrently: (i) the Holder, persons with whom the Holder did not deal at arm’s length, partnerships in which the Holder or persons with whom the Holder did not deal at arm’s length held a membership interest, directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, or the Holder together with all such persons, owned 25% or more of the issued Equity Shares or any other class or series of shares of the Company; and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Equity Shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource property” (as defined in the Tax Act), “timber resource property” (as defined in the Tax Act), or any option in respect of, or interest in, or for civil law a right in such properties, whether or not the property exists. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Security may otherwise be deemed to be taxable Canadian property to a Holder for purposes of the Tax Act.
Even if a Security is taxable Canadian property to a Holder, any capital gain realized upon the disposition of such Security may not be subject to tax under the Tax Act if such capital gain is exempt from Canadian tax pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax convention. If a Holder to whom Securities are taxable Canadian property is not exempt from tax under the Tax Act by virtue of an income tax convention, the consequences described below under “Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses” will generally apply.
Taxation of Capital Gains and Capital Losses
Generally, one-half of any capital gain (a “taxable capital gain”) realized by a Holder must be included in computing the Holder’s income for the taxation year in which the disposition occurs. Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Act, one-half of any capital loss incurred by a Holder (an “allowable capital loss”) may be used to offset taxable capital gains realized by the Holder in the taxation year of disposition. Allowable capital losses in excess of taxable capital gains for the taxation year of disposition may be applied to reduce net taxable gains realized by the Holder in the three preceding taxation years or in any subsequent year in the circumstances and to the extent provided in the Tax Act.
Conversion of Equity Shares
The conversion of shares of a class of Equity Shares into shares of a different class of Equity Shares will be deemed not to constitute a disposition of property for purposes of the Tax Act and, accordingly, will not give rise to a capital gain or capital loss. The cost to a Holder of the Equity Shares received on such conversion will be deemed to be equal to the Holder’s adjusted cost base of the converted shares immediately before the conversion. For the purpose of computing the adjusted cost base to a Holder of each Equity Share of a particular class acquired on such conversion, the cost of such Equity Share must be averaged with the adjusted cost base to such Holder of all other shares of that class (if any) held by the Holder as capital property immediately prior to the conversion.
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion sets forth a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of (i) the Transaction to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares and BRND Warrants immediately prior to the Transaction, (ii) the Transaction with respect to the tax classification of the Company, (iii) the redemption of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with the Transaction to U.S. Holders or Non-U.S. Holders that elect to have all or a portion of their BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares redeemed, and (iv) the ownership and disposition of the Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Transaction to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax matters for consideration in connection with the Transaction. This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of any transactions that take place prior to the Transaction, including the sale of any BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares or BRND Warrants prior to the Transaction.
This discussion is based on the provisions of the Code as well as final, temporary and proposed treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”) and current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. Legislative, judicial, or administrative modifications, revocations, or interpretations that occur in the future, which may or may not be retroactive, may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences significantly different from those discussed herein.
BRND has not obtained, and will not obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of legal counsel with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transaction described herein. This discussion is not binding on the IRS and the IRS may disagree with the discussion and conclusions herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.
164
This summary assumes that any shares of the Company are held as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment), in the hands of a shareholder at all relevant times and are treated as equity of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. For example, this summary of U.S. tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of holders who are subject to special rules, including without limitation: (a) financial institutions or financial services entities; (b) insurance companies; (c) taxpayers who have elected mark-to-market accounting for U.S. tax purposes; (d) tax-exempt entities; (e) governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof; (f) regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts; (g) brokers, dealers, or traders in securities or currencies; (h) United States expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States; (i) persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; (j) partnerships or other pass-through entities; (k) persons that hold BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares or BRND Warrants as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction; (l) controlled foreign corporations; (m) corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; (n) passive foreign investment companies; (o) holders who acquired their BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares or BRND Warrants pursuant to employee stock options, participation in an employee stock purchase plan or otherwise as compensation; (p) except as discussed below in connection with the Conversion (as defined below), holders that own, have owned or will own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of the Company after the Transaction; and (q) persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. federal estate, gift, or other non-income tax, or any state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of Shares, BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares or BRND Warrants or the impact of the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income.
If a partnership (including, for this purpose, any other entity either organized within or without the United States that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, BRND Class B Shares or BRND Warrants, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner as a beneficial owner of such shares generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If a U.S. Holder is a partner in a partnership holding BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, BRND Class B Shares or BRND Warrants, such U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Transaction.
As used in this summary, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares or BRND Warrants (or after the Transaction, of the Equity Shares or BRND Warrants) that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (a) an individual treated as a citizen or resident of the United States; (b) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (c) an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or (d) a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
A beneficial owner of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares or BRND Warrants (or after the Transaction, of the Equity Shares or BRND Warrants) who is not a U.S. Holder and is not a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder.
THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. U.S. HOLDERS AND NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME, ESTATE, AND GIFT TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY, BRND CLASS A RESTRICTED VOTING SHARES OR BRND WARRANTS.
Tax Treatment of the Transaction to the Company and Classification of the Company as a U.S. Domestic Corporation
As a result of the Transaction, pursuant to section 7874(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, notwithstanding that BRND is currently organized under the provisions of the BCBCA in connection with the Transaction, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is anticipated that we will be treated as converting to a U.S. domestic corporation at the end of the day as of the Effective Date pursuant to a tax-deferred reorganization under section 368(a) of the Code (the “Conversion”). We should not recognize any gain or loss as a result of the Conversion.
It is anticipated that we will experience a number of significant and complicated U.S. federal income tax consequences as a result of being treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and this summary does not attempt to describe all such U.S. federal income tax consequences. Section 7874 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder do not address all the possible tax consequences that arise from the Company being treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, there may be additional or unforeseen U.S. federal income tax consequences to BRND that are not discussed in this summary.
165
Generally, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the Company’s worldwide taxable income (regardless of whether such income is “U.S. source” or “foreign source”) and will be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return annually with the IRS. It is anticipated that we will also be subject to tax in Canada. It is unclear how the foreign tax credit rules under the Code will operate in certain circumstances, given the treatment of the Company as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the taxation of the Company in Canada. Accordingly, it is possible that we will be subject to double taxation with respect to all or part of the Company’s taxable income. It is anticipated that such U.S. and Canadian tax treatment will continue indefinitely and that the Equity Shares will be treated indefinitely as shares in a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, notwithstanding future transfers. The remainder of this summary assumes that the Company will be treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Tax Consequences of the Transaction to U.S. Holders of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares
Conversion of BRND into a U.S. Domestic Corporation
Tax Considerations upon the Conversion
Subject to the discussion in “Effects of Section 367(b) of the Code Upon the Conversion” below, the following U.S. federal income tax consequences will result from the Conversion:
| (i) | U.S. Holders will be deemed to exchange their BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares of a non-U.S. corporation for BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares in a U.S. domestic corporation; |
| (ii) | U.S. Holders should recognize no gain or loss as a result of the Conversion; |
| (iii) | the aggregate tax basis of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares after the Conversion will be the same as such U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares immediately prior to the Conversion; and |
| (iv) | the holding period of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares will include the holding period of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares prior to the Conversion. |
Effects of Section 367(b) of the Code Upon the Conversion
Notwithstanding qualification of the Conversion as a tax-deferred reorganization under section 368(a) of the Code, U.S. Holders may nevertheless, in certain circumstances, recognize taxable income in connection with the Conversion under section 367(b) of the Code. U.S. Holders who own, directly or indirectly under certain stock attribution rules, 10% or more of the value or combined voting power of the Company (each, a “10% U.S. Shareholder”) will be required to recognize as dividend income a proportionate share of the Company’s “all earnings and profits amount” (“All E&P Amount”), if any, as determined under applicable Treasury Regulations.
A U.S. Holder that is not a 10% U.S. Shareholder immediately prior to the Transaction is not required to include any part of the All E&P Amount in income unless such U.S. Holder makes an election to do so (a “Deemed Dividend Election”). Absent a Deemed Dividend Election, such U.S. Holder must recognize gain, but will not recognize any loss, upon the deemed exchange of such U.S. Holder’s BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares of a non-U.S. corporation for BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares in a U.S. domestic corporation if such BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares have a fair market value of $50,000 or more on the date the Transaction is completed. The gain recognized will be added to the transferred basis in BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares that such U.S. Holder will be deemed to receive in the Conversion.
166
By making a Deemed Dividend Election, a U.S. Holder that is not a 10% U.S. Shareholder will, in lieu of recognizing a gain upon the exchange of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares for BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares in a U.S. domestic corporation under the Transaction as described above, recognize as dividend income a proportionate share of BRND’s All E&P Amount, if any. A Deemed Dividend Election can be made only if BRND provides such U.S. Holder with information as to the All E&P Amount in respect of such U.S. Holder and the U.S. Holder elects and files certain notices with such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year in which the Transaction occurs.
BRND anticipates that it will have a nominal All E&P Amount per share from inception through to the Effective Date. BRND will continue to refine the computation of its All E&P Amount, as well as estimate its All E&P Amount through the date of closing of the Transaction, which closing date All E&P Amount will need to be finally determined after the Effective Date.
The rules under section 367 of the Code with respect to the Transaction and the deemed stock exchange are complex, and each U.S. Holder is strongly urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding these rules, including, if applicable, to make the foregoing election to avoid recognize gain on such deemed exchange of stock.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations in Connection with the Conversion
In addition to the possibility of taxation under section 367(b) of Code as described above, the Conversion may be a taxable event to U.S. Holders if the Company is, or ever was, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) as defined under section 1297 of Code.
A non-U.S. corporation is classified as a PFIC if, for a taxable year, (i) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or (ii) 50% or more (by value) of its assets either produce or are held for the production of passive income, based on the quarterly average of the fair market value of such assets. For purposes of the PFIC provisions, “gross income” generally means sales revenues less cost of goods sold, plus income from investments and from incidental or outside operations or sources, and “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, and gains from commodities or securities transactions. In determining whether or not it is classified as a PFIC, a non-U.S. corporation is required to take into account its pro rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest by value.
BRND believes that it was a PFIC during its initial tax year ended December 31, 2019, and based on its income, assets and activities during its current tax year, BRND expects that it should be a PFIC for its current tax year. PFIC classification is factual in nature, and generally cannot be determined until after the close of the tax year in question. Additionally, the analysis depends, in part, on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. No opinion of legal counsel or ruling from the IRS concerning the PFIC status of BRND has been obtained and none will be requested. Consequently, there can be no assurances regarding the PFIC status of BRND during its current tax year or any prior or future tax year.
Under proposed Treasury Regulations, if BRND was classified as a PFIC for any tax year during which a U.S. Holder held BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, special rules, set forth in the proposed Treasury Regulations, may increase such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability with respect to the Conversion. Such proposed Treasury Regulations generally would require gain recognition by Non-Electing Shareholders (as defined below) as a result of the Conversion. Under such rules:
| (i) | the Conversion may be treated as a taxable exchange to such U.S. Holder even if such transaction otherwise qualifies as a tax-deferred reorganization under section 368(a) of the Code, as discussed above; |
| (ii) | any gain on the deemed exchange of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares for BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares in a U.S. corporation pursuant to the Conversion will be allocated ratably over such U.S. Holder’s holding period; |
| (iii) | the amount allocated to the current tax year and any tax year prior to the first tax year in which BRND was classified as a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current tax year; |
167
| (iv) | the amount allocated to each of the other tax years will be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year; and |
| (v) | an interest charge for a deemed deferral benefit will be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each of the other tax years, which interest charge is not deductible by non-corporate U.S. Holders. |
A U.S. Holder that has made a “mark-to-market” election under section 1296 of the Code (a “Mark-to-Market Election”) or a timely and effective election to treat BRND as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”) under section 1295 of the Code (a “QEF Election”) may generally mitigate or avoid the PFIC consequences described above with respect to the Conversion. A U.S. Holder who makes a timely and effective QEF Election generally must report on a current basis its share of BRND’s net capital gain and ordinary earnings for any tax year in which BRND is a PFIC, whether or not BRND distributes any amounts to its shareholders. A U.S. Holder who makes the Mark-to-Market Election generally must include as ordinary income each year the excess of the fair market value of relevant shares over the U.S. Holder’s tax basis therein.
With respect to any tax year ending on or prior to the Effective Date, BRND will use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy the record keeping requirements that apply to a QEF and supply U.S. Holders with information, including PFIC annual information statements, that such U.S. Holders require to report under the QEF rules. BRND may choose to provide the PFIC annual information statement on its website. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the availability of, and procedure for making, a QEF Election. A shareholder who does not make a timely QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election is referred to for purposes of this summary as a “Non-Electing Shareholder”.
The PFIC provisions are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC regime, including whether the proposed Treasury Regulations under section 1291(f) of the Code would apply to the Conversion, the impact of making a Mark-to-Market Election or a QEF Election and/or other elections under the PFIC provisions, and the availability of, and procedures for making, such elections under the Code and Treasury Regulations.
Conversion of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares to Equity Shares
The conversion of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares into Equity Shares should qualify as a tax-deferred “recapitalization” within the meaning of section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code (a “Recapitalization”) and/or a tax-deferred exchange under section 1036(a) of the Code. If the conversion qualifies as a Recapitalization or tax-deferred exchange, then the following U.S. federal income tax consequences will result for U.S. Holders:
| (vi) | a U.S. Holder of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares who exchanges BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares for Equity Shares will not recognize a gain or loss as a result of such conversion; |
| (vii) | the aggregate tax basis of a U.S. Holder in the Equity Shares acquired in the conversion will be equal to such U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares surrendered in exchange therefor; and |
| (viii) | the holding period of a U.S. Holder for the Equity Shares acquired in the conversion will include such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares surrendered in exchange therefor. |
Redemption of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares
We intend to treat a redemption of Class A Restricted Voting Shares in connection with the Transaction as a redemption occurring after the Conversion. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of U.S. Holders who elect to deposit their BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares for redemption and whose BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares are redeemed by BRND pursuant to the Transaction will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares under section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares under that section, the U.S. Holder will be treated as described under “Dispositions of Equity Shares” below with respect to such U.S. Holder’s BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described under “Distributions on Equity Shares” below with respect to their BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares. Whether the redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the percentage of the shares of BRND’s outstanding stock treated as held by the U.S. Holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. Holder, for example, as a result of owning BRND Warrants) both before and after the redemption. The redemption of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares generally will be treated as a sale (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to such U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of such U.S. Holder’s interest in BRND or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to such U.S. Holder. These tests are explained more fully below.
168
In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder takes into account not only stock actually owned by such U.S. Holder, but also shares that are constructively owned by such U.S. Holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. Holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. Holder, as well as any stock the U.S. Holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include Equity Shares which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the BRND Warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of BRND’s outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of BRND’s outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by such U.S. Holder immediately before the redemption. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of the shares of BRND’s stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed, or (ii) all of the shares of BRND’s stock actually owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed and the U.S. Holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the U.S. Holder does not constructively own any other stock of BRND. The redemption of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. Holder’s redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in BRND. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction of a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in BRND will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly-held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption of such U.S. Holder’s BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares.
If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “Distributions on Equity Shares” below with respect to such U.S. Holder’s BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. Holder in the redeemed BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be added to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, or, if it has none, to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its BRND Warrants, or possibly in other stock of BRND constructively owned by it.
Tax Considerations of Holding and Disposing of Equity Shares after the Transaction
Distributions on Equity Shares
We do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of Equity Shares in the foreseeable future. If the Company decides to make any such distributions, however, the gross amount of any distribution paid by the Company on the Equity Shares generally should be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as a dividend to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution should be treated, first, as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Equity Shares, and then, to the extent that the distribution exceeds the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares, as a capital gain, which will be a long-term capital gain if the U.S. Holder has held such stock at the time of the distribution for more than one year. Distributions on Equity Shares constituting dividend income paid to U.S. Holders that are U.S. corporations may qualify for the dividends received deduction, subject to various limitations. Distributions on Equity Shares constituting dividend income paid to U.S. Holders that are individuals may qualify for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
169
Foreign Tax Credit Limitations
Because it is anticipated that we will be subject to tax both as a U.S. domestic corporation and as a Canadian corporation, a U.S. Holder may pay, through withholding, Canadian tax, as well as U.S. federal income tax, with respect to dividends paid on its Equity Shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder may elect for any taxable year to receive either a credit or a deduction for all foreign income taxes paid by the holder during the year. Complex limitations apply to the foreign tax credit, including a general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax that the taxpayer’s foreign source taxable income bears to the taxpayer’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either foreign source or U.S.-source. The status of the Company as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will cause dividends paid by BRND to be treated as U.S. source rather than foreign source for this purpose. As a result, a foreign tax credit may be unavailable for any Canadian tax paid on dividends received from BRND. Similarly, to the extent a sale or disposition of the Equity Shares by a U.S. Holder results in Canadian tax payable by the U.S. Holder (for example, because the Equity Shares constitute taxable Canadian property within the meaning of the Tax Act), a U.S. foreign tax credit may be unavailable to the U.S. Holder for such Canadian tax. In each case, however, the U.S. Holder should be able to take a deduction for the U.S. Holder’s Canadian tax paid, provided that the U.S. Holder has not elected to credit other foreign taxes during the same taxable year. The foreign tax credit rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding these rules.
Foreign Currency
If the Company makes a distribution in Canadian dollars or a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount of the distribution that a U.S. Holder must include in income under the foregoing rules will be the U.S. dollar value of the non-U.S. dollar distribution, determined at the spot rate on the date the distribution is includible in the U.S. holder’s gross income, regardless of whether the distribution is converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the U.S. Holder includes the distribution in income to the date the holder converts the distribution into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss when recognized and will not be eligible for taxation at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains. Different rules apply to U.S. Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares who use the accrual method of tax accounting. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors.
Distributions by BRND to a U.S. Holder on Subordinate Voting Shares may be subject to withholding of Canadian tax. See “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Non-Residents of Canada – Dividends on Equity Shares”.
Tax on Net Investment Income
Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay an additional 3.8% net investment income tax on their “net investment income,” which includes, among other things, dividends and net gain from the sale or other disposition of property (other than property held in a trade or business, other than a passive trade or business or a trade or business consisting of trading financial instruments or commodities).
Sale or Dispositions of Equity Shares
A U.S. Holder will generally recognize gain or loss, if any, on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of Subordinate Voting Shares equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in Equity Shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized on such sale or disposition. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if a U.S. Holder’s holding period in the Equity Shares disposed of is more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) will generally be subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%. Deductions for capital losses are subject to limitations.
170
Back-Up Withholding and Information Reporting
Payments of dividends on or proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of Equity Shares generally will be subject to information reporting and back-up withholding, at the current federal rate of 24%, if a U.S. Holder (i) fails to furnish such holder’s correct U.S. taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), (ii) furnishes an incorrect U.S. taxpayer identification number, (iii) is notified by the IRS that such U.S. Holder has previously failed to properly report items subject to back-up withholding, or (iv) fails to certify under penalties of perjury that the U.S. Holder has furnished its correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified the U.S. Holder that it is subject to back-up withholding.
Back-up withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the back-up withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, assuming the required information is timely provided to the IRS. Moreover, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a U.S. Holder who is required to furnish information but does not do so in the proper manner.
U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the foregoing summary on their ownership and disposition of Equity Shares.
Tax Consequences of the Transaction to U.S. Holders of BRND Warrants
Investment Unit
The BRND Warrants and Class A Restricted Voting Share originally purchased with each BRND Warrant (and the Subordinate Voting Share into which such Class A Restricted Voting Share converts) should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one Equity Share and one-half BRND Warrant to acquire one-half Equity Share. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the purchase price paid for each investment unit will be allocated between the Equity Shares and BRND Warrants based on their respective relative fair market values. This allocation will be based upon our determination of the relative values of the BRND Warrants and of the Equity Shares.
U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in a unit, and the allocation of the purchase price paid for a unit.
Exercise or Lapse of BRND Warrants
A U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss on exercise of a BRND Warrant and will have a tax basis in the Equity Shares received upon exercise equal to the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in a BRND Warrant, plus the exercise price of a BRND Warrant. The holding period for the Equity Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of a BRND Warrant will begin on the date following the date of exercise of the BRND Warrant (or possibly the date of exercise) and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the applicable BRND Warrant.
If a BRND Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder will recognize a capital loss in an amount equal to its tax basis in the applicable BRND Warrant. Such loss will be long-term capital loss if the BRND Warrant has been held for more than one year as of the date the applicable BRND Warrant lapsed. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Sale or Disposition of BRND Warrants
A U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of a BRND Warrant in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received and (b) such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the BRND Warrant sold or otherwise disposed of. Any such gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the BRND Warrant is held for more than one year. Deductions for capital losses are subject to various limitations under the Code.
F. Dividends and paying agents.
Not applicable.
171
G. Statements by experts.
Not applicable.
H. Documents on display.
Documents concerning our company referred to in this Shell Company Report may be viewed by appointment during regular business hours at our head office located at 3645 Long Beach Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90807.
I. Subsidiary Information.
Not applicable.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, we segregate market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.
Fair value risk
Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. We are exposed to minimal fair value risk.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on our restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.
Currency risk
Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to our presentation currency of the United States dollar. We do not currently have any exposure to currency risk as we transact minimally in any currency other than the United States dollar.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.
A. Debt Securities.
Not applicable.
B. Warrants and Rights.
Not applicable.
C. Other Securities.
Not applicable.
D. American Depository Shares.
Not applicable.
172
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.
Not applicable.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.
Not applicable.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures.
Not applicable.
Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert.
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
Not applicable.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.
Not applicable.
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
Not applicable.
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
Not applicable.
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure.
Not applicable.
Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
173
Item 17. Financial Statements.
The following financial statements are attached hereto beginning on page F-1 of this Shell Company Report.
| • | unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of BRND as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020; | |
| • | unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of GH Group as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020; | |
| • | audited financial statements of BRND as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditors’ report thereon (the “BRND Audited Annual Financial Statements”); |
| • | audited consolidated financial statements of GH Group as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditors’ report thereon (the “GH Group Audited Annual Financial Statements”); |
| • | audited combined financial statements of Bud and Bloom (“Bud and Bloom”) as of and for the years ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon (the “Bud and Bloom Audited Financial Statements”); | |
| • | audited financial statements of iCANN, LLC d/b/a Farmacy Berkeley as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon (the “Farmacy Berkeley Audited Annual Financial Statements”); and | |
| • | unaudited pro forma financial statements of BRND, after giving effect to the Transaction, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, together with the notes thereto, and as at and for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”). |
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Refer to “Item 17. Financial Statements.”
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Shell Company Report:
174
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Shell Company Report on its behalf.
| GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. | ||
| Date: December 21, 2022 | By: | /s/ Kyle Kazan |
| Name: | Kyle Kazan | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
175
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
| • | unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of BRND as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020; | |
| • | unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of GH Group as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020; | |
| • | audited financial statements of BRND as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditors’ report thereon; |
| • | audited consolidated financial statements of GH Group as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditors’ report thereon; |
| • | audited combined financial statements of Bud and Bloom as of and for the years ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon; | |
| • | audited financial statements of iCANN, LLC d/b/a Farmacy Berkeley as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, in each case with the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon; and | |
| • | unaudited pro forma financial statements of BRND, after giving effect to the Transaction, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, together with the notes thereto, and as at and for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. |
F-1
MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP.
CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2021 AND 2020
(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
F-2
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)
(Unaudited)
| March 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current | ||||||||
| Cash | $ | 3,630,795 | $ | 2,095,023 | ||||
| Income tax recoverable | 1,566,682 | 1,209,852 | ||||||
| 5,197,477 | 3,304,875 | |||||||
| Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow (note 5) | 405,638,511 | 407,537,056 | ||||||
| Deferred tax asset | 354,251 | 598,435 | ||||||
| Total assets | $ | 411,190,239 | $ | 411,440,366 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY | ||||||||
| Current | ||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 1,405,651 | $ | 396,779 | ||||
| Due to related parties (note 12) | 438,329 | 349,034 | ||||||
| 1,843,980 | 745,813 | |||||||
| Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9) | 16,100,000 | 16,100,000 | ||||||
| Total liabilities | 17,943,980 | 16,845,813 | ||||||
| Commitments and contingencies | ||||||||
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption, 40,250,000 shares (at a redemption value of $10.00 per share) (note 6) | 402,500,000 | 402,500,000 | ||||||
| Shareholders' deficiency | ||||||||
| Class B shares, unlimited authorized, 10,198,751 issued (note 8(a)) | - | - | ||||||
| Additional paid-in-capital | (11,684,284 | ) | (11,684,284 | ) | ||||
| Retained earnings | 2,430,543 | 3,778,837 | ||||||
| Total shareholders' deficiency | (9,253,741 | ) | (7,905,447 | ) | ||||
| Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency | $ | 411,190,239 | $ | 411,440,366 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
Description of organization and business operations and going concern (note 1)
Subsequent events (note 14)
Approved on behalf of the Board:
| "Jonathan Sandelman", Director | |
| "Charles Miles", Director |
F-3
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (loss) Income
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
(Unaudited)
| Three Months Ended March 31, | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||
| Income | ||||||||
| Interest income | $ | 60,900 | $ | 1,495,772 | ||||
| Expenses (income) | ||||||||
| General and administrative (note 11) | 1,328,203 | 164,180 | ||||||
| Travel | 54,792 | - | ||||||
| Foreign exchange loss (gain) | 26,199 | (4,881 | ) | |||||
| 1,409,194 | 159,299 | |||||||
| Net (loss) income before income taxes | (1,348,294 | ) | 1,336,473 | |||||
| Income taxes | ||||||||
| Current tax recovery | (244,184 | ) | - | |||||
| Deferred tax expense | 244,184 | - | ||||||
| - | - | |||||||
| Net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income for the period | $ | (1,348,294 | ) | $ | 1,336,473 | |||
| Basic and diluted net (loss) income per Class B share | $ | (0.13 | ) | $ | 0.13 | |||
| Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted) | 10,198,751 | 10,198,751 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
(Unaudited)
| Three Months Ended March 31, | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||
| Operating activities | ||||||||
| Net (loss) income for the period | $ | (1,348,294 | ) | $ | 1,336,473 | |||
| Items not affecting cash: | ||||||||
| Deferred tax expense | 244,184 | - | ||||||
| Changes in non-cash working capital items: | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | - | (9,800 | ) | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | 1,008,872 | 43,536 | ||||||
| Due to related parties | 89,295 | 29,833 | ||||||
| Income tax recoverable | (356,830 | ) | - | |||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | (362,773 | ) | 1,400,042 | |||||
| Investing activity | ||||||||
| Investment in marketable securities held in a escrow account, net | 1,898,545 | (1,495,110 | ) | |||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activity | 1,898,545 | (1,495,110 | ) | |||||
| Net change in cash during the period | 1,535,772 | (95,068 | ||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | 2,095,023 | 4,127,262 | ||||||
| Balance, end of period | $ | 3,630,795 | $ | 4,032,194 | ||||
| Supplementary information | ||||||||
| Income taxes paid | $ | 112,646 | $ | - | ||||
| Interest received in cash | 60,900 | 1,575,347 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
(Unaudited)
| Class B shares | Additional Paid-in capital | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Number | Amount | Number | Amount | Retained Earnings | Shareholder’s Deficiency | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2019 | 10,198,751 | $ | - | 29,989,500 | $ | (11,684,284 | ) | $ | 2,831,491 | $ | (8,852,793 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Net income and comprehensive income for the period | - | - | - | - | 1,336,473 | 1,336,473 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, March 31, 2020 | 10,198,751 | $ | - | 29,989,500 | $ | (11,684,284 | ) | $ | 4,167,964 | $ | (7,516,320 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2020 | 10,198,751 | $ | - | 29,989,500 | $ | (11,684,284 | ) | $ | 3,778,837 | $ | (7,905,447 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period | - | - | - | - | (1,348,294 | ) | (1,348,294 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Balance, March 31, 2021 | 10,198,751 | $ | - | 29,989,500 | $ | (11,684,284 | ) | $ | 2,430,543 | $ | (9,253,741 | ) | ||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 1. | Description of organization and business operations and going concern |
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) is a corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Transaction”). The Corporation’s business activities are carried out in a single business segment.
The Corporation was incorporated on April 16, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), commenced operations on April 16, 2019. The head office of the Sponsor (as defined below) is located at 590 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.
The Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the continued support of its Sponsor, Mercer Park Brand, L.P. (formerly Mercer Park CB II, L.P.), and/or upon the completion of the Qualifying Transaction within the permitted timeline which is prior to May 13, 2021. Subsequent to quarter-end, the Company has sought an extension to the permitted timeline, (see note 14). There can be no assurance that the Corporation will be successful in completing its Qualifying Transaction. Under the NEO rules, the Corporation is able to borrow funds from the Sponsor (see Note 10). In the event the Corporation's Qualifying Transaction does not occur the escrowed cash will be returned to the Class A restricted voting shareholders and the Sponsor will have no recourse against the escrowed cash.
These uncertainties cast significant doubt upon the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern and the ultimate appropriateness of using accounting principles applicable to a going concern. These unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the amounts and classification of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue as a going concern. If the Corporation is not able to continue as a going concern, the Corporation may be required to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in other than the normal course of business and at amounts different from those reflected in these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements. These differences could be material.
On May 13, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (including 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over- allotment option) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A restricted voting share (“Class A Restricted Voting Share”) of the Corporation and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each, a “Warrant”). In accordance with the Corporation's articles, each Class A Restricted Voting Share, unless previously redeemed, will be automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. All Warrants will become exercisable at a price of $11.50 per share, commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction, and will expire on the day that is five years after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction or may expire earlier if a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the permitted timeline, now 24 months (“Permitted Timeline”) (subject to extension, as further described herein) from the closing of the Offering or if the expiry date is accelerated. Each Whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which, following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, would become one Subordinate Voting Share).
In connection with the Offering, the Corporation granted the underwriter a 30-day non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. The over-allotment option was exercised prior to the close of the initial public offering. As a result of the exercise of the over-allotment option, Mercer Park Brand, L.P. (formerly Mercer Park CB II, L.P.), (the “Sponsor”), a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, indirectly controlled by Mercer Park, L.P., a privately-held family office based in New York, New York and Charles Miles and Sean Goodrich (or persons or companies controlled by them) (collectively with the Sponsor, the “Founders”), own an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares, together with 109,000 Class B Units and 9,810,000 Founders’ Warrants.
F-7
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 1. | Description of organization and business operations (continued) |
Concurrent with the completion of the Offering, the Founders purchased an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares ("Founders' Shares"), consisting of 10,069,750 Class B Shares purchased by the Sponsor, 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Charles Miles, and 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Sean Goodrich. In addition, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 9,810,000 Warrants (“Founders’ Warrants”) at $1.00 per Founders’ Warrant and purchased 109,000 Class B Units.
Upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Class B Shares will, in accordance with the Corporation's articles, convert on a 100-for-1 basis into Multiple Voting Shares.
Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit commenced trading on May 13, 2019 on the Neo Exchange Inc. (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BRND.U”, and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants on June 24, 2019, which trade under the symbols “BRND.A.U”, and “BRND.WT", respectively. The Class B Shares issued to the Founders will not be listed prior to the completion of the Qualifying Transaction.
The proceeds of $402,500,000 from the Offering are held by Odyssey Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law and payment of certain taxes, permitted redemptions and certain expenses, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the Escrow Account will be released to the Corporation prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. The escrowed funds will be held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Transaction or an extension to the Permitted Timeline or up to 36 months with shareholder approval from the holders of Class A Restricted Shares and the Corporation’s board of directors, or in the event a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund a Qualifying Transaction with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commissions, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commissions in the amount of $16,100,000, 75% of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Transaction (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources and the remaining 25% of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) will be payable by the Corporation as it sees fit, including for payment to other agents or advisors who have assisted with or participated in the sourcing, diligence and completion of its Qualifying Transaction).
In connection with consummating a Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will require approval by a majority of the directors unrelated to the Qualifying Transaction. In connection with the Qualifying Transaction, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given the opportunity to elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit timeline), including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account and (ii) actual and expected direct expenses related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will be subject to a redemption limitation of an aggregate 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding. Class B Shares will not be redeemable in connection with a Qualifying Transaction or an extension to the Permitted Timeline and holders of Class B Shares shall not be entitled to access the Escrow Account should a Qualifying Transaction not occur within the Permitted Timeline.
F-8
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 1. | Description of organization and business operations (continued) |
If the Corporation is unable to complete its Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline (or within an extension of the Permitted Timeline), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares. In such case, each holder of a Class A Restricted Voting Share will receive for an amount, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned to pay actual and expected expenses related to the dissolution and certain other related costs as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The underwriter will have no right to the deferred underwriting commissions held in the Escrow Account in such circumstances.
On February 2, 2020, the Corporation announced that it has an executed letter of intent in connection with a potential transaction, which would, if consummated, qualify as its qualifying transaction (note 14(a)(b)). Accordingly, the Corporation will be permitted until May 13, 2021 (24 months following the closing of its initial public offering) to conclude its qualifying transaction. Subsequent to quarter-end, the Company has sought an extension to the permitted timeline, (see note 14).
On March 24, 2021, the Corporation began trading on the OTCQX® Best Market, under the ticker ‘MRCQF’.
The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. It is uncertain what impact this volatility and weakness will have on the Corporation’s securities held at fair value and short-term investments. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods.
| 2. | Summary of significant accounting policies |
The significant accounting policies adopted by the Corporation in the preparation of its unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements are set out below.
Basis of presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. They do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal accruals) considered for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021.
The accompanying unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the December 31, 2020 audited financial statements and notes.
F-9
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 2. | Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) |
Basis of consolidation
The unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries as outlined below:
| - | MPB Acquisition Corp. |
| - | MPB Mergersub Corp. (a wholly owned subsidiary of MPB Acquisition Corp). |
| - | Mercer Park Brand Pipe Inc. |
Use of estimates
The preparation of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the reporting date and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Corporation considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Corporation did not have any cash equivalents as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow
At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the assets held in the Escrow Account were substantially held in U.S. Treasury Bills and cash.
Common stock subject to possible redemption
The Corporation accounts for its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable shares (including shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Corporation’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficiency section of the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets.
F-10
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 2. | Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) |
Income Taxes
The Corporation complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Corporation recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Corporation is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
The Corporation complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding during the period. At March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the Corporation did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into Class B Shares and then share in the (loss) income of the Corporation. As a result, diluted (loss) income per share is the same as basic (loss) income per share for the periods presented.
Concentration of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Corporation to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution. At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Corporation had not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Corporation is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair value of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.
Recently issued accounting standards
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Corporation’s unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
F-11
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 3. | Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions |
The preparation of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements requires the Corporation to make judgments in applying its accounting policies and estimates and assumptions about the future. These judgments, estimates and assumptions affect the Corporation’s reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and items in net income or loss, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if any. The Corporation evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on various assumptions that the Corporation believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of items in net income or loss that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The following discusses the most significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions that the Corporation has made in the preparation of its March 31, 2021 unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.
Warrant Valuation
Pursuant to the Offering, the Corporation issued Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the warrant. The Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.
Income Tax
The determination of the Corporation’s income taxes and other tax assets and liabilities requires interpretation of complex laws and regulations. Judgment is required in determining whether deferred income tax assets should be recognized on the balance sheet. Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred tax asset could be materially impacted.
| 4. | The Offering |
Pursuant to the Offering, the Corporation sold 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (including 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A Restricted Voting Share of the Corporation and one-half of a Warrant. See note 1.
| 5. | Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow |
| March 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||
| Restricted cash | $ | 201,895,527 | $ | 981 | ||||
| Investments in United States Treasury Bills | 203,709,233 | 407,509,774 | ||||||
| Accrued interest | 33,751 | 26,301 | ||||||
| Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow | $ | 405,638,511 | $ | 407,537,056 | ||||
F-12
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 6. | Class A Restricted Voting Shares Subject to Redemption |
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares. Following closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will not issue any further Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.
Voting rights
Prior to the consummation of a Qualifying Transaction, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are not entitled to vote at, or receive notice of or meeting materials in respect of meetings, held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are, however, entitled to vote on and receive notice of meeting materials on all other matters requiring shareholder approval, including approval of an extension of the Permitted Timeline, if applicable, and of a proposed Qualifying Transaction.
Redemption rights
The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to redeem their shares, subject to certain conditions, and are entitled to receive the escrow proceeds, net of applicable taxes and other permitted deductions, from the Escrow Account: (i) in the event that the Corporation does not complete a Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline; (ii) in the event of a Qualifying Transaction; and (iii) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished.
Value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares Subject to Redemption
The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its "Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption" as commitments and contingencies at redemption value.
Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption -- issued and outstanding
| Number | Amount | |||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021 | 40,250,000 | $ | 402,500,000 | |||||
| 7. | Warrants |
As at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Corporation had 29,989,500 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, 9,810,000 Founders’ Warrants, and 54,500 Warrants forming part of the Class B Units.
F-13
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 7. | Warrants (continued) |
All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of our Qualifying Transaction. Each Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which, following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, would become one Subordinate Voting Share) at a price of $11.50 per share. The Warrant Agreement provides that the exercise price and number of Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of Subordinate Voting Shares at a price below their exercise price. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founders’ Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their flexibility) by providing 30 days’ notice if, and only if, the closing share price of the Subordinate Voting Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Subordinate Voting Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, extraordinary dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period, in which case the expiry date shall be the date which is 30 days following the date on which such notice if provided.
The Warrants will not be entitled to the proceeds from the Escrow Account. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive corresponding Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation. After the issuance of corresponding Subordinate Voting Shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder is expected to be entitled to one vote for each Subordinate Voting Share held of record on all matters to be voted on by such shareholders.
Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants
The Founders have agreed not to transfer any of their Founders’ Warrants until after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction without the prior consent of the Exchange, except for transfers required due to the structuring of the Qualifying Transaction or to permitted transferees, with the Exchange’s consent, in which case such restriction will apply to the securities received in connection with the Qualifying Transaction. Following completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction, the Founders’ Warrants, including Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on exercise of the Founders’ Warrants, may be subject to certain sale or transfer restrictions in accordance with applicable securities laws.
| 8. | Shareholders' deficiency |
a) Class B Shares
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares without nominal or par value. Following closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will not issue any further Class B Shares. The holders of Founders’ Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.
Voting rights
Holders of Class B Shares are entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, with the exception of (i) meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and (ii) meetings to approve an extension of the Permitted Timeline within which the Corporation is required to complete its Qualifying Transaction, which will only be voted upon by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.
F-14
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 8. | Shareholders' deficiency (continued) |
a) Class B Shares (continued)
Redemption rights
Holders of Class B Shares do not have any redemption rights, or rights to distributions from the Escrow Account if the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline.
Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares
The holders of the Class B Shares have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Class B Shares, unless transferred, assigned or sold to permitted transferees with the Exchange’s consent, prior to completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction. Following completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction, the Multiple- Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are converted, may be subject to certain sale or transfer restrictions in accordance with applicable securities laws.
b) Subordinate Voting Shares
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of subordinate voting shares ("Subordinate Voting Shares”) without nominal or par value. No Subordinate Voting Shares may be issued prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, except in connection with such closing.
Voting rights
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). On all matters upon which holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to vote, each Subordinate Voting Share will be entitled to one vote per Subordinate Voting Share.
Dividend rights
See Note 8 – Multiple Voting Shares – Dividend rights.
Redemption rights
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will not have any redemption rights.
F-15
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 8. | Shareholders' deficiency (continued) |
c) Multiple Voting Shares
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of multiple voting shares (“Multiple Voting Shares”) without nominal or par value. No Multiple Voting Shares may be issued prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, except in connection with such closing.
Voting rights
Holders of Multiple Voting Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). On all matters upon which holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to vote, each Multiple Voting Share will be entitled to 2,500 votes per Multiple Voting Share.
Dividend rights
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive dividends out of the assets available for the payment or distribution of dividends at such times and in such amount and form as the board of directors of the Corporation may from time to time determine on the following basis, and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Subordinate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares: each Multiple Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount paid or distributed per Subordinate Voting Share (including by way of share dividends, which holders of Multiple Voting Shares will receive in Multiple Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors of the Corporation) and each fraction of a Multiple Voting Share will be entitled to the applicable fraction thereof.
Redemption rights
Holders of Multiple Voting Shares will not have any redemption rights.
| 9. | Transaction costs |
Transaction costs consist principally of legal, accounting and underwriting costs incurred through to date of the balance sheet. Transaction costs incurred amounted to $22,609,294 (including $22,137,500 in underwriters’ commission of which $16,100,000 is deferred and payable only upon completion of a Qualifying Transaction) were charged to shareholder’s equity upon completion of the Offering.
Underwriter's commission
In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation has agreed to pay the underwriter a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $ $6,037,500, representing $0.15 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to the underwriter upon closing of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Transaction, the remaining $16,100,000 (representing $0.40 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit) will be payable, 75% of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Transaction (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining 25% of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) will be payable by the Corporation as it sees fit, including for payment to other agents or advisors who have assisted with or participated in the sourcing, diligence and completion of its Qualifying Transaction).
F-16
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 10. | Capital management |
(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
| Balance, March 31, 2021 | ||||
| Shareholders' deficiency | $ | (9,253,741 | ) | |
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | |||
| Total | $ | 393,246,259 | ||
| Balance, December 31, 2020 | ||||
| Shareholders' deficiency | $ | (7,905,447 | ) | |
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | |||
| Total | $ | 394,594,553 | ||
The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.
(b) Liquidity
As at March 31, 2021, the Corporation had $3,630,795 (December 31, 2020 - $2,095,023) in cash. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.
To the extent that the Corporation may require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with sourcing a proposed Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation may obtain such funding by way of unsecured loans from the Sponsor and/or its affiliates, subject to consent of the Exchange, which loans would, unless approved otherwise by the Exchange, bear interest at no more than the prime rate plus 1%. The Sponsor would not have recourse under such loans against the Escrow Account, and thus the loans would not reduce the value of such Escrow Account. Such loans would collectively be subject to a maximum principal amount of 10% of the escrowed funds, and may be repayable in cash following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction and may be convertible into Class B Shares and/or Warrants in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, subject to Exchange consent.
Otherwise, and subject to any relief granted by the Exchange, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.
F-17
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 11. | General and administrative expenses |
| Three months ended March 31, 2021 | ||||
| Professional fees | $ | 1,074,971 | ||
| Public company filing and listing costs | 253,035 | |||
| General office expenses | 197 | |||
| $ | 1,328,203 | |||
| Three months ended March 31, 2020 | ||||
| Public company filing and listing costs | $ | 93,274 | ||
| General office expenses | 70,906 | |||
| $ | 164,180 | |||
| 12. | Related party transactions |
In May 2019 the Corporation entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Transaction. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at March 31, 2021, the Corporation accrued $235,000 (December 31, 2020 - $205,000) in respect of these services.
On May 13, 2019, the Sponsor executed a make whole agreement and undertaking in favour of the Corporation, whereby the Sponsor agreed to indemnify the Corporation in certain limited circumstances where the funds held in the Escrow Account are reduced to below $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Corporation paid professional fees of $15,206 (three months ended March 31, 2020 - $6,372) to Marrelli Support Services Inc. (“Marrelli Support”), an organization of which the Corporation's Chief Financial Officer is Managing Director. These services were incurred in the normal course of operations for general accounting and financial reporting matters. As at March 31, 2021, Marrelli Support was owed $15,283 (December 31, 2020 - $9,034) and was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Corporation's balance sheet.
From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2020 and for the three months ended March 31, 2021, Ayr Wellness Inc. ("Ayr"), a company with common management, incurred travel costs on behalf of the Corporation. As at March 31, 2021, the Corporation owed Ayr $188,046 (December 31, 2020 - $135,000) and which included in due to related parties on the Corporation's balance sheets. This is based on a cash-call-basis from Ayr.
F-18
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 13. | Fair value measurements |
The Corporation follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Corporation would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Corporation seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The following table presents information about the Corporation’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2021, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Corporation utilized to determine such fair value:
| Carrying value | ||||||||||||||||
| as at | Fair value as at March 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||
| March 31, 2021 ($) | Level 1 ($) | Level 2 ($) | Level 3 ($) | |||||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||
| Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow | 405,638,511 | 405,638,511 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.
Fair value risk
Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to minimal fair value risk.
F-19
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| 13. | Fair value measurements (continued) |
Market risk (continued)
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.
Currency risk
Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation transacts minimally in any currency other than the United States dollar.
| 14. | Subsequent events |
(a) On April 8, 2021, the Corporation announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement to merge with GH Group, Inc. (the “Glass House Group Transaction”), a fully-integrated cannabis business in California, with the right to combine with a state-of-the-art greenhouse and up to 17 additional dispensary locations that are in the process of applying for licenses.
(b) On May 5, 2021, the Corporation obtained shareholder approval for a brief extension in its permitted timeline, from May 13, 2021 to July 30, 2021, in order to enable the Glass House Group Transaction to be completed.
(c) On May 7, 2021, the Corporation received a receipt for a final non-offering prospectus from the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities in connection with the completion of the Glass House Group Transaction. On the same date, the Corporation filed a management information circular in connection with the shareholders’ meeting scheduled to be held on June 2, 2021 to approve the Glass House Group Transaction and related matters.
(d) Effective May 13, 2021, in connection with the extension in the permitted timeline described above, 22,406,149 of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares were redeemed for US$10.11 per share. An additional right to redeem the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be available to the holders thereof in connection with the closing of the Glass House Group Transaction. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions of closing, the Glass House Group Transaction is currently anticipated to close in the first half of June 2021.
F-20

GH GROUP, INC.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF MARCH 31, 2021,
AND DECEMBER 31, 2020,
AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 2021, AND 2020
F-21
GH GROUP, INC.
Table of Contents
| Page | |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-23 |
| Consolidated Balance Sheets | F-24 |
| Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations | F-25 |
| Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’/ Members’ Equity | F-26 |
| Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows | F-27 - F-28 |
| Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements | F-29 - F-47 |
F-22

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders / Members
GH Group, Inc.
Results of Review of Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
We have reviewed the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet of GH Group, Inc. (the “Company”), as of March 31, 2021, and the related unaudited condensed interim consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’/ members’ equity, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements”). Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2020, combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2019, and 2018, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in shareholders/ members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated May 4, 2021, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those combined financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated and combined financial statements from which it has been derived.
Basis for Review Results
These unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
![]() |
|
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | |
| Los Angeles, California | |
| July 9, 2021 |
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | ||
| 700 South Flower St., Suite 800 | www.mgocpa.com | |
| Los Angeles, CA 90017 |
F-23
GH GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Unaudited | ||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash | $ | 11,610,630 | $ | 4,535,251 | ||||
| Accounts Receivable, Net | 3,609,591 | 5,141,021 | ||||||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | 3,413,299 | 1,018,212 | ||||||
| Inventory | 8,830,899 | 6,866,002 | ||||||
| Notes Receivable | 920,619 | 904,534 | ||||||
| Total Current Assets | 28,385,038 | 18,465,020 | ||||||
| Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets, Net | 2,676,373 | 2,532,629 | ||||||
| Investments | 8,941,948 | 10,701,868 | ||||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment, Net | 28,186,600 | 27,192,027 | ||||||
| Intangible Assets, Net | 4,999,833 | 5,279,000 | ||||||
| Goodwill | 4,918,823 | 4,815,999 | ||||||
| Other Assets | 431,409 | 554,266 | ||||||
| TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 78,540,024 | $ | 69,540,809 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
| LIABILITIES: | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 9,600,967 | $ | 6,570,715 | ||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 6,432,655 | 4,740,003 | ||||||
| Derivative Liabilities | 6,876,000 | 7,365,000 | ||||||
| Current Portion of Operating Lease Liabilities | 185,508 | 327,329 | ||||||
| Current Portion of Notes Payable | 7,866,625 | 601,187 | ||||||
| Current Portion of Notes Payable - Related Parties | 4,168,155 | - | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 35,129,910 | 19,604,234 | ||||||
| Operating Lease Liabilities, Net of Current Portion | 2,529,413 | 2,318,852 | ||||||
| Other Non-Current Liabilities | 1,148,921 | 849,358 | ||||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities | 1,362,786 | 1,420,583 | ||||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion | 16,512,965 | 15,368,892 | ||||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion - Related Parties | 3,748,158 | 3,703,966 | ||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES | 60,432,153 | 43,265,885 | ||||||
| SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: | ||||||||
| Preferred Shares ($0.00001 Par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020) | - | - | ||||||
| Class A Common Shares ($0.00001 Par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 213,911,892 and 205,900,164 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively) | 2,139 | 2,059 | ||||||
| Class B Common Shares ($0.00001 Par value, 33,000,000 shares authorized and 32,295,270 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020) | 323 | 323 | ||||||
| Additional Paid-In Capital | 47,918,680 | 42,932,020 | ||||||
| Accumulated Deficit | (29,813,271 | ) | (16,659,478 | ) | ||||
| TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY | 18,107,871 | 26,274,924 | ||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY | $ | 78,540,024 | $ | 69,540,809 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-24
GH GROUP, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021, and 2020
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 15,240,281 | $ | 6,449,327 | ||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 9,798,285 | 4,985,843 | ||||||
| Gross Profit | 5,441,996 | 1,463,484 | ||||||
| Operating Expenses: | ||||||||
| General and Administrative | 5,835,731 | 4,107,858 | ||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 488,535 | 354,425 | ||||||
| Professional Fees | 3,352,751 | 645,046 | ||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 724,454 | 531,405 | ||||||
| Total Operating Expenses | 10,401,471 | 5,638,734 | ||||||
| Loss from Operations | (4,959,475 | ) | (4,175,250 | ) | ||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||
| Interest Expense | 1,010,428 | 363,069 | ||||||
| Interest Income | (16,086 | ) | (98,341 | ) | ||||
| (Income) Loss on Investments | (1,388 | ) | 19,197 | |||||
| (Gain) Loss on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | (671,000 | ) | 129,699 | |||||
| Loss on Disposition of Subsidiary | 6,090,339 | - | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income), Net | 6,024 | (14,813 | ) | |||||
| Total Other Expense, Net | 6,418,317 | 398,811 | ||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (11,377,792 | ) | (4,574,061 | ) | ||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 1,776,001 | 566,593 | ||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (13,153,793 | ) | $ | (5,140,654 | ) | ||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-25
GH GROUP, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Changes
in Shareholders’/ Members’ Equity
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021, and 2020
(Amounts Expressed in United States Dollars Unless Otherwise Stated)
| $ Amount | Units | $ Amount | Units | $ Amount | Units | $ Amount | TOTAL EQUITY | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ATTRIBUTABLE TO | TOTAL | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class A | Class A | Class B | Class B | Additional | SHAREHOLDERS' / | SHAREHOLDERS' / | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Members' | Preferred | Preferred | Common | Common | Common | Common | Paid-In | Accumulated | MEMBERS' | Non-Controlling | MEMBERS' | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity | Shares | Shares | Shares | Shares | Shares | Shares | Capital | Deficit | of GH Group | Interest | EQUITY | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 | $ | 35,047,515 | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 35,047,515 | $ | 3,554,731 | $ | 38,602,246.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Loss | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (5,140,654 | ) | (5,140,654 | ) | - | (5,140,654 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions | (23,650 | ) | (23,650 | ) | (23,650 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share based compensation from Options | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 556,692 | - | 556,692 | - | 556,692 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Formation and Rollup | (35,023,865 | ) | - | - | 197,650,255 | 1,977 | 32,295,270 | 323 | 38,576,296 | - | 3,554,731 | (3,554,731 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance for Business Acquisition | - | - | - | 10,318,807 | 103 | - | - | 3,095,539 | - | 3,095,642 | - | 3,095,642 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cancellation of Shares for Issuance of Convertible Debt | - | - | - | (2,068,898 | ) | (21 | ) | - | - | (1,749,979 | ) | - | (1,750,000 | ) | - | (1,750,000 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF MARCH 31, 2020 | $ | - | - | $ | - | 205,900,164 | $ | 2,059 | 32,295,270 | $ | 323 | $ | 40,478,548 | $ | (5,140,654 | ) | $ | 35,340,276 | $ | - | $ | 35,340,276 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 | $ | - | - | $ | - | 205,900,164 | $ | 2,059 | 32,295,270 | $ | 323 | $ | 42,932,020 | $ | (16,659,478 | ) | $ | 26,274,924 | $ | - | $ | 26,274,924 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Loss | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (13,153,793 | ) | (13,153,793 | ) | - | (13,153,793 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-Based Compensation from Options | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 1,381,462 | - | 1,381,462 | - | 1,381,462 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-Based Compensation from Common Shares | - | - | - | 500,000 | 5 | - | - | 224,995 | - | 225,000 | - | 225,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance for Business Acquisition | - | - | - | 7,511,728 | 75 | - | - | 3,380,203 | - | 3,380,278 | - | 3,380,278 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF MARCH 31, 2021 | $ | - | - | $ | - | 213,911,892 | $ | 2,139 | 32,295,270 | $ | 323 | $ | 47,918,680 | $ | (29,813,271 | ) | $ | 18,107,871 | $ | - | $ | 18,107,871 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-26
GH GROUP, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021, and 2020
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (13,153,793 | ) | $ | (5,140,654 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to Net Cash Used in Operating Activities: | ||||||||
| Deferred Tax (Recovery) Expense | (57,797 | ) | 218,770 | |||||
| Interest Capitalized to Notes Payable | 475,806 | 136,037 | ||||||
| Interest Income Capitalized to Principle Balance | (16,085 | ) | (35,698 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 724,454 | 531,405 | ||||||
| Net (Income) Loss on Equity Method Investments | (1,388 | ) | 19,197 | |||||
| Loss on Disposition of Subsidiary | 6,070,902 | - | ||||||
| Non-Cash Operating Lease Costs | 186,664 | 261,728 | ||||||
| Accretion of Debt Discount and Loan Origination Fees | 466,423 | 148,089 | ||||||
| (Gain) Loss on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | (671,000 | ) | 129,699 | |||||
| Share-Based Compensation | 1,606,462 | 556,692 | ||||||
| Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts Receivable | 1,510,363 | (867,023 | ) | |||||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | (716,370 | ) | (763,449 | ) | ||||
| Inventory | (1,621,608 | ) | (375,960 | ) | ||||
| Other Assets | 27,438 | 52,561 | ||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | 2,628,153 | (249,064 | ) | |||||
| Cash Payments - Operating Lease Liabilities | (186,497 | ) | (190,323 | ) | ||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 1,483,186 | 258,322 | ||||||
| Other Non-Current Liabilities | 299,563 | 62,107 | ||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | (945,124 | ) | (5,247,564 | ) | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Purchases of Property and Equipment | (1,159,860 | ) | (1,118,754 | ) | ||||
| Issuance of Note Receivable | - | (1,140,000 | ) | |||||
| Purchase of Investments | (350,001 | ) | (1,000,415 | ) | ||||
| Distributions Received from Equity Method Investments | 66,000 | 66,000 | ||||||
| Cash Paid for Business Acquisition, Net of Cash and Cash Equivalents Acquired | (284,028 | ) | (81,522 | ) | ||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (1,727,889 | ) | (3,274,691 | ) | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from the Issuance of Notes Payable, Third Parties and Related Parties | 10,305,806 | 9,641,525 | ||||||
| Payments on Notes Payable, Third Parties and Related Parties | (557,414 | ) | (166,588 | ) | ||||
| Distributions - Controlling and Non-Controlling Interest | - | (23,050 | ) | |||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 9,748,392 | 9,451,887 | ||||||
| NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 7,075,379 | 929,632 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 4,535,251 | 2,631,886 | ||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 11,610,630 | $ | 3,561,518 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-27
GH GROUP, INC.
Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021, and 2020
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE FOR CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||
| Cash Paid for Interest | $ | 174,374 | $ | 148,875 | ||||
| Cash Paid for Taxes | $ | 141,146 | $ | 89,501 | ||||
| Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities: | ||||||||
| Net Assets Acquired From an Acquisition, Excluding Cash Acquired | $ | 5,709,615 | $ | 7,902,973 | ||||
| Proceeds Deposited Into Escrow Account | $ | 2,029,932 | $ | - | ||||
| Purchase of Property and Equipment from Proceeds of Note Payable, Third Parties | $ | 125,356 | $ | - | ||||
| Cancellation of Shares for Issuance of Convertible Debt | $ | - | $ | 1,750,000 | ||||
| Recognition of Right-of-Use Assets for Operating Leases | $ | 1,160,730 | $ | 1,182,942 | ||||
| Acquisition of Non-Controlling Interest Upon Roll - Up | $ | - | $ | 3,554,731 | ||||
| Derivative Liability Incurred Upon Issuance of Convertible Debt | $ | 182,000 | $ | 3,724,337 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-28
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS
GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group” or the “Company”), is a vertically integrated cannabis company that operates in the state of California. The Company cultivates, manufactures, and distributes cannabis consumer packaged goods primarily to third-party retail stores in the state of California. The Company also owns and operates retail cannabis stores in the state of California.
On January 31, 2020, pursuant to a Formation and Contribution Agreement (the “Agreement”), a roll-up transaction (“Roll-up”) was consummated whereby the assets and liabilities of a combined group of companies were transferred into GH Group, Inc. whereby GH Group, Inc. now owns and controls the majority interest of all the entities previously combined.
COVID-19
In March 2020, a global pandemic was declared by the World Health Organization related to the rapidly growing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19. The pandemic is having an unprecedented impact on the U.S. economy as federal, state and local governments react to this public health crisis, which has created significant uncertainties. The Company is unable to currently quantify the economic effect, if any, on the Company’s results of operations.
These developments could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s revenues, results of operations and cash flows. This situation is rapidly changing and additional impacts to the business may arise that the Company is not aware of currently. The ultimate magnitude and duration of COVID-19, including the extent of its overall impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The significant accounting policies and critical estimates applied by the Company in these Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements are the same as those applied in the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2020, unless otherwise disclosed in these accompanying notes to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Basis of Preparation
The accompanying Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. The Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts and operations of the Company and those of the Company’s subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, if any, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. Investments in entities in which the Company has significant influence, but less than a controlling financial interest, are accounted for using the equity method. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 have been included.
The accompanying Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements do not include all of the information required for full annual financial statements. Accordingly, certain information, footnotes and disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP, have been condensed or omitted. The financial data presented herein should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes thereto, and have been prepared using the same accounting policies described therein.
F-29
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Basis of Consolidation
These Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, and for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and entities over which the Company has control as defined in ASC 810. Subsidiaries over which the Company has control are fully consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases. Control exists when the Company has ownership of a majority voting interest, and, therefore, as a general rule ownership by one reporting entity, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting shares of another entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable are considered.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321)”, “Investments— Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323)”, and “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)” (“ASU 2020-01”), which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. The Company adopted ASU 2020-01 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. The Company early adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
3. CONCENTRATIONS OF BUSINESS AND CREDIT RISK
The Company maintains cash at its physical locations, which are not currently insured and cash with various U.S. banks and credit unions with balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund limits, respectively. The failure of a bank or credit union where the Company has significant deposits could result in a loss of a portion of such cash balances in excess of the insured limit, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, and for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company has not experienced any losses with regards to its cash balances.
F-30
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
3. CONCENTRATIONS OF BUSINESS AND CREDIT RISK (Continued)
The Company provides credit in the normal course of business to customers located throughout California. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts based on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. There were two customers for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, that comprised 30% and 26%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues. As of March 31, 2021, one of these customers had a balance due to the Company of $2,675,499. As of December 31, 2020, there were two customers that comprised 37% of the Company’s revenues, these customers had balances due the Company $4,053,718.
4. INVENTORY
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, inventory consists of the following:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Raw Materials | $ | 4,047,133 | $ | 4,109,434 | ||||
| Work-in-Process | 3,141,151 | 1,793,094 | ||||||
| Finished Goods | 1,642,615 | 963,474 | ||||||
| Total Inventory | $ | 8,830,899 | $ | 6,866,002 | ||||
5. INVESTMENTS
The Company has various investments in entities in which it holds a significant but non-controlling influence through voting equity or through company representation on the entities board of directors. Accordingly, the Company was deemed to have significant influence resulting in equity method accounting.
As of March 31, 2021, activity related to investments consist of the following:
| LOB Group, Inc. | NRO Management, LLC | SoCal Hemp JV, LLC | ICANN, LLC | 5042
Venice, LLC | Lompoc
TIC, LLC | TOTAL | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair Value as of December 31, 2020 | $ | 2,809,412 | $ | 2,336,713 | $ | 1,058,778 | $ | 2,045,309 | $ | 2,222,695 | $ | 228,961 | $ | 10,701,868 | ||||||||||||||
| Additions | - | - | 273,752 | - | - | 76,249 | 350,001 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions | - | - | - | - | (66,000 | ) | - | (66,000 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Reclass of Investment for Acquisition | - | - | - | (2,045,309 | ) | - | - | (2,045,309 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Income (Loss) on Equity Method Investments | 8,020 | 640 | (61,584 | ) | - | 60,204 | (5,892 | ) | 1,388 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fair Value as of March 31, 2021 | $ | 2,817,432 | $ | 2,337,353 | $ | 1,270,946 | $ | - | $ | 2,216,899 | $ | 299,318 | $ | 8,941,948 | ||||||||||||||
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company recorded net gains from equity method investments of $1,388. During the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company recorded net losses from equity method investments of $19,197. These investments are recorded at the amount of the Company’s investment and as adjusted for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or loss, and dividends paid.
F-31
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Land | $ | 9,069,379 | $ | 8,966,874 | ||||
| Buildings | 11,220,540 | 11,211,573 | ||||||
| Furniture and Fixtures | 264,576 | 44,519 | ||||||
| Leasehold Improvements | 8,022,160 | 7,475,295 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 4,750,835 | 4,502,869 | ||||||
| Construction in Progress | 622,786 | 315,306 | ||||||
| Total Property, Plant and Equipment | 33,950,276 | 32,516,436 | ||||||
| Less Accumulated Depreciation | (5,763,676 | ) | (5,324,409 | ) | ||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment, Net | $ | 28,186,600 | $ | 27,192,027 | ||||
Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, was $672,787 and $513,372, respectively.
7. DISPOSITION OF SUBSIDARY
On March 3, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to assign all of its membership interests in Field Investment Co., LLC, a subsidiary and its subsidiaries Field Taste Matters, Inc., ATES Enterprises, LLC, and Zero One Seven Management, LLC for de minimis consideration to an unrelated party. On the same day, the Company immediately divested itself of the subsidiary and recognized a loss on disposition of a subsidiary in the amount of $6,070,902.
The subsidiary disposed of does not qualify as a discontinued operation in accordance with ASC 205, "Discontinued Operations”.
The net assets of the subsidiary that was disposed of consists of the following:
| ASSETS: | ||||
| Accounts Receivable, Net | $ | 21,067 | ||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | 411,219 | |||
| Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets, Net | 976,417 | |||
| Property, Plant and Equipment, Net | 310,501 | |||
| Intangible Assets, Net | 3,727,500 | |||
| Goodwill | 2,095,918 | |||
| Other Assets | 95,419 | |||
| TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 7,638,041 | ||
| LIABILITIES: | ||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 473,500 | ||
| Operating Lease Liabilities | 1,051,588 | |||
| Notes Payable | 42,051 | |||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES | $ | 1,567,139 | ||
| NET ASSETS DISPOSED | $ | 6,070,902 | ||
F-32
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
8. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
On January 1, 2021, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of iCANN, LLC dba Farmacy Berkeley (“iCANN”) a licensed retail cannabis company located in Berkeley, California. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between a subsidiary of the Company and iCANN, the following occurred: (i) the Company elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $ 2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of iCANN; (ii) the Company paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of iCANN equity interests: (iii) the Company issued 7,511,728 Class A Common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and (iv) $42,956 in cash to the remaining holders of iCANN equity interests. In addition, the Company granted 500,000 Class A Common Shares to various consultants as a finder’s fee. The Company recorded $225,000 in share-based compensation associated with the grant.
The purchase price allocations for the business acquisition, as set forth in the table below, reflect various preliminary fair value estimates and analyses that are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the fair values of certain tangible assets, the valuation of intangible assets acquired and residual goodwill. The Company expects to continue to obtain information to assist in determining the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period. Measurement period adjustments that the Company determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the period of acquisition in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and, depending on the nature of the adjustments, other periods subsequent to the period of acquisition could be affected. All the acquisitions noted below were accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”.
Preliminary allocation of purchase price of business acquisitions completed during the three months ended March 31, 2021, are as follows:
| 2021 | ||||
| Total Consideration | ||||
| Cash | $ | 442,956 | ||
| Equity Investment Converted | 2,045,309 | |||
| Fair Value of Equity Issued | 3,380,278 | |||
| Total Consideration | $ | 5,868,543 | ||
| Net Assets Acquired (Liabilities Assumed) | ||||
| Current Assets | $ | 562,221 | ||
| Operating Right-of-Use Asset | 1,160,730 | |||
| Property, Plant and Equipment | 692,645 | |||
| Deferred Tax Assets, Net | (209,466 | ) | ||
| Current Liabilities Assumed | (922,745 | ) | ||
| Long-Term Liabilities Assumed | (1,113,584 | ) | ||
| Intangible Assets: | ||||
| Intellectual Property | 600,000 | |||
| Dispensary License | 2,900,000 | |||
| Total Intangible Assets | 3,500,000 | |||
| Total Identifiable Net Assets Acquired (Net Liabilities Assumed) | 3,669,801 | |||
| Goodwill (1) | 2,198,742 | |||
| Total Net Assets Acquired | $ | 5,868,543 | ||
| Pro Forma Revenues (2) | n/a | |||
(1) Goodwill arising from acquisitions represent expected synergies, future income and growth, and other intangibles that do not qualify for separate recognition. Generally, goodwill related to dispensaries acquired within a state adds to the footprint of the GH Group dispensaries within the state, giving the Company’s customers more access to the Company’s branded stores. Goodwill related to cultivation and wholesale acquisitions provide for lower costs and synergies of the Company’s growing and wholesale distribution methods which allow for overall lower costs.
(2) As the acquisition was completed on January 1, 2020, no pro forma information is required.
F-33
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, intangible assets consist of the following:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Definite Lived Intangible Assets Intellectual Property | $ | 790,000 | $ | 940,000 | ||||
| Total Definite Lived Intangible Assets | 790,000 | 940,000 | ||||||
| Less Accumulated Amortization | (90,167 | ) | (201,000 | ) | ||||
| Definite Lived Intangible Assets, Net | 699,833 | 739,000 | ||||||
| Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets Cannabis Licenses | 4,300,000 | 4,540,000 | ||||||
| Total Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets | 4,300,000 | 4,540,000 | ||||||
| Total Intangible Assets, Net | $ | 4,999,833 | $ | 5,279,000 | ||||
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $51,667 and $36,833, respectively.
The following is the future minimum amortization expense to be recognized for the years ended December 31:
| December 31: | ||||
| 2021 (remaining) | $ | 118,500 | ||
| 2022 | 158,000 | |||
| 2023 | 158,000 | |||
| 2024 | 145,333 | |||
| 2025 | 120,000 | |||
| Total Future Amortization Expense | $ | 699,833 | ||
10. GOODWILL
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, goodwill was $4,918,823 and $4,815,999, respectively. See “Note 7 – Disposition of Subsidiary” and “Note 8 – Business Acquisitions” for further information.
Goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit, which is the operating segment level or one level below the operating segment. Goodwill arises when the purchase price for acquired businesses exceeds the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired less assumed liabilities. Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The goodwill impairment test consists of one step comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value is recognized as a goodwill impairment loss. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of the last day of the fiscal year.
F-34
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
11. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Accounts Payable | $ | 5,275,735 | $ | 2,583,910 | ||||
| Accrued Liabilities | 1,766,130 | 1,082,980 | ||||||
| Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities | 1,355,335 | 1,724,921 | ||||||
| Sales Tax and Cannabis Taxes | 1,203,767 | 1,178,904 | ||||||
| Total Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 9,600,967 | $ | 6,570,715 | ||||
The Company offers a customer loyalty rewards program that allows members to earn discounts on future purchases. Unused discounts earned by loyalty rewards program members are included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a sales discount at the time a qualifying purchase is made. The value of points accrued as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, was approximately $1,503,000 and $1,007,000, respectively. Currently, unused points do not expire in most cases.
12. DERIVATIVE LIBILITIES
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued convertible debt to third parties and related parties, see Note 14 and Note 15, respectively. Upon the analysis of the conversion feature of the convertible debt under ASC 815, the Company determined that the conversion features are to be accounted as derivative liabilities. The Company valued the conversion feature using the Binomial Lattice Model using the following level 3 inputs:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Weighted-Average Risk Free Annual Rate | 0.19 | % | 0.82 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Average Probability at Maturity | 10.00 | % | 0.31 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Average Probability Before Maturity | 75.00 | % | 59.00 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Average Probability at Change of Control | 15.00 | % | 33.00 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Annual Dividend Yield | 0.0 | % | 9.0 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Stock Price Volatility | 78.2 | % | 70.9 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Life in Years | 0.43 | 2.28 | ||||||
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of derivative liabilities and change in fair value of derivative liabilities as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, is as follows:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Balance at Beginning of Period | $ | 7,365,000 | $ | - | ||||
| Derivative Liability Incurred Upon Issuance of Convertible Debt | 182,000 | 7,113,337 | ||||||
| Change in Fair Value | (671,000 | ) | 251,663 | |||||
| Balance at End of Period | $ | 6,876,000 | $ | 7,365,000 | ||||
Derivative liabilities are included in current liabilities as the holders of the convertible notes can convert at any time.
13. LEASES
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and accrued obligations under operating lease (current and non-current) liabilities in the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets are classified as a finance lease or an operating lease. The Company classifies a lease as an operating lease when it does not meet any criteria of a finance lease as set forth by ASC 842.
F-35
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
13. LEASES (Continued)
ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Most operating leases contain renewal options that provide for rent increases based on prevailing market conditions. The Company has lease extension terms at its properties that have either been extended or are reasonably certain to be extended. The terms used to calculate the lease liabilities and ROU assets for these properties include the renewal options that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise.
The Company leases land, buildings, equipment and other capital assets which it plans to use for corporate purposes and the production and sale of cannabis products. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets and are expensed in the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations on the straight-line basis over the lease term.
The below are the details of the lease cost and other disclosures regarding the Company’s leases for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Operating Lease Cost | $ | 186,664 | $ | 257,902 | ||||
| Short-Term Lease Costs | 122,753 | 64,488 | ||||||
| Total Lease Expenses | $ | 309,417 | $ | 322,390 | ||||
| Cash Paid for Amounts Included in the Measurement of Lease Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Operating Cash Flows from Operating Leases | $ | 186,497 | $ | 190,323 | ||||
| Non-Cash Additions to Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Recognition of Right-of-Use Assets for Operating Leases | $ | 1,160,730 | $ | 1,182,942 | ||||
The weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate related to the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of March 31, 2021, were 7 years and 17.00%, respectively. The discount rate used to determine the commencement date present value of lease payments is the interest rate implicit in the lease, or when that is not readily determinable, the Company utilizes its secured borrowing rate. ROU assets include any lease payments required to be made prior to commencement and exclude lease incentives. Both ROU assets and lease liabilities exclude variable payments not based on an index or rate, which are treated as period costs. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain significant residual value guarantees, restrictions or covenants. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
Future minimum operating lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2021, is as follows:
| December 31: | Third Parties | Related Parties | Total | |||||||||
| 2021 (remaining) | $ | 180,000 | $ | 292,306 | $ | 472,306 | ||||||
| 2022 | 240,000 | 393,127 | 633,127 | |||||||||
| 2023 | 240,000 | 396,783 | 636,783 | |||||||||
| 2024 | 240,000 | 393,596 | 633,596 | |||||||||
| 2025 | 240,000 | 320,004 | 560,004 | |||||||||
| Thereafter | 1,220,000 | 1,200,015 | 2,420,015 | |||||||||
| Total Future Minimum Lease Payments | 2,360,000 | 2,995,831 | 5,355,831 | |||||||||
| Less Imputed Interest | (1,210,490 | ) | (1,430,420 | ) | (2,640,910 | ) | ||||||
| Total Amount Representing Present Value | 1,149,510 | 1,565,411 | 2,714,921 | |||||||||
| Less Current Portion of Operating Lease Liabilities | (48,964 | ) | (136,544 | ) | (185,508 | ) | ||||||
| Operating Lease Liabilities, Net of Current Portion | $ | 1,100,546 | $ | 1,428,867 | $ | 2,529,413 | ||||||
F-36
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
13. LEASES (Continued)
The Company leases certain business facilities from related parties and third parties under non-cancellable operating lease agreements that specify minimum rentals. The operating leases require monthly payments ranging from $2,700 to $27,000 and expire through September 2028. Certain lease monthly payments may escalate up to 5.0% each year. In such cases, the variability in lease payments is included within the current and noncurrent operating lease liabilities.
14. NOTES PAYABLE
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, notes payable consist of the following:
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| Note payable maturing in June 2021, bearing interest at 7.00 percent per annum. | $ | 173,216 | (i) | 343,435 | |||||
| Note payable maturing in December 2020, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | - | (ii) | 212,821 | ||||||
| Convertible notes payable maturing in February 2023, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | 21,547,131 | (iii) | 20,790,514 | ||||||
| Funds raised for Series A Preferred Stock financing. Recorded as debt bearing interest at 15.00 percent per annum prior to close of financing. | 7,675,393 | (iv) | - | ||||||
| Other - Vehicle Loans | 125,947 | 44,931 | |||||||
| Total Notes Payable | 29,521,687 | 21,391,701 | |||||||
| Less Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs and Loan Origination Fees | (5,142,097 | ) | (5,421,622 | ) | |||||
| Net Amount | $ | 24,379,590 | $ | 15,970,079 | |||||
| Less Current Portion of Notes Payable | (7,866,625 | ) | (601,187 | ) | |||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion | $ | 16,512,965 | $ | 15,368,892 | |||||
| (i) | During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued debt to an unrelated third party for working capital needs in the amount of $2,000,000. The debt matures in June 2021 and bears interest at 7.00 percent per year. The balance As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, was $173,216 and $343,435, respectively. |
| (ii) | During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued debt to an unrelated third party for working capital needs in the amount of $377,658. The debt matured in December 2020 and bears interest at 7.00 percent per year. The balance As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, was nil and $212,821, respectively. |
| (iii) | On January 8, 2020, the board of directors approved approximately $17,500,000 of private placement of Senior Convertible Notes. On January 4, 2021, the board of directors approved an increase of the Senior Convertible Notes offering to $22,599,844. The Senior Convertible Notes are automatically converted in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing (“QEF”) at the better of an 80% discount or a valuation cap of $250,000,000 or may be optionally converted at the election of the holder. The Senior Convertible Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 4.00 percent per year paid quarterly and generally accrue interest at a rate of 4.30 percent per year. The Senior Convertible Note holders were issued a security interest in the stock and membership interests held by the Company in its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the balance due under these Senior Convertible Notes was $21,547,131 and $20,790,514, respectively. On June 29, 2021, all principal and accrued interest was converted to Series A Preferred Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information. |
F-37
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
14. NOTES PAYABLE (Continued)
| (iv) | In March 2021, the Company began to raise Series A Preferred Stock Financing round of $12,000,000. The Preferred Stock will carry an annual 15.0 percent cumulative dividend in year 1. During March 2021, the Company raised $7,625,000 from unrelated third parties. Until the financing round closes, the amount raised as of March 31, 2021, was recorded as short-term debt. The balance as of March 31, 2021, was $7,675,393. On June 29, 2021, all principal and accrued interest was converted to Series A Preferred Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information. |
Scheduled maturities of notes payable are as follows:
| Principal | ||||
| December 31: | Payments | |||
| 2021 (remaining) | $ | 7,866,625 | ||
| 2022 | 18,832 | |||
| 2023 | 21,562,506 | |||
| 2024 | 21,196 | |||
| 2025 | 22,486 | |||
| Thereafter | 30,042 | |||
| Total Future Minimum Principal Payments | $ | 29,521,687 | ||
15. NOTES PAYABLE – RELATED PARTIES
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, notes payable from related parties consist of the following:
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| Convertible notes payable maturing in February 2023, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | $ | 2,088,331 | (i) | $ | 2,049,037 | ||||
| Convertible note payable maturing in March 2023, bearing interest at 6.00 percent per annum. | 2,158,195 | (ii) | 2,189,264 | ||||||
| Note payable maturing in February 2022, bearing interest at 15.00 percent per annum. | 2,029,932 | (iii) | - | ||||||
| Fund raised for Series A Preferred Stock financing. Recorded as debt bearing interest at 15.00 percent per annum prior to close of financing. | 2,138,223 | (iv) | - | ||||||
| Total Notes Payable - Related Parties | 8,414,681 | 4,238,301 | |||||||
| Less Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs and Loan Origination Fees | (498,368 | ) | (534,335 | ) | |||||
| Net Amount | $ | 7,916,313 | $ | 3,703,966 | |||||
| Less Current Portion of Notes Payable - Related Parties | (4,168,155 | ) | - | ||||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion - Related Parties | $ | 3,748,158 | $ | 3,703,966 | |||||
| (i) | On January 8, 2020, the board of directors approved approximately $17,500,000 of private placement of Senior Convertible Notes. On January 4, 2021, the board of directors approved an increase of the Senior Convertible Notes offering to $22,599,844. The Senior Convertible Notes are automatically converted in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing (“QEF”) at the better of an 80% discount or a valuation cap of $250,000,000 or may be optionally converted at the election of the holder. The Senior Convertible Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 4% per year paid quarterly and generally accrue interest at a rate of 4.3% per year. The Senior Convertible Note holders were issued a security interest in the stock and membership interests held by the Company in its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance due under these Senior Convertible Notes from related parties was $2,088,331 and $2,049,037, respectively. On June 29, 2021, all principal and accrued interest was converted to Series A Preferred Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information. |
F-38
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
15. NOTES PAYABLE – RELATED PARTIES (Continued)
| (ii) | During the year ended December 31, 2018, Magu Farm LLC issued approximately $9,925,000 in secured promissory notes convertible into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund (collectively, the “Magu Farm Convertible Notes”) to certain lenders who are affiliates of shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Magu Farm Lenders,” and individually, a “Magu Farm Lender”) |
On October 7, 2019, Magu Farm LLC and Magu Investment Fund notified each Magu Farm Lender of Magu Investment Fund’s intention to merge with and into the Company at the closing of the Roll-Up. Subsequent to such notification, effective as of October 7, 2019, each Magu Farm Lender other than Kings Bay Investment Company Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBIC”), entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which such Magu Farm Lender, among other things, (a) converted its respective Magu Farm Convertible Note with an aggregate value of $8,000,000 into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund and (b) agreed to terminate both the Co-Lending Agreement and its respective security interest as defined in the agreement. All accrued and unpaid interest were paid prior to conversion. Effective March 1, 2020, KBIC assigned its balance of Magu Farm Convertible Notes (“Kings Bay Note”) to Kings Bay Capital Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBCM”).
Effective as of April 10, 2020, KBCM and the Company entered into an Assignment, Novation and Note Modification Agreement and a Security Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the Company assumed all of Magu Farm LLC’s rights, duties, liabilities and obligations under the Kings Bay Note, (b) the Kings Bay Note was modified, among other things, such that KBCM has the right to convert the Kings Bay Note into Class A Shares at the same conversion price accorded to the other Magu Farm Lenders, and (c) the obligations under the Kings Bay Note were secured by a pledge of the securities of the Company’s subsidiaries but expressly subordinated to the holders of the Senior Convertible Notes. As a result of the modification, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt due to modification for approximately $389,000 which is included as a component of other income, net in the accompanying Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance due to KBCM is $2,158,195 and $2,189,264, respectively. On June 29, 2021, all principal and accrued interest was converted to Class A Common Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information.
| (iii) | In February 2021, the Company was issued $2,000,000 in promissory note from Beach Front Properties, LLC. The debt matures in February 2023 and bears interest at 15.00 percent per year. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the balance was $2,029,932 and nil, respectively. On June 29, 2021, all principal and accrued interest was converted to Series A Preferred Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information. |
| (iv) | In March 2021, the Company began to raise Series A Preferred Stock Financing round of $12,000,000. The Preferred Stock will carry an annual 15.00 percent cumulative dividend in year 1. During March 2021, the Company raised $2,125,000 from related parties. Until the financing round closes, the amount raised through March 31, 2021, was recorded as short-term debt. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the note payable balance was $2,138,223 and nil, respectively. On June 29, 2021, all principal and accrued interest was converted to Series A Preferred Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information. |
Scheduled maturities of notes payable – related parties are as follows:
| Principal | ||||
| December 31: | Payments | |||
| 2021 (remaining) | $ | 2,138,223 | ||
| 2022 | 2,029,932 | |||
| 2023 | 4,246,526 | |||
| Total Future Minimum Principal Payments | $ | 8,414,681 | ||
F-39
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
16. SHAREHOLDERS’ AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
Authorized
As of March 31, 2021, the authorized share capital of the Company is comprised of the following:
Class A Common Shares
The authorized total number of Class A Common Shares is 500,000,000. Holders of Class A Common Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Company and are entitled to one vote in respect of each Class A Common Share held. Class A Shares have no dividend preference, senior or subordinated, to other class of shares. Upon a liquidation event, Class A Common shareholders are entitled to their pro-rata portion of total equity instruments then outstanding.
On January 31, 2020, pursuant to the “Agreement”, a Roll-up was consummated whereby the assets and liabilities of a combined group of companies were transferred into GH Group, Inc. whereby GH Group, Inc. now owns and controls the interest of all the entities previously combined. As a result of the Roll-Up, the Company issued to the investors of the combined entities 197,650,255 Class A Common Shares.
On February 11, 2020, the Company issued 10,318,807 Class A Common Shares valued at $3,095,642 related to an acquisition.
In February 2020, the Company repurchased 2,068,898 Class A Common Shares from an investor and issued as part of the Convertible Debt raise in February 2020, $1,750,000 convertible notes. The Shares repurchased were simultaneously cancelled.
On January 1, 2021, the Company issued 7,511,728 Class A Common Shares valued at $3,380,278 related to an acquisition, see “Note 8 – Business Acquisitions”. In addition, the Company issued an additional 500,000 Class A Common shares to brokers and consultants for the acquisition. These shares issued to brokers and consultants for the acquisition were recorded as share based compensation in the amount of $225,000.
Class B Common Shares
The authorized total number of Class B Common Shares is 33,000,000. Holders of Class B Common Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Company and are entitled to fifty votes for of each Class B Common Share held. Class B Shares have no dividend preference, senior or subordinated, to other class of shares. Class B Common Shares are convertible at either the option of the holder or automatically upon certain events as defined in the articles of incorporation to shares of Class A Common Shares on a one-to-one basis. Upon a liquidation event, Class B Common shareholders are entitled to their pro-rata portion of total equity instruments then outstanding.
In January 2020, as part of the roll up and re-organization, the Company issued 32,295,270 class B Common Shares to related parties.
Preferred Shares
The authorized total number of Preferred Shares is 50,000,000. Holders of Preferred Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Company and are not entitled to votes. Preferred Shares have no dividend preference, senior or subordinated, to other class of shares and are not convertible into other classes of shares. Upon a liquidation event, Preferred shareholders are entitled to their pro-rata portion of total equity instruments then outstanding.
F-40
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has an equity incentive plan (the “Incentive Plan”) under which the Company may issue various types of equity instruments or instruments that track to equity, more particularly the Company’s Class A Common stock, to any employee, officer, consultants or director. The types of equity instruments issuable under the Incentive Plan encompass, among other things, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and or other awards (together, “Awards”). Share-based compensation expenses are recorded as a component of general and administrative to the extent that the Company has not appointed a Compensation Committee. All rights and obligations under the Incentive Plan shall be those of the full Board of Directors. The maximum number of Awards that may be issued under the Incentive Plan shall be 63,753,020. If an Award expires, becomes unexercisable, or is cancelled, forfeited or otherwise terminated without having been exercised or settled in full, as the case may be, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of the Award shall again become available for future grant or sale under this Incentive Plan (unless this Plan has terminated). Shares that have been issued under this plan shall not be returned to this Incentive Plan. However, the following shares shall again become available for future grant under this Incentive Plan: (i) any shares that are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or redemption; and (ii) any shares that are retained by the Company upon the exercise of or purchase of shares under an Award in order to satisfy the exercise price or purchase price for the Award or to satisfy any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase. Vesting of Awards will be determined by the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors in absence of one. The exercise price for Awards (if applicable) will generally not be less than the fair market value of the Award at the time of grant and will generally expire after 5 years.
Stock Options
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of stock options outstanding is as follows:
| Weighted- | ||||||||
| Number of | Average | |||||||
| Stock Options | Exercise Price | |||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2020 | 48,403,624 | $ | 0.22 | |||||
| Granted | 14,974,612 | $ | 0.30 | |||||
| Forfeited | (120,000 | ) | $ | 0.30 | ||||
| Balance as of March 31, 2021 | 63,258,236 | $ | 0.24 | |||||
The following table summarizes the stock options that remain outstanding as of March 31, 2021:
| Exercise | Stock Options | Stock Options | ||||||||||||
| Security Issuable | Price | Expiration Date | Outstanding | Exercisable | ||||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.22 | September 2029 | 43,706,838 | 24,748,993 | |||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.30 | April 2030 | 4,696,786 | - | |||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.30 | January 2031 | 14,854,612 | 660,006 | |||||||||
| 63,258,236 | 25,408,999 | |||||||||||||
F-41
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
17. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)
Stock Options (Continued)
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, and year ended December 31, 2020, the fair value of stock options granted with a fixed exercise price was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions at the time of grant:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Weighted-Average Risk-Free Annual Interest Rate | 0.29 | % | 0.31 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Annual Dividend Yield | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Stock Price Volatility | 84.6 | % | 85.3 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Life in Years | 4.00 | 4.00 | ||||||
| Weighted-Average Estimated Forfeiture Rate | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
Stock price volatility was estimated by using the average historical volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer group of publicly traded cannabis companies. The expected life represents the period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate was based on United States Treasury zero coupon bond with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the options.
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, and year ended December 31, 2020, the weighted-average fair value of stock options granted was $0.31 and $0.18, respectively, per option. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, stock options outstanding have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 8.8.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recognized $1,381,462 and $556,692, respectively, in share-based compensation expense related to these stock options.
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, there were approximately $6,705,000 and $3,553,000 in unrecognized share-based compensation cost, respectively.
Warrants
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of warrants outstanding is as follows:
| Weighted- | |||||||
| Number of | Average | ||||||
| Warrants | Exercise Price | ||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2020 | 1,968,300 | $ | 0.16 | ||||
| Balance as of March 31, 2021 | 1,968,300 | $ | 0.16 | ||||
The following table summarizes the warrants that remain outstanding as of March 31, 2021:
| Exercise | Warrants | Warrants | ||||||||||||
| Security Issuable | Price | Expiration Date | Outstanding | Exercisable | ||||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.16 | July 2023 | 1,968,300 | 1,968,300 | |||||||||
| 1,968,300 | 1,968,300 | |||||||||||||
There were no warrants issued during the three months ended March 31, 2021. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, warrants outstanding have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 2.3 and 2.6 years, respectively. On June 29, 2021, all warrants were converted to Class A Common Shares. See “Note 23 – Subsequent Events” for further information.
F-42
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
18. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
Provision for income taxes consists of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Current: | ||||||||
| Federal | $ | 1,399,386 | $ | 292,096 | ||||
| State | 434,412 | 55,727 | ||||||
| Total Current | 1,833,798 | 347,823 | ||||||
| Deferred: | ||||||||
| Federal | (44,805 | ) | 150,846 | |||||
| State | (12,992 | ) | 67,924 | |||||
| Total Deferred | (57,797 | ) | 218,770 | |||||
| Total Provision for Income Taxes | $ | 1,776,001 | $ | 566,593 | ||||
We have used a discrete effective tax rate method to calculate taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020. We determined that since small changes in estimated ordinary income would result in significant changes in the estimated annual effective tax rate, the historical method would not provide a reliable estimate for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020.
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets: | ||||||||
| State taxes | $ | - | $ | 6,130 | ||||
| Allowance for doubtful accounts | 55,967 | 13,992 | ||||||
| Deferred rent | 25,822 | 25,995 | ||||||
| Non-qualified stock options | 572,999 | 572,999 | ||||||
| Operating losses | 8,768,704 | 5,937,406 | ||||||
| Total Deferred Tax Assets | 9,423,492 | 6,556,522 | ||||||
| Valuation Allowance | (9,341,703 | ) | (6,510,405 | ) | ||||
| Net Deferred Tax Assets | $ | 81,789 | $ | 46,117 | ||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Property, Plant & Equipment | $ | 1,251,599 | $ | 1,273,724 | ||||
| Basis in subsidiary entity | 192,976 | 192,976 | ||||||
| Total Deferred Tax Liabilities | 1,444,575 | 1,466,700 | ||||||
| Net Deferred Tax Liabilities | $ | 1,362,786 | $ | 1,420,583 | ||||
The reconciliation between the effective tax rate on income and the statutory tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, is as follows:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Income tax benefit at federal rate | $ | (1,057,383 | ) | $ | (741,390 | ) | ||
| State taxes and fees | 434,412 | 56,526 | ||||||
| IRS Section 280E disallowance | 404,860 | 154,759 | ||||||
| Uncertain tax position | 120,851 | 62,107 | ||||||
| Change in valuation allowance | 2,008,086 | 1,183,516 | ||||||
| Interest on convertible debt | 56,891 | 23,000 | ||||||
| Other permanent differences | (191,716 | ) | (171,925 | ) | ||||
| Reported Income Tax Expense | $ | 1,776,001 | $ | 566,593 | ||||
F-43
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
18. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Continued)
As the Company operates in the cannabis industry, it is subject to the limits of IRC Section 280E (“Section 280E”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes under which the Company is only allowed to deduct expenses directly related to the sales of product. This results in permanent differences between ordinary and necessary business expenses deemed nonallowable under Section 280E, and the Company deducts all operating expenses on its state tax returns.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total unrecognized tax benefits for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and year ended December 31, 2020, is as follows:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Balance at Beginning of Period | $ | 849,358 | $ | 543,243 | ||||
| IRS Section 280E Positions Acquired | 178,712 | - | ||||||
| IRS Section 280E Positions | 120,851 | 306,115 | ||||||
| Balance at End of Period | $ | 1,148,921 | $ | 849,358 | ||||
The Company has determined that the tax impact of its corporate overhead allocation was not more likely than not to be sustained on the merits as required under ASC 740 due to the evolving interpretations of Section 280E. As a result, the Company included in the balance of total unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, potential benefits of $1,148,921 and $849,358, respectively, that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations. Unrecognized tax benefits that reduce a net operating loss, similar to tax loss or tax credit carryforwards, are presented as a reduction to deferred income taxes.
The Company’s evaluation of tax positions was performed for those tax years which remain open to for audit. The Company may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by the taxing authorities, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to the Company’s financial results. In the event the Company is assessed for interest and/or penalties, such amounts will be classified as income tax expense in the financial statements.
As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the federal tax returns since 2017 and state tax returns since 2016 are still subject to adjustment upon audit. No tax returns are currently being examined by any taxing authorities. While it is reasonably possible that certain portions of the unrecognized tax benefit may change from a lapse in applicable statute of limitations, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the effect of any amount of such a change to previously recorded uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.
F-44
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingencies
The Company’s operations are subject to a variety of local and state regulations. Failure to comply with one or more of these regulations could result in fines, restrictions on its operations, or losses of permits that could result in the Company ceasing operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable local and state regulations as of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, cannabis regulations continue to evolve and are subject to differing interpretations. As a result, the Company may be subject to regulatory fines, penalties or restrictions in the future.
Royalty
Effective as of May 9, 2019, Sweet & Salty, Inc., a California corporation (“Lender”) and GH Brands LLC, a California limited liability company (“GH Brands”) entered into the License and Services Agreement, pursuant to which Lender granted to GH Brands an exclusive, transferable, sublicensable, right and license to use, exploit and incorporate the name, nicknames, initials, signature, voice, image, likeness, and photographic or graphic representations of likeness, statements and biography of the artist Annabella Avery Thorne professionally known as Bella Thorne for all purposes relating to or in connection with the development, quality control, cultivation, extraction, manufacture, production, branding, testing, advertising, marketing, promotion, commercialization, packaging, distribution, exploitation and/or sale of the products of GH Brands and its affiliates. The term of License and Service Agreement is 3 years, with the right to renew upon 60-days prior notice for additional 2-year term. Royalty fees for Bella boxes are 10% for the 1st year and 12% for 2- 5 years. Royalty fees for flower products and accessories are 6% for the 1st year, 7% for the 2nd year and 8% for 3-5 years. Minimum guarantee fees are recoupable against royalties for an initial term of $1,000,000 ($50,000 initial payment, $ 200,000 for the 1st year, $375,000 for the 2nd year and $375,000 for the 3rd year). For a renewal term, the minimum guarantee fee is $1,500,000 ($750,000 for the 4th year, $750,000 for the 5 th year). During the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company recognized expenses related to these royalties in the amount of $93,750, and $62,500, respectively. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company has $93,750 and no amounts, respectively, due under this royalty agreement.
Claims and Litigation
From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of operations in the normal course of business. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, there were no pending or threatening lawsuits that could be reasonably assessed to have resulted in a probable loss to the Company in an amount that can be reasonably estimated. As such, no accrual has been made in the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements relating to claims and litigations. As of March 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, there are also no proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates is an adverse party to the Company or has a material interest adverse to the Company’s interest.
20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Incubation Services
Effective January 1, 2019, Glass House and Magu Capital LLC, a California limited liability company (“Magu Capital”), entered into a Services and Incubation Agreement, pursuant to which Magu Capital agreed to perform certain advisory and business “incubation” services for Glass House (and incur certain fees and expenses on behalf of Glass House as part of and as performance for such services) in consideration of Glass House’s agreement to issue to Magu Capital, upon a date certain following the closing of the Roll-Up as reasonably determined by the board of directors of Glass House, a warrant to purchase a fixed number of Class A Shares at an agreed upon strike price and no later than three years following the grant date.
F-45
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
Issuance of Class B Common Shares for Management Services
In January 2020, as part of the roll up and re-organization, the Company: (a) issued to APP Investment Advisors LLC, a California limited liability company (“APP Investment Advisors”), an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 9,047,226 shares of Class B common shares of Glass House (“Class B Shares”), in exchange for certain management services rendered by APP Investment Advisors for AP Investment Fund; and (b) issued to Magu Capital, an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 23,248,044 Class B Shares, in exchange for certain management services rendered by Magu Capital for CA Brand Collective, Magu Investment Fund and MG Padaro Fund.
Asset Management Fees – Related Party
The Company has an agreement with certain related parties to provide asset management services when necessary. Fees are paid quarterly. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company did not incur such asset management fees.
21. SEGMENTED INFORMATION
The Company currently operates in one segment, the production and sale of cannabis products, which is how the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker manages the business and makes operating decisions. All the Company’s operations are in the United States of America in the State of California. Intercompany sales and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
22. REVENUES, NET
Revenues are disaggregated as follows for the three months ended March 31, 2021, and 2020:
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Retail | $ | 4,982,885 | $ | 3,342,315 | ||||
| Wholesale | 10,257,396 | 3,107,012 | ||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 15,240,281 | $ | 6,449,327 | ||||
23. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 9, 2021, which is the date these Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements were issued and has concluded that the following subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosure in the notes to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
Acquisition Agreement – Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Co.
On December 29, 2020, the Company and Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corporation (“Mercer Park”), an Ontario special purpose acquisition corporation traded on the NEO exchange in Canada, entered into a letter of intent (“LOI”) whereby Mercer Park would acquire all of the equity interests by merger of the Company for $325,000,000 in Mercer Park shares at $10.00 per share. At the close of the proposed merger: (i) Mercer Park is required to possess $185,000,000 in cash net of all closing and other expenses; (ii) the founders of the Company would possess the majority of voting rights; (iii) Mercer Park would designate one board director, Glass House would designate four directors and an additional two will be neutral and chosen by mutual agreement. Further, of the 10,889,750 founders shares of Mercer Park, 25% will be earned only if the share price exceeds certain thresholds and for any earned Glass House Group shareholders will receive 1.5 times such number of shares; an additional 25% will be earned based on outcomes of capital raising activities, if required, or if the share price exceeds certain further thresholds. On April 8, 2021, a series of definitive agreements were entered into containing the terms outlined above. Subsequently, on June 29, 2021, the transaction was complete.
F-46
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
23. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)
Proposed Transaction
GH Group has executed an agreement with Element 7, LLC (“Element 7”) whereby GH Group has the right, subject to satisfactory completion of due diligence and other conditions, to acquire entities which are in the process of applying for up to 17 local retail cannabis licenses in California. A subsidiary of GH Group will have the right to acquire membership interests of Element 7 entities, by way of merger, in exchange for shares of Mercer Park, with shares issued at $10.00 per share. This could result in the issuance of up to 2,400,000 shares in the amount up to $24 million.
Series A Preferred Stock
On June 29, 2021, the Company completed a Preferred Stock offering exchanging both principal and interest accrued to participating investors and issued both Company Preferred Stock and warrants. The completion of the Preferred Stock offering triggered the conversion of all of the Company’s outstanding Convertible Promissory Notes. The completion of this transaction eliminated over $35,500,000 of debt described above. The warrants issued, upon the closing of the Mercer Park transaction, would be exchanged at a rate that provide for one Mercer Park warrant for each $10 of Preferred Stock issued and having an exercise price of $10.
F-47
MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020
AND
APRIL 16, 2019 (DATE OF INCORPORATION)
TO DECEMBER 31, 2019
(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)
F-48
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“the Corporation”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the related statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ deficiency, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from April 16, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements).
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from April 16, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Material Uncertainty Related to Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Corporation will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Corporation is dependent on the continued support of its Sponsor and/or the completion of the Qualifying Transaction within the permitted timeline, that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Change in Accounting Framework
The Corporation has elected to change its accounting framework from International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from April 16, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Corporation Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Corporation is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
We have served as the Corporation’s auditor since 2019.
Toronto, Canada
March 29, 2021
F-49
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Balance Sheets
(Expressed in United Stated Dollars)
| As at December 31, | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current | ||||||||
| Cash | $ | 2,095,023 | $ | 4,127,262 | ||||
| Income tax recoverable | 1,209,852 | - | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses | - | 140,869 | ||||||
| 3,304,875 | 4,268,131 | |||||||
| Marketable securities held in a escrow account (note 5) | 407,537,056 | 405,796,047 | ||||||
| Deferred tax asset (note 14) | 598,435 | 713,425 | ||||||
| Total assets | $ | 411,440,366 | $ | 410,777,603 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY | ||||||||
| Current | $ | 396,779 | $ | 144,757 | ||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | ||||||||
| Income tax payable (note 14) | - | 713,425 | ||||||
| Due to related parties (note 12) | 349,034 | 172,214 | ||||||
| 745,813 | 1,030,396 | |||||||
| Deferred underwriters' commission (note 9) | 16,100,000 | 16,100,000 | ||||||
| Total liabilities | 16,845,813 | 17,130,396 | ||||||
| Commitments and contingencies | ||||||||
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption, 40,250,000 shares (at a redemption value of $10.00 per share) (note 6) | 402,500,000 | 402,500,000 | ||||||
| Shareholders' deficiency | - | - | ||||||
| Class B shares, unlimited authorized, 10,198,751 issued (note 8(a)) | ||||||||
| Additional paid-in-capital | (11,684,284 | ) | (11,684,284 | ) | ||||
| Retained earnings | 3,778,837 | 2,831,491 | ||||||
| Total shareholders' deficiency | (7,905,447 | ) | (8,852,793 | ) | ||||
| Total liabilities and shareholders' deficiency | $ | 411,440,366 | $ | 410,777,603 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Description of organization and business operations and going concern (note 1)
Subsequent event (note 15)
Approved on behalf of the Board:
| "Jonathan Sandelman", Director | |
| "Charles Miles", Director |
F-50
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| From April 16, | ||||||||
| 2019 | ||||||||
| (Date of | ||||||||
| Incorporation) | ||||||||
| Year Ended | to | |||||||
| December 31 | December 31, | |||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Income | ||||||||
| Interest income | $ | 1,742,747 | $ | 3,296,977 | ||||
| Expenses | ||||||||
| General and administrative (note 11) | 702,259 | 381,137 | ||||||
| Travel | 50,000 | 85,000 | ||||||
| Foreign exchange loss (gain) | 43,142 | (651 | ) | |||||
| 795,401 | 465,486 | |||||||
| Net income before income taxes | 947,346 | 2,831,491 | ||||||
| Income taxes (note 14) | ||||||||
| Current tax (recovery) expense | (114,990 | ) | 713,425 | |||||
| Deferred tax expense (recovery) | 114,990 | (713,425 | ) | |||||
| - | - | |||||||
| Net income and comprehensive income for the year/period | $ | 947,346 | $ | 2,831,491 | ||||
| Basic and diluted net income per Class B share | $ | 0.09 | $ | 0.31 | ||||
| Weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding (basic and diluted) | 10,198,751 | 9,253,693 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-51
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Statements of Cash Flows
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| From April 16, | ||||||||
| 2019 | ||||||||
| (Date of | ||||||||
| Incorporation) | ||||||||
| Year Ended | to | |||||||
| December 31 | December 31, | |||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Operating activities | ||||||||
| Net income for the year/period Items not affecting cash: | $ | 947,346 | $ | 2,831,491 | ||||
| Deferred tax | 114,990 | (713,425 | ) | |||||
| Changes in non-cash working capital items: | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | 140,869 | (140,869 | ) | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | 252,022 | 144,757 | ||||||
| Due to related parties | 176,820 | 172,214 | ||||||
| Income tax payable/(recoverable) | (1,923,277 | ) | 713,425 | |||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | (291,230 | ) | 3,007,593 | |||||
| Investing activity | ||||||||
| Investment in marketable securities held in a escrow account, net | (1,741,009 | ) | (405,796,047 | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in investing activity | (1,741,009 | ) | (405,796,047 | ) | ||||
| Financing activities | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 8(a)) | - | 25,010 | ||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of Class B Units (note 8(a)) | - | 1,090,000 | ||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of Warrants to Founders (note 7) | - | 9,810,000 | ||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units (note 6) | - | 402,500,000 | ||||||
| Transaction costs (note 9) | - | (6,509,294 | ) | |||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | - | 406,915,716 | ||||||
| Net change in cash during the year/period | (2,032,239 | ) | 4,127,262 | |||||
| Balance, beginning of year/period | 4,127,262 | - | ||||||
| Balance, end of year/period | $ | 2,095,023 | $ | 4,127,262 | ||||
| Supplementary information | ||||||||
| Income taxes paid | $ | 1,808,297 | $ | - | ||||
| Interest received in cash | 1,742,747 | 2,506,813 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-52
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Deficiency
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
| Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class B shares | Additional Paid-in capital | Shareholder's | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Number | Amount | Number | Amount | Retained Earnings | Deficiency | |||||||||||||||||||
| From commencement of operations on April 16, 2019 | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class B Shares in connection with organization of the Corporation (note 8(a)) | 1 | - | - | 10 | - | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class B Shares to Founders (note 1 and note 8(a)) | 10,089,750 | - | - | 25,000 | - | 25,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Warrants to Founders | - | - | 9,810,000 | 9,810,000 | - | 9,810,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class B Units to Sponsor (note 1 and note 8(a)) (share portion) | 109,000 | - | - | 1,056,210 | - | 1,056,210 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class B Units to Sponsor (note 1 and note 8(a)) (Warrant portion) | - | - | 54,500 | 33,790 | - | 33,790 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering (note 6) (share portion) | - | - | 40,250,000 | 390,022,500 | - | 390,022,500 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Units pursuant to the Offering (note 6) (Warrant portion) | - | - | 20,125,000 | 12,477,500 | - | 12,477,500 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to possible redemption; 40,250,000 Shares at a redemption value of $10 per share | - | - | (40,250,000 | ) | (402,500,000 | ) | - | (402,500,000 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs (note 9) | - | - | (22,609,294 | ) | - | (22,609,294 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
| Net income and comprehensive income for the period | - | - | - | 2,831,491 | 2,831,491 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2019 | 10,198,751 | - | 29,989,500 | (11,684,284 | ) | 2,831,491 | (8,852,793 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Net income and comprehensive income for the year | - | - | - | 947,346 | 947,346 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2020 | 10,198,751 | $ | - | 29,989,500 | $ | (11,684,284) | $ | 3,778,837 | $ | (7,905,447 | ) | |||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-53
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
1. Description of organization and business operations and going concern
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”) is a corporation which was incorporated for the purpose of effecting an acquisition of one or more businesses or assets, by way of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or any other similar business combination involving the Corporation (a “Qualifying Transaction”). The Corporation’s business activities are carried out in a single business segment.
The Corporation was incorporated on April 16, 2019 under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), commenced operations on April 16, 2019. The head office of the Sponsor (as defined below) is located at 590 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York, 10022.
The Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the continued support of its Sponsor, Mercer Park CB II, L.P. and/or upon the completion of the Qualifying Transaction within the permitted timeline which is prior to May 13, 2021. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in completing our Qualifying Transaction. Under the NEO rules, the Corporation is able to borrow funds from the Sponsor (see Note 10). In the event our Qualifying Transaction does not occur the escrowed cash will be returned to the Class A restricted voting shareholders and the Sponsor will have no recourse against the escrowed cash.
These uncertainties cast significant doubt upon the Corporation's ability to continue as a going concern and the ultimate appropriateness of using accounting principles applicable to a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the amounts and classification of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue as a going concern. If the Corporation is not able to continue as a going concern, the Corporation may be required to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in other than the normal course of business and at amounts different from those reflected in these financial statements. These differences could be material.
On May 13, 2019, the Corporation completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (including 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A restricted voting share (“Class A Restricted Voting Share”) of the Corporation and one-half of a share purchase warrant (each, a “Warrant”). In accordance with the Corporation's articles, each Class A Restricted Voting Share, unless previously redeemed, will be automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. All Warrants will become exercisable at a price of $11.50 per share, commencing 65 days after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction, and will expire on the day that is five years after the completion of a Qualifying Transaction or may expire earlier if a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the permitted timeline of 21 months (“Permitted Timeline”) (subject to extension, as further described herein) from the closing of the Offering or if the expiry date is accelerated. Each Whole Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which, following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, would become one Subordinate Voting Share).
In connection with the Offering, the Corporation granted the underwriter a 30-day non-transferable option to purchase up to an additional 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units, at a price of $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to cover over-allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. The over-allotment option was exercised prior to the close of the IPO. As a result of the exercise of the over-allotment option, Mercer Park CB II, L.P. (the “Sponsor”), a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, indirectly controlled by Mercer Park, L.P., a privately-held family office based in New York, New York and Charles Miles and Sean Goodrich (or persons or companies controlled by them) (collectively with the Sponsor, the “Founders”), own an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares, including 109,000 Class B Units and 9,810,000 Founders’ Warrants.
F-54
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
1. Description of organization and business operations (continued)
Concurrent with the completion of the Offering, the Founders purchased an aggregate of 10,089,750 Class B Shares ("Founders' Shares"), consisting of 10,069,750 Class B Shares purchased by the Sponsor, 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Charles Miles, and 10,000 Class B Shares purchased by Sean Goodrich. In addition, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 9,810,000 Warrants (“Founders’ Warrants”) at $1.00 per Founders’ Warrant and purchased 109,000 Class B Units.
Upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Class B Shares will, in accordance with the Corporation's articles, convert on a 100-for-1 basis into Multiple Voting Shares.
Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit commenced trading on May 13, 2019 on the Neo Exchange Inc. (the “Exchange”) under the symbol “BRND.U”, and separated into Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Warrants on June 24, 2019, which trade under the symbols “BRND.A.U”, and “BRND.WT", respectively. The Class B Shares issued to the Founders will not be listed prior to the completion of the Qualifying Transaction.
The proceeds of $402,500,000 from the Offering are held by Odyssey Trust Company, as Escrow Agent, in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) at a Canadian chartered bank or subsidiary thereof, in accordance with the escrow agreement. Subject to applicable law and payment of certain taxes, permitted redemptions and certain expenses, as further described herein, none of the funds held in the Escrow Account will be released to the Corporation prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction. The escrowed funds will be held to enable the Corporation to (i) satisfy redemptions made by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares (including in the event of a Qualifying Transaction or an extension to the Permitted Timeline or up to 36 months with shareholder approval from the holders of Class A Restricted Shares and the Corporation’s board of directors, or in the event a Qualifying Transaction does not occur within the Permitted Timeline), (ii) fund a Qualifying Transaction with the net proceeds following payment of any such redemptions and deferred underwriting commissions, and/or (iii) pay taxes on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain permitted expenses. Such escrowed funds and all amounts earned, subject to such obligations and applicable law, will be assets of the Corporation. These escrowed funds will also be used to pay the deferred underwriting commissions in the amount of $16,100,000, 75% of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Transaction (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources and the remaining 25% of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) will be payable by the Corporation as it sees fit, including for payment to other agents or advisors who have assisted with or participated in the sourcing, diligence and completion of its Qualifying Transaction).
In connection with consummating a Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will require approval by a majority of the directors unrelated to the Qualifying Transaction. In connection with the Qualifying Transaction, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be given the opportunity to elect to redeem all or a portion of their Class A Restricted Voting Shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the escrowed funds available in the Escrow Account at the time immediately prior to the redemption deposit timeline), including interest and other amounts earned thereon; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account and (ii) actual and expected direct expenses related to the redemption, each as reasonably determined by the Corporation, subject to certain limitations. Each holder of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder or affiliate is acting jointly or in concert, will be subject to a redemption limitation of an aggregate 15% of the number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares issued and outstanding. Class B Shares will not be redeemable in connection with a Qualifying Transaction or an extension to the Permitted Timeline and holders of Class B Shares shall not be entitled to access the Escrow Account should a Qualifying Transaction not occur within the Permitted Timeline.
F-55
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
1. Description of organization and business operations (continued)
If the Corporation is unable to complete its Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline (or within an extension of the Permitted Timeline), the Corporation will be required to redeem each of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares. In such case, each holder of a Class A Restricted Voting Share will receive for an amount, payable in cash, equal to the pro-rata portion per Class A Restricted Voting Share of: (A) the Escrow Account, including any interest and other amounts earned; less (B) an amount equal to the total of (i) any applicable taxes payable by the Corporation on such interest and other amounts earned in the Escrow Account, (ii) any taxes of the Corporation arising in connection with the redemption of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares, and (iii) up to a maximum of $50,000 of interest and other amounts earned to pay actual and expected expenses related to the dissolution and certain other related costs as reasonably determined by the Corporation. The underwriter will have no right to the deferred underwriting commissions held in the Escrow Account in such circumstances.
The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus. These measures, which include the implementation of travel bans, self-imposed quarantine periods and social distancing, have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. It is uncertain what impact this volatility and weakness will have on the Corporation’s securities held at fair value and short term investments. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is unknown at this time, as is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of these developments and the impact on the financial results and condition of the Corporation in future periods.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
The significant accounting policies adopted by the Corporation in the preparation of its financial statements are set out below.
Basis of presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Corporation considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Corporation did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
F-56
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
Cash held in escrow
At December 31, 2020, the Corporation had $nil (December 31, 2019 - $140,869) in an escrow account maintained by the Corporation’s former legal counsel (the “Escrowed Amount”). The Escrowed Amount was being held in a non-interest bearing account and was under the Corporation’s full control.
Marketable securities held in Escrow Account
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the assets held in the Escrow Account were substantially held in U.S. Treasury Bills.
Common stock subject to possible redemption
The Corporation accounts for its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable shares (including shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Corporation’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficiency section of the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets.
Income Taxes
The Corporation complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Corporation recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Corporation is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
The Corporation complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of Class B Shares outstanding during the period. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into Class B Shares and then share in the income of the Corporation. As a result, diluted income per share is the same as basic income per share for the periods presented.
F-57
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
Concentration of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Corporation to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage of $100,000. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation had not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Corporation is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair value of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.
Recently issued accounting standards
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements.
3. Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of these financial statements requires the Corporation to make judgments in applying its accounting policies and estimates and assumptions about the future. These judgments, estimates and assumptions affect the Corporation’s reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and items in net income or loss, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if any. The Corporation evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. Such estimates are based on various assumptions that the Corporation believes are reasonable under the circumstances, and these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of items in net income or loss that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The following discusses the most significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions that the Corporation has made in the preparation of its December 31, 2020 and 2019 financial statements.
Warrant Valuation
Pursuant to the Offering, the Corporation issued Warrants. Estimating the fair value of warrants requires determining the most appropriate valuation model that is dependent on the terms and conditions of the warrant. The Corporation applies an option-pricing model to measure the fair value of the Warrants issued. Application of the option-pricing model requires estimates in expected dividend yields, expected volatility in the underlying assets and the expected life of the warrant. These estimates may ultimately be different from amounts subsequently realized, resulting in an overstatement or understatement of net income or loss.
F-58
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
3. Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions (continued)
Income Tax
The determination of the Corporation’s income taxes and other tax assets and liabilities requires interpretation of complex laws and regulations. Judgment is required in determining whether deferred income tax assets should be recognized on the balance sheet. Deferred income tax assets, including those arising from unutilized tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the Corporation will generate taxable income in future periods in order to utilize recognized deferred tax assets. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations and the application of existing laws in each applicable jurisdiction. Future taxable income is also significantly dependent upon the Corporation completing a Qualifying Acquisition, the underlying structure of a Qualifying Acquisition, and the resulting nature of operations. To the extent that future cash flows and/or the probability, structure and timing, and the nature of operations of a future Qualifying Acquisition differ significantly from estimates made, the ability of the Corporation to realize a deferred tax asset could be materially impacted.
4. The Offering
Pursuant to the Offering, the Corporation sold 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units (including 5,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment option) at $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit. Each Class A Restricted Voting Unit consisted of one Class A Restricted Voting Share of the Corporation and one-half of a Warrant. See note 1.
5. Marketable securities held in Escrow Account
| As at December 31, | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
| Restricted cash | $ | 981 | $ | 35,460 | ||||
| Investments in United States Treasury Bills | 407,509,774 | 404,970,423 | ||||||
| Accrued interest | 26,301 | 790,164 | ||||||
| Marketable securities held in Escrow Account | $ | 407,537,056 | $ | 405,796,047 | ||||
6. Class A Restricted Voting Shares Subject to Redemption
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares. Following closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will not issue any further Class A Restricted Voting Shares. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.
Voting rights
Prior to the consummation of a Qualifying Transaction, holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are not entitled to vote at, or receive notice of or meeting materials in respect of meetings, held only to consider the election and/or removal of directors and auditors. The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are, however, entitled to vote on and receive notice of meeting materials on all other matters requiring shareholder approval, including approval of an extension of the Permitted Timeline, if applicable, and of a proposed Qualifying Transaction.
F-59
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
6. Class A Restricted Voting Shares Subject to Redemption (continued)
Redemption rights
The holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares are entitled to redeem their shares, subject to certain conditions, and are entitled to receive the escrow proceeds, net of applicable taxes and other permitted deductions, from the Escrow Account: (i) in the event that the Corporation does not complete a Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline; (ii) in the event of a Qualifying Transaction; and (iii) in the event of an extension to the Permitted Timeline. Upon such redemption, the rights of holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares as shareholders will be completely extinguished.
Value of Class A Restricted Voting Shares Subject to Redemption
The redemption rights embedded in the terms of the Corporation’s Class A Restricted Voting Shares are considered by the Corporation to be outside of the Corporation’s control and subject to uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Corporation has classified its "Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption" as commitments and contingencies at redemption value.
Fair value of Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption -- issued and outstanding
| Number | Amount | |||||||
| From commencement of operations on April 19, 2019 | - | $ | - | |||||
| Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the Offering | 35,000,000 | 350,000,000 | ||||||
| Issuance of Class A Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to the over-allotment option | 5,250,000 | 52,500,000 | ||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2019 and 2020 | 40,250,000 | 402,500,000 | ||||||
7. Warrants
As at December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation had 29,989,500 Warrants issued and outstanding, comprised of 20,125,000 Warrants forming part of the Class A Restricted Voting Units, 9,810,000 Founders’ Warrants, and 54,500 Warrants forming part of the Class B Units.
All Warrants will become exercisable only commencing 65 days after the completion of our Qualifying Transaction. Each Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A Restricted Voting Share (which, following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, would become one Subordinate Voting Share) at a price of $11.50 per share. The Warrant Agreement provides that the exercise price and number of Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, Extraordinary Dividend or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The Warrants will not, however, be adjusted for issuances of Subordinate Voting Shares at a price below their exercise price. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Corporation may accelerate the expiry date of the outstanding Warrants (excluding the Founders’ Warrants but only to the extent still held by our Sponsor at the date of public announcement of such acceleration and not transferred prior to the accelerated expiry date, due to the anticipated knowledge by our Sponsor of material undisclosed information which could limit their flexibility) by providing 30 days’ notice if, and only if, the closing share price of the Subordinate Voting Shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per Subordinate Voting Share (as adjusted for stock splits or combinations, stock dividends, extraordinary dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period, in which case the expiry date shall be the date which is 30 days following the date on which such notice if provided.
The Warrants will not be entitled to the proceeds from the Escrow Account. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive corresponding Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation. After the issuance of corresponding Subordinate Voting Shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder is expected to be entitled to one vote for each Subordinate Voting Share held of record on all matters to be voted on by such shareholders.
F-60
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
7. Warrants (continued)
Restrictions on Transfer of Founders’ Warrants
The Founders have agreed not to transfer any of their Founders’ Warrants until after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction without the prior consent of the Exchange, except for transfers required due to the structuring of the Qualifying Transaction or to permitted transferees, with the Exchange’s consent, in which case such restriction will apply to the securities received in connection with the Qualifying Transaction. Following completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction, the Founders’ Warrants, including Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on exercise of the Founders’ Warrants, may be subject to certain sale or transfer restrictions in accordance with applicable securities laws.
8. Shareholders' deficiency
a) Class B Shares
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class B Shares without nominal or par value. Following closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation will not issue any further Class B Shares. The holders of Founders’ Shares have no pre-emptive rights or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to these shares.
Voting rights
Holders of Class B Shares are entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, with the exception of (i) meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), and (ii) meetings to approve an extension of the Permitted Timeline within which the Corporation is required to complete its Qualifying Transaction, which will only be voted upon by holders of Class A Restricted Voting Shares.
Redemption rights
Holders of Class B Shares do not have any redemption rights, or rights to distributions from the Escrow Account if the Corporation fails to complete a Qualifying Transaction within the Permitted Timeline.
Restrictions on transfer, assignment or sale of Founders' Shares
The holders of the Class B Shares have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Class B Shares, unless transferred, assigned or sold to permitted transferees with the Exchange’s consent, prior to completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction. Following completion of the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction, the Multiple-Voting Shares into which the Class B Shares are converted, may be subject to certain sale or transfer restrictions in accordance with applicable securities laws.
F-61
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
8. Shareholders' deficiency (continued)
b) Subordinate Voting Shares
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of subordinate voting shares ("Subordinate Voting Shares”) without nominal or par value. No Subordinate Voting Shares may be issued prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, except in connection with such closing.
Voting rights
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). On all matters upon which holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to vote, each Subordinate Voting Share will be entitled to one vote per Subordinate Voting Share.
Dividend rights
See Note 8 – Multiple Voting Shares – Dividend rights.
Redemption rights
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will not have any redemption rights.
c) Multiple Voting Shares
Authorized
The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of multiple voting shares (“Multiple Voting Shares”) without nominal or par value. No Multiple Voting Shares may be issued prior to the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, except in connection with such closing.
Voting rights
Holders of Multiple Voting Shares will be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, and to attend, vote and speak at such meetings, except those meetings at which only holders of a specific class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). On all matters upon which holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to vote, each Multiple Voting Share will be entitled to 2,500 votes per Multiple Voting Share.
Dividend rights
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will be entitled to receive dividends out of the assets available for the payment or distribution of dividends at such times and in such amount and form as the board of directors of the Corporation may from time to time determine on the following basis, and otherwise without preference or distinction among or between the Subordinate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares: each Multiple Voting Share will be entitled to 100 times the amount paid or distributed per Subordinate Voting Share (including by way of share dividends, which holders of Multiple Voting Shares will receive in Multiple Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors of the Corporation) and each fraction of a Multiple Voting Share will be entitled to the applicable fraction thereof.
F-62
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date
of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
8. Shareholders' deficiency (continued)
c) Multiple Voting Shares (continued)
Redemption rights
Holders of Multiple Voting Shares will not have any redemption rights.
9. Transaction costs
Transaction costs consist principally of legal, accounting and underwriting costs incurred through to date of the balance sheet. Transaction costs incurred amounted to $22,609,294 (including $22,137,500 in underwriters’ commission of which $16,100,000 is deferred and payable only upon completion of a Qualifying Transaction) were charged to shareholder’s equity upon completion of the Offering.
Underwriter's commission
In consideration for its services in connection with the Offering, the Corporation has agreed to pay the underwriter a commission equal to 5.5% of the gross proceeds of the Class A Restricted Voting Units issued under the Offering. The Corporation paid $ $6,037,500, representing $0.15 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit, to the underwriter upon closing of the Offering. Upon completion of a Qualifying Transaction, the remaining $16,100,000 (representing $0.40 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit) will be payable, 75% of which will be payable by the Corporation to the underwriter only upon the closing of a Qualifying Transaction (subject to availability, failing which any short fall would be required to be made up from other sources) and the remaining 25% of which (or, if a lesser amount, the balance of the non-redeemed shares' portion of the Escrow Account, less tax liabilities on amounts earned on the escrowed funds and certain expenses directly related to redemptions) will be payable by the Corporation as it sees fit, including for payment to other agents or advisors who have assisted with or participated in the sourcing, diligence and completion of its Qualifying Transaction).
10. Capital management
(a) The Corporation defines the capital that it manages as its shareholders’ deficiency, net of its Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption. The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Corporation’s capital as at December 31, 2020:
| Balance, December 31, 2020 | ||||
| Shareholders' deficiency | $ | (7,905,447 | ) | |
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | |||
| Total | $ | 394,594,553 | ||
| Balance, December 31, 2019 | ||||
| Shareholders' deficiency | $ | (8,852,793 | ) | |
| Class A Restricted Voting Shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | |||
| Total | $ | 393,647,207 |
The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to ensure capital preservation in order to benefit from acquisition opportunities as they arise.
F-63
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019 |
| (Expressed in United States Dollars) |
10. Capital management (continued)
(b) Liquidity
As at December 31, 2020, the Corporation had $2,095,023 (December 31, 2019 - $ 4,127,262) in cash and cash equivalents. The Corporation expects to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans.
To the extent that the Corporation may require additional funding for general ongoing expenses or in connection with sourcing a proposed Qualifying Transaction, the Corporation may obtain such funding by way of unsecured loans from the Sponsor and/or its affiliates, subject to consent of the Exchange, which loans would, unless approved otherwise by the Exchange, bear interest at no more than the prime rate plus 1%. The Sponsor would not have recourse under such loans against the Escrow Account, and thus the loans would not reduce the value of such Escrow Account. Such loans would collectively be subject to a maximum principal amount of 10% of the escrowed funds, and may be repayable in cash following the closing of a Qualifying Transaction and may be convertible into Class B Shares and/or Warrants in connection with the closing of a Qualifying Transaction, subject to Exchange consent.
Otherwise, and subject to any relief granted by the Exchange, the Corporation may seek to raise additional funds through a rights offering in respect of shares available to its shareholders, in accordance with the requirements of applicable securities legislation, and subject to placing the required funds raised in the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable Exchange rules.
11. General and administrative expenses
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 | ||||
| Professional fees | $ | 472,525 | ||
| Public company filing and listing costs | 229,706 | |||
| General office expenses | 28 | |||
| $ | 702,259 |
| From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019 | ||||
| Public company filing and listing costs | $ | 205,453 | ||
| General office expenses | 175,684 | |||
| $ | 381,137 |
F-64
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019 |
| (Expressed in United States Dollars) |
12. Related party transactions
In May 2019 the Corporation entered into an administrative services agreement with the Sponsor for an initial term of 18 months, subject to possible extension, for office space, utilities and administrative support, which may include payment for services of related parties, for, but not limited to, various administrative, managerial or operational services or to help effect a Qualifying Transaction. The Corporation has agreed to pay $10,000 per month, plus applicable taxes for such services. As at December 31, 2020, the Corporation accrued $205,000 (December 31, 2019 - $85,000) in respect of these services.
On May 13, 2019, the Sponsor executed a make whole agreement and undertaking in favour of the Corporation, whereby the Sponsor agreed to indemnify the Corporation in certain limited circumstances where the funds held in the Escrow Account are reduced to below $10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Share.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation paid professional fees of $26,256 (April 19, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 - $12,926) to Marrelli Support Services Inc. (“Marrelli Support”), an organization of which the Corporation's Chief Financial Officer is Managing Director. These services were incurred in the normal course of operations for general accounting and financial reporting matters. As at December 31, 2020, Marrelli Support was owed $9,034 (December 31, 2019 - $2,214) and was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Corporation's balance sheet.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation paid professional fees and disbursements of $106 (April 19, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 - $nil) to DSA Filing Services Limited (“DSA Filing”), an organization which Carmelo Marrelli, the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, controls. These services were incurred in the normal course of operation of filing matters to adhere to the Corporation’s continuous disclosure obligations and these amounts are included in public company filing and listing costs. As of December 31, 2020, DSA Filing was owed $nil by the Corporation (December 31, 2019 - $nil) and these amounts were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation paid professional fees and disbursements of $1,116 (April 19, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 - $nil) to Marrelli Press Release Services Limited (“Marrelli Services Limited”), an organization of which Carmelo Marrelli, the Chief Financial of the Corporation, controls. These services were incurred in the Corporation’s normal course of operations in adherence with its continuous disclosure obligations and these amounts are included in public company filing and listing costs. As of December 31, 2020, Marrelli Services Limited was owed $nil (December 31, 2019 - $nil) and these amounts were included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, Ayr Strategies Inc. ("Ayr"), a company with common management, incurred travel costs on behalf of the Corporation. As at December 31, 2020, the Corporation owed Ayr $135,000 (December 31, 2019 - $85,000) and which included in due to related parties on the Corporation's balance sheets. This is based on a cash-call-basis from Ayr.
F-65
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019 |
| (Expressed in United States Dollars) |
13. Fair value measurements
The Corporation follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Corporation would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Corporation seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The following table presents information about the Corporation’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Corporation utilized to determine such fair value:
| Carrying value | ||||||||||||||||
| as at | Fair value as at December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
| ($) | ($) | ($) | ($) | |||||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||
| Marketable securities held in a escrow account | 407,537,056 | 407,537,056 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that a material loss may arise from fluctuations in the fair value of a financial instrument. For purposes of this disclosure, the Corporation segregates market risk into three categories: fair value risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.
Fair value risk
Fair value risk is the potential for loss from an adverse movement, excluding movements relating to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates, because of changes in market prices. The Corporation is exposed to minimal fair value risk.
F-66
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019 |
| (Expressed in United States Dollars) |
13. Fair value measurements (continued)
Market risk (continued)
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Due to the fixed interest rate on the Corporation's restricted cash and short-term balance held in escrow, its exposure to interest rate risk is nominal.
Currency risk
Currency risk relates to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the Corporation’s presentation currency of the United States dollar. The Corporation does not currently have any exposure to currency risk as the Corporation transacts minimally in any currency other than the United States dollar.
14. Income taxes
| The reconciliation of the combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rate of 27% (2019 - 27%) to the effective tax rate is as follows: |
| From April 16, | ||||||||
| 2019 | ||||||||
| (Date of | ||||||||
| Incorporation) | ||||||||
| Year Ended | to | |||||||
| December 31 | December 31, | |||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Loss before tax at statutory rate | $ | 947,346 | $ | 2,831,491 | ||||
| Effect on taxes of: | ||||||||
| Expected income tax (recovery) expense | 255,790 | 764,503 | ||||||
| Share issue costs booked through equity | - | (6,512,075 | ) | |||||
| Change in tax benefits not recognized | (255,790 | ) | 5,747,572 | |||||
| Income tax (recovery) expense | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| The Corporation's income tax (recovery) is allocated as follows: |
| From April 16, | ||||||||
| 2019 | ||||||||
| (Date of | ||||||||
| Incorporation) | ||||||||
| Year Ended | to | |||||||
| December 31 | December 31, | |||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Current tax (recovery) expense | $ | (114,990 | ) | $ | 713,425 | |||
| Deferred tax expense (recovery) | 114,990 | (713,425 | ) | |||||
| $ | - | $ | - | |||||
F-67
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 and From April 16, 2019 (Date of Incorporation) To December 31, 2019 |
| (Expressed in United States Dollars) |
14. Income taxes (continued)
Deferred tax
Deferred income tax assets are only given recognition in the Corporation’s financial statements if management has determined that it is more likely than not that such deferred income tax assets may be recovered. In recognition of this uncertainty, management has provided a full valuation allowance on these deferred tax assets as set out below:
| December 31, | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
| Deferred underwriters' commission | $ | 4,347,000 | $ | 4,347,000 | ||||
| Share issue costs | 1,193,090 | 1,555,687 | ||||||
| 5,540,090 | 5,902,687 | |||||||
| Valuation allowance | (4,941,655 | ) | (5,189,262 | ) | ||||
| $ | 598,435 | $ | 713,425 | |||||
The Corporation may be subject to potential examination by Canadian tax authorities in the area of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal and provincial tax laws. The Corporation is currently not subject to any tax examinations.
15. Subsequent event
On February 2, 2020, the Corporation announced that it has an executed letter of intent in connection with a potential transaction, which would, if consummated, qualify as its qualifying transaction. Accordingly, the Corporation will be permitted until May 13, 2021 (24 months following the closing of its initial public offering) to conclude its qualifying transaction. The letter of intent is non-binding and proceeding with the transaction is subject to a number of conditions, including, among others, satisfactory due diligence and the negotiation and execution of a definitive agreement. The Corporation intends to disclose additional details regarding the transaction following the entry into a definitive agreement, if applicable. There can be no assurance that a definitive agreement will be completed.
F-68
GH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
AND
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019
AND FOR THE YEARS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2020, 2019 AND 2018
F-69
GH GROUP, INC.
Index to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
| Page(s) | |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-71 |
| Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets | F-72 |
| Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations | F-73 |
| Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ / Members’ Equity | F-74 |
| Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows | F-75 - F-76 |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements | F-77 - F-105 |
F-70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders / Members
GH Group, Inc.
Opinion on the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of GH Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in shareholders’/members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated and combined financial statements (collectively referred to as the “consolidated and combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the consolidated and combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated and combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated and combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated and combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated and combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
Los Angeles, California
May 4, 2021
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | |||
| 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1500 | |||
| Los Angeles, CA 90067 | www.mgocpa.com |
F-71
GH GROUP, INC.
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents | $ | 4,535,251 | $ | 2,631,886 | ||||
| Accounts Receivable, Net | 5,141,021 | 1,253,891 | ||||||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | 1,018,212 | 377,238 | ||||||
| Inventory | 6,866,002 | 1,396,770 | ||||||
| Notes Receivable | 904,534 | 3,606,398 | ||||||
| Total Current Assets | 18,465,020 | 9,266,183 | ||||||
| Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets, Net | 2,532,629 | 1,785,083 | ||||||
| Investments | 10,701,868 | 10,950,877 | ||||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment, Net | 27,192,027 | 25,268,313 | ||||||
| Intangible Assets, Net | 5,279,000 | 1,577,333 | ||||||
| Goodwill | 4,815,999 | 2,720,081 | ||||||
| Other Assets | 554,266 | 351,423 | ||||||
| TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 69,540,809 | $ | 51,919,293 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ / MEMBERS' EQUITY | ||||||||
| LIABILITIES: | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 6,570,715 | $ | 5,344,552 | ||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 4,740,003 | 864,377 | ||||||
| Derivative Liabilities | 7,365,000 | - | ||||||
| Current Portion of Operating Lease Liabilities | 327,329 | 245,646 | ||||||
| Current Portion of Notes Payable | 601,187 | 1,759,839 | ||||||
| Current Portion of Notes Payable - Related parties | - | 2,241,262 | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 19,604,234 | 10,455,677 | ||||||
| Operating Lease Liabilities, Net of Current Portion | 2,318,852 | 1,576,187 | ||||||
| Other Non-Current Liabilities | 849,358 | 543,243 | ||||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities | 1,420,583 | 89,999 | ||||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion | 15,368,892 | 651,942 | ||||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion - Related Parties | 3,703,966 | - | ||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES | 43,265,885 | 13,317,047 | ||||||
| SHAREHOLDERS' / MEMBERS’ EQUITY: | ||||||||
| Preferred Shares ($0.00001 Par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020) | - | - | ||||||
| Class A Common Shares ($0.00001 Par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized and 205,900,164 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020) | 2,059 | - | ||||||
| Class B Common Shares ($0.00001 Par value, 33,000,000 shares authorized and 32,295,270 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020) | 323 | - | ||||||
| Additional Paid-In Capital | 42,932,020 | - | ||||||
| Accumulated Deficit | (16,659,478 | ) | - | |||||
| Members' Equity | - | 35,047,515 | ||||||
| Total Equity Attributable to Shareholders / Members of GH Group | 26,274,924 | 35,047,515 | ||||||
| Non-Controlling Interest | - | 3,554,731 | ||||||
| TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ / MEMBERS' EQUITY | 26,274,924 | 38,602,246 | ||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ / MEMBERS EQUITY | $ | 69,540,809 | $ | 51,919,293 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-72
GH GROUP, INC.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 48,259,601 | $ | 16,941,426 | $ | 8,967,286 | ||||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 29,519,143 | 8,461,551 | 3,749,373 | |||||||||
| Gross Profit | 18,740,458 | 8,479,875 | 5,217,913 | |||||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and Administrative | 18,637,477 | 9,354,591 | 3,094,857 | |||||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 1,489,664 | 912,842 | 143,216 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 2,040,004 | 5,196,993 | 1,913,865 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 2,576,263 | 1,455,780 | 767,567 | |||||||||
| Total Expenses | 24,743,408 | 16,920,206 | 5,919,505 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations | (6,002,950 | ) | (8,440,331 | ) | (701,592 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||||||
| Interest Expense | 2,179,137 | 636,762 | 597,427 | |||||||||
| Interest Income | (115,572 | ) | (443,523 | ) | (308,591 | ) | ||||||
| Loss on Investments | 2,126,112 | 1,147,968 | 166,059 | |||||||||
| Loss (Income) on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | 251,663 | - | - | |||||||||
| Other Expense (Income), Net | (203,345 | ) | (19,419 | ) | (202,397 | ) | ||||||
| Total Other Expense | 4,237,995 | 1,321,788 | 252,498 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (10,240,945 | ) | (9,762,119 | ) | (954,090 | ) | ||||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 6,418,533 | 972,520 | 357,352 | |||||||||
| Net Loss | (16,659,478 | ) | (10,734,639 | ) | (1,311,442 | ) | ||||||
| Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest | - | (511,465 | ) | 211,396 | ||||||||
| Net Loss Attributable to Shareholders / Members of GH Group | $ | (16,659,478 | ) | $ | (10,223,174 | ) | $ | (1,522,838 | ) | |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-73
GH GROUP, INC.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholders’/
Members’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(Amounts Expressed in United States Dollars Unless Otherwise Stated)
| $ Amount | Units | $ Amount | Units | $ Amount | Units | $ Amount | TOTAL EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ATTRIBUTABLE TO | TOTAL | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class A | Class A | Class B | Class B | Additional | SHAREHOLDER | Non - | SHAREHOLDERS' | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Members' | Preferred | Preferred | Common | Common | Common | Common | Paid-In | Accumulated | S' / MEMBERS' | Controlling | / MEMBERS' | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity | Shares | Shares | Shares | Shares | Shares | Shares | Capital | Deficit | OF GH Group | Interest | EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2018 | $ | 16,793,571 | - | $ | - | - | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 16,793,571 | $ | 1,450,000 | $ | 18,243,571 | |||||||||||||||
| Net (Loss) Income | (1,522,838 | ) | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (1,522,838 | ) | 211,396 | (1,311,442 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Contributions | 16,331,834 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 16,331,834 | 100,000 | 16,431,834 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions | (1,958,000 | ) | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (1,958,000 | ) | - | (1,958,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Share based compensation | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 792,000 | 792,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018 | 29,644,568 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 29,644,568 | 2,553,396 | 32,197,964 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Loss | (10,223,174 | ) | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (10,223,174 | ) | (511,465 | ) | (10,734,639 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Contributions | 7,797,336 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 7,797,336 | 272,800 | 8,070,136 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions | (812,500 | ) | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (812,500 | ) | - | (812,500 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Share based compensation | 641,285 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 641,285 | 1,240,000 | 1,881,285 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity issued in conversion of convertible debt | 8,000,000 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 8,000,000 | - | 8,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 | 35,047,515 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 35,047,515 | 3,554,731 | 38,602,246 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Loss | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (16,659,478 | ) | (16,659,478 | ) | - | (16,659,478 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Contributions | 11,835 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 11,835 | - | 11,835 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Warrants in Relief of Liabilities | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 426,887 | - | 426,887 | - | 426,887 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share based compensation | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 2,547,792 | - | 2,547,792 | - | 2,547,792 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Formation and Rollup | (35,059,350 | ) | - | - | 197,650,255 | 1,977 | 32,295,270 | 323 | 38,611,781 | - | 3,554,731 | (3,554,731 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance for Business Acquisition | - | - | - | 10,318,807 | 103 | - | - | 3,095,539 | - | 3,095,642 | - | 3,095,642 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cancellation of shares for issuance of Convertible Debt | - | - | - | (2,068,898 | ) | (21 | ) | - | - | (1,749,979 | ) | - | (1,750,000 | ) | - | (1,750,000) | |||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 | $ | - | $ | - | 205,900,164 | 2,059 | 32,295,270 | $ | 323 | $ | 42,932,020 | $ | (16,659,478 | ) | $ | 26,274,924 | $ | - | $ | 26,274,924 | |||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-74
GH GROUP, INC.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (16,659,478 | ) | $ | (10,734,639 | ) | $ | (1,311,442 | ) | |||
| Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss | ||||||||||||
| to Net Cash Used in Operating Activities: | ||||||||||||
| Deferred Tax (Recovery) Expense | 1,330,584 | 214,552 | (19,532 | ) | ||||||||
| Interest Capitalized To Notes Payable | 1,091,341 | 43,992 | 148,875 | |||||||||
| Interest Income Capitalized to principle balance | (114,113 | ) | (451,746 | ) | (295,442 | ) | ||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 2,576,263 | 1,455,780 | 767,567 | |||||||||
| Net Loss on Equity Method Investments | 2,126,112 | 1,147,968 | 166,059 | |||||||||
| Gain on Extinguishment of Liabilities | (184,057 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Non-Cash Operating Lease Costs | 919,519 | 426,552 | - | |||||||||
| Accretion of Debt Discount and Loan Origination Fees | 1,061,463 | - | - | |||||||||
| Loss (Income) on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities | 251,663 | - | - | |||||||||
| Share-Based Compensation | 2,547,792 | 1,881,285 | 792,000 | |||||||||
| Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
| Accounts Receivable | (3,540,684 | ) | (605,094 | ) | (529,457 | ) | ||||||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | (542,533 | ) | 186,812 | (36,725 | ) | |||||||
| Inventory | (3,764,209 | ) | (78,592 | ) | (792,621 | ) | ||||||
| Other Assets | (24,701 | ) | (14,495 | ) | 109,925 | |||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | 1,888,335 | 3,203,741 | (234,304 | ) | ||||||||
| Cash Payments - Operating Lease Liabilities | (842,717 | ) | (389,802 | ) | - | |||||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 3,875,626 | (256,263 | ) | 317,885 | ||||||||
| Other Non-Current Liabilities | 306,115 | 535,241 | 8,002 | |||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | (7,697,679 | ) | (3,434,706 | ) | (909,209 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Purchases of Property and Equipment | (3,850,589 | ) | (5,724,738 | ) | (12,738,220 | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds From Payments on Note Receivable | - | 154,746 | 1,127,238 | |||||||||
| Issuance of Note Receivable | (1,140,010 | ) | (3,512,362 | ) | (50,000 | ) | ||||||
| Purchase of Investments | (2,987,061 | ) | (5,054,945 | ) | (3,184,061 | ) | ||||||
| Distributions Received from Equity Method Investments | 340,138 | 261,229 | - | |||||||||
| Cash Paid for Business Acquisition | (81,522 | ) | (1,912,000 | ) | - | |||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (7,719,045 | ) | (15,788,070 | ) | (14,845,042 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from the Issuance of Note Payable, Third Parties and Related Parties | 18,449,748 | 1,680,815 | 9,925,000 | |||||||||
| Payments on Note Payable, Third Parties and Related Parties | (1,141,494 | ) | (858,343 | ) | (525,314 | ) | ||||||
| Contributions - Controlling and Non-Controlling Interest | 11,835 | 8,070,136 | 16,431,834 | |||||||||
| Distributions - Controlling and Non-Controlling Interest | - | (812,500 | ) | (1,958,000 | ) | |||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 17,320,089 | 8,080,108 | 23,873,520 | |||||||||
| NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 1,903,366 | (11,142,668 | ) | 8,119,269 | ||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 2,631,886 | 13,774,554 | 5,655,285 | |||||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 4,535,251 | $ | 2,631,886 | $ | 13,774,554 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-75
GH GROUP, INC.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE FOR CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||||||
| Cash Paid for Interest | $ | 316,859 | $ | 148,875 | $ | - | ||||||
| Cash Paid for Taxes | $ | 906,209 | $ | 252,543 | $ | 58,999 | ||||||
| Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities: | ||||||||||||
| Net Assets acquired from an Acquisition | $ | 7,902,973 | $ | 1,912,000 | $ | - | ||||||
| Equity issued in conversion of convertible debt | $ | - | $ | 8,000,000 | $ | - | ||||||
| Conversion of Advances to Convertible Debt | $ | 477,007 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Issuance of warrants for relief of liabilities | $ | 426,887 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Acquisition of Non-Controlling Interest | $ | 3,554,731 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Cancellation of shares for issuance of Convertible Debt | $ | 1,750,000 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Recognition of Right-of-Use Assets for Operating Leases | $ | 1,182,942 | $ | 1,939,332 | $ | - | ||||||
| Conversion of Note Receivable to Equity of Investee | $ | 2,045,309 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Acquisition of Non-Controlling Interest Upon Roll - Up | $ | 3,554,731 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Derivative Liability incurred upon issuance of Convertible Debt | $ | 3,095,642 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.
F-76
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS
GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group” or the “Company”), is a vertically integrated cannabis company that operates in the state of California. The Company cultivates, manufactures, and distributes cannabis consumer packaged goods, primarily to third-party retail stores in the state of California. The Company also owns and operates retail cannabis stores in the state of California.
On January 31, 2020, pursuant to a Formation and Contribution Agreement (the “Agreement”), a roll-up transaction (“Roll-up”) was consummated whereby the assets and liabilities of a combined group of companies were transferred into GH Group, Inc whereby GH Group, Inc. now owns and controls the majority interest of all the entities previously combined.
COVID-19
In March 2020, a global pandemic was declared by the World Health Organization related to the rapidly growing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19. The pandemic is having an unprecedented impact on the U.S. economy as federal, state and local governments react to this public health crisis, which has created significant uncertainties. The Company is unable to currently quantify the economic effect, if any, of this increase on the Company’s results of operations.
These developments could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s revenues, results of operations and cash flows. This situation is rapidly changing and additional impacts to the business may arise that the Company is not aware of currently. The ultimate magnitude and duration of COVID-19, including the extent of its overall impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Preparation
The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of the Company’s subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation and combination. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated and combined financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the consolidated and combined results of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been included. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”), the Company consolidates any variable interest entity (“VIE”), of which the Company is the primary beneficiary.
Basis of Consolidation and Combination
These consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and entities over which the Company has control as defined in ASC 810. Subsidiaries over which the Company has control are fully consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases. Control exists when the Company has ownership of a majority voting interest, and, therefore, as a general rule ownership by one reporting entity, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting shares of another entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable are considered.
F-77
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
The following are the Company’s principal wholly-owned or controlled subsidiaries and or affiliates that are included in these consolidated and combined financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years ending December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
Corporate Entities
| Ownership | ||||||||||||||||
| Entity | Location | Purpose | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||
| LOB Investment Co. LLC | Long Beach, CA | Holding company | 100 | % | 80 | % | 80 | % | ||||||||
| SoCal Hemp Co, LLC | San Bernardino Co., CA | Holding company | 100 | % | 100 | % | N/A | |||||||||
| Field Investment Co. LLC | Long Beach, CA | Holding company | 100 | % | 80 | % | N/A | |||||||||
| Field Taste Matters, Inc. | Long Beach, CA | Holding company | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| Glass House Retail, LLC | Long Beach, CA | Holding company | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| Glass House Cultivation, LLC | Santa Barbara, CA | Holding company | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| Glass House Manufacturing, LLC | Lompoc, CA | Holding company | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
Management and Operating Entities
| Ownership | ||||||||||||||||
| Subsidiaries | Location | Purpose | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||
| Lompoc Management Co. LLC | Lompoc, CA | Manufacturing management | 100 | % | 93 | % | N/A | |||||||||
| CA Manufacturing Solutions LLC | Lompoc, CA | Cannabis manufacturing | 100 | % | 72 | % | 73 | % | ||||||||
| MGF Management LLC | Long Beach, CA | Cultivation management | 100 | % | 99.50 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| G&K Produce LLC | Carpinteria, CA | Cannabis cultivation | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| K&G Flowers LLC | Carpinteria, CA | Cannabis cultivation | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| Saint Gertrude Management Company LLC | Santa Ana, CA | Provides retail management | 100 | % | 85 | % | N/A | |||||||||
| G&H Supply Company, LLC | Carpinteria, CA | Provides cultivation management | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| Farmacy SB, Inc. | Santa Barbara, CA | Cannabis retail | 100 | % | 99 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| Bud and Bloom | Santa Ana, CA | Cannabis retail | 100 | % | 85 | % | N/A | |||||||||
| Mission Health Associates, Inc. | Carpinteria, CA | Cannabis cultivation | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| Zero One Seven Management, LLC | Long Beach, CA | Manufacturing management | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| ATES Enterprises, LLC | Long Beach, CA | Cannabis manufacturing | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| Farmacy Isla Vista, LLC | Santa Barbara, CA | Cannabis retail | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
| Lompoc Manufacturing GHG, LLC | Lompoc, CA | Processing management | 100 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
Real Estate Entities
| Ownership | ||||||||||||||||
| Subsidiaries | Location | Purpose | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||
| Magu Farm LLC | Carpinteria, CA | Holds 100% interest in real property | 100 | % | 99.50 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
| East Saint Gertrude 1327 LLC | Santa Ana, CA | Holds 100% interest in real property | 100 | % | 100 | % | 90 | % | ||||||||
| Glass House Farm LLC | Carpinteria, CA | Holds 100% interest in real property | 100 | % | 69 | % | 71 | % | ||||||||
| 2000 De La Vina LLC | Santa Barbara, CA | Real Estate | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||
F-78
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Non-Controlling Interest
Non-controlling interest represents equity interests owned by parties that are not shareholders of the ultimate parent. The share of net assets attributable to non-controlling interests is presented as a component of equity. Their share of net income or loss is recognized directly in equity. Changes in the parent company’s ownership interest that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated and combined financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation of property and equipment, amortization of intangible assets, inventory valuation, share-based compensation, business combinations, goodwill impairment, long-lived asset impairment, purchased asset valuations, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, derivative liabilities, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less.
Accounts Receivable
The Company extends non-interest-bearing trade credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business which is not collateralized. Accounts receivable are shown on the face of the consolidated and combined balance sheets, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company analyzes the aging of accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness and current economic trends, in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company does not accrue interest receivable on past due accounts receivable. The reserve for doubtful accounts was $200,000 and $95,016 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Inventory
Inventory is comprised of raw materials, finished goods and work-in-process such as pre-harvested cannabis plants and by-products to be extracted. The costs of growing cannabis, including but not limited to labor, utilities, nutrition and supplies, are capitalized into inventory until the time of harvest. All direct and indirect costs related to inventory are capitalized when incurred, and subsequently classified to cost of goods sold in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. Raw materials and work-in-process is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined using the weighted average cost. Finished goods inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method of accounting. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs to sell. The Company periodically reviews physical inventory for excess, obsolete, and potentially impaired items and establishes reserves when warranted. The Company reviews inventory for obsolete, redundant and slow-moving goods and any such inventory is written down to net realizable value. Packaging and supplies are initially valued at cost. The reserve estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based on expected future use. The reserve estimates have historically been consistent with actual experience as evidenced by actual sale or disposal of the goods. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company determined that no reserve was necessary.
F-79
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
Investments
Investments in unconsolidated and combined affiliates are accounted as follows:
Equity Method and Joint Venture Investments
The Company accounts for investments in which it can exert significant influence but does not control as equity method investments in accordance with ASC 323, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures”. In accordance with ASC 825, the fair value option (“FVO”) to measure eligible items at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis can be applied. Joint ventures are joint arrangements whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Investments in joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method. These investments are recorded at the amount of the Company’s investment and adjusted each period for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or loss, and dividends paid.
Investments in Equity without Readily Determinable Fair Value
Investments without readily determinable fair values (which are classified as Level 3 investments in the fair value hierarchy) use a determinable available measurement alternative in accordance with ASC 321, “Investments—Equity Securities”. The measurement alternative requires the investments to be held at cost and adjusted for impairment and observable price changes, if any.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset using the following terms and methods:
| Land | Not Depreciated |
| Buildings | 39 Years |
| Furniture and Fixtures | 5 Years |
| Leasehold Improvements | Shorter of Lease Term or Economic Life |
| Equipment and Software | 3 – 5 Years |
| Construction in Progress | Not Depreciated |
The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted prospectively if appropriate. An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset) is included in the consolidated and combined statements of operations in the period the asset is derecognized.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Amortization of definite life intangibles is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed the contractual period, if any. The estimated useful lives, residual values and amortization methods are reviewed at each reporting period, and any changes in estimates are accounted for prospectively. Intangible assets with an indefinite life or not yet available for use are not subject to amortization. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset using the following terms and methods:
| Dispensary Licenses | Indefinite |
| Intellectual Property | 5 Years |
F-80
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
In accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”, costs of internally developing, maintaining or restoring intangible assets are expensed as incurred. Inversely, costs are capitalized when certain criteria are met through the point at which the intangible asset is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.
Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed in a business acquisition. In accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer subject to amortization. The Company reviews the goodwill and other intangible assets allocated to each of the Company’s reporting units for impairment on an annual basis as of year-end or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate carrying amount it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The carrying amount of each reporting unit is determined based upon the assignment of the Company’s assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill, to the identified reporting units. Where an acquisition benefits only one reporting unit, the Company allocates, as of the acquisition date, all goodwill for that acquisition to the reporting unit that will benefit. In order to determine if goodwill is impaired, the Company measures the impairment of goodwill by comparing a reporting unit’s carrying amount to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, the Company recognizes an impairment charge equal to the amount in excess. A goodwill impairment loss associated with a discontinued operation is included within the results of discontinued operations.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property, plant and equipment, and definite-lived intangible assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity-specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
Leased Assets
The Company adopted Audit Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”) using the full retrospective approach, which provides a method for recording existing leases at adoption using the effective date as its date of initial application. Accordingly, the Company has recorded its leases at inception of the Company. The Company elected the package of practical expedients provided by ASC 842, which forgoes reassessment of the following upon adoption of the new standard: (1) whether contracts contain leases for any expired or existing contracts, (2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) initial direct costs for any existing or expired leases. In addition, the Company elected an accounting policy to exclude from the balance sheet the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to short-term leases, which are those leases with a lease term of twelve months or less that do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise.
F-81
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
The Company applies judgment in determining whether a contract contains a lease and if a lease is classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. The Company applies judgement in determining the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, which may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. All relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination are considered. The Company reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to renew or to terminate. In adoption of ASC 842, the Company applied the practical expedient which applies hindsight in determining the lease term and assessing impairment of right-of-use assets by using its actual knowledge or current expectation as of the effective date. The Company also applies judgment in allocating the consideration in a contract between lease and non-lease components. It considers whether the Company can benefit from the right-of-use asset either on its own or together with other resources and whether the asset is highly dependent on or highly interrelated with another right of-use asset. Lessees are required to record a right of use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than twelve months. Lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected remaining lease term. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using estimates which are based on the information available at commencement date and determines the present value of lease payments if the implicit rate is unavailable.
Income Taxes
Prior to the Roll-Up, most of the combined entities flowing into the Company’s investment funds were either single member LLCs or taxed as flow-through entities. Income taxes for such entities are not payable by or provided for by the Company. Members are taxed individually on their share of the entity’s earnings. California imposes an LLC fee based on revenue, which is included with state taxes as a provision for income taxes. Certain entities with cannabis licenses were either corporations or LLCs electing to be taxed as corporations.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free-standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
F-82
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Derivative Liabilities
The Company evaluates its agreements to determine if such instruments have derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In calculating the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Company uses a valuation model when Level 1 inputs are not available to estimate fair value at each reporting date. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instrument liabilities are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as current or non-current based on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of the Consolidated Balance Sheets date. Critical estimates and assumptions used in the model are discussed in “Note 12 - Derivative Liabilities”.
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. Acquisition related transaction costs are expensed as incurred and included in the consolidated and combined statements of operations. Identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangible assets, of acquired businesses are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. When the Company acquires control of a business, any previously held equity interest also is remeasured to fair value. The excess of the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired is goodwill. If the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the purchase consideration and any previously held equity interest, the difference is recognized in the Consolidated and combined Statements of Operations immediately as a gain on acquisition. See “Note 8 – Business Acquisitions” for further details on business combinations.
Contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. The Company allocates the total cost of the acquisition to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. As part of this allocation process, the Company identifies and attributes values and estimated lives to the intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions regarding multiple, highly subjective variables, including those with respect to future cash flows, discount rates, asset lives, and the use of different valuation models, and therefore require considerable judgment. The Company’s estimates and assumptions are based, in part, on the availability of listed market prices or other transparent market data. These determinations affect the amount of amortization expense recognized in future periods. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies”, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in earnings in accordance with ASC 805.
F-83
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized by the Company in accordance with ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. Through application of the standard, the Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In order to recognize revenue under ASU 2014-09, the Company applies the following five (5) steps:
| • | Identify a customer along with a corresponding contract; |
| • | Identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract to transfer goods or provide distinct services to a customer; |
| • | Determine the transaction price the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer; |
| • | Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; |
| • | Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s). |
Revenues consist of wholesale and retail sales of cannabis, which are generally recognized at a point in time when control over the goods have been transferred to the customer and is recorded net of sales discounts. Payment is typically due upon transferring the goods to the customer or within a specified time period permitted under the Company’s credit policy. Sales discounts were not material during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Revenue is recognized upon the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company satisfies its performance obligation and transfers control upon delivery and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company’s assessment, the adoption of this new standard had no impact on the amounts recognized in its consolidated and combined financial statements.
Dispensary Revenue
The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of cannabis for a fixed price upon delivery of goods to customers at the point of sale since at this time performance obligations are satisfied. Fees collected related to taxes that are required to be remitted to regulatory authorities are recorded as liabilities and are not included as a component of revenues.
Cultivation and Wholesale
The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of cannabis for a fixed price upon the shipment of cannabis goods as the Company has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods and the Company does not retain either continuing material involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and collectible and the costs incurred in respect of the transaction is reliably measured. Excise taxes due upon sale are recorded as an expense in the accompanying consolidated and combined statement of operations.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company has a share-based compensation plan comprised of stock options (“Options”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). Options provide the right to the purchase of one Class A Common share per option. Stock appreciation rights provide the right to receive cash from the exercise of such right based on the increase in value between the exercise price and the fair market value of Class A Common shares of the Company at the time of exercise. The Company has issued both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options.
The Company accounts for its share-based awards in accordance with ASC Subtopic 718-10, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” , which requires fair value measurement on the grant date and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including restricted share awards. For stock options, the Company estimates the fair value using a closed option valuation (Black-Scholes) model. When there are market-related vesting conditions to the vesting term of the share-based compensation, the Company uses a valuation model to estimate the probability of the market-related vesting conditions being met and will record the expense. The fair value of restricted share awards is based upon the quoted market price of the common shares on the date of grant. The fair value is then expensed over the requisite service periods of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures, which is generally the performance period and the related amount is recognized in the consolidated and combined statements of operations.
F-84
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
The fair value models require the input of certain assumptions that require the Company’s judgment, including the expected term and the expected share price volatility of the underlying share. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based compensation represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change resulting in the use of different assumptions, share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from management’s estimates, the share-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what the Company has recorded in the current period.
Financial Instruments
Fair Value
The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
In accordance with the fair value accounting requirements, companies may choose to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instruments. There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Financial instruments are measured at amortized cost or at fair value. Financial instruments measured at amortized cost consist of accounts receivable, due from and due to related party, other liabilities, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities wherein the carrying value approximates fair value due to its short-term nature. Other financial instruments measured at amortized cost include notes payable and senior secured convertible credit facility wherein the carrying value at the effective interest rate approximates fair value as the interest rate for notes payable and the interest rate used to discount the host debt contract for senior secured convertible credit facility approximate a market rate for similar instruments offered to the Company.
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are measured at Level 1 inputs. Acquisition related liabilities resulting from business combinations are measured at fair value using Level 1 or Level 3 inputs. Investments that are measured at fair value use Level 3 inputs. Refer to “Note 6 – Investments” for assumptions used to value investments.
The individual fair values attributed to the different components of a financing transaction, notably derivative financial instruments, convertible debentures and loans, are determined using valuation techniques. The Company uses judgment to select the methods used to make certain assumptions and derive estimates. Significant judgment is also used when attributing fair values to each component of a transaction upon initial recognition, measuring fair values for certain instruments on a recurring basis and disclosing the fair values of financial instruments subsequently carried at amortized cost. These valuation estimates could be significantly different because of the use of judgment and the inherent uncertainty in estimating the fair value of instruments that are not quoted or observable in an active market.
F-85
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 2. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) |
Impairment
The Company assesses all information available, including on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, the Company compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset at the reporting date with the risk of default at the date of initial recognition based on all information available, and reasonable and supportive forward-looking information. For accounts receivable only, the Company applies the simplified approach as permitted by ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The simplified approach to the recognition of expected losses does not require the Company to track the changes in credit risk; rather, the Company recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date from the date of the trade receivable. Expected credit losses are measured as the difference in the present value of the contractual cash flows that are due to the Company under the contract, and the cash flows that the Company expects to receive. The Company assesses all information available, including past due status, credit ratings, the existence of third-party insurance, and forward-looking macro-economic factors in the measurement of the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The Company measures expected credit loss by considering the risk of default over the contract period and incorporates forward-looking information into its measurement.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321)”, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323)”, and “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)”, which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. ASU 2020-01 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt — Debt With Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” and “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is applied on a modified or full retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its consolidated and combined financial position and consolidated and combined results of operations.
F-86
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
3. CONCENTRATIONS OF BUSINESS AND CREDIT RISK
The Company maintains cash at its physical locations, which are not currently insured and cash with various U.S. banks and credit unions with balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund limits, respectively. The failure of a bank or credit union where the Company has significant deposits could result in a loss of a portion of such cash balances in excess of the insured limit, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not experienced any losses with regards to its cash balances.
The Company provides credit in the normal course of business to customers located throughout California. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts based on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. There were two customers for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 that comprised 37%, 29% and 39%, respectively of the Company’s revenues. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, these same customers had balances due the Company of $4,053,718, $744,821 add $367,567, respectively.
| 4. | INVENTORY |
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, inventory consists of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Raw Materials | $ | 4,109,434 | $ | 599,813 | ||||
| Work-in-Process | 1,793,094 | 220,089 | ||||||
| Finished Goods | 963,474 | 576,868 | ||||||
| Total Inventory | $ | 6,866,002 | $ | 1,396,770 | ||||
| 5. | NOTES RECEIVABLE |
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, notes receivable consists of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Note receivable with an investee maturing in April 2020, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | $ | - | $ | 1,657,040 | ||||
| Note receivable with an investee maturing in July 2020, bearing interest at 2.00 percent per annum. Subsequent to December 31, 2020, the remaining balance was exchanged for equity of the investee. | - | 1,108,825 | ||||||
| Note receivable with an investee maturing in May 2020, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. The investee is currently in negotiations with the Company to extend the maturity date. | 904,534 | 840,533 | ||||||
| Total Notes Receivable | 904,534 | 3,606,398 | ||||||
| Less Current Portion of Notes Receivable | (904,534 | ) | (3,606,398 | ) | ||||
| Notes Receivable, Net of Current Portion | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
F-87
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
6. INVESTMENTS
The Company has various investments in entities in which it holds a significant but non-controlling influence through voting equity or through company representation on the entities board of directors. Accordingly, the Company was deemed to have significant influence resulting in equity method accounting.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, investments consist of the following:
| NRO | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| LOB Group, | Management, | SoCal Hemp | 5042 Venice, | Lompoc TIC, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Inc. | LLC | JV, LLC | ICANN, LLC | F/ELD | LLC | LLC | TOTAL | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair Value as of January 1, 2019 | $ | 2,008,173 | $ | 2,759,266 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 2,269,035 | $ | 268,656 | $ | 7,305,130 | ||||||||||||||||
| Additions | 999,934 | - | 678,576 | - | 3,304,113 | - | 72,322 | 5,054,945 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distribution | - | - | - | - | - | (261,230 | ) | (261,230 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Loss) Income on Equity Method Investments | (142,211 | ) | (303,300 | ) | (491,869 | ) | - | (488,983 | ) | 238,058 | 40,337 | (1,147,968 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fair Value as of December 31, 2019 | 2,865,896 | 2,455,966 | 186,707 | - | 2,815,130 | 2,245,863 | 381,315 | 10,950,877 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Additions | - | - | 2,987,062 | 2,045,309 | - | - | - | 5,032,371 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions | (263,656 | ) | (76,482 | ) | (340,138 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Disposition Due to Acquisition | - | - | - | - | (2,815,130 | ) | - | - | (2,815,130 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Loss) Income on Equity Method Investments | (56,484 | ) | (119,253 | ) | (2,114,991 | ) | - | - | 240,488 | (75,872 | ) | (2,126,112 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fair Value as of December 31, 2020 | $ | 2,809,412 | $ | 2,336,713 | $ | 1,058,778 | $ | 2,045,309 | $ | - | $ | 2,222,695 | $ | 228,961 | $ | 10,701,868 | ||||||||||||||||
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded net losses from equity method investments of $2,126,112, $1,147,968 and $166,059, respectively. These investments are recorded at the amount of the Company’s investment and as adjusted for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or loss, and dividends paid.
7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, property and equipment consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Land | $ | 8,966,874 | $ | 8,966,874 | ||||
| Buildings | 11,211,573 | 11,211,573 | ||||||
| Furniture and Fixtures | 44,519 | 33,610 | ||||||
| Leasehold Improvements | 7,475,295 | 4,818,786 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 4,502,869 | 3,045,937 | ||||||
| Construction in Progress | 315,306 | - | ||||||
| Total Property, Plant and Equipment | 32,516,436 | 28,076,780 | ||||||
| Less Accumulated Depreciation | (5,324,409 | ) | (2,808,467 | ) | ||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment, Net | $ | 27,192,027 | $ | 25,268,313 | ||||
Depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 of $2,387,930, $1,443,113 and $767,567, respectively.
F-88
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
8. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
The purchase price allocations for the acquisitions, as set forth in the table below, reflect various preliminary fair value estimates and analyses that are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the fair values of certain tangible assets, the valuation of intangible assets acquired and residual goodwill. The Company expects to continue to obtain information to assist in determining the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period. Measurement period adjustments that the Company determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the period of acquisition in the Company’s consolidated and combined financial statements and, depending on the nature of the adjustments, other periods subsequent to the period of acquisition could be affected. All the acquisitions noted below were accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”.
The below are the preliminary (2020) and final (2019) allocations of business acquisitions completed during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
| Total Consideration | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
| Cash | $ | 81,523 | $ | 1,912,000 | ||||
| Equity Investment Converted | 2,815,130 | |||||||
| Prior Note Receivable Converted | 1,910,678 | - | ||||||
| Fair Value of Equity Issued | 3,095,642 | - | ||||||
| Total Consideration | $ | 7,902,973 | $ | 1,912,000 | ||||
| Net Assets Acquired (Liabilities Assumed) | ||||||||
| Current Assets | $ | 2,149,910 | $ | 724,987 | ||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment | 461,055 | 590,000 | ||||||
| Non-Current Assets | 178,142 | 36,000 | ||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets, Net | - | 103,791 | ||||||
| Current Liabilities Assumed | (814,834 | ) | (1,131,906 | ) | ||||
| Long-Term Liabilities Assumed | (57,218 | ) | (2,720,953 | ) | ||||
| Intangible Assets: | ||||||||
| Intellectual Property | 750,000 | 190,000 | ||||||
| Dispensary License | 3,140,000 | 1,400,000 | ||||||
| Total Identifiable Net Assets Acquired (Net Liabilities Assumed) | 5,807,055 | (808,081 | ) | |||||
| Goodwill (1) | 2,095,918 | 2,720,081 | ||||||
| Total Net Assets Acquired | $ | 7,902,973 | $ | 1,912,000 | ||||
| Pro Forma Revenues (2) | $ | 60,361 | $ | 3,809,773 | ||||
| Pro Forma Net Loss (2) | $ | (393,743 | ) | $ | (355,127 | ) | ||
On February 11, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of a licensed concentrate and extractions business for aggregate an consideration of $7,902,973 which is comprised of prior investment with a value of $2,815,130, convertible note receivable, and accrued interest in the amount of $1,910,678, cash at closing in the amount of $81,523, and the issuance of 10,318,807 Class A Common Shares valued at $3,095,642.
Subsequent to August 31, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of a licensed cannabis retail business for an aggregate consideration of $1,912,000 which is comprised of all cash at closing.
(1) Goodwill arising from acquisitions represent expected synergies, future income and growth, and other intangibles that do not qualify for separate recognition. Generally, goodwill related to dispensaries acquired within a state adds to the footprint of the GH Group dispensaries within the state, giving the Company’s customers more access to the Company’s branded stores. Goodwill related to cultivation and wholesale acquisitions provide for lower costs and synergies of the Company’s growing and wholesale distribution methods which allow for overall lower costs.
(2) If the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2020 or 2019 for the 2020 and 2019 acquisitions, respectively, the Company estimates it would have recorded increases in revenues and net loss shown in the pro forma amounts noted above.
F-89
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, intangible assets consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Definite Lived Intangibles | ||||||||
| Intellectual Property | $ | 940,000 | $ | 190,000 | ||||
| Total Intangible Assets | 940,000 | 190,000 | ||||||
| Less Accumulated Amortization | (201,000 | ) | (12,667 | ) | ||||
| Definite Lived Intangible Assets, Net | 739,000 | 177,333 | ||||||
| Indefinite Lived Intangibles | ||||||||
| Cannabis Licenses | 4,540,000 | 1,400,000 | ||||||
| Indefinite Lived Intangibles | 4,540,000 | 1,400,000 | ||||||
| Total Intangibles Assets, Net | $ | 5,279,000 | $ | 1,577,333 | ||||
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded amortization expense of $188,333, $12,667 and $0, respectively.
The following is the future minimum amortization expense to be recognized for the years ended December 31:
| December 31: | ||||
| 2021 | $ | 188,000 | ||
| 2022 | 188,000 | |||
| 2023 | 188,000 | |||
| 2024 | 175,000 | |||
| Total Future Amortization Expense | $ | 739,000 | ||
10. GOODWILL
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, goodwill was $4,815,999 and $2,720,081, respectively. See “Note 8 – Business Acquisitions” for further information.
Goodwill is assigned to the reporting unit, which is the operating segment level or one level below the operating segment. Goodwill arises from the purchase price for acquired businesses exceeding the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired less assumed liabilities. Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 which eliminates Step 2 from the quantitative assessment of the goodwill impairment test wherein the goodwill impairment loss was measured by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount. As amended, the goodwill impairment test consists of one step comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value is recognized as a goodwill impairment loss.
The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment assessment as of the last day of the year. For the purpose of the goodwill impairment test, the Company performed a qualitative assessment wherein management analyzed a wide range of indicators including macroeconomic condition, industry and market considerations, cost factors and overall reporting unit performance and other relevant reporting unit specific events. In accordance with this analysis, management determined there was no impairment of its goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
F-90
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
11. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Accounts Payable | $ | 2,583,910 | $ | 2,384,500 | ||||
| Accrued Liabilities | 1,082,980 | 391,604 | ||||||
| Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities | 1,724,921 | 509,986 | ||||||
| Related Party Payable | - | 1,773,879 | ||||||
| Sales Tax and Cannabis Taxes | 1,178,904 | 284,583 | ||||||
| Total Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 6,570,715 | $ | 5,344,552 | ||||
The Company offers a customer loyalty rewards program that allows members to earn discounts on future purchases. Unused discounts earned by loyalty rewards program members are included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a sales discount at the time a qualifying purchase is made. The value of points accrued as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $1,007,000 and $178,000, respectively. Currently, unused points do not expire in most cases.
12. DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued convertible debt to third parties and related parties, See Note 14 and Note 15, respectively. Upon the analysis of the conversion feature of the convertible debt under ASC 815, the Company determined that the conversion features are to be accounted as derivative liabilities. The Company valued the conversion feature using the Binomial Lattice Model using the following level 3 inputs:
| 2020 | ||||
| Weighted-Average Risk Free Annual Rate | 0.82 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Average Probability at Maturity | 0.31 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Average Probability Before Maturity | 59.00 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Average Probability at Change of Control | 33.00 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Expected Annual Dividend Yield | 9.0 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Expected Stock Price Volatility | 70.9 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Expected Life in Years | 2.28 | |||
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of derivative liabilities and change in fair value of derivative liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Balance at beginning of year | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
| Derivative Liability incurred upon issuance of Convertible Debt | 7,113,337 | - | ||||||
| Change in Fair Value | 251,663 | - | ||||||
| Balance at end of year | $ | 7,365,000 | $ | - | ||||
Derivative liabilities are included in current liabilities as the holders of the convertible notes can convert at any time.
F-91
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
13. LEASES
As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 the Company has changed its accounting policy for leases. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and accrued obligations under operating lease (current and non-current) liabilities in the consolidated and combined balance sheets.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets are classified as a finance lease or an operating lease. A finance lease is a lease in which 1) ownership of the property transfers to the lessee by the end of the lease term; 2) the lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise; 3) the lease is for a major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset; 4) The present value of the sum of the lease payments and any residual value guaranteed by the lessee that is not already included in the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value; or 5) the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. The Company classifies a lease as an operating lease when it does not meet any one of these criteria.
ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Most operating leases contain renewal options that provide for rent increases based on prevailing market conditions. The Company has lease extension terms at its properties that have either been extended or are likely to be extended. The terms used to calculate the ROU assets for these properties include the renewal options that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise.
The Company leases land, buildings, equipment and other capital assets which it plans to use for corporate purposes and the production and sale of cannabis products. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated and combined balance sheets and are expensed in the consolidated and combined statements of operations on the straight-line basis over the lease term.
The below are the details of the lease cost and other disclosures regarding the Company’s leases as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Operating Lease Cost | $ | 919,519 | $ | 426,552 | $ | - | ||||||
| Cash Paid for Amounts Included in the Measurement of Lease Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
| Operating Cash Flows from Operating Leases | $ | 842,717 | $ | 389,802 | $ | - | ||||||
| Non-Cash Additions to Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
| Recognition of Right-of-Use Assets for Operating Leases | $ | 1,182,942 | $ | 1,939,332 | $ | - | ||||||
| Weighted-Average Remaining Lease Term (Years) - Operating Leases | 5 | 7 | N/A | |||||||||
| Weighted-Average Discount Rate - Operating Leases | 17.00 | % | 17.00 | % | N/A | |||||||
F-92
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
13. LEASES (Continued)
The discount rate used to determine the commencement date present value of lease payments is the interest rate implicit in the lease, or when that is not readily determinable, the Company utilizes its secured borrowing rate. ROU assets include any lease payments required to be made prior to commencement and exclude lease incentives. Both ROU assets and lease liabilities exclude variable payments not based on an index or rate, which are treated as period costs. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain significant residual value guarantees, restrictions or covenants. The lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
Operating Lease Liabilities and Right of Use Assets
The Company leases certain business facilities from related parties and third parties under non-cancellable operating lease agreements that specify minimum rentals. The operating leases require monthly payments ranging from $2,700 to $44,000 and expire through September 2028. Certain lease monthly payments may escalate up to 5.0% each year. In such cases, the variability in lease payments are included within the current and noncurrent operating lease liabilities.
Future minimum operating lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases is as follows:
| December 31: | Third Parties | Related Parties | Total | ||||||||||
| 2021 | $ | 341,709 | $ | 389,645 | $ | 731,354 | |||||||
| 2022 | 351,967 | 393,127 | 745,094 | ||||||||||
| 2023 | 362,526 | 396,783 | 759,309 | ||||||||||
| 2024 | 373,396 | 393,597 | 766,993 | ||||||||||
| 2025 | 31,192 | 320,004 | 351,196 | ||||||||||
| Thereafter | - | 880,011 | 880,011 | ||||||||||
| Total Future Minimum Lease Payments | 1,460,790 | 2,773,167 | 4,233,957 | ||||||||||
| Total Amount Representing Interest | (409,511 | ) | (1,178,265 | ) | (1,587,776 | ) | |||||||
| Total Amount Representing Present Value | 1,051,279 | 1,594,902 | 2,646,181 | ||||||||||
| Current Portion of Operating Lease Liabilities | (178,940 | ) | (148,389 | ) | (327,329 | ) | |||||||
| Operating Lease Liabilities, Net of Current Portion | $ | 872,339 | $ | 1,446,513 | $ | 2,318,852 | |||||||
The following are changes in right-of-use assets during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
| Balance as of January 1, 2019 | $ | - | ||
| Recognition of Right-of-Use Assets for Operating Leases | 1,939,332 | |||
| Non-Cash Operating Lease Costs | (154,249 | ) | ||
| Balance as of December 31, 2019 | 1,785,083 | |||
| Recognition of Right-of-Use Assets for Operating Leases | 1,182,942 | |||
| Non-Cash Operating Lease Costs | (435,395 | ) | ||
| Balance as of December 31, 2020 | $ | 2,532,629 |
F-93
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 14. | NOTES PAYABLE |
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, notes payable consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Note payable maturing in July 2020, bearing interest at 12.00 percent per annum. | $ | - | (i) | $ | 1,028,605 | |||
| Note payable maturing in June 2021, bearing interest at 7.25 percent per annum. | - | 7,860 | ||||||
| Note payable maturing in June 2021, bearing interest at 7.00 percent per annum. | 343,435 | (ii) | 995,375 | |||||
| Note payable maturing in December 2020, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | 212,821 | (iii) | 379,941 | |||||
| Convertible notes payable maturing in February 2023, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | 20,790,514 | (iv) | - | |||||
| Other - Vehicle Loans | 44,931 | - | ||||||
| Total Notes Payable | 21,391,701 | 2,411,781 | ||||||
| Less Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs and Loan Origination Fees | (5,421,622 | ) | - | |||||
| Net Amount | $ | 15,970,079 | $ | 2,411,781 | ||||
| Less Current Portion of Notes Payable | (601,187 | ) | (1,759,839 | ) | ||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion | $ | 15,368,892 | $ | 651,942 | ||||
| (i) | During the Year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued debt to an unrelated third party for working capital needs in the amount of $988,157. The debt matures in July 2020 and bears interest at 12.00 percent per year. The balance as of December 31, 2019 was $1,028,605, which includes accrued interest. During the year ended December 31, 2020, as part of the convertible debt offering, the holders of the note payable agreed to settle its debt by converting the balance ($1,041,924 at the time of agreement) into convertible debt. |
| (ii) | During the Year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued debt to an unrelated third party for working capital needs in the amount of $2,000,000. The debt matures in June 2021 and bears interest at 7.00 percent per year. The balance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $343,435 and $995,375, respectively. |
| (iii) | During the Year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued debt to an unrelated third party for working capital needs in the amount of $377,658. The debt matured in December 2020 and bears interest at 7.00 percent per year. The balance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $212,821 and $379,941, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the balance was paid in full. |
| (iv) | On January 8, 2020, the board of directors approved approximately $17,500,000 of private placement of Senior Convertible Notes. On January 4, 2021, the board of directors approved an increase of the Senior Convertible Notes offering to $22,599,844. The Senior Convertible Notes are automatically converted in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing (“QEF”) at the better of an 80% discount or a valuation cap of $250,000,000 or may be optionally converted at the election of the holder. The Senior Convertible Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 4% per year paid quarterly and generally accrue interest at a rate of 4.3% per year. The Senior Convertible Note holders were issued a security interest in the stock and membership interests held by the Company in its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance due under these Senior Convertible Notes was $20,790,514 and $0, respectively. |
Scheduled maturities of notes payable are as follows:
| Principal | ||||
| December 31: | Payments | |||
| 2021 | $ | 601,187 | ||
| 2025 | 20,790,514 | |||
| Total Future Minimum Principal Payments | $ | 21,391,701 | ||
F-94
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 15. | NOTES PAYABLE – RELATED PARTIES |
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, notes payable from related parties consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Convertible notes payable maturing in February 2023, bearing interest at 8.00 percent per annum. | $ | 2,049,037 | (i) | $ | - | |||
| Convertible note payable maturing in March 2023, bearing interest at 6.00 percent per annum. | 2,189,264 | (ii) | 1,925,000 | |||||
| Note payable maturing in October 2020, bearing interest at 1.68 percent per annum. | - | (iii) | 316,262 | |||||
| Total Notes Payable - Related Parties | 4,238,301 | 2,241,262 | ||||||
| Less Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs and Loan Origination Fees | (534,335 | ) | - | |||||
| Net Amount | $ | 3,703,966 | $ | 2,241,262 | ||||
| Less Current Portion of Notes Payable - Related Parties | - | (2,241,262 | ) | |||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion - Related Parties | $ | 3,703,966 | $ | - | ||||
| (i) | On January 8, 2020, the board of directors approved approximately $17,500,000 of private placement of Senior Convertible Notes. On January 4, 2021, the board of directors approved an increase of the Senior Convertible Notes offering to $22,599,844. The Senior Convertible Notes are automatically converted in the event of a Qualified Equity Financing (“QEF”) at the better of an 80% discount or a valuation cap of $250,000,000 or may be optionally converted at the election of the holder. The Senior Convertible Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 4% per year paid quarterly and generally accrue interest at a rate of 4.3% per year. The Senior Convertible Note holders were issued a security interest in the stock and membership interests held by the Company in its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance due under these Senior Convertible Notes from related parties was $2,049,037 and $0, respectively. |
| (ii) | In 2018, Magu Farm LLC issued approximately $9,925,000 in secured promissory notes convertible into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund (collectively, the “Magu Farm Convertible Notes”) to certain lenders who are affiliates of shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Magu Farm Lenders,” and individually, a “Magu Farm Lender”) |
On October 7, 2019, Magu Farm LLC and Magu Investment Fund notified each Magu Farm Lender of Magu Investment Fund’s intention to merge with and into the Company at the closing of the Roll-Up. Subsequent to such notification, effective as of October 7, 2019, each Magu Farm Lender other than Kings Bay Investment Company Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBIC”), entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which such Magu Farm Lender, among other things, (a) converted its respective Magu Farm Convertible Note with an aggregate value of $8,000,000 into equity interests in Magu Investment Fund and (b) agreed to terminate both the Co-Lending Agreement and its respective security interest as defined in the agreement. All accrued and unpaid interest were paid prior to conversion. KBIC balance which was not converted remained. Effective as of March 1, 2020, KBIC assigned the Kings Bay Note to Kings Bay Capital Management Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (“KBCM”).
Effective as of April 10, 2020, KBCM and the Company entered into an Assignment, Novation and Note Modification Agreement and a Security Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the company assumed all of Magu Farm LLC’s rights, duties, liabilities and obligations under the Kings Bay Note, (b) the Kings Bay Note was modified, among other things, such that KBCM has the right to convert the Kings Bay Note into Class A Shares at the same conversion price accorded to the other Magu Farm Lenders, and (c) the obligations under the Kings Bay Note were secured by a pledge of the securities of Glass House’s subsidiaries but expressly subordinated to the holders of the Senior Convertible Notes. As a result of the modification, the Company recorded an loss on extinguishment of debt due to modification for approximately $389,000 which is included as a component of other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance due to KBCM is $2,189,264 and $1,925,000, respectively.
| (iii) | On October 5, 2019, G&H Supply Company LLC issued a promissory note in the original principal amount of $315,000 in favor of the Graham S. Farrar Living Trust established February 2, 2000 (the “Farrar Trust”), an affiliate of Graham Farrar (the “Original G&H / Farrar Note”). Effective as of February 20, 2020, Glass House executed and delivered to the Farrar Trust, and the Farrar Trust accepted, documentation in substantially the form of the approved Forms of Note Offering Documents to cancel and reissue the loan evidenced by the Original G&H / Farrar Note as part of the convertible debt offering. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of these notes was $0, and $316,262, respectively. |
F-95
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 15. | NOTES PAYABLE- RELATED PARTIES (Continued) |
Scheduled maturities of notes payable are as follows:
| Principal | ||||
| December 31: | Payments | |||
| 2023 | $ | 2,189,264 | ||
| 2025 | 2,049,037 | |||
| Total Future Minimum Principal Payments | $ | 4,238,301 | ||
| 16. | SHAREHOLDERS’ AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
Authorized
As of December 31, 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company is comprised of the following:
Class A Common Shares
The authorized total number of Class A Common Shares is 500,000,000. Holders of Class A Common Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company and are entitled to one vote in respect of each Class A Common Share held. Class A Shares have no dividend preference senior or subordinated to other class of shares. Upon a liquidation event, Class A Common shareholders are entitled to their pro-rata portion of total equity instruments then outstanding.
On January 31, 2020, pursuant to the “Agreement, a Roll-up was consummated whereby the assets and liabilities of a combined group of companies were transferred into GH Group, Inc whereby GH Group, Inc. now owns and controls the interest of all the entities previously combined. As a result of the Roll-Up, the Company issued to the investors of the combined entities 197,650,255 Class A Common Shares.
On February 11, 2020, the Company issued 10,318,807 Class A Common Shares valued at $3,095,642 related to an acquisition, see Note 8.
In February 2020, the Company repurchased 2,068,898 Class A Common Shares from an investor and issued as part of the Convertible Debt raise in February 2020, $1,750,000 convertible notes. The Shares repurchased were simultaneously cancelled.
Class B Common Shares
The authorized total number of Class B Common Shares is 33,000,000. Holders of Class B Common Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company and are entitled to fifty votes in respect of each Class B Common Share held. Class B Shares have no dividend preference senior or subordinated to other class of shares. Class B Common Shares are convertible at either the option of the holder or automatically upon certain events as defined in the articles of incorporation to shares of Class b Common Shares on a one-to-one basis. Upon a liquidation event, Class B Common shareholders are entitled to their pro-rata portion of total equity instruments then outstanding.
In January 2020 as part of the roll up and re-organization, the Company issued 32,295,270 class B Common Shares to related parties, see Note 20.
F-96
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 16. | SHAREHOLDERS’ AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
Preferred Shares
The authorized total number of Preferred Shares is 50,000,000. Holders of Preferred Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company and are not entitled to votes. Preferred Shares have no dividend preference senior or subordinated to other class of shares and are not convertible into other classes of shares. Upon a liquidation event, Preferred shareholders are entitled to their pro-rata portion of total equity instruments then outstanding.
Non-Controlling Interest
Non-controlling interest represents equity interests owned by parties that are not shareholders of the ultimate parent. The share of net assets attributable to non-controlling interests is presented as a component of equity. Their share of net income or loss is recognized directly in equity. Changes in the parent company’s ownership interest that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded a (loss) / income attributable to non-controlling interest of $0, ($511,465) and $211,396, respectively. The Company received contributions from non-controlling members in the amount of $272,800 and $100,000 and issued equity interest to non-controlling members valued at $1,240,000 and $792,000 for services performed during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The equity issuances to non-controlling interest members were fair valued using the estimated fair value of the equity of the Company as determined by a valuation specialist using level 3 inputs from the Company consisting of, but not limited to future profitability of the Company and industry data. During the year ended December 31, 2020, as part of the roll-up transaction, the Company acquired all the membership interest from the combined entities and the non-controlling members, resulting in the non-controlling interest balance of $3,554,731 being reclassed to controlling interest during the year ended December 31, 2020.
| 17. | SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION |
The Company has an equity incentive plan (the “Incentive Plan”) under which the Company may issue various types of equity instruments or instruments that track to equity, more particularly the Company’s Class A Common stock to any employee, officer, consultants or director. The types of equity instruments issuable under the Incentive Plan encompass, among other things, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and or other awards. (together, “Awards”). Share based compensation expenses are recorded as a component of general and administrative to the extent that the Company has not appointed a Compensation Committee, all rights and obligations under the Incentive Plan shall be those of the full Board of Directors. The maximum number of Awards that may be issued under the Incentive Plan shall be 63,753,020. If an Award expires, becomes unexercisable, or is cancelled, forfeited or otherwise terminated without having been exercised or settled in full, as the case may be, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of the Award shall again become available for future grant or sale under this Incentive Plan (unless this Plan has terminated). Shares that have been issued under this plan shall not be returned to this Incentive Plan. However, the following shares shall again become available for future grant under this Incentive Plan: (i) any shares that are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or redemption; and (ii) any shares that are retained by the Company upon the exercise of or purchase of shares under an Award in order to satisfy the exercise price or purchase price for the Award or to satisfy any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase. Vesting of Awards will be determined by the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors in absence of one. The exercise price for Awards (if applicable) will generally not be less than the fair market value of the Award at the time of grant and will generally expire after 5 years.
F-97
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 17. | SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued) |
Stock Options
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of stock options outstanding is as follows:
| Weighted- | ||||||||
| Number of | Average | |||||||
| Stock Options | Exercise Price | |||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2019 | - | $ | - | |||||
| Granted | 50,575,080 | $ | 0.22 | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2019 | 50,575,080 | $ | 0.22 | |||||
| Granted | 4,696,786 | $ | 0.30 | |||||
| Forfeited | (6,868,242 | ) | $ | 0.22 | ||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2020 | 48,403,624 | $ | 0.23 | |||||
The following table summarizes the stock options that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2020:
| Security Issuable | Exercise Price | Expiration Date | Stock Options Outstanding | Stock Options Exercisable | ||||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.22 | September 2029 | 43,706,838 | 20,880,755 | |||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.30 | April 2030 | 4,696,786 | - | |||||||||
| 48,403,624 | 20,880,755 | |||||||||||||
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of stock options granted with a fixed exercise price was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions at the time of grant:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Weighted-Average Risk-Free Annual Interest Rate | 0.31 | % | 1.53 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Annual Dividend Yield | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Stock Price Volatility | 85.3 | % | 85.3 | % | ||||
| Weighted-Average Expected Life in Years | 4.00 | 4.00 | ||||||
| Weighted-Average Estimated Forfeiture Rate | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | ||||
Stock price volatility was estimated by using the average historical volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer group of publicly-traded cannabis companies. The expected life represents the period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate was based on United States Treasury zero coupon bond with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the options.
During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the weighted-average fair value of stock options granted was $0.18 and $0.013, respectively, per option. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, stock options outstanding have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 8.8 years and 9.8 years, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized $2,547,792 and $641,285, respectively in share-based compensation expense related to these stock options. The remaining share-based compensation recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are related to equity issued to consultants in the amount of $1240,000 and $792,000, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were approximately $3,553,000 and $6,192,000 in unrecognized share-based compensation cost.
F-98
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 17. | SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued) |
Warrants
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of warrants outstanding is as follows:
| Weighted- | ||||||||
| Number of | Average | |||||||
| Warrants | Exercise Price | |||||||
| Balance as of January 1, 2019 | - | $ | - | |||||
| Granted | - | $ | - | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2019 | - | $ | - | |||||
| Granted | 1,968,300 | $ | 0.16 | |||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2020 | 1,968,300 | $ | 0.16 | |||||
The following table summarizes the warrants that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2020:
| Security Issuable | Exercise Price | Expiration Date | Warrants
Outstanding | Warrants
Exercisable | ||||||||||
| Class A Common Shares | $ | 0.16 | July 2023 | 1,968,300 | 1,968,300 | |||||||||
| 1,968,300 | 1,968,300 | |||||||||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the fair value of warrants granted with a fixed exercise price was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions at the time of grant:
| Weighted-Average Risk-Free Annual Interest Rate | 0.31 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Expected Annual Dividend Yield | 0.0 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Expected Stock Price Volatility | 85.3 | % | ||
| Weighted-Average Expected Life in Years | 3 | |||
| Weighted-Average Estimated Forfeiture Rate | 0.0 | % |
Stock price volatility was estimated by using the average historical volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer group of publicly-traded cannabis companies. The expected life represents the period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate was based on United States Treasury zero coupon bond with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the options.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the weighted-average fair value of warrants granted was $0.22, per warrant. As of December 31, 2020, warrants outstanding have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 2.6 years. There were no warrants issued our outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2019.
The Company evaluated its agreements related to the warrants issued during the year ended December 31, 2019 and determined that the warrants were not derivatives or contained features that qualify as embedded derivatives.
F-99
GH GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 18. | PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED TAXES |
Provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Current: | ||||||||||||
| Federal | $ | 3,543,578 | $ | 582,081 | $ | 247,338 | ||||||
| State | 1,544,371 | 175,887 | 129,546 | |||||||||
| Total Current | 5,087,949 | 757,968 | 376,884 | |||||||||
| Deferred: | ||||||||||||
| Federal | 1,229,887 | 221,870 | (19,761 | ) | ||||||||
| State | 100,697 | (7,318 | ) | 229 | ||||||||
| Total Deferred | 1,330,584 | 214,552 | (19,532 | ) | ||||||||
| Total Provision for Income Taxes | $ | 6,418,533 | $ | 972,520 | $ | 357,352 | ||||||
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets: | ||||||||
| State taxes | $ | 6,130 | $ | 26,806 | ||||
| Allowance for doubtful accounts | 13,992 | - | ||||||
| Deferred rent | 25,995 | 75,475 | ||||||
| Non-qualified stock options | 572,999 | - | ||||||
| Operating losses | 5,937,406 | 469,764 | ||||||
| Total Deferred Tax Assets | 6,556,522 | 572,045 | ||||||
| Valuation Allowance | (6,510,405 | ) | (423,034 | ) | ||||
| Net Deferred Tax Assets | $ | 46,117 | $ | 149,011 | ||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Property, Plant & Equipment | $ | (1,273,724 | ) | $ | (239,010 | ) | ||
| Basis in subsidiary entity | (192,976 | ) | - | |||||
| Total Deferred Tax Liabilities | (1,466,700 | ) | (239,010 | ) | ||||
| Net Deferred Tax Liabilities | $ | (1,420,583 | ) | $ | (89,999 | ) | ||
The reconciliation between the effective tax rate on income and the statutory tax rate is as follows for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Income tax expense at federal rate | $ | (505,820 | ) | $ | (1,415,675 | ) | $ | 595,544 | ||||
| State taxes and fees | 1,464,420 | 136,464 | 112,227 | |||||||||
| IRS Section 280E disallowance | 914,042 | 781,245 | 30,936 | |||||||||
| Uncertain tax position | 306,115 | 98,575 | - | |||||||||
| Change in valuation allowance | 4,279,589 | 422,866 | 15,898 | |||||||||
| Interest on convertible debt | 160,588 | - | - | |||||||||
| Other permanent differences | (200,401 | ) | (20,475 | ) | 1,844 | |||||||
| Income not taxed at entity level | - | 969,520 | (399,097 | ) | ||||||||
| Reported Income Tax Expense | $ | 6,418,533 | $ | 972,520 | $ | 357,352 | ||||||
F-100
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 18. | PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Continued) |
As the Company operates in the cannabis industry, it is subject to the limits of IRC Section 280E (“Section 280E”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes under which the Company is only allowed to deduct expenses directly related to the sales of product. This results in permanent differences between ordinary and necessary business expenses deemed nonallowable under Section 280E, and the Company deducts all operating expenses on its state tax returns.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total unrecognized tax benefits for years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Balance at Beginning of Period | $ | 543,243 | $ | - | ||||
| IRS Section 280E Positions | 306,115 | 543,243 | ||||||
| Balance at End of Period | $ | 849,358 | $ | 543,243 | ||||
The Company has determined that the tax impact of its corporate overhead allocation was not more likely than not to be sustained on the merits as required under ASC 740 due to the evolving interpretations of Section 280E. As a result, the Company included in the balance of total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020 and 2019, potential benefits of $849,358 and $543,243, respectively, that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations. Unrecognized tax benefits that reduce a net operating loss, similar to tax loss or tax credit carryforwards, are presented as a reduction to deferred income taxes.
The Company’s evaluation of tax positions was performed for those tax years which remain open to for audit. The Company may from time to time, be assessed interest or penalties by the taxing authorities, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to the Company’s financial results. In the event the Company is assessed for interest and/or penalties, such amounts will be classified as income tax expense in the financial statements.
As of December 31, 2020, the federal tax returns since 2017 and state tax returns since 2016 are still subject to adjustment upon audit. No tax returns are currently being examined by any taxing authorities. While it is reasonably possible that certain portions of the unrecognized tax benefit may change from a lapse in applicable statute of limitations, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the effect of any amount of such a change to previously recorded uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.
| 19. | COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
Contingencies
The Company’s operations are subject to a variety of local and state regulations. Failure to comply with one or more of these regulations could result in fines, restrictions on its operations, or losses of permits that could result in the Company ceasing operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable local and state regulations as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, cannabis regulations continue to evolve and are subject to differing interpretations. As a result, the Company may be subject to regulatory fines, penalties or restrictions in the future.
F-101
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 19. | COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued) |
Royalty
Effective as of May 9, 2019, Sweet & Salty, Inc., a California corporation (“Lender”) and GH Brands LLC, a California limited liability company (“GH Brands”) entered into the License and Services Agreement, pursuant to which Lender granted to GH Brands an exclusive, transferable, sublicensable, right and license to use, exploit and incorporate the name, nicknames, initials, signature, voice, image, likeness, and photographic or graphic representations of likeness, statements and biography of the artist Annabella Avery Thorne pka Bella Thorne for all purposes relating to or in connection with the development, quality control, cultivation, extraction, manufacture, production, branding, testing, advertising, marketing, promotion, commercialization, packaging, distribution, exploitation and/or sale of the products of GH Brands and its affiliates. The term of License and Service Agreement is 3 years, with the right to renew upon 60-days prior notice for additional 2-year term. Royalty fees for Bella boxes are 10% for the 1st year and 12% for 2-5 years. Royalty fees for flower products and accessories are 6% for the 1st year, 7% for the 2nd year and 8% for 3-5 years. Minimum guarantee fees are recoupable against royalties for an initial term of $1,000,000 ($50,000 initial payment, $200,000 for the 1st year, $375,000 for the 2nd year and $375,000 for the 3rd year). For a renewal term, the minimum guarantee fee is $1,500,000 ($750,000 for the 4th year, $750,000 for the 5th year). During the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized expenses related to these royalties in the amount of $137,500, $166,667 and $0, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has no amounts due under this royalty agreement.
Claims and Litigation
From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of operations in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2020, there were no pending or threatening lawsuits that could be reasonably assessed to have resulted in a probable loss to the Company in an amount that can be reasonably estimated. As such, no accrual has been made in the consolidated and combined financial statements relating to claims and litigations. As of December 31, 2020, there are also no proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates is an adverse party to the Company or has a material interest adverse to the Company’s interest.
| 20. | RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS |
Incubation Services
Effective January 1, 2019, Glass House and Magu Capital LLC, a California limited liability company (“Magu Capital”), entered into a Services and Incubation Agreement (the “Services and Incubation Agreement”), pursuant to which Magu Capital agreed to perform certain advisory and business “incubation” services for Glass House (and incur certain fees and expenses on behalf of Glass House as part of and as performance for such services) (collectively, the “Incubation”) in consideration of Glass House’s agreement to issue to Magu Capital, upon a date certain following the closing of the Roll-Up as reasonably determined by the board of directors of Glass House, a warrant to purchase a fixed number of Class A Shares at an agreed upon strike price and no later than three years following the grant date.
On July 23, 2020, Glass House issued to Magu Capital a Warrant to Purchase Exercise Shares (the “Magu Capital Warrant”), in full satisfaction of Glass House’s obligations under the Services and Incubation Agreement to compensate Magu Capital for the Incubation. The value of the warrants was fair valued at approximately $427,000. The Company recorded a gain on extinguishment of the liability in the amount of approximately $573,000 which is recorded as a component of other income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The balance due to Magu Capital as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0 and$1,773,879, respectively and is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated and combined balance sheet.
Issuance of Class B Common Shares for Management Services
In January 2020, the Company as part of the roll up and re-organization: (a) issued to APP Investment Advisors LLC, a California limited liability company (“APP Investment Advisors”), an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 9,047,226 shares of Class B common shares of Glass House (“Class B Shares”), in exchange for certain management services rendered by APP Investment Advisors for AP Investment Fund; and (b) issued to Magu Capital, an affiliate of certain significant shareholders, 23,248,044 Class B Shares, in exchange for certain management services rendered by Magu Capital for CA Brand Collective, Magu Investment Fund and MG Padaro Fund.
F-102
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 20. | RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued) |
Asset Management Fees – Related Party
The Company has an agreement with certain related parties which provide asset management services. Fees are paid quarterly. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0, $822,000 and $590,000, respectively.
| 21. | SEGMENTED INFORMATION |
The Company currently operates in one segment, the production and sale of cannabis products, which is how the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker manages the business and makes operating decisions. All the Company’s operations are in the United States of America in the State of California. Intercompany sales and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
| 22. | REVENUES, NET |
Revenues are disaggregated as follows for the years ending December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Retail | $ | 14,503,125 | $ | 4,176,773 | $ | - | ||||||
| Wholesale | 33,756,476 | 12,478,363 | 8,395,326 | |||||||||
| Other | - | 286,290 | 571,960 | |||||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 48,259,601 | $ | 16,941,426 | $ | 8,967,286 | ||||||
| 23. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS |
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 4, 2021, which is the date these consolidated and combined financial statements were issued, and has concluded that the following subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the consolidated and combined financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the consolidated and combined financial statements.
Acquisition of Farmacy Berkeley
On January 1, 2021 the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of iCANN, LLC dba Farmacy Berkeley (“iCANN”) a licensed retail cannabis company located in Berkeley, California. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between a subsidiary of the Company and iCANN the following occurred: (i) the Company elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of iCANN; (ii) the Company paid $ 400,000 in cash to four holders of iCANN equity interests: (iii) the Company issued 7,554,679 Class A Common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and (iv) the Company issued an additional 500,000 Class A Common shares to brokers and consultants.
Engagement of Canaccord Genuity
Effective as of February 10, 2021 GH Group Inc. (“GH Group”) and Canaccord Genuity Corp. (“Canaccord Genuity”) entered into an Engagement Agreement pursuant to which GH Group agreed to appoint Canaccord Genuity as financial advisor to GH Group in connection with a merger by and between GH Group, Inc. and Mercer Park Brand Acquisitions Corp. (the “SPAC”). The fees: $2,000,000, of which $1,000,000 to be paid in cash and $1,000,000, in freely tradeable shares of the SPAC, where each share of the SPAC is valued at $10.00 per share, payable if merger is completed during the term of the engagement, or within a period of 12 months after the termination of this engagement, plus expenses limited to the amount of $25,000. The term of the engagement: from December 30, 2020 until the earlier of the date the merger is completed and date upon which the engagement is terminated by either party hereto by written notice of termination delivered to the other party.
F-103
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 23. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) |
Acquisition Agreement – Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Co.
On December 29th 2020 the Company and Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corporation, an Ontario special purpose acquisition corporation (“Mercer Park”) that is traded on the NEO exchange in Canada entered into a letter of intent (“LOI”) whereby Mercer Park would acquire all of the equity interests by merger of the Company for $325,000,000 in Mercer Park shares at $ 10.00 per share. At the close of the proposed merger: (i) Mercer Park is required to possess $185,000,000 in cash net of all closing and other expenses; (ii) the founders of the Company would possess the majority of voting rights; (iii) Mercer Park would designate one board director, Glass House would designate four directors and an additional two will be neutral and chosen by mutual agreement. Further, of the 10,889,750 founders shares of Mercer Park 25% will be earned only if the share price exceeds certain thresholds and for any earned Glass House Group shareholders will receive 1.5 times such number of shares; an additional 25% will be earned based on outcomes of capital raising activities, if required, or if the share price exceeds certain further thresholds. On April 8, 2021 a series of definitive agreements were entered into containing the terms outlined above.
Proposed Transaction
Effective February 23, 2021 GH Group, Inc. entered into a Merger and Exchange Agreement with Element 7 CA, LLC (“E7”) whereby GH Group, Inc. would obtain all of the equity interest held by E7 in seventeen in-process license applications, some of which are partially owned. GH Group, Inc. is obligated to purchase all such interests of each license that meets the conditions for sale and E7 is obligated to sell such equity interests. The consideration of $1,500,000 for 100% of the E7’s equity interests in each license holding entity payable in shares of post-close Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. at $10 per share. Conditions to close include the closing of the Mercer Park merger, the availability of $25,000,000 for development of retail licenses, and the delivery by E7 of certain leases.
GH Group has executed an agreement with Element 7, LLC (“Element 7”) whereby GH Group has the right, subject to satisfactory completion of due diligence and other conditions, to acquire entities which are in the process of applying for up to 17 local retail cannabis licenses in California. A subsidiary of GH Group will have the right to acquire membership interests of Element 7 entities, by way of merger, in exchange for shares of Mercer Park, with shares issued at $10.00 per share. This could result in the issuance of up to 2,400,000 shares in the amount up to $24 million.
Camarillo Farm Transaction
CEFF Camarillo Property, LLC (“CEFF Camarillo Propco”), CEFF Camarillo Holdings, LLC (“CEFF Parent”, and together with CEFF Camarillo Propco, the “CEFF Parties”) are the owners of the California Option Assets (as defined in the California Option Agreement (as defined below)), including, without limitation, that certain approximately 160-acre real property and agricultural facility located thereon, located at 645 Laguna Road, City of Camarillo, County of Ventura California (APN: 230-0-071-345) (the “Real Property”).
Pursuant to that certain Option Agreement (California Option Assets), dated December 28, 2018, by and among the CEFF Parties and GIPI (as defined below) Glass Investments Projects, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GIPI”) (the “Original California Option Agreement”), as amended by (i) the First Amendment to Option Agreement (California Option Assets), dated March 23, 2020, by and among the CEFF Parties and GIPI (“First Amendment”) and (ii) the Second Amendment to Option Agreement (California Option Assets), dated February 20, 2021, by and among the CEFF Parties and GIPI (“Second Amendment”) (as amended by the First Amendment and Second Amendment, collectively, the “California Option Agreement”), GIPI holds an option to purchase the California Option Assets (the “Option” and collectively with all rights, option and interests held by GIPI in, to and under the California Option Agreement including, without limitation, the Real Property and other California Option Assets, the “Option Rights”).
F-104
| GH GROUP, INC. |
| Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 23. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) |
Effective as of February 13, 2021, Glass House, Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp., a British Columbia corporation (“Mercer Park”, together with Glass House, “GH/MPBAC”) and GIPI entered into that certain letter agreement (the “Camarillo Acquisition Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) GIPI agreed to sell the Option Rights to GH/MPBAC or their designee, and (ii) in acknowledgment of the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement being an interim agreement, GH/MPBAC and GIPI agreed to negotiate and document, for the transactions contemplated by the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Definitive Agreements (as defined in the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement), including, without limitation, an Agreement to Assign an Option to Acquire Real Estate to be entered into by and among, GIPI, GH Camarillo LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Glass House (“GH Camarillo”), as the designee of Glass House pursuant to the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement, and Mercer Park (the “Definitive Option PSA”). As of the date hereof, the Definitive Option PSA has not been finalized.
Effective as of February 20, 2021, GIPI exercised the Option via a letter which was delivered to the CEFF Parties pursuant to Section 2.3 of the California Option Agreement (the “Exercise Notice”). The Exercise Notice has been signed by the CEFF Parties to acknowledge, among other things, that GIPI has validly exercised the Option in accordance with the California Option Agreement.
Prior to the expiration of the Contingency Period (as defined in the Second Amendment), the CEFF Parties, as seller, and GH Camarillo, as buyer, will have agreed to negotiate in good faith and attempt to finalize a definitive purchase and sale agreement for the Real Property (the “Definitive Property PSA”) and other related agreements and instruments for the transactions contemplated by the California Option Agreement.
Effective as of February 20, 2021, and in connection with the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement, GIPI, GH Camarillo and Peninsula Escrow, Inc., a California corporation (“Escrow Holder”), have entered into that certain Escrow Agreement (Camarillo Acquisition Agreement) (the “Camarillo Acquisition Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Escrow Holder has agreed to hold, administer, and disburse a $2,000,000 cash deposit (the “COA Deposit”) in one or more segregated, interest-bearing money market accounts in accordance with the terms of the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement, and the express instructions provided by GH Camarillo.
Effective as of February 20, 2021, and in connection with the California Option Agreement, GH Camarillo, the CEFF Parties and Escrow Holder, have entered into that certain Escrow Agreement (California Option Agreement), pursuant to which, among other things, the Escrow Holder has agreed to hold, administer, and disburse the COA Deposit, and assuming GH Camarillo has not terminated the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement, the Camarillo Acquisition Escrow Agreement, the Definitive Option PSA or the Definitive Property PSA, on or before the expiration of the Contingency Period, an additional $8,000,000 cash deposit (the “Additional Deposit”) in one or more segregated, interest-bearing money market accounts in accordance with the terms of the California Option Agreement, and the express instructions provided by GH Camarillo.
Effective as of February 22, 2021, BFP made a $2,000,000 unsecured bridge loan to Glass House at market terms for the express and only purpose of funding the COA Deposit, pursuant to an Unsecured Promissory Note issued to BFP (the “BFP Bridge Note”). Further, assuming GH Camarillo has not terminated the Camarillo Acquisition Agreement, the Camarillo Acquisition Escrow Agreement, the Definitive Option PSA or the Definitive Property PSA, Glass House intends to complete on or before March 22, 2021, an approximately $12,000,000 Qualified Financing (as defined in the Senior Convertible Notes), pursuant to which it will repay the BFP Bridge Note, fund the Additional Deposit, and fund certain other required expenditures of Glass House.
Effective as of March 3, 2021 Glass House assigned all of its membership interests in Field Investment Co., LLC a subsidiary and its subsidiaries Field Taste Matters, Inc., ATES Enterprises, LLC, and Zer One Seven Management, LLC for de minimis consideration to an unrelated party.
F-105
BUD AND BLOOM
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF
AUGUST 31, 2019 AND DECEMBER 31, 2018
AND FOR THE PERIOD ENDED
AUGUST 31, 2019 AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018
F-106
BUD AND BLOOM
Index to Combined Financial Statements
| Page(s) | |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-108 |
| Combined Balance Sheets | F-109 |
| Combined Statements of Operations | F-110 |
| Combined Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit | F-111 |
| Combined Statements of Cash Flows | F-112 |
| Notes to Combined Financial Statements | F-113 - F-121 |
F-107

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Members
Bud and Bloom
Opinion on the Combined Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Bud and Bloom (the “Company”) as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the period ended August 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes to the combined financial statements (collectively referred to as the “combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended August 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
Los Angeles, California
May 4, 2021
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | ||
| 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1500 | ||
| Los Angeles, CA 90067 | www.mgocpa.com |
F-108
| BUD AND BLOOM |
| Combined Balance Sheets |
| As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 |
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents | $ | 390,290 | $ | 234,630 | ||||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | 46,287 | 21,157 | ||||||
| Inventory | 289,797 | 141,963 | ||||||
| Total Current Assets | 726,374 | 397,750 | ||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets | 103,611 | 138,635 | ||||||
| Property and Equipment, Net | 589,857 | 638,599 | ||||||
| Other Assets | 36,000 | 20,000 | ||||||
| TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 1,455,842 | $ | 1,194,984 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT | ||||||||
| LIABILITIES: | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 358,240 | $ | 385,496 | ||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 776,428 | 434,547 | ||||||
| Current Portion of Notes Payable to Related Parties | 2,720,457 | - | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 3,855,125 | 820,043 | ||||||
| Deferred Rent | 220,018 | 210,602 | ||||||
| Notes Payable to Related Parties, Net of Current Portion | - | 2,678,642 | ||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES | 4,075,143 | 3,709,287 | ||||||
| MEMBERS’ DEFICIT: | ||||||||
| Members' Deficit | (2,619,301 | ) | (2,514,303 | ) | ||||
| Total Members' Deficit | (2,619,301 | ) | (2,514,303 | ) | ||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT | $ | 1,455,842 | $ | 1,194,984 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.
F-109
| BUD AND BLOOM |
| Combined Statements of Operations |
| For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018 |
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 3,809,773 | $ | 4,249,638 | ||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 2,232,857 | 2,890,836 | ||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,576,916 | 1,358,802 | ||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||
| General and Administrative | 920,442 | 1,350,857 | ||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 129,010 | 173,918 | ||||||
| Professional Fees | 70,592 | 127,500 | ||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 62,374 | 90,238 | ||||||
| Total Expenses | 1,182,418 | 1,742,513 | ||||||
| Income (Loss) from Operations | 394,498 | (383,711 | ) | |||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||
| Interest Expense | 354,162 | 256,343 | ||||||
| Other Income, Net | (34,742 | ) | (5,092 | ) | ||||
| Total Other Expense | 319,420 | 251,252 | ||||||
| Income (Loss) from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | 75,078 | (634,962 | ) | |||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 430,205 | 250,493 | ||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (355,127 | ) | $ | (885,455 | ) | ||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.
F-110
| BUD AND BLOOM |
| Combined Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity |
| For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018 |
| BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2018 | $ | (1,624,632 | ) | |
| Net Loss | (885,455 | ) | ||
| Distributions | (4,216 | ) | ||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018 | (2,514,303 | ) | ||
| Net Loss | (355,127 | ) | ||
| Non-Cash Contributions | 250,129 | |||
| BALANCE AS OF AUGUST 31, 2019 | $ | (2,619,301 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.
F-111
| BUD AND BLOOM |
| Combined Statements of Cash Flows |
| For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018 |
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (355,127 | ) | $ | (885,455 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities: | ||||||||
| Deferred Tax (Recovery) Expense | 35,024 | (66,856 | ) | |||||
| Accrued Interest Capitalized to Notes Payable | 153,090 | 185,376 | ||||||
| Amortization of Debt Discount | 201,072 | 70,967 | ||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 62,374 | 90,238 | ||||||
| Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | (25,129 | ) | (21,157 | ) | ||||
| Inventory | (147,833 | ) | 67,459 | |||||
| Other Assets | (16,000 | ) | 2,700 | |||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | (27,256 | ) | 356,986 | |||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 341,880 | 246,529 | ||||||
| Deferred Rent | 9,416 | 64,124 | ||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES | 231,512 | 110,911 | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Purchases of Property and Equipment | (13,632 | ) | (15,600 | ) | ||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (13,632 | ) | (15,600 | ) | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from the Issuance of Notes Payable to Related Parties | - | 50,000 | ||||||
| Payments on Notes Payable to Related Parties | (62,219 | ) | (28,401 | ) | ||||
| Distributions | - | (4,216 | ) | |||||
| NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | (62,219 | ) | 17,383 | |||||
| NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 155,661 | 112,694 | ||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 234,630 | 121,936 | ||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 390,291 | $ | 234,630 | ||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE FOR CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||
| Cash Paid for Interest | $ | 354,162 | $ | 256,343 | ||||
| Cash Paid for Taxes | $ | 330,570 | $ | 214,738 | ||||
| NON - CASH TRANSACTIONS | ||||||||
| Increase in Notes Payable to Related Parties for relief of Accrued Liabilities | $ | - | $ | 43,500 | ||||
| Non-Cash Contribution for the Relief of Owner Notes Payable | $ | 250,129 | $ | - | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.
F-112
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Bud and Bloom (“the Company”) consists of the combined financial statements of Saint Gertrude Management Company, LLC (“SGMC”) and Bud and Bloom (“BNB”). The Company is a cannabis company that operates a dispensary in the city of Santa Ana, California.
COVID-19
In March 2020, a global pandemic was declared by the World Health Organization related to the rapidly growing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19. The pandemic is having an unprecedented impact on the U.S. economy as federal, state and local governments react to this public health crisis, which has created significant uncertainties. The Company is unable to currently quantify the economic effect, if any, of this increase on the Company’s results of operations.
These developments could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s combined revenues, combined results of operations and cash flows. This situation is rapidly changing and additional impacts to the business may arise that the Company is not aware of currently. The ultimate magnitude and duration of COVID-19, including the extent of its overall impact on the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Preparation
The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company and those of the Company’s subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in combination. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the combined financial position of the Company as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and the combined results of operations and cash flows for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 have been included. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”), the Company consolidates any variable interest entity (“VIE”), of which the Company is the primary beneficiary.
Basis of Combination
These combined financial statements as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and for period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and entities over which the Company has control or common ownership as defined in ASC 810. Subsidiaries over which the Company has control are fully consolidated from the date control commences until the date control ceases. Control exists when the Company has ownership of a majority voting interest, and, therefore, as a general rule ownership by one reporting entity, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting shares of another entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable are taken into account.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the combined financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to the consolidation or non-consolidation of variable interest entities, estimated useful lives, depreciation of property and equipment, inventory valuation, long-lived asset impairment, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
F-113
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprised of cash and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less.
Inventory
Inventory is comprised entirely of finished goods and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method of accounting. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs to sell. The Company periodically reviews inventory for obsolete, redundant and slow-moving goods and any such inventory is written down to net realizable value. Packaging and supplies are initially valued at cost. The reserve estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based on expected future use. The reserve estimates have historically been consistent with actual experience as evidenced by actual sale or disposal of the goods. As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company determined that no reserve was necessary.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset using the following terms and methods:
| Furniture and Fixtures | 5 Years |
| Leasehold Improvements | Shorter of Lease Term or Economic Life |
| Equipment and Software | 3 – 5 Years |
The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted prospectively if appropriate. An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset) is included in the combined statements of operations in the period the asset is derecognized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property and equipment are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity-specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
F-114
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Income taxes
BNB accounts for income taxes under the liability approach. Under the liability approach, deferred income taxes are computed by applying enacted laws and currently enacted tax rates to the "temporary" differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial reporting purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
SGMC is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. Consequently, income taxes are not payable by or provided for SGMC. Members are taxed individually on their share of SGMC’s earnings. Since the members are liable for individual federal and state income taxes on the SGMC's taxable income, the SGMC may disburse funds necessary to satisfy the members' estimated personal income tax liabilities. California imposes an LLC fee based on revenue, which is included in the provision for income tax.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the combined balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the FASB related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815 -40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
F-115
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized by the Company in accordance with ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. Through application of the standard, the Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In order to recognize revenue under ASU 2014-09, the Company applies the following five (5) steps:
| • | Identify a customer along with a corresponding contract; |
| • | Identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract to transfer goods or provide distinct services to a customer; |
| • | Determine the transaction price the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer; |
| • | Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; |
| • | Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s). |
Revenue is recognized upon the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company satisfies its performance obligation and transfers control upon delivery and acceptance by the customer. Fees collected related to taxes that are required to be remitted to regulatory authorities are recorded as liabilities and are not included as a component of revenues. Based on the Company’s assessment, the adoption of this new standard had no impact on the amounts recognized in its combined financial statements.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales includes the costs directly attributable to product sales.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. There were approximately $129,000 and $174,000 in advertising costs during the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its combined balance sheets and combined results of operations.
Issued in February 2016, ASU No. 2016-02 established ASC Topic 842, Leases, as amended by subsequent ASUs on the topic, which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to apply a two-method approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase. Lessees are required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. Lessees will recognize expense based on the effective interest method for finance leases or on a straight-line basis for operating leases. The accounting applied by the lessor is largely unchanged from that applied under the existing lease standard. The Company will be required to record a right-of-use asset and lease liability equal to the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments and will continue to recognize expense on a straight-line basis upon adoption of this standard. The Company expects to record a decrease in long-term prepaid rent, reduction in its deferred rents, and an increase in lease liabilities and right of use assets upon adoption. The Company does not expect any impact to members’ equity (deficit) upon transition. ASU 2016-02 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 for non-public entities.
F-116
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
3. CONCENTRATIONS OF BUSINESS AND CREDIT RISK
The Company maintains cash at its physical location, which is not currently insured and cash with various U.S. banks and credit unions with balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund limits, respectively. The failure of a bank or credit union where the Company has significant deposits could result in a loss of a portion of such cash balances in excess of the insured limit, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company has not experienced any losses with regards to its cash balances.
The Company provides credit in the normal course of business to customers located throughout California. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts based on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. There were no customers that comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenue for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018.
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, property and equipment consist of the following:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Furniture and Fixtures | $ | 7,401 | $ | 7,401 | ||||
| Leasehold Improvements | 738,178 | 738,178 | ||||||
| Equipment and Software | 91,122 | 77,491 | ||||||
| Total Property and Equipment | 836,701 | 823,070 | ||||||
| Less Accumulated Depreciation | (246,844 | ) | (184,471 | ) | ||||
| Property and Equipment, Net | $ | 589,857 | $ | 638,599 | ||||
Depreciation for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018 was $62,374 and $90,238, respectively.
5. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Accounts Payable | $ | 243,943 | $ | 298,874 | ||||
| Accrued Liabilities | 3,783 | - | ||||||
| Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities | 12,151 | 15,180 | ||||||
| Sales Tax and Cannabis Taxes | 98,363 | 71,442 | ||||||
| Total Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 358,240 | $ | 385,496 | ||||
F-117
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
6. NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES
As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, notes payable consist of the following:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Loans to Owners and Officers | $ | - | $ | 256,967 | ||||
| Loan to related Parties | 2,720,457 | 2,421,675 | ||||||
| Total Notes Payable | 2,720,457 | 2,678,642 | ||||||
| Less Current Portion of Notes Payable | (2,720,457 | ) | - | |||||
| Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion | $ | - | $ | 2,678,642 | ||||
The above noted notes payable are all due to related parties of the Company consisting of owners, officers and entities related to the Company’s members or board members of the Company.
The loans to related parties with an outstanding balance of $2,720,457 and $2,421,675 as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, were originally issued in October 2016 and matures in October 2021. The holders have the option to convert all but not less than all the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest into 50 percent of issued and authorized units of the Company.
On August 31, 2019, the owners of the Company forgave their notes payable due by the Company in the amount of $250,129. The note payable forgiven by the owners of the Company was recorded as a non-cash contribution to the Company.
Subsequent to August 31, 2019 as part of the acquisition by GH Group, Inc., $2,720,457 of related party convertible debt was converted to equity of the Company subsequent to the sale of the Company. See Note 10.
7. MEMBERS’ DEFICIT
The Company is a limited liability company whereby allocations of profits, losses and distributions, if any, for each fiscal period or year are allocated pro rata in proportion to the member’s capital interest account.
8. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED TAXES
Provision for income taxes consists of the following for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Current: | ||||||||
| Federal | $ | 391,959 | $ | 314,669 | ||||
| State | 3,222 | 2,680 | ||||||
| Total Current | 395,181 | 317,349 | ||||||
| Deferred: | ||||||||
| Federal | (8,414 | ) | (38,339 | ) | ||||
| State | 43,438 | (28,517 | ) | |||||
| Total Deferred | 35,024 | (66,856 | ) | |||||
| Total Provision for Income Taxes | $ | 430,205 | $ | 250,493 | ||||
F-118
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
8. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Continued)
As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets: | ||||||||
| State taxes | $ | 320 | $ | 168 | ||||
| Accrued Liabilities | - | 4,551 | ||||||
| Deferred rent | 65,654 | 58,933 | ||||||
| Operating losses | 39,478 | 84,870 | ||||||
| Total Deferred Tax Assets | $ | 105,452 | $ | 148,522 | ||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities: | ||||||||
| Property and Equipment | $ | (1,841 | ) | $ | (1,194 | ) | ||
| Other | - | (8,693 | ) | |||||
| Total Deferred Tax Liabilities | (1,841 | ) | (9,887 | ) | ||||
| Net Deferred Tax Assets | $ | 103,611 | $ | 138,635 |
The reconciliation between the effective tax rate on income and the statutory tax rate is as follows for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Income tax expense at federal rate | $ | 21,812 | $ | (159,404 | ) | |||
| State taxes and fees | 3,222 | 2,512 | ||||||
| IRS Section 280E disallowance | 138,196 | 189,953 | ||||||
| Uncertain tax positions | 146,312 | 142,560 | ||||||
| Other permanent differences | 34,718 | (25,450 | ) | |||||
| Income not taxed at entity level | 85,945 | 100,322 | ||||||
| Reported Income Tax Expense | $ | 430,205 | $ | 250,493 | ||||
As the Company operates in the cannabis industry, it is subject to the limits of IRC Section 280E (“Section 280E”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes under which the Company is only allowed to deduct expenses directly related to the sales of product. This results in permanent differences between ordinary and necessary business expenses deemed nonallowable under Section 280E, and the Company deducts all operating expenses on its state tax returns.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.
F-119
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
8. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Continued)
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total unrecognized tax benefits for period ended August 31, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||
| Balance at Beginning of Period | $ | 298,356 | $ | 155,796 | ||||
| IRS Section 280E Positions | 146,312 | 142,560 | ||||||
| Balance at End of Period | $ | 444,668 | $ | 298,356 | ||||
The Company has determined that the tax impact of its corporate overhead allocation was not more likely than not to be sustained on the merits as required under ASC 740 due to the evolving interpretations of Section 280E. As a result, the Company included in the balance of total unrecognized tax benefits at August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, potential benefits of $444,668 and $298,356, respectively, that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations. Unrecognized tax benefits that reduce a net operating loss, similar to tax loss or tax credit carryforwards, are presented as a reduction to deferred income taxes.
The Company’s evaluation of tax positions was performed for those tax years which remain open to for audit. The Company may from time to time, be assessed interest or penalties by the taxing authorities, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to the Company’s financial results. In the event the Company is assessed for interest and/or penalties, such amounts will be classified as income tax expense in the financial statements.
As of the August 31, 2019, the federal tax returns since 2017 and state tax returns since 2016 are still subject to adjustment upon audit. No tax returns are currently being examined by any taxing authorities. While it is reasonably possible that certain portions of the unrecognized tax benefit may change from a lapse in applicable statute of limitations, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the effect of any amount of such a change to previously recorded uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases
The Company leases property from a related party under a operating lease agreement that specifies minimum rentals. The lease expires in October 2027 and contains certain renewal provisions. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis. As of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, deferred rent was $220,018 and $210,602, respectively. The Company’s rent expense was approximately $249,000 and $374,000 for the period ended August 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively, and is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with the related party having an initial or remaining term of more than one year are as follows:
| December 31: | ||||||
| Four Months Remaining 2019 | $ | 121,800 | ||||
| 2020 | 372,654 | |||||
| 2021 | 383,834 | |||||
| 2022 | 395,350 | |||||
| 2023 | 407,206 | |||||
| Thereafter | 1,220,396 | |||||
| Total Future Minimum Lease Payments | $ | 2,901,240 | ||||
F-120
BUD AND BLOOM
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For The Period Ended August 31, 2019 and For The Year Ended December 31, 2018
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)
Contingencies
The Company’s operations are subject to a variety of local and state regulations. Failure to comply with one or more of these regulations could result in fines, restrictions on its operations, or losses of permits that could result in the Company ceasing operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable local and state regulations as of August 31, 2019, cannabis regulations continue to evolve and are subject to differing interpretations. As a result, the Company may be subject to regulatory fines, penalties or restrictions in the future.
Claims and Litigation
From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of operations in the normal course of business. As of August 31, 2019, there were no pending or threatening lawsuits that could be reasonably assessed to have resulted in a probable loss to the Company in an amount that can be reasonably estimated. As such, no accrual has been made in the combined financial statements relating to claims and litigations. As of August 31, 2019, there are also no proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates is an adverse party to the Company or has a material interest adverse to the Company’s interest.
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 4, 2021, which is the date these combined financial statements were issued, and has concluded that the following subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the combined financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the combined financial statements.
Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
Subsequent to August 31, 2019, GH Group, Inc. completed the acquisition of the Company for an aggregate consideration of $1,912,000 which is comprised of all cash at closing.
F-121
iCANN, LLC
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
F-122
ICANN, LLC
Index to Financial Statements
| Page(s) | |
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-124 |
| Balance Sheets | F-125 |
| Statements of Operations | F-126 |
| Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit) | F-127 |
| Statements of Cash Flows | F-128 |
| Notes to Financial Statements | F-129 - F-137 |
F-123
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Members
iCANN, LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of iCANN, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements. In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.
Los Angeles, California
May 4, 2021
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | ||
| 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1500 | ||
| Los Angeles, CA 90067 | www.mgocpa.com |
F-124
iCANN, LLC
Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||
| Current Assets: | ||||||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents | $ | 158,928 | $ | 37,290 | $ | 28,007 | ||||||
| Prepaid Expenses | 61,528 | - | - | |||||||||
| Inventory | 343,289 | - | - | |||||||||
| Total Current Assets | 563,745 | 37,290 | 28,007 | |||||||||
| Property and Equipment, Net | 692,645 | 684,079 | 137,352 | |||||||||
| TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 1,256,390 | $ | 721,369 | $ | 165,359 | ||||||
| LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) | ||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Current Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 875,599 | $ | 47,930 | $ | 4,902 | ||||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 209,466 | 2,400 | 1,600 | |||||||||
| Current Portion of Related Party Notes Payable | - | 125,500 | 95,500 | |||||||||
| Current Portion of Convertible Debt | - | 1,084,967 | - | |||||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 1,085,065 | 1,260,797 | 102,002 | |||||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES | 1,085,065 | 1,260,797 | 102,002 | |||||||||
| MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT): | 171,325 | (539,428 | ) | 63,357 | ||||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) | $ | 1,256,390 | $ | 721,369 | $ | 165,359 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-125
iCANN, LLC
Statements of Operations
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, Net | $ | 3,607,307 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Cost of Goods Sold | 2,621,272 | - | - | |||||||||
| Gross Profit | 986,035 | - | - | |||||||||
| Expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and Administrative | 1,798,289 | 60,142 | 44,771 | |||||||||
| Sales and Marketing | 166,784 | 9,736 | 2,728 | |||||||||
| Professional Fees | 71,570 | 293,208 | 220,735 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 108,672 | - | - | |||||||||
| Total Expenses | 2,145,315 | 363,086 | 268,234 | |||||||||
| Loss from Operations | (1,159,280 | ) | (363,086 | ) | (268,234 | ) | ||||||
| Other Expense (Income): | ||||||||||||
| Interest Expense | 327,104 | 12,169 | - | |||||||||
| Interest Income | - | (68 | ) | (127 | ) | |||||||
| Other Expense, Net | 32,566 | - | - | |||||||||
| Total Other Expense (Income), Net | 359,670 | 12,101 | (127 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes | (1,518,950 | ) | (375,187 | ) | (268,107 | ) | ||||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | 207,868 | 800 | 800 | |||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (1,726,818 | ) | $ | (375,987 | ) | $ | (268,907 | ) | |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-126
iCANN, LLC
Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit)
For The
Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2018 | $ | (120,086 | ) | |
| Net Loss | (268,907 | ) | ||
| Contributions | 452,350 | |||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018 | 63,357 | |||
| Net Loss | (375,987 | ) | ||
| Equity Component of Convertible Debt | 27,202 | |||
| Distributions | (254,000 | ) | ||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 | (539,428 | ) | ||
| Net Loss | (1,726,818 | ) | ||
| Equity Component of Convertible Debt Amendments | 234,462 | |||
| Conversion of Convertible Debt | 2,045,309 | |||
| Conversion of Related Party Notes Payable | 157,800 | |||
| BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 | $ | 171,325 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-127
iCANN, LLC
Statements of Cash Flows
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (1,726,818 | ) | $ | (375,987 | ) | $ | (268,907 | ) | |||
| Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to Net Cash Used In Operating Activities: | ||||||||||||
| Accrued Interest Capitalized to Convertible Debt | 36,484 | 8,825 | - | |||||||||
| Accrued Interest Capitalized to Related Party Notes | 32,300 | - | - | |||||||||
| Amortization of Debt Discount | 258,320 | 3,344 | - | |||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | 108,672 | - | - | |||||||||
| Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
| Prepaid Expenses | (61,528 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Inventory | (343,289 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | 827,669 | 43,028 | (30,421 | ) | ||||||||
| Income Taxes Payable | 207,066 | 800 | 800 | |||||||||
| NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES | (661,124 | ) | (319,990 | ) | (298,528 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Purchases of Property and Equipment | (117,238 | ) | (546,727 | ) | (137,352 | ) | ||||||
| NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES | (117,238 | ) | (546,727 | ) | (137,352 | ) | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from the Issuance of Convertible Debt | 900,000 | 1,100,000 | - | |||||||||
| Proceeds from the Issuance of Related Party Notes Payable | - | 30,000 | - | |||||||||
| Contributions | - | - | 452,350 | |||||||||
| Distributions | - | (254,000 | ) | - | ||||||||
| NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES | 900,000 | 876,000 | 452,350 | |||||||||
| NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 121,638 | 9,283 | 16,470 | |||||||||
| Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period | 37,290 | 28,007 | 11,537 | |||||||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD | $ | 158,928 | $ | 37,290 | $ | 28,007 | ||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE FOR CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||||||
| Cash Paid for Taxes | $ | 806 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| NON - CASH TRANSACTIONS | ||||||||||||
| Conversion of Convertible Debt to Equity | $ | 2,045,309 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Conversion of Related Party Notes Payable to Equity | $ | 157,800 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Equity Component of Convertible Debt | $ | - | $ | 27,202 | $ | - | ||||||
| Equity Component of Convertible Debt Amendments | $ | 234,462 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-128
iCANN, LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS
iCANN, LLC (“the Company”) is a cannabis company that operates a dispensary in the city of Berkley, California.
COVID-19
In March 2020, a global pandemic was declared by the World Health Organization related to the rapidly growing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19. The pandemic is having an unprecedented impact on the U.S. economy as federal, state and local governments react to this public health crisis, which has created significant uncertainties. The Company is unable to currently quantify the economic effect, if any, of this increase on the Company’s results of operations.
These developments could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s revenues, results of operations and cash flows. This situation is rapidly changing and additional impacts to the business may arise that the Company is not aware of currently. The ultimate magnitude and duration of COVID-19, including the extent of its overall impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Preparation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and reflect the accounts and operations of the Company.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of total net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates significant estimates and assumptions related to estimated useful lives, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, inventory valuation, long-lived asset impairment, fair value of financial instruments, compound financial instruments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, incremental borrowing rates, lease terms applicable to lease contracts and going concern. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results the Company experiences may differ materially and adversely from these estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and actual results, the Company’s future results of operations will be affected.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprised of cash and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less.
Inventory
Inventory is comprised entirely of finished goods and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method of accounting. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs to sell. The Company periodically reviews inventory for obsolete, redundant and slow-moving goods and any such inventory is written down to net realizable value. Packaging and supplies are initially valued at cost. The reserve estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based on expected future use. The reserve estimates have historically been consistent with actual experience as evidenced by actual sale or disposal of the goods. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company determined that no reserve was necessary.
F-129
iCANN, LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, amortization and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset using the following terms and methods:
| Furniture and Fixtures | 5 Years |
| Leasehold Improvements | Shorter of Lease Term or Economic Life |
| Equipment and Software | 3 – 5 Years |
The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation and amortization are reviewed at each reporting period and adjusted prospectively if appropriate. An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset) is included in the statements of operations in the period the asset is derecognized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
For purposes of the impairment test, long-lived assets such as property and equipment are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable independent cash flows are available (“asset group”). The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to determine if assets have been impaired, the impairment test is a two-step approach wherein the recoverability test is performed first to determine whether the long-lived asset is recoverable. The recoverability test (Step 1) compares the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of its future undiscounted cash flows using entity-specific assumptions generated through the asset’s use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount of the asset is less than the cash flows, the asset is recoverable and an impairment is not recorded. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the cash flows, the asset is not recoverable and an impairment loss calculation (Step 2) is required. The measurement of the impairment loss to be recognized is based on the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. Fair value can be determined using a market approach, income approach or cost approach. The cash flow projection and fair value represents management’s best estimate, using appropriate and customary assumptions, projections and methodologies, at the date of evaluation. The reversal of impairment losses is prohibited.
Income taxes
The Company is treated as a corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. Consequently the Company accounts for income taxes under the liability approach. Under the liability approach, deferred income taxes are computed by applying enacted laws and currently enacted tax rates to the "temporary" differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial reporting purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the balance sheet. Effects of enacted tax law changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to tax expense in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company follows accounting guidance issued by the FASB related to the application of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. Under this guidance, the Company assesses the likelihood of the financial statement effect of a tax position that should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority based on the technical merits of the tax position, circumstances, and information available as of the reporting date.
F-130
iCANN, LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Convertible Instruments
The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Professional standards generally provide three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not remeasured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument”.
The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance ASC 470, “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features”, as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments”. Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. ASC 815-40 provides that generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control could or require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized by the Company in accordance with ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. Through application of the standard, the Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In order to recognize revenue under ASU 2014-09, the Company applies the following five (5) steps:
| • | Identify a customer along with a corresponding contract; |
| • | Identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract to transfer goods or provide distinct services to a customer; |
| • | Determine the transaction price the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer; |
| • | Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; |
| • | Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s). |
Revenue is recognized upon the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company satisfies its performance obligation and transfers control upon delivery and acceptance by the customer. Fees collected related to taxes that are required to be remitted to regulatory authorities are recorded as liabilities and are not included as a component of revenues. Based on the Company’s assessment, the adoption of this new standard had no impact on the amounts recognized in its financial statements.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold includes the costs directly attributable to product sales.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. There were approximately $166,784, $9,736 and $2,728 in advertising costs during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
F-131
iCANN, LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Financial Instruments
Fair Value
The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
In accordance with the fair value accounting requirements, companies may choose to measure eligible financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instruments. There have been no transfers between fair value levels during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Financial instruments are measured at amortized cost or at fair value. Financial instruments measured at amortized cost consist of accounts payable, accrued liabilities and income taxes payable wherein the carrying value approximates fair value due to its short-term nature. Other financial instruments measured at amortized cost include notes payable and convertible debt wherein the carrying value at the effective interest rate approximates fair value as the interest rate for notes payable and the interest rate used to discount the host debt contract for convertible debt approximate a market rate for similar instruments offered to the Company.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for any removed or modified disclosures. The adoption of this ASU during the year ended December 31, 2020 had no material impact on these financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” which eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. It also clarifies and simplifies other aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption date and impact, if any, adoption will have on its balance sheets and results of operations.
F-132
iCANN, LLC
Notes to Financial Statements
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Issued in February 2016, ASU No. 2016-02 established ASC Topic 842, Leases, as amended by subsequent ASUs on the topic, which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to apply a two-method approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase. Lessees are required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. Lessees will recognize expense based on the effective interest method for finance leases or on a straight-line basis for operating leases. The accounting applied by the lessor is largely unchanged from that applied under the existing lease standard. The Company will be required to record a right-of-use asset and lease liability equal to the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments and will continue to recognize expense on a straight-line basis upon adoption of this standard. The Company expects to record a decrease in long-term prepaid rent, reduction in its deferred rents, and an increase in lease liabilities and right of use assets upon adoption. The Company does not expect any impact to members’ equity (deficit) upon transition. ASU 2016-02 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 for non-public entities.
3. CONCENTRATIONS OF BUSINESS AND CREDIT RISK
The Company maintains cash at its physical location, which is not currently insured and cash with various U.S. banks and credit unions with balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund limits, respectively. The failure of a bank or credit union where the Company has significant deposits could result in a loss of a portion of such cash balances in excess of the insured limit, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not experienced any losses with regards to its cash balances.
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, property and equipment consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Furniture and Fixtures | $ | 192,294 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| Leasehold Improvements | 516,878 | - | - | |||||||||
| Equipment and Software | 92,145 | - | - | |||||||||
| Construction in Progress | - | 684,079 | 137,352 | |||||||||
| Total Property and Equipment | 801,317 | 684,079 | 137,352 | |||||||||
| Less Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization | (108,672 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Property and Equipment, Net | $ | 692,645 | $ | 684,079 | $ | 137,352 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $108,672, $0 and $0, respectively.
F-133
| iCANN, LLC |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 5. | ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES |
As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Accounts Payable | $ | 396,933 | $ | 37,391 | $ | 4,902 | ||||||
| Accrued Liabilities | 291,739 | 10,539 | - | |||||||||
| Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities | 53,363 | - | - | |||||||||
| Sales Tax and Cannabis Taxes | 133,564 | - | - | |||||||||
| Total Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities | $ | 875,599 | $ | 47,930 | $ | 4,902 | ||||||
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company began a customer loyalty rewards program that allows members to earn discounts on future purchases. Unused discounts earned by loyalty rewards program members are included in accrued liabilities and recorded as a sales discount at the time a qualifying purchase is made. The value of points accrued as of December 31, 2020 was $291,000. Currently, unused points do not expire in most cases.
| 6. | RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE |
As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, related party notes payable consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Related Party Notes Payable | $ | - | $ | 125,500 | $ | 95,500 | ||||||
| Less Current Portion of Related Party Notes Payable | - | (125,500 | ) | (95,500 | ) | |||||||
| Related Party Notes Payable, Net of Current Portion | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
The related party notes payable are due on demand and bear no interest. During the year ended December 31, 2020, to induce the holders to convert their amounts due to equity of the Company, the Company agreed to increase the amounts due in the form of additional interest in the amount of $32,300. The total balance converted to equity during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $157,800.
| 7. | CONVERTIBLE DEBT |
As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, convertible debt consist of the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Convertible Debt | $ | - | $ | 1,108,825 | $ | - | ||||||
| Less Debt Discount | - | (23,858 | ) | - | ||||||||
| Total Convertible Debt | - | 1,084,967 | - | |||||||||
| Less Current Portion of Convertible Debt | - | (1,084,967 | ) | - | ||||||||
| Convertible Debt, Net of Current Portion | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
In July 2019, the Company entered into a letter of intent and a convertible facility term loan agreement with GH Group, Inc. The convertible facility term loan agreement allows up to a $2,000,000 term loan at a 2 percent interest rate and matures 3 years from the date of the first advance under the convertible facility term loan agreement. No prepayments are allowed. The convertible facility term loan agreement is convertible into 10 percent of the Company’s equity on a fully diluted basis and is only convertible upon the Company the final closing as defined in the letter of intent. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company received $900,000 and $1,100,000 under the convertible facility term loan agreement, respectively. In December 2020, all outstanding principal and interest of $2,045,309 due under the convertible facility term loan agreement, were converted into equity of the Company.
F-134
| iCANN, LLC |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 8. | MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) |
The Company is a limited liability company whereby allocations of profits, losses and distributions, if any, for each fiscal period or year are allocated pro rata in proportion to the member’s capital interest account. Certain members as defined in the operating agreement have a preference on distributions over other members when certain financial metrics are met for an initial period of 8 years. This initial period is automatically extended one additional 8-year term, if during each of the last three years of the initial term the Company’s revenue is $10,000,000.
| 9. | PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED TAXES |
Provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Current: | ||||||||||||
| Federal | $ | 207,068 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| State | 800 | 800 | 800 | |||||||||
| Total Current | 207,868 | 800 | 800 | |||||||||
| Total Provision for Income Taxes | $ | 207,868 | $ | 800 | $ | 800 | ||||||
As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the components of deferred tax assets were as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets: | ||||||||||||
| Operating losses | $ | 174,412 | $ | 40,137 | $ | 7,162 | ||||||
| Valuation Allowance | (174,412 | ) | (40,137 | ) | (7,162 | ) | ||||||
| Total Deferred Tax Assets | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
The reconciliation between the effective tax rate on income and the statutory tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Income tax expense at federal rate | $ | (318,980 | ) | $ | (78,334 | ) | $ | (60,450 | ) | |||
| State taxes and fees | 800 | 800 | 800 | |||||||||
| IRS Section 280E disallowance | 347,335 | 78,334 | 60,450 | |||||||||
| State Tax Carryforwards | (134,275 | ) | (32,975 | ) | (7,162 | ) | ||||||
| Increase in Valuation Allowance | 134,275 | 32,975 | 7,162 | |||||||||
| Uncertain tax positions | 178,713 | - | - | |||||||||
| Reported Income Tax Expense | $ | 207,868 | $ | 800 | $ | 800 | ||||||
As the Company operates in the cannabis industry, it is subject to the limits of IRC Section 280E (“Section 280E”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes under which the Company is only allowed to deduct expenses directly related to the sales of product. This results in permanent differences between ordinary and necessary business expenses deemed nonallowable under Section 280E, and the Company deducts all operating expenses on its state tax returns.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.
F-135
| iCANN, LLC |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 9. | PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Continued) |
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total unrecognized tax benefits for years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||||||
| Balance at Beginning of Period | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
| IRS Section 280E Positions | 178,713 | - | - | |||||||||
| Balance at End of Period | $ | 178,713 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
The Company has determined that the tax impact of its corporate overhead allocation was not more likely than not to be sustained on the merits as required under ASC 740 due to the evolving interpretations of Section 280E. As a result, the Company included in the balance of total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, potential benefits of $178,713, $0 and $0, respectively, that if recognized would impact the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations. Unrecognized tax benefits that reduce a net operating loss, similar to tax loss or tax credit carryforwards, are presented as a reduction to deferred income taxes.
The Company’s evaluation of tax positions was performed for those tax years which remain open to for audit. The Company may from time to time, be assessed interest or penalties by the taxing authorities, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to the Company’s financial results. In the event the Company is assessed for interest and/or penalties, such amounts will be classified as income tax expense in the financial statements.
As of the December 31, 2020, the federal tax returns since 2018 and state tax returns since 2017 are still subject to adjustment upon audit. No tax returns are currently being examined by any taxing authorities. While it is reasonably possible that certain portions of the unrecognized tax benefit may change from a lapse in applicable statute of limitations, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the effect of any amount of such a change to previously recorded uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.
| 10. | COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
Operating Leases
The Company leases property from a related party under an operating lease agreement that specifies minimum rentals. The lease expires in January 2031 and contains certain renewal provisions. The Company’s rent expense was $220,000, $4,955 and $12,576 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with the related party having an initial or remaining term of more than one year are as follows:
| December 31: | ||||
| 2021 | $ | 240,000 | ||
| 2022 | 240,000 | |||
| 2023 | 240,000 | |||
| 2024 | 240,000 | |||
| 2025 | 240,000 | |||
| Thereafter | 1,220,000 | |||
| Total Future Minimum Lease Payments | $ | 2,420,000 | ||
Contingencies
The Company’s operations are subject to a variety of local and state regulations. Failure to comply with one or more of these regulations could result in fines, restrictions on its operations, or losses of permits that could result in the Company ceasing operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable local and state regulations as of December 31, 2020, cannabis regulations continue to evolve and are subject to differing interpretations. As a result, the Company may be subject to regulatory fines, penalties or restrictions in the future.
F-136
| iCANN, LLC |
| Notes to Financial Statements |
| For The Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 |
| 10. | COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued) |
Claims and Litigation
From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of operations in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2020, there were no pending or threatening lawsuits that could be reasonably assessed to have resulted in a probable loss to the Company in an amount that can be reasonably estimated. As such, no accrual has been made in the financial statements relating to claims and litigations. As of December 31, 2020, there are also no proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates is an adverse party to the Company or has a material interest adverse to the Company’s interest.
| 12. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS |
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 4, 2021, which is the date these financial statements were issued, and has concluded that the following subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the financial statements.
Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
Subsequent to December 31, 2020, GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group”) completed the acquisition of 100% of the Company’s equity interests. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, GH Group elected to convert its earlier issued convertible notes with a principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of the Company, paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of the Company’s equity interests, issued 7,554,679 Class A Common shares to the holders of the Company’s equity interests; and issued an additional 500,000 Class A Common shares to the Company’s brokers and consultants.
F-137
MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020
(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)
F-138
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. | |
| Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements | |
| Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Position | F-140 |
| Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations | F-141 |
| Notes to the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements | F-142 - F-151 |
F-139
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As of December 31, 2020
| Mercer Park BRAND | GH Group | iCann | Subtotal | Pro-Forma | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | December 31, 2020 | December 31, | December 31, 2020 | Adjustments | December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| US$ | $ | $ | 2020 | $ | Notes | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash | 2,095,023 | 4,535,251 | 158,928 | 6,789,202 | 5a | 407,537,056 | 365,936,258 | |||||||||||||||||||
| 5d | (118,890,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5f | (16,100,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5i | 85,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5l | (400,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5k | 2,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deposit | - | 5k | 10,000,000 | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable, trade, no allowance | - | 5,141,021 | 5,141,021 | 5,141,021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax recoverable | 1,209,852 | - | 1,209,852 | 1,209,852 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Inventory | - | 6,866,002 | 343,289 | 7,209,291 | 7,209,291 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Prepaid Expenses and other assets | - | 1,018,212 | 61,528 | 1,079,740 | 1,079,740 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Notes Receivables | 904,534 | 904,534 | 904,534 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3,304,875 | 18,465,020 | 563,745 | 22,333,640 | 369,147,056 | 391,480,696 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets, Net | 2,532,629 | 2,532,629 | 2,532,629 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Marketable securities held in a escrow account | 407,537,056 | - | 407,537,056 | 5a | (407,537,056 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
| Intangible assets | - | 5,279,000 | 5,279,000 | 5d | 171,920,360 | 190,103,880 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 5l | 12,904,520 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment | - | 27,192,027 | 692,645 | 27,884,672 | 5d | 92,420,992 | 120,305,664 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill | - | 4,815,999 | 4,815,999 | 4,815,999 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax assets | 598,435 | - | 598,435 | 5c(iii) | (598,435 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
| Investments | 10,701,868 | 10,701,868 | 5l | (2,045,309 | ) | 8,656,559 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other long term assets | - | 554,266 | 554,266 | 554,266 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | 411,440,366 | 69,540,809 | 1,256,390 | 482,237,565 | 236,212,128 | 718,449,693 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | 396,779 | 6,570,715 | 875,599 | 7,843,093 | 5g | 6,000,000 | 13,843,093 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax payable | - | 4,740,003 | 209,466 | 4,949,469 | 4,949,469 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Debts/notes payable - current portion | - | 601,188 | 601,188 | 601,188 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative Liabilities | 7,365,000 | 7,365,000 | 7,365,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating Lease Liabilities - current portion | 327,329 | 327,329 | 327,329 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Due to related parties | 349,034 | - | 349,034 | 349,034 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 745,813 | 19,604,235 | 1,085,065 | 21,435,113 | 6,000,000 | 27,435,113 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred underwriters' commission | 16,100,000 | - | 16,100,000 | 5f | (16,100,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
| Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | - | 402,500,000 | 5b | (402,500,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
| Debts payable - Non-current portion | - | 19,072,858 | 19,072,858 | 5j | (18,684,492 | ) | 388,366 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Operating Lease Liabilities - Non-current portion | 2,318,852 | 2,318,852 | 2,318,852 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities | 1,420,583 | 1,420,583 | 1,420,583 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other Non-Current Liabilities | - | 849,358 | 849,358 | 849,358 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 419,345,813 | 43,265,886 | 1,085,065 | 463,696,764 | (431,284,492 | ) | 32,412,272 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Additional paid-in-capital | (11,684,284 | ) | - | (11,684,284 | ) | 5b | 402,500,000 | 643,351,400 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 5c(ii) | (390,815,716 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5d | 100,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5d | 45,451,352 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5c(i) | 393,996,118 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5c(ii) | 26,446,248 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5i | 85,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5j | (18,001,529 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5l | (171,325 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5l | 10,630,536 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred Stock | 5k | 12,000,000 | 48,686,021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5j | 18,684,492 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5j | 18,001,529 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Retained earnings | 3,778,837 | - | 3,778,837 | 5i | (3,778,837 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
| 5g | (6,000,000 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Members' equity | - | 26,274,923 | 171,325 | 26,446,248 | 5c(ii) | (26,446,248 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total Shareholders' Equity | (7,905,447 | ) | 26,274,923 | 171,325 | 18,540,801 | - | 667,496,620 | 686,037,421 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and members' equity | 411,440,366 | 69,540,809 | 1,256,390 | 482,237,565 | 236,212,128 | 718,449,693 | ||||||||||||||||||||
F-140
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
| Mercer Park BRAND | GH Group | iCann | Pro-Forma | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | December 31, 2020 | December 31, | Subtotal | Adjustments | December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| US$ | $ | $ | 2020 | $ | Notes | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues, net of discounts | - | 48,259,601 | 3,607,307 | 51,866,908 | 51,866,908 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of goods sold | - | 29,519,143 | 2,621,272 | 32,140,415 | 32,140,415 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| - | 18,740,458 | 986,035 | 19,726,493 | - | 19,726,493 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit (loss) | - | 18,740,458 | 986,035 | 19,726,493 | - | 19,726,493 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs | - | - | - | 5g | 6,000,000 | 6,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| General and administrative | 752,259 | 18,637,477 | 1,798,289 | 21,188,025 | 21,188,025 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales and marketing | - | 1,489,664 | 166,784 | 1,656,448 | 1,656,448 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Professional Fees | - | 2,040,004 | 71,570 | 2,111,574 | 2,111,574 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and Amortization | - | 2,576,263 | 108,672 | 2,684,935 | 2,684,935 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign exchange loss (gain) | 43,142 | - | 43,142 | 43,142 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Expenses | 795,401 | 24,743,408 | 2,145,315 | 27,684,124 | 6,000,000 | 33,684,124 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) from operations | (795,401 | ) | (6,002,950 | ) | (1,159,280 | ) | (7,957,631 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | (13,957,631 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Other (income) expense | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share of (income) loss on equity investments | - | 2,126,112 | 2,126,112 | 2,126,112 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense | - | 2,179,137 | 327,104 | 2,506,241 | 2,506,241 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest income | (1,742,747 | ) | (115,572 | ) | (1,858,319 | ) | (1,858,319 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liablities | 251,663 | 251,663 | 251,663 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other expense (income) | - | (203,345 | ) | 32,566 | (170,779 | ) | (170,779 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total other (income) expense | (1,742,747 | ) | 4,237,995 | 359,670 | 2,854,918 | - | 2,854,918 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax (recovery) expense | - | 6,418,533 | 207,868 | 6,626,401 | 6,626,401 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) | 947,346 | (16,659,479 | ) | (1,726,818 | ) | (17,438,951 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | (23,438,951 | ) | |||||||||||||||
F-141
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
| 1) | Description of Transactions |
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”) of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“BRND” or the “Corporation”) reflect various adjustments to give effect to the following proposed acquisitions:
Acquisition of GH Group, Inc.
On April 8, 2021, BRND announced that it had entered into a definitive purchase agreement (the “Definitive Agreement”) with GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group” or the “Target Business”) pursuant to which, among other things, BRND shall indirectly acquire all of the equity of GH Group (collectively, the “Transaction”). The Transaction constitutes BRND’s qualifying transaction. GH Group is a vertically integrated producer and seller of adult-use and medicinal cannabis and related products in California.
The Target Business will be acquired in a stock transaction paid via a combination of newly issued subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares (“MVS”) in BRND (the “Purchase Consideration”), the proportions of which are to be mutually agreed between the parties, with shares issued at $10.00 per share. The Purchase Consideration to be paid at closing is the value of shares equal to (i) the purchase price of $325 million, minus (ii) the amount of indebtedness of GH Group and its direct and indirect subsidiaries as of the data immediately preceding the Transaction, plus (iii) the amount of cash of GH Group and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on the date immediately preceding the Transaction, and further adjusted by (iv) the amount of working capital on the date immediately preceding the Transaction relative to the working capital target of $15 million. The total consideration to be received by GH Group and its shareholders will also include an earn-out component based on share price trading thresholds, together with the Purchase Consideration, the “Aggregate Consideration”. The Aggregate Consideration is subject to post-closing adjustments based on working capital targets, closing cash and the amount of closing indebtedness.
In addition to other closing conditions, BRND will be obligated to have a minimum of $185 million in cash at the closing of the Transaction: (i) before any cash consideration, as applicable, is payable for any additional acquisitions; (ii) after any payments due and payable for BRND’s expenses related to the closing of the Transaction, including all costs, fees, expenses and payments contingent on the closing of the Transaction; and (iii) after reduction for the aggregate amount of payments required to be made in connection with the BRND stockholder redemptions; (iv) plus the aggregate PIPE proceeds and other replacement cash proceeds; and (v)after taking into account any debt or payables on BRND’s balance sheet as of the closing of the Transaction (collectively, the “Closing Cash”).
F-142
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
Completed Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
On January 1, 2021 GH Group completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of iCANN, LLC dba Farmacy Berkeley (“iCANN”) a licensed retail cannabis company located in Berkeley, California (“the iCANN Acquisition”). Since the acquisition was a subsequent event as of December 31, 2020, the iCANN financial statements did not meet the criteria for consolidation with GH Group and is therefore presented on a standalone basis for purposes of the pro forma financial statements. Previously iCANN was held by GH Group under the investment method of accounting as a result of significant but non-controlling influence over iCANN. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between GH Group and iCANN the following occurred: (i) GH Group elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of iCANN; (ii) GH Group paid $400,000 in cash to four holders of iCANN equity interests: (iii) GH Group issued 7,554,679 Class A Common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and (iv) GH Group issued an additional 500,000 Class A Common shares to brokers and consultants.
Proposed Acquisitions by GH Group, Inc.
The Greenhouse
GH Group has executed an agreement with Glass Investment Project, Inc. whereby GH Group has acquired the option, subject to satisfactory completion of due diligence and other conditions, to acquire real property and a greenhouse (the “Greenhouse”) located in Southern California from CEFF Camarillo Property, LLC. The Greenhouse is currently used to grow tomatoes and cucumbers, but it is anticipated, subject to the receipt of applicable regulatory approvals, that it will be re-purposed to grow cannabis. The purchase price payable to CEFF Camarillo Property, LLC for the real property and Greenhouse will be $118.9 million. In addition, the consideration commits $40 million for capital expenditures required to further develop or repurpose the Greenhouse following closing of the acquisition. Upon closing the transaction, 10 million BRND shares will be issued for total consideration of $ 100 million to Glass Investment Projects, Inc., the previous owner of the option to purchase the real property and the Greenhouse. In addition, another $75 million payable in the form of BRND shares, can be earned by Glass Investment Projects, Inc. over a period of 12 consecutive months commencing July 1, 2023 and ending June 30, 2024, which vest based on an EBITDA and Capex derived target calculation. The Greenhouse requires two earnest money deposits in the amount of $2 million and $8 million, respectively.
F-143
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
US GAAP ASC 805 defines a business as an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed to provide return to investors (or other owners, members or participants) by way of dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits. The Greenhouse acquisition (the “GH Group Proposed Acquisition”) did not meet the definition of a business according to ASC 805, and were recorded as an asset acquisition. The acquirer allocates the cost of acquisition to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values at the date of acquisition, and no goodwill or bargain purchase gain is recognized.
On April 8, 2021, BRND also announced a private placement of $85 million of shares of a subsidiary (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of US $10 per share (the “Private Placement”). The closing of the Private Placement will occur contemporaneously with the closing of the Transaction and in connection therewith, the Private Placement Shares will be exchanged for Equity Shares. The funds from the Private Placement will be used to fund the Resulting Issuer’s growth strategy, for working capital and for general corporate purposes. The Private Placement is subject to customary conditions, including the closing of the Transaction.
| 2) | Basis of Presentation |
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2020 has been prepared by BRND to give effect to the GH Group Proposed Acquisition and the iCANN Acquisition, as if they had occurred on December 31, 2020. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been prepared by BRND to give effect to the acquisitions, as if they had occurred on December 31, 2019.
The Pro Forma Financial Statements were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with US GAAP ASC 805, Business Combinations, with GH Group being the legal acquiree and accounting acquirer. As such, GH Group is treated as the continuing reporting entity. The acquirer in a business combination is the combining entity that obtains control of the other combining business or businesses. The Pro Forma Financial Statements do not purport to project the future operating results of the combined company.
F-144
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
All financial data in the Pro Forma Financial Statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the presentation currency of both BRND and GH Group.
The Pro Forma Financial Statements are derived from the following:
| • | The audited financial statements of BRND as at and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes; |
| • | The audited financial statements of iCANN as at and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes; and |
| • | The audited financial statements of GH Group as at and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes. |
Under ASC 805, acquisition-related transaction costs (i.e., advisory, legal, valuation, other professional fees) and certain acquisition-related restructuring charges are not included as a component of consideration transferred but are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred. Since GH Group is treated as the continuing reporting entity for accounting purposes, the accounting for the acquisition is not dependent upon valuations. However, the accounting for the acquisitions by GH Group is dependent upon the allocation of the acquisition cost based on the relative fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. Accordingly, the respective fair values for the acquisitions are provisional and are subject to change.
Management will finalize the purchase accounting during the measurement period defined by ASC 805, which is no later than one year from the date of the respective acquisition dates. Accordingly, certain pro forma adjustments are preliminary and have been prepared solely for the purpose of these Pro Forma Financial Statements. Differences between these provisional estimates and the final acquisition accounting may occur and these differences could have a material impact on BRND’s future financial performance. In addition, the Pro Forma Statements of Operations do not reflect any cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements that the combined company may achieve, the costs to integrate the operations of BRND and the GH Group Proposed Acquisitions, or any costs necessary to achieve these cost savings, operating synergies and revenue enhancements.
| 3) | Accounting Policies |
The accounting policies used in the preparation of these unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements are consistent with those described in the audited financial statements of GH Group for the year ended December 31, 2020. BRND has conducted a review of the accounting policies of iCANN and the GH Group Proposed Acquisitions and has not identified any differences in accounting policies that were applied historically by these entities. Additional accounting policies related to the Target Business will be included in the BRND consolidated financial statements after acquisition on going forward basis. For purposes of these Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements, certain reclassifications have been made to the historical financial statements (as described in notes 5) to conform to the classifications adopted by BRND.
F-145
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
| 4) | Accounting for Acquisitions |
Completed Acquisitions by GH Group, Inc.
While the iCANN financial statements are presented on a standalone basis as of December 31, 2020, this acquisition has closed as of January 1, 2021 and is not contingent on the Transaction.
The following is a summary of the purchase price and allocation for the iCANN Acquisition:
| i. | ||||||||
| ICANN | ||||||||
| $ | ||||||||
| Cash | a) | $ | 400,000 | |||||
| Convertible Note (including interest) | b) | $ | 2,045,309 | |||||
| Share Capital (based on $325M valuation) | c) | $ | 10,630,536 | |||||
| Total Consideration | $ | 13,075,845 | ||||||
| Cash | $ | 158,928 | ||||||
| Inventory | $ | 343,289 | ||||||
| Other assets and liabilities | $ | (1,023,537 | ) | |||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment | $ | 692,645 | ||||||
| Intangible Assets - License in Process | $ | 12,904,520 | ||||||
| Net Assets Acquired | $ | 13,075,845 | ||||||
| i. | The iCANN Acquisition |
Pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Agreement, GH Group satisfied the purchase consideration through the following:
| a) | GH Group paid $400,000 in the form of cash consideration; |
| b) | GH Group elected to convert earlier issued convertible notes with principal amount of $2,000,000 and accrued interest of $45,309 into equity interests of iCANN; |
| c) | GH Group issued 7,554,679 Class A Common shares to holders of iCANN equity interests; and GH Group issued an additional 500,000 Class A Common shares to brokers and consultants. The shares represented 3.3% of the total outstanding shares of GH Group at the time of acquisition, which were valued at the deemed valuation from the Transaction, for purposes of this estimated purchase price calculation. |
F-146
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
Proposed Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
The Greenhouse acquisition did not meet the definition of a business according to ASC 805, and were recorded as an asset acquisition. US GAAP ASC 805 defines a business as an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed to provide a return to investors (or other owners, members or participants) by way of dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits. The acquirer allocates the cost of acquisition to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values at the date of acquisition, and no goodwill or bargain purchase gain is recognized.
Each of the GH Group Proposed Acquisition is subject to specific terms relating to satisfaction of the purchase price by BRND and incorporates payments in cash and shares. In addition, the purchase prices may be adjusted for consideration of acquisition date working capital. No working capital adjustments have been reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements. ASC 805 requires that contingent consideration be estimated and recorded at the acquisition date with subsequent changes to estimates reflected in earnings. For purposes of the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements, all estimates of contingent consideration are preliminary and subject to change.
The following is a summary of the purchase price and allocation for each of the Proposed Acquisition by GH Group, Inc:
| ii. | iii. | |||||||||||
| BRND | The Greenhouse | Total | ||||||||||
| $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||
| Cash | $ | 118,890,000 | $ | 118,890,000 | ||||||||
| Share Capital | $ | 393,996,118 | $ | 100,000,000 | $ | 493,996,118 | ||||||
| Earn Out | $ | 45,451,352 | $ | 45,451,352 | ||||||||
| Total Consideration | $ | 393,996,118 | $ | 264,341,352 | $ | 682,337,470 | ||||||
| Cash (net of Underwriters' Commission) | $ | 409,632,079 | $ | 409,632,079 | ||||||||
| Deferred Underwriters' Commission | $ | (16,100,000 | ) | $ | (16,100,000 | ) | ||||||
| Other assets and liabilities | $ | 464,039 | $ | 464,039 | ||||||||
| Property, Plant and Equipment | $ | 92,420,992 | $ | 92,420,992 | ||||||||
| Intangible Assets - License in Process | $ | 171,920,360 | $ | 171,920,360 | ||||||||
| Net Assets Acquired | $ | 393,996,118 | $ | 264,341,352 | $ | 658,337,470 | ||||||
F-147
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
ii. GH Group Acquisition
Pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Agreement, BRND will satisfy the purchase consideration in the form of shares for GH Group through the following:
| • | GH Group purchase price is to be paid in the form of newly issued subordinate voting shares (or exchangeable shares exchangeable thereinto on a 1 for 1 basis) and multiple voting shares of BRND; |
| • | A portion of the GH Group purchase price is derived from an earn-out provision for additional shares based on stock price trading thresholds of the BRND |
As GH Group has been determined to be the accounting acquiror, these pro forma financial statements reflect the issuance of equity instruments by GH Group to acquire the net assets of BRND.
iii. The Greenhouse Acquisition
Pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Agreement, BRND will satisfy the purchase price of $264.3 million for The Greenhouse through the following:
| • | $118.9 million is to be paid in the form of cash consideration |
| • | $100 million is to be paid in the form of shares of BRND pursuant to the exercise of the option |
| • | A portion of The Greenhouse purchase price is derived from an earn-out provision that may entitle the sellers to earn additional stock consideration, if certain milestones are achieved as it relates to EBITDA and Capex. For the purposes of this pro forma financial statement, the value of the earn out consideration has been estimated at $45.5 million. |
| • | The property, plant, and equipment of The Greenhouse to be acquired has been valued based on a preliminary fair value estimate. The excess of the purchase price over the value of the property, plant, and equipment has been assigned to the intangible assets representing in process cannabis licenses. |
F-148
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
| 5) | Pro Forma adjustments to the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with the Acquisitions of the Target Business |
The following summarizes the pro forma adjustments in connection with the acquisitions of the Target Business to give effect to the acquisitions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2019:
| a) | The release of $407.5 million of marketable securities held in escrow in the form of US Treasury Bills transferred to cash; |
| b) | 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares valued at $402,500,000 (plus interest) are transferred to equity. The number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that will be redeemed will occur at the time of completion of the transactions and cannot be known until shortly before the time that the transactions are affected. It is assumed for illustrative purposes in this pro forma statement that no Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemed. |
From a sensitivity perspective:
| • | If this adjustment had been presented assuming a redemption of 25% of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, then $305.63 million of restricted cash and flexible guaranteed investment certificates will be converted into cash resources and $101.87 will be used to settle the redemption of 25% of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares. |
| c) | deemed acquisition of BRND by GH Group: |
| (i) | the net assets of BRND are acquired in exchange for the deemed purchase price of $393 million described in 4(ii); |
| (ii) | the historical equity of BRND is eliminated and historical equity of GH Group is transferred from Members’ equity to APIC |
| (iii) | the deferred tax assets are eliminated; |
| d) | Greenhouse acquisition as described in 4(iii); |
| e) | reserved; |
| f) | Payment of the $16.1 million underwriters’ commission on the Class A voting restricted shares; |
F-149
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
| g) | To incorporate estimated transaction cost of $6 million in connection with the acquisition of the Target Business. |
| h) | The tax rate is expected to be approximately 21% as a result of acquisitions. However, no impact of tax other than what is reflected historically on the financial statements of the Issuer and the entities being acquired, has been shown in the Pro Forma statements; |
| i) | The Private Placement of $85 million of shares; |
| j) | Represent an estimated conversion on the convertible debt instruments, with only $388,366 of non-convertible debt remaining after the acquisition of the Target Business. The $18,684,492 of convertible debt valued at $36,686,021 results in another equity reclassification to preferred stock of $18,001,529; |
| k) | GH Group, Inc. is expected to close on a Preferred Stock financing for up to $12 million to pay for the $10 million Greenhouse deposit required as part of the acquisition. |
| l) | The iCANN Acquisition as described in 4(i). |
6) Pro Forma Earnings per Share (“Pro Forma EPS”)
The Pro Forma EPS have been adjusted to reflect the pro forma unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. In addition, the number of shares used in calculating the unaudited pro forma consolidated basis and diluted earnings per share has been adjusted to reflect the estimated total number of subordinate voting shares of BRND (or exchangeable shares exchangeable thereinto on a 1 for 1 basis) that would be outstanding as of the closing of the acquisition of the Target Business.
As a result of the acquisition of the Target Business, the pro forma shares of GH Group are estimated based on expected purchase adjustments summarized below:
| GH Group Purchase Adjustment | Total | |||
| $325 Million Purchase Price | 325,000,000 | |||
| Plus: Estimated Cash as of 12.31.20 | 4,535,251 | |||
| Minus: Cash paid for ICANN net of cash received) | (241,072 | ) | ||
| Minus: Remaining Debt | (989,554 | ) | ||
| Minus: Estimated Settlement of Convertible Debt | (36,686,021 | ) | ||
| Plus: Estimated Settlement of Options | 28,591,367 | |||
| Total Value | 320,209,971 | |||
| Total Share Value at $10 per Share | 32,020,997 | |||
F-150
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2020 (expressed in US$)
The following is a breakdown of the pro forma shares that will be issued and outstanding immediately following the proposed transaction with the EPS calculation as of December 31, 2020:
| Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||
| Shares Outstanding - Assuming No Redemptions | December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||
| Net Loss | $ | (23,713,348 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Class A | Class B | Common | Total | |||||||||||||
| GH Group Shares (net of estimated purchase adjustments) | 32,020,997 | 32,020,997 | ||||||||||||||
| BRND Shares | 40,250,000 | 10,198,751 | 50,448,751 | |||||||||||||
| Class B Shares convert on 100-1 basis into MVS | 101,988 | (10,198,751 | ) | (10,096,763 | ) | |||||||||||
| Acquisition of The Greenhouse | 10,000,000 | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||||
| The Private Placement | 8,500,000 | 8,500,000 | ||||||||||||||
| Total Shares Outstanding | 40,351,988 | - | 50,520,997 | 90,872,985 | ||||||||||||
| Loss per share - basic and diluted | $ | (0.25 | ) |
F-151
MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS AT AND FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2021
(EXPRESSED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS)
F-152
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
| Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Position | F-154 |
| Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations | F-155 |
| Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements | F156 - F-163 |
F-153
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at March 31, 2021
| Mercer Park BRAND | GH Group | Subtotal | Pro-Forma | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
| March 31, 2021 | March 31, 2021 | March 31, 2021 | Adjustments | March 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||
| US$ | $ | $ | $ | Notes | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash | $ | 3,630,795 | $ | 11,610,630 | $ | 15,241,425 | 5a | $ | 405,638,511 | $ | 372,889,936 | |||||||||||
| 5d | (118,890,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 5e | (16,100,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 5h | 85,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5j | 2,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Deposit | - | - | - | 5j | 10,000,000 | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable, trade, no allowance | - | 3,609,591 | 3,609,591 | 3,609,591 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax recoverable | 1,566,682 | - | 1,566,682 | 1,566,682 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Inventory | - | 8,830,899 | 8,830,899 | 8,830,899 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Prepaid Expenses and other assets | - | 3,413,299 | 3,413,299 | 3,413,299 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Notes receivables | - | 920,619 | 920,619 | 920,619 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 5,197,477 | 28,385,038 | 33,582,515 | 367,648,511 | 401,231,026 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets, net | - | 2,676,373 | 2,676,373 | 2,676,373 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Restricted cash and marketable securities held in escrow | 405,638,511 | - | 405,638,511 | 5a | (405,638,511 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
| Intangible assets | - | 4,999,833 | 4,999,833 | 5d | 171,920,360 | 176,920,193 | ||||||||||||||||
| Property, plant and equipment | - | 28,186,600 | 28,186,600 | 5d | 92,420,992 | 120,607,592 | ||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill | - | 4,918,823 | 4,918,823 | 4,918,823 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax asset | 354,251 | - | 354,251 | 5c(iii) | (354,251 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
| Investments | - | 8,941,948 | 8,941,948 | 8,941,948 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other assets | - | 431,409 | 431,409 | 431,409 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | 411,190,239 | $ | 78,540,024 | $ | 489,730,263 | $ | 225,997,101 | $ | 715,727,364 | ||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 1,405,651 | $ | 9,600,967 | $ | 11,006,618 | 5f | $ | 6,000,000 | $ | 17,006,618 | |||||||||||
| Income taxes payable | - | 6,432,655 | 6,432,655 | 6,432,655 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Debts/notes payable - current portion | - | 7,866,625 | 7,866,625 | 7,866,625 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative liabilities | - | 6,876,000 | 6,876,000 | 6,876,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities - current portion | - | 185,508 | 185,508 | 185,508 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Due to related parties - current portion | 438,329 | 4,168,155 | 4,606,484 | 4,606,484 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 1,843,980 | 35,129,910 | 36,973,890 | 6,000,000 | 42,973,890 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred underwriters' commission | 16,100,000 | - | 16,100,000 | 5e | (16,100,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
| Class A restricted voting shares subject to redemption | 402,500,000 | - | 402,500,000 | 5b | (402,500,000 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
| Debts payable - non-current portion | - | 16,512,965 | 16,512,965 | 5i | (16,124,599 | ) | 388,366 | |||||||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities - non-current portion | - | 2,529,413 | 2,529,413 | 2,529,413 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities | - | 1,362,786 | 1,362,786 | 1,362,786 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Due to related parties - non-current portion | - | 3,748,158 | 3,748,158 | 3,748,158 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other non-current liabilities | - | 1,148,921 | 1,148,921 | 1,148,921 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 420,443,980 | 60,432,153 | 480,876,133 | (428,724,599 | ) | 52,151,534 | ||||||||||||||||
| Additional paid-in-capital | (11,684,284 | ) | - | (11,684,284 | ) | 5b | 402,500,000 | 620,889,809 | ||||||||||||||
| 5c(ii) | (390,815,716 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 5d | 100,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5d | 45,451,352 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5c(i) | 392,892,008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5c(ii) | 18,107,871 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5h | 85,000,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5i | (20,561,422 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock | - | - | - | 5j | 12,000,000 | 48,686,021 | ||||||||||||||||
| 5i | 16,124,599 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 5i | 20,561,422 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Retained earnings | 2,430,543 | - | 2,430,543 | 5h | (2,430,543 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| 5f | (6,000,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Shareholders' equity | - | 18,107,871 | 18,107,871 | 5c(ii) | (18,107,871 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
| Total shareholders' equity | (9,253,741 | ) | 18,107,871 | 8,854,130 | 654,721,700 | 663,575,830 | ||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and shareholders' equity | $ | 411,190,239 | $ | 78,540,024 | $ | 489,730,263 | $ | 225,997,101 | $ | 715,727,364 | ||||||||||||
F-154
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021
| Mercer Park BRAND | GH Group | Subtotal | Pro-Forma | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
| March 31, 2021 | March 31, 2021 | March 31, 2021 | Adjustments | March 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||
| US$ | $ | $ | $ | Notes | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Revenues, net of discounts | - | 15,240,281 | 15,240,281 | 15,240,281 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of goods sold | - | 9,798,285 | 9,798,285 | 9,798,285 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | - | 5,441,996 | 5,441,996 | - | 5,441,996 | |||||||||||||||||
| Expenses | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs | - | - | - | 5f | 6,000,000 | 6,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| General and administrative | 1,382,995 | 5,835,731 | 7,218,726 | 7,218,726 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Sales and marketing | - | 488,535 | 488,535 | 488,535 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Professional Fees | - | 3,352,751 | 3,352,751 | 3,352,751 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | - | 724,454 | 724,454 | 724,454 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign exchange loss | 26,199 | - | 26,199 | 26,199 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total expenses | 1,409,194 | 10,401,471 | 11,810,665 | 6,000,000 | 17,810,665 | |||||||||||||||||
| Net loss from operations | (1,409,194 | ) | (4,959,475 | ) | (6,368,669 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | (12,368,669 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Other (income) expense | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income on investments | - | (1,388 | ) | (1,388 | ) | (1,388 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Interest expense | - | 1,010,428 | 1,010,428 | 1,010,428 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Interest income | (60,900 | ) | (16,086 | ) | (76,986 | ) | (76,986 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Gain on change in fair value of derivative liabilities | - | (671,000 | ) | (671,000 | ) | (671,000 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Loss on disposition of subsidiary | - | 6,090,339 | 6,090,339 | 6,090,339 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other expense, net | - | 6,024 | 6,024 | 6,024 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total other (income) expense | (60,900 | ) | 6,418,317 | 6,357,417 | - | 6,357,417 | ||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | - | 1,776,001 | 1,776,001 | 1,776,001 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss and comprehensive loss | (1,348,294 | ) | (13,153,793 | ) | (14,502,087 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | (20,502,087 | ) | ||||||||||||
F-155
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
| 1) | Description of Transactions |
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”) of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“BRND” or the “Corporation”) reflect various adjustments to give effect to the following proposed acquisitions:
Acquisition of GH Group, Inc.
On April 8, 2021, BRND announced that it had entered into a definitive purchase agreement (the “Definitive Agreement”) with GH Group, Inc. (“GH Group” or the “Target Business”) pursuant to which, among other things, BRND shall indirectly acquire all of the equity of GH Group (collectively, the “Transaction”). The Transaction constitutes BRND’s qualifying transaction. GH Group is a vertically integrated producer and seller of adult-use and medicinal cannabis and related products in California.
The Target Business will be acquired in a stock transaction paid via a combination of newly issued subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares (“MVS”) in BRND (the “Purchase Consideration”), the proportions of which are to be mutually agreed between the parties, with shares issued at $10.00 per share. The Purchase Consideration to be paid at closing is the value of shares equal to (i) the purchase price of $325 million, minus (ii) the amount of indebtedness of GH Group and its direct and indirect subsidiaries as of the data immediately preceding the Transaction, plus (iii) the amount of cash of GH Group and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on the date immediately preceding the Transaction, and further adjusted by (iv) the amount of working capital on the date immediately preceding the Transaction relative to the working capital target of $15 million. The total consideration to be received by GH Group and its shareholders will also include an earn-out component based on share price trading thresholds, together with the Purchase Consideration, the “Aggregate Consideration”. The Aggregate Consideration is subject to post-closing adjustments based on working capital targets, closing cash and the amount of closing indebtedness.
In addition to other closing conditions, BRND will be obligated to have a minimum of $185 million in cash at the closing of the Transaction: (i) before any cash consideration, as applicable, is payable for any additional acquisitions; (ii) after any payments due and payable for BRND’s expenses related to the closing of the Transaction, including all costs, fees, expenses and payments contingent on the closing of the Transaction; and (iii) after reduction for the aggregate amount of payments required to be made in connection with the BRND stockholder redemptions; (iv) plus the aggregate PIPE proceeds and other replacement cash proceeds; and (v) after taking into account any debt or payables on BRND’s balance sheet as of the closing of the Transaction (collectively, the “Closing Cash”).
F-156
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
Proposed Acquisition by GH Group, Inc.
The Greenhouse
GH Group has executed an agreement with Glass Investment Project, Inc. whereby GH Group has acquired the option, subject to satisfactory completion of due diligence and other conditions, to acquire real property and a greenhouse (the “Greenhouse”) located in Southern California from CEFF Camarillo Property, LLC. The Greenhouse is currently used to grow tomatoes and cucumbers, but it is anticipated, subject to the receipt of applicable regulatory approvals, that it will be re-purposed to grow cannabis. The purchase price payable to CEFF Camarillo Property, LLC for the real property and Greenhouse will be $118.9 million. In addition, the consideration commits $40 million for capital expenditures required to further develop or repurpose the Greenhouse following closing of the acquisition. Upon closing the transaction, 10 million BRND shares will be issued for total consideration of $100 million to Glass Investment Projects, Inc., the previous owner of the option to purchase the real property and the Greenhouse. In addition, another $75 million payable in the form of BRND shares, can be earned by Glass Investment Projects, Inc. over a period of 12 consecutive months commencing July 1, 2023 and ending June 30, 2024, which vest based on an EBITDA and Capex derived target calculation. The Greenhouse requires two earnest money deposits in the amount of $2 million and $8 million, respectively.
| 2) | Basis of Presentation |
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position as at March 31, 2021 has been prepared by BRND to give effect to the GH Group Proposed Acquisition as if they had occurred on March 31, 2021. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 have been prepared by BRND to give effect to the acquisitions, as if they had occurred on March 31, 2021.
The Pro Forma Financial Statements were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with US GAAP ASC 805, Business Combinations (”ASC 805”), with GH Group being the legal acquiree and accounting acquirer. As such, GH Group is treated as the continuing reporting entity. The acquirer in a business combination is the combining entity that obtains control of the other combining business or businesses. The Pro Forma Financial Statements do not purport to project the future operating results of the combined company.
All financial data in the Pro Forma Financial Statements are presented in United States Dollars, which is the presentation currency of both BRND and GH Group.
The Pro Forma Financial Statements are derived from the following:
| • | The unaudited condensed interim financial statements of BRND as at and for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 and the related notes; |
| • | The unaudited condensed interim financial statements of GH Group as at and for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 and the related notes; and |
F-157
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
Under ASC 805, acquisition-related transaction costs (i.e., advisory, legal, valuation, other professional fees) and certain acquisition-related restructuring charges are not included as a component of consideration transferred but are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred. Since GH Group is treated as the continuing reporting entity for accounting purposes, the accounting for the acquisition is not dependent upon valuations. However, the accounting for the acquisitions by GH Group is dependent upon the allocation of the acquisition cost based on the relative fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. Accordingly, the respective fair values for the acquisitions are provisional and are subject to change.
Management will finalize the purchase accounting during the measurement period defined by ASC 805, which is no later than one year from the date of the respective acquisition dates. Accordingly, certain pro forma adjustments are preliminary and have been prepared solely for the purpose of these Pro Forma Financial Statements. Differences between these provisional estimates and the final acquisition accounting may occur and these differences could have a material impact on BRND’s future financial performance. In addition, the Pro Forma Statements of Operations do not reflect any cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements that the combined company may achieve, the costs to integrate the operations of BRND and the GH Group Proposed Acquisitions, or any costs necessary to achieve these cost savings, operating synergies and revenue enhancements.
| 3) | Accounting Policies |
The accounting policies used in the preparation of these unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements are consistent with those described in the audited financial statements of GH Group for the year ended December 31, 2020. BRND has conducted a review of the accounting policies of the GH Group Proposed Acquisition and has not identified any differences in accounting policies that were applied historically by these entities. Additional accounting policies related to the Target Business will be included in the BRND consolidated financial statements after acquisition on going forward basis. For purposes of these Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements, certain reclassifications have been made to the historical financial statements (as described in notes 4) to conform to the classifications adopted by BRND.
F-158
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
| 4) | Accounting for Acquisitions |
Proposed Acquisitions by GH Group, Inc.
The Greenhouse acquisition did not meet the definition of a business according to ASC 805, and was recorded as an asset acquisition. US GAAP ASC 805 defines a business as an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed to provide a return to investors (or other owners, members or participants) by way of dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits. The acquirer allocates the cost of acquisition to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values at the date of acquisition, and no goodwill or bargain purchase gain is recognized.
The GH Group Proposed Acquisition is subject to specific terms relating to satisfaction of the purchase price by BRND and incorporates payments in cash and shares. In addition, the purchase prices may be adjusted for consideration of acquisition date working capital. No working capital adjustments have been reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements. ASC 805 requires that contingent consideration be estimated and recorded at the acquisition date with subsequent changes to estimates reflected in earnings. For purposes of the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements, all estimates of contingent consideration are preliminary and subject to change.
The following is a summary of the purchase price and allocation for each of the Proposed Acquisitions by GH Group, Inc:
| i. | ii. | |||||||||||
| BRND | The Greenhouse | Total | ||||||||||
| US$ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Cash | $ | - | $ | 118,890,000 | $ | 118,890,000 | ||||||
| Share capital | 392,892,008 | 100,000,000 | 492,892,008 | |||||||||
| Earn out | - | 45,451,352 | 45,451,352 | |||||||||
| Total consideration | $ | 392,892,008 | $ | 264,341,352 | $ | 657,233,360 | ||||||
| Cash (net of underwriters' commission) | $ | 409,269,306 | $ | - | $ | 409,269,306 | ||||||
| Deferred underwriters' commission | (16,100,000 | ) | - | (16,100,000 | ) | |||||||
| Other assets and liabilities | (277,298 | ) | - | (277,298 | ) | |||||||
| Property, plant and equipment | - | 92,420,992 | 92,420,992 | |||||||||
| Intangible assets - license in process | - | 171,920,360 | 171,920,360 | |||||||||
| Net assets acquired | $ | 392,892,008 | $ | 264,341,352 | $ | 657,233,360 | ||||||
F-159
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
| i. | GH Group Acquisition |
Pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Agreement, BRND will satisfy the purchase consideration in the form of shares for GH Group through the following:
| • | GH Group purchase price is to be paid in the form of newly issued subordinate voting shares (or exchangeable shares exchangeable thereinto on a 1 for 1 basis) and multiple voting shares of BRND; |
| • | A portion of the GH Group purchase price is derived from an earn-out provision for additional shares based on stock price trading thresholds of the BRND |
As GH Group has been determined to be the accounting acquiror, these pro forma financial statements reflect the issuance of equity instruments by GH Group to acquire the net assets of BRND.
| ii. | The Greenhouse Acquisition |
Pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Agreement, BRND will satisfy the purchase price of $264.3 million for The Greenhouse through the following:
| • | $118.9 million is to be paid in the form of cash consideration |
| • | $100 million is to be paid in the form of shares of BRND pursuant to the exercise of the option |
| • | A portion of The Greenhouse purchase price is derived from an earn-out provision that may entitle the sellers to earn additional stock consideration, if certain milestones are achieved as it relates to EBITDA and Capex. For the purposes of this pro forma financial statement, the value of the earn out consideration has been estimated at $45.5 million. |
| • | The property, plant, and equipment of The Greenhouse to be acquired has been valued based on a preliminary fair value estimate. The excess of the purchase price over the value of the property, plant, and equipment has been assigned to the intangible assets representing in process cannabis licenses. |
F-160
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
| 5) | Pro Forma adjustments to the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with the Acquisitions of the Target Business |
The following summarizes the pro forma adjustments in connection with the acquisitions of the Target Business to give effect to the acquisitions as if they had occurred on March 31, 2021:
| a) | The release of $405.6 million of marketable securities held in escrow in the form of US Treasury Bills transferred to cash; |
| b) | 40,250,000 Class A Restricted Voting Shares valued at $402,500,000 (plus interest) are transferred to equity. The number of Class A Restricted Voting Shares that will be redeemed will occur at the time of completion of the transactions and cannot be known until shortly before the time that the transactions are affected. It is assumed for illustrative purposes in this pro forma statement that no Class A Restricted Voting Shares will be redeemed. |
From a sensitivity perspective:
| • | If this adjustment had been presented assuming a redemption of 25% of Class A Restricted Voting Shares, then $304.23 million of restricted cash and flexible guaranteed investment certificates will be converted into cash resources and $101.41 will be used to settle the redemption of 25% of the Class A Restricted Voting Shares. |
| c) | Deemed acquisition of BRND by GH Group: |
| (i) | the net assets of BRND are acquired in exchange for the deemed purchase price of $392.9 million described in 4(i); |
| (ii) | the historical equity of BRND is eliminated and historical equity of GH Group is transferred from Shareholders’ equity to APIC |
| (iii) | the deferred tax assets are eliminated; |
| d) | The Greenhouse acquisition as described in 4(ii); |
| e) | Payment of the $16.1 million underwriters’ commission on the Class A voting restricted shares; |
| f) | To incorporate estimated transaction cost of $6 million in connection with the acquisition of the Target Business. |
F-161
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
| g) | The tax rate is expected to be approximately 21% as a result of acquisitions. However, no impact of tax other than what is reflected historically on the financial statements of the Issuer and the entities being acquired, has been shown in the Pro Forma statements; |
| h) | The Private Placement of $85 million of shares; |
| i) | Represent an estimated conversion on the convertible debt instruments, with only $388,366 of non-convertible debt remaining after the acquisition of the Target Business. The $16,124,599 of convertible debt valued at $36,686,021 results in another equity reclassification to preferred stock of $20,561,422; |
| j) | GH Group, Inc. is expected to close on a Preferred Stock financing for up to $12 million to pay for the $10 million Greenhouse deposit required as part of the acquisition. |
| 6) | Pro Forma Earnings per Share (“Pro Forma EPS”) |
The Pro Forma EPS have been adjusted to reflect the pro forma unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. In addition, the number of shares used in calculating the unaudited pro forma consolidated basis and diluted earnings per share has been adjusted to reflect the estimated total number of subordinate voting shares of BRND (or exchangeable shares exchangeable thereinto on a 1 for 1 basis) that would be outstanding as of the closing of the acquisition of the Target Business.
As a result of the acquisition of the Target Business, the pro forma shares of GH Group are estimated based on expected purchase adjustments summarized below:
| GH Group Purchase Adjustment | Total | |||
| $325 Million Purchase Price | 325,000,000 | |||
| Plus: Estimated Cash as of 3.31.21 | 11,610,630 | |||
| Minus: Remaining Debt | (8,254,991 | ) | ||
| Minus: Estimated Settlement of Convertible Debt | (36,686,021 | ) | ||
| Plus: Estimated Settlement of Options | 28,591,367 | |||
| Total Value | 320,260,985 | |||
| Total Share Value at $10 per Share | 32,026,099 | |||
F-162
Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
As at and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2021 (expressed in US$)
The following is a breakdown of the pro forma shares that will be issued and outstanding immediately following the proposed transactions with the EPS calculation as of March 31, 2021:
| Quarter Ended | ||||
| Shares Outstanding - Assuming No Redemptions | March 31, 2021 | |||
| Net Loss | $ | 20,502,087 | ||
| Class A | Class B | Common | Total | |||||||||||||
| GH Group Shares (net of estimated purchase adjustments) | - | - | 32,026,099 | 32,026,099 | ||||||||||||
| BRND Shares | 40,250,000 | 10,198,751 | - | 50,448,751 | ||||||||||||
| Class B Shares convert on 100-1 basis into MVS | 101,988 | (10,198,751 | ) | - | (10,096,763 | ) | ||||||||||
| Acquisition of The Greenhouse | - | - | 10,000,000 | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||
| The Private Placement | - | - | 8,500,000 | 8,500,000 | ||||||||||||
| Total Shares Outstanding | 40,351,988 | - | 50,526,099 | 90,878,086 | ||||||||||||
| Loss per share - basic and diluted | $ | 0.23 | ||||||||||||||
F-163
Exhibit 1.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES
OF
GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.
(the “Company”)
The Company has as its articles the following articles.
Incorporation number: BC1205438
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| 1. | INTERPRETATION | 7 |
| 1.1 | Definitions | 7 |
| 1.2 | Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable | 8 |
| 1.3 | Deeming Provision – Directly or Indirectly | 8 |
| 2. | SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES | 8 |
| 2.1 | Authorized Share Structure | 8 |
| 2.2 | Form of Share Certificate | 9 |
| 2.3 | Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgment | 9 |
| 2.4 | Delivery by Mail | 9 |
| 2.5 | Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement | 9 |
| 2.6 | Replacement of Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificate | 9 |
| 2.7 | Recovery of New Share Certificate | 10 |
| 2.8 | Splitting Share Certificates | 10 |
| 2.9 | Certificate Fee | 10 |
| 2.10 | Recognition of Trusts | 10 |
| 3. | ISSUE OF SHARES | 10 |
| 3.1 | Directors Authorized | 10 |
| 3.2 | Commissions and Discounts | 10 |
| 3.3 | Brokerage | 10 |
| 3.4 | Conditions of Issue | 11 |
| 3.5 | Share Purchase Warrants and Rights, etc. | 11 |
| 4. | SHARE REGISTERS | 11 |
| 4.1 | Central Securities Register | 11 |
| 4.2 | Closing Register | 11 |
| 5. | SHARE TRANSFERS | 11 |
| 5.1 | Registering Transfers | 11 |
| 5.2 | Form of Instrument of Transfer | 12 |
| 5.3 | Transferor Remains Shareholder | 12 |
| 5.4 | Signing of Instrument of Transfer | 12 |
- 2 -
| 5.5 | Enquiry as to Title Not Required | 12 |
| 5.6 | Subject to Special Rights and Restrictions; Waiver | 12 |
| 6. | TRANSMISSION OF SHARES | 12 |
| 6.1 | Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death | 12 |
| 6.2 | Rights of Legal Personal Representative | 13 |
| 7. | ACQUISITION OF COMPANY’S SHARES | 13 |
| 7.1 | Company Authorized to Purchase or Otherwise Acquire Shares | 13 |
| 7.2 | No Purchase, Redemption or Other Acquisition When Insolvent | 13 |
| 7.3 | Sale and Voting of Purchased, Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares | 13 |
| 8. | BORROWING POWERS | 13 |
| 8.1 | Borrowing Powers | 13 |
| 8.2 | Banking Arrangements | 14 |
| 9. | ALTERATIONS | 14 |
| 9.1 | Alteration of Authorized Share Structure | 14 |
| 9.2 | Special Rights or Restrictions | 15 |
| 9.3 | No Interference with Class or Series Rights without Consent | 15 |
| 9.4 | Change of Name | 15 |
| 9.5 | Other Alterations | 15 |
| 10. | MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS | 15 |
| 10.1 | Annual General Meetings | 15 |
| 10.2 | Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting | 15 |
| 10.3 | Calling of Meetings of Shareholders | 15 |
| 10.4 | Notice for Meetings of Shareholders | 16 |
| 10.5 | Record Date for Notice | 16 |
| 10.6 | Record Date for Voting | 16 |
| 10.7 | Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice | 16 |
| 10.8 | Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders | 17 |
| 10.9 | Electronic Meetings | 17 |
| 11. | PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS | 17 |
| 11.1 | Special Business | 17 |
| 11.2 | Special Majority | 17 |
| 11.3 | Quorum | 18 |
| 11.4 | One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum | 18 |
| 11.5 | Persons Entitled to Attend Meeting | 18 |
| 11.6 | Requirement of Quorum | 18 |
| 11.7 | Lack of Quorum | 18 |
| 11.8 | Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting | 18 |
| 11.9 | Chair | 19 |
| 11.10 | Selection of Alternate Chair | 19 |
- 3 -
| 11.11 | Adjournments and Postponements | 19 |
| 11.12 | Notice of Adjourned Meeting | 19 |
| 11.13 | Electronic Voting | 19 |
| 11.14 | Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll | 19 |
| 11.15 | Declaration of Result | 19 |
| 11.16 | Motion Need Not be Seconded | 19 |
| 11.17 | Casting Vote | 20 |
| 11.18 | Manner of Taking Poll | 20 |
| 11.19 | Chair Must Resolve Dispute | 20 |
| 11.20 | Casting of Votes | 20 |
| 11.21 | Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting | 20 |
| 11.22 | Retention of Ballots and Proxies | 20 |
| 11.23 | Class Meetings and Series Meetings | 20 |
| 12. | VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS | 20 |
| 12.1 | Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares | 20 |
| 12.2 | Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity | 21 |
| 12.3 | Votes by Joint Holders | 21 |
| 12.4 | Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders | 21 |
| 12.5 | Representative of a Corporate Shareholder | 21 |
| 12.6 | Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder | 22 |
| 12.7 | When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to the Company | 22 |
| 12.8 | Appointment of Proxy Holders | 22 |
| 12.9 | Deposit of Proxy | 22 |
| 12.10 | Validity of Proxy Vote | 22 |
| 12.11 | Form of Proxy | 22 |
| 12.12 | Revocation of Proxy | 23 |
| 12.13 | Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed | 23 |
| 12.14 | Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy | 23 |
| 12.15 | Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote | 23 |
| 13. | DIRECTORS | 24 |
| 13.1 | First Directors; Number of Directors | 24 |
| 13.2 | Change in Number of Directors | 24 |
| 13.3 | Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy | 24 |
| 13.4 | Qualifications of Directors | 24 |
| 13.5 | Remuneration of Directors | 24 |
| 13.6 | Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors | 24 |
| 13.7 | Special Remuneration for Directors | 24 |
| 13.8 | Subject to Article 29. | 24 |
| 14. | ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS | 25 |
- 4 -
| 14.1 | Election at Annual General Meeting | 25 |
| 14.2 | Consent to be a Director | 25 |
| 14.3 | Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors | 25 |
| 14.4 | Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies | 25 |
| 14.5 | Remaining Directors’ Power to Act | 25 |
| 14.6 | Shareholders May Fill Vacancies | 26 |
| 14.7 | Additional Directors | 26 |
| 14.8 | Ceasing to be a Director | 26 |
| 14.9 | Removal of Director by Shareholders | 26 |
| 14.10 | Removal of Director by Directors | 26 |
| 15. | ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS | 27 |
| 15.1 | Nomination Procedures | 27 |
| 15.2 | Timely Notice | 27 |
| 15.3 | Manner of Timely Notice | 27 |
| 15.4 | Proper Form of Notice | 27 |
| 15.5 | Notice to be Updated | 28 |
| 15.6 | Power of the Chair | 28 |
| 15.7 | Delivery of Notice | 28 |
| 15.8 | Waiver | 28 |
| 15.9 | Definitions | 28 |
| 16. | POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS | 29 |
| 16.1 | Powers of Management | 29 |
| 16.2 | Appointment of Attorney of Company | 29 |
| 17. | INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS | 29 |
| 17.1 | Obligation to Account for Profits | 29 |
| 17.2 | Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest | 30 |
| 17.3 | Interested Director Counted in Quorum | 30 |
| 17.4 | Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property | 30 |
| 17.5 | Director Holding Other Office in the Company | 30 |
| 17.6 | No Disqualification | 30 |
| 17.7 | Professional Services by Director or Officer | 30 |
| 17.8 | Director or Officer in Other Corporations | 30 |
| 17.9 | Subject to Article 29 | 30 |
| 18. | PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS | 31 |
| 18.1 | Meetings of Directors | 31 |
| 18.2 | Voting at Meetings | 31 |
| 18.3 | Chair of Meetings | 31 |
| 18.4 | Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium | 31 |
| 18.5 | Calling of Meetings | 31 |
- 5 -
| 18.6 | Notice of Meetings | 32 |
| 18.7 | When Notice Not Required | 32 |
| 18.8 | Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice | 32 |
| 18.9 | Waiver of Notice of Meetings | 32 |
| 18.10 | Quorum | 32 |
| 18.11 | Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective | 32 |
| 18.12 | Consent Resolutions in Writing | 32 |
| 19. | EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES | 33 |
| 19.1 | Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee | 33 |
| 19.2 | Appointment and Powers of Other Committees | 33 |
| 19.3 | Obligations of Committees | 33 |
| 19.4 | Powers of Board | 34 |
| 19.5 | Committee Meetings | 34 |
| 20. | OFFICERS | 34 |
| 20.1 | Directors May Appoint Officers | 34 |
| 20.2 | Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers | 34 |
| 20.3 | Qualifications | 34 |
| 20.4 | Remuneration and Terms of Appointment | 34 |
| 21. | INDEMNIFICATION | 35 |
| 21.1 | Definitions | 35 |
| 21.2 | Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and officers; Advancement of Expenses | 35 |
| 21.3 | Permitted Indemnification | 35 |
| 21.4 | Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act | 35 |
| 21.5 | Company May Purchase Insurance | 35 |
| 22. | DIVIDENDS | 36 |
| 22.1 | Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights | 36 |
| 22.2 | Declaration of Dividends | 36 |
| 22.3 | No Notice Required | 36 |
| 22.4 | Record Date | 36 |
| 22.5 | Manner of Paying Dividend | 36 |
| 22.6 | Settlement of Difficulties | 36 |
| 22.7 | When Dividend Payable | 37 |
| 22.8 | Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares | 37 |
| 22.9 | Receipt by Joint Shareholders | 37 |
| 22.10 | Dividend Bears No Interest | 37 |
| 22.11 | Fractional Dividends | 37 |
| 22.12 | Payment of Dividends | 37 |
| 22.13 | Capitalization of Retained Earnings or Surplus | 37 |
| 23. | ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDITOR | 37 |
- 6 -
| 23.1 | Recording of Financial Affairs | 37 |
| 23.2 | Inspection of Accounting Records | 37 |
| 24. | NOTICE | 38 |
| 24.1 | Method of Giving Notice | 38 |
| 24.2 | Deemed Receipt | 38 |
| 24.3 | Certificate of Sending | 39 |
| 24.4 | Notice to Joint Shareholders | 39 |
| 24.5 | Notice to Legal Personal Representatives and Trustees | 39 |
| 24.6 | Undelivered Notices | 39 |
| 25. | SEAL | 39 |
| 25.1 | Who May Attest Seal | 39 |
| 25.2 | Sealing Copies | 40 |
| 25.3 | Mechanical Reproduction of Seal | 40 |
| 26. | FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES | 40 |
| 27. | SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS – SUBORDINATE, RESTRICTED AND LIMITED VOTING SHARES AND MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES | 40 |
| 27.1 | Subordinate Voting Shares | 40 |
| 27.2 | Multiple Voting Shares | 47 |
| 27.3 | Restricted Voting Shares | 49 |
| 27.4 | Limited Voting Shares | 56 |
| 27.5 | Additional Rights, Privileges, Restrictions and Conditions Applicable to Equity Shares | 63 |
| 28. | Special Rights and Restrictions of Preferred Shares | 69 |
| 28.1 | Issuable in Series | 69 |
| 28.2 | Priority | 70 |
| 28.3 | Notices and Voting | 70 |
| 28.4 | Purchase for Cancellation | 70 |
| 28.5 | Redemption | 71 |
| 28.6 | Retraction | 72 |
| 28.7 | Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding-up | 72 |
| 29. | Corporate Opportunities | 72 |
| 29.1 | Excluded Opportunities | 72 |
| 29.2 | Allocation of Opportunities | 72 |
- 7 -
| 1. | INTERPRETATION |
| 1.1 | Definitions |
In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires:
| (1) | “appropriate person” has the meaning assigned in the Securities Transfer Act; |
| (2) | “board of directors”, “directors” and “board” mean the directors or sole director of the Company from time to time; |
| (3) | “Business Corporations Act” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; |
| (4) | “Change of Control Transaction” means an amalgamation, arrangement, recapitalization, business combination or similar transaction of the Company, other than an amalgamation, arrangement, recapitalization, business combination or similar transaction that would result in (i) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the continuing entity or its direct or indirect parent) more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the continuing entity or its direct or indirect parent, and more than 50% of the total number of outstanding shares of the Company, the continuing entity or its direct or indirect parent, in each case as outstanding immediately after such transaction, and (ii) the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction owning voting securities of the Company, the continuing entity or its direct or indirect parent immediately following the transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis-a-vis each other) as such shareholders owned the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the transaction (provided that in neither event shall the exercise of any exchangeable shares of a subsidiary of the Company that are exchangeable into shares of the Company be taken into account in such determination). |
| (5) | “Equity Shares” means, collectively, the subordinate, restricted and limited voting shares of the Company, and “Equity Share” shall mean any of them; |
| (6) | “FPI Threshold” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Article 27.3(1)(g)(2); |
| (7) | “held of record” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12g5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; |
| (8) | “Interpretation Act” means the Interpretation Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; |
| (9) | “legal personal representative” means the personal or other legal representative of a shareholder; |
| (10) | “Limited Voting Shares” means the limited voting shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (11) | “Multiple Voting Shares” means the multiple voting shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (12) | “Non -U.S. Person” means any Person or entity that is not a U.S. Person; |
| (13) | “Permitted Holder” has the meaning assigned in Article 27.2(1)(h); |
| (14) | “Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited or unlimited liability company, and for greater certainty, shall include any U.S. Person or Non-U.S. Person; |
- 8 -
| (15) | “Preferred Shares” means the preferred shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (16) | “protected purchaser” has the meaning assigned in the Securities Transfer Act; |
| (17) | “registered address” of a shareholder means the shareholder’s address as recorded in the central securities register; |
| (18) | “Restricted Voting Shares” means the restricted voting shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (19) | “seal” means the seal of the Company, if any; |
| (20) | “securities legislation” means statutes concerning the regulation of securities markets and trading in securities and the regulations, rules, forms and schedules under those statutes, all as amended from time to time, and the blanket rulings and orders, as amended from time to time, issued by the securities commissions or similar regulatory authorities appointed under or pursuant to those statutes; “Canadian securities legislation” means the securities legislation in Canada or any province or territory of Canada (if applicable, excluding Quebec) and includes the Securities Act (British Columbia); and “U.S. securities legislation” means the securities legislation in the federal jurisdiction of the United States and in any state of the United States and includes the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; |
| (21) | “Securities Transfer Act” means the Securities Transfer Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; |
| (22) | “Specified Exceptions” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.1(1)(g)(3); |
| (23) | “Subordinate Voting Shares” means the subordinate voting shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (24) | “U.S. Person” means a resident of the United States of America (including its territories and possessions); and |
| (25) | “U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
1.2 Business Corporations Act and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable
The definitions in the Business Corporations Act and the definitions and rules of construction in the Interpretation Act, with the necessary changes, so far as applicable, and unless the context requires otherwise, apply to these Articles as if they were an enactment. If there is a conflict or inconsistency between a definition in the Business Corporations Act and a definition or rule in the Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the Business Corporations Act will prevail in relation to the use of the term in these Articles. If there is a conflict or inconsistency between these Articles and the Business Corporations Act, the Business Corporations Act will prevail.
1.3 Deeming Provision – Directly or Indirectly
For purposes of these Articles, any reference to any of the Equity Shares that are “held”, “held of record” or “beneficially owned or controlled” by a Person shall refer to and include such Equity Shares held, held of record or beneficially owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
2. SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES
2.1 Authorized Share Structure
The authorized share structure of the Company consists of shares of the class or classes and series, if any, described in the Notice of Articles (as amended) of the Company.
- 9 -
2.2 Form of Share Certificate
Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the Business Corporations Act.
2.3 Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgment
Unless the shares of which the shareholder is the registered owner are uncertificated shares, each shareholder is entitled, upon request and without charge, to (a) one share certificate representing the shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder’s name or (b) a non-transferable written acknowledgment (an “Acknowledgment”) of the shareholder’s right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate or Acknowledgment and delivery of a share certificate or Acknowledgment to one of several joint shareholders or to a duly authorized agent of one of the joint shareholders will be sufficient delivery to all.
2.4 Delivery by Mail
Any share certificate or Acknowledgment of a shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate may be sent to the shareholder by mail at the shareholder’s registered address and neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder because the share certificate or Acknowledgement is lost in the mail or stolen.
2.5 Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement
If the directors or officers of the Company are satisfied that a share certificate or Acknowledgment of the shareholder’s right to obtain a share certificate is worn out or defaced, they must, on production to them of the share certificate or Acknowledgment, as the case may be, and on such other terms, if any, as they think fit:
| (1) | order the share certificate or Acknowledgment, as the case may be, to be cancelled; and |
| (2) | issue a replacement share certificate or Acknowledgment, as the case may be. |
2.6 Replacement of Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificate
If a person entitled to a share certificate claims that the share certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company must issue a new share certificate, if that person:
| (1) | so requests before the Company has notice that the share certificate has been acquired by a protected purchaser; |
| (2) | provides the Company and its transfer agent with an indemnity bond sufficient in the Company’s or its transfer agent’s judgment to protect the Company and its transfer agent from any loss that the Company or its transfer agent may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and |
| (3) | satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the directors or officers of the Company. |
A person entitled to a share certificate may not assert against the Company a claim for a new share certificate where a share certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken if that person fails to notify the Company of that fact within a reasonable time after that person has notice of it and the Company registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving a notice of the loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking of the share certificate.
- 10 -
2.7 Recovery of New Share Certificate
If, after the issue of a new share certificate, a protected purchaser of the original share certificate presents the original share certificate for the registration of transfer, then in addition to any rights on the indemnity bond, the Company may recover the new share certificate from a person to whom it was issued or any person taking under that person other than a protected purchaser.
2.8 Splitting Share Certificates
If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue in the shareholder’s name two or more share certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and in the aggregate representing the same number of shares as represented by the share certificate so surrendered, the Company must cancel the surrendered share certificate and issue replacement share certificates in accordance with that request.
2.9 Certificate Fee
There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the issue of any share certificate under Articles 2.5, 2.6 or 2.8, the amount, if any and which must not exceed the amount prescribed under the Business Corporations Act, determined by the directors.
2.10 Recognition of Trusts
Except as required by law or statute or these Articles, no person will be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or fraction of a share or (except as required by law or statute or these Articles or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the shareholder.
3. ISSUE OF SHARES
3.1 Directors Authorized
Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the rights, if any, of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the Company may issue, allot, sell or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices (including any premium at which shares with par value may be issued) that the directors, or a committee of directors so empowered by the directors, may determine. The issue price for a share with par value must be equal to or greater than the par value of the share.
3.2 Commissions and Discounts
The Company may at any time pay a reasonable commission or allow a reasonable discount to any person in consideration of that person purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Company from the Company or any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for shares of the Company.
3.3 Brokerage
The Company may pay such brokerage fee or other consideration as may be lawful for or in connection with the sale or placement of its securities.
- 11 -
3.4 Conditions of Issue
Except as provided for by the Business Corporations Act, no share may be issued until it is fully paid. A share is fully paid when:
| (1) | consideration is provided to the Company for the issue of the share by one or more of the following: |
| (a) | past services performed for the Company; |
| (b) | property; |
| (c) | money; and |
| (2) | the value of the consideration received by the Company equals or exceeds the issue price set for the share under Article 3.1. |
| 3.5 | Share Purchase Warrants and Rights, etc. |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company may issue share purchase warrants, options, performance share units, deferred share units, restricted stock units and rights upon such terms and conditions as the directors determine, which share purchase warrants, options, units and rights may be issued alone or in conjunction with debentures, bonds, shares or any other securities issued or created by the Company from time to time.
4. SHARE REGISTERS
4.1 Central Securities Register
As required by and subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must maintain a central securities register. The directors may, subject to the Business Corporations Act, appoint an agent to maintain the central securities register. The directors may also appoint one or more agents, including the agent which keeps the central securities register, as transfer agent for its shares or any class or series of its shares, as the case may be, and the same or another agent as registrar for its shares or such class or series of its shares, as the case may be. The directors may terminate such appointment of any agent at any time and may appoint another agent in its place.
4.2 Closing Register
The Company must not at any time close its central securities register.
5. SHARE TRANSFERS
5.1 Registering Transfers
Subject to the Business Corporations Act and the Securities Transfer Act, a transfer of a share of the Company must not be registered unless the Company or the transfer agent or registrar for the class or series of share to be transferred has received:
| (1) | in the case of a share certificate that has been issued by the Company in respect of the share to be transferred, that share certificate and a written instrument of transfer (which may be on a separate document or endorsed on the share certificate) made by the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; |
| (2) | in the case of an Acknowledgment as defined in Article 2.3, in respect of the share to be transferred, a written instrument of transfer that directs that the transfer of the shares be registered, made by the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; |
| (3) | in the case of a share that is an uncertificated share, a written instrument of transfer that directs that the transfer of the share be registered, made by the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; and |
- 12 -
| (4) | such other evidence, if any, as the Company or the transfer agent or registrar for the class or series of share to be transferred may require to prove the title of the transferor or the transferor’s right to transfer the share, that the written instrument of transfer is genuine and authorized and that the transfer is rightful or to a protected purchaser (which may include a medallion or similar signature guarantee). |
5.2 Form of Instrument of Transfer
The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the back of the Company’s share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the directors or the transfer agent for the class or series of shares to be transferred.
5.3 Transferor Remains Shareholder
Except to the extent that the Business Corporations Act otherwise provides, the transferor of shares is deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in a securities register of the Company in respect of the transfer.
5.4 Signing of Instrument of Transfer
If a shareholder, or his or her duly authorized attorney, signs an instrument of transfer in respect of shares registered in the name of the shareholder, subject to the Company or its transfer agent requiring a medallion or similar signature guarantee and/or other evidence of authority, the signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer or specified in any other manner, or, if no number is specified, all the shares represented by the share certificates or set out in the Acknowledgment, as defined in Article 2.3, deposited with the instrument of transfer:
| (1) | in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or |
| (2) | if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered. |
5.5 Enquiry as to Title Not Required
Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of the person named in the instrument of transfer as transferee or, if no person is named as transferee in the instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing such shares or of any Acknowledgment, as defined in Article 2.3, in respect of a share certificate for such shares.
5.6 Subject to Special Rights and Restrictions; Waiver
This Article 5 is subject to the special rights and restrictions attaching to any class or series of shares. In addition, the Company may waive any of the requirements set out in this Article 5.
6. TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
6.1 Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death
In the case of the death of a shareholder, the legal personal representative of the shareholder, or in the case of shares registered in the shareholder’s name and the name of another person in joint tenancy, the surviving joint holder, will be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the shareholder’s interest in the shares. Before recognizing a person as a legal personal representative of a shareholder, the directors may require the original grant of probate or letters of administration or a court certified copy of them or the original or a court certified or authenticated copy of the grant of representation, will, order or other instrument or other evidence of the death under which title to the shares or securities is claimed to vest.
- 13 -
6.2 Rights of Legal Personal Representative
The legal personal representative of a shareholder has the same rights, privileges and obligations that attach to the shares held by the shareholder, including the right to transfer the shares in accordance with these Articles, if appropriate evidence of appointment or incumbency within the meaning of s. 87 of the Securities Transfer Act has been deposited with the Company. This Article 6.2 does not apply in the case of the death of a shareholder with respect to shares registered in the shareholder’s name and the name of another person in joint tenancy.
7. ACQUISITION OF COMPANY’S SHARES
7.1 Company Authorized to Purchase or Otherwise Acquire Shares
Subject to Article 7.2, the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, the Business Corporations Act and securities legislation, the Company may, if authorized by the directors, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares at the price and upon the terms determined by the directors.
7.2 No Purchase, Redemption or Other Acquisition When Insolvent
The Company must not make a payment or provide any other consideration to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:
| (1) | the Company is insolvent; or |
| (2) | making the payment or providing the consideration would render the Company insolvent. |
7.3 Sale and Voting of Purchased, Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares
If the Company retains a share redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by it, the Company may sell, cancel, gift or otherwise dispose of the share, but, while such share is held by the Company, it:
| (1) | is not entitled to vote the share at a meeting of its shareholders; |
| (2) | must not pay a dividend in respect of the share; and |
| (3) | must not make any other distribution in respect of the share. |
| 8. | BORROWING POWERS |
| 8.1 | Borrowing Powers |
The Company, if authorized by the directors, may:
| (1) | borrow money in the manner and amount, on the security, from the sources and on the terms and conditions that the directors consider appropriate; |
| (2) | issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other terms as the directors consider appropriate; |
| (3) | guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any other person; and |
| (4) | mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give other security on, the whole or any part of the present and future assets and undertaking of the Company. |
- 14 -
8.2 Banking Arrangements
The banking business of the Company including, without limitation, the borrowing powers set forth in Article 8.1 above, shall be transacted with such banks, trust companies or other bodies corporate or organizations as may from time to time be designated by or under the authority of the board. Such banking business or any part thereof shall be transacted under such agreements, instructions and delegations of powers as the board may from time to time prescribe.
| 9. | ALTERATIONS |
9.1 Alteration of Authorized Share Structure
Subject to Article 9.2, the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may:
| (1) | by ordinary resolution: |
| (a) | create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares; |
| (b) | increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established; |
| (c) | subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, and/or fully paid issued, shares; |
| (d) | if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value: |
| (1) | decrease the par value of those shares; or |
| (2) | if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of those shares; |
| (e) | change all or any of its unissued, and/or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par value or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value; |
| (f) | alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or |
| (g) | otherwise alter its shares or authorized share structure when required or permitted to do so by the Business Corporations Act; |
and, if applicable, alter its Notice of Articles, and if applicable its Articles accordingly; and/or
| (2) | by directors’ resolution: |
| (a) | subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, and/or fully paid issued, shares; |
| (b) | alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or |
| (c) | create one or more series of Preferred Shares; |
and if applicable, alter its Notice of Articles, and if applicable its Articles accordingly.
- 15 -
9.2 Special Rights or Restrictions
Subject to the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares and the Business Corporations Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution:
| (1) | create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or |
| (2) | vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; |
and alter its Articles and Notice of Articles accordingly.
9.3 No Interference with Class or Series Rights without Consent
A right or special right attached to issued shares must not be prejudiced or interfered with under the Business Corporations Act, the Notice of Articles or these Articles unless the holders of shares of the class or series of shares to which the right or special right is attached consent by a special separate resolution of the holders of such class or series of shares.
9.4 Change of Name
The Company may by directors’ resolution or ordinary resolution authorize an alteration to its Notice of Articles in order to change its name.
9.5 Other Alterations
If the Business Corporations Act does not specify the type of resolution and these Articles do not specify another type of resolution, the Company may by ordinary resolution alter these Articles.
| 10. | MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS |
10.1 Annual General Meetings
Subject to Article 10.2, unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with the Business Corporations Act, the Company must hold its first annual general meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place as may be determined by the directors.
10.2 Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting
If all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting consent by a unanimous resolution to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, in any unanimous resolution passed under this Article 10.2, select as the Company’s annual reference date a date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.
10.3 Calling of Meetings of Shareholders
Any two directors may, at any time, call a meeting of shareholders to be held at such time and place as may be determined by such directors, including for greater certainty, a location outside of British Columbia.
- 16 -
10.4 Notice for Meetings of Shareholders
Except for a resolution passed pursuant to Article 10.2, the Company must send notice of the date, time and location of any meeting of shareholders (including, without limitation, any notice specifying the intention to propose a resolution as an exceptional resolution, a special resolution or a special separate resolution and any notice to consider approving an amalgamation into a foreign jurisdiction, an arrangement or the adoption of an amalgamation agreement, and any notice of a general meeting, class meeting or series meeting), in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of the Company, unless these Articles otherwise provide, at least the following number of days before the meeting:
| (1) | if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; |
| (2) | otherwise, 10 days. |
10.5 Record Date for Notice
The Company may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer than:
| (1) | if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; |
| (2) | otherwise, 10 days. |
If no record date is set, the record date is 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.
10.6 Record Date for Voting
The Company may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the Business Corporations Act, by more than four months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting.
10.7 Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice
The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive that entitlement or agree to reduce the period of that notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of entitlement to notice of the meeting unless that person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.
- 17 -
10.8 Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders
If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Article 11.1, the notice of meeting must:
| (1) | state the general nature of the special business; and |
| (2) | if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders: |
| (a) | at the Company’s records office, or at such other reasonably accessible location in British Columbia as is specified in the notice; and |
| (b) | during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the holding of the meeting. |
10.9 Electronic Meetings
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the directors may determine that a meeting of shareholders shall be held entirely by means of telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities that permit all participants to communicate with each other during the meeting. A meeting of shareholders may also be held at which some, but not necessarily all, persons entitled to attend may participate by means of such communications facilities, if the directors determine to make them available. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.
11. PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
11.1 Special Business
At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business:
| (1) | at a meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general meeting, all business is special business except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting; |
| (2) | at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following: |
| (a) | business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting; |
| (b) | consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting; |
| (c) | consideration of any reports of the directors or auditor; |
| (d) | the setting or changing of the number of directors; |
| (e) | the election or appointment of directors; |
| (f) | the appointment of an auditor; |
| (g) | the setting of the remuneration of an auditor; |
| (h) | business arising out of a report of the directors not requiring the passing of a special resolution or a special separate resolution; and |
| (i) | any other business which, under these Articles or the Business Corporations Act, may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders. |
11.2 Special Majority
The majority of votes required for the Company to pass a special resolution at a meeting of shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution and, unless otherwise required by the Business Corporations Act, securities legislation or applicable stock exchange rules, with all classes of shares entitled to vote thereon voting together as if they were a single class.
- 18 -
11.3 Quorum
Subject to the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares and to Article 11.4, the quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is two shareholders who are present in person or represented by proxy and who represent at least 25% of the applicable class or series of shares (and, for greater certainty, where more than one class or series of shares are voting together, at least 25% of the total issued and outstanding shares of such classes or series).
11.4 One Shareholder May Constitute Quorum
If there is only one shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders:
| (1) | the quorum is one person who is, or who represents by proxy, that shareholder, and |
| (2) | that shareholder, present in person or by proxy, may constitute the meeting. |
11.5 Persons Entitled to Attend Meeting
In addition to those persons who are entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the only other persons entitled to be present at the meeting are the directors, the president (if any), the secretary (if any), the assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company, any persons invited to be present at the meeting by the chair of the meeting and any persons entitled or required under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be present at the meeting; but if any of those persons does attend the meeting, that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting.
11.6 Requirement of Quorum
No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment or postponement of the meeting, may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote is present at the commencement of the meeting, but such quorum need not be present throughout the meeting.
11.7 Lack of Quorum
If, within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present:
| (1) | in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the meeting is dissolved, and |
| (2) | in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place (or such other time or place as the chair of the adjourned meeting may specify). |
11.8 Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting
If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Article 11.7(2) was adjourned, a quorum is not present within one-half hour from the time set for the holding of the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or representing by proxy, one or more shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting constitute a quorum.
- 19 -
11.9 Chair
The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders:
| (1) | the chair of the board, if any; or |
| (2) | if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any. |
11.10 Selection of Alternate Chair
If, at any meeting of shareholders, there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting, the directors present must choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting or if all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so choose or if no director is present, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person or by proxy may by ordinary resolution choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting.
11.11 Adjournments and Postponements
The chair of a meeting of shareholders may, and if so directed by the meeting must, adjourn or postpone the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned or postponed meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment or postponement took place.
11.12 Notice of Adjourned Meeting
It is not necessary to give any notice of an adjourned or postponed meeting of shareholders or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned or postponed meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned or postponed for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned or postponed meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting.
11.13 Electronic Voting
Any vote at a meeting of shareholders may be held entirely or partially by means of telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities, if the directors determine to make telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities available for that purpose.
11.14 Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, every motion put to a vote at a meeting of shareholders will be decided on a show of hands or the functional equivalent of a show of hands by means of electronic, telephonic or other communications facility, unless a poll, before or on the declaration of the result of the vote by show of hands or the functional equivalent of a show of hands, is directed by the chair or demanded by at least one shareholder entitled to vote who is present in person or by proxy.
11.15 Declaration of Result
The chair of a meeting of shareholders must declare to the meeting the decision on every question in accordance with the result of the show of hands (or its functional equivalent) or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be entered in the minutes of the meeting. A declaration of the chair that a resolution is carried by the necessary majority or is defeated is, unless a poll is directed by the chair or demanded under Article 11.14, conclusive evidence without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.
11.16 Motion Need Not be Seconded
No motion proposed at a meeting of shareholders need be seconded unless the chair of the meeting rules otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion.
- 20 -
| 11.17 | Casting Vote |
In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands or on a poll, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled as a shareholder.
| 11.18 | Manner of Taking Poll |
Subject to Article 11.19, if a poll is duly demanded at a meeting of shareholders:
| (1) | the poll must be taken at the meeting or an adjournment or postponement thereof in the manner, at the time and at the place that the chair of the meeting directs; |
| (2) | the result of the poll is deemed to be the decision of the meeting at which the poll is demanded; and |
| (3) | the demand for the poll may be withdrawn by the person who demanded it. |
| 11.19 | Chair Must Resolve Dispute |
In the case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote given on a poll, the chair of the meeting must determine the dispute, and his or her determination made in good faith is final and conclusive.
| 11.20 | Casting of Votes |
On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not cast all the votes in the same way.
| 11.21 | Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting |
The demand for a poll at a meeting of shareholders does not, unless the chair of the meeting so rules, prevent the continuation of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.
| 11.22 | Retention of Ballots and Proxies |
The Company must, for at least three months after a meeting of shareholders, keep each ballot cast on a poll and each proxy voted at the meeting, and, during that period, make them available for inspection during normal business hours by any shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting. At the end of such three-month period, the Company may destroy such ballots and proxies.
| 11.23 | Class Meetings and Series Meetings |
Unless otherwise specified in these Articles, the provisions of these Articles relating to a meeting of shareholders will apply, with the necessary changes and as far as they are applicable, to a class meeting or series meeting of shareholders holding a particular class or series of shares.
| 12. | VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS |
| 12.1 | Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares |
Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to any shares and to the restrictions imposed on joint shareholders under Article 12.3:
| (1) | on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled to vote on the matter has one vote; and |
| (2) | on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote on the matter is entitled, in respect of each share entitled to be voted on the matter and held by that shareholder, to that number of votes provided by these Articles or the Business Corporations Act, and may exercise that vote either in person or by proxy. |
- 21 -
| 12.2 | Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity |
A person who is not a shareholder may vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair of the meeting, or the directors, that the person is a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy for a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting.
| 12.3 | Votes by Joint Holders |
If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share:
| (1) | any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting of shareholders, personally or by proxy, in respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or |
| (2) | if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting of shareholders, personally or by proxy, and more than one of them votes in respect of that share, then only the vote of the joint shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share will be counted. |
| 12.4 | Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders |
Two or more legal personal representatives of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, for the purposes of Article 12.3, deemed to be joint shareholders registered in respect of that share.
| 12.5 | Representative of a Corporate Shareholder |
If a corporation that is not a subsidiary of the Company is a shareholder, that corporation may appoint a person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and:
| (1) | for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice for the receipt of proxies, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting, or may be provided at the meeting to the chair of the meeting or to a person designated by the chair of the meeting; |
| (2) | if a representative is appointed under this Article 12.5: |
| (a) | the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise if it were a shareholder who is an individual, including, without limitation, the right to appoint a proxy holder; and |
| (b) | the representative, if present at the meeting, is to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting. |
Evidence of the appointment of any such representative may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax, electronic mail or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.
- 22 -
| 12.6 | Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder |
A person who is not a shareholder may be appointed as a proxy holder.
| 12.7 | When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to the Company |
If and for so long as the Company is a public company, Articles 12.8 to 12.15 (except Article 12.11) apply only insofar as they are not inconsistent with any Canadian securities legislation applicable to the Company, any U.S. securities legislation applicable to the Company or any rules of an exchange on which any securities of the Company are listed. If and for so long as the Company is a public company, Article 12.11 shall not apply to the Company.
| 12.8 | Appointment of Proxy Holders |
Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may, by proxy, appoint one or more proxy holders to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy.
| 12.9 | Deposit of Proxy |
A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must:
| (1) | be received at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the notice, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting; or | |
| (2) | unless the notice provides otherwise, be received at the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned or postponed meeting or by a person designated by the chair of the meeting or adjourned or postponed meeting. |
A proxy may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax, electronic mail or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages.
| 12.10 | Validity of Proxy Vote |
A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid notwithstanding the death or incapacity of the shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received:
| (1) | at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or |
| (2) | at the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned or postponed meeting, before any vote in respect of which the proxy has been given has been taken. |
| 12.11 | Form of Proxy |
A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other form approved by the directors or the chair of the meeting:
- 23 -
[name of company] (the “Company”)
The undersigned, being a shareholder of the Company, hereby appoints [name] or, failing that person, [name], as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on [month, day, year] and at any adjournment or postponement of that meeting.
Number of shares in respect of which this proxy is given (if no number is specified, then this proxy is given in respect of all shares registered in the name of the undersigned):
| Signed [month, day, year] | |
| [Signature of shareholder] | |
| [Name of shareholder—printed] |
| 12.12 | Revocation of Proxy |
Subject to Article 12.14, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is received:
| (1) | at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting at which the proxy is to be used; or |
| (2) | at the meeting or any adjourned or postponed meeting by the chair of the meeting or adjourned or postponed meeting, before any vote in respect of which the proxy has been given has been taken. |
| 12.13 | Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed |
An instrument referred to in Article 12.12 must be signed as follows:
| (1) | if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be signed by the shareholder or his or her legal personal representative or trustee in bankruptcy; |
| (2) | if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Article 12.5. |
| 12.14 | Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy |
The chair of any meeting of shareholders may determine whether or not a proxy deposited for use at the meeting, which may not strictly comply with the requirements of this Article 12 as to form, execution, accompanying documentation, time of filing or otherwise, shall be valid for use at such meeting and any such determination made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon such meeting.
| 12.15 | Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote |
The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of the authority to vote.
- 24 -
| 13. | DIRECTORS |
13.1 First Directors; Number of Directors
The minimum number of directors is three (3) and the maximum number of directors is twenty (20). The number of directors, excluding additional directors appointed under Article 14.7, is set by directors’ resolution.
| 13.2 | Change in Number of Directors |
If the number of directors is set under Articles 13.1:
| (1) | the shareholders may elect the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of directors up to that number; and/or |
| (2) | the directors, subject to Article 14.7, may appoint directors to fill those vacancies. |
No decrease in the number of directors will shorten the term of an incumbent director.
| 13.3 | Directors’ Acts Valid Despite Vacancy |
An act or proceeding of the directors is not invalid merely because fewer than the number of directors set or otherwise required under these Articles is in office.
| 13.4 | Qualifications of Directors |
A director is not required to hold a share of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be qualified as required by the Business Corporations Act to become, act or continue to act as a director.
| 13.5 | Remuneration of Directors |
The directors are entitled to the remuneration for acting as directors, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine. If the directors so decide, the remuneration of the directors, if any, will be determined by the shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any officer or employee of the Company as such, who is also a director.
| 13.6 | Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors |
The Company may reimburse each director for the reasonable expenses that he or she may incur in and about the business of the Company.
| 13.7 | Special Remuneration for Directors |
If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the directors are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the Company’s business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the directors, or, at the option of that director, fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.
| 13.8 | Subject to Article 29. |
This Article 13 is subject to Article 29 to the maximum extent permitted by law.
- 25 -
| 14. | ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS |
| 14.1 | Election at Annual General Meeting |
At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2:
| (1) | the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors must elect, or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for the time being set under these Articles; and |
| (2) | all the directors cease to hold office upon the termination of the next annual general meeting at which the election or appointment of directors under paragraph 14.1(1), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment, subject to being nominated in accordance with these Articles. |
14.2 Consent to be a Director
No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless:
| (1) | that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the Business Corporations Act; |
| (2) | that individual is elected or appointed at a meeting at which the individual is present, and the individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or |
| (3) | with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the Business Corporations Act. |
| 14.3 | Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors |
If:
| (1) | the Company fails to hold an annual general meeting, and all the shareholders who are entitled to vote at an annual general meeting fail to pass the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, on or before the date by which the annual general meeting is required to be held under the Business Corporations Act; or |
| (2) | the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by Article 10.2, to elect or appoint any directors; |
then each director then in office continues to hold office until the earlier of:
| (3) | the date on which his or her successor is elected or appointed; and |
| (4) | when he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the Business Corporations Act or these Articles. |
| 14.4 | Directors May Fill Casual Vacancies |
Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the directors.
| 14.5 | Remaining Directors’ Power to Act |
The directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the board of directors, but if the Company has fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the directors may only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number or of calling a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of filling any vacancies on the board of directors or, subject to the Business Corporations Act, for any other purpose.
- 26 -
| 14.6 | Shareholders May Fill Vacancies |
If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.
| 14.7 | Additional Directors |
Notwithstanding Articles 13.1 and 13.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions contemplated by Article 10.2, the directors may appoint one or more additional directors, but the number of additional directors appointed under this Article 14.7 must not at any time exceed:
| (1) | one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or |
| (2) | in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as directors other than under this Article 14.7. |
Any director so appointed ceases to hold office immediately following the next annual general meeting at which the election or appointment of directors under Article 14.1(1) occurs, but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment, subject to being nominated in accordance with these Articles.
14.8 Ceasing to be a Director
A director ceases to be a director when:
| (1) | the term of office of the director expires; |
| (2) | the director dies; |
| (3) | the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the Company; or |
| (4) | the director is removed from office pursuant to Articles 14.9 or 14.10. |
| 14.9 | Removal of Director by Shareholders |
The Company may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office by special resolution. In that event, the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill the resulting vacancy. If the shareholders do not elect or appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy contemporaneously with the removal, then the directors may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.
| 14.10 | Removal of Director by Directors |
The directors may remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office if: (i) the director is convicted of an indictable or similar offence, convicted by a court of an office under or found in breach and sanctioned by a securities regulatory authority in Canada or the United States; (ii) the director is unacceptable to an applicable governmental authority; or (iii) the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company and does not promptly resign, and the directors may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy.
- 27 -
| 15. | ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS |
| 15.1 | Nomination Procedures |
| (1) | Subject only to the Business Corporations Act, regulations, Applicable Securities Laws and the articles of the Company, only Persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Company. Nominations of Persons for election to the board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting, |
| (a) | by or at the direction of the board, including pursuant to a notice of meeting; |
| (b) | by or at the direction or request of one or more shareholders pursuant to a proposal made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act, or a requisition of the shareholders made in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act; or |
| (c) | by any Person (a “Nominating Shareholder”) who (A) at the close of business on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Article 15 and on the record date for notice of such meeting, is entered in the central securities register as a holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting or who beneficially owns shares that are entitled to be voted at such meeting and provides evidence of such beneficial ownership to the Company, and (B) complies with the notice procedures set forth below in this Article. |
| 15.2 | Timely Notice |
In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a Nominating Shareholder, the Nominating Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the corporate secretary of the Company in accordance with this Article 15.
| 15.3 | Manner of Timely Notice |
| (1) | To be timely, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice under this Article 15 must be given: |
| (a) | in the case of an annual meeting (including an annual and special meeting) of shareholders, not less than 30 days prior to the date of the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the meeting is to be held on a date that is less than 50 days after the date (the “Notice Date”) on which the first public announcement of the date of the meeting was made, notice by the Nominating Shareholder may be made not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the Notice Date; and |
| (b) | in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors (whether or not called for other purposes), not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the day on which the first public announcement of the date of the meeting was made. |
| 15.4 | Proper Form of Notice |
| (1) | To be in proper written form, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice under this Article 15 must set forth: |
| (a) | as to each Person whom the Nominating Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director: (A) the name, age, province or state, and country of residence of the Person, (B) the principal occupation, business or employment of the Person, both present and within the five years preceding the notice, (C) the number of securities of each class of voting securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, by such Person, as of the record date for the meeting of shareholders (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice, and (D) any other information relating to the Person that would be required to be disclosed in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act or any Applicable Securities Laws; and |
| (b) | as to the Nominating Shareholder: (A) the number of securities of each class of voting securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned, or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any joint actors, as of the record date for the meeting (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice, (B) full particulars regarding any proxy, contract, arrangement, agreement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Nominating Shareholder has a right to vote or to direct or to control the voting of any shares of the Company, and (C) any other information relating to such Nominating Shareholder that would be required to be made in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Business Corporations Act or any Applicable Securities Laws. |
| (2) | References to “Nominating Shareholder” in this Article 15 shall be deemed to refer to each shareholder that nominates a Person for election as director in the case of a nomination proposal where more than one shareholder is involved in making such nomination proposal. |
- 28 -
| 15.5 | Notice to be Updated |
In addition, to be considered timely and in proper written form, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice shall be promptly updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required under this Article 15 to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting.
| 15.6 | Power of the Chair |
The chair of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the foregoing provisions and, if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with such foregoing provisions, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
| 15.7 | Delivery of Notice |
Notwithstanding any other provision of these articles, notice given to the corporate secretary of the Company pursuant to this Article 15 may only be given by personal delivery, facsimile transmission or by email (provided that the corporate secretary of the Company has stipulated an email address for purposes of this notice), and shall be deemed to have been given and made only at the time it is served by personal delivery, email (at the address as aforesaid) or sent by facsimile transmission (provided that receipt of the confirmation of such transmission has been received) to the corporate secretary of the Company at the address of the principal executive offices of the Company; provided that if such delivery or electronic communication is made on a day which is not a business day or later than 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on a day which is a business day, then such delivery or electronic communication shall be deemed to have been made on the subsequent day that is a business day.
| 15.8 | Waiver |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may, in its sole discretion, waive any or all requirements in this Article 15.
| 15.9 | Definitions |
| (1) | For purposes of this Article 15, |
| (a) | “Applicable Securities Laws” means the applicable securities legislation of each relevant province and territory of Canada, as amended from time to time, the written rules, regulations and forms made or promulgated under any such statute and the published national instruments, multilateral instruments, policies, bulletins and notices of the securities commissions and similar regulatory authorities of each province and territory of Canada; |
- 29 -
| (b) | “beneficially owns” or “beneficially owned” means, in connection with the ownership of shares in the capital of the Company by a Person, (i) any such shares as to which such Person or any of such Person’s affiliates (as defined in the Business Corporations Act) owns at law or in equity, or has the right to acquire or become the owner at law or in equity, where such right is exercisable immediately or after the passage of time and whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency or the making of any payment, upon the exercise of any conversion right, exchange right or purchase right attaching to any securities, or pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, pledge or understanding whether or not in writing; (ii) such shares as to which such Person or any of such Person’s affiliates (as defined in the Business Corporations Act) has the right to vote, or the right to direct the voting, where such right is exercisable immediately or after the passage of time and whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency or the making of any payment, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, pledge or understanding whether or not in writing; and (iii) any such shares which are owned beneficially within the meaning of this definition by any other Person with whom such Person is acting jointly or in concert with respect to the Company or any of its securities; |
| (c) | “close of business” means 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on a business day in British Columbia, Canada; and |
| (d) | “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service in Canada, or in a document publicly filed by the Company under its profile on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval at www.sedar.com (or any successor or replacement thereto). |
| 16. | POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS |
| 16.1 | Powers of Management |
The directors must, subject to the Business Corporations Act and these Articles, manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company and have the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Business Corporations Act or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the shareholders of the Company.
| 16.2 | Appointment of Attorney of Company |
The directors may from time to time, by power of attorney or other instrument, under seal if so required by law, appoint any person to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes, and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these Articles and excepting the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors, to remove a director, to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors, to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors and to declare dividends) and for such period, and with such remuneration and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the directors think fit. Any such attorney may be authorized by the directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in him or her.
| 17. | INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
| 17.1 | Obligation to Account for Profits |
A director or senior officer who holds a disclosable interest (as that term is used in the Business Corporations Act) in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is liable to account to the Company for any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the contract or transaction only if and to the extent provided in the Business Corporations Act.
- 30 -
| 17.2 | Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest |
A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of those directors may vote on such resolution.
| 17.3 | Interested Director Counted in Quorum |
A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting of directors at which the contract or transaction is considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting.
| 17.4 | Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property |
A director or senior officer who holds any office or possesses any property, right or interest that could result, directly or indirectly, in the creation of a duty or interest that materially conflicts with that individual’s duty or interest as a director or senior officer, must disclose the nature and extent of the conflict as required by the Business Corporations Act.
| 17.5 | Director Holding Other Office in the Company |
A director may hold any office or employment with the Company, other than the office of auditor of the Company, in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or otherwise) that the directors may determine.
| 17.6 | No Disqualification |
No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, and no contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which a director is in any way interested is liable to be voided for that reason.
| 17.7 | Professional Services by Director or Officer |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, a director or officer, or any person in which a director or officer has an interest, may act in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or such person is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if that director or officer were not a director or officer.
| 17.8 | Director or Officer in Other Corporations |
A director or officer may be or become a director, officer or employee of, or otherwise interested in, any person in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to the Business Corporations Act, the director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other person.
| 17.9 | Subject to Article 29 |
This Article 13 is subject to Article 29 to the maximum extent permitted by law.
- 31 -
| 18. | PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS |
| 18.1 | Meetings of Directors |
The directors may meet together for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and meetings of the directors held at regular intervals may be held at the place, at the time and on the notice, if any, as the directors may from time to time determine.
| 18.2 | Voting at Meetings |
Questions arising at any meeting of directors are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote.
| 18.3 | Chair of Meetings |
The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of directors:
| (1) | the chair of the board, if any; |
| (2) | in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or |
| (3) | any other director chosen by the directors if: |
| (a) | neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting; |
| (b) | neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting; or |
| (c) | the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting. |
18.4 Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium
A director may participate in a meeting of the directors or of any committee of the directors:
| (1) | in person; |
| (2) | by telephone; or |
| (3) | with the consent of all directors who wish to participate in the meeting, by other communications medium; |
if all directors participating in the meeting, whether in person or by telephone or other communications medium, are able to communicate with each other. A director who participates in a meeting in a manner contemplated by this Article 18.4 is deemed for all purposes of the Business Corporations Act and these Articles to be present at the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner.
| 18.5 | Calling of Meetings |
A director may, and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company, if any, on the request of a director must, call a meeting of the directors at any time.
- 32 -
| 18.6 | Notice of Meetings |
Other than for meetings held at regular intervals as determined by the directors pursuant to Article 18.1 or as provided in Article 18.7, not less than 24 hours notice of each meeting of the directors, specifying the place, day and time of that meeting must be given to each of the directors by any method set out in Article 24.1 or orally or by telephone.
| 18.7 | When Notice Not Required |
It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a director if:
| (1) | the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was elected or appointed, or is the meeting of the directors at which that director is appointed; or |
| (2) | the director has waived notice of the meeting. |
| 18.8 | Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice |
The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of directors to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any director, does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.
| 18.9 | Waiver of Notice of Meetings |
A director may in any manner and at any time waive notice of or otherwise consent to a meeting of the board, including by sending an electronic document to that effect. Attendance of a director at a meeting of the board shall constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except where a director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting has not been properly called.
| 18.10 | Quorum |
The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board shall consist of a majority of the directors or such other number as the directors may determine from time to time. If, however, the Company has fewer than three directors, all directors must be present at any meeting of the board to constitute a quorum.
| 18.11 | Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, an act of a director or officer is not invalid merely because of an irregularity in the election or appointment or a defect in the qualification of that director or officer.
| 18.12 | Consent Resolutions in Writing |
A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors may be passed without a meeting:
| (1) | in all cases, if each of the directors entitled to vote on the resolution consents to it in writing; or |
| (2) | in the case of a resolution to approve a contract or transaction in respect of which a director has disclosed that he or she has or may have a disclosable interest, if each of the other directors who have not made such a disclosure consents in writing to the resolution. |
A consent in writing under this Article 18.12 may be by any written instrument, fax, electronic mail or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages in which the consent of the director is evidenced, whether or not the signature of the director is included in the record. A consent in writing may be in two or more counterparts which together are deemed to constitute one consent in writing. A resolution of the directors or of any committee of the directors passed in accordance with this Article 18.12 is effective on the date stated in the consent in writing or on the latest date stated on any counterpart and is deemed to be a proceeding at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors and to be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors or of the committee of the directors that satisfies all the requirements of the Business Corporations Act and all the requirements of these Articles relating to meetings of the directors or of a committee of the directors.
- 33 -
| 19. | EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES |
| 19.1 | Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee |
The directors may, by resolution, appoint an executive committee consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate, and during the intervals between meetings of the board of directors all of the directors’ powers are delegated to the executive committee, except:
| (1) | the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors; |
| (2) | the power to remove a director; |
| (3) | the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and |
| (4) | such other powers, if any, as may be set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution. |
| 19.2 | Appointment and Powers of Other Committees |
The directors may, by resolution:
| (1) | appoint one or more committees (other than the executive committee) consisting of the director or directors that they consider appropriate; |
| (2) | delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph 19.2(1) any of the directors’ powers, except: |
| (a) | the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors; |
| (b) | the power to remove a director; |
| (c) | the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the directors; and |
| (d) | the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the directors; and |
| (3) | make any delegation referred to in paragraph 19.2(2) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors’ resolution. |
| 19.3 | Obligations of Committees |
Any committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, must:
| (1) | conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors; and |
| (2) | report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers at such times as the directors may require. |
- 34 -
| 19.4 | Powers of Board |
The directors may, at any time, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 18.1 or 18.2, and subject to securities legislation:
| (1) | revoke or alter the authority given to the committee, or override a decision made by the committee, except as to acts done before such revocation, alteration or overriding; |
| (2) | terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, the committee; and |
| (3) | fill vacancies in the committee. |
| 19.5 | Committee Meetings |
Subject to Article 19.3(1) and unless the directors otherwise provide in the resolution appointing the committee or in any subsequent resolution, with respect to a committee appointed under Articles 19.1 or 19.2:
| (1) | the committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper; |
| (2) | the committee may elect a chair of its meetings but, if no chair of a meeting is elected, or if at a meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to chair the meeting; |
| (3) | a majority of the members of the committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and |
| (4) | questions arising at any meeting of the committee are determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote. |
| 20. | OFFICERS |
| 20.1 | Directors May Appoint Officers |
The directors may, from time to time, appoint such officers, if any, as the directors determine and the directors may, at any time, terminate any such appointment.
| 20.2 | Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers |
The directors may, for each officer:
| (1) | determine the functions and duties of the officer; |
| (2) | delegate to the officer any of the powers exercisable by the directors on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as the directors think fit; and |
| (3) | revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer. |
| 20.3 | Qualifications |
No officer may be appointed unless that officer is qualified in accordance with the Business Corporations Act. One person may hold more than one position as an officer of the Company. Any person appointed as the chair of the board or as a managing director must be a director. Any other officer need not be a director.
| 20.4 | Remuneration and Terms of Appointment |
All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the directors or their delegate(s) think fit and are subject to termination at the pleasure of the directors, and an officer may in addition to such remuneration be entitled to receive, after he or she ceases to hold such office or leaves the employment of the Company, a pension or gratuity.
- 35 -
| 21. | INDEMNIFICATION |
| 21.1 | Definitions |
In this Article 21:
| (1) | “eligible penalty” means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in settlement of, an eligible proceeding; |
| (2) | “eligible proceeding” means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, pending or completed, in which a director or former director of the Company (an “eligible party”) or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by reason of the eligible party being or having been a director of the Company: |
| (a) | is or may be joined as a party; or |
| (b) | is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, the proceeding; and |
| (3) | “expenses” has the meaning set out in the Business Corporations Act. |
| 21.2 | Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and officers; Advancement of Expenses |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the Company must indemnify a director or officer or former director or officer of the Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding. Each director, officer, former director and former officer is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity contained in this Article 21.2.
The Company must pay, as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by a director or officer or former director or officer of the Company in respect of that proceeding, but the Company must first receive from such person a written undertaking that, if it is ultimately determined that the payment of expenses is prohibited by the Business Corporations Act, the person will repay the amounts advanced.
| 21.3 | Permitted Indemnification |
Subject to any restrictions in the Business Corporations Act, the Company may indemnify any person.
| 21.4 | Non-Compliance with Business Corporations Act |
The failure of a director or officer of the Company to comply with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles or, if applicable, any former Articles, does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled under this Article 20.
| 21.5 | Company May Purchase Insurance |
The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal personal representatives) who:
| (1) | is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company; |
- 36 -
| (2) | is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation at a time when the corporation is or was an affiliate of the Company; |
| (3) | at the request of the Company, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity; |
| (4) | at the request of the Company, holds or held a position equivalent to that of a director or officer of a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity; |
against any liability incurred by him or her as such director, officer, employee or agent or person who holds or held such equivalent position.
| 22. | DIVIDENDS |
| 22.1 | Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights |
The provisions of this Article 22 are subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special rights as to dividends.
| 22.2 | Declaration of Dividends |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the directors may from time to time declare and authorize payment of such dividends as they may consider appropriate.
| 22.3 | No Notice Required |
The directors need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Article 22.2.
| 22.4 | Record Date |
The directors may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend. The record date must not precede the date on which the dividend is to be paid by more than two months. If no record date is set, the record date is 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) on the date on which the directors pass the resolution declaring the dividend.
| 22.5 | Manner of Paying Dividend |
A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly in money or by the distribution of specific assets or of fully paid shares or of bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company or any other corporation, or in any one or more of those ways.
| 22.6 | Settlement of Difficulties |
If any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution under Article 22.5, the directors may settle the difficulty as they deem advisable, and, in particular, may:
| (1) | set the value for distribution of specific assets; |
| (2) | determine that money in substitution for all or any part of the specific assets to which any shareholders are entitled may be paid to any shareholders on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties; and |
| (3) | vest any such specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend. |
- 37 -
| 22.7 | When Dividend Payable |
Any dividend may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the directors.
| 22.8 | Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares |
All dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of such shares held.
| 22.9 | Receipt by Joint Shareholders |
If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share.
| 22.10 | Dividend Bears No Interest |
No dividend bears interest against the Company.
| 22.11 | Fractional Dividends |
If a dividend to which a shareholder is entitled includes a fraction of the smallest monetary unit of the currency of the dividend, that fraction may be disregarded in making payment of the dividend and that payment represents full payment of the dividend.
| 22.12 | Payment of Dividends |
Any dividend or other distribution payable in money in respect of shares may be paid by cheque, made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent, and mailed to the registered address of the shareholder, or in the case of joint shareholders, to the registered address of the joint shareholder who is first named on the central securities register, or to the person and to the address the shareholder or joint shareholders may direct in writing. The mailing of such cheque will, to the extent of the sum represented by the cheque (plus the amount of the tax required by law to be deducted), discharge all liability for the dividend unless such cheque is not paid on presentation or the amount of tax so deducted is not paid to the appropriate taxing authority.
| 22.13 | Capitalization of Retained Earnings or Surplus |
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, the directors may from time to time capitalize any retained earnings or surplus of the Company and may from time to time issue, as fully paid, shares or any bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as a dividend representing the retained earnings or surplus so capitalized or any part thereof.
| 23. | ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDITOR |
| 23.1 | Recording of Financial Affairs |
The directors must cause adequate accounting records to be kept to properly record the financial affairs and condition of the Company and to comply with the Business Corporations Act.
| 23.2 | Inspection of Accounting Records |
Unless the directors determine otherwise, or unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, no shareholder of the Company is entitled to inspect or obtain a copy of any accounting records of the Company.
- 38 -
| 24. | NOTICE |
| 24.1 | Method of Giving Notice |
Unless the Business Corporations Act or these Articles provide otherwise, a notice, statement, report or other record required or permitted by the Business Corporations Act or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following methods:
| (1) | mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows: |
| (a) | for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address; |
| (b) | for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (c) | in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient; |
| (2) | delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person: |
| (a) | for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder’s registered address; |
| (b) | for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (c) | in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient; |
| (3) | by fax to the fax number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (4) | by electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; |
| (5) | physical delivery to the intended recipient; |
| (6) | creating and providing a record posted on or made available through a general accessible electronic source and providing written notice by any of the foregoing methods as to the availability of such record; or |
| (7) | as otherwise permitted by applicable securities legislation. |
| 24.2 | Deemed Receipt |
A notice, statement, report or other record that is:
| (1) | mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day (Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted) following the date of mailing; |
| (2) | faxed to a person to the fax number provided by that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was faxed on the day it was faxed; |
- 39 -
| (3) | electronically mailed to a person to the electronic mail address provided by that person referred to in Article 24.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was electronically mailed on the day it was e-mailed; and |
| (4) | a record that is delivered in accordance with Article 24.1(6) is deemed to be received by the person on the day such written notice is sent. |
| 24.3 | Certificate of Sending |
A certificate signed by the secretary, if any, or other officer of the Company or of any other corporation acting in that capacity on behalf of the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was sent in accordance with Article 24.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact.
24.4 Notice to Joint Shareholders
A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a share by providing such record to the joint shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect of the share.
24.5 Notice to Legal Personal Representatives and Trustees
A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by:
| (1) | mailing the record, addressed to them: |
| (a) | by name, by the title of the legal personal representative of the deceased or incapacitated shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; and |
| (b) | at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled; or |
| (2) | if an address referred to in paragraph 24.5(1)(b) has not been supplied to the Company, by giving the notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred. |
24.6 Undelivered Notices
If on two consecutive occasions, a notice, statement, report or other record is sent to a shareholder pursuant to Article 24.1 and on each of those occasions any such record is returned because the shareholder cannot be located, the Company shall not be required to send any further records to the shareholder until the shareholder informs the Company in writing of his or her new address.
25. SEAL
25.1 Who May Attest Seal
Except as provided in Articles 24.2 and 24.3, the Company’s seal, if any, must not be impressed on any record except when that impression is attested by the signatures of:
| (1) | any one director or officer; or |
| (2) | any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by any director or officer. |
- 40 -
| 25.2 | Sealing Copies |
For the purpose of certifying under seal a certificate of incumbency of the directors or officers of the Company or a true copy of any resolution or other document, despite Article 25.1, the impression of the seal may be attested by the signature of any director or officer or the signature of any other person as may be determined by the directors.
| 25.3 | Mechanical Reproduction of Seal |
The directors may authorize the seal to be impressed by third parties on share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company as they may determine appropriate from time to time. To enable the seal to be impressed on any share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, whether in definitive or interim form, on which facsimiles of any of the signatures of the directors or officers of the Company are, in accordance with the Business Corporations Act or these Articles, printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced, there may be delivered to the person employed to engrave, lithograph or print such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities one or more unmounted dies reproducing the seal and such persons as are authorized under Article 25.1 to attest the Company’s seal may in writing authorize such person to cause the seal to be impressed on such definitive or interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities by the use of such dies. Share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities to which the seal has been so impressed are for all purposes deemed to be under and to bear the seal impressed on them.
| 26. | FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES |
Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Supreme Court of British Columbia, Canada and the appellate courts therefrom (collectively, the “Courts”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Company to the Company, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Business Corporations Act or the notice of articles or articles of the Company (as either may be amended from time to time); or (iv) any action asserting a claim otherwise related to the relationships among the Company, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors and/or officers, but this paragraph (iv) does not include claims related to the business carried on by the Company or such affiliates. If any action or proceeding the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence is filed in a court other than a court located within the Province of British Columbia (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any registered or beneficial shareholder, such registered or beneficial shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the Courts in connection with any action brought in any such Courts to enforce the foregoing exclusive forum provision (an “Enforcement Action”), and (ii) having service of process made upon such registered or beneficial shareholder in such Enforcement Action by service upon such registered or beneficial shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent of the shareholder.
| 27. | SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS – SUBORDINATE, RESTRICTED AND LIMITED VOTING SHARES AND MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES |
| 27.1 | Subordinate Voting Shares |
| (1) | An unlimited number of Subordinate Voting Shares, without nominal or par value, are authorized for issuance, having attached thereto the special rights and restrictions as set forth below: |
| (a) | Voting Rights. |
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each Subordinate Voting Share held, except for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote.
- 41 -
Except as otherwise provided in these Articles (including without limitation the restrictions on voting rights for directors in the case of the Limited Voting Shares) or except as provided in the Business Corporations Act, Subordinate Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares are equal in all respects and shall vote together, and with the Multiple Voting Shares, as if they were shares of a single class. In connection with any Change of Control Transaction requiring approval of the holders of all classes of Equity Shares under the Business Corporations Act, holders of all Equity Shares shall be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares in respect of a resolution approving such Change of Control Transaction, voting separately as a class at a meeting of the holders of that class called and held for such purpose.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of this Article 27.1(1)(a), the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote as a separate class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of the Articles (other than in respect of the creation of a series of Preferred Shares) which would: (i) adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Subordinate Voting Shares; (ii) affect the holders of any class of Equity Shares differently on a per share basis from any other class of Equity Shares; or (iii) except as already set forth in the Articles, create any class or series of shares ranking equal to or senior to the applicable outstanding class of Equity Shares; and in each case such alteration, repeal or amendment shall not be effective unless a resolution in respect thereof is approved by a majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares.
| (b) | Constraints on Ownership. |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, the Subordinate Voting Shares may only be heldof record by Non-U.S. Persons.
| (c) | Dividends. |
Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend will be declared or paid on any other class of Equity Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays, as applicable, equivalent dividends (on a per share basis) on the Subordinate Voting Shares. The Subordinate Voting Shares shall rank equally with the other Equity Shares as to dividends on a share-for-share basis, without preference or distinction. In the event of the payment of a dividend in the form of shares, holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall receive Subordinate Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, provided an equal number of shares is declared as a dividend or distribution on a then outstanding per-Equity Share basis, without preference or distinction, in each case.
| (d) | Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up. |
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Subordinate Voting Shares (including any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and/or Preferred Shares), be entitled to participate ratably in the remaining property of the Company along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis).
- 42 -
| (e) | Rights to Subscribe; Pre-Emptive Rights. |
The holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company now or in the future.
| (f) | Subdivision or Consolidation. |
No subdivision or consolidation of the Subordinate Voting Shares shall occur unless, simultaneously, the other classes of Equity Shares are subdivided or consolidated or otherwise adjusted so as to maintain and preserve the relative rights of the holders of the shares of each of the said classes. Subject to Article 27.1(1)(g), the Subordinate Voting Shares cannot be converted into any other class of shares.
| (g) | Conversion of Subordinate Voting Shares. |
| (1) | Automatic |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, each issued and outstanding Subordinate Voting Share shall be automatically converted into one Restricted Voting Share, without any further act on the part of the Company or of the holder, if such Subordinate Voting Share becomes held of record by a U.S. Person.
| (2) | Upon an Offer |
| (i) | For the purposes of this Article 27.1(1)(g)(2): |
“Affiliate” has the meaning specified in National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced;
“Associate” has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced;
“Conversion Period” means the period of time commencing on the eighth day after the Offer Date and terminating on the Expiry Date;
“Converted Shares” means Subject Equity Shares resulting from the conversion of Subordinate Voting Shares into the Subject Equity Shares pursuant to subparagraph (ii);
“Exclusionary Offer” means an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares that:
| (i) | is a General Offer; and |
| (ii) | is not made concurrently with an offer to purchase Subordinate Voting Shares that is identical to the offer to purchase the Subject Equity Shares in terms of price per share and percentage of outstanding shares to be taken up exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the Offeror, and in all other material respects, and that has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for shares tendered if no shares are purchased pursuant to the offer for Subject Equity Shares; |
and for the purposes of this definition, if an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares is a General Offer but not an Exclusionary Offer, the varying of any term of such offer shall be deemed to constitute the making of a new offer unless a variation identical in all material respects concurrently is made to the corresponding offer to purchase Subordinate Voting Shares;
- 43 -
“Expiry Date” means the last date on which holders of the Subject Equity Shares may accept an Exclusionary Offer;
“General Offer” means an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares that must, by reason of applicable securities legislation or the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Subject Equity Shares are listed, be made to all or substantially all holders of Subject Equity Shares who are in a province of Canada to which any such legislation or requirement applies (assuming that the offeree was resident in Ontario);
“Offer Date” means the date on which an Exclusionary Offer is made;
“Offeror” means a Person that makes an offer to purchase the Subject Equity Shares (the “bidder”), and includes any Associate or Affiliate of the bidder or any Person that is disclosed in the offering document to be acting jointly or in concert with the bidder,
“Person” has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced and includes a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated;
“Subject Equity Shares” means any one or more classes of Equity Shares that are subject to an Exclusionary Offer, other than Subordinate Voting Shares; and
“Transfer Agent” means the transfer agent of the Company at the relevant time for any of the Subject Equity Shares (and if there is no such transfer agent, “Transfer Agent” means the Company);
| (ii) | subject to subparagraph (v), if an Exclusionary Offer is made, each outstanding Subordinate Voting Share shall, at the option of each holder of Subordinate Voting Shares during the Conversion Period, be convertible on a one-for-one basis into the class of Equity Shares that are subject to such Exclusionary Offer (and if more than one class of Equity Shares are subject to such Exclusionary Offer, or different Exclusionary Offers are made for separate classes of Subject Equity Shares, on a one-for-one basis into any class of Equity Shares that are subject to any such Exclusionary Offer, at the holder’s election, or failing such election, into any class of Equity Shares that are subject to any such Exclusionary Offer at the board of directors’ discretion). The conversion right may be exercised by notice in writing given to the Transfer Agent prior to the Expiry Date accompanied by the share certificate(s) representing the Subordinate Voting Shares which the holder desires to convert, together with any letter of transmittal or other documentation, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Transfer Agent or pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer, in either case in duly executed or completed form, and such notice shall be executed by such holder, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, and shall specify the number of Subordinate Voting Shares which the holder desires to have converted and the class of Equity Shares which are desired to be converted into. The Company shall pay any governmental stamp, transfer or similar tax (but for greater certainty, no income or capital gains tax) imposed on or in respect of such conversion. If less than all of the Subordinate Voting Shares represented by any share certificate are to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive a new share certificate representing in the aggregate the number of Subordinate Voting Shares represented by the original share certificate, which are not to be converted. Upon any conversion of any shares of any class into shares of another class, the Company shall adjust the capital accounts maintained for the respective classes of shares as provided in the Business Corporations Act. The conversion right may only be exercised in respect of Subordinate Voting Shares for the purpose of depositing the resulting Subject Equity Shares pursuant to such offer and for no other reason; |
- 44 -
| (iii) | an election by a holder of Subordinate Voting Shares to exercise the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall be deemed to also constitute irrevocable elections by such holder (a) to deposit the Converted Shares pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer (subject to such holder’s right to subsequently withdraw the shares from the offer), and (b) to exercise the right to convert back into Subordinate Voting Shares all Converted Shares (on a one-for-one basis) in respect of which such holder exercises his, her or its right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer or which are not otherwise ultimately taken up under the Exclusionary Offer. Any conversion of Converted Shares back into Subordinate Voting Shares in respect of which the holder exercises his, her or its right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer shall become effective at the time such right of withdrawal is exercised. If the right of withdrawal is not exercised, any conversion of Converted Shares back into Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to a deemed election shall become effective: |
| (A) | for Converted Shares not taken up in accordance with the terms of an Exclusionary Offer which is nonetheless completed, on the day that the Offeror has taken up and paid for all shares to be acquired by the Offeror under the Exclusionary Offer; and |
| (B) | in respect of an Exclusionary Offer which is abandoned or withdrawn, at the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is abandoned or withdrawn; |
| (iv) | no share certificates representing Converted Shares shall be delivered to the holders of such shares before such shares are deposited pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer. The Transfer Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Converted Shares, shall deposit pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer the certificates representing all Subordinate Voting Shares for which the certificates, notices and other documents have been duly delivered to the Transfer Agent pursuant to subparagraph (i)(ii) and shall advise the Offeror of the extent that such certificates so deposited represent Subject Equity Shares of the Company. Upon completion of the Exclusionary Offer, the Transfer Agent shall deliver to the holders of the shares purchased pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer all consideration paid by the Offeror pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer. If Converted Shares are converted back into Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to subparagraph (iii), the Transfer Agent shall deliver to the holders entitled thereto share certificates representing the Subordinate Voting Shares resulting from the conversion. Provided however that if no Subordinate Voting Shares of a shareholder were acquired by the Offeror pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer, the Transfer Agent shall return the original share certificate (if not duly endorsed for transfer to a named transferee) evidencing such Subordinate Voting Shares tendered pursuant to subparagraph (ii) in satisfaction of its obligations under this subparagraph (iv). The Company shall make all arrangements with the Transfer Agent necessary or desirable to give effect to this subparagraph (iv); |
| (v) | subject to subparagraph (vi), the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (3)(ii) shall not come into effect with respect to a class of Subject Equity Shares if: |
- 45 -
| (A) | prior to the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is made there is or has been delivered to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company a certification or certifications signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Company owning in the aggregate, as at the time the Exclusionary Offer is made, more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of each class (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror), which certification or certifications shall confirm, in the case of each such shareholder that made such certification, that such shareholder shall not: |
| (i) | accept any Exclusionary Offer without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least 7 days prior to the Expiry Date; |
| (ii) | make any Exclusionary Offer; |
| (iii) | act jointly or in concert with any Person that makes any Exclusionary Offer; or |
| (iv) | transfer any Subject Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, during the time any Exclusionary Offer is outstanding without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Subject Equity Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee; or |
| (B) | within seven (7) days after the Offer Date there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company a certification or certifications signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Company owning in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of such class (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror), which certification or certifications shall confirm, in the case of each shareholder who made such certification: |
| (i) | the number of Subject Equity Shares owned by the shareholder; |
| (ii) | that such shareholder is not making the Exclusionary Offer and is not an Associate or Affiliate of, or acting jointly or in concert with, the Person making such offer; |
| (iii) | that such shareholder shall not accept the Exclusionary Offer, including any varied form of the offer, without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date; and |
- 46 -
| (iv) | that such shareholder shall not transfer any Subject Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, prior to the Expiry Date without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Subject Equity Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee if this information is known to the transferor; |
| (vi) | if a notice (the “Notice”) referred to in sub-clause (v)(i)(A)(i), (v)(i)(A)(iv), (v)(i)(B)(iii) or (v)(i)(B)(iv) is given to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company and the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) has not, because of the giving of such Notice, come into effect, the Company shall, either forthwith upon receipt of the Notice or forthwith after the seventh (7th) day following the Offer Date, whichever is later, make a good faith determination as to whether there are subsisting certifications that comply with either clause (v)(i)(A) or (v)(i)(B) from shareholders of the Company who own in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares, exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror. If the Company determines that there are not such subsisting certifications, subparagraph (v) shall cease to apply and the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall be in effect for the remainder of the Conversion Period; |
| (vii) | as soon as reasonably possible after the seventh (7th) day after the Offer Date, the Company shall send to each holder of Subordinate Voting Shares a written notice advising the holders as to whether they are entitled to convert their Subordinate Voting Shares into Subject Equity Shares and the reasons therefor. If such notice discloses that they are not so entitled, but it is subsequently determined that they are so entitled by virtue of subparagraph (vi) or otherwise, the Company shall forthwith send another notice to them advising them of that fact and the reasons therefor; |
| (viii) | if a notice referred to in subparagraph (vii) discloses that the conversion right set forth in subparagraph (ii) has come into effect, the notice shall: |
include a description of the procedure to be followed to effect the conversion and to have the Converted Shares tendered under the Exclusionary Offer;
include the information set out in subparagraph (vii) hereof; and
be accompanied by a copy of the Exclusionary Offer and all other materials sent to any holders of Subject Equity Shares in respect of such offer; and as soon as reasonably possible after any additional material, including any notice of variation, is sent to any holders of Subject Equity Shares in respect of such offer, the Company shall send a copy of such additional materials to each holder of Subordinate Voting Shares;
- 47 -
| (ix) | prior to or forthwith after sending any notice referred to in subparagraph (vii), the Company shall cause a news release to be issued to a Canadian national news service, describing the contents of the notice; and |
| (x) | references to share certificates shall include, as applicable, the equivalent in any non-certificated inventory system (such as, for example, a Direct Registration System or electronic position), with appropriate changes. |
| (3) | Specified Exceptions |
The following circumstances will be disregarded in determining whether Equity Shares are held of record by a U.S. Person or by a Non-U.S. Person (collectively, the “Specified Exceptions”):
| (i) | where Equity Shares are held of record by one or more underwriters solely for the purposes of a distribution to the public, that fact will be disregarded; and |
| (ii) | where Equity Shares are held of record a Person acting solely in the capacity of an intermediary in connection with either the payment of funds and/or the delivery of securities and that provides centralized facilities for the deposit, clearing or settlement of trades in securities (including CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc., or any successor or assign) without general discretionary authority over the voting or disposition of such Equity Shares, that fact will be disregarded. |
| (h) | Renaming as Common Shares. |
At the effective time that no Multiple Voting Shares remain issued and outstanding, the Subordinate Voting Shares may in the discretion of the board of directors henceforward be named “Common Shares”, and in such case all references in these Articles to “Subordinate Voting Share(s)” shall thereinafter refer to “Common Share(s)”.
| 27.2 | Multiple Voting Shares |
| (1) | An unlimited number of Multiple Voting Shares, without nominal or par value, are authorized for issuance, having attached thereto the special rights and restrictions as set forth below: |
| (a) | Voting Rights. |
Holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to fifty (50) votes in respect of each Multiple Voting Share held, except for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote.
Except as otherwise provided in these Articles (including without limitation the restrictions on voting rights for directors in the case of the Limited Voting Shares) or except as provided in the Business Corporations Act, Multiple Voting Shares, Subordinate Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares shall vote together as if they were shares of a single class.
| (b) | Constraints on Ownership. |
The Multiple Voting Shares may be held of record by U.S. Persons and/or Non-U.S. Persons.
| (c) | No Dividends. |
- 48 -
Holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall not be entitled to receive dividends.
| (d) | Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up. |
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Multiple Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Multiple Voting Shares, be entitled to receive their redemption price per share and no more.
| (e) | Rights to Subscribe; Pre-Emptive Rights. |
The holders of Multiple Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company now or in the future.
| (f) | Redemption. |
All issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares will be automatically redeemed by the Company for U.S. $0.001 per Multiple Voting Share (rounded down to the nearest cent taking into account all Multiple Voting Shares being redeemed by the Company from the applicable holder at the relevant time) on the third (3rd) anniversary of their first date of issuance. In addition, the applicable Multiple Voting Shares will be automatically redeemed by the Company for U.S. $0.001 per Multiple Voting Share (rounded down to the nearest cent taking into account all Multiple Voting Shares being redeemed by the Company from the applicable holder at the relevant time) on the date on which such Multiple Voting Shares are held or controlled by a person who is not a Permitted Holder of the original holder upon the first issuance thereof.
Before redeeming any Multiple Voting Shares the Company shall mail to each person who, at the date of such mailing, is a registered holder of the shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Company to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Company or, in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Company, then to the last known address of such holder, at least 10 days before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the date on which redemption is to take place; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Company shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holder of the shares to be redeemed, on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the shares so called for redemption at such place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed. From and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holder of the shares called for redemption shall not be entitled to any rights in respect thereof, except to receive the redemption price therefor. On or before the date specified for redemption the Company shall have the right to set aside the redemption price of the shares called for redemption, such redemption price to be paid to or to the order of the holder of such shares called for redemption upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made, the applicable shares shall be redeemed and the rights of the holder thereof shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so set aside, without interest, the redemption price against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such shares.
- 49 -
| (g) | Rights of Retraction. |
A holder of Multiple Voting Shares shall be entitled to require the Company to redeem at any time and from time to time after the date of issue of such shares, upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, all or any number of the Multiple Voting Shares registered in the name of such holder on the books of the Company at a price of U.S. $0.001 per share (rounded down to the nearest cent taking into account all Multiple Voting Shares being redeemed from the applicable holder at the relevant time by the applicable holder thereof). A holder of Multiple Voting Shares exercising this option to have the Company redeem, shall give notice to the Company, which notice shall set out the date on which the Company is to redeem, which date shall not be less than 30 days nor more than 90 days from the date of mailing of the notice, and if the holder desires to have less than all of the Multiple Voting Shares registered in his, her or its name redeemed by the Company, the number of the holder’s shares to be redeemed. The date on which the redemption at the option of the holder is to occur is hereafter referred to as the “option redemption date”. The holder of any Multiple Voting Shares may, with the consent of the Company, revoke such notice prior to the option redemption date. Upon delivery to the Company of a share certificate or certificates representing the Multiple Voting Shares which the holder desires to have the Company redeem, the Company shall, on the option redemption date, redeem such Multiple Voting Shares by paying to the holder the redemption price therefor. Upon payment of the redemption price of the Multiple Voting Shares to be redeemed by the Company, the holders thereof shall cease to be entitled to exercise any rights of holders in respect thereof. If the redemption by the Company on any option redemption date of all of the Multiple Voting Shares to be redeemed on such date would be contrary to any provisions of the Business Corporations Act or any other applicable law, the Company shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Multiple Voting Shares which the Company determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Multiple Voting Shares required by each such holder to be redeemed by the Company and the Company shall issue new certificates representing the Multiple Voting Shares not redeemed by the Company; the Company shall, before redeeming any other Multiple Voting Shares, redeem in the manner contemplated by Article 28.5 on the first day of each month thereafter the maximum number of such Multiple Voting Shares so required by holders to be redeemed as would not then by contrary to any provisions of the Business Corporations Act or any other applicable law, until all of such shares have been redeemed, provided that the Company shall be under no obligation to give any notice to the holders of the Multiple Voting Shares in respect of such redemption or redemptions as provided for in Article 28.5.
| (h) | Transfer of Multiple Voting Shares. |
Except as expressly provided herein, including upon redemption, no Multiple Voting Share may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of, except to a Permitted Holder of the holder thereof. For the purposes hereof, “Permitted Holder” means a Person controlled, directly or indirectly by the transferor which remains as such, and the applicable Multiple Voting Shares shall be automatically redeemed if the Permitted Holder ceases to be so controlled.
| (i) | Ownership of Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares. |
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, any holder of Multiple Voting Shares that holds at least two (2) Restricted Voting Shares and/or Limited Voting Shares shall be deemed to hold (A) at least one (1) Restricted Voting Share, and (B) at least one (1) Limited Voting Share.
| 27.3 | Restricted Voting Shares |
| (1) | An unlimited number of Restricted Voting Shares, without nominal or par value, are authorized for issuance, having attached thereto the special rights and restrictions as set forth below: |
| (a) | Voting Rights. |
Holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each Restricted Voting Share held, except for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote.
- 50 -
Except as otherwise provided in these Articles (including without limitation the restrictions on voting rights for directors in the case of the Limited Voting Shares) or except as provided in the Business Corporations Act, Subordinate Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares are equal in all respects and shall vote together, and with the Multiple Voting Shares, as if they were shares of a single class. In connection with any Change of Control Transaction requiring approval of the holders of all classes of Equity Shares under the Business Corporations Act, holders of each class of Equity Shares shall be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, unless different treatment of the shares of any such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of outstanding Restricted Voting Shares in respect of a resolution approving such Change of Control Transaction, voting separately as a class at a meeting of the holders of Restricted Voting Shares called and held for such purpose.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of this Article 27.3(1)(a), the holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote as a separate class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of the Articles (other than in respect of the creation of a series of Preferred Shares) which would: (i) adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Restricted Voting Shares; (ii) affect the holders of any class of Equity Shares differently on a per share basis from any other class of Equity Shares; or (iii) except as already set forth in the Articles, create any class or series of shares ranking equal to or senior to the applicable outstanding class of Equity Shares; and in each case such alteration, repeal or amendment shall not be effective unless a resolution in respect thereof is approved by a majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding Restricted Voting Shares.
| (b) | Constraints on Ownership. |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, the Restricted Voting Shares may only be held of record by U.S. Persons.
| (c) | Dividends. |
Holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend will be declared or paid on any other class of Equity Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays, as applicable, equivalent dividends (on a per share basis) on the Restricted Voting Shares. The Restricted Voting Shares shall rank equally with the other Equity Shares as to dividends on a share-for-share basis, without preference or distinction. In the event of the payment of a dividend in the form of shares, holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall receive Restricted Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, provided an equal number of shares is declared as a dividend or distribution on a then outstanding per-Equity Share basis, without preference or distinction, in each case.
| (d) | Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up. |
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Restricted Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Restricted Voting Shares, be entitled to participate ratably in the remaining property of the Company along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis).
| (e) | Rights to Subscribe; Pre-Emptive Rights. |
The holders of Restricted Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company now or in the future.
- 51 -
| (f) | Subdivision or Consolidation. |
No subdivision or consolidation of the Restricted Voting Shares shall occur unless, simultaneously, the other classes of Equity Shares are subdivided or consolidated or otherwise adjusted so as to maintain and preserve the relative rights of the holders of the shares of each of the said classes. Subject to Article 27.3(1)(g), the Restricted Voting Shares cannot be converted into any other class of shares.
| (g) | Conversion of Restricted Voting Shares. |
| (1) | Automatic |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, each issued and outstanding Restricted Voting Share shall be automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share, without any further act on the part of the Company or of the holder, if such Restricted Voting Share becomes held of record by a Non-U.S. Person.
| (2) | Conversion into Limited Voting Shares |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, if, at any given time, the total number of Restricted Voting Shares becomes equal to or in excess of the FPI Threshold, the minimum number of Restricted Voting Shares required to stay within the FPI Threshold shall be automatically converted, without further act or formality, on a pro-rata basis across all registered holders of Restricted Voting Shares (rounded up to the next nearest whole number of shares), on a one-for-one basis, into Limited Voting Shares. For purposes of these Articles, “FPI Threshold” means:
(0.50 x Aggregate Number of Multiple Voting Shares, Subordinate Voting Shares and
Restricted Voting Shares) – (Aggregate Number of Multiple Voting Shares held, of
record by U.S. Persons)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a formal bid for all Equity Shares on identical terms made in compliance with Canadian securities laws that results in the bidder owning or controlling more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting securities of the Company for the election of directors (assuming the Limited Voting Shares each have one (1) vote per share for the election of directors), the bidder may elect, by way of written notice to the Company, that the Restricted Voting Shares it so acquires not be automatically converted into Limited Voting Shares.
| (3) | Upon an Offer |
| (i) | For the purposes of this 27.3(1)(g)(3): |
| (A) | “Affiliate” has the meaning specified in National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced; |
| (B) | “Associate” has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced; |
- 52 -
| (C) | “Conversion Period” means the period of time commencing on the eighth day after the Offer Date and terminating on the Expiry Date; |
| (D) | “Converted Shares” means the Subject Equity Shares resulting from the conversion of Restricted Voting Shares into the Subject Equity Shares pursuant to subparagraph (ii); |
| (E) | “Exclusionary Offer” means an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares that: |
| (i) | is a General Offer; and |
| (ii) | is not made concurrently with an offer to purchase Restricted Voting Shares that is identical to the offer to purchase the Subject Equity Shares in terms of price per share and percentage of outstanding shares to be taken up exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the Offeror, and in all other material respects, and that has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for shares tendered if no shares are purchased pursuant to the offer for Subject Equity Shares; |
and for the purposes of this definition, if an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares is a General Offer but not an Exclusionary Offer, the varying of any term of such offer shall be deemed to constitute the making of a new offer unless a variation identical in all material respects concurrently is made to the corresponding offer to purchase Restricted Voting Shares;
| (F) | “Expiry Date” means the last date on which holders of the Subject Equity Shares may accept an Exclusionary Offer; |
| (G) | “General Offer” means an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares that must, by reason of applicable securities legislation or the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Subject Equity Shares are listed, be made to all or substantially all holders of Subject Equity Shares who are in a province of Canada to which any such legislation or requirement applies (assuming that the offeree was resident in Ontario); |
| (H) | “Offer Date” means the date on which an Exclusionary Offer is made; |
| (I) | “Offeror” means a Person that makes an offer to purchase the Subject Equity Shares (the “bidder”), and includes any Associate or Affiliate of the bidder or any Person that is disclosed in the offering document to be acting jointly or in concert with the bidder; |
| (J) | “Person” has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced and includes a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated; |
- 53 -
| (K) | “Subject Equity Shares” means any one or more classes of Equity Shares that are subject to an Exclusionary Offer, other than Restricted Voting Shares; and |
| (L) | “Transfer Agent” means the transfer agent of the Company at the relevant time for any of the Subject Equity Shares (and if there is no such transfer agent, “Transfer Agent” means the Company); |
| (ii) | subject to subparagraph (v), if an Exclusionary Offer is made, each outstanding Restricted Voting Share shall, at the option of each holder of Restricted Voting Shares during the Conversion Period, be convertible on a one-for-one basis into the class of Equity Shares that are subject to such Exclusionary Offer (and if more than one class of Equity Shares are subject to such Exclusionary Offer, or different Exclusionary Offers are made for separate classes of Subject Equity Shares, on a one-for-one basis into any class of Equity Shares that are subject to any such Exclusionary Offer, at the holder’s election, or failing such election, into any class of Equity Shares that are subject to any such Exclusionary Offer at the board of directors’ discretion). The conversion right may be exercised by notice in writing given to the Transfer Agent prior to the Expiry Date accompanied by the share certificate(s) representing the Restricted Voting Shares which the holder desires to convert, together with any letter of transmittal or other documentation, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Transfer Agent or pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer, in either case, in duly executed or completed form, and such notice shall be executed by such holder, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, and shall specify the number of Restricted Voting Shares which the holder desires to have converted and the class of Equity Shares which are desired to be converted into. The Company shall pay any governmental stamp, transfer or similar tax (but for greater certainty, no income or capital gains tax) imposed on or in respect of such conversion. If less than all of the Restricted Voting Shares represented by any share certificate are to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive a new share certificate representing in the aggregate the number of Restricted Voting Shares represented by the original share certificate, which are not to be converted. Upon any conversion of any shares of any class into shares of another class, the Company shall adjust the capital accounts maintained for the respective classes of shares as provided in the Business Corporations Act. The conversion right may only be exercised in respect of Restricted Voting Shares for the purpose of depositing the resulting Subject Equity Shares pursuant to such offer and for no other reason; |
| (iii) | an election by a holder of Restricted Voting Shares to exercise the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall be deemed to also constitute irrevocable elections by such holder (a) to deposit the Converted Shares pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer (subject to such holder’s right to subsequently withdraw the shares from the offer), and (b) to exercise the right to convert back into Restricted Voting Shares all Converted Shares (on a one-for-one basis) in respect of which such holder exercises his, her or its right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer or which are not otherwise ultimately taken up under the Exclusionary Offer. Any conversion of Converted Shares back into Restricted Voting Shares in respect of which the holder exercises his, her or its right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer shall become effective at the time such right of withdrawal is exercised. If the right of withdrawal is not exercised, any conversion of Converted Shares back into Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to a deemed election shall become effective: |
- 54 -
| (A) | for Converted Shares not taken up in accordance with the terms of an Exclusionary Offer which is nonetheless completed, on the day that the Offeror has taken up and paid for all shares to be acquired by the Offeror under the Exclusionary Offer; and |
| (B) | in respect of an Exclusionary Offer which is abandoned or withdrawn, at the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is abandoned or withdrawn; |
| (iv) | no share certificates representing Converted Shares shall be delivered to the holders of such shares before such shares are deposited pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer. The Transfer Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Converted Shares, shall deposit pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer the share certificates representing all Restricted Voting Shares for which the certificates, notices and other documents have been duly delivered to the Transfer Agent pursuant to subparagraph (ii) and shall advise the Offeror of the extent that such certificates so deposited represent Subject Equity Shares of the Company. Upon completion of the Exclusionary Offer, the Transfer Agent shall deliver to the holders of the shares purchased pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer all consideration paid by the Offeror pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer. If Converted Shares are converted back into Restricted Voting Shares pursuant to subparagraph (iii), the Transfer Agent shall deliver to the holders entitled thereto share certificates representing the Restricted Voting Shares resulting from the conversion. Provided however that if no Restricted Voting Shares of a shareholder were acquired by the Offeror pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer, the Transfer Agent shall return the original share certificate (if not duly endorsed for transfer to a named transferee) evidencing such Restricted Voting Shares tendered pursuant to subparagraph (ii) in satisfaction of its obligations under this subparagraph (iv). The Company shall make all arrangements with the Transfer Agent necessary or desirable to give effect to this subparagraph (iv); |
| (v) | subject to subparagraph (vi), the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall not come into effect with respect to a class of Subject Equity Shares if: |
| (A) | prior to the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is made there is or has been delivered to the transfer agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company a certification or certifications signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Company owning in the aggregate, as at the time the Exclusionary Offer is made, more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of each class (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror), which certification or certifications shall confirm, in the case of each such shareholder, that made such certification, that such shareholder shall not: |
| (i) | accept any Exclusionary Offer without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least 7 days prior to the Expiry Date; |
- 55 -
| (ii) | make any Exclusionary Offer; |
| (iii) | act jointly or in concert with any Person that makes any Exclusionary Offer; or |
| (iv) | transfer any Subject Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, during the time any Exclusionary Offer is outstanding without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Subject Equity Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee; or |
| (B) | within seven (7) days after the Offer Date there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company a certification or certifications signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Company owning in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of such class (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror), which certification or certifications shall confirm, in the case of each shareholder who made such certification: |
| (i) | the number of Subject Equity Shares owned by the shareholder; |
| (ii) | that such shareholder is not making the Exclusionary Offer and is not an Associate or Affiliate of, or acting jointly or in concert with, the Person making such offer; |
| (iii) | that such shareholder shall not accept the Exclusionary Offer, including any varied form of the offer, without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date; and |
| (iv) | that such shareholder shall not transfer any Subject Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, prior to the Expiry Date without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Subject Equity Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee if this information is known to the transferor; |
| (vi) | if a notice (the “Notice”) referred to in sub-clause (v)(i)(A)(i), (v)(i)(A)(iv), (v)(i)(B)(iii) or (v)(i)(B)(iv) is given to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company and the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) has not, because of the giving of such Notice, come into effect, the Company shall, either forthwith upon receipt of the Notice or forthwith after the seventh (7th) day following the Offer Date, whichever is later, make a good faith determination as to whether there are subsisting certifications that comply with either clause (v)(i)(A) or (v)(i)(B) from shareholders of the Company who own in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of each class, exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror. If the Company determines that there are not such subsisting certifications, subparagraph (v) shall cease to apply and the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall be in effect for the remainder of the Conversion Period; |
- 56 -
| (vii) | as soon as reasonably possible after the seventh (7th) day after the Offer Date, the Company shall send to each holder of Restricted Voting Shares a written notice advising the holders as to whether they are entitled to convert their Restricted Voting Shares into Subject Equity Shares and the reasons therefor. If such notice discloses that they are not so entitled, but it is subsequently determined that they are so entitled by virtue of subparagraph (vi) or otherwise, the Company shall forthwith send another notice to them advising them of that fact and the reasons therefor; |
| (viii) | if a notice referred to in subparagraph (vii) discloses that the conversion right set forth in subparagraph (ii) has come into effect, the notice shall: |
| (A) | include a description of the procedure to be followed to effect the conversion and to have the Converted Shares tendered under the Exclusionary Offer; |
| (B) | include the information set out in subparagraph (vii) hereof; and |
| (C) | be accompanied by a copy of the Exclusionary Offer and all other materials sent to any holders of Subject Equity Shares in respect of such offer; and as soon as reasonably possible after any additional material, including any notice of variation, is sent to any holders of Subject Equity Shares in respect of such offer, the Company shall send a copy of such additional materials to each holder of Restricted Voting Shares; |
| (ix) | prior to or forthwith after sending any notice referred to in subparagraph (vii), the Company shall cause a news release to be issued to a Canadian national news service, describing the contents of the notice; and |
| (x) | references to share certificates shall include, as applicable, the equivalent in any non-certificated inventory system (such as, for example, a Direct Registration System or an electronic position), with appropriate changes. |
| 27.4 | Limited Voting Shares |
| (1) | An unlimited number of Limited Voting Shares, without nominal or par value, are authorized for issuance, having attached thereto the special rights and restrictions as set forth below: |
| (a) | Voting Rights. |
Holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to notice of and to attend (if applicable, virtually) any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. Holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, and at each such meeting, shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each Limited Voting Share held, except that holders shall not have an entitlement to vote (i) in respect of the election for directors of the board of directors or (ii) for a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote.
- 57 -
Except as otherwise provided in these Articles (including without limitation the restrictions on voting rights for directors in the case of the Limited Voting Shares) or except as provided in the Business Corporations Act, Subordinate Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares are equal in all respects and shall vote together, and with the Multiple Voting Shares, as if they were shares of a single class. In connection with any Change of Control Transaction requiring approval of the holders of all classes of Equity Shares under the Business Corporations Act, holders of each class of Equity Shares shall be treated equally and identically, on a per share basis, unless different treatment of the shares of any such class is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of outstanding Limited Voting Shares in respect of a resolution approving such Change of Control Transaction, voting separately as a class at a meeting of the holders of Limited Voting Shares called and held for such purpose.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of this Article 27.4(1)(a), the holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to vote as a separate class, in addition to any other vote of shareholders that may be required, in respect of any alteration, repeal or amendment of the Articles (other than in respect of the creation of a series of Preferred Shares) which would: (i) adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Limited Voting Shares; (ii) affect the holders of any class of Equity Shares differently on a per share basis from any other class of Equity Shares; or (iii) except as already set forth in the Articles, create any class or series of shares ranking equal to or senior to the applicable outstanding class of Equity Shares; and in each case such alteration, repeal or amendment shall not be effective unless a resolution in respect thereof is approved by a majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding Limited Voting Shares.
| (b) | Constraints on Ownership. |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, the Limited Voting Shares may only be held of record by U.S. Persons.
| (c) | Dividends. |
Holders of Limited Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend will be declared or paid on any other class of Equity Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays, as applicable, equivalent dividends (on a per share basis) on the Limited Voting Shares. The Limited Voting Shares shall rank equally with the other Equity Shares as to dividends on a share-for-share basis, without preference or distinction. In the event of the payment of a dividend in the form of shares, holders of Limited Voting Shares shall receive Limited Voting Shares, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, provided an equal number of shares is declared as a dividend or distribution on a then outstanding per-Equity Share basis, without preference or distinction, in each case.
| (d) | Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-Up. |
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Limited Voting Shares shall, subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of the Company ranking in priority to the Limited Voting Shares, be entitled to participate ratably in the remaining property of the Company along with all holders of the other classes of Equity Shares (on a per share basis).
| (e) | Rights to Subscribe; Pre-Emptive Rights. |
The holders of Limited Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company now or in the future.
- 58 -
| (f) | Subdivision or Consolidation. |
No subdivision or consolidation of the Limited Voting Shares shall occur unless, simultaneously, the other classes of Equity Shares are subdivided or consolidated or otherwise adjusted so as to maintain and preserve the relative rights of the holders of the shares of each of the said classes. Subject to Article 27.4(1)(g), the Limited Voting Shares cannot be converted into any other class of shares.
| (g) | Conversion of Limited Voting Shares. |
| (1) | Automatic |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, each issued and outstanding Limited Voting Share shall be automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share, without any further act on the part of the Company or of the holder, if at any given time, such Limited Voting Share becomes held of record by a Non-U.S. Person.
| (2) | Conversion into Restricted Voting Shares |
Subject to the Specified Exceptions, if, at any given time, the total number of Restricted Voting Shares represents a number below the FPI Threshold, the number of Limited Voting Shares shall be automatically converted, without further act or formality, on a pro-rata basis across all registered holders of Limited Voting Shares (rounded up to the next nearest whole number of shares), on a one-for-one basis, into Restricted Voting Shares, to the maximum extent possible such that the Limited Voting Shares then represent a number of Equity Shares that is one share less than the FPI Threshold.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a formal bid for all Equity Shares on identical terms made in compliance with Canadian securities laws that results in the bidder owning or controlling more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the voting securities of the Company for the election of directors (assuming the Limited Voting Shares each have one (1) vote per share for the election of directors), the bidder may elect, by way of written notice to the Company, that the Limited Voting Shares it so acquires not be automatically converted into Restricted Voting Shares.
| (3) | Upon an Offer |
| (i) | For the purposes of this Article 27.4(1)(g)(3): |
| (A) | “Affiliate” has the meaning specified in National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced; |
| (B) | “Associate” has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced; |
| (C) | “Conversion Period” means the period of time commencing on the eighth day after the Offer Date and terminating on the Expiry Date; |
- 59 -
| (D) | “Converted Shares” means the Subject Equity Shares resulting from the conversion of Limited Voting Shares into the Subject Equity Shares pursuant to subparagraph (ii); |
| (E) | “Exclusionary Offer” means an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares that: |
| (i) | is a General Offer; and |
| (ii) | is not made concurrently with an offer to purchase Limited Voting Shares that is identical to the offer to purchase the Subject Equity Shares in terms of price per share and percentage of outstanding shares to be taken up exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the Offeror, and in all other material respects, and that has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for shares tendered if no shares are purchased pursuant to the offer for Subject Equity Shares; |
and for the purposes of this definition, if an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares is a General Offer but not an Exclusionary Offer, the varying of any term of such offer shall be deemed to constitute the making of a new offer unless a variation identical in all material respects concurrently is made to the corresponding offer to purchase Limited Voting Shares;
| (F) | “Expiry Date” means the last date on which holders of the Subject Equity Shares may accept an Exclusionary Offer; |
| (G) | “General Offer” means an offer to purchase Subject Equity Shares that must, by reason of applicable securities legislation or the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Subject Equity Shares are listed, be made to all or substantially all holders of Subject Equity Shares who are in a province of Canada to which any such legislation or requirement applies (assuming that the offeree was resident in Ontario); |
| (H) | “Offer Date” means the date on which an Exclusionary Offer is made; |
| (I) | “Offeror” means a person that makes an offer to purchase the Subject Equity Shares (the “bidder”), and includes any Associate or Affiliate of the bidder or any person that is disclosed in the offering document to be acting jointly or in concert with the bidder, |
| (J) | “Person” has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as, from time to time, amended, re-enacted or replaced and includes a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated; |
| (K) | “Subject Equity Shares” means any one or more classes of Equity Shares that are subject to an Exclusionary Offer, other than Limited Voting Shares; and |
| (L) | “Transfer Agent” means the transfer agent of the Company at the relevant time for any of the Subject Equity Shares (and if there is no such transfer agent, “Transfer Agent” means the Company); |
- 60 -
| (ii) | subject to subparagraph (v), if an Exclusionary Offer is made, each outstanding Limited Voting Share shall, at the option of each holder of Limited Voting Shares during the Conversion Period, be convertible on a one-for-one basis into the class of Equity Shares that are subject to such Exclusionary Offer (and if more than one class of Equity Shares are subject to such Exclusionary Offer, or different Exclusionary Offers are made for separate classes of Subject Equity Shares, on a one-for-one basis into any class of Equity Shares that are subject to any such Exclusionary Offer, at the holder’s election, or failing such election, into any class of Equity Shares that are subject to any such Exclusionary Offer at the board of directors’ discretion). The conversion right may be exercised by notice in writing given to the Transfer Agent prior to the Expiry Date accompanied by the share certificate(s) representing the Limited Voting Shares which the holder desires to convert, together with any letter of transmittal or other documentation, including any medallion signature guarantee, as may be required by the Transfer Agent or pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer, in either case, in duly executed or completed form, and such notice shall be executed by such holder, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, and shall specify the number of Limited Voting Shares which the holder desires to have converted and the class of Equity Shares which are desired to be converted into. The Company shall pay any governmental stamp, transfer or similar tax (but for greater certainty, no income or capital gains tax) imposed on or in respect of such conversion. If less than all of the Limited Voting Shares represented by any share certificate are to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive a new share certificate representing in the aggregate the number of Limited Voting Shares represented by the original share certificate, which are not to be converted. Upon any conversion of any shares of any class into shares of another class, the Company shall adjust the capital accounts maintained for the respective classes of shares as provided in the Business Corporations Act. The conversion right may only be exercised in respect of Limited Voting Shares for the purpose of depositing the resulting Subject Equity Shares pursuant to such offer and for no other reason; |
| (iii) | an election by a holder of Limited Voting Shares to exercise the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall be deemed to also constitute irrevocable elections by such holder (a) to deposit the Converted Shares pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer (subject to such holder’s right to subsequently withdraw the shares from the offer), and (b) to exercise the right to convert back into Limited Voting Shares all Converted Shares (on a one-for-one basis) in respect of which such holder exercises his, her or its right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer or which are not otherwise ultimately taken up under the Exclusionary Offer. Any conversion of Converted Shares back into Limited Voting Shares in respect of which the holder exercises his, her or its right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer shall become effective at the time such right of withdrawal is exercised. If the right of withdrawal is not exercised, any conversion of Converted Shares back into Limited Voting Shares pursuant to a deemed election shall become effective: |
| (A) | for Converted Shares not taken up in accordance with the terms of an Exclusionary Offer which is nonetheless completed, on the day that the Offeror has taken up and paid for all shares to be acquired by the Offeror under the Exclusionary Offer; and |
- 61 -
| (B) | in respect of an Exclusionary Offer which is abandoned or withdrawn, at the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is abandoned or withdrawn; |
| (iv) | no share certificates representing Converted Shares shall be delivered to the holders of such shares before such shares are deposited pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer. The Transfer Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Converted Shares, shall deposit pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer the share certificates representing all Limited Voting Shares for which the certificates, notices and other documents have been duly delivered to the Transfer Agent pursuant to subparagraph (ii) and shall advise the Offeror of the extent that such certificates so deposited represent Subject Equity Shares of the Company. Upon completion of the Exclusionary Offer, the Transfer Agent shall deliver to the holders of the shares purchased pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer all consideration paid by the Offeror pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer. If Converted Shares are converted back into Limited Voting Shares pursuant to subparagraph (iii), the Transfer Agent shall deliver to the holders entitled thereto share certificates representing the Limited Voting Shares resulting from the conversion. Provided however that if no Limited Voting Shares of a shareholder were acquired by the Offeror pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer, the Transfer Agent shall return the original share certificate (if not duly endorsed for transfer to a named transferee) evidencing such Limited Voting Shares tendered pursuant to subparagraph (ii) in satisfaction of its obligations under this subparagraph (iv). The Company shall make all arrangements with the Transfer Agent necessary or desirable to give effect to this subparagraph (iv); |
| (v) | subject to subparagraph (vi), the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall not come into effect with respect to a class of Subject Equity Shares if: |
| (A) | prior to the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is made there is or has been delivered to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company a certification or certifications signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Company owning in the aggregate, as at the time the Exclusionary Offer is made, more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of each class (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror), which certification or certifications shall confirm, in the case of each such shareholder, that made such certification, that such shareholder shall not: |
| (i) | accept any Exclusionary Offer without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least 7 days prior to the Expiry Date; |
| (ii) | make any Exclusionary Offer; |
| (iii) | act jointly or in concert with any Person that makes any Exclusionary Offer; or |
| (iv) | transfer any Subject Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, during the time any Exclusionary Offer is outstanding without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Subject Equity Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee; or |
- 62 -
| (B) | within seven (7) days after the Offer Date there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company a certification or certifications signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Company owning in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of such class (exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror), which certification or certifications shall confirm, in the case of each shareholder who made such certification: |
| (i) | the number of Subject Equity Shares owned by the shareholder; |
| (ii) | that such shareholder is not making the Exclusionary Offer and is not an Associate or Affiliate of, or acting jointly or in concert with, the Person making such offer; |
| (iii) | that such shareholder shall not accept the Exclusionary Offer, including any varied form of the offer, without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date; and |
| (iv) | that such shareholder shall not transfer any Subject Equity Shares, directly or indirectly, prior to the Expiry Date without giving the Transfer Agent and the corporate secretary of the Company written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven (7) days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Subject Equity Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee if this information is known to the transferor; |
| (vi) | if a notice (the “Notice”) referred to in sub-clause (v)(i)(A)(i), (v)(i)(A)(iv), (v)(i)(B)(iii) or (v)(i)(B)(iv) is given to the Transfer Agent and to the corporate secretary of the Company and the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) has not, because of the giving of such Notice, come into effect, the Company shall, either forthwith upon receipt of the Notice or forthwith after the seventh (7th) day following the Offer Date, whichever is later, make a good faith determination as to whether there are subsisting certifications that comply with either clause (v)(i)(A) or (v)(i)(B) from shareholders of the Company who own in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Subject Equity Shares of each class, exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror. If the Company determines that there are not such subsisting certifications, subparagraph (v) shall cease to apply and the conversion right provided for in subparagraph (ii) shall be in effect for the remainder of the Conversion Period; |
- 63 -
| (vii) | as soon as reasonably possible after the seventh (7th) day after the Offer Date, the Company shall send to each holder of Limited Voting Shares a written notice advising the holders as to whether they are entitled to convert their Limited Voting Shares into Subject Equity Shares and the reasons therefor. If such notice discloses that they are not so entitled, but it is subsequently determined that they are so entitled by virtue of subparagraph (vi) or otherwise, the Company shall forthwith send another notice to them advising them of that fact and the reasons therefor; |
| (viii) | if a notice referred to in subparagraph (vii) discloses that the conversion right set forth in subparagraph (ii) has come into effect, the notice shall: |
| (A) | include a description of the procedure to be followed to effect the conversion and to have the Converted Shares tendered under the Exclusionary Offer; |
| (B) | include the information set out in subparagraph (vii) hereof; and |
| (C) | be accompanied by a copy of the Exclusionary Offer and all other materials sent to any holders of Subject Equity Shares in respect of such offer; and as soon as reasonably possible after any additional material, including any notice of variation, is sent to any holders of Subject Equity Shares in respect of such offer, the Company shall send a copy of such additional materials to each holder of Limited Voting Shares; |
| (ix) | prior to or forthwith after sending any notice referred to in subparagraph (vii), the Company shall cause a news release to be issued to a Canadian national news service, describing the contents of the notice; and |
| (x) | references to share certificates shall include, as applicable, the equivalent in any non-certificated inventory system (such as, for example, a Direct Registration System or an electronic position), with appropriate changes. |
| 27.5 | Additional Rights, Privileges, Restrictions and Conditions Applicable to Equity Shares |
| (A) | Redemption, Transfer and Other Limiting Provisions |
| (1) | For the purposes of this Article 27.5, the following terms will have the meaning specified below: |
“Applicable Price” means a price per Equity Share determined by the board, but not less than 95% of the lesser of: (i) the Closing Market Price of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal marketplace on which the Subordinate Voting Shares are listed or quoted for trading) on the trading day immediately prior to the closing of the Redemption or Transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified date); and (ii) the five-day volume weighted average price of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the Exchange (or the then principal marketplace on which the Subordinate Voting Shares are listed or quoted for trading) for the five trading days immediately prior to the closing of the Redemption or Transfer (or the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the specified dates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Subordinate Voting Shares are not traded or quoted for trading on the Exchange or any other marketplace, the Applicable Price may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and if at such time of determination there are no Subordinate Voting Shares issued and outstanding, then all references in this definition to “Subordinate Voting Shares” shall be to “Restricted Voting Shares” or “Limited Voting Shares”, as applicable;
- 64 -
“Business” means the conduct of any activities relating to the cultivation, manufacturing and dispensing of cannabis and cannabis-derived products, including in the United States or elsewhere, which include the owning and operating of cannabis licenses;
“Closing Market Price” shall be: (i) an amount equal to the closing price of the Subordinate Voting Shares on the trading day immediately prior to the closing of the Redemption or Transfer or exchange if there was a trade on the specified date and the applicable exchange or market provides a closing price; or (ii) an amount equal to the average of the last bid and last asking prices if there was no trading on the applicable date; and notwithstanding the foregoing, if at such time of determination there are no Subordinate Voting Shares issued and outstanding, then all references in this definition to “Subordinate Voting Shares” shall be to “Restricted Voting Shares” or “Limited Voting Shares”, as applicable;
“Determination Date” means the date on which the Company provides written notice to any shareholder that the board has determined that such shareholder is an Unsuitable Person;
“Exchange” means the NEO Exchange or any other stock exchange on which the Subordinate Voting Shares are then listed;
“Governmental Authority” or “Governmental Authorities” means any United States or foreign, federal, provincial, state, county, regional, local or municipal government, any agency, administration, board, bureau, commission, department, service, or other instrumentality or political subdivision of the foregoing, and any Person with jurisdiction exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government or monetary policy (including any court or arbitration authority) and any Exchange;
“Licenses” means all licenses, permits, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, findings of suitability, franchises, exemptions, waivers and entitlements issued by a Governmental Authority to or for the benefit of the Company or any affiliate required for, or relating to, the conduct of the Business;
“Ownership” (and derivatives thereof) means (i) ownership of record as evidenced in the Company’s central securities register, (ii) “beneficial ownership” as defined in Section 1 of the Business Corporations Act, or (iii) the power to exercise control or direction over a security;
“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, company, limited or unlimited liability company, trust or any other entity;
“Redemption” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.5(8);
“Redemption Date” means the date on which the Company will redeem and pay for the Equity Shares pursuant to Article 27.5. The Redemption Date will be not less than thirty (30) Trading Days following the date of the Redemption Notice unless a Governmental Authority requires that the Equity Shares be redeemed as of an earlier date, in which case, the Redemption Date will be such earlier date and if there is an outstanding Redemption Notice, the Company will issue an amended Redemption Notice reflecting the new Redemption Date forthwith;
“Redemption Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.5(9);
“Significant Interest” means Ownership of five percent (5%) or more of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company, including through acting jointly or in concert with another shareholder, or such other number of Equity Shares as is determined by the Board from time to time;
“Subject Shareholder” means a Person, a group of Persons acting jointly or in concert or a group of Persons who the board reasonably determines are acting jointly or in concert;
“Trading Day” means a day on which trades of any class of the Equity Shares are executed on the Exchange or any other stock exchange on which the Equity Shares are listed or quoted for trading;
- 65 -
“Transfer” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.5(8);
“Transfer Date” means the date on which a Transfer of Equity Shares required by the Company is required to be completed by the Company;
“Transfer Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.5(12);
“Transferred Share” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.5(8); and
“Unsuitable Person” means:
| (i) | any Person (including a Subject Shareholder) with a Significant Interest who a Governmental Authority granting the Licenses has determined to be unsuitable to own Equity Shares; |
| (ii) | any Person (including a Subject Shareholder) with a Significant Interest whose ownership of Equity Shares may result in the loss, suspension or revocation (or similar action) with respect to any Licenses or in the Company or any affiliate being unable to obtain any new Licenses in the normal course, including, but not limited to, as a result of such Person’s failure to apply for a suitability review from or to otherwise fail to comply with the requirements of a Governmental Authority, all as determined by the board; or |
| (iii) | who have not been determined by the applicable Governmental Authority to be an acceptable Person or otherwise have not received the requisite consent of such Governing Authority to own the Equity Shares within a reasonable period of time acceptable to the board or prior to acquiring any Equity Shares, as applicable. |
| (2) | Subject to Article 27.5(4), no Subject Shareholder may acquire Equity Shares that would result in the holding of a Significant Interest, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, without providing not less than 30 days’ advance written notice (or such shorter period as the board may approve) to the Company by written notice to the Company’s head office to the attention of the corporate secretary and without having received all required approvals from all Governmental Authorities. |
| (3) | If the board reasonably believes that a Subject Shareholder may have failed to comply with any of the provisions of Article 27.5(2), the Company may, without prejudice to any other remedy hereunder, apply to the Supreme Court of British Columbia or another court of competent jurisdiction for an order directing that the Subject Shareholder disclose the number of Equity Shares owned. |
| (4) | The provisions of Article 27.5(2) and Article 27.5(3) will not apply to the Ownership, acquisition or disposition of Equity Shares as a result of: |
| (a) | any transfer of Equity Shares occurring by operation of bankruptcy or insolvency law including, inter alia, the transfer of Equity Shares of the Company to a trustee in bankruptcy; |
| (b) | an acquisition or proposed acquisition by one or more underwriters or portfolio managers who hold Equity Shares for the purposes of distribution to the public or for the benefit of a third party provided that such third party is in compliance with Article 27.5(2); |
| (c) | the holding by a recognized clearing agency or recognized depositary in the ordinary course of its business; or |
| (d) | the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities of the Company or an affiliate (other than the Equity Shares) duly issued or granted by the Company or an affiliate, into or for Equity Shares, in accordance with their respective terms. |
- 66 -
| (5) | At the option of the Company and upon determination by the board that an Unsuitable Person has not received the requisite approval of any Government Authority to own the Equity Shares, the Company may issue a notice prohibiting any Unsuitable Person owning Equity Shares from exercising any voting rights with respect to such Equity Shares and on and after the Determination Date specified therein, and/or providing that such holder will cease to have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Equity Shares, including any rights to the receipt of dividends from the Company, other than the right to receive the Applicable Price, without interest, on the Redemption Date or the Transfer Date, as applicable; provided, however, that if any such Equity Shares come to be owned solely by Persons other than an Unsuitable Person (such as by transfer of such Equity Shares to a liquidating trust, subject to the approval of the board and any applicable Governmental Authority), such Persons may, in the discretion of the board, exercise the voting and/or other rights attached to such Equity Shares and the board may determine, in its sole discretion, not to Redeem or require the Transfer of such Equity Shares. |
| (6) | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all transfers of Multiple Voting Shares are subject to the terms of these Articles. |
| (7) | Following any Redemption in accordance with the terms of this Article 27.5, the redeemed Equity Shares will be cancelled. |
| (8) | At the option, but not obligation, of the Company, and at the discretion of the board, any Equity Shares directly or indirectly owned by an Unsuitable Person may be (i) redeemed by the Company (for the Applicable Price) out of funds lawfully available on the Redemption Date (a “Redemption”), or (ii) required to be transferred to a third party for the Applicable Price and on such terms and conditions as the board may direct (a “Transfer”, and each Equity Share subject to a Transfer, a “Transferred Share”). Equity Shares to be redeemed or mandatorily transferred pursuant to this Article will be redeemed or mandatorily transferred at any time and from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. |
| (9) | In the case of a Redemption, the Company will send a written notice to the holder of the Equity Shares called for Redemption, which will set forth: (i) the Redemption Date, (ii) the number of Equity Shares to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, (iii) the Applicable Price or the formula pursuant to which the Applicable Price will be determined and the manner of payment therefor, (iv) the place where such Equity Shares (or certificate therefor, as applicable) must be surrendered, or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (and if so determined by the board, together with a medallion signature guarantee), and (v) any other requirement of surrender of the Equity Shares to be redeemed (the “Redemption Notice”). The Redemption Notice may be conditional such that the Company need not redeem the Equity Shares owned by an Unsuitable Person on the Redemption Date if the board determines, in its sole discretion, that such Redemption is no longer advisable or necessary on or before the Redemption Date. If applicable, the Company will send a written notice confirming the amount of the Applicable Price promptly following the determination of such Applicable Price. |
| (10) | Upon receipt by the Unsuitable Person of a Redemption Notice in accordance with Article 27.5(9) and surrender of the relevant Equity Share certificate, if applicable, the holder of the Equity Shares tendered for redemption (together with the applicable transfer documents) shall be entitled to receive the Applicable Price per redeemed Equity Share. |
| (11) | The Applicable Price payable in respect of the Equity Shares surrendered for Redemption during any calendar month shall be satisfied by way of cash payment no later than the last day of the calendar month following the month in which the Equity Shares were tendered for Redemption. Payments made by the Company of the cash portion of the Applicable Price, less any applicable taxes and any costs to the Company of the Redemption, are conclusively deemed to have been made upon the mailing of a cheque in a postage prepaid envelope addressed to the Unsuitable Person unless such cheque is dishonoured upon presentment. Upon such payment, the Company shall be discharged from all liability to the former Unsuitable Person in respect of the redeemed Equity Shares. |
- 67 -
| (12) | In the case of a required Transfer, the Company will send a written notice to the holder of the Equity Shares in question, which will set forth: (i) the Transfer Date, (ii) the number of Equity Shares to be Transferred on the Transfer Date, (iii) the Applicable Price or the formula pursuant to which the Applicable Price will be determined and the manner of payment therefor, (iv) the place where such Equity Shares (or certificate therefor, as applicable) must be surrendered, accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (and if so determined by the board, together with a medallion signature guarantee), and (v) any other requirement in respect of the Equity Shares to be Transferred, which may without limitation include a requirement to dispose of the Equity Shares via the Exchange to a Person who would not be in violation of the provisions of this Article 27.5(12) (the “Transfer Notice”). The Transfer Notice may be conditional such that the Company need not require the Transfer of the Equity Shares owned by an Unsuitable Person on the Transfer Date if the board determines, in its sole discretion, that such Transfer is no longer advisable or necessary on or before the Transfer Date. If applicable, the Company will send a written notice confirming the amount of the Applicable Price promptly following the determination of such Applicable Price. |
| (13) | Upon receipt by the Unsuitable Person of a Transfer Notice in accordance with Article 27.5(12) and surrender of the relevant Equity Share certificate, if applicable (together with applicable Transfer documents), the holder of the Equity Shares tendered for Transfer shall be entitled to receive the Applicable Price per Transferred Share. |
| (14) | The Applicable Price payable in respect of the Equity Shares surrendered for Transfer during any calendar month shall be satisfied, less any costs to the Company of the Transfer, by way of cash payment no later than the last day of the calendar month following the month in which the Equity Shares were tendered for Transfer. Payments made by the Company of the cash portion of the Applicable Price, less any applicable taxes and any costs to the Company of the Transfer, are conclusively deemed to have been made upon the mailing of a cheque in a postage prepaid envelope addressed to the Unsuitable Person unless such cheque is dishonoured upon presentment. Upon such payment, the Company shall be discharged from all liability to the former Unsuitable Person in respect of the Transferred Shares. |
| (15) | If Equity Shares are required to be Transferred under Article 27.5(12), the former owner of the Equity Shares immediately before the Transfer shall by that Transfer be divested of their interest or right in the Equity Shares, and the Person who, but for the Transfer, would be the registered owner of the Equity Shares or a Person who satisfies the Company that, but for the Transfer, they could properly be treated as the registered owner or registered holder of the Equity Shares shall, from the time of the Transfer, be entitled to receive only the Applicable Price per Transferred Share, without interest, less any applicable taxes and any costs to the Company of the Transfer. |
| (16) | Following the sending of any Redemption Notice or Transfer Notice, and prior to the completion of the Redemption or Transfer specified therein, the Company may refuse to recognize any other disposition of the Equity Shares in question. |
| (17) | If the Company does not know the address of the former holder of Equity Shares Transferred or Redeemed hereunder, it may retain the amount payable to the former holder thereof, title to which shall revert to the Company if not claimed within two (2) years (and at that time all rights thereto shall belong to the Company). |
| (18) | To the extent required by applicable laws, the Company may deduct and withhold any tax from the Applicable Price. To the extent any amounts are so withheld and are timely remitted to the applicable Governmental Authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes herein as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. |
| (19) | All notices given by the Company to holders of Equity Shares pursuant to this Schedule, including a Redemption Notice or Transfer Notice, will be in writing and will be deemed given when delivered by personal service, overnight courier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the holder’s registered address as shown on the Company’s share register. |
- 68 -
| (20) | The Company’s right to Redeem or Transfer Equity Shares pursuant to this Article 27.5 will not be exclusive of any other right the Company may have or hereafter acquire under any agreement or any provision of the notice of articles or the articles of the Company or otherwise with respect to the Equity Shares or any restrictions on holders thereof. |
| (21) | In connection with the conduct of its or its affiliates’ Business, the Company may require that a Subject Shareholder provide to one or more Governmental Authorities, if and when required, information and fingerprints for a criminal background check, individual history form(s), and other information required in connection with applications for Licenses. |
| (22) | The board can waive any provision of this Article 27.5. |
| (23) | In the event that any provision (or portion of a provision) of this Article 27.5 or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of Article 27.5 (including the remainder of such provision, as applicable) will continue in full force and effect. |
| (B) | Board Powers, Declarations and Deeming Provisions |
| (1) | Where an Equity Share is held of record, directly or indirectly, or jointly by (i) one or more U.S. Persons and (ii) one or more Non-U.S. Persons, such Equity Share shall be deemed to be held of record by a U.S. Person. |
| (2) | So long as they are publicly listed, the Subordinate Voting Shares, Restricted Voting Shares and Limited Voting Shares may, in the Company’s discretion and subject to regulatory approval, trade under a single stock symbol on the Exchange. |
| (3) | Subject to the Business Corporations Act, the board of directors may, in its sole discretion, in order to administer the constrained share provisions of the Equity Shares set out in these Articles: |
| (a) | require any Person in whose name Equity Shares are registered or any beneficial holder or controller, whether direct or indirect, of the Equity Shares to furnish a statutory declaration declaring whether: |
| (i) | the shareholder holds, is the beneficial owner of and/or has control over the Equity Shares of the Company (and if the Person is not also the beneficial owner and in control of the Equity Shares, the Person must make reasonable inquiries of the beneficial owner(s) or persons in control of such Equity Shares to confirm that the statements made in the statutory declaration as they pertain to the beneficial owner and controller are true); and |
| (ii) | the Equity Shares are held of record by a U.S. Person or a Non-U.S. Person; |
and declaring any further facts or provide any other documents that the directors consider relevant;
| (b) | require any Person seeking to have a transfer of an Equity Share registered in such Person’s name or to have an Equity Share issued to him or her or it to furnish a declaration similar to the declaration a shareholder may be required to furnish under paragraph (a) above; and |
| (c) | determine the circumstances in which any declarations are required, their form and the times when they are to be furnished. |
| (4) | Where a Person fails to furnish a declaration pursuant to a by-law or other document made under this Article 27.5(23)(a)(1)(i)(i)(B) in accordance with the requested timeline, the directors may, in their sole discretion, deem such shareholder to be a U.S. Person. |
| (5) | Notwithstanding Article 27.5(4), where a Person is required to furnish a declaration pursuant to a by-law or other document made under this Article 27.5(23)(a)(1)(i)(i)(B) the directors may refuse to register a transfer of an Equity Share in such Person’s name or to issue an Equity Share to such Person until that Person has furnished the declaration. |
- 69 -
| (C) | Administration by the Board |
| (1) | In the administration of the provisions of these Articles, the board of directors shall have, in addition to the powers set forth herein, all of the powers necessary or desirable, in their opinion, to carry out the intent and purpose of these Articles. |
| (2) | In administering the provisions of these Articles, including for the purpose of determining the shareholder’s or transferee’s status as a U.S. Person or Non-U.S. Person, the board of directors may rely on: |
| (a) | a statement made in a declaration referred to in Article 27.5(23)(a)(1)(i)(i)(B); and |
| (b) | any information received from Broadridge Investor Communications Corporation, or any affiliate, successor or assign thereof; |
| (c) | any information received from CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc., or any affiliate, successor or assign thereof; and/or |
| (d) | the knowledge of any director, officer, employee or agent (including the Transfer Agent) of the Company. |
| (3) | Where the directors are required to determine the number of any class or classes of Equity Shares of the Company held of record by or on behalf of Persons who are U.S. Persons or Non-U.S. Person, as applicable, the directors may rely upon (i) the share register of the Company or (ii) any other register held, or any declaration collected by, the transfer agent of the Company or any depositary, such as CDS Clearing and Depositary Services Inc. (or any affiliate, successor or assign thereof), or by Broadridge Investor Communications Corporation (or any affiliate, successor or assign thereof), in each case, as of any date. |
| (4) | Wherever in these Articles it is necessary to determine the opinion of the board of directors, such opinion shall be expressed and conclusively evidenced by a resolution of the board of directors duly adopted, including a resolution in writing executed pursuant these Articles and the Business Corporations Act. |
| (5) | No shareholder of the Company nor any other Person claiming an interest in shares of the Company shall have any claim or action against the Company or against any director or officer of the Company, and the Company shall have no claim or action against any director or officer of the Company, arising out of any act (including any omission to act) taken by any such director or officer pursuant to, or in intended pursuance of, the provisions of these articles or any breach or alleged breach of such provisions. |
| 28. | SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS OF PREFERRED SHARES |
| 28.1 | Issuable in Series. |
Subject to the Business Corporations Act, from time to time, the directors by resolution may, if none of the Preferred Shares of any particular series are issued, alter these Articles and authorize the alteration of the Notice of Articles of the Company, as the case may be, to do one or more of the following:
| (a) | determine the maximum number of shares of any of those series of Preferred Shares that the Company is authorized to issue, determine that there is no such maximum number, or alter any determination made under this paragraph (a) or otherwise in relation to a maximum number of those shares; |
| (b) | create an identifying name by which the shares of any of those series of Preferred Shares may be identified, or alter any identifying name created for those shares; and |
- 70 -
| (c) | attach or alter special rights or restrictions to the shares of any of those series of Preferred Shares, including, but without limiting or restricting the generality of the foregoing, special rights or restrictions with respect to: |
| (i) | the rate, amount or method of calculation of any dividends, and whether such rate, amount or method of calculation shall be subject to change or adjustment in the future, the currency or currencies of payment, the date or dates and place or places of payment thereof and the date or dates from which any such dividends shall accrue; |
| (ii) | any right of redemption and/or purchase and the redemption or purchase prices and terms and conditions of any such right; |
| (iii) | any right of retraction or conversion vested in the holders of Preferred Shares of such series and the prices and terms and conditions of any such rights; |
| (iv) | any rights upon dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company; |
| (v) | any voting rights; and |
| (vi) | any other provisions attaching to any such series of Preferred Shares. |
| 28.2 | Priority. |
No rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to any series of Preferred Shares shall confer upon the shares of such series a priority in respect of dividends or distribution of assets or return of capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company over the shares of any other series of Preferred Shares. The Preferred Shares of each series shall, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets or return of capital in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, rank on a parity with the Preferred Shares of every other series.
| 28.3 | Notices and Voting. |
Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions that may be attached to a particular series of Preferred Shares by the board in accordance with Article 28.1 of the conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class, the holders of a series of Preferred Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of or to attend meetings of the shareholders of the Company nor shall they have any voting rights for the election of directors or for any other purpose (except where the holders of the Preferred Shares as a class or of a specified series are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Act). The holders of the class or a series of Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to vote separately as a class or series or to dissent upon a proposal to amend the articles of the Company to:
| (a) | increase or decrease any maximum number of authorized shares of such class or series, or increase any maximum number of authorized shares of a class or series having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of such class or series; |
| (b) | effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of the shares of such class or series; or |
| (c) | create a new class or series of shares equal or superior to the shares of such class or series. |
| 28.4 | Purchase for Cancellation. |
Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions that may be attached to a particular series of Preferred Shares by the board in accordance with Article 28.1, the Company may at any time or from time to time by agreement with the holder(s) purchase for cancellation the whole or any part of the Preferred Shares outstanding at such time at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the board, such shares are then obtainable but such price or prices shall not in any case exceed the redemption price, if any, current at the time of purchase for the shares of the particular series purchased plus costs of purchase together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid. In the case of the purchase for cancellation by private contract, the Company shall not be required to purchase Preferred Shares from all holders of Preferred Shares of the class or series in question or to offer to purchase the shares of any other class or any series of shares before proceeding to purchase from any one holder of Preferred Shares nor shall it be required to make purchases from holders of Preferred Shares on a pro rata basis.
- 71 -
| 28.5 | Redemption. |
Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions that may be attached to a particular series of Preferred Shares by the board in accordance with Article 28.1, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or from time to time any part of the outstanding Preferred Shares on payment to the holders thereof, for each share to be redeemed, the redemption price per share, together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid. Before redeeming any Preferred Shares the Company shall mail to each person who, at the date of such mailing, is a registered holder of the shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Company to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Company or, in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Company, then to the last known address of such holder, at least 10 days before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the date on which redemption is to take place and, if part only of the shares held by the person to whom it is addressed is to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Company shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid to the registered holders of the shares to be redeemed, on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the shares so called for redemption at such place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed. In case a part only of the outstanding Preferred Shares is at any time to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected, at the option of the board, either by lot in such manner as the board in their sole discretion shall determine or as nearly as may be pro rata (disregarding fractions) according to the number of Preferred Shares held by each holder. In case a part only of the Preferred Shares represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Company. From and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends and shall not be entitled to any rights in respect thereof, except to receive the redemption price together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon prior to the date specified for redemption and unpaid, unless payment of the redemption price and such dividends shall not be made by the Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unimpaired. On or before the date specified for redemption the Company shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the shares called for redemption, together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon prior to the date specified for redemption and unpaid, in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, such redemption price and dividends to be paid to or to the order of the respective holders of such shares called for redemption upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made, the shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the several holders thereof, after such deposit, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon prior to the date specified for redemption and unpaid, applicable to their respective shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such shares.
- 72 -
| 28.6 | Retraction. |
| (1) | Rights of Retraction. |
Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions that may be attached to a particular series of Preferred Shares by the board in accordance with Article 28.1 and to Article 28.6(2) below, a holder of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to require the Company to redeem at any time and from time to time after the date of issue of any Preferred Shares, upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, all or any number of the Preferred Shares registered in the name of such holder on the books of the Company at the redemption price per share, together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid. A holder of Preferred Shares exercising this option to have the Company redeem, shall give notice to the Company, which notice shall set out the date on which the Company is to redeem, which date shall not be less than 30 days nor more than 90 days from the date of mailing of the notice, and if the holder desires to have less than all of the Preferred Shares registered in his, her or its name redeemed by the Company, the number of the holder’s shares to be redeemed. The date on which the redemption at the option of the holder is to occur is hereafter referred to as the “option redemption date”. The holder of any Preferred Shares may, with the consent of the Company, revoke such notice prior to the option redemption date. Upon delivery to the Company of a share certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Shares which the holder desires to have the Company redeem, the Company shall, on the option redemption date, redeem such Preferred Shares by paying to the holder the redemption price therefor together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid. Upon payment of the redemption price of the Preferred Shares to be redeemed by the Company together with all dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid, the holders thereof shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise any rights of holders in respect thereof.
| (2) | Partial Redemptions. |
If the redemption by the Company on any option redemption date of all of the Preferred Shares to be redeemed on such date would be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, or any credit arrangement to which the Company is a party, the Company shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Preferred Shares which the Company determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Preferred Shares required by each such holder to be redeemed by the Company and the Company shall issue new certificates representing the Preferred Shares not redeemed by the Company; the Company shall, before redeeming any other Preferred Shares, redeem in the manner contemplated by Article 28.5 on the first day of each month thereafter the maximum number of such Preferred Shares so required by holders to be redeemed as would not then by contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, or any credit arrangement to which the Company is a party, until all of such shares have been redeemed, provided that the Company shall be under no obligation to give any notice to the holders of the Preferred Shares in respect of such redemption or redemptions as provided for in Article 28.5.
| 28.7 | Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding-up. |
Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions that may be attached to a particular series of Preferred Shares by the board in accordance with Article 28.1, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Company among the holders of any other shares ranking junior to the Preferred Shares, for each Preferred Share, an amount equal to the redemption price of such share and any dividends declared (or accrued in the case of cumulative dividends) thereon and unpaid (if applicable) and no more.
| 29. | CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES |
| 29.1 | Excluded Opportunities |
The Company renounces, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any director or officer of the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) who is also a director or officer of another company or corporation (or of any subsidiaries thereof) (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director or officer of the Company or a subsidiary thereof.
| 29.2 | Allocation of Opportunities |
The Company may enter into agreements with other parties regarding the allocation of corporate opportunities. To the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, no director or officer shall have any liability for complying or attempting to comply in good faith with the provisions thereof (which may involve, among other things, not bringing potential transactions to the attention of the Company).
Exhibit 1.2
![]() |
Number: BC1205438
|
CERTIFICATE
OF
CHANGE OF NAME
BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
I Hereby Certify that MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. changed its name to GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. on June 29, 2021 at 11:12 AM Pacific Time.
![]() |
|
| Issued under my hand at Victoria, British Columbia | |
| On June 29, 2021 | |
| /s/ CAROL PREST | |
| CAROL PREST | |
| Registrar of Companies | |
| Province of British Columbia | |
| Canada | |
Exhibit 1.3
![]() |
|||
| Mailing Address: | Location: | ||
| PO Box 9431 Stn Prov Govt | 2nd Floor - 940 Blanshard Street | ||
| Victoria BC V8W 9V3 | Victoria BC | ||
| www.corporateonline.gov.bc.ca | 1 877 526-1526 |
| CERTIFIED COPY | ||
| Of a Document filed with the Province of | ||
| British Columbia Registrar of Companies | ||
| Notice of Articles | /s/ Carol Prest | |
| BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT | CAROL PREST | |
| This Notice of Articles was issued by the Registrar on: June 29, 2021 11:12 AM Pacific Time | |
| Incorporation Number: | BC1205438 |
| Recognition Date and Time: Incorporated on April 16, 2019 02:46 PM Pacific Time | |
| NOTICE OF ARTICLES | |
| Name of Company: | |
| GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. | |
| REGISTERED OFFICE INFORMATION | |
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: |
| SUITE 1700, PARK PLACE | SUITE 1700, PARK PLACE |
| 666 BURRARD STREET | 666 BURRARD STREET |
| VANCOUVER BC V6C 2X8 | VANCOUVER BC V6C 2X8 |
| CANADA | CANADA |
| RECORDS OFFICE INFORMATION | |
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: |
| SUITE 1700, PARK PLACE | SUITE 1700, PARK PLACE |
| 666 BURRARD STREET | 666 BURRARD STREET |
| VANCOUVER BC V6C 2X8 | VANCOUVER BC V6C 2X8 |
| CANADA | CANADA |
Page: 1 of 3
| DIRECTOR INFORMATION | |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | |
| Hackett, Lawrence | |
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: |
| 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE | 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE |
| NEW YORK NY 10022 | NEW YORK NY 10022 |
| UNITED STATES | UNITED STATES |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | |
| Smith, Andrew | |
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: |
| 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE | 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE |
| NEW YORK NY 10022 | NEW YORK NY 10022 |
| UNITED STATES | UNITED STATES |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | |
| Sandelman, Jonathan | |
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: |
| 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE | 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE |
| NEW YORK NY 10022 | NEW YORK NY 10022 |
| UNITED STATES | UNITED STATES |
| Last Name, First Name, Middle Name: | |
| Miles, Charles | |
| Mailing Address: | Delivery Address: |
| 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE | 26TH FLOOR, 590 MADISON AVENUE |
| NEW YORK NY 10022 | NEW YORK NY 10022 |
| UNITED STATES | UNITED STATES |
| RESOLUTION DATES: |
Date(s) of Resolution(s) or Court Order(s) attaching or altering Special Rights and Restrictions attached to a class or a series of shares:
May 10, 2019
June 2, 2021
June 2, 2021
| AUTHORIZED SHARE STRUCTURE | |||
| 1. | No Maximum | Subordinate Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
Page: 2 of 3
| 2. | No Maximum | Multiple Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 3. | No Maximum | Restricted Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 4. | No Maximum | Limited Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 5. | No Maximum | Preferred Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached |
Page: 3 of 3
Date and Time: June 29, 202111:21 AM Pacific Time
![]() |
|||
| Mailing Address: | Location: | ||
| PO Box 9431 Stn Prov Govt | 2nd Floor - 940 Blanshard Street | ||
| Victoria BC V8W 9V3 | Victoria BC | ||
| www.corporateonline.gov.bc.ca | 1 877 526-1526 |
Notice of Alteration
FORM 11
BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
Section 257
| Filed Date and Time: | June 29, 2021 11:12 AM Pacific Time |
| Alteration Date and Time: | Notice of Articles Altered on June 29, 2021 11:12 AM Pacific Time |
| NOTICE OF ALTERATION |
| Incorporation Number: | Name of Company: |
| BC1205438 | MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. |
| Name Reservation Number: | Name Reserved: |
| NR8653675 | GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. |
| ALTERATION EFFECTIVE DATE: | |
| The alteration is to take effect at the time that this application is filed with the Registrar. | |
| CHANGE OF NAME OF COMPANY | |
| From: | To: |
| MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. | GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. |
| ADD A RESOLUTION DATE: |
Date(s) of Resolution(s) or Court Order(s) attaching or altering Special Rights and Restrictions attached to a class or a series of shares:
New Resolution Date:
June 2, 2021
| AUTHORIZED SHARE STRUCTURE |
BC1205438 Page: 1 of 2
| 1. | No Maximum | Subordinate Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 2. | No Maximum | Multiple Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 3. | No Maximum | Restricted Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 4. | No Maximum | Limited Voting Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached | |||
| 5. | No Maximum | Preferred Shares | Without Par Value |
| With Special Rights or | |||
| Restrictions attached |
BC1205438 Page: 2 of 2
Exhibit 4.1
Execution Version
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
Dated as of April 8, 2021
Among
THE SELLERS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO
And
KYLE D. KAZAN
the “Sellers’ Representative”
And
GH GROUP, INC.
the “Company”
And
MPB ACQUISITION CORP.
the “Buyer”
And
MPB MERGERSUB CORP.
the “Merger Sub”
And
MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP.
the “SPAC”
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||
| ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS | 2 | |
| 1.1. | Defined Terms | 2 |
| 1.2. | Other Defined Terms | 19 |
| 1.3. | Construction of Defined Terms | 22 |
| 1.4. | Usage of Terms | 22 |
| 1.5. | References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules | 22 |
| ARTICLE 2 THE MERGER | 22 | |
| 2.1. | The Merger | 22 |
| 2.2. | Effective Time | 22 |
| 2.3. | Effects of the Merger | 23 |
| 2.4. | Certificate of Incorporation; By-laws | 23 |
| 2.5. | Directors and Officers | 23 |
| 2.6. | Effect of the Merger on Company Securities | 23 |
| 2.7. | Options; Warrants | 24 |
| 2.8. | Dissenting Shares | 26 |
| 2.9. | Surrender and Payment | 27 |
| 2.10. | No Further Ownership Rights in Company Stock | 30 |
| 2.11. | Adjustments | 30 |
| 2.12. | Withholding Rights | 31 |
| 2.13. | Lost Certificates | 31 |
| 2.14. | Exchange Rights, Coattail, Lockup and Registration Rights Agreements | 31 |
| 2.15. | Investor Rights Agreement | 31 |
| 2.16. | [Reserved] | 32 |
| 2.17. | Preparation of Working Capital Statement | 32 |
| 2.18. | Working Capital Adjustment to Merger Consideration | 34 |
| 2.19. | No Effect on Other Rights | 35 |
| ARTICLE 3 CLOSING | 35 | |
| 3.1. | Closing | 35 |
| 3.2. | SPAC Closing Statement | 35 |
| ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS AND THE COMPANY | 36 | |
| 4.1. | Organization and Authority of the Acquired Companies to Conduct Business | 36 |
| 4.2. | Power and Authority; Binding Effect | 37 |
| 4.3. | Equity Information | 37 |
| 4.4. | Title | 38 |
| 4.5. | No Conflict or Violation | 38 |
| 4.6. | Consents and Approvals | 39 |
| 4.7. | No Proceedings | 40 |
| 4.8. | Financial Statements; Unknown Liabilities | 40 |
| 4.9. | Taxes | 41 |
| 4.10. | Real Property | 43 |
i
| 4.11. | Tangible Personal Property | 45 |
| 4.12. | Intellectual Property | 45 |
| 4.13. | Compliance with Law and Permits | 46 |
| 4.14. | Litigation | 47 |
| 4.15. | Labor Matters | 48 |
| 4.16. | Employee Benefit Plans | 48 |
| 4.17. | Transactions with Certain Persons | 50 |
| 4.18. | Insurance | 51 |
| 4.19. | Inventory; No Product Recalls | 51 |
| 4.20. | Accounts Receivable | 52 |
| 4.21. | Material Contracts | 52 |
| 4.22. | Suppliers | 53 |
| 4.23. | Bank Accounts; Powers of Attorney | 53 |
| 4.24. | Environmental Matters | 53 |
| 4.25. | No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments | 53 |
| 4.26. | Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws | 54 |
| 4.27. | Compliance with OFAC | 54 |
| 4.28. | Privacy | 54 |
| 4.29. | Absence of Certain Changes | 55 |
| 4.30. | No Brokers | 55 |
| 4.31. | Independent Investigations | 56 |
| 4.32. | Sufficiency of Assets | 57 |
| 4.33. | Prospectus Disclosures | 57 |
| 4.34. | No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules | 57 |
| ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER, MERGER SUB AND SPAC | 58 | |
| 5.1. | Organization and Good Standing | 58 |
| 5.2. | No Prior Buyer or Merger Sub Operations | 58 |
| 5.3. | Authority; Authorization; Binding Effect | 58 |
| 5.4. | No Conflict or Violation | 59 |
| 5.5. | Consents and Approvals | 59 |
| 5.6. | No Proceedings | 59 |
| 5.7. | No Brokers | 59 |
| 5.8. | Capitalization | 60 |
| 5.9. | Securities Law Matters | 60 |
| 5.10. | Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities | 62 |
| 5.11. | Independent Investigations | 62 |
| 5.12. | Financial Ability; Escrow Account | 63 |
| 5.13. | Business Activities | 64 |
| 5.14. | Tax Matters | 65 |
| 5.15. | Related Party Transactions | 65 |
| 5.16. | Prospectus Disclosures | 66 |
| 5.17. | Subsidiaries | 66 |
| 5.18. | Qualifying Transaction | 66 |
| 5.19. | Subscription Agreements | 66 |
| 5.20. | No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules | 67 |
ii
| ARTICLE 6 PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS | 68 | |
| 6.1. | Reasonable Commercial Efforts | 68 |
| 6.2. | Company Operation of Business | 69 |
| 6.3. | Publicity | 72 |
| 6.4. | Access | 72 |
| 6.5. | Notification of Certain Matters | 73 |
| 6.6. | No Solicitation | 73 |
| 6.7. | Seller Loans | 74 |
| 6.8. | The Prospectus | 74 |
| 6.9. | The SPAC Meetings | 75 |
| 6.10. | The SPAC Circular | 76 |
| 6.11. | Waiver of Access to Escrow Account | 77 |
| 6.12. | Auditor Consents | 78 |
| 6.13. | Other Transactions | 78 |
| 6.14. | SPAC Closing Cash | 78 |
| 6.15. | HSR Act | 79 |
| 6.16. | NEO Exchange Guidelines | 80 |
| 6.17. | Company Shareholder Notice | 81 |
| 6.18. | Updates to Company Disclosure Schedules | 81 |
| 6.19. | Financial Statements | 82 |
| 6.20. | SPAC Listing and Public Filings | 82 |
| 6.21. | SPAC Operation of Business | 82 |
| 6.22. | Company Notes; Company Warrants; Series A Preferred Stock | 83 |
| 6.23. | Other Transactions Financial Statements | 83 |
| ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE | 84 | |
| 7.1. | Conditions to Obligations of Each Party Under This Agreement | 84 |
| 7.2. | Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer | 85 |
| 7.3. | Additional Conditions to Obligations of Sellers and the Company | 86 |
| ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION | 88 | |
| 8.1. | Termination | 88 |
| 8.2. | Notice of Termination | 89 |
| 8.3. | Effect of Termination | 89 |
| ARTICLE 9 COVENANTS AND CONDUCT OF THE PARTIES AFTER CLOSING | 90 | |
| 9.1. | Survival and Indemnifications | 90 |
| 9.2. | Independence of Covenants, Representations and Warranties | 96 |
| 9.3. | Use of Company Name or Trade Name | 97 |
| 9.4. | Confidentiality | 97 |
| 9.5. | Non-Competition | 97 |
| 9.6. | Non-Solicitation | 98 |
| 9.7. | Equitable Remedies/Reasonableness of Limitations | 98 |
| 9.8. | Tax Matters | 102 |
| 9.9. | Releases | 102 |
| 9.10. | The SPAC Equity Incentive Plan | 102 |
| 9.11. | Indemnification Rights of SPAC/Buyer in Other Transactions | 102 |
| 9.12. | Seller Protective Provisions | 102 |
iii
| 9.13. | D&O Indemnification and Insurance | 103 |
| 9.14. | SPAC Board of Directors and Officers | 103 |
| ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS | 104 | |
| 10.1. | Further Assurances | 104 |
| 10.2. | Notices | 104 |
| 10.3. | Public Statements | 105 |
| 10.4. | Governing Law; Dispute Resolution | 105 |
| 10.5. | Expenses | 107 |
| 10.6. | Titles | 107 |
| 10.7. | Waiver | 107 |
| 10.8. | Effective; Binding | 107 |
| 10.9. | Entire Agreement | 107 |
| 10.10. | Modification | 108 |
| 10.11. | Counterparts | 108 |
| 10.12. | Sellers’ Representative | 108 |
| 10.13. | Claims Relating to Other Transactions | 109 |
| 10.14. | Severability | 109 |
| 10.15. | Retention of Counsel | 110 |
| 10.16. | Other Transactions Financial Statements | 111 |
iv
COMPANY DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES
| Schedule | Description | |
| 1.1(ss) | Financial Statements | |
| 1.1(ttt) | Other Current Assets | |
| 1.1(jjjjj) | SPAC Supervoting Shares | |
| 4.1 | Organization and Authority of the Acquired Companies to | |
| Conduct Business | ||
| 4.3(a) | Equity Information – Outstanding Equity Securities | |
| 4.3(b) | Equity Information – Encumbrances on Equity Securities | |
| 4.4(b) | Title | |
| 4.5(a) | No Conflict or Violation Relating to Sellers | |
| 4.5(b) | No Conflict or Violation Relating to Acquired Companies | |
| 4.6(a) | Consents and Approvals Relating to Sellers | |
| 4.6(b) | Consents and Approvals Relating to Acquired Companies | |
| 4.8(b)(i) | Liabilities | |
| 4.8(b)(ii) | Indebtedness | |
| 4.9 | Taxes | |
| 4.10(a) | Leased Real Property | |
| 4.10(b) | Owned Real Property | |
| 4.10(c) | Other Real Property Matters | |
| 4.11 | Tangible Personal Property | |
| 4.12 | Intellectual Property | |
| 4.13(a) | Compliance with Law and Permits | |
| 4.13(d) | Notices of Non-Compliance | |
| 4.13(e) | Permits | |
| 4.14 | Litigation | |
| 4.15 | Labor Matters | |
| 4.16(a) | Pension Plans | |
| 4.16(b) | Welfare Plans | |
| 4.16(g) | Post-Employment Benefits | |
| 4.16(i) | Benefit Arrangements | |
| 4.17 | Transactions with Certain Persons | |
| 4.18 | Insurance | |
| 4.19 | Inventory and Product Recalls | |
| 4.20 | Accounts Receivable | |
| 4.21 | Material Contracts | |
| 4.22 | Suppliers | |
| 4.23 | Bank Accounts; Powers of Attorney | |
| 4.24 | Environmental Matters | |
| 4.29 | Absence of Certain Changes | |
| 4.30 | No Brokers | |
| 6.2 | Operation of Business | |
| 6.7 | Seller Loans | |
| 9.5 | Non-Competition | |
| 9.13(a) | Company Indemnified Parties |
v
BUYER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES
| Schedule | Description | |
| 5.5 | Consents and Approvals | |
| 5.7 | No Brokers | |
| 5.8(a) | Capitalization | |
| 5.13(b) | Contracts | |
| 6.21 | Operation of Business |
EXHIBITS
| Exhibit | Description | |
| A | Acquired Subsidiaries | |
| B | Company Founders | |
| C | Other Transactions | |
| D | Certificate of Merger | |
| E | Letter of Transmittal | |
| F | Exchange Rights Agreement | |
| G | Lockup Agreement | |
| H | Coattail Agreement | |
| I | Registration Rights Agreement | |
| J | Investor Rights Agreement | |
| K | NEO Guidelines |
SCHEDULES
| Schedule | Description | |
| 2.5 | Directors and Officers |
vi
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Agreement”), dated as of April 8, 2021, is entered into by and among the Persons (as defined in Article 1) listed as “Sellers” on the signature page hereto and each other Person that hereafter joins this Agreement pursuant to such Person’s execution of a Letter of Transmittal (being referred to individually as a “Seller” and collectively as “Sellers”), Kyle D. Kazan, as the representative of the Sellers (“Sellers’ Representative”), GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), solely for the purposes of Section 9.5, Graham Farrar, solely for the purposes of Section 9.5, Kyle Kazan, MPB Acquisition Corp., a Nevada corporation (“Buyer”), MBP Mergersub Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp., a British Columbia corporation (the “SPAC”). Sellers, Sellers’ Representative, the Company, Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC being sometimes referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.”
RECITALS:
A. The boards of directors of Buyer (on its own behalf and as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub) and Merger Sub have approved the acquisition of the Company by Buyer by means of a merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and the requirements of the NEO Exchange and applicable securities Laws.
B. The board of directors of the Company: (i) has determined that the Merger is advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders, (ii) has approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (iii) has recommended the adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Company (collectively the “Company Board Approval”).
C. The Sellers signatory hereto as of the date hereof hold the requisite amount of stock of the Company to approve the Merger in accordance with Section 251 of the DGCL and have approved the Merger in accordance with Section 251 of the DGCL (the “Company Shareholder Approval”).
D. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the SPAC is entering into subscription agreements (collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”) pursuant to which, among other things, the PIPE Investors have agreed to subscribe for, and the SPAC has agreed to issue to the PIPE Investors, 8,500,000 SPAC Shares in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $85,000,000 (the “PIPE Investment Amount”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subscription Agreements (the “PIPE Investment”).
E. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the SPAC is entering into subscription agreements (collectively, the “Founder Subscription Agreements”) with each of the Company Founders pursuant to which the Company Founders have agreed to subscribe for, and the SPAC has agreed to issue to the Company Founders, certain SPAC Supervoting Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Founder Subscription Agreements.
F. Each of the Parties intends for United States federal income tax purposes that the Merger constitutes a transaction that qualifies under Section 368 of the Code (the “Intended Tax Treatment”).
- 1 -
AGREEMENT:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained in this Agreement and the agreements and documents ancillary hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the following meanings:
(a) “Accounts Payable” means, without duplication, all bona fide accounts and notes payable of the Acquired Companies as of the Closing Date to the extent due within one (1) year following the Closing Date, including all checks written on each Acquired Company’s “zero balance” or other bank accounts, if any, on or prior to the Closing Date which have not cleared as of the Closing Date, but exclusive of (i) any accounts or notes payable to any of the Sellers or to Related Persons or Affiliates of any of the Sellers or any Acquired Company or (ii) any Seller Transaction Expenses; provided that, with respect to each partially-owned Acquired Subsidiary: (1) if such Acquired Subsidiary will be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then all of the Accounts Payable of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Accounts Payable for purposes of this Agreement; and (2) if such Acquired Subsidiary will not be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then none of the Accounts Payable of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Accounts Payable for purposes of this Agreement.
(b) “Accounts Receivable” means, without duplication, all bona fide accounts and notes receivable of each Acquired Company including all checks payable to any Acquired Company on or prior to the Closing Date which have not cleared as of the Closing Date, other than accounts or notes receivable from any of the Sellers or any Related Persons or Affiliates of any Seller or any Acquired Company; provided that, with respect to each partially-owned Acquired Subsidiary: (1) if such Acquired Subsidiary will be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then all of the Accounts Receivable of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Accounts Receivable for purposes of this Agreement; and (2) if such Acquired Subsidiary will not be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then none of the Accounts Receivable of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Accounts Receivable for purposes of this Agreement.
- 2 -
(c) “Acquired Companies” means, collectively, the Acquired Subsidiaries and the Company.
(d) “Acquired Subsidiaries” means, collectively, the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company listed in Exhibit A, whether wholly or partially owned.
(e) “Acquisition Proposal” means any proposal or offer to, directly or indirectly, acquire more than 10% of the equity or assets of the Acquired Companies taken as a whole (other than Inventory sold in the ordinary course of the Business), including any such acquisition structured as merger, consolidation, dissolution, recapitalization or other business combination, in each case other than the Transactions.
(f) “Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person.
(g) “Aggregate PIPE Proceeds” means (i) the cash proceeds actually received by the SPAC in respect of the PIPE Investment plus (ii) the aggregate redemption price of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock that were converted into shares of Class A common stock of the Company, and all securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Series A Preferred Stock, that were converted directly into shares of Class A common stock of the Company, pursuant to the Conversion Offering, which redemption prices shall be calculated as of the Closing Date.
(h) “Agreement” means, unless the context otherwise requires, this Agreement and Plan of Merger, together with the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, and the certificates and instruments to be executed and delivered in connection herewith.
(i) “Business” means the cultivation, manufacture, marketing, promotion, sales and distribution of products containing cannabis (including both THC and CBD), products that enable persons to consume cannabis in different forms, and other related products, for both medicinal and recreational uses, in each case within the State of California, as presently conducted by the Acquired Companies.
(j) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are not open for general business in the State of California or in the Province of Ontario.
(k) “Buyer Exchangeable Shares” mean common shares in the capital of Buyer that are exchangeable on a one-for-one basis into SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares (as such exchange ratio may be adjusted to appropriately reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization, or like change with respect to SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares).
(l) “California Cannabis Laws” means the state and local adult-use and medical cannabis laws of any jurisdictions within the State of California to which any Acquired Company is, or may at any time become, subject, including, without limitation, the Medicinal and Adult-Use Cannabis Regulation and Safety Act, and the rules and regulations adopted by the California Bureau of Cannabis Control, the California Department of Food and Agriculture, the California Department of Public Health, or any other state or local government agency with authority to regulate any cannabis operations (or proposed cannabis operations).
- 3 -
(m) “Cash” means cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of the Acquired Companies; provided that, with respect to each partially-owned Acquired Subsidiary: (1) if such Acquired Subsidiary will be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then all of the cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Cash for purposes of this Agreement; and (2) if such Acquired Subsidiary will not be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then none of the cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Cash for purposes of this Agreement.
(n) “Closing Merger Consideration” means Buyer Exchangeable Shares having a value equal to the following: (i) the Purchase Price, as adjusted in accordance with Section 2.18; minus (ii) the amount of Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “Closing Indebtedness”), plus (iii) the amount of Cash of the Acquired Companies as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “Company Closing Cash”), plus (iv) the amount (if any) by which Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Target, minus (v) the amount (if any) by which the Working Capital Target exceeds Working Capital, minus (vi) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing multiplied by $1.27 plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such Series A Preferred Stock. For the purposes of this Agreement, each Buyer Exchangeable Share shall be deemed to have a value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) at the Closing.
(o) “COBRA” means the provisions of Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code and all regulations thereunder.
(p) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (and/or any corresponding provision of a superseding revenue law).
(q) “Company Common Stock” means (i) the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company, and (ii) the Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company.
(r) “Company Founders” mean those shareholders of the Company set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto.
(s) “Company Incentive Plan” means the California Cannabis Enterprises, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
(t) “Company Notes” means, collectively, (i) the convertible promissory notes issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated on or around February 1, 2020, and (ii) the convertible promissory notes issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 14, 2018, as amended.
- 4 -
(u) “Company Option” means an option to purchase shares of Company Stock.
(v) “Company Shareholders” collectively mean all of the holders of all of the Company Stock.
(w) “Company Stock” means collectively, (i) the Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company, (ii) the Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company, and (iii) the Series A preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (“Series A Preferred Stock”).
(x) “Company Warrant” means that certain Warrant to Purchase Exercise Shares, dated July 23, 2020, by and between the Company and [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – confidentiality provisions in the Company Warrant].
(y) “Contracts” mean the Material Contracts and the Minor Contracts.
(z) “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).
(aa) “COVID-19” means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions thereof or any other epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks.
(bb) “COVID-19 Measures” means any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, sequester or any other Law, Governmental Order, Proceeding, directive, guidelines or recommendations by any Governmental Authority in connection with or in response to COVID-19, including the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES).
(cc) “Earnout Consideration” means any Buyer Exchangeable Shares that become issuable by Buyer to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders pursuant to Article 2 of the Investor Rights Agreement.
(dd) “Earnout Fully Diluted Share Number” means, without duplication, (a) the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (assuming the conversion of all shares of Class B common stock), plus (b) the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of the Company Warrant as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, plus (c) the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of the Vested Exchanged Options immediately prior to the Effective Time.
(ee) “Employee Benefit Plans” means, collectively, all Employee Pension Benefit Plans and Employee Welfare Benefit Plans of the Acquired Companies.
- 5 -
(ff) “Employee Pension Benefit Plan” will have the meaning set forth in ERISA Section 3(2).
(gg) “Employee Welfare Benefit Plan” will have the meaning set forth in ERISA Section 3(1).
(hh) “Encumbrance” means any claim, lien, pledge, option, charge, easement, security interest, right-of-way, encroachment, reservation, restriction, encumbrance, or other right of any Person, or any other restriction or limitation of any nature whatsoever, affecting title to the Company Stock, the equity interests of any Acquired Subsidiary, or any assets of the Acquired Companies.
(ii) “Enforceability Limitations” mean (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Law now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights, (ii) the discretion of the appropriate court with respect to specific performance, injunctive relief or other terms of equitable remedies, and (iii) limitations regarding the enforceability of contracts in technical violation of the Federal Cannabis Laws.
(jj) “Environmental Claims” mean any action, claim, suit, demand, directive, Proceeding, order (including those for contribution and/or indemnity), investigation, lien, fine, penalty, settlement, violation, threat of legal proceeding or actual legal proceeding by any Governmental Authority or Person alleging liability of whatever kind or nature (including liability or responsibility for the costs of enforcement proceedings, investigations, cleanup, governmental response, removal or remediation, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries, indirect or consequential damages, nuisance, medical monitoring, penalties, contribution, indemnification, or injunctive relief) arising out of, based on, or resulting from: (i) the presence of, exposure to, release of or threatened release into the environment of, any Hazardous Substances; (ii) any alleged injury or threat of injury to human health, safety, the environment; (iii) the violation, or alleged violation of, any Environmental Laws or term or condition of any environmental Permits; or (iv) the non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or term or condition of any environmental Permits.
(kk) “Environmental Laws” means any applicable Law, Governmental Requirement or binding agreement with any Governmental Authority: (i) relating to pollution (or the cleanup thereof) or the preservation or protection of natural resources, endangered or threatened species, human health or safety, or the environment (including ambient and indoor air, soil, surface water or groundwater, or subsurface strata); or (ii) concerning the presence of, exposure to, or the management, manufacture, use, containment, storage, recycling, reclamation, reuse, treatment, generation, discharge, transportation, processing, production, handling, disposal, remediation, reporting release, threatened release of, any Hazardous Substances.
(ll) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(mm) “ERISA Affiliate” means a trade or business, whether or not incorporated, which is treated as a single employer with any Acquired Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code.
- 6 -
(nn) “Escrow Account” means the escrow account of the SPAC established and maintained by the Escrow Agent, which holds in escrow the gross proceeds of the initial public offering of the SPAC Class A Units, including the gross proceeds of the over-allotment option in respect of SPAC Class A Units.
(oo) “Escrow Agent” means Odyssey Trust Company.
(pp) “Escrow Agreement” means that certain Escrow Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2019, among the SPAC, Escrow Agent, and IPO Underwriter.
(qq) “Federal Cannabis Laws” means any U.S. federal laws, civil, criminal or otherwise, as such relate, either directly or indirectly, to the cultivation, harvesting, production, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, marijuana or related substances or products containing or relating to the same, including, without limitation, the prohibition on drug trafficking under 21 U.S.C. § 841(a), et seq., the conspiracy statute under 18 U.S.C. § 846, the bar against aiding and abetting the conduct of an offense under 18 U.S.C. § 2, the bar against misprision of a felony (concealing another’s felonious conduct) under 18 U.S.C. § 4, the bar against being an accessory after the fact to criminal conduct under 18 U.S.C. § 3, and federal money laundering statutes under 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956, 1957, and 1960 and the regulations and rules promulgated under any of the foregoing.
(rr) “Final IPO Prospectus” means the SPAC’s final long-form prospectus dated May 7, 2019 in connection with its initial public offering.
(ss) “Financial Statements” mean the unaudited consolidated annual financial statements with respect to the Acquired Companies (other than those Persons set forth on Schedule 1.1(ss)) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, together with reviewed consolidated interim comparative financial statements of the Acquired Companies (other than those Persons set forth on Schedule 1.1(ss)) for the fiscal period ended February 28, 2021, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(tt) “Fraud” means’ common law fraud under the Laws of the State of Delaware.
(uu) “Fully-Diluted Share Number” means, without duplication, (a) the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (assuming the conversion of all shares of Class B common stock), plus (b) the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of the Company Warrant as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, plus (c) the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Company Notes outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding the Company Notes (if any) which are repaid in connection with the Closing), plus (d) the aggregate number of shares of Company Stock issuable upon the full exercise of all Company Options that are vested as of immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided that the Fully-Diluted Share Number shall exclude (i) any shares of Company Stock (or shares of Company Stock issued upon exercise or conversion of securities convertible into or exercisable for Company Stock) issued in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain merger and exchange agreement and consulting agreement entered into between the Company and Element 7 LLC, (ii) any shares of Company Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock and PEF Warrants issued in the Permitted Equity Financing are convertible (unless converted into Class A common stock of the Company prior to Closing) and (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Company Stock issuable upon the full exercise of all Company Options that are unvested as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
- 7 -
(vv) “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as set forth in the pronouncement of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (and its predecessors) and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants in effect from time to time.
(ww) “Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, commonwealth, provincial, municipal, local or foreign government, or any political subdivision thereof, or any court, agency or other entity, body, organization or group, exercising any executive, legislative, judicial, quasi-judicial, regulatory or administrative function of government, or any supranational body, arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, including, for greater certainty the NEO Exchange, the SPAC Securities Authorities, and applicable self-regulatory organizations, including, if applicable, the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada.
(xx) “Governmental Requirement” means any law, statute, ordinance, writ, order, judgment, determination, directive or regulation of any Governmental Authority now in effect.
(yy) “Hazardous Substances” means: (i) any material, substance, chemical, waste, product, derivative, compound, mixture, solid, liquid, mineral or gas, in each case, whether naturally occurring or man-made, that is hazardous, acutely hazardous, toxic, or words of similar import or regulatory effect under Environmental Laws, including mold or fungus; and (ii) any petroleum or petroleum-derived products, radon, radioactive materials or wastes, asbestos in any form, lead or lead-containing materials, per-and polyfluoroalkyl substances, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and polychlorinated biphenyls.
(zz) “HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
(aaa) “IFRS” means, with respect to all accounting matters and issues, the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board from time to time, together with its pronouncements thereon from time to time.
- 8 -
(bbb) “Indebtedness” means, without duplication for any obligations which are already reflected in the Working Capital, with respect to any Person (without duplication), (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, including without limitation all obligations for principal and interest, and for prepayment and other penalties, fees, costs and charges of whatsoever nature with respect thereto, (ii) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person, (iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable to suppliers and similar accrued liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the Business and paid in a manner consistent with industry practice and other than any such obligations for services to be rendered in the future or that are payable more than one year after the Closing Date), (iv) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien or security interest on property owned or acquired by such Person whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (v) all capitalized lease obligations of such Person (determined under GAAP prior to January 1, 2019), (vi) all obligations (including but not limited to reimbursement obligations) relating to the issuance of letters of credit or surety bonds for the account of such Person to the extent drawn, (vii) all obligations arising out of interest rate and currency swap agreements, cap, floor and collar agreements, interest rate insurance, currency spot and forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates (valued at the termination value thereof), and (viii) obligations in the nature of guarantees of obligations of the type described in clauses (i) through (vii) above of any other Person; provided that with respect to each partially-owned Acquired Subsidiary: (1) if such Acquired Subsidiary will be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then all of the Indebtedness of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Indebtedness for purposes of this Agreement; and (2) if such Acquired Subsidiary will not be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then none of the Indebtedness of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Indebtedness for purposes of this Agreement.
(ccc) “Insurance” means any fire, product liability, automobile liability, general liability, worker’s compensation, medical insurance stop-loss coverage, directors and officers insurance, errors and omissions liability insurance, employment practices liability insurance or other form of insurance of the Business, and any tail coverage purchased with respect thereto.
(ddd) “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property used to conduct the Business, including (i) all inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents and patent applications, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, and re-examinations thereof, (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, and company names (including without limitation, the names, “Glass House Farms”, “Glass House”, “Glass House Group”, “Forbidden Flowers”, “Roam”, “Bud and Bloom”, “Farmacy”, “The Pottery”, and “Field Extracts”), together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (iii) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (iv) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, recipes, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals), (v) all computer software (including data and related documentation and including software installed on hard disk drives) other than off-the-shelf computer software subject to shrink-wrap or click-through licenses, (vi) website domain names, social media accounts and other e-commerce and social media assets, and (vii) all copies and tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium).
- 9 -
(eee) “Inventory” means all raw materials, ingredients and finished goods inventory of the Business after reduction for damaged, obsolete or otherwise unsaleable inventory (but without giving effect to any actions taken by or at the direction of Buyer on the Closing Date after the Closing has occurred), but specifically excluding any unfinished goods such as unharvested plants; provided that, with respect to each partially-owned Acquired Subsidiary: (1) if such Acquired Subsidiary will be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then all of the Inventory of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Inventory for purposes of this Agreement; and (2) if such Acquired Subsidiary will not be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then none of the Inventory of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Inventory for purposes of this Agreement.
(fff) “IPO Underwriter” means Canaccord Genuity Corp.
(ggg) “Key Employees” means Kyle D. Kazan, Graham Farrar, Derrek Higgins and Jamin Horn.
(hhh) “Knowledge” and similar phrases using the term “Knowledge” mean, (i) with respect to a Seller, the actual knowledge of such Seller after having made due inquiry with respect to the matters which are relevant to the representation, warranty, covenant or agreement being made or given, and (ii) with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of the Key Employees after having made due inquiry with respect to the matters which are relevant to the representation, warranty, covenant or agreement being made or given.
(iii) “Law” means any federal, state, local, municipal, provincial, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, consent order, consent decree, decree, Order, judgment, rule, regulation, ruling, guideline, notice, protocol, directive, regulatory guidance, agreement or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or with or under the authority of any Governmental Authority, whether or not having the force of law; provided that, solely with respect to Section 4.28, “Law” shall not include any guideline, notice, protocol, directive, or regulatory guidance not having the force of law.
(jjj) “Losses” mean all losses, liabilities, deficiencies, damages that are reasonably foreseeable fines, penalties, claims, costs and expenses (including all fines, penalties and other amounts paid pursuant to a judgment, compromise or settlement, or costs associated with enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder), court costs and reasonable legal and accounting fees and disbursements of the substantially prevailing party; provided, however, that “Losses” will not include punitive damages, except to the extent such punitive damages are payable and paid to a third party.
- 10 -
(kkk) “Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to any Person, any change or event or effect that is materially adverse to the business or financial condition of such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, but excluding, in each case, any change, event or effect arising out of or resulting from: (i) changes in general business, political, or regulatory conditions; (ii) changes in conditions in the U.S., Canadian or global economy or capital, financial, credit, foreign exchange or securities markets generally, including any disruption thereof; (iii) fires, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods or other acts of God or natural disasters, including COVID-19 or any Law issued by a Governmental Authority, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the World Health Organization or industry group providing for business closures, changes to business operations, “sheltering-in-place” or other restrictions that relate to, or arise out of, an epidemic, pandemic or disease outbreak (including the COVID-19 pandemic) or such Person’s and its subsidiaries’ compliance therewith; (iv) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, insurrection or war, whether or not pursuant to declaration of a national emergency or war, acts of terrorism or similar calamity or crisis; (v) changes in applicable Laws or accounting regulations or principles or interpretations thereof; (vi) the negotiation, announcement, pendency, execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any ancillary documents, the consummation of the Transaction or the identity of the other Party, including any termination of, denial of, reduction in or similar negative impact on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with any customers, suppliers, distributors, partners or employees of such Person; (vii) any failure of such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to meet any projections, forecasts or budgets; provided, that this clause (vii) shall not prevent or otherwise affect a determination that any change, event, or effect underlying such failure to meet projections or forecasts has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect (to the extent such change, event, or effect is not otherwise excluded from this definition of Material Adverse Effect); and (viii) the compliance with the terms of this Agreement or the taking of any action required by this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the applicable Party(ies) hereto; except, in the case of clauses (i) through (v), to the extent such change, effect, event, occurrence, state of facts or development, has had a disproportionate effect on such Person and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to the other companies in the industry in which such Person and its subsidiaries conduct their business.
(lll) “Material Contracts” mean the following written and oral contracts which are currently in effect and to which any Acquired Company is a party or by which any Acquired Company is bound:
(i) any agreement for the purchase or supply of cannabis involving payments in excess of US $250,000 for the most recent or any upcoming (12) month period,
(ii) any agreement (or group of related agreements with the same Person or its Affiliates) under which any Acquired Company has created, incurred or assumed any Indebtedness with an outstanding principal amount in excess of US $250,000 or imposed an Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on any of its assets,
(iii) any agreement for the lease of real property or personal property involving payments in excess of US $250,000 for the most recent or any upcoming (12) month period,
(iv) any license or royalty agreement involving payments in excess of US $250,000 for the most recent or any upcoming (12) month period,
(v) any agreement with any Affiliate of any Acquired Company involving payments in excess of US $250,000 for the most recent or any upcoming (12) month period,
- 11 -
(vi) any agreement relating to any Employee Pension Benefit Plan, Employee Welfare Benefit Plan, or any other Benefit Arrangement,
(vii) any employment, consulting or sales or leasing representative agreement not cancelable by such Acquired Company without penalty upon ninety (90) days or less written notice,
(viii) any settlement agreement or other agreement in respect of any past or present Proceeding involving payments in excess of US $250,000,
(ix) any non-competition, or non-solicitation agreement (other than confidentiality agreements with any Acquired Company’s current employees entered into in the ordinary course of the Business),
(x) any agreement providing for indemnification by any Acquired Company other than pursuant to standard terms of contracts in the ordinary course of the Business, or
(xi) any other agreement (or group of related agreements with the same Person or its Affiliates) not cancelable by an Acquired Company without penalty, (A) the performance of which will extend over a period of more than one (1) year, and (B) involving consideration in excess of US $250,000 or is or would be reasonably anticipated to result in a loss to an Acquired Company or Acquired Companies exceeding US $250,000.
(mmm) “Merger Consideration” means the Closing Merger Consideration plus, to the extent issuable by Buyer to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders, the Earnout Consideration.
(nnn) “Minor Contracts” mean any contract and other agreement (other than the Material Contracts), whether written or oral, to which any Acquired Company is a party or by which any Acquired Company is bound.
(ooo) “NEO Exchange” means the Neo Exchange Inc., a Canadian stock exchange based in Toronto, Ontario, and any successor or assign thereof.
(ppp) “Non-Party” means any Person who is not a Party hereto, including without limitation, (i) any former, current or future direct or indirect equity holder, controlling Person, management company, incorporator, member, partner, manager, director, officer, employee, agent, Affiliate, attorney or representative of, and any financial or other advisor or lender to (all above-described Persons in this subclause (i), collectively, “Affiliated Persons”) a Party hereto or any Affiliate of such Party, (ii) any Affiliated Persons of such Affiliated Persons but specifically excluding the Parties hereto, and (iii) the successors, assigns, heirs, executors or administrators of the Persons in subclauses (i) and (ii), but specifically excluding the Parties hereto.
(qqq) “Option Conversion Ratio” means (a) the Per Share Closing Merger Consideration divided by (b) the volume weighted average price for a SPAC Class A Share on the principal securities exchange on which such security is traded (which is currently the NEO Exchange) during the five (5)-Business Day period ending at the official close of trading on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date or the Effective Time, whichever is later.
- 12 -
(rrr) “Order” means any order, writ, assessment, decision, injunction, decree, judgment, ruling, award, settlement or stipulation issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority.
(sss) “ordinary course of the Business” means the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice (including recent past practice in light of COVID-19, and any action taken, or omitted to be taken, that relates to or arises out of COVID-19 that is reasonable and prudent from a business perspective at the time so taken or omitted shall be deemed to be in the ordinary course of Business).
(ttt) “Other Current Assets” mean all current assets of the Acquired Companies, including prepaid expenses (including payments made pursuant to the terms of that certain License Development Consulting Agreement dated February 23, 2021) and deposits (including any deposits, whether refundable or otherwise, made by the Acquired Companies in connection with the purchase of real property located in Ventura County) of the Acquired Companies, other than Cash, Accounts Receivable, and Inventory, but excluding any prepayment or similar asset that would not benefit Buyer following the Closing and any Related Party Transaction described on Schedule 1.1(ttt); provided that, with respect to each partially-owned Acquired Subsidiary: (1) if such Acquired Subsidiary will be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then all of the Other Current Assets of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Other Current Assets for purposes of this Agreement; and (2) if such Acquired Subsidiary will not be required to be consolidated into the SPAC’s financial statements following the Closing, then none of the Other Current Assets of such Acquired Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Other Current Assets for purposes of this Agreement.
(uuu) “Other Transactions” collectively mean other cannabis related acquisitions: (i) currently being considered by Buyer, the SPAC or their Affiliates; (ii) for which Buyer, the SPAC or their Affiliates or Company or its Affiliates has entered into a definitive purchase agreement, and described on Exhibit C; or (iii) new additional cannabis related acquisitions identified by any of the Parties prior to the Closing.
(vvv) “Owned Tangible Personal Property” means all Tangible Personal Property owned by any Acquired Company.
(www) “Per Share Closing Merger Consideration” means an amount equal to the Closing Merger Consideration divided by the Fully-Diluted Share Number.
(xxx) “Per Share Earnout Consideration” means the Earnout Consideration divided by the Earnout Fully-Diluted Share Number.
(yyy) “Per Share Merger Consideration” means the Per Share Closing Merger Consideration plus the Per Share Earnout Consideration (if any).
- 13 -
(zzz) “PEF Warrants” means the warrants to purchase shares of Company Stock issued by the Company pursuant to the Permitted Equity Financing.
(aaaa) “Permits” mean all permits, licenses, consents, franchises, approvals, registrations, certificates, variances and other authorizations required to be obtained from any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection with the operation of the Business and necessary to conduct the Business as presently conducted.
(bbbb) “Permitted Encumbrances” mean (i) liens which are removed on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) statutory liens or encumbrances for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not due and payable or the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith, (iii) mechanics’, materialmens’, carriers’, workers’, repairers’ and similar Liens that arise in the ordinary course of the Business, that relate to amounts not yet delinquent, or that are being contested in good faith through appropriate Proceedings, (iv) zoning, entitlement and other land use and environmental regulations promulgated by any Governmental Authority, (v) covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, rights of way, encumbrances, defects, imperfections, irregularities of title or other Encumbrances, if any, that would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the Business in substantially the manner currently or proposed to be conducted, or materially affect the marketability or value of the Real Property, (vi) with respect to any Leased Real Property, the interests and rights of the respective lessors with respect thereto (including any statutory landlord liens and any Encumbrance thereon) and any Encumbrance permitted under the applicable lease agreement and any ancillary documents thereto, (vii) non-exclusive licenses to Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of the Business to Affiliates or unrelated third parties, and (viii) Encumbrances arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of the Business.
(cccc) “Permitted Equity Financing” means the equity financing in the amount of approximately US $12 million to be raised by the Company through the sale and issuance of series preferred stock, the proceeds of which, among other things, will be used to fund the entire US $10 million earnest money escrow deposit for the purchase of an approximately 160-acre agriculturally zoned property located at 645 Laguna Road, Camarillo, California, which equity financing shall not, unless previously approved in writing by the SPAC, be consummated on terms that are materially more favorable to the purchasers of such preferred stock than those reflected in the most recent summary of terms provided by the Company to the SPAC prior to the date of this Agreement.
(dddd) “Person” means any Governmental Authority, individual, association, joint venture, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, trustee or other entity.
(eeee) “Proceeding” means any claim, demand, action, suit, litigation, dispute, order, writ, injunction, judgment, assessment, decree, grievance, arbitral action, investigation or other proceeding.
(ffff) “Pro Forma Balance Sheet” means a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the SPAC, presented assuming the consummation of the Transaction and any Other Transactions, and all of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the payment or accrual of all transaction expenses in connection therewith.
- 14 -
(gggg) “Pro Forma Capitalization Statement” means a capitalization table setting forth the total authorized equity securities and total outstanding equity securities (including convertible securities) of each of the SPAC and Buyer, presented assuming the consummation of the Transaction and any Other Transactions, and all of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including (i) the aggregate number of equity securities of each of the SPAC and Buyer issued or reserved for issuance with respect to the Transaction, (ii) the aggregate number of equity securities of the SPAC issued or reserved for issuance with respect to the Other Transactions, and (iii) the aggregate number of equity securities of each of the SPAC and Buyer issued or reserved for issuance to the Sponsor and its Affiliates.
(hhhh) “Pro Rata Share” means, in respect of any Seller, the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company owned by such Seller divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company owned by all of the Sellers, in each case calculated on an as-converted and fully-diluted basis as set forth on Schedule 4.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules (but not taking into account any shares of Series A Preferred Stock).
(iiii) “Prospectus” means the non-offering preliminary prospectus and/or final prospectus of the SPAC, and any amendment thereto, as the context requires, containing disclosure regarding the Transaction and, if applicable, the Other Transactions, as the SPAC’s qualifying acquisition.
(jjjj) “Purchase Price” means the purchase price for the Company Stock which will, subject to the terms hereof, be equal to US $325,000,000.
(kkkk) “Real Property” means all real property owned or leased by any Acquired Company or in which any Acquired Company otherwise has any interest, together with (i) all buildings and improvements located thereon and (ii) all rights, privileges, interests, easements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto in any way incident, appertaining or belonging thereto.
(llll) “Related Person” means, (i) with respect to a particular individual: (A) each other member of such individual’s family; (B) any Person that is directly or indirectly controlled by any one or more members of such individual’s family; (C) any Person in which members of such individual’s family hold (individually or in the aggregate) a material interest, including an equity interest of 25% or more; and (D) any Person with respect to which one or more members of such individual’s family serves as a director, manager, officer, partner, executor or trustee (or in a similar capacity), and (ii) with respect to a specified Person other than an individual, an Affiliate of that Person.
(mmmm) “Representation Survival Period” means, (i) for the Seller Individual Representations (excluding the Seller Excluded Representations), the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is the fifteen (15) month anniversary of the Closing Date, and (ii) for Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s representations and warranties (excluding the Buyer Excluded Representations), the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is the fifteen (15) month anniversary of the Closing Date.
- 15 -
(nnnn) “Representative” means any manager, officer, director, principal, attorney, accountant, agent, employee or other representative of any Person.
(oooo) “Restricted Territory” means the State of California.
(pppp) “SEDAR” means the the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval administered by the Canadian Securities Administrators.
(qqqq) “Seller Individual Representation” means any representation or warranty concerning a Seller set forth in Sections 4.2(a), 4.4(a), 4.5(a), 4.6(a), 4.7(a) or 4.30.
(rrrr) “Seller Transaction Expenses” mean, without duplication of amounts taken into account in the calculation of Working Capital or Indebtedness, (i) the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Acquired Companies in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for investment bankers, third party consultants, auditors, accountants, tax advisors and legal counsel, (ii) all change in control, retention, or transaction-related bonus amounts payable by the Acquired Companies to, or for the benefit of, current or former employees, officers, contractors or directors of an Acquired Company or their Related Persons as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whenever payable, including any employer-level payroll or employment Taxes that become payable by any Acquired Company in connection therewith (but excluding any post-Closing liabilities or obligations arising as a result of both (A) the Closing and (B) the occurrence of one or more additional post-Closing events without the consent of the applicable Person under so-called “double trigger” severance provisions contained in any employment-related Contracts), and (iii) overdrafts on any bank account and reimbursement obligations under any credit facility of an Acquired Company acquired by Buyer, in each of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) to the extent unpaid as of immediately prior to the Closing on the Closing Date.
(ssss) “SPAC Board” means the board of directors of the SPAC, as constituted from time to time.
(tttt) “SPAC Circular” means the notice of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting and, if applicable, the SPAC Warrantholder Meeting and accompanying management information circular, including all schedules, appendices and exhibits to, and information incorporated by reference in, such management information circular, to be sent to the SPAC Shareholders and, if applicable, the SPAC Warrantholders in connection with the SPAC Meetings, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(uuuu) “SPAC Class A Shares” means the class A restricted voting shares in the capital of the SPAC.
(vvvv) “SPAC Class A Units” means units comprised of one SPAC Class A Share and one-half of a SPAC Class A Share purchase warrant.
- 16 -
(wwww) “SPAC Class B Shares” means the class B shares in the capital of the SPAC.
(xxxx) “SPAC Founders” mean the “BRND Founders” as defined in the Prospectus.
(yyyy) “SPAC Meetings” means, collectively, the SPAC Shareholder Meeting and, if applicable, the SPAC Warrantholder Meeting.
(zzzz) “SPAC Resolution” means the resolution of the SPAC Shareholders in the form to be mutually agreed to by Buyer and Sellers’ Representative, acting reasonably.
(aaaaa) “SPAC Securities Authorities” means, collectively, the Alberta Securities Commission, British Columbia Securities Commission, Manitoba Securities Commission, Financial and Consumer Services Commission of New Brunswick, Office of the Superintendent of Securities Service Newfoundland and Labrador, Office of the Superintendent of Securities of Northwest Territories, Nova Scotia Securities Commission, Nunavut Securities Office, Ontario Securities Commission, Office of the Superintendent of Securities of Prince Edward Island, Financial and Consumer Affairs Authority of Saskatchewan, and the Office of the Yukon Superintendent of Securities.
(bbbbb) “SPAC Securities Laws” means the Securities Act (Ontario) and all the securities Law of each province and territory of Canada, except Quebec, and the rules, regulations and policies of the NEO Exchange.
(ccccc) “SPAC Shares” means the SPAC Class A Shares and the SPAC Class B Shares (including, following conversion, the SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares into which the SPAC Class A Shares and the Class B Shares convert).
(ddddd) “SPAC Shareholder Approval” means the approval by votes cast by the SPAC Shareholders of the Transaction, including, if applicable, the Other Transactions and related matters by ordinary resolution (with holders of both classes of the SPAC Shares voting as if they were a single class), or such other approval as may be required by Law.
(eeeee) “SPAC Shareholder Meeting” means the special meeting of the SPAC Shareholders, including any adjournment or postponement of such special meeting in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to be called and held to consider the SPAC Resolution and for any other purpose as may be set out in the SPAC Circular.
(fffff) “SPAC Shareholder Redemption” means the exercise by one or more SPAC Shareholders of their rights to redeem SPAC Class A Shares held by them in accordance with the SPAC’s organizational documents.
(ggggg) “SPAC Shareholders” means: (i) prior to the effective time of the Closing, the registered or beneficial holders of the SPAC Shares, as the context requires; and (ii) at and after the completion of the Transaction and the Other Transactions, the registered and/or beneficial holders of the SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares and the SPAC Supervoting Shares.
- 17 -
(hhhhh) “SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares” means the proposed subordinate, restricted and limited voting shares in the capital of the SPAC.
(iiiii) “SPAC Supervoting Shares” means shares of the SPAC with the terms set out on Schedule 1.1(jjjjj) attached hereto.
(jjjjj) “SPAC Warrantholder Meeting” means, if applicable, the special meeting of the SPAC Warrantholders, including any adjournment or postponement of such special meeting in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to be called and held to consider the Warrant Amendment Resolution and for any other purpose as may be set out in the SPAC Circular.
(kkkkk) “SPAC Warrantholders” means the registered or beneficial holders of the SPAC Warrants.
(lllll) “SPAC Warrants” means the warrants to purchase SPAC Shares.
(mmmmm) “Sponsor” means Mercer Park CB II, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware.
(nnnnn) “Tangible Personal Property” means all tangible personal property (other than Inventory) owned or leased by any Acquired Company or in which any Acquired Company has any interest including vehicles and production and processing equipment, warehouse equipment, computer hardware, furniture and fixtures, leasehold improvements, supplies and other tangible assets, together with any transferable manufacturer or vendor warranties related thereto.
(ooooo) “Tax” means any US or Canadian federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, cannabis excise, cultivation, canopy, or manufacturing tax, severance, startup, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Code Section 59A), customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), health, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, intangible property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, goods and services, harmonized, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax or similar obligation of any kind whatsoever imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
(ppppp) “Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, form, claim for refund, election or information return or statement filed or required to be filed with a Governmental Authority relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and any amendment thereof, and where permitted or required, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes the Company, each as required to be filed with a Governmental Authority.
(qqqqq) “Transaction” means the Merger and the other transactions contemplated under this Agreement.
- 18 -
(rrrrr) “Transfer Taxes” means any sales, use, stock transfer, value added, real property transfer, transfer, stamp, registration, documentary, recording or similar duties or taxes together with any interest thereon, penalties, fines, costs, fees, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto imposed by any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(sssss) “Treasury Regulation” any proposed, temporary and/or final regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury under the Code, as hereafter amended from time to time (and/or any corresponding provisions of any superseding revenue law or regulation).
(ttttt) “Vested Optionholder” means a holder of Vested Exchanged Options.
(uuuuu) “VWAP” means, with respect to a given date, the volume weighted average price for a SPAC Subordinate Voting Share on the principal securities exchange on which such security is traded (which is currently the NEO Exchange) during the thirty (30)-day period ending at the official close of trading on the date immediately preceding such given date.
(vvvvv) “Warrant Amendment Resolution” means, if applicable, a resolution of the SPAC Warrantholders in connection with the Transaction.
(wwwww) “Working Capital” means, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date, (i) the sum of (A) the Accounts Receivable, (B) the Inventory and (C) the Other Current Assets, minus (ii) the Accounts Payable, subject to Section 1.3.
(xxxxx) “Working Capital Target” means US $15,000,000.
1.2. Other Defined Terms. The following terms will have the meanings defined for such terms in the Sections set forth below:
| Term | Section |
| 2013 Cole Memo | 4.13(b) |
| Accounting Firm | 2.17(c) |
| Additional Shares | 2.18(b) |
| Anti-Money Laundering Laws | 4.26 |
| Apps | 4.28 |
| Assumed Option | 2.7(a)(i) |
| Audited Financial Statements | 6.19 |
| Balance Sheet Date | 4.8(b) |
| Benefit Arrangements | 4.16(i) |
| Buyer | Introduction |
| Buyer Disclosure Schedules | 5 |
| Buyer Excluded Representation | 9.1(a)(ii) |
| Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations | 5.20 |
- 19 -
| Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Extra Contractual Representations | 5.20 |
| Buyer’s Counsel | 10.15(b) |
| Cap | 9.1(d)(ii) |
| Certificate | 2.9(c) |
| Certificate of Merger | 2.2 |
| Claim | 6.11 |
| Closing | 3.1 |
| Closing Date | 3.1 |
| Closing Indebtedness | 1.1(n) |
| Closing Working Capital Statement | 2.5(d) or (e) |
| Coattail Agreement | 2.14 |
| Company | Introduction |
| Company Closing Cash | 1.1(n) |
| Company Disclosure Schedules | 4 |
| Company Intellectual Property | 4.12(a) |
| Company Shareholder Notice | 6.17 |
| Confidential Information | 9.4 |
| Confidentiality Agreement | 6.4(a) |
| Conversion Offering | 6.22(c) |
| Dissenting Shares | 2.8 |
| Draft Working Capital Statement | 2.17(a) |
| Effective Time | 2.2 |
| Estimated Cash | 2.6(c)(i) |
| Estimated Closing Merger Consideration | 2.6(c)(i) |
| Estimated Indebtedness | 2.6(c)(i) |
| Estimated Working Capital | 2.6(c)(i) |
| Exchange Agent | 2.9(b) |
| Exchange Rights Agreement | 2.14 |
| Founder Subscription Agreements | Introduction |
| Holdback Shares | 2.6(d) |
| Indemnified Party | 9.1(e) |
| Indemnifying Party | 9.1(e) |
| Intended Tax Treatment | Introduction |
| Leased Real Property | 4.10(a) |
| Letter of Transmittal | 2.9(c) |
| Lockup Agreement | 2.14 |
| Merger Consideration Spreadsheet | 2.6(c)(i) |
| Non-Accredited Seller | 2.9(i) |
| OFAC | 4.27 |
| Outside Date | 8.1(b)(i) |
| Owned Real Property | 4.10(b) |
| Party | Introduction |
| Pension Plans | 4.16(a) |
| Personal Information | 4.28 |
- 20 -
| PIPE Investment | Introduction |
| PIPE Investment Amount | Introduction |
| PIPE Investor | Introduction |
| Post-Closing Straddle Period | 9.9(c) |
| Post-Signing Matters | 6.18 |
| Pre-Closing Straddle Period | 9.8(c) |
| Pre-Closing Tax Periods | 9.8(a) |
| Principal Seller | 9.5 |
| Privacy Requirements | 4.28 |
| Registration Rights Agreement | 2.14 |
| Related Party Transaction | 4.17 |
| Releasee | 9.9 |
| RSU | 2.7(a)(iii) |
| Sanctions | 4.27 |
| Security Breach | 4.28 |
| Seller | Introduction |
| Seller Excluded Representation | 9.1(a)(i) |
| Seller Fundamental Representations | 9.1(a)(i) |
| Sellers’ and the Company’s Contractual Representations | 4.34 |
| Sellers’ and the Company’s Extra Contractual Representations | 4.34 |
| Sellers’ Counsel | 10.15(a) |
| Sellers’ Representative | Introduction |
| SPAC | Introduction |
| SPAC Board Recommendation | 6.10(b) |
| SPAC Closing Cash | 7.3(g) |
| SPAC Closing Statement | 3.2 |
| SPAC Financial Statements | 5.10(a) |
| SPAC Incentive Plan | 9.10 |
| Investor Rights Agreement | 2.15 |
| Straddle Period | 9.8(c) |
| Subscription Agreements | Introduction |
| Surrender Documentation | 2.9(c) |
| Surviving Corporation | 2.1 |
| Tax Act | 10.16 |
| Tax Representations | 9.1(a)(i) |
| Tax Matter | 9.8(g) |
| Third Party Claim | 9.1(e) |
| Threshold | 9.1(d)(i) |
| Unvested Exchanged Option | 2.7(a)(iii) |
| Vested Exchanged Option | 2.7(a)(ii) |
| Welfare Plans | 4.16(b) |
- 21 -
1.3. Construction of Defined Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided, as used in Article 1 of this Agreement, Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, Cash, Indebtedness, Inventory, Other Current Assets and Working Capital of the Acquired Companies will mean the amounts determined in accordance GAAP, provided that the audited financial statements are audited in accordance with US Public Company Accounting Oversight Board principles, consistent with the Acquired Companies’ past practices.
1.4. Usage of Terms. Except where the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular number will include the plural number and vice versa. Use of the word “including” means “including, without limitation.” When a reference is made to a specific Law, act or statute, such reference shall include any regulations promulgated thereunder. The phrases “provided to,” “made available” and phrases of similar import when used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, means that a copy of the information or material referred to has been provided no later than 9:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement to the Party to which such information or material is to be provided or furnished (i) in the virtual “data room” set up by the Company in connection with this Agreement or (ii) by delivery to such Party or its legal counsel via electronic mail or hard copy form. Any action required by the terms hereof to be taken on a specific day that is not a Business Day shall instead be required to be taken on the next succeeding Business Day, and if the last day of a time period specified herein is a non-Business Day, such period shall be deemed to end on the next succeeding Business Day.
1.5. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules. All references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections (and other subdivisions), Exhibits and Schedules refer to the corresponding Articles, Sections (and other subdivisions), Exhibits and Schedules of or attached to this Agreement, unless the context expressly, or by necessary implication, otherwise requires.
ARTICLE 2
THE MERGER
2.1. The Merger. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the DGCL, at the Effective Time: (a) Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company; and (b) the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and the Company will continue its corporate existence under the DGCL as the surviving corporation in the Merger (sometimes referred to herein as the “Surviving Corporation”).
2.2. Effective Time. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company, Buyer and Merger Sub shall cause a certificate of merger in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Certificate of Merger”) to be executed, acknowledged and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the DGCL. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or at such later date or time as may be agreed by the Company and Buyer in writing and specified in the Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL (the effective time of the Merger being hereinafter referred to as the “Effective Time”).
- 22 -
2.3. Effects of the Merger. The Merger shall have the effects set forth herein and in the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, from and after the Effective Time, all property, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises, licenses and authority of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of each of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of the Surviving Corporation.
2.4. Certificate of Incorporation; By-laws. At the Effective Time: (a) the certificate of incorporation of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with the terms thereof or as provided by applicable Law; and (b) the by-laws of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the by-laws of the Company until thereafter amended in accordance with the terms thereof, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation or as provided by applicable Law.
2.5. Directors and Officers. The individuals set forth on Schedule 2.5 attached hereto shall be elected, effective as of the Effective Time, to serve as the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation in the positions set forth opposite their names on such schedule, until their successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Surviving Corporation.
2.6. Effect of the Merger on Company Securities. At the Effective Time, as a result of the Merger and without any action on the part of Buyer, Merger Sub, the Company or any Seller:
(a) Cancellation of Certain Company Stock. Shares of Company Stock that are owned by Buyer, Merger Sub or the Company (as treasury stock or otherwise) or any of the Acquired Subsidiaries shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.
(b) Treatment of Company Stock.
(i) Each share of Company Common Stock (collectively, the “Shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (x) Shares to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 2.6(a), and (y) Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration. Subject to Section 2.9(i), the Per Share Merger Consideration to be issued pursuant to this Article 2 shall be in the form of Buyer Exchangeable Shares. The Per Share Merger Consideration shall be allocated among the Company Shareholders in the proportions set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18.
(ii) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (x) shares to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 2.6(a), and (y) Dissenting Shares) shall not be cancelled, converted or exchanged in connection with the Merger and shall remain issued and outstanding following the Effective Time.
- 23 -
(c) Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.
(i) At least five Business Days before the Closing, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Buyer an updated spreadsheet (the “Merger Consideration Spreadsheet”), certified by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, which sets forth, as of the Closing Date: (A) the names and addresses of all Company Shareholders and the number of shares of Company Stock held by such Persons; (B) good faith estimates of Working Capital (the “Estimated Working Capital”), Closing Indebtedness (the “Estimated Indebtedness”), and Company Closing Cash (the “Estimated Cash”); (C) a reasonably detailed calculation of the Closing Merger Consideration based upon such estimates (the “Estimated Closing Merger Consideration”), (D) each Company Shareholder’s and Vested Optionholder’s allocation of the Estimated Closing Merger Consideration expressed as both a percentage interest and in terms of the number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares to be issued to each such Person, and (E) each Company Shareholder’s and Vested Optionholder’s allocation of the Earnout Consideration expressed as a percentage interest.
(ii) The parties agree that Buyer, the SPAC and Merger Sub shall be entitled to rely on the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet in issuing the Buyer Exchangeable Shares under this Article 2 and Buyer, the SPAC and Merger Sub shall not be responsible for the calculations or the determinations regarding such calculations in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.
(d) Adjustment to Number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares; Holdback Shares. The actual number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares issued under this Section 2.6 shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18. The Parties hereby agree that US $7,500,000 in value of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares (the “Holdback Shares”) will be held back from the Company Shareholders and Vested Optionholders, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Company Stock (other than Series A Preferred Stock) held by each as set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet, and not issued as part of the Closing until such adjustment is complete and the final number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares is determined.
(e) Conversion of Merger Sub Capital Stock. Each share of common stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one newly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.
2.7. Options; Warrants.
(a) At the Effective Time, the Company Incentive Plan and each of the outstanding Company Options, whether vested or unvested, shall cease to represent the right to purchase Company Common Stock and shall be assumed or exchanged by the SPAC in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.7(a).
(i) At the Effective Time, each Company Option that is an incentive stock option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) (an “Assumed Option”), whether vested or unvested, shall be assumed by the SPAC and become an option to purchase a number of shares of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares. Each Assumed Option shall continue to have, and be subject to, the terms and conditions as were applicable to such Assumed Option immediately prior to the Effective Time (including applicable vesting, expiration and forfeiture provisions), subject to the following adjustments: (i) each such Assumed Option shall be exercisable for the number of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares determined by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Company Stock that were issuable upon exercise of such Assumed Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Option Conversion Ratio, with the result rounded down to the nearest whole number of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares, and (ii) the per share exercise price for shares of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Assumed Option shall be equal to (x) the exercise price per share of Company Stock at which such Assumed Option was exercisable immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (y) the Option Conversion Ratio, with the result rounded up to the nearest whole cent. Consistent with the terms of the Company Incentive Plan and the documents governing the outstanding Assumed Options under such Plan, the Transaction will not terminate any of the outstanding Assumed Options. It is the intention of the Parties that the Assumed Options qualify, to the maximum extent permissible, following the Effective Time as incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Within five (5) Business Days following the final determination of the Closing Working Capital Statement pursuant to Section 2.17, the SPAC shall issue to each Person who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, was a holder of an outstanding Assumed Option a document in form and substance satisfactory to Sellers’ Representative evidencing the foregoing assumption of such Assumed Option by the SPAC. At or prior to the Effective Time, the SPAC shall take, or cause to be taken, all corporate action necessary to reserve for issuance a sufficient number of shares of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares for delivery of Assumed Options assigned to and assumed by it in accordance with, or otherwise to give effect to the provisions of, this Section 2.7(a)(i).
- 24 -
(ii) At the Effective Time, each vested Company Option that is not an incentive stock option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) (a “Vested Exchanged Option”) shall be cancelled, extinguished, and represent only the right to receive a number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares equal to (i) (A) the number of shares of Company Stock that were issuable upon exercise of such Vested Exchanged Option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (x) the value of the Per Share Closing Merger Consideration over (y) the exercise price of such Vested Exchanged Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, divided by (ii) $10.00. Such number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares shall be subject to an award agreement to be delivered to the holder of such Vested Exchanged Option within five (5) Business Days following the final determination of the Closing Working Capital Statement pursuant to Section 2.17. Such award agreement shall provide for delivery of such Buyer Exchangeable Shares to such holder on the three (3)-year anniversary of the Closing.
(iii) At the Effective Time, each unvested Company Option that is not an incentive stock option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) (an “Unvested Exchanged Option”) shall be cancelled, extinguished, and converted into a restricted unit of Buyer Exchangeable Shares (a “RSU”). The number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares underlying an RSU issued with respect to an Unvested Exchanged Option shall be equal to (i) (A) the number of shares of Company Stock that were issuable upon exercise of such Unvested Exchanged Option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (x) the value of the Per Share Closing Merger Consideration over (y) the per share exercise price of such Unvested Exchanged Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, divided by (ii) $10.00. The vesting schedule applicable to each such RSU shall continue to be the vesting schedule applicable to the Unvested Exchanged Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided that any monthly vesting shall be amended to provide for annual vesting on each anniversary of the grant date (e.g., if a Company Option was granted on January 1, 2020 for 480 shares and provided for vesting in equal monthly installments over a four-year period, and the Closing occurred on April 30, 2021, of the 330 unvested shares as of the Closing Date, 90 shares would vest on January 1, 2022, 120 shares would vest on January 1, 2023, and the remaining 120 shares would vest on January 1, 2024). Within five (5) Business Days following the final determination of the Closing Working Capital Statement pursuant to Section 2.17, the SPAC shall issue to each Person who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, was a holder of an outstanding Unvested Exchanged Option such documentation, in form and substance satisfactory to Sellers’ Representative, as is necessary or advisable to evidence the foregoing exchange of such Unvested Exchanged Option. At or prior to the Effective Time, the SPAC shall take, or cause to be taken, all corporate action necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.7(a)(iii).
- 25 -
(b) At the Effective Time, each outstanding and unexercised PEF Warrant shall be cancelled, extinguished and converted automatically into a warrant to purchase a number of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares equal to (i) the number of shares of Company Stock that were issuable upon exercise of such PEF Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (ii) 7.874015748031496. Each such PEF Warrant shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the SPAC and otherwise continue to have, and be subject to, the terms and conditions as were applicable to such PEF Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided that the per share exercise price shall be $10.00. Within five (5) Business Days following the final determination of the Closing Working Capital Statement pursuant to Section 2.17, the SPAC shall issue to each Person who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, was a holder of an outstanding PEF Warrant a document in form and substance satisfactory to Sellers’ Representative evidencing the foregoing conversion of such PEF Warrant. From time to time thereafter as any Earnout Consideration becomes issuable to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the SPAC shall promptly make such amendments to such document as are necessary to update the number of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares into which such PEF Warrant converts taking into account such Earnout Consideration. The Company shall comply with all notice provisions of the PEF Warrants applicable to the Transaction. The SPAC shall take, or cause to be taken, all corporate action necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.7(b).
2.8. Dissenting Shares. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Shares cancelled in accordance with Section 2.6(a)) and held by a holder who has not voted in favor of adoption of this Agreement or consented thereto in writing and who has properly exercised appraisal rights of such Shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL (such Shares being referred to collectively as the “Dissenting Shares” until such time as such holder fails to perfect or otherwise loses such holder’s appraisal rights under the DGCL with respect to such Shares) shall not be converted into a right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, but instead shall be entitled to only such rights as are granted by Section 262 of the DGCL; provided, however, that if, after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect, withdraws or loses such holder’s right to appraisal pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL or if a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such holder is not entitled to the relief provided by Section 262 of the DGCL, such Shares shall be treated as if they had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the portion of the Merger Consideration, if any, to which such holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.6(b), without interest thereon. The Company shall provide Buyer prompt written notice of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of Shares, any withdrawal of any such demand and any other demand, notice or instrument delivered to the Company prior to the Effective Time pursuant to the DGCL that relates to such demand, and Buyer shall have the opportunity and right to direct all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. Except with the prior written consent of Buyer, the Company shall not make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands.
- 26 -
2.9. Surrender and Payment.
(a) At the Effective Time, all Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and, subject to Section 2.8, each holder of Shares shall cease to have any rights as a shareholder of the Company.
(b) Prior to the Effective Time, Buyer and the SPAC shall appoint an exchange agent reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Exchange Agent”) to act as the exchange agent in the Merger.
(c) As promptly as practicable following the date hereof and in any event not later than 15 Business Days thereafter, the Exchange Agent shall mail to each Company Shareholder that holds Shares a letter of transmittal in substantially the form attached as Exhibit E (a “Letter of Transmittal”), and, if such Shares are represented by a stock certificate (each, a “Certificate”), instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Certificates (or affidavits of loss in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 2.13), in exchange for the applicable portion of Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 2.6(b). The Exchange Agent shall, no later than the later of: (i) the Closing Date; or (ii) 15 Business Days after receipt of a Letter of Transmittal with respect to Shares duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto (and, if applicable, a Certificate (or affidavits of loss in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 2.13) representing such Shares), together with any other customary documents that the Exchange Agent may reasonably require in connection therewith (collectively, the “Surrender Documentation”), issue to the holder of such Shares such holder’s share as indicated in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet of the Closing Merger Consideration (minus such holder’s share as indicated in such spreadsheet of the Holdback Shares) with respect to such Shares, and, if applicable, the Certificate representing such Shares shall forthwith be cancelled. The issuance of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares including the Holdback Shares may be in electronic book entry or DRS form without the issuance of physical stock certificates. With respect to each Company Shareholder, until such time as such Company Shareholder’s Buyer Exchangeable Shares shall be deliverable to such Company Shareholder pursuant to this Section 2.9(c), such Buyer Exchangeable Shares will be held in escrow by the Exchange Agent and treated as having been issued at the Closing to such Company Shareholder and outstanding, and such Company Shareholder (i) will be shown as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of Buyer and (ii) shall have all rights to receive on a current basis any dividends or other distributions made with respect to such Buyer Exchangeable Shares which dividends and distributions shall be issued to Exchange Agent, held by Exchange Agent for the benefit of such Company Shareholder, and included as part of such Buyer Exchangeable Shares, but in all cases subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2.18. In the event that the Letter of Transmittal of a Company Shareholder indicates that such Company Shareholder is a Non-Accredited Seller, (A) the Exchange Agent shall promptly notify Buyer and the SPAC of such status, (B) Buyer and the SPAC, to the extent that neither has reasonable knowledge that such Company Shareholder is an accredited investor, shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the Exchange Agent, for further distribution to such Non-Accredited Seller, the amount in cash payable to such Non-Accredited Seller in respect of the Closing Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 2.9(i), (C) the Exchange Agent shall distribute such cash to such Non-Accredited Seller in lieu of Buyer Exchangeable Shares and (D) the Buyer Exchangeable Shares previously made available to the Exchange Agent in respect of Merger Consideration deliverable to such Non-Accredited Seller shall be returned by the Exchange Agent to Buyer.
- 27 -
(d) The Exchange Agent shall, with respect to each holder of Shares, no later than the later of: (i) if such holder has previously delivered completed and validly executed Surrender Documentation, five (5) Business Days following the determination of the final number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares to be issued following the determination of the adjustment under Section 2.6(d); or (ii) if such holder has not yet delivered completed and validly executed Surrender Documentation, 15 Business Days after receipt of such completed and validly executed Surrender Documentation, issue to such holder its share as indicated in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet of the Holdback Shares (and any Additional Shares, if applicable) with respect to such Shares. Until such time as the Holdback Shares shall be released to the Company Shareholders or permanently withheld pursuant to Section 2.18, the Holdback Shares will be held in escrow by the Exchange Agent and treated as having been issued at the Closing to the respective Company Shareholders and outstanding, and the respective Company Shareholders (i) will be shown as the registered owners thereof on the books and records of Buyer and (ii) shall have all rights to vote such Holdback Shares and receive on a current basis any dividends or other distributions made with respect to the Holdback Shares, which dividends and distributions shall be issued to Exchange Agent, held by Exchange Agent for the benefit of the Company Shareholders, and included as part of the Holdback Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each Non-Accredited Seller, (A) Buyer and the SPAC shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Exchange Agent, for further distribution to such Non-Accredited Seller in accordance with this Section 2.9(d), the amount in cash payable to such Non-Accredited Seller in respect of the Holdback Shares (and any Additional Shares, if applicable) pursuant to Section 2.9(i), (B) the Exchange Agent shall distribute such cash to such Non-Accredited Seller in lieu of Buyer Exchangeable Shares and (C) the Holdback Shares previously made available to the Exchange Agent in respect of such Non-Accredited Seller shall be returned by the Exchange Agent to Buyer.
(e) The Exchange Agent shall, with respect to each holder of Shares, no later than the later of: (i) if such holder has previously delivered completed and validly executed Surrender Documentation, the date upon which Buyer Exchangeable Shares become issuable to Company Shareholders as Earnout Consideration pursuant to Article 2 of the Investor Rights Agreement and the Exchange Agent receives such Buyer Exchangeable Shares in respect of such Earnout Consideration; or (ii) if such holder has not yet delivered completed and validly executed Surrender Documentation, 15 Business Days after receipt of such completed and validly executed Surrender Documentation, issue to such holder its share as indicated in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet of such Earnout Consideration with respect to such Shares. With respect to each Company Shareholder, from and after the Exchange Agent’s receipt of Buyer Exchangeable Shares in respect of Earnout Consideration until such time as such Company Shareholder’s Buyer Exchangeable Shares shall be deliverable to such Company Shareholder pursuant to this Section 2.9(e), such Buyer Exchangeable Shares will be held in escrow by the Exchange Agent and treated as having been issued upon such Earnout Consideration becoming issuable to such Company Shareholder pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, and such Company Shareholder (i) will be shown as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of Buyer and (ii) shall have all rights to receive on a current basis any dividends or other distributions made with respect to such Buyer Exchangeable Shares which dividends and distributions shall be issued to Exchange Agent, held by Exchange Agent for the benefit of such Company Shareholder, and included as part of such Buyer Exchangeable Shares. The Exchange Agent shall, no later than the date upon which Buyer Exchangeable Shares become issuable to Vested Optionholders as Earnout Consideration pursuant to Article 2 of the Investor Rights Agreement and the Exchange Agent receives such Buyer Exchangeable Shares in respect of such Earnout Consideration, issue to each Vested Optionholder its share as indicated in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet of such Earnout Consideration with respect to the Vested Exchanged Options held by such Vested Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each Non-Accredited Seller, (A) Buyer and the SPAC shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Exchange Agent, for further distribution to such Non-Accredited Seller in accordance with this Section 2.9(e), the amount in cash payable to such Non-Accredited Seller in respect of Earnout Consideration pursuant to Section 2.9(i) and (B) the Exchange Agent shall distribute such cash to such Non-Accredited Seller in lieu of Buyer Exchangeable Shares.
- 28 -
(f) Until so surrendered, each outstanding Share (and any Certificate that prior to the Effective Time represented Shares) (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all purposes, to evidence the right to receive the portion of the Merger Consideration as provided in Sections 2.6(b) and (d). If after the Effective Time, any Share (or any Certificate that prior to the Effective Time represented a Share) is presented to the Exchange Agent, it shall be cancelled and exchanged as provided in this Section.
(g) Any portion of the Merger Consideration that remains unclaimed by the Company Shareholders six months after the date upon which such portion of the Merger Consideration became deliverable to the Company Shareholders shall be returned to Buyer or the SPAC, as applicable, upon demand, and any such Company Shareholder who has not exchanged the Surrender Documentation for the Merger Consideration in accordance with this Section prior to that time shall thereafter look only to Buyer or the SPAC, as applicable, for issuance of such portion of the Merger Consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Buyer nor the SPAC shall be liable to any holder of Shares for any amounts paid to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Laws. Any portion of the Merger Consideration remaining unclaimed by Company Shareholders two years after the date upon which such portion of the Merger Consideration became deliverable to the Company Shareholders (or such earlier date, immediately prior to such time when the amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any Governmental Authority) shall become, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the property of Buyer or the SPAC, as applicable, free and clear of any claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto.
- 29 -
(h) Any portion of the Merger Consideration made available to the Exchange Agent in respect of any Dissenting Shares shall be returned to Buyer or the SPAC, as applicable, upon demand.
(i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that a Seller is not an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), the Merger Consideration deliverable to such Seller shall be solely in the form of cash (any Seller that receives cash in lieu of Buyer Exchangeable Shares pursuant to this Section 2.9(i), a “Non-Accredited Seller”). The amount of cash payable to a Non-Accredited Seller in respect of Merger Consideration pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be equal to (i) with respect to the Closing Merger Consideration, the number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares that otherwise would have been deliverable to such Non-Accredited Seller in respect thereof (taking into account the Holdback Shares to be withheld from such Non-Accredited Seller in accordance with Section 2.6(d)) multiplied by $10.00, (ii) with respect to any Holdback Shares and Additional Shares that become deliverable pursuant to Section 2.18, the number of Holdback Shares and Additional Shares that otherwise would have been deliverable to such Non-Accredited Seller pursuant to Section 2.18 multiplied by $10.00, and (iii) with respect to Earnout Consideration, (A) the number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares that otherwise would have been deliverable to such Non-Accredited Seller in respect thereof multiplied by (B) the closing trading price for a SPAC Subordinate Voting Share on the principal securities exchange on which such security is traded on the date immediately preceding the date that such Earnout Consideration becomes deliverable to the Company Shareholders pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement.
2.10. No Further Ownership Rights in Company Stock. All Merger Consideration issued or payable in respect of the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been issued, paid or payable in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the Shares and in consideration for all obligations, covenants and agreements of the holder thereof set forth in this Agreement and the agreements and documents ancillary hereto (including, without limitation, the indemnification obligations and appointment of Sellers’ Representative set forth in this Agreement and the release set forth in the Letter of Transmittal), and from and after the Effective Time, there shall be no further registration of transfers of Shares on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation. If, after the Effective Time, Shares (or Certificates that prior to the Effective Time represented Shares) are presented to the Surviving Corporation, they shall be cancelled and exchanged for the Merger Consideration provided for, and in accordance with the procedures set forth, in this Article 2 and elsewhere in this Agreement.
2.11. Adjustments. Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, if at any time during the period between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, the outstanding shares of Company Stock, Buyer Exchangeable Shares, or SPAC Shares shall have been changed into a different number of shares or a different class, by reason of the PIPE Investment or any stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, split, combination or exchange of shares, or any similar event shall have occurred, or if there shall have been any breach by SPAC with respect to SPAC Shares or rights to acquire SPAC Shares, then any number, value (including dollar value) or amount contained herein which is based upon the number of shares of Company Stock, Buyer Exchangeable Shares, or SPAC Shares, as applicable, will be appropriately adjusted to provide to the Company Shareholders or the SPAC Shareholders, as applicable, the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such event; provided, however, that this Section 2.11 shall not be construed to permit SPAC or the Company to take any action with respect to their respective securities that is prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
- 30 -
2.12. Withholding Rights. Each of the Exchange Agent, Buyer, Merger Sub and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Article 2 such amounts as may be required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under any provision of Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld by the Exchange Agent, Buyer, Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which the Exchange Agent, Buyer, Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, made such deduction and withholding.
2.13. Lost Certificates. If any Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by Buyer, the posting by such Person of a bond, in such reasonable amount as Buyer may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Exchange Agent shall issue, in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the Merger Consideration to be paid in respect of the Shares formerly represented by such Certificate as contemplated under this Article 2.
2.14. Exchange Rights, Coattail, Lockup and Registration Rights Agreements. As a condition to the issuance of Buyer Exchangeable Shares and the closing of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement: (a) the Sellers’ Representative, on behalf of the Company Shareholders, must enter into an exchange rights agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F setting forth the rights and obligations of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares (collectively, the “Exchange Rights Agreement”), and (b) the Company Founders must enter into: (i) a lockup agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, pursuant to which 50% of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares issued to the Company Founders will be subject to a six (6) month lock-up period and the remaining 50% of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares issued to the Company Founders will be issued and be subject to a twelve (12) month lock-up period (collectively, the “Lockup Agreement”); and (ii) a Coattail Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Coattail Agreement”). At Closing, the Sponsor and the Company Founders shall be granted registration rights by the SPAC as set out in a registration rights agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).
2.15. Investor Rights Agreement. Simultaneous with signing of this Agreement, Sponsor, certain of the Sellers and certain other parties thereto shall have entered into an Investor Rights Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which: (a) post-closing, Sponsor and certain other parties may be required to forfeit certain SPAC sponsor shares; (b) Sponsor and certain other parties will agree to vote in favor of the transactions contemplated herein; and (c) Sponsor will be entitled, for as long as it holds at least 50% of the SPAC Shares it owned at Closing (not including any forfeited shares) to put forward one nominee, represented initially by Robert J. Mendola, as a director of the SPAC. Prior to the Closing, the Company and the Sellers’ Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a duly executed joinder to the Investor Rights Agreement from each holder of shares of Class B common stock of the Company that did not execute the Investor Rights Agreement on the date hereof.
- 31 -
2.16. [Reserved].
2.17. Preparation of Working Capital Statement.
(a) Within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date (or such other date as is mutually agreed to by Sellers’ Representative and Buyer in writing), Buyer will prepare and deliver to the Sellers’ Representative a draft consolidated statement (the “Draft Working Capital Statement”) of: (i) a balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date; (ii) based on such balance sheet, Buyer’s calculation of the Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness, and Company Closing Cash; and (iii) a calculation of the Closing Merger Consideration substituting the calculations of Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness, and Company Closing Cash set forth in the Draft Working Capital Statement for the Estimated Working Capital, Estimated Indebtedness, and Estimated Cash set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet, respectively. The Draft Working Capital Statement will be prepared in accordance with Section 1.3 and will include reasonable detail on the computation thereof. If the Buyer fails to deliver the Draft Working Capital Statement within the aforementioned ninety (90) day period (or such other period as was mutually agreed to by Sellers’ Representative and Buyer in writing), no adjustment to the Estimated Closing Merger Consideration will be made under Section 2.18, unless Sellers’ Representative notifies Buyer to the contrary in writing within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the aforementioned ninety (90) day period. In the event that the Sellers’ Representative so notifies Buyer within such five (5) Business Day period, the Sellers’ Representative shall prepare and deliver to Buyer within thirty (30) days following such notice the Draft Working Capital Statement and this Section 2.17 shall continue to apply to the determination of the Closing Working Capital Statement, mutatis mutandis. During such thirty (30)-day period, Buyer will provide access, upon every reasonable request, to the Sellers’ Representative and the Representatives of the Sellers to all books, records, and appropriate personnel of Buyer, SPAC, the Acquired Companies and their respective auditors for purposes of preparing the Draft Working Capital Statement. If the Sellers’ Representative fails to deliver the Draft Working Capital Statement within such thirty (30)-day period, no adjustment to the Estimated Closing Merger Consideration will be made under Section 2.18.
(b) The Sellers’ Representative will have twenty (20) Business Days to review the Draft Working Capital Statement following receipt of it and the Sellers’ Representative must notify the Buyer in writing if the Sellers’ Representative has any objections to the Draft Working Capital Statement within such period. The notice of objection must contain a statement of the basis of each of the objections and each amount in dispute. The Buyer will provide access, upon every reasonable request, to the Sellers’ Representative and the Representatives of the Sellers to all work papers and books and records of the Buyer’, SPAC’, the Acquired Companies and their respective auditors’ and the appropriate personnel to verify the accuracy, presentation and other matters relating to the preparation of the Draft Working Capital Statement, subject to, if applicable, execution and delivery by the Sellers’ Representative and the Representatives of Sellers of any agreement or other document, including any release, waiver or indemnity that the Buyer’s auditors may reasonably require prior to providing such access.
- 32 -
(c) If the Sellers’ Representative sends a notice of objection of the Draft Working Capital Statement in accordance with Section 2.17(b), the Sellers’ Representative, on the one hand, and the Buyer and/or SPAC, on the other hand, will promptly make commercially reasonable efforts to try to resolve such objections within twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the notice of objection. Failing resolution of any objection to the Draft Working Capital Statement raised by the Sellers’ Representative, only the amount(s) in dispute will be submitted for determination to an independent firm of chartered professional accountants with sufficient experience representing companies conducting business within the cannabis industry mutually agreed to by the Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer (and, failing such agreement between the Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer within a further period of five (5) Business Days, each of the Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer shall select a firm of chartered professional accountants and such firms shall mutually agree upon a third independent firm of chartered professional accountants that will determine all disputes (the “Accounting Firm”)). The Accounting Firm will identify a member of the firm to act in such mandate and will determine the procedures applicable to the resolution of the amounts in dispute with the primary purposes of minimizing expenses of the parties and expediting the accurate resolution of the dispute. The determination of such Accounting Firm of the amount(s) in dispute and any corresponding changes flowing from the resolution of such amounts in dispute will be final and binding upon the Parties and will not be subject to appeal, absent manifest error. Such Accounting Firm will be deemed to be acting as experts and not as arbitrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the determination of such Accounting Firm of the amount(s) in dispute will in no event be more favorable to the Buyer than reflected in the Draft Working Capital Statement delivered by the Buyer or more favorable to the Sellers than shown in the proposed changes to the Draft Working Capital Statement delivered by the Sellers’ Representative under its notice of objection pursuant to Section 2.17(b). During the review by the Accounting Firm, the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative will each make available to such Accounting Firm, such individuals and such information, facilities, books, records and work papers as may be reasonably required by the Accounting Firm to fulfill its obligations hereunder during normal business hours (such access not to unreasonably disrupt the operations of the Buyer, the Acquired Companies, or the Sellers).
(d) If the Sellers’ Representative does not notify the Buyer of any objection to the Draft Working Capital Statement within the twenty (20) Business Day period set forth in Section 2.17(b), the Sellers will be deemed to have accepted and approved the Draft Working Capital Statement and such Draft Working Capital Statement will be final, conclusive and binding upon the Parties, absent manifest error and will become the “Closing Working Capital Statement” on the next Business Day following the end of such period.
(e) If the Sellers’ Representative sends a notice of objection in accordance with Section 2.17(b), the Sellers’ Representative and Buyer will revise the Draft Working Capital Statement to reflect the final resolution or final determination of such objections under Section 2.17(c) within five (5) Business Days following such final resolution or determination. Such revised Draft Working Capital Statement will be final, conclusive and binding upon the Parties, absent manifest error. The Draft Working Capital Statement will become the “Closing Working Capital Statement” on the next Business Day following revision of the Draft Working Capital Statement under this Section 2.17(e).
- 33 -
(f) The Sellers’ Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) and the Buyer will each bear their own fees and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their respective auditors, in preparing or reviewing, as the case may be, the Draft Working Capital Statement. In the case of a dispute and the retention of the Accounting Firm to determine such amount(s) in dispute, the costs and expenses of such Accounting Firm will be borne by Buyer, on the one hand, and the Sellers’ Representative (on behalf of Sellers), on the other hand, in such amount(s) as will be determined by the Accounting Firm based on the proportion that the aggregate amount of disputed items submitted to the Accounting Firm that is unsuccessfully disputed by Buyer, on the one hand, or the Sellers’ Representative, on the other hand, as determined by the Accounting Firm, bears to the total amount of such disputed items so referred to the Accounting Firm for resolution. However, the Sellers and the Buyer will each bear their own costs in presenting their respective cases to such Accounting Firm.
(g) The Parties agree that the procedure set forth in this Section 2.17 for resolving disputes with respect to the Draft Working Capital Statement is the sole and exclusive method of resolving such disputes, absent manifest error; provided that (i) the authority of the Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall be limited solely to the resolution of the calculation of amounts in dispute, and all other disputes between the parties (including with respect to the contractual interpretation of this Section 2.17) shall be resolved in accordance with Section 10.4, and (ii) subject to Section 10.4 (except the requirement to arbitrate set forth in Section 10.4(b)), this Section 2.17(g) will not prohibit any Party from instigating litigation to compel specific performance of this Section 2.17 or to enforce the determination of the Accounting Firm.
2.18. Working Capital Adjustment to Merger Consideration.
(a) If the Closing Merger Consideration set forth in the Closing Working Capital Statement is less than the Estimated Closing Merger Consideration by more than US $500,000, (i) the full amount of such shortfall shall be offset by a reduction to the number of Holdback Shares (with each Holdback Share having a deemed value equal to the value of such Holdback Share at the Closing) and (ii) the number of Holdback Shares that remain following such reduction shall be delivered to the Company Shareholders in accordance with Section 2.9(d). If the number of Holdback Shares are insufficient to offset the full amount of any shortfall, the amount of such unsatisfied shortfall shall be satisfied by reducing the number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares issued or to be issued under Section 2.9 to the Company Shareholders (and, if applicable, the Vested Optionholders) on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective percentage interest allocations as set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet (with each Buyer Exchangeable Share having a deemed value equal to the value of such Buyer Exchangeable Share at the Closing). In the case of issued Buyer Exchangeable Shares, each of the Company Shareholders (and, if applicable, the Vested Optionholders) shall surrender for cancellation the requisite number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares and will cooperate fully with the Buyer and the Exchange Agent with respect to same.
(b) If the Closing Merger Consideration set forth in the Closing Working Capital Statement is greater than the Estimated Closing Merger Consideration by more than US $500,000, (i) the full amount of the Holdback Shares shall be delivered to the Company Shareholders in accordance with Section 2.9(d) and (ii) the Buyer shall deliver to the Exchange Agent, for further delivery to the Company Shareholders in accordance with Section 2.9(d), an additional number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares (“Additional Shares”) representing a value equal to the amount of such excess (with each Buyer Exchangeable Share having a deemed value equal to the value of a Buyer Exchangeable Share at the Closing).
- 34 -
2.19. No Effect on Other Rights. Except as set forth in Section 9.1(h)(v), the determination and adjustment of the Purchase Price in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 will not limit or affect any other rights or causes of action either the Buyer or the Sellers may have with respect to the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities in its favor contained in this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3
CLOSING
3.1. Closing. The closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”) will take place remotely via the electronic exchange of documents and signatures as soon as practicable following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 7 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) and in any event within three (3) Business Days thereafter, or on such other date as Buyer and Sellers’ Representative may mutually determine (the “Closing Date”). The Closing will be deemed to have occurred at 8:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the Closing Date.
3.2. SPAC Closing Statement. Not more than seven calendar days after the date that holders of SPAC Class A Shares may no longer elect redemption in accordance with the SPAC Shareholder Redemption, SPAC shall prepare and deliver to the Company a statement (the “SPAC Closing Statement”) setting forth: (a) the aggregate amount of cash in the Escrow Account (prior to giving effect to the SPAC Shareholder Redemption); (b) the aggregate amount of all payments required to be made in connection with the SPAC Shareholder Redemption; (c) the SPAC’s good faith estimate of the aggregate amount due and payable for the SPAC’s, the Merger Sub’s and the Buyer’s expenses related to the closing of the Transaction, including all costs, fees, expenses and payments contingent on the closing of the Transaction; (d) the SPAC’s good faith estimate of the aggregate amount of debt and other payables on the SPAC’s balance sheet as of the closing of the Transaction; and (e) the SPAC’s good faith estimate of the SPAC Closing Cash resulting therefrom, in each case, including reasonable supporting detail therefor. From and after delivery of the SPAC Closing Statement until the Closing, SPAC shall (i) provide the Company and its Representatives with reasonable access at all reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice to the books and records of SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub and to senior management personnel of SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub, in each case, to the extent reasonably requested by the Company or any of its Representatives in connection with their review of the SPAC Closing Statement, (ii) cooperate with the Company and its Representatives in connection with their review of the SPAC Closing Statement and the components thereof and (iii) consider in good faith any comments to the SPAC Closing Statement provided by the Company prior to the Closing Date.
- 35 -
ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF SELLERS AND THE COMPANY
Except as set forth on the disclosure schedules delivered by the Company to Buyer on the date hereof (the “Company Disclosure Schedules”), (i) each Seller represents and warrants to Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC (solely with respect to such Seller’s Seller Individual Representations, severally and not jointly), and (ii) the Company represents and warrants to Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC (solely with respect to the representations and warranties in this Article 4 excluding any Seller Individual Representation), that the statements contained in this Article 4 made by such Person are correct and complete as of the date hereof. A fact or matter disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedules with respect to one section or subsection thereof will be deemed to be disclosed with respect to each other section or subsection where such disclosure is applicable to the extent that it is reasonably apparent from reading such Company Disclosure Schedule that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement (in addition to any specific exception to Federal Cannabis Laws set forth in this Article 4), all representations, warranties covenants and disclosures of the Acquired Companies and the Sellers in this Article 4 are being made with exception to and not with respect to Federal Cannabis Laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 4 (other than those set forth in the first sentence of Section 4.3(b)) made with respect to an Acquired Subsidiary that is not, directly or indirectly, controlled by the Company shall be deemed made solely to the actual knowledge of the Key Employees; provided that, solely with respect to subsidiaries of [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – confidentiality provisions in the acquisition agreement with respect to the Acquired Subsidiary]., the representation set forth in the first sentence of Section 4.3(b) is made solely to the actual knowledge of the Key Employees.
4.1. Organization and Authority of the Acquired Companies to Conduct Business. Each Acquired Company is duly organized, validly existing and in active status under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation. Each Acquired Company is duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be qualified, except where failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Acquired Companies. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, the Acquired Companies do not have any Affiliates that are not individuals (other than other Acquired Companies) and no Affiliate of Acquired Companies owns or has any interest in any of the assets used in the Business (other than other Acquired Companies). Each Acquired Company has full corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as applicable, to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted and to own and lease its properties and assets, except where the failure to possess such power and authority would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the Business in the manner currently conducted.
- 36 -
4.2. Power and Authority; Binding Effect.
(a) Such Seller has all necessary power and authority and have taken all action necessary to authorize, execute and deliver this Agreement, and the Transaction, and to perform such Seller’s obligations under this Agreement (except under Federal Cannabis Laws). This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Seller and constitutes a legal (except under Federal Cannabis Laws), valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by the Enforceability Limitations and Federal Cannabis Laws.
(b) The Company has all necessary power and authority and has taken all action necessary to authorize, execute and deliver this Agreement, to consummate the Transaction, and to perform its obligations under this Agreement (except under Federal Cannabis Laws). This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by the Enforceability Limitations and Federal Cannabis Laws.
(c) The Company Board Approval and the Company Shareholder Approval have each been obtained and are in full force and the Company has delivered executed copies of the Company Board Approval and the Company Shareholder Approval to the Buyer.
4.3. Equity Information.
(a) As of the date hereof, the Company Stock is held exclusively by the Company Shareholders, in the amounts set forth on Schedule 4.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules. The Company Stock represent 100% of the outstanding equity interests of the Company. The Company Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and has been issued in compliance with applicable securities Law. The Company has made available to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of the organizational documents of the Acquired Companies, each as currently in effect. The minute books of each Acquired Company contain true, complete and correct records in all material respects of all meetings and other material corporate actions held or taken by members, managers or other governing bodies through the date hereof. All such minute books of the Acquired Companies have been made available to Buyer. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3(a), there are not now outstanding any other equity interests, phantom equity interests or other securities, or any options, warrants or any rights related to any Acquired Company or to any other equity interests, phantom equity interests or other securities of any Acquired Company. There are no agreements of any kind relating to the issuance of any equity interests of any Acquired Company, or any convertible or exchangeable securities or any options, warrants or other rights relating to the equity interests of any Acquired Company. There are no voting agreements, voting trusts, buy-sell agreements, options or right of first purchase agreements or other agreements of any kind relating to the Company Stock.
(b) Schedule 4.3(a) sets forth a list of each of the Acquired Subsidiaries, including (i) its name and jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (ii) the number of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital stock, units, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, and (iii) the holder of such ownership interests. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Acquired Subsidiary have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable and issued in compliance with applicable Law and not subject to or held in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive rights, subscription right, equity holders’ agreement, voting agreement or any similar right under applicable Law or the organizational documents of the Acquired Companies. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3(b), the Company or one or more Acquired Subsidiaries hold of record and own beneficially all of the outstanding equity interests of each Acquired Subsidiary free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Encumbrances arising under applicable federal and state securities Law, and California Cannabis Laws). Neither the Company nor any Acquired Subsidiary controls directly or indirectly or has any direct or indirect equity interests in any corporation, partnership, trust, or other business association that is not an Acquired Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any Acquired Subsidiary has an obligation to, or has any right to acquire, directly or indirectly, any outstanding capital stock of, or other equity interests in, any Person, or to provide funds to, make an investment in (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) or provide any guarantee with respect to the obligations of, any other Person.
- 37 -
4.4. Title.
(a) Each Seller owns good title to the Company Stock set forth next to such Seller’s name on Schedule 4.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Encumbrances arising under applicable federal and state securities Law, or California Cannabis Laws). Subject to the California Cannabis Laws at Closing, each Seller has the full and unrestricted power to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Company Stock that such Seller owns pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. No Seller is a Party to any option, warrant, purchase right or other contract or commitment that could (including upon the occurrence of any contingency or event) require such Seller to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Company Stock or any interest therein, other than this Agreement. Other than this Agreement, no Seller is a Party to any voting trust, proxy or other agreement or understanding with respect to such Seller’s ownership, voting or transfer of, or otherwise related to, the Company Stock that such Seller owns.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules and except for Permitted Encumbrances, each Acquired Company has good title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses to use, all of its assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
4.5. No Conflict or Violation.
(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, do not and will not result in or constitute (i) except as set forth on Schedule 4.5(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, a breach of, a loss of rights under, or an event, occurrence, condition or act which is or, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would become, a material default under, or result in the acceleration of any obligations under, any term or provision of, any material contract, agreement, indebtedness, lease, commitment, license, franchise, permit, authorization or concession to which any Seller is a party, (ii) a violation by any Seller of any statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, by-law, code, order, judgment, writ, injunction, decree or award applicable to any Seller which could result in a penalty or a loss of privilege (except for Federal Cannabis Laws) or (iii) an imposition of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on the Company Stock, except, in each case, for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, or impositions which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially interfere with, prevent, or materially delay the ability of such Seller to enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Transaction.
(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, do not and will not result in or constitute (i) a violation of or conflict with any provision of the organizational or other governing documents of any Acquired Company, (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 4.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, a breach of, a loss of rights under, or an event, occurrence, condition or act which is or, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would become, a material default under, or result in the acceleration of any obligations under, any term or provision of, any material contract, agreement, indebtedness, lease, commitment, license, franchise, permit, authorization or concession to which any Acquired Company is a party, (iii) a violation by any Acquired Company of any statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, by-law, code, order, judgment, writ, injunction, decree or award applicable to such Acquired Company which could result in a penalty or a loss of privilege (except for Federal Cannabis Laws) or (iv) an imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on the assets of any Acquired Company, except, in the case of clauses (ii)-(iv), as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the Business in the manner currently conducted.
- 38 -
4.6. Consents and Approvals.
(a) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.6(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules including any requirements under the California Cannabis Laws set forth on such schedule, no consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required to be made or obtained by such Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction, except for any such consent, approval, authorization, declaration, filing, or registration the failure of which to be made or obtained would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially interfere with, prevent, or materially delay the ability of such Seller to enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Transaction.
(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules including any requirements under the California Cannabis Laws set forth on such schedule, no consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required to be made or obtained by any Acquired Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction or will be necessary to ensure the continuing validity and effectiveness immediately following the Closing of any Permit or Material Contract of any Acquired Company, as applicable, except for any such consent, approval, authorization, declaration, filing, or registration the failure of which to be made or obtained would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the Business in the manner currently conducted or materially interfere with, prevent, or materially delay the consummation of the Transaction.
- 39 -
4.7. No Proceedings.
(a) With respect to each Seller, there is no material Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of such Seller, threatened against, relating to or affecting in any adverse manner, the Transaction.
(b) With respect to each Acquired Company, there is no material Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against, relating to or affecting in any adverse manner, the Transaction.
4.8. Financial Statements; Unknown Liabilities.
(a) The Company has made available to Buyer the Financial Statements. The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of each Acquired Company as of their respective dates and for the periods then ended in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to, in the case of any unaudited Financial Statements, normal year-end adjustments. The books and records of each Acquired Company from which the Financial Statements were prepared fairly reflect the assets, liabilities and operations of such Acquired Company in all material respects, and the Financial Statements are in conformity therewith in all material respects.
(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.8(b)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, there are no material liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, known, unknown, matured, unmatured or otherwise, which would have been required to be disclosed or provided for in financial statements of any Acquired Company in accordance with GAAP, except (i) liabilities and obligations reflected in or reserved against in the Financial Statements as of December 31, 2020 (the “Balance Sheet Date”) and (ii) liabilities and obligations incurred between the Balance Sheet Date and the Closing Date in the ordinary course of the Business of such Acquired Company (none of which results from, arises out of or relates to any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement or violation of Law (except for Federal Cannabis Laws)), including, without limitation, the Seller Transaction Expenses and those incurred under this Agreement and/or in connection with the Transaction. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.8(b)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has any Indebtedness as of the date hereof that would be required to be repaid at Closing pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness.
(c) The representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.8(a) will be made with respect to and will apply to the Audited Financial Statements once they have been completed and delivered to Buyer prior to Closing in accordance with Section 7.2(f).
- 40 -
4.9. Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9:
(a) each Acquired Company has properly and timely filed or caused to be filed, or shall timely file or cause to be filed, all Tax Returns which are required to be filed by it, and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate in all material respects,
(b) each Acquired Company has timely paid or caused to be paid all Taxes due by it (whether or not shown on any Tax Return),
(c) no deficiency for any amount of Tax has been asserted or assessed by a Governmental Authority in writing against any Acquired Company that remains unpaid, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no such assessment or asserted Tax Liability has been threatened orally,
(d) no Acquired Company is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return (other than automatic extensions obtained in the ordinary course of business),
(e) no written claim has been made, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no oral claims have been made, since any of the Acquired Companies’ respective dates of formation, by any Governmental Authority in any jurisdiction where the Acquired Companies do not file a Tax Return that any of the Acquired Companies are or may be subject to Taxes by such jurisdiction in respect of Taxes that would be the subject of such Tax Return,
(f) no Acquired Company has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or consented to extend the time in which any Tax may be assessed or collected by any Governmental Authority, which waiver or consent is still in effect,
(g) each of the Acquired Companies has timely (i) withheld and deducted all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld or deducted by it in connection with amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or any other third party, (ii) remitted, or will remit on a timely basis, such amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority and (iii) complied in all material respects with applicable Laws with respect to Tax withholding,
(h) there are no (and since November 9, 2018, there have not been any) actions or any written notices of inquiry with respect to any actions pending against or with respect to the Company regarding Taxes, and to the Knowledge of the Company no such action or audit has been threatened in writing against or with respect to the Company regarding Taxes,
(i) no Acquired Company has engaged in any material audit, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding with respect to Taxes,
(j) no Acquired Company is a party to or bound by any Tax allocation, Tax indemnity or Tax sharing agreement with any Person that obligates it to make any payment computed by reference to Taxes, taxable income or taxable losses of any other Person (other than agreements or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not primarily related to Taxes),
- 41 -
(k) no Acquired Company (A) has been a member of an affiliated group as defined in Code Section 1504 (or any analogous combined, consolidated or unitary group defined under state, local or non-U.S. Tax law), other than a group the common parent of which is the Company, and (B) has liability for the Taxes of any Person under Treas. Reg. Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise (other than agreements or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not primarily related to Taxes), other than the Company or any of its Affiliates,
(l) no Acquired Company will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date as a result of any (A) change in method of accounting made prior to the Closing; (B) “closing agreement” as described in Code Section 7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law) entered into prior to the Closing; (C) deferred intercompany gain or any excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1502 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law) with respect to a transaction occurring prior to the Closing; (D) installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing; (E) prepaid amount received or deferred revenue accrued prior to the Closing; or (F) use of an improper method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date,
(m) each of the Acquired Companies has properly collected and remitted any required sales, use, value added and similar Taxes with respect to sales made or services provided to its customers and has properly received and retained any appropriate Tax exemption certificates or other documentation for all such sales made or services provided without charging or remitting sales, use, value added or similar Taxes that qualify as exempt from sales or similar Taxes,
(n) no Acquired Company is a party to any “reportable transaction,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(1) (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law),
(o) no Acquired Company within the past two (2) years or otherwise has distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Code Section 355 or Code Section 361 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. law) during the three-year period ending on the Closing Date,
(p) there are no Encumbrances for Taxes (other than statutory liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or Taxes that are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP) upon the assets of any Acquired Company,
(q) no Acquired Company has received any private letter or request for ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (or any comparable ruling from any other Governmental Authority),
- 42 -
(r) no Acquired Company has engaged in a trade or business, had a permanent establishment (within the meaning of an applicable Tax treaty or convention between the United States and such foreign country), or been subject to taxation in any country other than the country of its organization or incorporation,
(s) the Company has at all times since incorporation been classified as a C corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, and
(t) no Acquired Company has (a) deferred the employer’s share of any “applicable employment taxes” under Section 2302 of the CARES Act, (b) received or claimed any Tax credits under Sections 7001 through 7005 of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act or Section 2301 of the CARES Act, or (c) deferred any payroll tax obligations (including those imposed by Section 3101(a) and 3201 of the Code) (for example, by failure to timely withhold, deposit or remit such amounts in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) pursuant to or in connection with the Payroll Tax Executive Order.
(u) Schedule 4.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedules lists all material Tax holidays, abatements, exemptions, incentives and similar grants made or awarded to each Acquired Company by any Governmental Authority, and each Acquired Company has complied, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions related thereto, does not have any outstanding Tax liabilities thereunder and will not incur any liabilities thereunder as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.10. Real Property.
(a) Schedule 4.10(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules lists the street address of each parcel of Real Property leased by each Acquired Company (the “Leased Real Property”), and a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all leases for each parcel of Leased Real Property (collectively, “Leases”), including the identification of the lessee and lessor thereunder. The Acquired Companies have made available to Buyer true, accurate and complete copies of (i) all Leases, and (ii) any material reciprocal easement agreements, declarations of restrictive covenants, utility contracts, roof warranties, shopping center association or co-op agreements and all other agreements that could impose material obligations on Buyer as a tenant under the Leases, including all amendments, extensions and renewals with respect to (i) and (ii).
(b) Schedule 4.10(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth each parcel of real property owned by the Acquired Companies and used in or necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted (together with all buildings, fixtures, structures and improvements situated thereon and all easements, rights-of-way and other rights and privileges appurtenant thereto, collectively, the “Owned Real Property”), including with respect to each property, the address location and use. Sellers have delivered to Buyer copies of the deeds and other instruments (as recorded) by which the Acquired Companies acquired the Owned Real Property, and copies of all title insurance policies, opinions, abstracts and surveys in the possession of the Acquired Companies with respect to each such parcel. With respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property and except as provided in the documents provided to Buyer:
- 43 -
(i) The Acquired Company that owns the Owned Real Property has good and marketable fee simple title, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances;
(ii) except as set forth on Schedule 4.10(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has leased or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof; and
(iii) there are no unrecorded outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein.
(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedules: (i) none of the Real Property is subject to any commitment for sale or use by any Person other than the applicable Acquired Company; (ii) none of the Real Property is subject to any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) which in any material respect interferes with or impairs the value, transferability or present and continued use thereof in the usual and normal conduct of the Business; (iii) the Owned Real Property, and to the Knowledge of the Company, the Leased Real Property and each user thereof, is in compliance in all material respects with all Governmental Requirements (including without limitation all zoning, subdivision and other applicable land use ordinances) and all existing covenants, conditions, restrictions and easements, and the current use of the Real Property does not constitute a non-conforming use under the applicable zoning ordinances; and (iv) no material default or breach exists with respect to, and no Acquired Company has received any written notice of any material default or breach under, any Encumbrance affecting any of the Real Property.
(d) There are no condemnation or eminent domain proceedings pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, contemplated or threatened, against the Real Property or any part thereof, and no Acquired Company has received written notice of any desire of any Governmental Authority to take or use the Real Property or any part thereof. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no existing contemplated or threatened, general or special assessments affecting the Real Property or any portion thereof.
(e) No Acquired Company has received written notice of, nor does any Acquired Company have Knowledge of, any pending or threatened action, suit, claim, investigation or other legal proceeding (including without limitation condemnation or eminent domain proceeding) before any Governmental Authority which relates to the ownership, maintenance, use or operation of the Real Property and which would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the use of the Real Property, nor does any Acquired Company have Knowledge of any fact which would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such action, suit, claim, investigation or other legal proceeding or any type of existing or intended use of any real property adjacent to the Real Property which would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the use of the Real Property.
- 44 -
(f) None of the Real Property is located within any area determined to be flood-prone under the Federal Flood Protection Act of 1973, or any comparable state or local Law. No Acquired Company has received any written notice from any insurance company of any defects or inadequacies in the Real Property or any part thereof which would materially and adversely affect the insurability of the Real Property or the premiums for the insurance thereof, and no written notice has been given to any Acquired Company by any insurance company which has issued a policy with respect to any portion of the Real Property or by any board of fire underwriters (or other body exercising similar functions) requesting the performance of any repairs, alterations or other work which has not been complied with. To the Knowledge of the Company, all water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone and drainage facilities and all other utilities required by Law or for the normal use and operation of the Real Property are installed to the improvements situated on the Real Property, are connected pursuant to valid permits, enter the Real Property through adjoining public streets and are otherwise adequate in all material respects for the present operation of the Business and in compliance in all material respects with all Law applicable thereto. Access to and from the Real Property is via public streets, which streets are sufficient for the present operation of the Business. To the Knowledge of the Company, the buildings and improvements on the Real Property (including the heating, air conditioning, mechanical, electrical and other systems used in connection therewith) are in a reasonable state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, have been well maintained and are free from infestation by termites, other wood destroying insects, and, except in de minimis respects, vermin and other pests. There are no repairs or replacements for Real Property exceeding US $100,000 for any single repair or replacement, or US $250,000 or more in the aggregate for all repairs and replacements, which are currently contemplated by any Acquired Company, or which, to the Knowledge of the Company, should be made in order to maintain said buildings and improvements in a reasonable state of repair.
4.11. Tangible Personal Property.
(a) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the Business in the manner currently conducted, the Acquired Companies own and have good title to the Owned Tangible Personal Property and have a valid leasehold interest in the Tangible Personal Property leased by each Acquired Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, the Owned Tangible Personal Property is free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, all of the Tangible Personal Property is primarily located at the Real Property.
(b) The Tangible Personal Property is, taken as a whole, in reasonable working order and adequate for its intended use in all material respects, subject to ordinary wear and tear and normal repairs and replacements.
4.12. Intellectual Property.
(a) Schedule 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of: (i) all patents, patent applications, copyright registrations, trademark applications and trademark registrations owned by each Acquired Company; (ii) all patents, patent applications, copyright registrations, trademark applications and trademark registrations licensed to each Acquired Company by a third party; (iii) each trade name or unregistered trademark used by each Acquired Company in connection with its Business as currently conducted; and (iv) all licenses pursuant to which any material Intellectual Property owned by an Acquired Company (“Company Intellectual Property”) is licensed to a third party (other than commercially available shrink-wrap or click-through end-user license agreements).
- 45 -
(b) Each Acquired Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to exercise control over, maintain and protect each item of Company Intellectual Property. The Company Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable. All required filings and fees related to the registered Company Intellectual Property, if any, have been timely filed with and paid to the relevant Governmental Authorities and authorized registrars. All such registered Company Intellectual Property is in good standing and not subject to an abandonment or cancellation claim. Each Acquired Company has exercised reasonable control over the quality of Business products bearing the Company Intellectual Property.
(c) No Acquired Company has received written notice from any third party regarding any assertion or claim challenging the validity of any Intellectual Property owned by an Acquired Company that is used in the Business; and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has received written notice from any third party regarding any actual or potential infringement by any Acquired Company of any Intellectual Property of any third party that is necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted.
(d) (i) There is no Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted other than the Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Acquired Companies, (ii) each item of Intellectual Property owned or used by the Acquired Companies immediately prior to the Closing Date will be owned or available for use by the Acquired Companies on substantially similar terms and conditions immediately subsequent to the date hereof and (iii) the Acquired Companies have taken commercially reasonable steps to maintain and protect each item of Company Intellectual Property.
(e) Other than as set forth in Schedule 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, the Acquired Companies are not bound by or a party to any material license agreements with respect to the Company Intellectual Property. Neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the Transaction will result in the loss or impairment of, or require Acquired Companies or Buyer to pay any additional royalty, license fee or other compensation to any third party, in respect of any Acquired Company’s right to own or use the Company Intellectual Property.
4.13. Compliance with Law and Permits.
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, the conduct of the Business is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Governmental Requirements and Permits, except the Federal Cannabis Laws.
- 46 -
(b) Each Acquired Company operates in compliance in all material respects with the United States Department of Justice guidance to United States Attorneys regarding enforcement priorities for prosecuting marijuana-related crimes, as set forth in the memorandum issued by Deputy Attorney General James Cole, dated August 29, 2013 (the “2013 Cole Memo”). Irrespective of the 2013 Cole Memo’s rescission by then-Attorney General Jeff Sessions in January 2018, and Congress’ failure to enact the Sensible Enforcement of Cannabis Act in 2019, each Acquired Company is cognizant of the United States Department of Justice’s lack of prosecutions of any conduct which would have fallen within the 2013 Cole Memo, and of the bipartisan support for maintaining at least those minimum protections from prosecution, and each Acquired Company has continued to operate in compliance with the 2013 Cole Memo. As part of its compliance with the 2013 Cole Memo, each Acquired Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such Acquired Company does not: (i) distribute marijuana to minors; (ii) direct revenue from the sale of marijuana to criminal enterprises, gangs, and cartels, or otherwise have any involvement with such groups; (iii) divert marijuana from states where it is legal under state law in some form to other states; (iv) use state-authorized marijuana activity as a cover or pretext for the trafficking of other illegal drugs or other illegal activity; (v) use violence or firearms in the cultivation and distribution of marijuana; (vi) contribute to drugged driving and the exacerbation of other adverse public health consequences associated with marijuana use; (vii) grow or possess marijuana on public lands; or (viii) promote marijuana possession or use on federal property.
(c) The Acquired Companies only operate in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis. Each Acquired Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable state and local laws and regulatory systems, including California Cannabis Laws, controlling the cultivation, harvesting, production, handling, storage, distribution, sale, and possession of cannabis. No Acquired Company imports or exports cannabis products from or to any state or foreign country.
(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has ever received any written notice from any Governmental Authority to the effect that, or has otherwise been advised that, such Acquired Company is not in compliance in all material respects with any applicable Governmental Requirement, and to the Knowledge of the Company there are no presently existing facts, circumstances or events which, with notice or lapse of time, would result in material violations of any applicable Governmental Requirement or Permit.
(e) Schedule 4.13(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies all material Permits issued to each Acquired Company and currently in effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, the Permits constitute all permits, consents, licenses, franchises, authorizations and approvals used in the operation of and necessary to conduct the Business as currently conducted. All of the Permits are valid and in full force and effect, the Acquired Companies are not in violation of any such Permits and no Proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to revoke or limit any of the Permits.
4.14. Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, there is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, currently threatened which is a Proceeding involving any Acquired Company or its properties, assets or business or a Proceeding relating to the Business and against or relating to any shareholder, member, director, manager, officer or employee of any Acquired Company, in each case which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Acquired Companies of US $100,000 or more.
- 47 -
4.15. Labor Matters.
(a) Schedule 4.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedules identifies for each current employee of each Acquired Company with a current annual compensation (base salary plus bonus) in excess of US $100,000, his or her name, his or her position or job title, his or her base compensation and bonus compensation earned in the 2020 fiscal year of such Acquired Company, and his or her 2021 base compensation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedules: (i) each Acquired Company has no obligations under any written or oral labor agreement, collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with any labor organization or employee group; (ii) no Acquired Company is currently engaged in any unfair labor practice and there is no unfair labor practice charge or other employee-related or employment-related complaint against any Acquired Company pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened before any Governmental Authority; (iii) there is currently no labor strike, labor disturbance, slowdown, work stoppage or other material labor dispute or arbitration pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Acquired Company and no material grievance is currently being asserted by any employee of any Acquired Company; (iv) no Acquired Company has experienced a labor strike, labor disturbance, slowdown, work stoppage or other material labor dispute at any time during the three (3) years immediately preceding the date of this Agreement; and (v) there is no organizational campaign being conducted or, to the Knowledge of the Company, contemplated and there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened petition before any Governmental Authority or other dispute as to the representation of any employees of any Acquired Company.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has terminated the employment of any employee whose annual compensation was greater than US $100,000 in 2020 or anticipated to be greater than US $100,000 in 2021, during the ninety (90) days preceding the date hereof.
4.16. Employee Benefit Plans.
(a) Schedule 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list identifying each Employee Pension Benefit Plan of each Acquired Company (the “Pension Plans”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedules, neither any Acquired Company nor any ERISA Affiliate of any Acquired Company has sponsored or contributed to or been required to contribute to an Employee Pension Benefit Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, subject to Section 412 of the Code, or a multiemployer plan within the meaning of 3(37) of ERISA.
(b) Schedule 4.16(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list identifying each Employee Welfare Benefit Plan (the “Welfare Plans”) of each Acquired Company.
(c) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, each Acquired Company has delivered or has made available to Buyer complete copies, if applicable, of: (i) all written plan documents (or, if not written, a summary of material plan terms), including, insurance contracts or other funding vehicles and all amendments thereto; and (ii) all summary plan descriptions, including any summary of material modifications.
- 48 -
(d) There has been no amendment to, written interpretation or announcement (whether or not written) by any Acquired Company relating to, or change in employee participation or coverage under any Employee Benefit Plan that would increase materially the expense of maintaining such Employee Benefit Plan above the level of expense incurred in respect of such Employee Benefit Plan for the most recent plan year with respect to Employee Benefit Plans (other than increases in the ordinary course of the Business or increases due to changes in Internal Revenue Service limits).
(e) Each Employee Benefit Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code, which are applicable to such Employee Benefit Plan.
(f) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened: (i) claims, suits or other proceedings by any employees, former employees or plan participants or the beneficiaries, spouses or representatives of any of them, other than ordinary and usual claims for benefits by participants or beneficiaries; or (ii) suits, investigations or other proceedings by any Governmental Authority.
(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16(g) of the company Disclosure Schedules, no Welfare Plan or Benefits Arrangement provides severance, post-employment salary continuation, or post-employment death, disability, health or medical, or life insurance coverage or benefits (whether or not insured) with respect to current or former employees (or their spouses or dependents) of each Acquired Company beyond their retirement or other termination of service, other than (i) coverage mandated by applicable Law, (ii) benefits, the full cost of which is borne by the current or former employee (or his or her beneficiary) or (iii) are provided pursuant to an insurance policy under which the premiums were paid while a former employee was employed by an Acquired Company.
(h) Each Acquired Company has complied with, and satisfied, in all material respects, the requirements of COBRA with respect to each Welfare Plan that is subject to the requirements of COBRA. Each Welfare Plan which is a group health plan, within the meaning of Section 9832(a) of the Code, has complied with and satisfied the applicable requirements of Sections 9801 and 9802 of the Code.
(i) Schedule 4.16(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains a list identifying each employment, severance or similar contract, arrangement or policy and each plan or arrangement providing for insurance coverage (including any self-insured arrangements), disability benefits, supplemental employment benefits, vacation benefits, retirement benefits, deferred compensation, bonuses, profit-sharing, stock options, stock appreciation rights or other forms of incentive compensation or post-retirement compensation or benefit which: (i) is not an Welfare Plan or a Pension Plan; and (ii) has been maintained by each Acquired Company with respect to any employee or former employee of such Acquired Company or to which an Acquired Company may have any material liability. Such contracts, plans and arrangements are referred to collectively as the “Benefit Arrangements.” True and complete copies or descriptions of the Benefit Arrangements have been made available to Buyer. Each Benefit Arrangement has been maintained in material compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations which are applicable to such Benefit Arrangements.
- 49 -
(j) No payment or benefit provided pursuant to any agreement, between each Acquired Company and any “service provider” (as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder), will or may provide for the deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that is not in material compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Each stock option and stock appreciation right, if any, was granted with an exercise price that was not less than the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date the option or right was granted based upon a reasonable valuation method. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any agreement that will or may result in any payment of deferred compensation which will not be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code if timely paid in accordance with the terms of the agreement.
(k) There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement covering any current or former employee, consultant, director or other service provider of each Acquired Company that, individually or in aggregate, could give rise to the payment by any Acquired Company, directly or indirectly, of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to the terms of Section 280G of the Code.
(l) No Acquired Company is a Party to, or otherwise obligated under, any Employee Benefit Plan or Benefit Arrangement, that provides for a gross-up, make-whole or other additional payment with respect to any Taxes, including those imposed by Sections 409A and 4999 of the Code.
(m) To the Knowledge of the Company, each individual who renders services to any Acquired Company and is classified as having the status of an independent contractor, consultant or other non-employee status is properly classified for all purposes, including eligibility to participate in the Employee Benefit Plans.
(n) Each Acquired Company and each applicable Employee Benefit Plan and Benefit Arrangement are in material compliance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, including all applicable filing and reporting, all waiting period, and offers of coverage requirements thereunder. No excise tax or penalty under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act has been, or is reasonably expected to be, imposed or become due with respect to any period prior to the Closing.
4.17. Transactions with Certain Persons. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedules or as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, to the Knowledge of the Company: (i) no Related Person (other than another Acquired Company) is presently or at any time during the past two (2) years has been a party to any transaction with any Acquired Company (A) providing for the furnishing of services to or by (other than for services as officers or employees of an Acquired Company), (B) providing for the rental or sale of real or personal property to or from or (C) otherwise requiring payments to or from (other than for services as officers or employees of an Acquired Company), such Related Person (a “Related Party Transaction”); and (ii) no shareholder, member, director, manager, officer or employee or any other direct or indirect beneficial owner of any Acquired Company is related to any other shareholder, member, director, manager, officer or employee or any other direct or indirect beneficial owner of any Acquired Company by blood or marriage. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, there is no outstanding amount in excess of US $100,000 owing (including pursuant to any advance, note or other indebtedness instrument) from any Acquired Company to any Related Person identified on Schedule 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedules or from any Related Person identified on Schedule 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedules to any Acquired Company.
- 50 -
4.18. Insurance. Schedule 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all current policies or binders of Insurance (showing as to each policy or binder the carrier, policy number and a general description of the type of coverage provided) maintained by each Acquired Company and relating to its properties, assets, operations and personnel. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, all of the Insurance is “occurrence” based insurance. Subject to the Enforceability Limitations, the Insurance is in full force and effect and sufficient for compliance in all material respects with all requirements of applicable Law and of all contracts to which each Acquired Company is a party. No Acquired Company is in material default under any of the Insurance, and no Acquired Company has failed to give any notice or to present any claim under any of the Insurance in a timely manner. No written notice of cancellation, termination, reduction in coverage or material increase in premium (other than reductions in coverage or increases in premiums in the ordinary course) has been received with respect to any of the Insurance, and all premiums due and payable with respect to any of the Insurance have been paid. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, no Acquired Company has experienced claims in excess of current coverage of the Insurance. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, to the Knowledge of the Company there will be no material retrospective insurance premiums or charges or any other similar adjustment on or with respect to any of the Insurance for any period or occurrence through the Closing Date.
4.19. Inventory; No Product Recalls.
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedules: (i) all of the Inventory is owned by the Acquired Companies free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and is located at the Real Property; (ii) no material amount of the Inventory is on consignment; and (iii) the Inventory as reflected in the Financial Statements has been valued in a manner consistent with past practices and procedures and in accordance with GAAP. The levels of the Inventories are consistent in all material respects with the level of Inventories that have been maintained by each Acquired Company before the date of this Agreement in the ordinary course of the Business and consistent with past practices in light of seasonal adjustments, market fluctuations and the requirements of customers of the Business. All Inventory produced by each Acquired Company, or its Affiliates, was cultivated, harvested, produced, tested, handled and delivered in accordance with all applicable Law (except for the Federal Cannabis Laws) in all material respects. No Acquired Company has used any substance, including but not limited to pesticides, prohibited by laws applicable in the states and localities in which such Acquired Company operates, in any prohibited amount at any stage of the cultivation, harvesting, handling, storage or delivery of Inventory. Each Acquired Company has performed (or caused to be performed by third parties) all tests and obtained all test certificates and certificates of ingredients required by applicable Law or industry practice, including but not limited to tests for microbials, contaminants, residuals, and pesticides. Each Acquired Company’s Inventory does not contain any prohibited pesticides, contaminants or any other substance prohibited by any Law. All Inventory produced by each Acquired Company, or its Affiliates, was cultivated, harvested, produced, tested, handled and delivered in accordance with all applicable Law (except for the Federal Cannabis Laws) in all material respects. All Inventory purchased by each Acquired Company from third parties was, to the Knowledge of the Company, cultivated, harvested, produced, tested, handled and delivered in accordance with all applicable Law (except for the Federal Cannabis Laws) in all material respects, and was purchased from suppliers that are duly licensed to cultivate, harvest and produce such products.
- 51 -
(b) No recalls or withdrawals of products developed, produced, distributed or sold by any Acquired Company have been required by any Acquired Company or any Governmental Authority with respect to the products supplied by any Acquired Company.
4.20. Accounts Receivable. All of the Accounts Receivable of each Acquired Company are bona fide receivables, are reflected on the books and records of such Acquired Company and arose in the ordinary course of the Business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, except to the extent reserved against the Accounts Receivables on the Financial Statements or except pursuant to the terms of any applicable Contract, the Accounts Receivable are free and clear of Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), there is no right of offset against any of the Accounts Receivable, and no agreement for deduction or discount has been made with respect to any of the Accounts Receivable other than in the ordinary course of the Business and as to ordinary trade discounts.
4.21. Material Contracts. Schedule 4.21 contains a true and correct list or description of the Material Contracts that are in effect as of the date of this Agreement. True and correct copies of the Material Contracts, including all amendments applicable thereto, have been made available to Buyer. Each of the Material Contracts is enforceable against the applicable Acquired Company and, to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto, in accordance with its terms, in each case except as such enforcement may be limited by Enforceability Limitations. None of the Acquired Companies nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to any Material Contract, is in material default thereunder or in material breach thereof, and no Acquired Company has during the past twelve (12) months prior to the date hereof obtained or granted any material waiver of or under any provision of any Material Contract except for routine waivers granted or sought in the ordinary course of the Business. To the Knowledge of the Company, there exists no event, occurrence, condition or act which constitutes or, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any future event or condition, would reasonably be expected to become a material default by any Acquired Company or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party under any Material Contracts. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is not any default threatened in writing under any Material Contracts.
- 52 -
4.22. Suppliers. Schedule 4.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedules contain a list of the five (5) largest suppliers of the Business for the Company’s 2020 fiscal year. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, none of the suppliers set forth on Schedule 4.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedules has informed in writing any Acquired Company that it intends to terminate its relationship with any Acquired Company, and no Acquired Company has Knowledge that any such supplier intends to terminate such relationship or of any material problem or dispute with any such supplier.
4.23. Bank Accounts; Powers of Attorney. Schedule 4.23 of the Company Disclosure Schedules contains a true, complete and correct list of all bank accounts and safe deposit boxes maintained by each Acquired Company and all Persons entitled to draw thereon, to withdraw therefrom or with access thereto, a description of all lock box arrangements for each Acquired Company and a description of all powers of attorney granted by each Acquired Company.
4.24. Environmental Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.24 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, each Acquired Company and its assets and operations are now and at all times prior to the date hereof have been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and environmental Permits, including those applicable to the use, storage, management, disposal, or release of Hazardous Substances, and are, to the Knowledge of the Company, not currently or potentially the subject of any Environmental Claims and there is no factual or legal basis which could give rise to a potential or actual liability or obligation under any Environmental Laws or environmental Permits. No Acquired Company has retained or assumed, by contract or operation of Law, any liability or obligation of any other Person under or relating to any Environmental Law. The Real Property (including any formerly owned, leased, operated or used Real Property) of each Acquired Company are now and at all times prior to the date hereof during the Company’s use thereof have been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and environmental Permits, and are, to the Knowledge of the Company, not currently or potentially the subject of any Environmental Claims and there is no factual or legal basis which could give rise to a potential or actual liability or obligation under any Environmental Laws or environmental Permits. Each Acquired Company has provided or otherwise made available all material environmental reports, studies, audits, site assessments, and other similar environmental documents in their possession or under their control with respect to each Acquired Company and any of the Real Property (including any formerly owned, leased, operated or used Real Property).
4.25. No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments. Neither any Acquired Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any equity owner, director, manager, officer, agent, employee, affiliate, or other person acting on behalf of any Acquired Company has: (a) used any company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment, or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government or regulatory official or employee; (c) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other unlawful payment; or (d) violated in the preceding five (5) years or is in violation of any provision of (i) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any applicable Law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or (iii) any other anti-bribery or anti-corruption statute or regulation. The Acquired Companies have instituted and maintained and enforced policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
- 53 -
4.26. Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. Except with respect to the Federal Cannabis Laws, the operations of each Acquired Company are and have been conducted at all times in the preceding five (5) years in compliance in all material respects with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where each Acquired Company conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations, or guidelines issued, administered, or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit, or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority, or body or any arbitrator involving any Acquired Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing.
4.27. Compliance with OFAC. Neither any Acquired Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, manager, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of any Acquired Company is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is, currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”). Since each Acquired Company’s inception, such Acquired Company has not knowingly engaged in during the preceding five (5) years and is not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any Person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any country or territory that is the subject or the target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria.
4.28. Privacy. To the Company’s knowledge, the Acquired Companies have not experienced any security incident in which any information that is protected by any applicable privacy or data security law or relating to any identified or identifiable natural person (“Personal Information”) was or reasonably may have been stolen, lost or accessed without authorization while in the Acquired Companies’ possession, custody or control (“Security Breach”). The Acquired Companies’ practices concerning collection, use, analysis, retention, storage, protection, security, transfer, disclosure and disposal of Personal Information materially comply with, and have not violated in any material respect, any Contract, applicable Laws regarding privacy and security of Personal Information, or written privacy statements of the Acquired Companies, including privacy policies (collectively, “Privacy Requirements”). The Acquired Companies have posted to its websites and each of its online services, including all mobile applications (“Apps”), terms of use or service and a privacy policy that complies in all material respects with the Privacy Requirements and that accurately reflects the Acquired Companies’ practices concerning the collection, use, and disclosure of Personal Information by the site, service or App. The Acquired Companies have not used any software that is installed on consumers’ or customers’ devices and used by any Person on behalf of the Acquired Companies to monitor, record or transmit information about activities occurring on the devices on which it is installed, or about data that is stored or created on, transmitted from or transmitted to the computers on which it is installed, in each case, in a manner that materially violates any Privacy Requirements. No complaint relating to an improper use or disclosure of any Personal Information, or any Security Breach, has been made, filed or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Acquired Companies. To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no material unauthorized disclosure of any third party proprietary or confidential information in the possession, custody or control of the Acquired Companies or a breach of any other material obligation relating to such proprietary or confidential information.
- 54 -
4.29. Absence of Certain Changes. Except (i) as set forth on Schedule 4.29 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, (ii) for any actions taken in response to COVID-19 Measures or (iii) contemplated by this Agreement, since the Balance Sheet Date through the date hereof, each Acquired Company (or, in the case of subparagraph (f) below, the Acquired Companies taken as a whole):
(a) has carried on the Business substantially in the same manner as conducted prior to the Balance Sheet Date and has not engaged in any transaction or activity, entered into or amended any agreement or made any commitment except in the ordinary course of the Business;
(b) has used reasonable commercial efforts to preserve its existence and business organization intact and to preserve its properties, assets and relationships with its employees, suppliers, customers and others with whom it has business relations;
(c) has not (i) granted any increase in compensation in excess of twenty percent (20%) to any employee or (ii) entered into, or amend in any material respect, any Employee Benefit Plan or Benefit Arrangements;
(d) has not entered into any settlement with respect to any Proceeding against or relating to it or any of its officers, directors, employees, or properties, assets or business involving more than US $100,000 individually or US $250,000 in the aggregate;
(e) has not (i) granted any special conditions with respect to any Account Receivable other than in the ordinary course of the Business (e.g., extended terms), (ii) failed to pay any Account Payable in excess of US $100,000 individually or US $250,000 in the aggregate on a timely basis in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice, (iii) except as disclosed in this Agreement, made or committed to make any capital expenditures in excess of US $250,000 in the aggregate, (iv) taken any action designed or having the effect of accelerating or deferring the generation of Accounts Receivable in a manner inconsistent with past practice or (v) started up or acquired any new business line which is not similar to or complementary to any existing business line;
(f) have not experienced any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole; and
(g) has not made any material change in accounting methods or principles.
4.30. No Brokers. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.30 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Acquired Company or any Seller has entered into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Person which will result in the obligation to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the Transaction.
- 55 -
4.31. Independent Investigations. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 10.13, each Seller and each Acquired Company acknowledges and agrees that none of Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, or any other Person (including any Non-Party) is making, has made, or will be deemed to make or have made, any representations or warranties whatsoever relating to the Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, their business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether express or implied, at law or in equity, beyond the Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations. In furtherance, not limitation, of the foregoing, each Seller and each Acquired Company (on behalf of itself and any Non-Party or other Person claiming by, through, or on behalf of each Seller or each Acquired Company) hereby:
(a) disclaims the existence of, and Seller’s and each Acquired Company’s (or such Non-Party or other Person’s) reliance on, any other representations or warranties (including any Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Extra Contractual Representations but excluding Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations), whether alleged to have been made by Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, or any of their respective Non-Parties,
(b) acknowledges and agrees that:
(i) no Non-Party (or other Party hereto as to a given Party hereto) has any authority, express or implied, to make any representations, warranties or agreements not specifically set forth in this Agreement, and subject to the limited remedies herein provided;
(ii) none of the Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, or any of their respective Non-Parties nor any other Person is making, has made, or will be deemed to make or have made, any representation or warranty, express or implied, other than the Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations;
(iii) none of the Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, or any of their respective Non-Parties or any other Person will have any liability whatsoever to each Seller or any Acquired Company or any other Person resulting from the distribution to Sellers, each Acquired Company or their respective Representatives, or each Seller’s or each Acquired Company’s use of, any materials constituting Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Extra Contractual Representations or otherwise relating to the Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, or their businesses, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except with respect to any specific applicable Sellers’ and the Company’s Contractual Representations;
(iv) each Seller (other than the Non-Accredited Sellers) and each Acquired Company has conducted to its satisfaction its own independent investigation of the condition, operations and business of the Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their businesses and, in making its determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each such Seller and each Acquired Company has relied solely on the results of its own independent investigation; and
(v) each Seller (other than the Non-Accredited Sellers) and each Acquired Company is an informed and sophisticated Person, and has engaged advisors experienced in the evaluation of transactions as contemplated hereunder and the acquisition of securities such as the Buyer Exchangeable Shares and the SPAC Shares exchangeable therefor.
- 56 -
4.32. Sufficiency of Assets. As of the Closing, except with respect to matters addressed by any agreement entered into by the Parties in connection with the Closing, the Acquired Companies’ assets (and liabilities) will constitute all the assets necessary for (and liabilities accrued from) the operation of the Business in all material respects in substantially the manner conducted as of immediately prior to the Closing.
4.33. Prospectus Disclosures. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Prospectus or the SPAC Circular will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no representation or warranty is made by the Acquired Companies with respect to statements made or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or the SPAC Circular based on information that was not supplied by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies.
4.34. No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules. Except for those representations and warranties expressly given by the Sellers and the Company in this Article 4 (as modified by the Company Disclosure Schedule) (collectively, the “Sellers’ and the Company’s Contractual Representations”), none of the Company, any Seller, or any other Person makes or has made (or will be deemed to make or have made) any other representation or warranty, expressed or implied, at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, with respect to the Acquired Companies, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any of the Acquired Companies’ business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects, or condition (financial or otherwise). Except for the Sellers’ and the Company’s Contractual Representations, the Company and each Seller (directly and on behalf of all Non-Parties) hereby disclaim all liability and responsibility for any representation, warranty, projection, forecast, statement, omission, or information made, not made, communicated, or furnished (whether orally or in writing, in any data room relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in management presentations, functional “break-out” discussions, responses to questions or requests submitted by or on behalf of Buyer, Merger Sub, or the SPAC or in any other form in consideration for investigation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) to Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives (including any opinion, information, forecast, projection, or advice that may have been or may be provided to Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC or their respective Affiliates or Representatives by the Company, any Seller or any Non-Party). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for any specific applicable Sellers’ and the Company’s Contractual Representations, neither the Company, any Seller, or any of their respective Non-Parties makes, has made, or will be deemed to make or have made (and each hereby expressly disclaims), any representation or warranty to Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC or their Non-Parties regarding any of the following (the “Sellers’ and the Company’s Extra Contractual Representations”): (i) merchantability or fitness of any assets for any particular purpose; (ii) the nature or extent of any liabilities; (iii) the prospects of the business; (iv) the probable success or profitability of the Business; or (v) the accuracy or completeness of any confidential information memoranda, documents, projections, material, statement, data, or other information (financial or otherwise) provided to Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC or their respective Affiliates or delivered or made available to Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their respective Representatives in any “data rooms,” “virtual data rooms,” management presentations or in any other form in expectation of, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or in respect of any other matter or thing whatsoever. The disclosure of any matter or item in any section of the Company Disclosure Schedule hereto will not be deemed to constitute an acknowledgment that any such matter is required to be disclosed.
- 57 -
ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER, MERGER SUB AND SPAC
Except as set forth on the disclosure schedules delivered by Buyer to Sellers and the Company on the date hereof (the “Buyer Disclosure Schedules”), Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC, jointly and severally, represent and warrant as of the date hereof to Sellers and the Company as follows:
5.1. Organization and Good Standing. Each of Buyer and Merger Sub is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The SPAC is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia. Each of the SPAC, Buyer and Merger Sub is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except where failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub. Each of the SPAC, Buyer and Merger Sub has full organizational power and authority, as applicable, to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted and to own and lease its properties and assets, except where the failure to possess such power and authority would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub. Complete and correct copies of the constating documents of each of the SPAC, the Buyer and Merger Sub, and all amendments thereto, have been made available to the Company. None of the SPAC, Buyer or Merger Sub is in violation of the provisions of its constating documents.
5.2. No Prior Buyer or Merger Sub Operations. Each of Buyer and Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
5.3. Authority; Authorization; Binding Effect. Each of the SPAC, Merger Sub and Buyer has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transaction and to perform its obligations under this Agreement (except under Federal Cannabis Laws). This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the SPAC, Merger Sub and Buyer and constitutes a legal (except under Federal Cannabis Laws), valid and binding obligation of the SPAC, Merger Sub and Buyer, enforceable against the SPAC, Merger Sub and Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by Enforceability Limitations. At a meeting duly called and held, the SPAC Board has unanimously: (a) determined that this Agreement and the Transaction are fair to and in the best interests of the SPAC Shareholders; (b) determined that the aggregate fair market value of the Acquired Companies, together with all other Persons to be acquired pursuant to the Other Transactions, is equal to at least 80% of the amount held in the Escrow Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) as of the date hereof; (c) approved this Agreement and the Transaction; and (d) resolved to recommend to the SPAC Shareholders approval of this Agreement and the Transaction. Assuming a quorum is present at the SPAC Meeting, as adjourned or postponed, the only vote of any of the SPAC Shareholders necessary in connection with the entry into this Agreement by the SPAC, the consummation of the Transaction, and the approval of the SPAC Resolution is the affirmative vote of a majority-in-interest of the SPAC Shareholders.
- 58 -
5.4. No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction and the performance by each of the SPAC, Merger Sub and Buyer of their obligations under this Agreement, do not and will not result in or constitute (i) a violation of or a conflict with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, articles or by-laws of the SPAC, Merger Sub or Buyer, as applicable, (ii) a breach of, a loss of rights under, or constitute an event, occurrence, condition or act which is or, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any future event or condition, would become, a material default under, any term or provision of any contract, agreement, indebtedness, lease, commitment, license, franchise, permit, authorization or concession to which the SPAC, Merger Sub or Buyer is a party, (iii) a violation by the SPAC, Merger Sub or Buyer of any statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, by-law, code, order, judgment, writ, injunction, decree or award (except for Federal Cannabis Laws), or (iv) the creation of any material Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub, or give rise to any right of notice, modification, acceleration, payment, suspension, withdrawal or termination, or to the loss of any rights or benefits of any material Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).
5.5. Consents and Approvals. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedules, no consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority is required to be made or obtained by the SPAC, Merger Sub or Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction, except for any such consent, approval, authorization, declaration, filing, or registration the failure of which to be made or obtained would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to (a) materially interfere with, prevent, or materially delay the ability of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub to enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Transaction, or (b) result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub.
5.6. No Proceedings. There is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the SPAC, Merger Sub or Buyer, threatened against, relating to or affecting in any material adverse manner the SPAC, Buyer, Merger Sub, their respective properties, assets or businesses, or their respective ability to consummate the Transaction.
5.7. No Brokers. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedules, SPAC, Merger Sub and Buyer have not entered into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Person which will result in the obligation to pay any finder’s fee, underwriting fee, deferred underwriting fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the Transaction.
- 59 -
5.8. Capitalization.
(a) The number of authorized shares of capital stock of each class and the number of issued shares of capital stock of each class of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC, as of the date hereof, are set forth on Schedule 5.8(a) of Buyer Disclosure Schedules. All of the issued and outstanding SPAC Shares (including the SPAC Supervoting Shares to be issued pursuant to the Founder Subscription Agreements), the SPAC Warrants, and the Buyer Exchangeable Shares (i) have been or will be, as applicable, duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, (ii) were or will be, as applicable, issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable Law, and (iii) were not or will not be, as applicable, issued in breach or violation of any preemptive rights or Contract. As of the Closing Date, the SPAC will have sufficient authorized but unissued shares to meet its obligations under the Exchange Rights Agreement. Except for the shares to be issued under the Exchange Rights Agreement and any equity interests of Buyer and Merger Sub, the SPAC or their respective Affiliates to be issued pursuant to the Other Transactions or in connection with the PIPE Investment, the shares, rights and warrants as specified in the Final IPO Prospectus, and the equity interests contemplated under the SPAC’s management incentive program: (a) there are not now outstanding any other equity interests, phantom equity interests or other securities, or any options, warrants or any rights related to Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC or to any other equity interests, phantom equity interests or other securities of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC; (b) there are no agreements of any kind relating to the issuance of any equity interests of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC, or any convertible or exchangeable securities or any options, warrants or other rights relating to the equity interests of Buyer, Merger Sub, or the SPAC; and (c) there are no voting agreements, voting trusts, buy-sell agreements, options or right of first purchase agreements or other agreements of any kind relating to the equity interests of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC.
(b) Except as disclosed in the SPAC’s organizational documents, there are no outstanding contractual obligations of the SPAC to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any securities or equity interests of the SPAC, Buyer or Merger Sub. There are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matter for which the SPAC Shareholders may vote. None of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub is a party to any shareholders agreement, voting agreement or registration rights agreement relating to SPAC Shares or any other equity securities of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub. The SPAC does not, directly or indirectly, own or have any right to acquire any capital stock or any other equity securities in any Person, other than Buyer and Merger Sub.
5.9. Securities Law Matters.
(a) The SPAC Class A Shares are listed and posted for trading on the NEO Exchange and the SPAC is not in default of the rules, regulations or policies of the NEO Exchange in any material respect. None of the SPAC, the Buyer or Merger Sub is in breach of any securities Laws in any material respect. None of the SPAC, the Buyer or Merger Sub is subject to continuous, periodic, or other disclosure requirements under any securities Laws in any jurisdiction other than the provinces and territories of Canada. No delisting, suspension of trading in or cease trade or other order or restriction with respect to the securities of the SPAC, the Buyer, or Merger Sub, and no Proceeding of any SPAC Securities Authority, other Governmental Authority or the NEO Exchange with respect to any such securities, is pending, in effect or ongoing or, to the knowledge of the SPAC, has been threatened or is expected to be implemented or undertaken. None of the SPAC nor any of its Affiliates has taken any action in an attempt to terminate the listing of the SPAC Shares or SPAC Warrants under the SPAC Securities Laws.
- 60 -
(b) The SPAC is a “reporting issuer” or the equivalent thereof in each of the provinces and territories of Canada (other than Quebec). The SPAC has not taken any action to cease to be a reporting issuer in any province or territory nor has the SPAC received notification from any SPAC Securities Authority seeking to revoke the reporting issuer status of the SPAC. Neither the Buyer nor Merger Sub is a reporting issuer (or its equivalent) in any jurisdiction.
(c) The SPAC has timely filed or furnished all filings required to be filed or furnished by the SPAC with any Governmental Authority (including “documents affecting the rights of securityholders” and “material contracts” required to be filed by Part 12 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations), as modified by the exemptive relief granted by the SPAC Securities Authorities in the Final IPO Prospectus. Each such filing has complied as filed with applicable Law and did not, as of the date filed (or, if amended or superseded by a subsequent filing prior to the date of this Agreement, on the date of such filing), contain any misrepresentation.
(d) The SPAC has not filed any confidential material change report (which at the date of this Agreement remains both material and confidential) or any other confidential filings filed to or furnished with, as applicable, any SPAC Securities Authority other than an exemptive relief application regarding financial statements to be included in the Prospectus. There are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from any SPAC Securities Authority with respect to any of filings by the SPAC and, to the knowledge of the SPAC, none of the SPAC, the Buyer or Merger Sub, or any filing by any such entity, is the subject of an ongoing audit, review, comment or investigation by any SPAC Securities Authority or other Governmental Authority.
(e) Each of the issuance of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares by the Buyer in satisfaction of the Merger Consideration, the issuance of the SPAC Supervoting Shares by the SPAC pursuant to the Founder Subscription Agreements, and the issuance of Subordinate Voting Shares upon exchange of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares, is exempt from the prospectus and registration requirements of applicable securities Laws and such securities (assuming the holder is not, and does not become, a “control person” of the SPAC) will not be subject to any statutory hold period or other restriction on transfer, other than any contractual agreements entered into with respect to such securities, it being understood that such contractual agreements will provide that the SPAC Supervoting Shares are not transferrable except in accordance with the terms of such contractual agreements.
- 61 -
5.10. Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities.
(a) The audited financial statements of the SPAC for the period from April 16, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (including the notes thereto and the auditor’s report thereon) (the “SPAC Financial Statements”) were, and any audited financial statements to be included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus will be, prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied (except as otherwise indicated in such financial statements and the notes thereto and in the related report of the SPAC’s independent auditors, as the case may be) and fairly present or will fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of the SPAC as of the date thereof and for the period indicated therein.
(b) The SPAC does not intend to correct or restate, nor to the knowledge of the SPAC, is there any basis for any correction or restatement of, any aspect of any of the financial statements of the SPAC referred to herein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in any filing by the SPAC present fairly the information shown in such filing and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the SPAC Financial Statements. The other financial and operational information included in any filings by the SPAC presents fairly the information included in such filings.
(c) There are no off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, or obligations (including contingent obligations) of the SPAC with unconsolidated entities or persons.
5.11. Independent Investigations. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, each of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC acknowledges and agrees that none of the Acquired Companies, any Seller, or any other Person (including any Non-Party) is making, has made, or will be deemed to make or have made, any representations or warranties whatsoever relating to the Acquired Companies, the Business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether express or implied, at law or in equity, beyond the Sellers’ and each Acquired Company’s Contractual Representations. In furtherance, not limitation, of the foregoing, Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC (on behalf of itself and any Non-Party or other Person claiming by, through, or on behalf of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC) hereby:
(a) disclaims the existence of, and Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s (or such Non-Party or other Person’s) reliance on, any other representations or warranties (including any Sellers’ and the Acquired Companies’ Extra Contractual Representations but excluding Sellers’ and the Acquired Companies’ Contractual Representations), whether alleged to have been made by any Acquired Company, a Seller, or any of their respective Non-Parties,
(b) acknowledges and agrees that:
(i) no Non-Party (or other Party hereto as to a given Party hereto) has any authority, express or implied, to make any representations, warranties or agreements not specifically set forth in this Agreement and subject to the limited remedies herein provided;
(ii) none of the Acquired Companies, any Seller, or any of their respective Non-Parties nor any other Person is making, has made, or will be deemed to make or have made, any representation or warranty, express or implied, other than the Sellers’ and the Company’s Contractual Representations set forth herein;
- 62 -
(iii) none of the Acquired Companies, any Seller, or any of their respective Non-Parties or any other Person will have any liability whatsoever to Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC, or any other Person resulting from the distribution to Buyer, the SPAC or their respective Representatives, or Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s or the SPAC’s use of, any materials constituting Sellers’ and the Company’s Extra Contractual Representations or otherwise relating to the Acquired Companies, the Business, any Seller, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except with respect to any specific applicable Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations;
(iv) each of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC has conducted to its satisfaction its own independent investigation of the condition, operations and business of the Acquired Companies and the Business and, in making its determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC has relied solely on the results of its own independent investigation; and
(v) each of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC is an informed and sophisticated Person, and has engaged advisors experienced in the evaluation and purchase of companies such as the Company as contemplated hereunder and the acquisition of securities such as the Company Stock.
5.12. Financial Ability; Escrow Account. As of the date hereof, there is at least Four Hundred Million and 00/100 U.S. Dollars ($400,000,000.00) invested in the Escrow Account. Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Escrow Account may be released except in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, the SPAC’s organizational documents, the IPO Underwriting Agreement and the Final IPO Prospectus. SPAC has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it under, and is not in material default, breach or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with, the Escrow Agreement, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to constitute such a default or breach thereunder. There are no Proceedings pending with respect to the Escrow Account. Since the creation of the Escrow Account, the SPAC has not released any money from the Escrow Account (other than interest income earned on the principal held in the Escrow Account as permitted by the Escrow Agreement). As of the Effective Time, the obligations of the SPAC to dissolve or liquidate pursuant to the SPAC’s organizational documents shall terminate, and, as of the Effective Time, SPAC shall have no obligation whatsoever pursuant to the SPAC’s organizational documents to dissolve and liquidate the assets of the SPAC by reason of the consummation of the Transaction. To the SPAC’s knowledge, following the Effective Time, no SPAC Shareholder shall be entitled to receive any amount from the Escrow Account except to the extent such SPAC Shareholder shall have validly elected to tender its SPAC Shares for redemption pursuant to the SPAC Shareholder Redemption. The Escrow Agreement is in full force and effect and are a legal, valid and binding obligation of the SPAC and, to the knowledge of the SPAC, enforceable in accordance with its terms as such enforcement may be limited by Enforceability Limitations. The Escrow Agreement has not been terminated, repudiated, rescinded, amended, supplemented or modified in any respect and, to the knowledge of the SPAC, no such termination, repudiation, rescission, amendment, supplement or modification is contemplated. There are no side letters and there are no Contracts, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, which would entitle any Person (other than SPAC Shareholders who shall have elected to redeem their SPAC Shares pursuant to the SPAC Shareholder Redemption) to any portion of the proceeds in the Escrow Account. As of the date hereof, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Sellers and the Company contained herein and the compliance by the Sellers and the Company with their respective obligations hereunder, the SPAC has no reason to believe that any of the conditions to the use of funds in the Escrow Account will not be satisfied or that the funds available in the Escrow Account will not be available to SPAC on the Closing Date.
- 63 -
5.13. Business Activities.
(a) Since its incorporation, the SPAC has not conducted any business activities other than activities directed toward the accomplishment of the Transaction and the Other Transactions or other qualifying transactions. Except as set forth in the SPAC’s organizational documents, there is no agreement, commitment or Order binding upon the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub or to which the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub is a party which has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or impairing any business practice of the SPAC, Buyer, Merger Sub, any acquisition of property by the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub, or the conduct of business by the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub, other than such effects, individually or in the aggregate, which have not, and would not reasonably be expected to, (a) materially interfere with, prevent, or materially delay the ability of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub to enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Transaction, or (b) result in material liability or otherwise materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub.
(b) Except for this Agreement, for any reimbursement obligations of the SPAC to the Sponsor that will be satisfied and discharged at or prior to the Closing, or as set forth on Schedule 5.13(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, the SPAC is not, and has never been, party to any Contract with any other Person that would require payments by the SPAC in excess of US $200,000 in the aggregate with respect to any individual Contract or more than US $750,000 in the aggregate when taken together with all other Contracts (other than this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby and Contracts set forth on Schedule 5.13(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule).
(c) There is no liability, debt or obligation against the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub, except for liabilities, debts and obligations (i) reflected or reserved for on the SPAC’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, or disclosed in the notes thereto (other than any such liabilities, debts and obligations not reflected, reserved or disclosed as are not and would not be, in the aggregate, material to the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub), (ii) that have arisen since December 31, 2020 in the ordinary course of the operation of business of the SPAC (other than any such liabilities, debts and obligations as are not and would not be, in the aggregate, material to the SPAC), (iii) disclosed in the Buyer Disclosure Schedules or (iv) incurred in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement, the Transaction, and/or the Other Transactions.
- 64 -
5.14. Tax Matters.
(a) All material Tax Returns required by Law to be filed by the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub have been filed, and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.
(b) All material amounts of Taxes due and owing by the SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub have been paid.
(c) The SPAC has (i) withheld and deducted all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld or deducted by it in connection with amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or any other third party, (ii) remitted, or will remit on a timely basis, such amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority and (iii) complied in all material respects with applicable Laws with respect to Tax withholding.
(d) Neither the SPAC, Buyer, nor Merger Sub has engaged in any material audit, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding with respect to Taxes. Neither the SPAC, Buyer, nor Merger Sub has received any written notice from a Governmental Authority of a dispute or claim with respect to a material amount of Taxes, other than disputes or claims that have since been resolved, and to the knowledge of the SPAC, no such claims have been threatened. No written claim has been made, and to the knowledge of the SPAC, no oral claim has been made, since the SPAC’s incorporation, by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub does not file a Tax Return that SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub is or may be subject to Taxes by that jurisdiction in respect of Taxes that would be the subject of such Tax Return. There are no outstanding agreements extending or waiving the statutory period of limitations applicable to any claim for, or the period for the collection or assessment or reassessment of, material Taxes of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub and no written request for any such waiver or extension is currently pending.
(e) There are no Encumbrances with respect to Taxes on any of the assets of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub.
(f) Neither the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub is a party to, or bound by, or has any material obligation to any Governmental Authority or other Person under any Tax allocation, Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement (except, in each case, for any such agreements that are commercial contracts not primarily relating to Taxes).
(g) Neither the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub has taken or agreed to take any action not contemplated by this Agreement that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.
(h) It is intended that, upon the consummation of the Merger, the SPAC shall be treated as a United States corporation for United States federal income Tax purposes (as well as treated as a Canadian taxpayer for Canadian income tax purposes to the extent applicable).
5.15. Related Party Transactions. Except as described in the public filings of the SPAC, and any reimbursement obligations of the SPAC to the Sponsor which will be fully settled at or prior to Closing, there are no transactions, contracts, side letters, arrangements or understandings between the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub, on the one hand, and any director, officer, employee, stockholder, warrant holder or Affiliate of the SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub, on the other hand, other than pursuant to customary employment arrangements.
- 65 -
5.16. Prospectus Disclosures. At the time of its filing with the NEO Exchange and the SPAC Securities Authorities, the Prospectus (i) will comply in all material respects (except all information provided for inclusion by the Company or its Affiliates or the counterparties to the Other Transactions, for which the SPAC makes no representations or warranties) with the requirements of the SPAC Securities Laws pursuant to which it will be prepared (subject to any exemption that may be granted by the NEO Exchange or the SPAC Securities Authorities to be evidenced by the issuance of a receipt for the prospectus) and, as applicable, filed, and (ii) all the information and statements contained therein (except all information provided for inclusion by the Company or its Affiliates or by the counterparties to the Other Transactions, for which the SPAC makes no representations or warranties) will at the date of filing thereof be, true and correct in all material respects, contain no misrepresentation and constitute full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the SPAC, the Buyer or Merger Sub as required by applicable SPAC Securities Laws, and no material fact or information will have been omitted from such disclosure (except for information provided for inclusion by the Company or its Affiliates or by the counterparties to the Other Transactions, for which the SPAC makes no representations or warranties) which is required to be stated in such disclosure or is necessary to make the statements or information contained in such disclosure not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they are to be made.
5.17. Subsidiaries. The SPAC does not have any direct or indirect equity interests in any corporation, partnership, trust, or other business association other than the Buyer and Merger Sub.
5.18. Qualifying Transaction. The Transaction satisfies the requirements of section 10.16(15) of the NEO Exchange listing manual.
5.19. Subscription Agreements. The SPAC has delivered to the Company a true, correct and complete copy of the fully executed Subscription Agreements as in effect as of the date hereof. Each of the Subscription Agreements is, as of the date hereof, in full force and effect (assuming that each such Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized by the applicable PIPE Investor), and as of the date hereof, none of the Subscription Agreements has been withdrawn, rescinded or terminated or otherwise amended or modified in any respect, and, to the knowledge of the SPAC, no such amendment or modification is contemplated as of the date hereof. The SPAC is not in material breach of any of the terms or conditions set forth in any of the Subscription Agreements. The SPAC (i) has no knowledge that any event has occurred that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) would constitute a breach or default under any of the Subscription Agreements, (ii) has no knowledge of any fact, event or other occurrence that makes any of the representations or warranties of the SPAC in any of the Subscription Agreements inaccurate in any material respect and (iii) has no knowledge that any of the conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements will not be satisfied when required thereunder or that the transaction proceeds contemplated by the Subscription Agreements will not be made available when required thereunder. As of the date of this Agreement, no PIPE Investor has notified the SPAC in writing of its intention to terminate all or any portion of the PIPE Investment Amount or not to provide the financing contemplated thereunder. Other than as set forth in the PIPE Subscription Agreements delivered to the Company in connection with the execution of this Agreement, (i) there are no conditions precedent or contingencies to the obligations of the parties under the Subscription Agreements to make the full PIPE Investment Amount available to the SPAC on the terms therein, and (ii) to the knowledge of the SPAC, there are no side letters or other agreements, understandings, contracts or arrangements (written, oral or otherwise) related to the Subscription Agreements or the PIPE Investment, other than those entered into with the placement agents of the PIPE Investment (if any).
- 66 -
5.20. No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules. Subject to Section 10.13, except for those representations and warranties expressly given by Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC in this Article 5 (as modified by the Buyer Disclosure Schedule) (collectively, the “Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations”), neither the Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC, or any other Person makes or has made (or will be deemed to make or have made) any other representation or warranty, expressed or implied, at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, with respect to the Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any of the Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s or the SPAC’s business, assets, liabilities, operations, prospects, or condition (financial or otherwise). Except for the Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations, the Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC (directly and on behalf of all Non-Parties) hereby disclaim all liability and responsibility for any representation, warranty, projection, forecast, statement, omission, or information made, not made, communicated, or furnished (whether orally or in writing, in any data room relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in management presentations, functional “break-out” discussions, responses to questions or requests submitted by or on behalf of the Sellers or the Acquired Companies or in any other form in consideration for investigation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) to Sellers, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives (including any opinion, information, forecast, projection, or advice that may have been or may be provided to Sellers, the Company or their respective Affiliates or Representatives by Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC or any Non-Party). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for any specific applicable Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Contractual Representations, neither the Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC, or any of their respective Non-Parties makes, has made, or will be deemed to make or have made (and each hereby expressly disclaims), any representation or warranty to Sellers or the Acquired Companies or their Non-Parties regarding any of the following (the “Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s Extra Contractual Representations”): (a) merchantability or fitness of any assets for any particular purpose; (b) the nature or extent of any liabilities; (c) the prospects of their business; (d) the probable success or profitability of their business; or (e) the accuracy or completeness of any confidential information memoranda, documents, projections, material, statement, data, or other information (financial or otherwise) provided to Sellers, the Acquired Companies or their respective Affiliates or delivered or made available to Sellers, the Acquired Companies and their respective Representatives in any “data rooms,” “virtual data rooms,” management presentations or in any other form in expectation of, or in connection with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or in respect of any other matter or thing whatsoever. The disclosure of any matter or item in any section of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule hereto will not be deemed to constitute an acknowledgment that any such matter is required to be disclosed.
- 67 -
ARTICLE 6
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
6.1. Reasonable Commercial Efforts. During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date:
(a) Each Party will each cooperate with the other Parties and use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly: (i) take or cause to be taken all actions, and do or cause to be done all things, necessary, proper or advisable under this Agreement and the ancillary documents referenced in this Agreement and applicable Law to consummate and make effective the Transaction as soon as practicable, including preparing and filing promptly and fully all documentation to effect all necessary filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations, submissions of information, applications and other documents; (ii) obtain all approvals, consents, registrations, permits, authorizations and other confirmations required to be obtained from any third party and/or Governmental Authority necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Transaction (other than with respect to those under the HSR Act, if applicable, which are addressed in Section 6.15); (iii) execute and deliver such documents, certificates and other papers as a Party may reasonably request to evidence the other Party’s satisfaction of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) take or cause to be taken all actions, and do or cause to be done all things, necessary, proper or advisable under all agreements relating to an Other Transaction to consummate and make effective such Other Transaction as soon as practicable. Subject to applicable Law relating to the exchange of information and in addition to Section 6.1(c), the Parties will have the right to review in advance, and, to the extent practicable, each will consult the others on, any information relating to each Acquired Company and Sellers or Buyer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, that appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third party and/or any Governmental Authority in connection with the Transaction.
(b) Without limiting the forgoing, the Parties will: (i) cooperate with one another promptly to determine whether any filings are required to be or should be made or consents, approvals, permits or authorizations are required to be or should be obtained under any applicable Law and (ii) in promptly making any such filings, furnishing information required in connection therewith and seeking to obtain timely any such consents, permits, authorizations or approvals.
(c) Without limiting Section 6.1(a), each Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the entry of, or to have vacated or terminated, any Order that would restrain, prevent or delay the Closing of the Transaction, including defending through litigation or arbitration on the merits any claim asserted in any court by any Person.
- 68 -
(d) Each Party will keep the other Party reasonably apprised of the status of matters relating to the completion of the Transaction and work cooperatively in connection with obtaining all required approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority (whether domestic, foreign or supranational). In that regard, each Party will without limitation: (i) promptly notify the other Party of, and if in writing, subject to applicable Law relating to the exchange of information, furnish the other Party with copies of (or, in the case of oral communications, advise the other orally of) any material communications from or with any Governmental Authority with respect to the Transaction; (ii) to the extent practicable, permit the other Party to review and discuss in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other Party in connection with, any proposed written (or any proposed oral) material communication with any such Governmental Authority with respect to the Transaction; (iii) not participate in any meeting with any such Governmental Authority unless it consults with the other Party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other the opportunity to attend and participate thereat; (iv) subject to applicable Law relating to the exchange of information, furnish the other Party with copies of all correspondence, filings and communications (and memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between it and any such Governmental Authority with respect to this Agreement, any ancillary documents and the Transaction (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any disclosure containing confidential or privileged information); and (v) furnish the other Party with such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of necessary filings or submissions of information to any such Governmental Authority.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement (including in Article 5), the SPAC shall be permitted to propose extending the date by which it must complete its qualifying acquisition for up to 12 months and hold a meeting of its shareholders in respect thereof.
6.2. Company Operation of Business. Except: (a) for the consummation of the Transaction; (b) as set forth on Schedule 6.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedules or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary document; (c) as required by Law, or (d) to the extent consented to by Buyer or the SPAC (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that, Buyer or the SPAC may withhold consent if it reasonably determines that the action to be taken or omitted would materially negatively affect the value of the Company or the value of the SPAC post-closing or would delay the Closing), during the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Company will, and the Company and the Sellers will cause each controlled Acquired Subsidiary to, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each non-controlled Acquired Subsidiary to, (i) conduct the Business in the ordinary course of the Business, (ii) pay each Acquired Company’s debts and Taxes when due unless subject to good faith dispute, (iii) pay or perform other obligations in the ordinary course of the Business subject to good faith disputes over whether payment or performance is owing, and (iv) use all commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with past practices and policies (including recent past practice in light of COVID-19 that is reasonable and prudent from a business perspective at the time of the taking or omission of such actions, and any action taken, or omitted to be taken, that relates to, or arises out of, COVID-19 that is reasonable and prudent from a business perspective at the time so taken or omitted shall be deemed to be consistent with past practice), to preserve its present business organizations, keep available the services of each Acquired Company’s employees, preserve its relationships with key customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it, and reasonably pursue all of its cannabis-related license applications. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing herein shall prevent the Acquired Companies from taking or failing to take any action, including the establishment of any policy, procedure or protocol, in response to COVID-19 or any COVID-19 Measures that is reasonable and prudent from a business perspective at the time so taken or omitted and (x) no such actions or failure to take such actions shall be deemed to violate or breach this Agreement in any way and (y) no such actions or failure to take such actions shall serve as a basis for Buyer or SPAC to terminate this Agreement or assert that any of the conditions to the Closing contained herein have not been satisfied if such actions are reasonable and prudent from a business perspective at the time so taken or omitted and do not otherwise violate any other provision of this Agreement. During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Company will promptly notify Buyer of any event or occurrence of which the Company receives Knowledge, and that the Company believes would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Acquired Companies. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth on Schedule 6.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, expressly contemplated by this Agreement, or any ancillary document, in connection with the Permitted Equity Financing (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with the termination of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection therewith), or required by Law, from the date hereof until the earlier to occur of the termination of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company will not, and Sellers and the Company will not cause any controlled Acquired Company to, do any of the following, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any non-controlled Acquired Company not to do any of the following, without the prior written or email consent of Buyer or the SPAC (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that, Buyer or the SPAC may withhold consent if it reasonably determines that the action to be taken or omitted would materially negatively affect the value of the Company or the value of the SPAC post-closing or would delay the Closing):
(a) adopt or propose any change to its organizational documents;
- 69 -
(b) merge or consolidate with any other Person or acquire equity interests or assets of any other Person or effect any business combination, recapitalization or similar transaction;
(c) in connection with an Acquisition Proposal or otherwise, sell, lease, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of any material amount of assets, securities or other property, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of US $250,000, except: (i) if required pursuant to existing Contracts or commitments; (ii) in the ordinary course of the Business (including sale of Inventory and the disposition of assets deemed by the Company to be obsolete); or (iii) as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement;
(d) except where Sellers reasonably believe that the Working Capital will not be materially less than the Working Capital Target, or except as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution with respect to its equity interests (other than any dividends or distributions from any controlled subsidiary to the Company or any other controlled subsidiary);
(e) issue any equity interests or rights thereto, except if required pursuant to existing Contracts or commitments;
(f) incur additional Indebtedness, or amend the terms of any existing Indebtedness, or create or incur any Encumbrance on any of its assets other than: (i) in the ordinary course of the Business; (ii) Permitted Encumbrances; and (iii) borrowings under lines of credit or similar working capital facilities of the Business.
- 70 -
(g) make any material loan, advance or capital contribution to or investment in any Person other than trade credit in the ordinary course of the Business, loans or advances made to controlled Acquired Companies, and employee loans not in excess of US $250,000 in the aggregate;
(h) grant to any employee any increase in compensation or benefits, except in the ordinary course of the Business and consistent with past practice, as reflected in the budget or financial forecast previously provided to Buyer, or as may be required under existing agreements or Employee Benefit Plans;
(i) enter into or establish any material Employee Benefit Plan;
(j) enter into, or commit to enter into, any (i) new employment agreement with an annual salary in excess of US $100,000 or (ii) collective bargaining agreement, except as may be required pursuant to existing Contracts or commitments;
(k) enter into any Related Party Transaction (other than transactions between or among controlled Acquired Companies);
(l) terminate or amend any Material Contract outside of the ordinary course of the Business other than as may be required to consummate the Transaction or due to uncured breach by the counterparty;
(m) enter into any settlement with respect to any Proceeding against or relating to it involving an amount in excess of US $250,000 in the aggregate;
(n) change any method of accounting or accounting principles or practice or cash management practices;
(o) transfer any cannabis-related license application; or
(p) agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.
Without in any way limiting any Party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree that, in each case except as expressly provided herein, (i) prior to Closing nothing contained in this Agreement shall give Buyer, SPAC, or Merger Sub, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operation of the Acquired Companies, and (ii) prior to Closing, the Sellers and the Acquired Companies shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control, discretion and supervision over their respective businesses and operations.
- 71 -
6.3. Publicity. Except as otherwise required under this Agreement, the Parties will use their reasonable efforts: to (a) develop a joint communication plan with respect to this Agreement and the Transaction; (b) ensure that all press releases and other public statements with respect to this Agreement and the Transaction will be consistent with such joint communication plan; and (c) consult promptly with each other prior to issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement with respect to this Agreement, the Transaction and the Other Transactions, provide to the other Party for review a copy of any such press release or statement, and not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the other Party’s consent, unless either Party determines in good faith in consultation with such Party’s legal counsel that such disclosure is required under applicable Law or any listing agreement with or rules and regulations of a stock exchange. This Section 6.3 will not restrict communications by the SPAC, the Acquired Companies and its Affiliates that do not relate to the Transaction or the Other Transactions.
6.4. Access.
(a) During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies will permit (or, with respect to non-controlled Acquired Subsidiaries, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Acquired Subsidiaries to permit) representatives of Buyer (including legal counsel and accountants) to have, upon reasonable prior written notice, reasonable access during normal business hours and under reasonable circumstances, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of the Acquired Companies and so as to comply with any then-applicable COVID-19 Measures, to the premises, personnel, books, records (including Tax Returns (but excluding income Tax Returns of any federal consolidated (and state combined or unitary) group of which each Acquired Company is a member and limited with respect to all other Tax Returns and correspondence with accountants to the portions of such Tax Returns and correspondence with accountants that specifically relate to the Acquired Companies)), Material Contracts, and documents of or pertaining to the Acquired Companies. Buyer and its Affiliates and Representatives shall be permitted to perform environmental sampling, including sampling of soil, groundwater, surface water, building materials, or air or wastewater emissions, with the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Neither Buyer, the SPAC nor any of their respective Representatives will contact any employee, customer, supplier or landlord of any Acquired Company without the prior written consent of such Acquired Company, and such Acquired Company shall have the right to have a Representative participate in any such discussion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.4(a), the Acquired Companies and Sellers will not be required to provide information that (i) would violate applicable Law, (ii) would violate confidentiality obligations that the Acquired Companies or the Sellers have to third parties; provided that the Sellers’ Representative shall give notice to Buyer of the fact that such documents or information are being withheld, thereafter shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a waiver of such obligation from the third parties, and, until such waiver is obtained provide such documents and information to the fullest extent permissible without violating such obligations, (iii) relates to the sale process of the Acquired Companies, bids received from other Persons in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and information and analysis relating to such bids, or (iv) constitutes information protected by the attorney/client and/or attorney work product privilege. Buyer will comply with, and will cause its Representatives to comply with, all of its obligations under the confidentiality agreement previously signed with respect to the Transaction (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), between the Company and the SPAC with respect to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Transaction and the Acquired Companies’ information disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.4(a), which agreement will remain in full force and effect until the Closing Date and survive any termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.
- 72 -
(b) During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, SPAC will permit representatives of the Sellers and the Company (including legal counsel and accountants) to have, upon reasonable prior written notice, reasonable access during normal business hours and under reasonable circumstances, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of SPAC and its Affiliates and so as to comply with any then-applicable COVID-19 Measures, to the premises, personnel, books, records, contracts, and documents of or pertaining to SPAC, Buyer and Merger Sub. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.4(b), SPAC, Buyer and Merger Sub will not be required to provide information that (i) would violate applicable Law, (ii) would violate confidentiality obligations that SPAC, Buyer, or Merger Sub have to third parties; provided that SPAC shall give notice to the Sellers’ Representative of the fact that such documents or information are being withheld and thereafter shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such documents or information, as applicable, to be made available in a manner that would not cause such a violation, or (iii) constitutes information protected by the attorney/client and/or attorney work product privilege. The Company will comply with, and will cause its Representatives to comply with, all of its obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Transaction and the information disclosed by SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub pursuant to this Section 6.4(b), which agreement will remain in full force and effect until the Closing Date and survive any termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.
6.5. Notification of Certain Matters. During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, except as prohibited by applicable Law, each Party will give prompt notice to the other Parties: of (a) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would be likely to cause any representation or warranty of such Party contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect at or prior to the Closing such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.3(a) would not be satisfied; and (b) any material failure of such Party to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by such Party hereunder such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(b) or Section 7.3(b) would not be satisfied.
6.6. No Solicitation.
(a) During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, Sellers will not, nor will they authorize or permit any Acquired Company to (or, with respect to non-controlled Acquired Subsidiaries, Sellers shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Acquired Subsidiaries not to), nor will they authorize or permit any officer, director or employee of, or any investment banker, attorney or other advisor or representative of, a Seller or any Acquired Company (or, with respect to non-controlled Acquired Subsidiaries, Sellers shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Acquired Subsidiaries not to so authorize or permit any such Persons), to knowingly or intentionally: (i) directly or indirectly solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of, any Acquisition Proposal; (ii) enter into any agreement with respect to or consummate any Acquisition Proposal; or (iii) directly or indirectly participate in any substantive discussions or negotiations regarding, furnish to any Person any confidential information with respect to, or take any other action to facilitate the making of, an Acquisition Proposal.
- 73 -
(b) During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, Sellers and the Company promptly will advise Buyer orally and in writing of any Acquisition Proposal and the material terms and conditions of any such Acquisition Proposal and provide Buyer with copies of any documents related to such Acquisition Proposal. Sellers and the Company will keep Buyer reasonably informed of the status (including any change to the material terms thereof) of any such Acquisition Proposal.
6.7. Seller Loans. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, at the Closing, all loans, and the obligations relating thereto, between any Seller, on the one hand, and any Acquired Company, on the other hand, will be terminated.
6.8. The Prospectus.
(a) Buyer and the SPAC will, in consultation with the Company and its advisors, as promptly as reasonably practicable, prepare and file the Prospectus with the NEO Exchange and the Ontario Securities Commission or any other applicable SPAC Securities Authorities, in accordance with the NEO Exchange listing manual (as pertains to special purpose acquisition corporations), as the same was varied by the NEO Exchange, as reflected in the Final IPO Prospectus. The Company will provide such assistance at its sole cost, as may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of the Prospectus, and Buyer and the SPAC agree that all information relating to the Company in the Prospectus, including the financial statements referred to in Section 6.8(b), will be in form and content satisfactory to the Company and the SPAC, acting reasonably.
(b) The Company will provide Buyer and the SPAC and their auditors access to and the opportunity to review all financial statements and financial information of the Acquired Companies that is required in connection with the preparation of the Prospectus. The Company hereby: (i) consents to the inclusion of any such financial statements in the Prospectus, and (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consents from any of its auditors and any other advisors to the use of any financial or other expert information required to be included in the Prospectus. The Company further agrees to provide such financial information and assistance at its sole cost, as may be reasonably required in connection with any pre-filing or exemptive relief application in respect of disclosure in the Prospectus and in connection with the preparation of any pro-forma financial statements for inclusion in the Prospectus. The Sellers will certify to the SPAC that all information and statements related to the Acquired Companies will be at the date the information and statements are provided, and will be at the proposed date of filing of the preliminary and final Prospectus, true and correct, contain no misrepresentation and constitute full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the Acquired Companies as required by applicable SPAC Securities Laws and no material fact or information will have been omitted from such disclosure which is required to be stated in such disclosure or is necessary to make the statements or information contained in such disclosure not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they are made.
- 74 -
(c) Buyer and the SPAC will use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval of the NEO Exchange and a receipt for the SPAC’s final Prospectus from the SPAC Securities Authorities, including providing or submitting on a timely basis all documentation and information that is reasonably required or advisable in connection with obtaining such approvals.
(d) Buyer and the SPAC will jointly seek to ensure that the Prospectus complies in all material respects with applicable Law and does not contain any misrepresentation (except that the SPAC and the Buyer will not be responsible for any information or financial statements relating to the Acquired Companies). If any Party becomes aware of any information that should be disclosed in an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, then (i) such Party shall promptly inform the other Parties thereof, (ii) the Parties shall prepare and mutually agree (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) upon an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to the extent required by Law; and (iii) Buyer and SPAC shall file such mutually agreed upon amendment or supplement with the NEO Exchange and the Ontario Securities Commission or any other applicable SPAC Securities Authority.
(e) Buyer and the SPAC will give the Company and its auditors and legal counsel a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on drafts of the Prospectus and other related documents, and will give reasonable consideration to any comments made by the Company and its auditors and legal counsel, and will, subject to obtaining the NEO Exchange and the SPAC Securities Authorities clearance, cause the Prospectus to be filed on SEDAR (and sent to each SPAC Shareholder) as required by applicable Law.
6.9. The SPAC Meetings. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the SPAC will:
(a) promptly upon obtaining clearance from the NEO Exchange and the SPAC Securities Authorities, convene and conduct the SPAC Meetings in accordance with the SPAC’s constitutive documents and applicable Law for the purpose of considering the SPAC Resolution and, if applicable, the Warrant Amendment Resolution and for any other proper purpose as may be set out in the SPAC Circular, including share capital structure changes and, if required, for the purposes of changing the name of the SPAC and approving an advance notice by-law, and not adjourn, postpone or cancel (or propose the adjournment, postponement or cancellation of) the SPAC Meetings without the prior written consent of the Company, except in the case of an adjournment or postponement as required for quorum purposes, which adjournment or postponement shall be for a period of no longer than ten (10) days;
(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary (in its discretion or at the request of the Company) to obtain the SPAC Shareholder Approval, including soliciting proxies (without being obliged to use a formal proxy solicitation service) in favor of the approval of the SPAC Resolution and against any resolution submitted by any SPAC Shareholder that is inconsistent with the SPAC Resolution;
- 75 -
(c) consult with the Company in fixing the date of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting and the record date, give notice to the Company of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting and allow Company’s Representatives to attend the SPAC Shareholder Meeting;
(d) promptly advise the Company at such times as the Company may reasonably request and at least on a daily basis on each of the last ten (10) business days prior to the date of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting, as to the aggregate tally of the proxies received by the SPAC in respect of the SPAC Resolution and aggregate notices of redemption of the SPAC Class A Shares; and
(e) not change the record date for the SPAC Shareholders entitled to vote at the SPAC Shareholder Meeting in connection with any adjournment or postponement of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting, or change any other matters in connection with the SPAC Shareholder Meeting unless required by Law or approved by the Company.
6.10. The SPAC Circular.
(a) The SPAC will, as promptly as reasonably practicable, prepare and complete, in consultation with the Company, the SPAC Circular together with any other documents required by Law in connection with the SPAC Meetings, the Transaction and the Other Transactions, and the SPAC will, subject to obtaining the NEO Exchange approval and receipts for its final Prospectus from the SPAC Securities Authorities, cause the SPAC Circular and such other documents to be filed with the SPAC Securities Authorities and sent to each SPAC Shareholder, SPAC Warrantholder, if applicable, and other Persons as required by applicable Law.
(b) Buyer and the SPAC will ensure that the SPAC Circular complies in all material respects with applicable Law, does not contain any misrepresentation (except that Buyer and the SPAC will not be responsible for any information relating to the Acquired Companies, or their business and affairs that is contained in the SPAC Circular) and provides the SPAC Shareholders with sufficient information to permit them to form a reasoned judgment concerning the matters to be placed before the SPAC Meetings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the SPAC Circular will include a statement that the SPAC Board has unanimously determined that the SPAC Resolution is in the best interests of the SPAC and fair to the SPAC Shareholders and recommends that the SPAC Shareholders vote in favor of the SPAC Resolution (the “SPAC Board Recommendation”) and will include a statement that the Sponsor and each director and senior officer of the SPAC will vote all their SPAC Shares in favor of the SPAC Resolution, and against any resolution submitted by any SPAC Shareholder that is inconsistent therewith, and will not be redeeming any of their SPAC Shares. Except if the Company suffers a Material Adverse Effect, the SPAC Board shall not (and no committee or subgroup thereof shall) change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, or publicly propose to change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, the SPAC Board Recommendation for any reason. Buyer and the SPAC agree that their obligations to establish a record date for, duly call, and give notice of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting for the purpose of seeking the SPAC Shareholder Approval shall not be affected by any intervening event or circumstance.
- 76 -
(c) The SPAC will give the Company and its auditors and legal counsel a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on drafts of the SPAC Circular and other related documents, and will give reasonable consideration to any comments made by the Company and its auditors and their counsel, and agrees that all information relating to the Company included in the SPAC Circular will be in a form and content satisfactory to the Company, acting reasonably.
(d) The Company will provide to the SPAC in writing all necessary information concerning the Acquired Companies that is required by applicable Law to be included by the SPAC in the SPAC Circular or other related documents, use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain any necessary consents from any of its auditors and any other advisors to the use of any financial, technical or other expert information required to be included in the SPAC Circular and to the identification in the SPAC Circular of each such advisor, and will ensure that such information does not contain any misrepresentation concerning the Acquired Companies.
(e) Each Party will promptly notify the other Party if it becomes aware that the SPAC Circular contains a misrepresentation or otherwise requires an amendment or supplement. The Parties will cooperate in the preparation of any such amendment or supplement as required or appropriate, and the SPAC will promptly mail, file or otherwise publicly disseminate any such amendment or supplement as required or appropriate to the SPAC Shareholders and, if required by Law, file the same with the SPAC Securities Authorities or any other Governmental Authority as required.
6.11. Waiver of Access to Escrow Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Sellers and the Company hereby irrevocably waive and release, and upon written request by Buyer or the SPAC at any time, will cause any controlled related party or Affiliate, and will use reasonable best efforts to cause any other related party or Affiliate, of Sellers and the Company, to waive and release, on substantially similar terms, any and all right, title, interest, causes of action and claims of any kind, whether in tort or contract or otherwise (each, a “Claim”), in or to, and any and all right to seek payment of any amounts due to it in connection with the Transaction or this Agreement: (a) out of, the Escrow Account; or (b) from monies or other assets released from the Escrow Account that are payable to the SPAC Shareholders or the IPO Underwriter, and hereby irrevocably waive and release any Claim they may have in the future, as a result of, or arising out of, this Agreement or the Transaction, which Claim would reduce, encumber or otherwise adversely affect: (i) the Escrow Account, (ii) any monies or other assets in the Escrow Account or (iii) monies or other assets released from the Escrow Account that are payable to the SPAC Shareholders or the IPO Underwriter, and further agree not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction of any Claim against the Escrow Account, any monies or other assets in the Escrow Account, or monies or other assets released from the Escrow Account that are payable to the SPAC Shareholders or the IPO Underwriter, for any reason whatsoever or to bring any proceedings against the Escrow Account, Buyer, the SPAC, the IPO Underwriter, the Escrow Agent or any other Person in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall serve to limit or prohibit the rights of the Sellers or the Company to pursue a claim against SPAC or any of its Affiliates for legal relief against assets held outside the Escrow Account. The Parties will use their reasonable best efforts to obtain a waiver and release, in form and substance the same as, or substantially similar to, this Section 6.11, from each party to any Other Transaction.
- 77 -
6.12. Auditor Consents. Sellers and the Company will take all commercially reasonable action to cause the Company’s auditors to consent to the use of the Acquired Companies’ financial statements in any Prospectus or SPAC Circular.
6.13. Other Transactions.
(a) Each Party will cooperate with the other Parties and use its commercially reasonable efforts to identify and structure Other Transactions. The entry into of any Other Transaction will be subject to the written approval of the Parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The entry into any Other Transaction shall occur before the Prospectus filing date.
(b) The Parties will (i) keep each other reasonably informed as to the status of and any material changes to the terms and conditions of the Other Transactions; and (ii) provide each other with documents and information with respect to Other Transactions, subject to, in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the execution of customary confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements as may be reasonably requested by the disclosing Party or the parties to such Other Transactions.
6.14. SPAC Closing Cash.
(a) Buyer and the SPAC will use reasonable commercial efforts to promptly obtain private placement debt or equity financing to replace any deficiency in the SPAC Closing Cash, including any deficiency caused by any excessive shareholder redemptions of the SPAC Class A Shares in connection with the Transaction and the Other Transactions. Without limiting the foregoing, the Buyer and the SPAC shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to (i) consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements on the terms and conditions described therein, including maintaining in effect the Subscription Agreements; (ii) satisfy in all material respects on a timely basis all conditions and covenants applicable to them in the Subscription Agreements and otherwise comply with their obligations thereunder; (iii) in the event that all conditions in the Subscription Agreements (other than conditions whose satisfaction is controlled by the Parties or their Affiliates and other than conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied, consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements at the time contemplated thereby; (iv) deliver notices to counterparties to the Subscription Agreements at least five Business Days prior to the Closing to cause them to fund their obligations at least three Business Days prior to the date that the Closing is scheduled to occur hereunder; and (v) use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce their rights under the Subscription Agreements in the event that all conditions in the Subscription Agreements (other than conditions whose satisfaction is controlled by the Parties or any of their Affiliates and other than conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied, to cause the applicable PIPE Investors to pay the applicable portion of the PIPE Investment Amount set forth in the Subscription Agreements in accordance with their terms. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer and the SPAC shall give the Company prompt (and, in any event, within one (1) Business Day) written notice: (A) of any request from a PIPE Investor for any material amendment to its Subscription Agreement (other than as a result of any assignments or transfers contemplated therein or otherwise permitted thereby); (B) of any material breach or default (or any event or circumstance that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, could give rise to any material breach or default) by any PIPE Investor under its Subscription Agreement, to the extent known by Buyer or the SPAC; and (C) of the receipt of any written notice from any party to any Subscription Agreement with respect to any actual, potential, threatened or claimed expiration, lapse, withdrawal, material breach or default, termination or repudiation by any PIPE Investor under its Subscription Agreement. Buyer and the SPAC shall deliver all notices they are required to deliver under the Subscription Agreements on a timely basis in order to cause the PIPE Investors to consummate the PIPE Investment concurrently with the Closing. The Company Founders and the Sellers shall have protection from any dilution caused by discounted shares (below a value of $10.00 each payable to the SPAC) being issued as part of the PIPE Investment. No additional SPAC Warrants shall be issued to the Sponsor, the SPAC Founders, or the Company Shareholders in connection with the PIPE Investment.
- 78 -
(b) Sellers and the Company will provide Buyer and the SPAC with reasonable commercial assistance in attempting to obtain private placement debt or equity financing to replace any such deficiency.
6.15. HSR Act.
(a) Without limiting the generality of anything contained in Section 6.1, each Party agrees to: (i) within fifteen (15) Business Days of the later of the date hereof and the date of determination that a filing is required, make an appropriate filing of a Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) supply as promptly as reasonably practicable any additional information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the HSR Act by the United States Federal Trade Commission or the United States Department of Justice; and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary, proper or advisable consistent with this Section 6.15 to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods, or receipt of required authorizations, as applicable, under the HSR Act as soon as practicable. Buyer, one the one hand, and the Sellers’ Representative, on the other hand, will be entitled to jointly direct the antitrust defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or negotiations with, any Governmental Authority or other third party relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or regulatory filings under applicable competition Law, subject to the provisions of this Section 6.15. Each Party will use their reasonable best efforts to provide full and effective support of the other Parties in all material respects in all such negotiations and other discussions or actions to the extent requested. No Party will make any offer, acceptance or counter-offer to or otherwise engage in negotiations or discussions with any Governmental Authority with respect to any proposed settlement, consent decree, commitment or remedy, or, in the event of litigation, discovery, admissibility of evidence, timing or scheduling, except as specifically agreed between Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative. Buyer will be responsible for all filing fees in connection with any filings made under the HSR Act pursuant to this Section 6.15. No Party will commit to or agree with any Governmental Authority to stay, toll or extend any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act or applicable competition Law, without the prior written consent of the other Parties. If any request for additional information and documents, including a “second request” under the HSR Act, is received from any Governmental Authority then the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to substantially comply with any such request at the earliest practicable date.
- 79 -
(b) Without limiting the generality of the Parties’ undertakings pursuant to subsection (a) above, each of the Parties will use reasonable best efforts to:
(i) respond as promptly as practicable to any inquiries by any Governmental Authority regarding antitrust or other matters with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary document;
(ii) avoid the imposition of any order or the taking of any action that would restrain, alter or enjoin the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary document; and
(iii) in the event any Order adversely affecting the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary document has been issued, to have such Order vacated or lifted, including by pursuing all available avenues of administrative and judicial appeal, unless, by mutual agreement, Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative decide that litigation is not in their respective best interests.
(c) All analyses, appearances, meetings, discussions, presentations, memoranda, briefs, filings, arguments, and proposals made by or on behalf of either Party before any Governmental Authority or the staff or regulators of any Governmental Authority, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any interactions between a Party and any Governmental Authority in the ordinary course of business, any disclosure which is not permitted by Law or any disclosure containing confidential or privileged information) will be disclosed to the other Parties hereunder in advance of any filing, submission or attendance, it being the intent that the Parties will consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any such analyses, appearances, meetings, discussions, presentations, memoranda, briefs, filings, arguments, and proposals. Each Party will give notice to the other Parties with respect to any meeting, discussion, appearance or contact with any Governmental Authority or the staff or regulators of any Governmental Authority in connection with the Transaction, with such notice being sufficient to provide the other Party with the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting, discussion, appearance or contact (to the extent such attendance or participation is permitted by the Governmental Authority).
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement will require, or be construed to require, Buyer, the SPAC, the Acquired Companies or any of their respective Affiliates to agree to: (i) sell, hold, divest, discontinue or limit, before or after the Closing Date, any assets, businesses or interests of Buyer, the SPAC, the Acquired Companies or any of their respective current or potential Affiliates, including those being purchased in the Other Transactions; (ii) any conditions relating to, or changes or restrictions in, the operations of Buyer, the SPAC, or the Acquired Companies; (iii) any material modification or waiver of the terms and conditions of this Agreement; or (iv) any material modification or waiver of the terms and conditions of any of the Other Transactions or terminate any of the Other Transactions.
6.16. NEO Exchange Guidelines. The Acquired Companies will use reasonable efforts to comply with numbered paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of the NEO Exchange “Guidance Regarding Companies with Marijuana-Related Activities established and/or with assets in the US seeking to list securities on the NEO Exchange,” dated July 11, 2018 (a copy of which is attached as Exhibit K).
- 80 -
6.17. Company Shareholder Notice. Promptly following, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall prepare and mail a notice (the “Company Shareholder Notice”) to every Company Shareholder that did not execute the Company Shareholder Approval. The Company Shareholder Notice shall: (a) be a statement to the effect that the Company’s Board of Directors determined that the Merger is advisable in accordance with Section 251(b) of the DGCL and in the best interests of the Company Shareholders, and has approved and adopted this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby; (b) provide the Company Shareholders to whom it is sent with notice of the Company Shareholder Approval, including the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL and the bylaws of the Company; and (c) notify such Company Shareholders of their dissent and appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL. The Company Shareholders Notice shall include therewith a copy of Section 262 of Delaware Law and all such other information as Buyer shall reasonably request, and shall be sufficient in form and substance to start the twenty (20) day period during which a Company Shareholder must demand appraisal of such Company Shareholder’s Company Stock as contemplated by Section 262(d)(2) of the DGCL. All materials submitted to the Company Shareholders in accordance with this Section 6.17 shall be subject to Buyer’s advance review and reasonable approval.
6.18. Updates to Company Disclosure Schedules. Prior to Closing, the Company and Sellers shall deliver to Buyer all updates to the Company Disclosure Schedules, if any, that would be necessary to cause the satisfaction of the closing condition set forth in Section 7.2(a), taking into account any such updates. With respect to any such updates: (a) any matter, fact, event or circumstance that occurred or was in existence on or prior to, or that arises from or relates to the period of time on or prior to the date of this Agreement, shall not be considered as part of the Company Disclosure Schedules for purposes of Closing and shall not be deemed to have cured or remedied any breach of any representation and warranty made by the Company or the Sellers as of the date of this Agreement; and (b) any matter, fact, event or circumstance that first occurred or came into existence following, or that first arises from or relates to the period of time following, the date of this Agreement and is not otherwise related to a breach of an interim covenant of the Company or any Seller set forth in Section 6.2 of this Agreement (“Post-Signing Matters”) shall be deemed to be part of the Company Disclosure Schedules; provided, however, that if the Post-Signing Matters (as reasonably determined by the Buyer, the Company and the Sellers’ Representative) would result in the failure to satisfy the closing condition set forth in Section 7.2(a), then Buyer shall have the option, at its sole option and election: (A) to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1(c) (and such termination shall have the effects set forth in Section 8.3), or (B) if the Buyer does not elect to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (A) and the Closing occurs, to seek indemnification for such Post-Signing Matters pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(i)(1) or 9.1(b)(ii)(1), as applicable; provided that if the Losses associated with Post-Signing Matters do not exceed US $1,000,000 in the aggregate and the Closing occurs, then such Post-Signing Matters shall be deemed to have become part of the Company Disclosure Schedules and shall qualify all of the representations and warranties set forth herein for all purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation as it relates to indemnification claims.
- 81 -
6.19. Financial Statements. The Sellers will cause to be prepared for delivery to Buyer prior to the Closing audited consolidated annual financial statements with respect to the Acquired Companies for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2020, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited in accordance with US Public Company Accounting Oversight Board principles (the “Audited Financial Statements”). Following the date of this Agreement, the SPAC shall file an exemptive relief application with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an exemptive relief order from, the SPAC Securities Authorities to allow the financial statements of the SPAC, including the financial statements of the Acquired Companies, to be prepared in accordance with GAAP rather than IRFS.
6.20. SPAC Listing and Public Filings. During the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, SPAC shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure SPAC remains listed as a public company on, and for the SPAC Shares and SPAC Warrants to be listed on, the NEO Exchange, and (ii) keep current and timely file all reports required to be filed or furnished with the applicable SPAC Securities Authorities and otherwise comply in all material respects with its reporting obligations under applicable SPAC Securities Laws.
6.21. SPAC Operation of Business. Except: (a) for or in connection with the consummation of the Transaction; (b) as set forth on Schedule 6.21 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedules or as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary document; (c) as required by Law, or (d) to the extent consented to by the Sellers’ Representative (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), during the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, each of SPAC, Buyer, and Merger Sub shall not (i) adopt or propose any change to its organizational documents or the agreement(s) governing the Escrow Account, (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution with respect to its capital stock or other equity interests, (iii) split, combine, or reclassify any of its capital stock or other equity interests, (iv) other than in connection with the SPAC Shareholder Redemption or as otherwise required by its organizational documents in order to consummate the Transaction or the Other Transactions, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or offer to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any of its capital stock or other equity interests, (v) make, change or revoke any material income tax election, adopt or change any accounting method with respect to Taxes, file any amended material Tax Return, settle or compromise any material Tax liability, enter into any material closing agreement with respect to any Tax, surrender any right to claim a material refund of Taxes or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment, (vi) enter into, renew or amend in any material respect, any transaction or contract with any of its Affiliates, the Sponsor, anyone related by blood, marriage or adoption to the Sponsor or any Person in which the Sponsor has a direct or indirect legal, contractual or beneficial ownership interest of 5% or greater, (vii) waive, release, compromise, settle or satisfy any pending or threatened material claim, liability, or Proceeding, (viii) incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any Indebtedness (except for costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction), (ix) offer, issue, deliver, grant or sell, or authorize or propose to offer, issue, deliver, grant or sell, any of its capital stock or other equity interests, or any securities convertible into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such capital stock or equity interests, other than the issuance of SPAC Shares in connection with the exercise of any SPAC Warrants outstanding on the date hereof, or (x) amend, modify or waive any of the terms or rights set forth in any SPAC Warrant, including any amendment, modification or reduction of the warrant price set forth therein, other than as contemplated by the Warrant Amendment Resolution.
- 82 -
6.22. Company Notes; Company Warrants; Series A Preferred Stock.
(a) The Company shall (i) comply with all notice provisions of the Company Notes applicable to the Transaction and (ii) obtain from the holders of the Company Notes prior to the Closing all elections, consents, and waivers as are necessary in order to cause the Company Notes to be repaid and discharged or converted into shares of Company Stock pursuant to the terms of the Company Notes.
(b) The Company shall (i) comply with all notice provisions of the Company Warrant applicable to the Transaction and (ii) take such actions as are necessary in order to cause the Company Warrant to be cancelled, extinguished and exercised for shares of Company Stock prior to the Closing.
(c) Promptly following the date hereof, the Company shall provide written notice to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock (including the holders of any securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Series A Preferred Stock), which notice shall offer to such holders the option to convert such shares or securities, as applicable, into shares of the Class A common stock of the Company prior to the Closing (the “Conversion Offering”). The Company shall provide a draft of such notice to the SPAC prior to distribution, shall consider in good faith any comments provided by the SPAC, and the final form of such notice shall be subject to the prior written approval of the SPAC (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). In the event that any such holder elects to exercise such conversion option, the applicable shares or securities shall convert into shares of Class A common stock of the Company prior to the Effective Time and such shares shall then be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 2.6(b). Prior to the Closing, the Company shall file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware such amendments to its certificate of designation as are necessary to consummate the conversions contemplated by this Section 6.22(c), including (i) adding a conversion right that enables shares of Series A Preferred Stock to convert into shares of Class A common stock of the Company and (ii) removing redemption rights (if any) applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock that would be triggered by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.23. Other Transactions Financial Statements. The Sellers will use their reasonable best efforts to obtain, and if obtained will deliver to the Buyer, audited financial statements of the entities to be acquired in the Other Transactions which meet the applicable requirements to be disclosed in the Prospectus.
- 83 -
ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE
7.1. Conditions to Obligations of Each Party Under This Agreement. The respective obligations of each Party to effect the Transaction will be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in writing by a Party with respect only to itself, in whole or in part, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:
(a) Proceedings.
(i) No Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction will have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered, other than the Federal Cannabis Laws, any statute, rule, regulation, or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that is in effect and has the effect of making the Transaction illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Transaction.
(ii) No Proceeding will have been commenced and remain pending against any Party which would reasonably be expected to prevent the Closing (either by way of injunction or other legal remedy); provided, that such Proceeding is not attributable to any breach or violation of Buyer or the SPAC of the terms of this Agreement or any Other Transaction.
(b) Consents and Approvals. Sellers and the Acquired Companies will have received all of the consents and approvals set out in Schedules 4.6(a) and (b) of the Company Disclosure Schedules on terms satisfactory to both Parties, acting reasonably. Buyer will have received all of the consents and approvals set out in Schedule 5.5 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedules on terms satisfactory to both Parties, acting reasonably.
(c) Shareholder Approval. The SPAC will have received the SPAC Shareholder Approval.
(d) HSR. The waiting period applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have expired or early termination shall have been granted.
(e) NEO Exchange Approval. The approval of the NEO Exchange shall have been obtained by the SPAC to enable the Transaction to qualify as the SPAC’s Qualifying Transaction and the listing of the SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares on the NEO Exchange after the Closing Date.
(f) Prospectus Receipt. A final receipt for the Prospectus shall have been issued by or on behalf of the SPAC Securities Authorities.
(g) Termination of Strategic Opportunities Agreement. The Strategic Opportunities Agreement, executed by the SPAC and AYR Wellness Inc. (formerly known as AYR Strategies Inc.) shall have been terminated.
- 84 -
(h) Conversion of SPAC Class A Shares, SPAC Class B Shares and SPAC Multiple Voting Shares. On or prior to the Effective Time, all of the existing SPAC Class A Shares and SPAC Class B Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing shall have been converted, directly or indirectly, into SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares, but for greater certainty, excluding any SPAC Class A Shares which were redeemed.
(i) Investor Rights Agreement. The Investor Rights Agreement shall be in full force and effect and neither the SPAC nor the Sponsor nor any other party to it shall be in breach thereof, shall have failed to perform thereunder or shall have threatened to terminate or repudiate the Investor Rights Agreement.
7.2. Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to effect the Transaction are subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following additional conditions:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Sellers and the Company (other than the Seller Fundamental Representations) set forth in this Agreement will be true and correct in all material respects (giving effect to the applicable exceptions set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules but without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”) as of the Closing Date, as if made as of such time (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on the Acquired Companies. The Seller Fundamental Representations will be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as if made as of such time (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date). Buyer will have received a certificate signed on behalf the Acquired Companies to such effect solely with respect to the Seller Excluded Representations and the other Seller Individual Representations.
(b) Agreements and Covenants. Each Seller and the Company will have performed and complied with all of their respective covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing.
(c) Documents. All of the documents, instruments and agreements to be executed and/or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Exchange Rights Agreement, the Lockup Agreement, the Coattail Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement will have been executed by the Parties thereto other than Buyer and the SPAC and delivered to Buyer.
(d) No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, no Material Adverse Effect on the Acquired Companies will have occurred and be continuing.
(e) Data Site. Sellers will have delivered to Buyer a CD-Rom or thumb drive containing electronic copies of all documents in the electronic data site for the Transaction as of the date of this Agreement (or, alternatively, Sellers shall cause such data site to remain available to Buyer for a reasonable time following the Closing in order to permit Buyer to download a full copy of such data site).
- 85 -
(f) Audited Financial Statements. Sellers will have delivered the Audited Financial Statements to Buyer. The representations and warranties of Sellers and the Company in Section 4.8(a) as applied to the Audited Financial Statements will be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as if made as of such time (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on the Acquired Companies.
(g) Dissenters Rights. Holders of no more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of Company Stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in the aggregate, shall have exercised, or remain entitled to exercise, statutory appraisal rights pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL with respect to such shares of Company Stock.
(h) Regulatory Opinions. If requested by the NEO Exchange in connection with the approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Sellers will have delivered to Buyer on the Closing Date for submission to the NEO Exchange such regulatory legal opinions by the Company’s cannabis regulatory counsel as are necessary to strictly meet the requirement of the NEO Exchange.
(i) Cash for Non-Accredited Investors. The amount of cash payable to Non-Accredited Investors under Section 2.9(i) subpart (i) shall not exceed US $750,000.
7.3. Additional Conditions to Obligations of Sellers and the Company. The obligations of Sellers and the Company to effect the Transaction are subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following additional conditions:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC (other than the Buyer Excluded Representations) set forth in this Agreement will be true and correct in all material respects (giving effect to the applicable exceptions set forth in the Buyer Disclosure Schedules but without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”) as of the Closing Date, as if made as of such time (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer, SPAC, and Merger Sub. The Buyer Excluded Representations will be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as if made as of such time (except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date). Sellers will have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC to such effect.
- 86 -
(b) Agreements and Covenants. Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC will have performed and complied with all of their covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing.
(c) Documents. All of the documents, instruments and agreements to be executed and/or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, the Exchange Rights Agreement, the Coattail Agreement, the Lockup Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, will have been executed by the Parties thereto other than Sellers and the Company and delivered to the Sellers’ Representative.
(d) No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, no Material Adverse Effect on Buyer or the SPAC (excluding any effect caused by any excessive shareholder redemptions described in Section 6.14) will have occurred and be continuing.
(e) Employment Agreements. Each of the Key Employees will have executed and delivered an employment agreement with the applicable Acquired Company, with annual compensation that is the same as his or her annual compensation preceding the date of this Agreement, the effectiveness of which agreements is only conditioned upon the occurrence of the Closing.
(f) Opinion. Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers’ Representative an opinion of legal counsel for SPAC as to Exchangeable Shares and SPAC Class B shares regarding, among others, valid issuance of such securities on a fully paid, non-assessable basis and freely-tradable nature of such securities subject to the applicable lockup terms set forth in this Agreement and applicable Law, in the form mutually acceptable to the Parties, acting reasonably.
(g) SPAC Closing Cash. At the Closing, the SPAC will have a minimum of US $185,000,000 in cash: (i) before any cash consideration, as applicable, is payable for any Other Transactions; (ii) after any payments due and payable for the SPAC’s, the Merger Sub’s and the Buyer’s expenses related to the closing of the Transaction, including all costs, fees, expenses and payments contingent on the closing of the Transaction; (iii) after reduction for the aggregate amount of payments required to be made in connection with the SPAC Stockholder Redemption; (iv) plus the Aggregate PIPE Proceeds, the proceeds from any additional PIPE or other equity or debt offerings (not including the Permitted Equity Financing); and (v) after taking into account any estimated debt or payables on the SPAC’s balance sheet as of the closing of the Transaction (collectively, the “SPAC Closing Cash”). Sellers will have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC to such effect.
(h) Share Consideration. Buyer and the SPAC shall have delivered to the Exchange Agent the Buyer Exchangeable Shares constituting the Estimated Closing Merger Consideration, to be held and delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Company Shareholders in accordance with Section 2.9.
(i) Pro Forma Capitalization and Balance Sheet. The Company shall have received the Pro Forma Capitalization Statement and Pro Forma Balance Sheet, each certified by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the SPAC, dated as of the Closing Date.
- 87 -
(j) Founder Subscription Agreements. The SPAC Supervoting Shares shall have been issued to the Company Founders in accordance with the Founder Subscription Agreements.
(k) Class B Shareholder Approval. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including, without limitation, Section 7.3(g)) if the SPAC Closing Cash is less than $250,000,000, the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the then outstanding shares of Class B common stock of the Company shall have approved the consummation of the Closing (it being acknowledged and agreed that, as the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will have been approved by the requisite majority at the SPAC Meetings at that time, no material amendments to this Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement or any other agreement will be able to be requested by any holders of Company Class B common stock at that time).
ARTICLE 8
TERMINATION
8.1. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Transaction may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) By mutual written consent of Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative;
(b) By either Buyer or Sellers’ Representative if:
(i) the Closing has not occurred on or before July 31, 2021 (the “Outside Date”); provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b)(i) will not be available to any Party whose failure to fulfill any material obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to have occurred on or before such date; provided, further that if the only closing condition that remains to be satisfied (other than closing conditions that, by their terms, can only be satisfied as of Closing) is approval under the HSR Act, the Outside Date may, at the option of Buyer, be extended for successive thirty (30)-day periods upon Buyer providing the Sellers’ Representative with written notice of such extension on or prior to the then-current Outside Date; provided, further, that in no event shall the Outside Date be extended beyond September 30, 2021;
(ii) a Governmental Authority will have issued an Order or taken any other action (excluding any Order or action arising under, relating to or in connection with the Federal Cannabis Laws), in each case that has become final and non-appealable and that restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the Transaction or any part of it; provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b)(ii) will not be available to any Party whose failure to fulfill any material obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the issuance of such Order or such action; or
(iii) the SPAC Shareholder Approval is not obtained at the SPAC Shareholder Meeting (subject to any adjournment or postponement of the SPAC Shareholder Meeting); provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(b)(iii) shall not be available to Buyer if, at the time of such termination, Buyer, Merger Sub or SPAC is in material uncured breach of Section 6.9 or Section 6.10;
- 88 -
(c) By Buyer, if (i) any of the representations and warranties of Sellers and the Company in this Agreement become untrue or inaccurate such that Section 7.2(a) would not be satisfied or (ii) there has been a material breach on the part of the Company or any of the Sellers of any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that Section 7.2(b) would not be satisfied; provided that Buyer shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) if Buyer, Merger Sub, or SPAC is then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement; or
(d) By Sellers’ Representative, if (i) any of the representations and warranties of Buyer, Merger Sub, or SPAC in this Agreement become untrue or inaccurate such that Section 7.3(a) would not be satisfied or (ii) there has been a material breach on the part of Buyer, Merger Sub, or SPAC of any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that Section 7.3(b) would not be satisfied; provided that the Sellers’ Representative shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(d) if any of the Sellers or the Company is then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement.
8.2. Notice of Termination. If Buyer intends to terminate this Agreement under Sections 8.1(b) or (c), or if Sellers’ Representative intends to terminate this Agreement under Sections 8.1(b) or (d), such Person will provide the other Parties with written notice of their intent, indicating in reasonable detail the deficiencies relied upon to terminate this Agreement, and, solely in the case of termination pursuant to Sections 8.1(c) or (d), the applicable Party or Parties will have a 30 day cure period from the date of receipt of notice (but not later than the Outside Date) in which to correct the deficiency or deficiencies identified in the notice, to the extent that such deficiencies are curable.
8.3. Effect of Termination. Except as provided in this Section 8.3, in the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, this Agreement (other than this Section 8.3, Section 6.3, the last sentence of Sections 6.4(a), the last sentence of Section 6.4(b), Section 6.11 and Article 10, which will survive such termination) will forthwith become void, and there will be no liability on the part of any Party or any of their respective officers or directors to the other and all rights and obligations of any Party will cease, except that nothing in this Section 8.3 will relieve any Party from liability for Fraud in the giving of any representations or warranties or for any willful and material breach, prior to termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement.
- 89 -
ARTICLE 9
COVENANTS AND CONDUCT OF THE PARTIES AFTER CLOSING
9.1. Survival and Indemnifications.
(a) Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements.
(i) None of the representations and warranties of Sellers or the Company contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing Date, all such representations and warranties shall terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Closing, and there shall be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof; except that the representations and warranties in Section 4.1 (Organization and Authority of the Company to Conduct Business), Section 4.2 (Power and Authority; Binding Effect), Section 4.3 (Equity Information), Section 4.4(a) (Title), and Section 4.30 (No Brokers) (collectively, the “Seller Fundamental Representations”) will survive the Closing until the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, or extension thereof), the representations and warranties made in Section 4.9 (Taxes) (the “Tax Representations”) will survive the Closing until sixty (60) days following the expiration of all applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, or extension thereof), the representations and warranties made in Section 4.33 (Prospectus Disclosures) (together with the Seller Fundamental Representations and the Tax Representations, the “Seller Excluded Representations”) will survive the Closing for a period of three (3) years, and the Seller Individual Representations (other than those constituting Seller Fundamental Representations) will survive the Closing for the Representation Survival Period. Any claim made by Buyer for a breached Seller Excluded Representation or a breached Seller Individual Representation contained in this Agreement must be initiated by Buyer or the SPAC prior to the above-referenced expiration date. Any written claim for breach of representation and warranty delivered in accordance with Section 9.1(e) prior to the above-referenced applicable expiration date or applicable expiration date referenced in Section 9.1(a)(ii), as applicable, to the Party against whom such indemnification is sought will survive thereafter and, solely as to any such claim, such expiration, if any, will not affect the rights to indemnification under this Article 9 of the Party making such claim. Any claim made by Buyer or the SPAC based on Fraud in the giving of such representations and warranties will survive indefinitely. All of the representations and warranties of Sellers or the Company contained in this Agreement will in no respect be limited or diminished by any past or future inspection, investigation, examination or possession on the part of Buyer, the SPAC or their Representatives. All covenants and agreements made by Sellers or the Company contained in this Agreement shall terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Closing and there shall be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof; provided that any covenant or agreement made by Sellers contained in this Agreement which by its nature requires performance following the Closing (including the indemnification obligations of Sellers set forth in this Section 9.1) will survive the Closing Date until fully performed or discharged.
(ii) All representations and warranties of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing Date for the duration of the applicable Representation Survival Period; except that the representations and warranties in Section 5.1 (Organization and Good Standing), Section 5.2 (Authority; Authorization; Binding Effect), Section 5.7 (No Brokers), and Section 5.8 (Capitalization) (collectively, the “Buyer Excluded Representations”) will survive the Closing until the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, or extension thereof). Any claim made by Sellers for a breached representation or warranty of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC contained in this Agreement must be initiated prior to the above-referenced applicable expiration date. Any claim made by Sellers based on Fraud in the giving of such representations and warranties will survive indefinitely. All of the representations and warranties of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC contained in this Agreement will in no respect be limited or diminished by any past or future inspection, investigation, examination or possession on the part of Sellers or their Representatives. All covenants and agreements made by Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC contained in this Agreement shall terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Closing and there shall be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof; provided that any covenant or agreement made by Buyer and the SPAC contained in this Agreement which by its nature requires performance following the Closing (including the indemnification obligations of Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC set forth in this Section 9.1) will survive the Closing Date until fully performed or discharged.
- 90 -
(b) Indemnification by Sellers.
(i) Subject to the provisions of this Section 9.1, from and after the Closing, Sellers hereby, severally in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their Affiliates, and the directors, officers and employees of Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their Affiliates, from, against and in respect of the following:
(1) any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any of them by reason of any breached or untrue Seller Excluded Representation (excluding the Seller Individual Representations);
(2) any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any of them attributable to (i) any liability, payment or obligation in respect of any Taxes owing by Sellers, or any Acquired Company of any kind or description (including interest and penalties) for all pre-Closing Tax periods and the Pre-Closing Straddle Period, (ii) any and all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group of which the Company (or any of its respective predecessors) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.1502-6 under the Code or any analogous or similar Law, for all pre-Closing Tax periods and the Pre-Closing Straddle Period, (iii) any and all Taxes for all pre-Closing Tax periods and the Pre-Closing Straddle Period of any Person (other than the Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor by operation of law, by contract or pursuant to any Law which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing, and (iv) the obligations of the Sellers or the Acquired Companies as set forth in Section 9.8 or breach thereof, except in the case of the Acquired Companies, only to the extent such obligations or breach relate to the period prior to Closing;
(3) [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – potentially prejudicial with respect to indemnified claims]; and
(4) [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – potentially prejudicial with respect to indemnified claims].
(ii) Subject to the provisions of this Section 9.1, from and after the Closing, each Seller hereby, severally and not jointly, agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their Affiliates, and the directors, officers and employees of Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their Affiliates, from, against and in respect of the following:
(1) any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any of them by reason of any breached or untrue Seller Individual Representations of such Seller contained in this Agreement; and
- 91 -
(2) any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any of them by reason of the nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement by such Seller contained in this Agreement.
(iii) From and after the Closing, Sellers hereby, severally in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Sponsor and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, owners and employees (which are each designated third party beneficiaries of this subsection (iii)), from, against and in respect of any liability, payment or obligation in respect of any Taxes owing by any of them resulting from any restructuring of any of the Acquired Companies completed prior to the Closing.
(c) Indemnification by Buyer and the SPAC. Except that no recovery of Losses may be made from the Escrow Account as set out more fully in Section 6.11, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.1, from and after the Closing, Buyer and the SPAC hereby, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless Sellers and their respective Affiliates, and the directors, officers and employees of Sellers and their respective Affiliates, as applicable, from, against, and in respect of:
(i) any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any of them resulting from any breached or untrue Buyer Excluded Representations;
(ii) any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any of them resulting from the nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement by (x) Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC contained in this Agreement or (y) the Surviving Corporation, but in each case only to the extent such nonfulfillment relates to the period following the Closing;
(iii) [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – potentially prejudicial with respect to indemnified claims].
(d) Limitations on Indemnifications.
(i) For purposes of this Section, the term “Threshold” means a dollar amount equal to US $3,000,000.
(ii) With respect to any Losses related to a breach of representation and warranty of the Sellers or the Company which are otherwise indemnifiable pursuant to this Section 9.1, (A) Sellers will have liability for such Losses only if the aggregate amount of all Losses exceeds the Threshold, in which case Sellers will indemnify Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and their related indemnitees for all such Losses in excess of the Threshold, (B) in no event will the aggregate liability of an individual Seller for all Losses resulting from breaches of such Seller’s Seller Individual Representations and the representations and warranties of the Company exceed an amount equal to such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Cap, and (C) in no event will Sellers’ aggregate liability for all Losses resulting from breaches of representations and warranties of Sellers or the Company exceed an amount equal to US $40,625,000 (the “Cap”). With respect to any Losses related to a breach of representation and warranty of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC which are otherwise indemnifiable pursuant to this Section 9.1, (D) Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC will have liability for such Losses only if the aggregate amount of all Losses exceeds the Threshold, in which case Buyer, Merger Sub and the SPAC will indemnify Sellers and their related indemnitees for all such Losses in excess of the Threshold, (E) in no event will Buyer’s, Merger Sub’s and the SPAC’s aggregate liability for all Losses exceed an amount equal to the Purchase Price, and (F) no recovery of Losses incurred by Sellers or their related indemnitees may be made from the Escrow Account as set out more fully in Section 6.11.
- 92 -
(iii) The limitations set forth in Section 9.1(d)(ii) will not apply to any Losses (A) incurred by Buyer as a result of Sellers’ failure to comply with covenants made in this Agreement or breach of any Seller Excluded Representations (other than the Tax Representations), and (B) incurred by Sellers as a result of Buyer, Merger Sub or the SPAC’s failure to comply with covenants made in this Agreement or breach of any Buyer Excluded Representations.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will any Seller have any liability for indemnification obligations or otherwise arising under, relating to, or in connection with, this Agreement for any amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the amount equal to the lesser of the following: (A) the product of (x) such Seller’s Pro Rata Share and (y) the Purchase Price; or (B) if applicable to such Seller, the then-current value of such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Merger Consideration as of the date of the indemnification claim to the extent such Seller has not sold the underlying shares prior to such date with (1) each Buyer Exchangeable Share deemed to have a value equal to (x) the number of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares into which such Buyer Exchangeable Share is convertible as of such determination date multiplied by the closing trading price for a SPAC Subordinate Voting Share on the principal securities exchange on which such security is traded on the date immediately preceding such determination date, and (B) each SPAC Subordinate Voting Share shall be valued at the closing trading price for a SPAC Subordinate Voting Share on the principal securities exchange on which such security is traded on the date immediately preceding such determination date.
(v) Sellers, their related indemnitees and their respective Affiliates, including the Acquired Companies, will have no recourse against the Escrow Account for any indemnifiable Losses suffered by them as set out more fully in Section 6.11.
(vi) Each Seller will be liable under Section 9.1(b)(ii) only for such Seller’s own breach of such Seller’s Seller Individual Representations or breach of or failure to comply with covenants or agreements of such Seller contained in this Agreement and no Seller will be liable under Section 9.1(b)(ii) for any other Seller’s breach or inaccuracy of such other Seller’s Seller Individual Representations or breach of or failure to comply with covenants or agreements of such other Seller contained in this Agreement.
(e) Notification of Claims. In the event that any Party entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”) proposes to make any claim for such indemnification, the Indemnified Party will deliver to the indemnifying Party (the “Indemnifying Party”), which delivery will be made promptly following becoming aware of the matter giving rise to such claim, and in any event on or prior to the expiration of the applicable survival date pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, a signed certificate, which certificate will (i) state that Losses have been incurred or that a claim has been made for which Losses may be incurred, (ii) specify the sections of this Agreement under which such claim is made and (iii) specify in reasonable detail each individual item of Loss or other claim including the amount thereof and the date such Loss was incurred; provided, however, that the failure to give such prompt notice will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder if the Indemnifying Party has not been prejudiced thereby. In addition, each Indemnified Party will give notice to the Indemnifying Party within thirty (30) days of its receipt of service of any suit or proceeding initiated by a third party which pertains to a matter for which indemnification may be sought (a “Third Party Claim”); provided, however, that the failure to give such notice will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder if the Indemnifying Party has not been prejudiced thereby.
- 93 -
(f) Defense of Third Party Claims and Extension of Statute of Limitations. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against any Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at its sole cost and expense, and will notify the Indemnified Party promptly (and in any event within fifteen (15) days after notice of such Third Party Claim) with respect to whether or not it is exercising its right to defend such Third Party Claim; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim if (x) such matter is criminal in nature or seeks injunctive or other equitable relief or (y) where Buyer or its related indemnitees are the Indemnified Party, the third party claimant is a then-current material customer of such Indemnified Party. Prior to the time the Indemnified Party is notified by the Indemnifying Party as to whether the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall take all actions reasonably necessary to timely preserve the collective rights of the parties with respect to such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume the defense of the Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have full control of such defense and proceedings, including any compromise or settlement thereof; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party will not settle or compromise such Third Party Claim, nor agree to extend any statute of limitations applicable to such Third Party Claim, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; provided further that if the Indemnified Party does not consent to any such compromise or settlement, the Indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligation to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim shall in no event exceed the amount of the settlement offer to which the Indemnified Party withheld its consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent shall not be required if (i) the settlement agreement contains a complete and unconditional general release by the third party asserting the Third Party Claim to all Indemnified Parties affected by the Third Party Claim and (ii) the settlement agreement does not contain any material sanction or restriction upon the conduct or operation of any business conducted by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates. Any Indemnified Party will in good faith cooperate and assist the Indemnifying Party in defending against any claims or asserted claims with respect to which the Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement. If requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party will join in any action, litigation, arbitration or proceeding, provided that the Indemnified Party will pay its own costs caused by such joinder. If the Indemnifying Party fails to exercise its right to defend a Third Party Claim (or is not entitled to defend such claim pursuant to the foregoing), the Indemnified Party shall diligently defend such Third Party Claim; provided that the Indemnified Party will not settle or compromise any claim or asserted claim, nor agree to extend any statute of limitations applicable to any claim or asserted claim, which the Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party will provide the Indemnifying Party with all reasonably available information, assistance, and authority to enable the Indemnifying Party defend and/or settle such Third Party Claim, and upon the Indemnifying Party’s payment of any amounts due with respect to such Proceeding, the Indemnified Party will, to the extent of such payment, assign or cause to be assigned to the Indemnifying Party the claims of the Indemnified Party, if any, against such third parties with respect to which such payment is made.
- 94 -
(g) In the event of a claim for indemnification under this Agreement for which an Indemnified Party has provided notice of such claim to an Indemnifying Party under this Section 9.1 (but excluding any Third Party Claim) and the Indemnifying Party receiving such notice disputes all or any part of such claim, then Buyer and Sellers’ Representative will first attempt to resolve such claim through direct negotiations in good faith. No settlement reached in such negotiations under this Section 9.1(g) will be binding until reduced to a writing signed by the applicable parties. If the dispute is not resolved within twenty (20) Business Days after the date of delivery of such claim, then such dispute will be resolved in accordance with Section 10.4. Nothing in this Section 9.1(g) will prevent any Party from seeking injunctive relief in accordance with this Agreement.
(h) Other Indemnification Matters.
(i) All indemnification payments made pursuant to this Section 9.1 will be treated as an adjustment to the Merger Consideration unless otherwise required by applicable Law.
(ii) The Indemnified Party will take all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate any Losses for which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification hereunder.
(iii) The amount of any Losses subject to indemnification under this Section 9.1 will be calculated net of any insurance proceeds received and any other payments from third parties received (reduced by any costs or expenses incurred in collection of such amounts by the Indemnified Party (or any of its Affiliates)) by the Indemnified Party on account of such Losses. In the event that an insurance or other recovery is received by any Indemnified Party with respect to any Losses for which any such Person has been indemnified hereunder, then a refund equal to the amount of the recovery (reduced by any costs or expenses incurred in collection of such amounts by the Indemnified Party (or any of its Affiliates)) will be made promptly to the Indemnifying Party that made or directed such indemnification payments to such Indemnified Party.
(iv) Except: (A) with respect to claims based upon Fraud; (B) for remedies that cannot be waived as a matter of Law; (C) injunctive and provisional relief in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (D) the dispute resolution mechanisms set forth in the Exchange Rights Agreement, Lockup Agreements, the Coattail Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement with respect to claims arising thereunder; and (E) the dispute resolution mechanisms set forth in Section 2.17, if the Closing occurs, this Section 9.1 will be the sole and exclusive remedy for breach of, inaccuracy in, or failure to comply with, any representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement, or otherwise in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
- 95 -
(v) No Seller will have any liability for any Losses to the extent that an allowance, provision or reserve covering such Losses is included in the final calculation of the Closing Merger Consideration as determined pursuant to Section 2.18. Any indemnification provided pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be so applied as to avoid any double counting and no Indemnified Party shall be entitled to obtain indemnification more than once for the same matter or Losses.
(vi) In the event of indemnification for Losses suffered or incurred by a non-wholly-owned Acquired Subsidiary, the amount of such Losses incurred by such Acquired Subsidiary which are indemnifiable by the Sellers pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be calculated in a manner proportional to the relative direct or indirect ownership interest of Buyer in such Acquired Subsidiary as of the date such Losses are suffered or incurred (e.g., if a non-wholly-owned Acquired Subsidiary incurs Losses of $100,000 which are otherwise indemnifiable pursuant to this Section 9.1 and Buyer’s direct or indirect ownership interest in such Acquired Subsidiary is 75% at the time such Losses are suffered or incurred, the Losses of such Acquired Subsidiary which are indemnifiable pursuant to this Section 9.1 would be equal to $75,000).
(vii) In the event that Buyer and its related indemnitees are entitled to indemnification for Losses pursuant to this Section 9.1, then, subject to the applicable limitations set forth in this Section 9.1, Buyer and such indemnitees shall satisfy the amount of such Losses (i) first, by offset against Buyer Exchangeable Shares (or, if previously exchanged, SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares) held by the respective Sellers at the time of such offset (or, with respect to Non-Accredited Sellers, directly from such Non-Accredited Sellers on a several but not joint basis), and (ii) thereafter, directly from the Sellers on a several but not joint basis. For purposes of the offset contemplated by clause (i), (A) each Buyer Exchangeable Share shall be deemed to have a value equal to (x) the number of SPAC Subordinate Voting Shares into which such Buyer Exchangeable Share is convertible as of the date that Buyer and its related indemnitees became entitled to indemnification for the applicable Losses pursuant to this Section 9.1 multiplied by (y) the VWAP as of the date that Buyer and its related indemnitees became entitled to indemnification for the applicable Losses pursuant to this Section 9.1, and (B) each SPAC Subordinate Voting Share shall be valued at the VWAP as of the date that Buyer and its related indemnitees made a claim for indemnification for the applicable Losses pursuant to this Section 9.1.
9.2. Independence of Covenants, Representations and Warranties. All covenants made in this Agreement will be given independent effect so that if a certain action or condition constitutes a default under a certain covenant, the fact that such action or condition is permitted by another covenant will not affect the occurrence of such default, unless expressly permitted under an exception to such initial covenant. In addition, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all representations and warranties made in this Agreement will be given independent effect so that if a particular representation or warranty proves to be incorrect or is breached, the fact that another representation or warranty concerning the same or similar subject matter is correct or is not breached will not affect the incorrectness or a breach of such initial representation or warranty.
- 96 -
9.3. Use of Company Name or Trade Name. After the Closing, Sellers will not use or refer to the names “Glass House Farms”, “Glass House” and “Glass House Group”, any trade name included within the Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, or any derivative or variation thereof or any name similar thereto, except in the performance of any duties under any employment agreement or consulting agreement entered into between a Company and Seller, if any.
9.4. Confidentiality. Sellers have had access to, and have gained knowledge with respect to the Business, including without limitation trade secrets, financial results and information, processes and techniques, technical production and cost data, methods of doing business and information concerning customers and suppliers, and other valuable and confidential information relating to the Business (the “Confidential Information”). Sellers acknowledge that unauthorized disclosure or misuse of the Confidential Information, whether before or after the Closing, will cause irreparable damage to the Acquired Companies and Buyer subsequent to the Closing. The Parties also agree that covenants by Sellers not to make unauthorized disclosures of the Confidential Information are essential to the growth and stability of the business of the Acquired Companies and Buyer. Accordingly, Sellers agree that, beginning on the Closing Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, they will not use or disclose any Confidential Information obtained in the course of their past connection with the Business, except in connection with such Sellers’ continuing ownership interest in Buyer and its Affiliates and/or in the performance of any duties under any employment agreement or relationship, consulting agreement or relationship, or any other transaction documents entered into with the Company, Buyer, the SPAC or any of their respective Affiliates, if any, and in accordance with that Person’s policies regarding Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Seller may disclose the Confidential Information: (a) to such Seller’s Affiliates and Representatives, so long as the receiving party is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 9.4 or subject to obligations of confidentiality in favor of such Seller with respect to information of the type constituted by the Confidential Information so disclosed to such receiving party; (b) to the extent required by Law or legal process or any Governmental Authority, or in connection with the defense or enforcement of such Seller’s rights and obligations under this Agreement or another agreement with the Company, Buyer, the SPAC or any of their respective Affiliates; or (c) to the extent such Confidential Information becomes publicly available through no breach of this Agreement or other fault of such Seller. If any Seller is requested or required by Law or legal process to disclose any Confidential Information, such Seller will notify Buyer promptly of the request or requirement so that Buyer may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 9.4. If in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, such Seller is, on the advice of counsel, compelled to disclose any Confidential Information to any Governmental Authority or else stand liable for contempt, such Seller may disclose such Confidential Information to such Governmental Authority; provided, however, that the disclosing Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain at the request and expense of Buyer, an Order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the Confidential Information required to be disclosed as Buyer may designate.
9.5. Non-Competition. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedules, Kyle Kazan, Graham Farrar, and Jocelyn Rosenwald (each, a “Principal Seller”) agrees that, beginning on the Closing Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, such Principal Seller will not, directly or indirectly, for such Principal Seller’s own account or as agent, employee, officer, director, trustee, consultant, member, partner, stockholder or equity owner of any corporation, limited liability company, or any other entity (except for passive ownership of securities constituting less than five percent (5%) (calculated on a fully-diluted basis) of the securities of a public or private company), or member of any firm or otherwise, engage or attempt to engage in the Restricted Territory in the Business as conducted immediately prior to the Closing (including any products derived from hemp); provided that this Section 9.5 shall not restrict or prohibit a Principal Seller from taking any actions or engaging in any activities in furtherance of, or in connection with, such Principal Seller’s continuing ownership interest in Buyer and its Affiliates or the performance of such Principal Seller’s duties as an employee or consultant of Buyer and its Affiliates.
- 97 -
9.6. Non-Solicitation. Each Company Founder agrees that, beginning on the Closing Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, such Company Founder will not, directly or indirectly, for such Company Founder’s own account or as agent, employee, officer, director, trustee, consultant, member, partner, stockholder or equity owner of any corporation, limited liability company, or any other entity: (a) employ or solicit the employment of any person who was employed by any Acquired Company at the Closing Date or at any time during the six-month period preceding the Closing Date; (b) willfully dissuade or discourage any person or entity from using, employing or conducting business with any Acquired Company; or (c) intentionally disrupt or interfere with, or seek to disrupt or interfere with, the business or contractual relationship between any Acquired Company and any supplier, who during the six-month period preceding the Closing Date will have supplied products or services to any Acquired Company; provided, that the restrictions in this Section 9.6 will not restrict (i) the ability of any Company Founder or such Company Founder’s Affiliate to solicit generally in advertisements not specifically directed to employees, customers, or suppliers of any Acquired Company, or (ii) any Company Founder or such Company Founder’s Affiliate from providing services or products to any customer of any Acquired Company who independently seeks products or services without any prior solicitation.
9.7. Equitable Remedies/Reasonableness of Limitations. The Parties acknowledge that a remedy at law for failure to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, including the covenants contained in Sections 9.4-9.6, may be inadequate and any Party will be entitled to seek and obtain from a court having jurisdiction or from an arbitrator under Section 10.4, in its sole discretion, specific performance, an injunction, a restraining order or any other equitable relief in order to enforce any such provision without the need to post a bond (or if a bond is required by Law, a bond in the amount of $100 will be sufficient). The right to obtain such equitable relief will be in addition to any other remedy to which a Party is entitled under applicable Law (including, but not limited to, monetary damages). Sellers and the Company Founders represent and warrant that each Seller and Company Founder has had an opportunity to consult with counsel regarding this Agreement, has fully and completely reviewed this Agreement with such counsel and fully understands the contents hereof. Sellers and the Company Founders agree that the territorial, time and other limitations contained in this Agreement are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of the business and affairs of Buyer, and in the event that any one or more of such territorial, time or other limitations is found to be unreasonable by a court of competent jurisdiction, Sellers and the Company Founders agree to submit to the reduction of said territorial, time or other limitations to such an area, period or otherwise as the court may determine to be reasonable. In the event that any limitation under this Agreement is found to be unreasonable or otherwise invalid in any jurisdiction, in whole or in part, Sellers and the Company Founders acknowledge and agree that such limitation will remain and be valid in all other jurisdictions.
- 98 -
9.8. Tax Matters.
(a) Sellers will prepare or cause to be prepared and will file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for the Acquired Companies for all Tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Tax Periods”) and that are due after the Closing Date. Each Tax Return referred to in this Section 9.8(a) will be prepared in a manner consistent with past practices of each Acquired Company and without a change of any election or accounting method (in each case except as otherwise required by applicable Law). Sellers’ Representative will provide such Tax Returns to the Buyer, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for such Tax Returns (including any applicable extensions). The Sellers’ Representative will cooperate with the Surviving Corporation in connection with the filing of such Tax Returns.
(b) Buyer will prepare or cause to be prepared and will file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies that are required to be filed after the Closing Date (i) with respect to all Pre-Closing Tax Periods, other than those Tax Returns that are prepared (or caused to be prepared) by the Sellers pursuant to Section 9.8(a), and (ii) with respect to any Straddle Period. Each Tax Return referred to in this Section 9.8(b) will be prepared in a manner consistent with past practices of each Acquired Company and without a change of any election or accounting method (in each case except as otherwise required by applicable Law). At least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which each such Tax Return is due (with applicable extensions), Buyer will submit such Tax Return to the Sellers’ Representative for review, comment and approval. Sellers’ Representative will provide any written comments to Buyer no later than fifteen (15) days after receiving any such Tax Return and, if Sellers’ Representative does not provide any written comments within fifteen (15) days, Sellers will be deemed to have accepted such Tax Return. The Parties will attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute with respect to any such Tax Return. If the Parties are unable to resolve any such dispute at least ten (10) days before the date (with applicable extensions) for any such Tax Return, Buyer and Sellers’ Representative will jointly engage an Accounting Firm to promptly resolve such dispute (selected as provided for in Section 2.17(c)). Buyer and Sellers will share equally the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm. If the Accounting Firm is unable to resolve any such dispute prior to the due date (with applicable extensions) for any such Tax Return, such Tax Return will be filed as prepared by Buyer subject to amendment, if necessary, to reflect the resolution of the dispute by the Accounting Firm.
(c) For purposes of this Section 9.8, the portion of Tax with respect to the income, property or operations of each Acquired Company that is attributable to any Tax period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date (a “Straddle Period”) will be apportioned between the period of the Straddle Period that extends before the Closing Date through the end of the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Straddle Period”) and the period of the Straddle Period that extends from the day after the Closing Date to the end of the Straddle Period (the “Post-Closing Straddle Period”) in accordance with this Section 9.8(c). The portion of such Tax attributable to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period will (i) in the case of any Taxes other than sales or use taxes, value-added taxes, employment taxes, withholding taxes, and any Tax based on or measured by income, receipts or profits earned during a Straddle Period, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Pre-Closing Straddle Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period, and (ii) in the case of any sales or use taxes, value-added taxes, employment taxes, withholding taxes, and any Tax based on or measured by income, receipts or profits earned during a Straddle Period, be deemed equal to the amount that would be payable if the Straddle Period ended on and included the Closing Date. The portion of a Tax attributable to a Post-Closing Straddle Period will be calculated in a corresponding manner.
- 99 -
(d) Except to the extent reflected in Final Working Capital, Sellers will be liable for all Taxes owed with respect to any Tax Return for any Pre-Closing Tax Period and, in the case of a Tax Return for a Straddle Period, all Taxes attributable to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period. Sellers will pay to Buyer within thirty (30) days after the date on which Taxes are paid with respect to such periods an amount equal to the portion of such Taxes which relates to the portion of such Pre-Closing Tax Period or Pre-Closing Straddle Period, such as the case may be.
(e) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, any Tax deductions with respect to any selling expenses, transaction costs or similar expenses (including without limitation the Seller Transaction Expenses) will be allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period or the Pre-Closing Straddle Period.
(f) Buyer, the SPAC, Sellers and each Acquired Company will cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other Parties, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 9.8 and any audit, litigation, or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation will include the retention and (upon another Party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation, or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.
(g) Notwithstanding Section 9.1, this Section 9.8(g) will control any inquiries, assessments, proceedings or similar events with respect to Taxes. The Buyer will promptly notify the Sellers’ Representative: (i) upon receipt by the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer of any notice of any audit or examination of any Tax Return of the Acquired Companies relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period and any other proposed change or adjustment, claim, dispute, arbitration or litigation related to Taxes from any Tax Authority relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period (a “Tax Matter”); or (ii) prior to the Buyer initiating any Tax Matter with any Tax authority relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period. The Sellers’ Representative may, at the Sellers’ expense, participate in and, upon mutual agreement with the Buyer, assume the defense of any such Tax Matter; provided that the failure of Buyer to provide notices as required under this Section 9.8(g) will negate the Buyer’s right to indemnification under this Section 9.8 and Section 10.3 with respect to Tax liabilities resulting from any such voluntary contact. If the Sellers’ Representative assumes such defense, then the Sellers’ Representative will have the authority, with respect to any Tax Matter, to represent the interests of Acquired Companies before the relevant Tax authority and the Sellers’ Representative will have the right to control the defense, compromise or other resolution of any such Tax Matter, subject to the limitations contained herein, including responding to inquiries, and contesting, defending against and resolving any assessment for additional Taxes or notice of Tax deficiency or other adjustment of Taxes of, or relating to, such Tax Matter. If the Sellers’ Representative has assumed such defense, then the Sellers’ Representative will be entitled to defend and settle such Tax Matter; provided, however, that the Sellers’ Representative will not enter into any settlement of or otherwise resolve any such Tax Matter to the extent that it adversely affects the Tax liability of the Buyer, any Acquired Company or any Affiliate of the foregoing for a post-Closing Tax period without the prior written consent of the Buyer, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Sellers’ Representative will keep the Buyer reasonably informed with respect to the commencement, status and nature of any such Tax Matter and will, in good faith, allow the Buyer to consult with the Sellers’ Representative regarding the conduct of or positions taken in any such proceeding. The Buyer shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense of such Tax Matter and to employ counsel, solely at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Sellers’ Representative at Sellers’ expense. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.8(g), Buyer shall have the right, at its own expense, to exercise control at any time over any Tax Matter regarding any Tax Return of any Acquired Company (including the right to settle or otherwise terminate any contest with respect thereto).
- 100 -
(h) Except to the extent included in the calculation of the Merger Consideration, any refunds for Taxes (including any interest in respect thereof actually received from a Taxing Authority), net of reasonable expenses, actually received by Buyer or the Acquired Companies and any amounts credited against Taxes to which Buyer, Acquired Companies, or any of their Affiliates become entitled and that reduce the Taxes otherwise payable by Buyer, Acquired Companies, or any of their Affiliates (including by way of any amended tax return), related to, or resulting or arising, directly or indirectly from Taxes of Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Pre-Closing Straddle Period shall be property of the Sellers; provided, however, that any such refunds or amounts credited shall be the property of Acquired Companies and Buyer if such refunds are received or such amounts credited are actually utilized by Acquired Companies or Buyer outside of any applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof) plus thirty (30) days.
(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 9.8 will survive for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof) plus thirty (30) days.
(j) The Parties will prepare and file all Tax Returns consistent with the Intended Tax Treatment and will not take any inconsistent position on any Tax Return or during the course of any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes, except as otherwise required by a determination within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code. Each of the Parties agrees to promptly notify all other Parties of any challenge to the Intended Tax Treatment by any Governmental Authority.
(k) No Party shall take or cause to be taken any action, or fail to take or cause to be taken any action, which action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from so qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.
- 101 -
9.9. Releases. In consideration of the Purchase Price paid to Sellers on the Closing Date and effective on the Closing Date, Sellers release and forever discharge each Acquired Company, Buyer, Merger Sub, the SPAC and each of their respective individual, joint or mutual, past, present and future directors, officers, representatives, Affiliates, stockholders, controlling persons, subsidiaries, successors and assigns (individually, a “Releasee” and collectively, “Releasees”) from any and all claims, demands, proceedings, causes of action, orders, obligations, contracts, agreements, debts and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, that Sellers now have, have ever had or may hereafter have against the Releasees to the extent relating to the Acquired Companies and/or the Business and arising prior to the Closing or on account of or arising out of any matter, cause or event occurring prior to the Closing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 9.9 will operate to release any obligations of or claims against the Releasees: (i) arising under this Agreement, any ancillary documents referenced in this Agreement, or the Transaction; (ii) with respect to current claims for salaries, wages or benefits accrued but not paid as of the Closing Date; (iii) relating to any other matter in connection with any relationship of a Seller with each Acquired Company, the SPAC or Buyer (or any of their respective Affiliates) from and after the Closing; (iv) in the case of each Acquired Company, to indemnify any Seller for serving as an officer, director, manager, agent or employee of any Acquired Company, or any of their respective Affiliates, providing services on behalf of any Acquired Company, or any of their respective Affiliates, or serving as a trustee or fiduciary of any Welfare Plan, to the extent such right to indemnification exists as a matter of Law or by contract (including, without limitation, pursuant to any organizational or other governing documents of any Acquired Company (or any of their respective Affiliates)) existing prior to the Closing Date; (v) for any acts of Fraud on the part of Buyer, Merger Sub or SPAC; or (vi) to the extent such claim cannot be released as a matter of Law.
9.10. The SPAC Equity Incentive Plan. The SPAC will, immediately after the Closing, adopt an equity incentive plan, as approved by the SPAC Board, to be used as a performance incentive for the SPAC’s and the Company’s management (the “SPAC Incentive Plan”).
9.11. Indemnification Rights of SPAC/Buyer in Other Transactions. The SPAC and Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce their indemnification rights, if any, under the Other Transactions.
9.12. Seller Protective Provisions. If, during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the expiry of the 12 month lock-up period described in Section 2.14, either of Buyer and the SPAC, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, does any of the following acts listed below in this Section 9.12 without prior written consent of (i) the Sellers’ Representative, the lock-up periods described in Section 2.14 will immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect, or (ii) without the prior written consent of the Sponsor, any lock-up applicable to SPAC Shares held by SPAC Founders will immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect: (a) liquidation or winding up of the Surviving Corporation; (b) change of control of the Surviving Corporation pursuant to a merger or similar business combination transaction (other than in pursuant to an internal reorganization) or (c) sale of a majority (or greater) of the shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation or of all or substantially all the consolidated assets of the Surviving Corporation (other than an internal reorganization).
- 102 -
9.13. D&O Indemnification and Insurance.
(a) For a period of six (6) years following the Closing, Buyer shall cause the Acquired Companies to fulfill and honor in all respects the obligations of the Acquired Companies to Persons who on or prior to the Effective Time were directors and/or officers of one or more Acquired Companies (the “Company Indemnified Parties”) pursuant to any indemnification provisions under the organizational documents of such Acquired Companies as in effect on the date hereof, and pursuant to the indemnification agreements between the Acquired Companies and such Company Indemnified Parties set forth on Schedule 9.13(a) existing as of the date of this Agreement with respect to claims arising out of matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time.
(b) For a period of six years from the Closing, Buyer shall, or shall cause one or more of the Acquired Companies to, maintain in effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering the Company Indemnified Parties on market standard terms; provided, however, that (i) Buyer may cause coverage to be extended under the current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance of Buyer or the Acquired Companies, as the case may be, by obtaining a six-year “tail” policy containing terms not less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage with respect to claims existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time and (ii) if any claim is asserted or made within such six-year period, any insurance required to be maintained under this Section 9.13 shall be continued in respect of such claim until the final disposition thereof.
(c) The Company shall arrange for, and the SPAC shall maintain in effect at all times, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering the directors and officers of the SPAC, the Buyer and the Acquired Companies on market standard terms not less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage for the Acquired Companies, with such insurance to be effective upon Closing.
(d) Sections 9.13(a) and (b) are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable by, each Company Indemnified Party and his or her heirs and representatives and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of Buyer and the Acquired Companies.
9.14. SPAC Board of Directors and Officers. The Sellers agree to vote any shares in the capital of the SPAC they own to set the Board of Directors of the SPAC at eight (8) members of which (a) the Sponsor will, for as long as it holds at least 50% of the SPAC Shares it owned at Closing (not including any forfeited shares), put forward one nominee, represented initially by Robert J. Mendola, (b) the Sellers will put forward four (4) nominees, initially represented by Kyle Kazan, Graham Farrar, and two independent (for audit committee purposes within the meaning of the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-110) nominees, initially represented by Jocelyn Rosenwald and Humble Lukanga, (c) Element 7 CA, LLC, under the terms of the Merger Agreement, dated February 13, 2021, between it and Company, will put forward one independent (for audit committee purposes within the meaning of the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-110) nominee, initially represented by Bob Hoban, and (d) two (2) additional independent nominees to be chosen by unanimous consent of the SPAC Founders, Mr. Kazan and Mr. Farrar, initially represented by Hector De La Torre and George Raveling with all of such directors will be subject to customary regulatory approvals. Kyle D. Kazan will serve as the Executive Chairman and CEO of the SPAC, Graham Farrar will serve as the President of the SPAC and Derrek Higgins will serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the SPAC.
- 103 -
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1. Further Assurances. Following the Closing Date, each Party will cooperate in good faith with each other Party and will take all appropriate action and execute any agreement, instrument or other writing of any kind which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to carry out and consummate the Transaction.
10.2. Notices. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any agreement, notice, request, instruction or other communication to be given hereunder by any Party to the other will be in writing and: (a) delivered personally (such delivered notice to be effective on the date it is delivered); (b) deposited with a reputable overnight courier service for next Business Day delivery (such couriered notice to be effective one (1) Business Day after the date it is sent by courier); (c) sent by facsimile transmission (such facsimile notice to be effective on the date that confirmation of such facsimile transmission is received), with a confirmation sent by way of one of the above methods; or (d) sent by e-mail (with electronic confirmation of delivery or receipt), as follows:
If to Sellers or Sellers’ Representative, addressed to:
GH Group, Inc.
[Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal contact information]
With a copy to:
Venable LLP
[Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal contact information]
If to Buyer, addressed to:
Mercer Park CB II, L.P.
c/o its General Partner, Mercer Park CB GP II, LLC
[Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal contact information]
With a copy to:
Hodgson Russ LLP
[Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal contact information]
- 104 -
Any Party may designate in a writing to any other Party any other address or facsimile number to which, and any other Person to whom or which, a copy of any such notice, request, instruction or other communication should be sent.
10.3. Public Statements. Following the Closing, neither Sellers nor the Company nor Buyer, Merger Sub nor the SPAC will, without the approval of the other Parties, issue any press releases or otherwise make any public statements with respect to the Transaction, except as may be required by applicable Law or stock exchange rules.
10.4. Governing Law; Dispute Resolution.
(a) This Agreement will be construed, interpreted and the rights of the Parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
(b) Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the determination of the applicability, enforceability or scope of this agreement to arbitrate but excluding those disputes to be resolved by the Accounting Firm in accordance with Section 2.17 and Section 9.8, will be determined by arbitration in Los Angeles, California before one arbitrator. The arbitration will be administered by JAMS pursuant to its Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (as it exists on the effective date of this Agreement). Judgment on the award may be confirmed, entered and docketed in any court having jurisdiction. If the Parties cannot agree on a single arbitrator, one will be appointed by JAMS. The arbitrator will be a retired judge from a federal court in the State of California or a lawyer admitted to practice in the State of California with at least 25 years’ active legal practice based in the State of California. All objections are reserved for the arbitration hearing, except for objections based on privilege and proprietary or confidential information. The arbitrator will be instructed by the Parties to ignore the application of the Federal Cannabis Laws to each and every Party and to the dispute, claim or controversy. The arbitrator may not modify the terms of this Agreement. A transcription of the hearing will be made and the arbitrator will provide a reasoned decision in writing. The Parties will keep confidential all matters relating to the arbitration, the arbitration award and any challenge or appeal, except as may be necessary: (i) to prepare for or conduct the arbitration hearing on the merits; (ii) in connection with a court application for a preliminary remedy; (iii) in connection with a judicial challenge to an arbitration award or its enforcement; (iv) in connection with an appeal of the arbitration award, as permitted under this Agreement, or its confirmation, entering, docketing or enforcement; (v) to comply with applicable Law or judicial decision, or (vi) to comply with any applicable stock exchange rules, including the NEO Exchange. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Parties must commence and pursue arbitration to resolve all disputes arising under or relating to this Agreement prior to commencement of any legal action.
(c) This Agreement evidences a transaction involving interstate commerce. Notwithstanding the choice of substantive law under this Agreement, the Federal Arbitration Act will apply to the arbitration of all disputes, including the breach of this Agreement and any alleged pre-contractual representations or conduct, violations of the Racketeering Influenced or Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), applicable federal or state securities Law, unfair trade practice Law, or similar Law.
- 105 -
(d) If it is determined that the requirement to arbitrate is unenforceable, and after any and all final appeals the decision is upheld, the Parties agree to litigate in any state court in Los Angeles, California, and these courts will have exclusive jurisdiction to entertain any proceeding in respect of this Agreement, and the Parties will submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in all matters relating to or arising out of this Agreement. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTION. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (ii) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, AND (iii) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY.
(e) Any arbitration award will have a binding effect only on the actual dispute arbitrated, and will not have any collateral effect on any other dispute whatsoever, whether in arbitration, litigation or other dispute resolution proceeding. Sellers and the Company (if the Transaction does not close) will not consolidate their dispute in any arbitration or litigation with a claim by any other Person.
(f) If a Party (i) commences action in any court, except to compel arbitration, or except as specifically permitted under this Agreement, prior to an arbitrator’s final decision, or (ii) commences any arbitration or litigation in any forum except where permitted under this Agreement, then that Party is in default of this Agreement. The defaulting Party must commence arbitration (or litigation, if permitted under this Agreement), in a permitted forum prior to any award or final judgment. The defaulting Party will be responsible for all expenses incurred by the other Party as a result of this default, including legal fees.
(g) The Parties adopt and will implement the JAMS Optional Arbitration Appeal Procedures (as it exists on the effective date of this Agreement) with respect to a final award in an arbitration arising out of or relating to this Agreement, if that award requires the payment of monetary damages in excess of US $16,250,000 (with this dollar value to be indexed from the date of this Agreement based on the annual rate of inflation in the United States). The JAMS appeal panel will determine whether such appeal threshold has been met. If the appeal panel consists of three members, the Chair will be a retired judge from a federal court located in the State of California and one member will be a lawyer admitted to practice in the State of California with at least 25 years’ active legal practice based in the State of California. Judgment on any revised award may be confirmed, entered and docketed in any court having jurisdiction. The same confidentiality provisions that apply to the Parties with respect to the original arbitration will apply to the appeal.
- 106 -
(h) If JAMS is no longer in business, an alternative administrative arbitration agency will be selected by mutual agreement of the Parties. If they cannot agree, the Parties will apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to select the agency. In the event of any conflict between the rules and procedures of JAMS or an alternate administrative arbitration agency and the provisions of this Section, the provisions of this Section will prevail.
10.5. Expenses. Except to the extent reflected in the Working Capital or the calculation of the Closing Merger Consideration at Closing, and as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Sellers will pay all legal, accounting and other expenses of Sellers and the Acquired Companies (incurred prior to Closing) incident to this Agreement and Buyer will pay all legal, accounting and other expenses of Buyer, SPAC, Merger Sub and the Acquired Companies (first incurred after the Closing) incident to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, nothing contained in this Agreement will be interpreted or construed to require Buyer to directly or indirectly pay, assume or be liable for any of the foregoing expenses of the Acquired Companies or Sellers.
10.6. Titles. The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only, and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
10.7. Waiver. No failure of any Party to require, and no delay by any Party in requiring, any other Party to comply with any provision of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of the right to require such compliance. No failure of any Party to exercise, and no delay by any Party in exercising, any right or remedy under this Agreement will constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No waiver by any Party of any right or remedy under this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing. Any waiver by any Party of any right or remedy under this Agreement will be limited to the specific instance and will not constitute a waiver of such right or remedy in the future.
10.8. Effective; Binding. This Agreement will be effective upon the due execution hereof by each Party. Upon becoming effective, this Agreement will be binding upon each Party and upon each successor and assignee of each Party and will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, each Party and each successor and assignee of each Party; provided, however, that, except as provided for in the immediately following sentence, no Party may assign any right or obligation arising pursuant to this Agreement without first obtaining the written consent of the other Parties. Buyer may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Affiliates of Buyer upon prior written notice to Sellers’ Representative, provided that Buyer will remain liable hereunder notwithstanding any such assignment.
10.9. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the ancillary documents referenced herein, contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes each course of conduct previously pursued, accepted or acquiesced in, and each written or oral agreement and representation previously made, by the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
- 107 -
10.10. Modification. No course of performance or other conduct hereafter pursued, accepted or acquiesced in, and no oral agreement or representation made in the future, by any Party, whether or not relied or acted upon, and no usage of trade, whether or not relied or acted upon, will modify or terminate this Agreement, impair or otherwise affect any obligation of any Party pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy. No modification of this Agreement or waiver of any such right or remedy will be effective unless made in writing duly executed by the Parties.
10.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument. Any Party may execute this Agreement by facsimile (or other means of electronic transmission, such as by electronic mail in “.pdf” form) signature and the other Party will be entitled to rely on such facsimile (or other means of electronic transmission) signature as evidence that this Agreement has been duly executed by such Party. Any Party executing this Agreement by facsimile (or other means of electronic transmission) signature will immediately forward to the other Party an original signature page by overnight mail.
10.12. Sellers’ Representative.
(a) From and after the date hereof, Sellers’ Representative will act as the representative of Sellers, and will be authorized to act on behalf of Sellers and to take any and all actions required or permitted to be taken by Sellers under this Agreement and any other transaction document in connection with the Agreement, including, without limitation, any actions with respect to: (i) any claims for indemnification pursuant to Article 9; (ii) any amendments to this Agreement; and (iii) any other actions to be taken by Sellers’ Representative pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other transaction document in connection with the Agreement. The execution of this Agreement by Sellers (including pursuant to execution of the Letter of Transmittal) will constitute approval of the appointment of Sellers’ Representative and all actions of Sellers’ Representative pursuant to this Agreement and any other transaction document in connection with the Agreement. In all matters relating to Article 9 and where Sellers’ obligations are joint and several, Sellers’ Representative will be the only Party entitled to assert the rights of Sellers.
(b) Sellers will be bound by all actions or inactions taken by Sellers’ Representative in his, her or its capacity thereof. Sellers’ Representative will, at all times, act in his, her or its capacity as Sellers’ Representative in a manner that Sellers’ Representative reasonably believes to be in the best interest of Sellers. Neither Sellers’ Representative nor any of its directors, managers, officers, agents or employees, if any, will be liable to any Seller for any error of judgment, or any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken under this Agreement or any other transaction document in connection with this Agreement, except in the case of its bad faith, Fraud, or willful misconduct. Sellers’ Representative may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it, the reasonable fees and expenses of which advisors will be paid by Sellers.
- 108 -
(c) Sellers, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless and reimburse Sellers’ Representative from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by Sellers’ Representative arising out of or resulting from any action taken or omitted to be taken by Sellers’ Representative under this Agreement or any other transaction document in connection with this Agreement, other than such Losses arising out of or resulting from Sellers’ Representative’s bad faith, Fraud, or willful misconduct.
(d) Each Seller hereby agrees to the following:
(i) In all matters in which action by a Seller and/or Sellers’ Representative is required or permitted, Sellers’ Representative is authorized to act on behalf of such Seller, notwithstanding any dispute or disagreement among Sellers or between any Seller and Sellers’ Representative, and Buyer, Merger Sub the SPAC and their Affiliates and representatives will be entitled to rely on any and all action taken by Sellers’ Representative under this Agreement or any other transaction document in connection with this Agreement, without any liability to, or obligation to inquire of, any Seller, notwithstanding any knowledge on the part of Buyer, Merger Sub the SPAC or their Affiliates or representatives of any such dispute or disagreement.
(ii) Delivery of all documents, agreements, disclosure schedules and other information required to be delivered to Sellers under this Agreement may be made to Sellers’ Representative on behalf of Sellers and upon delivery to Sellers’ Representative will be deemed delivered to all Sellers for purposes of this Agreement.
(iii) Notice to Sellers’ Representative, delivered in the manner provided in Section 10.2, will be deemed to be notice to all Sellers for purposes of this Agreement.
(iv) The power and authority of Sellers’ Representative, as described in this Agreement, will continue in force until all rights and obligations of Sellers under this Agreement or any other transaction document in connection with the Agreement have terminated, expired or been fully performed.
(v) A majority-in-interest of Sellers (based on their Pro Rata Shares) will have the right, exercisable from time to time upon written notice delivered to Sellers’ Representative, Buyer and the SPAC, to appoint a Person (or, in the case of a Seller that is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust, an officer, manager, employee or partner of such Seller) to fill a vacancy caused by the death, or resignation of Sellers’ Representative.
10.13. Claims Relating to Other Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement (including for greater certainty Sections 4.31, 5.12, 6.8 and 6.10), Sellers and the Acquired Companies will not be able to instigate or pursue or claim any damages or remedies against the SPAC, Merger Sub or Buyer, whether hereunder or otherwise, for misrepresentations (including omissions) in the Prospectus (preliminary or final) that are related to the Other Transactions.
10.14. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, shall for any reason and to any extent be invalid or unenforceable (other than under Federal Cannabis Laws), then the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business, and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision.
- 109 -
10.15. Retention of Counsel.
(a) Each of the Parties acknowledges that Venable LLP (“Sellers’ Counsel”) currently serves as counsel to both the Acquired Companies and the Sellers in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction. There may come a time, including after consummation of the Transaction, when the interests of the Sellers, on the one hand, and the Acquired Companies, on the other hand, may no longer be aligned or when, for any reason, the Sellers, Sellers’ Counsel or any of the Acquired Companies believes that Sellers’ Counsel can or should no longer represent both the Sellers and the Acquired Companies. The parties understand and specifically agree that Sellers’ Counsel may withdraw from representing the Acquired Companies and continue to represent the Sellers, even if the interests of the Sellers and the interests of the Acquired Companies are or may be adverse, including in connection with any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Transaction, and even though Venable may have represented the Acquired Companies in a matter substantially related to such dispute or may be handling ongoing matters for the Acquired Companies or any of their Affiliates, and Buyer hereby consents thereto and waives any conflict of interest arising therefrom. Buyer, for itself and its Affiliates (including Acquired Companies), and for their respective successors and assigns, irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that all communications between the Sellers, on the one hand, and counsel, on the other hand, including, without limitation, Sellers’ Counsel, made in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and closing under, or any dispute or Proceeding arising under or in connection with, this Agreement which, immediately prior to the Closing, would be deemed to be privileged communications of the Sellers and/or any of the Acquired Companies and their counsel and would not be subject to disclosure to Buyer in connection with any process relating to a dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise, shall continue after the Closing to be privileged communications between the Sellers and such counsel and neither Buyer nor any Person acting or purporting to act on behalf of or through Buyer shall seek to obtain the same by any process on the grounds that the privilege attaching to such communications belongs to the Acquired Companies and not the Sellers. Buyer and the Acquired Companies agree that any attorney-client privilege, attorney work-product protection, and expectation of client confidence arising from or as a result of counsel’s representation of an Acquired Company or Seller prior to the Closing, and all information and documents covered by such privilege or protection, shall belong to and be controlled by the Sellers and may be waived only by the Sellers, and not an Acquired Company, and shall not pass to or be claimed or used by Buyer or any Acquired Company, except with respect to the assertion of such privilege or protection against a third party.
- 110 -
(b) Each of the Parties acknowledges that Hodgson Russ LLP and Stikeman Elliott LLP (each “Buyer’s Counsel”) currently serves as counsel to both the Buyer and the SPAC in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transaction. Sellers, for themselves and their Affiliates (including Acquired Companies), and for their respective successors and assigns, irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that all communications between the Buyer and the SPAC, on the one hand, and counsel, on the other hand, including, without limitation, Buyer’s Counsel, made in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and closing under, or any dispute or Proceeding arising under or in connection with, this Agreement which, immediately prior to the Closing, would be deemed to be privileged communications of the Buyer and the SPAC and their counsel and would not be subject to disclosure to Sellers in connection with any process relating to a dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise, shall continue after the Closing to be privileged communications between the Buyer and the SPAC and such counsel and neither Sellers nor any Person acting or purporting to act on behalf of or through the Sellers shall seek to obtain the same by any process on the grounds that the privilege attaching to such communications belongs to the Sellers or the Acquired Companies and not the Buyer or the SPAC. Sellers and the Acquired Companies agree that any attorney-client privilege, attorney work-product protection, and expectation of client confidence arising from or as a result of counsel’s representation of Buyer and the SPAC prior to the Closing, and all information and documents covered by such privilege or protection, shall belong to and be controlled by the Buyer and the SPAC and may be waived only by them, and not an Acquired Company, and shall not pass to or be claimed or used by Sellers or any Acquired Company, except with respect to the assertion of such privilege or protection against a third party.
10.16. Other Transactions Financial Statements. In the event that paragraph 212.3(2)(a) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”) applies to an “investment” (as defined in subsection 212.3(10) of the Tax Act) made by the SPAC in the Buyer, the SPAC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to demonstrate, as required by paragraph 212.3(7)(a), (b), or (c) of the Tax Act that the conditions of such paragraph have been met in respect of such investment, including demonstrating that all or any portion of the subscription proceeds for the SPAC Class A Shares have been used, directly or indirectly, to make the particular investment in the Buyer.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 111 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year indicated at the beginning of this Agreement.
| SELLERS: | |||
| THE ENTRUST GROUP INC. FBO KYLE D. KAZAN | |||
| By: | (signed) Kyle Kazan | ||
| Name: | Kyle D. Kazan | ||
| Title: | Authorized Signatory | ||
| JOCELYN MAY ROSENWALD TRUST DATED DECEMBER 18, 1997 | |||
| By: | (signed) [Redacted] | ||
| Name: | [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal information] | ||
| Title: | Co-Trustee | ||
| By: | (signed) [Redacted] | ||
| Name: | [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal information] | ||
| Title: | Co-Trustee | ||
| (signed) Jocelyn Rosenwald | |||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | |||
| GRAHAM S. FARRAR 2000 LIVING TRUST ESTABLISHED FEBRUARY 2, 2000 | |||
| By: | (signed) Graham Farrar | ||
| Name: | Graham Farrar | ||
| Title: | Trustee | ||
| SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE: | ||
| (signed) Kyle Kazan | ||
| KYLE D. KAZAN | ||
| COMPANY: | ||
| GH GROUP, INC. | ||
| By: | (signed) Kyle Kazan | |
| Name: | Kyle Kazan | |
| Title: | Authorized Signatory | |
| (signed) Graham Farrar | |
| Graham Farrar, solely for the purposes of Section 9.5 | |
| (signed) Kyle Kazan | |
| Kyle D. Kazan, solely for the purposes of Section 9.5 |
| BUYER: | ||
| MPB ACQUISITION CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: President | ||
| MERGER SUB: | ||
| MPB MERGERSUB CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: President | ||
| SPAC: | ||
| MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | |
| Name: | Louis Karger | |
| Title: | President | |
Exhibit 4.2
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of June 18, 2021, by and among Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”), Mercer Park Brand, L.P. (formerly known as Mercer Park CB II, L.P.) (“Mercer” or the “Sponsor”), the signatories listed as “Sponsor Parties on the signature pages hereto (together with the Sponsor, in its capacity as such, the “Sponsor Parties”), the signatories listed as “Sellers” on the signature pages hereto and any holder of shares of Class B common stock of GH Group, Inc. that hereafter joins the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined below) pursuant to the execution of a joinder. Each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Parties are party to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2021 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) entered into in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 8, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Sellers and GH Group, Inc.;
WHEREAS, the Parties desire and agree to amend certain terms set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement on the terms and conditions contained herein; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Investor Rights Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the mutual receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, mutually agree as follows:
1. Section 1.2(i) of the Investor Rights Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“Each Party shall take all Necessary Action to cause, as of immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, (a) Kyle D. Kazan to be appointed as Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and (b) Graham S. Farrar to be appointed as the President of the Corporation.”
2. The Capital Based Earnout Share provisions under Section 2.1(i)(c) of the Investor Rights Agreement are amended to add the following:
(a) The Closing Cash, available immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, is deemed by the parties to include $69,750,000 in net debt proceeds.
(b) The Sponsor will forfeit 1,513,463 Sponsor’s Founder Shares for no consideration, and such shares will be held by the Corporation as treasury shares for use by the Corporation solely for qualified fundraising purposes (debt or equity) after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction. All references to the Sponsor’s Founder Shares in Section 2 of this Amendment include the Equity Shares into which they are converted on the closing of the Qualifying Transaction.
(c) A number of Capital Based Earnout Shares determined in accordance with the formula set out under Section 2.1(i)(c) based on the Closing Cash available immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction (the “Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares”) will be deemed to be fully and irrevocably earned upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction pursuant to Section 2.1(i)(c) and not subject to forfeiture.
1
(d) 1,008,975 Sponsor’s Founder Shares minus the number of Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares minus the number of Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares will be deemed to be fully and Earnout Shares will be deemed to be fully and irrevocably earned upon the following event occurring at or within 24 months following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction pursuant to Section 2.1(i)(c):
(i) in full, if the Corporation or any of its affiliates closes either (1) a debt facility with any of the lenders who have provided the Corporation with a term sheet prior to the closing of the Qualifying Transaction or any of their affiliates, and/or (2) a private placement of securities, and the Corporation enters into a term cannabis supply agreement with TPCO US Holding, LLC or any of its affiliates; or
(ii) otherwise, in part or in full, in accordance with the formula set out under Section 2.1(i)(c).
(e) The Sponsor will forfeit 1,500,000 Sponsor’s Warrants for no consideration, and an equal number of warrants with similar terms will be available for the Corporation to use solely for the Corporation’s fundraising purposes (debt only) after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction except that these warrants may not be used as consideration to solicit conversion of GH Group, Inc. Series A Preferred Shares into GH Group, Inc. Class A Common Shares.
3. The 2nd paragraph of Section 2.1(i)(c) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“The Capital Based Earnout Shares ultimately deemed earned by the Sponsor Parties shall be calculated based on the following formula (but in no event will more than 1,008,975 Capital Based Earnout Shares be deemed earned, including the Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares deemed earned hereunder):”.
4. Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Investment Rights Agreement, the total number of Shares that may be deducted from the Capital Based Earnout Shares for any Anti-Dilution Payment(s) will be capped at the number of Capital Based Earnout Shares actually earned by the Sponsor Parties.
5. This Amendment shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the Parties determined in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario, without regard to principals of conflicts of law.
6. Except to the extent herein expressly modified by the foregoing provisions of this Amendment, the Investor Rights Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
7. This Amendment may be executed by electronic signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature page follows]
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.
| SELLERS: | |||
| THE ENTRUST GROUP INC. FBO KYLE D. KAZAN | |||
| By: | (signed) Kyle D. Kazan | ||
| Name: Kyle D. Kazan | |||
| Title: Authorized | |||
| Signatory | |||
| JOCELYN MAY ROSENWALD TRUST DATED | |||
| DECEMBER 18, 1997 | |||
| By: | (signed) “Jill Rosenwald” | ||
| Name: Jill Rosenwald | |||
| Title: Co-Trustee | |||
| By: | (sinned) “Walter Parker” | ||
| Name: Walter Parker | |||
| Title: Co-Trustee | |||
| (signed) “Jocelyn Rosenwald” | |||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | |||
| GRAHAM S. FARRAR 2000 LIVING TRUST | |||
| ESTABLISHED FEBRUARY 2, 2000 | |||
| By: | (signed) “GrahamFarrar” | ||
| Name: “Graham Farrar | |||
| Title: Trustee | |||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement]
| MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Louis Karger” | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
| MERCER PARK BRAND, L.P., by its general partner | ||
| By: | (signed) “Louis Karger” | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Authorized Signing Officer | ||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement]
| SPONSOR PARTIES: | |
| (signed) “Charles Miles” | |
| Charles Miles | |
| (signed) “Sean Goodrich” | |
| Sean Goodrich |
[Signature page to Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement]
Exhibit 4.3
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Amendment”) is made as of June 28, 2021, by and among the Persons listed as “Sellers” on the signature page hereto (the “Sellers”), Kyle D. Kazan, as the representative of the Sellers, GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Graham Farrar, an individual, Kyle D. Kazan, an individual, MPB Acquisition Corp., a Nevada corporation (“Buyer”), MBP Mergersub Corp, a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), and Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp., a British Columbia corporation. Each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Parties are party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 8, 2021, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 18, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving such merger as a subsidiary of Buyer;
WHEREAS, Section 10.10 of the Merger Agreement provides that the Merger Agreement may only be amended in a writing executed by the Parties.
WHEREAS, the Parties desire and agree to amend certain terms set forth in the Merger Agreement on the terms and conditions contained herein; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Merger Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the mutual receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, mutually agree as follows:
| 1. | Section 1.1(n) of the Merger Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: |
““Closing Merger Consideration” means that number of Buyer Exchangeable Shares having a value equal to the following: (i) the Purchase Price, as adjusted in accordance with Section 2.18; minus (ii) the amount of Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “Closing Indebtedness”), plus (iii) the amount of Cash of the Acquired Companies as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “Company Closing Cash”), plus (iv) the amount (if any) by which Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Target, minus (v) the amount (if any) by which the Working Capital Target exceeds Working Capital, minus (vi) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing multiplied by $1.27 plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such Series A Preferred Stock, minus (vii) the net value of the Assumed Options. For the purposes of this Agreement, each Buyer Exchangeable Share shall be deemed to have a value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) at the Closing.”.
1
| 2. | Section 2.14 of the Merger Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: |
“2.14. Exchange Rights, Coattail, Lockup and Registration Rights Agreements. As a condition to the issuance of Buyer Exchangeable Shares and the closing of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement: (a) the Sellers’ Representative, on behalf of the Company Shareholders, must enter into an exchange rights agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F setting forth the rights and obligations of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares (collectively, the “Exchange Rights Agreement”), (b) the Lock-Up Holders must enter into a lockup agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, pursuant to which 50% of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares issued to the Lock-Up Holders will be subject to a six (6) month lock-up period and the remaining 50% of the Buyer Exchangeable Shares issued to the Lock-Up Holders will be issued and be subject to a twelve (12) month lock-up period (collectively, the “Lockup Agreement”); and (c) the MVS Holders must enter into a Coattail Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Coattail Agreement”). At Closing, the Sponsor and the Lock-Up Holders shall be granted registration rights by the SPAC as set out in a registration rights agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).”
| 3. | Section 2.6(b)(i) of the Merger Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: |
| “(b) | Treatment of Company Stock. |
(i) Each share of Company Common Stock (collectively, the “Shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than (x) Shares to be cancelled and retired in accordance with Section 2.6(a), and (y) Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration. Subject to Section 2.9(i), the Per Share Merger Consideration to be issued pursuant to this Article 2 shall be in the form of Buyer Exchangeable Shares rounded up to the nearest whole Buyer Exchangeable Share. The Per Share Merger Consideration shall be allocated among the Company Shareholders in the proportions set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of Section 2.18.”
4. A new Section 1.1(jjj) shall be added to the Merger Agreement which reads as follows, and all other subsections of Section 1.1 of the Merger Agreement shall be renumbered accordingly:
“Lock-up Holders” means, collectively:
| (i) | Graham S. Farrar 2000 Living Trust dated February 2, 2000; |
| (ii) | The Sara A. Farrar 2021 Gift Trust dated March 4, 2021; |
| (iii) | The Graham S. Farrar 2021 Generational Trust dated March 4, 2021; |
| (iv) | Inspiration Point Partners, LLC; |
| (v) | Jocelyn Rosenwald; |
| (vi) | Rosenwald Capital Management; |
| (vii) | Jocelyn May Rosenwald Trust; |
| (viii) | The Entrust Group Inc. FBO Kyle D. Kazan; |
| (ix) | Reposition Investments LLC; |
2
| (x) | Rosenwald Family Trust (or James B. Rosenwald III and Laura Parker Rosenwald Family Trust Dated December 18, 1997, as amended and restated August 18, 2009); |
| (xi) | Kris Hulgreen; |
| (xii) | PENSCO Trust Company FBO Kris Hulgreen |
| (xiii) | Kings Bay Investment Company Ltd.; and |
| (xiv) | Millennium Trust Company LLC, Custodian FBO Rosenwald Partners, L.P. |
| 5. | Section 1.1(ooo) of the Merger Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: |
“MVS Holders” means, collectively, (i) Kyle D. Kazan, (ii) Rosenwald Capital Management, Inc., (iii) James Benno Rosenwald IV Trust dated December 18, 1997, (iv) Jocelyn May Rosenwald Trust dated December 18, 1997, (v) Jocelyn Rosenwald, (vi) James B. Rosenwald III and Laura Parker Rosenwald Family Trust dated December 18, 1997, as amended and rested August 18, 2009, (vii) Graham S. Farrar 2000 Living Trust, (viii) Inspiration Point Partners, LLC and (ix) Kris Hulgreen.
6. This Amendment shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the Parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principals of conflicts of law.
7. Except to the extent herein expressly modified by the foregoing provisions of this Amendment, the Merger Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
8. This Amendment may be executed by electronic signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature page follows]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.
| SELLERS: | |||
| THE ENTRUST GROUP INC. FBO KYLE D. KAZAN | |||
| By: | (signed) Kyle D. Kazan | ||
| Name: Kyle D. Kazan | |||
| Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
| JOCELYN MAY ROSENWALD TRUST DATED DECEMBER 18, 1997 | |||
| By: | (signed) Jill Rosenwald | ||
| Name: Jill Rosenwald | |||
| Title: Co-Trustee | |||
| By: | (signed) Walter Parker | ||
| Name: Walter Parker | |||
| Title: Co-Trustee | |||
| (signed) Jocelyn Rosenwald | |||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | |||
| GRAHAM S. FARRAR 2000 LIVING TRUST ESTABLISHED FEBRUARY 2, 2000 | |||
| By: | (signed) Graham Farrar | ||
| Name: Graham Farrar | |||
| Title: Trustee | |||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger]
| SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE: | ||
| (signed) Kyle D. Kazan | ||
| KYLE D. KAZAN | ||
| COMPANY: | ||
| GH GROUP, INC. | ||
| By: | (signed) Kyle D. Kazan | |
| Name: Kyle D. Kazan | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger]
| (signed) Graham Farrar | |
| Graham Farrar | |
| (signed) Kyle D. Kazan | |
| Kyle D. Kazan | |
[Signature page to Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger]
| BUYER: | ||
| MPB ACQUISITION CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: President | ||
| MERGER SUB: | ||
| MPB MERGERSUB CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: President | ||
| SPAC: | ||
| MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger]
Exhibit 4.4
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 29th day of June, 2021 by and by and among Glass House Brands Inc., a British Columbia corporation f/k/a Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and the parties listed on Schedule B hereto. Any capitalized term used but not defined herein will have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).
WHEREAS, the Company and GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GH”) are party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 8, 2021 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, on the Closing Date, the Company will indirectly acquire GH;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Holders (as defined below) will, on the closing of the transactions contemplated therein, hold certain subordinate, restricted or limited voting shares (“Subordinate Shares”), or certain warrants or exchangeable shares (collectively, “Rights”) representing rights to acquire Subordinate Shares; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the Company and the Holders desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights, as set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION AND GENERAL MATTERS
Section 1.1 Definitions
In this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
| (a) | “Additional Demand Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(b); |
| (b) | “Additional Demanding Holder” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(b); |
| (c) | “Affiliates” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person; |
| (d) | “Agreement”, “this Agreement”, “the Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereby”, “hereunder” and similar expressions mean this Agreement, including all of its schedules and all instruments supplementing, amending or confirming this Agreement; and all references to “Articles” or “Sections” refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement; |
| (e) | “bought deal” means a public offering of securities as described in the definition of “bought deal agreement” in Section 7.1 of National Instrument 44-101 – Short Form Prospectus Distributions; |
- 2 -
| (f) | “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a civic or statutory holiday in the Province of Ontario; |
| (g) | “Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble; |
| (h) | “Company Initiated Distribution” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(a)(i); |
| (i) | “controlled” means: (i) in the case of a company or other body corporate wherever or however incorporated: (A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors carrying in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes for the election of directors and representing in the aggregate at least a majority of the participating (equity) securities are held, other than by way of security only, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and (B) the votes carried in the aggregate by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of such company or other body corporate; or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a company or other body corporate, at least a majority of the participating (equity) and voting interests of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, by or solely for the benefit of the other Person or Persons; and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly; |
| (j) | “Demand Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a); |
| (k) | “Demand Registration” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a); |
| (l) | “Demanding Holder” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a); |
| (m) | “Distribution” means a distribution of Subordinate Shares (or of securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, Subordinate Shares) to the public by way of a Prospectus under Securities Laws in one or more jurisdictions in Canada, excluding any distribution of Subordinate Shares relating to (a) employee benefit plans, equity incentive plans or dividend reinvestment plans, or (b) an acquisition or merger after the date hereof by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of or with any other businesses; |
| (n) | “Holders” means, collectively, the Principal Holders and the Other Holders, and “Holder” means any one of them; |
| (o) | “Indemnified Party” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4; |
| (p) | “Indemnifying Party” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.4; |
| (q) | “Long-Form Demand Registration” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a); |
| (r) | “Long-Form Prospectus” means a long form prospectus prepared in accordance with the requirements of Securities Laws for a public offering of securities in Canada; |
| (s) | “Minimum Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(a); |
| (t) | “Other Holder” means those Persons listed as “Other Holders” on the signature pages hereto and any Person that becomes a Party to this Agreement as an Other Holder pursuant to Section 6.6; |
- 3 -
| (u) | “Participating Holders” means, collectively, the Demanding Holder, if any, and the Piggy-Back Holders, as applicable; |
| (v) | “Parties” means, collectively, the Company and the Holders, and “Party” means any one of them; |
| (w) | “Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture or limited liability company; |
| (x) | “Piggy-Back Holder” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2; |
| (y) | “Piggy-Back Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2; |
| (z) | “Piggy-Back Registration” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2; |
| (aa) | “Principal Holders” means those Persons listed as “Principal Holders” on the signature pages hereto and any Person that becomes a Party to this Agreement as a Principal Holder pursuant to Section 6.6 from time to time; |
| (bb) | “Prospectus” means a Long-Form Prospectus or a Short-Form Prospectus; |
| (cc) | “Registrable Securities” means (a) any Subordinate Shares held by any Holder including any Subordinate Shares issuable or issued upon the exercise of any Rights held by any Holder; (b) any Subordinate Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any of the Company’s or any affiliate’s securities, in each case, to the extent exercisable, convertible or exchangeable, held by any Holder, and (c) all Subordinate Shares directly or indirectly issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in paragraphs (a) - (b) above by way of share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization; |
| (dd) | “Securities Act” means the Securities Act (Ontario), and any successor to such statute, as it may, from time to time, be amended and in effect; |
| (ee) | “Securities Laws” means, collectively, the applicable securities laws of each of the provinces and territories of Canada and the respective regulations, instruments and rules made under those securities laws together with all applicable orders and rulings of the securities commissions or regulatory authorities of Canada and of each of the provinces and territories of Canada and the applicable rules and requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company has its securities listed or has applied to list its securities; |
| (ff) | “Securities Regulators” means, collectively, the securities commissions or other securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces or territories of Canada; |
| (gg) | “Shares” means the Subordinate Shares and any other shares in the share capital of the Company, other than the multiple voting Shares in the capital of the Company; |
| (hh) | “Short-Form Demand Registration” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(a); |
| (ii) | “Short-Form Prospectus” means a short form prospectus prepared in accordance with the requirements of Securities Laws for a public offering of securities in Canada; |
- 4 -
| (jj) | “Subordinate Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals; |
| (kk) | “Tax Act” means the Income Tax Act (Canada), and the regulations thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time, and any successor legislation thereto; |
| (ll) | “underwriter” and all terms which are derivatives thereof shall be deemed to include “best efforts agent” and all terms which are derivatives thereof, as appropriate; |
| (mm) | “Underwriters’ Cutback” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(a); and |
| (nn) | “Valid Business Reason” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(d)(i). |
Section 1.2 Time of the Essence
Time shall be of the essence of each provision of this Agreement. Any extension, waiver or variation of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect this provision and there shall be no implied waiver of this provision.
Section 1.3 Calculation of Time
Unless otherwise specified, time periods within or following which any act is to be done pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by excluding the day on which the period commences and including the day on which the period ends.
Section 1.4 Business Days
Whenever any action to be taken pursuant to this Agreement would otherwise be required to be taken on a day that is not a Business Day, such action shall be taken on the first Business Day following such day.
Section 1.5 Headings
The descriptive headings preceding Articles and Sections of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not intended as complete or accurate descriptions of the content of such Articles or Sections. The division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 1.6 Plurals and Gender
Any reference in this Agreement to gender includes all genders (including neuter) and words denoting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa.
Section 1.7 Currency
All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” are expressed in Canadian currency, unless otherwise specifically indicated.
Section 1.8 Statutory References
Any reference in this Agreement to a statute shall mean such statute as it is in force as at the date of this Agreement (together with all regulations promulgated thereunder), as the same may be amended, reenacted, consolidated or replaced from time to time, and any successor statute thereto, unless otherwise stated.
- 5 -
Section 1.9 Rules of Construction
The Parties to this Agreement waive the application of any law or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in any agreement or other document shall be construed against the Party drafting such agreement or other document.
Section 1.10 Other References
The expressions “include,” “includes” and “including”, as used in this Agreement, shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by such words or words of like import.
ARTICLE 2
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Section 2.1 Demand Registration Rights
| (a) | At any time and from time to time from and after the expiration of any lock-up to which a Principal Holder is subject, any Principal Holder (the “Demanding Holder”) may, subject to the limitations of this Article 2, request the Company to prepare and to file with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Demanding Holder (a “Long-Form Demand Registration”) a Long-Form Prospectus under applicable Securities Laws and take such other steps as may be necessary to facilitate a secondary offering in Canada by giving written notice of such Long-Form Demand Registration to the Company and the other Principal Holders (if applicable) (the “Demand Notice”). At any time the Company is eligible to use a Short-Form Prospectus, a Demanding Holder may use its right to make a Demand Notice under this Section 2.1(a) to request the Company to prepare and to file with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Demanding Holder a Short-Form Prospectus (a “Short-Form Demand Registration” and, together with a Long-Form Demand Registration, a “Demand Registration”) under applicable Securities Laws and take such other steps as may be necessary to facilitate a secondary offering in Canada. |
| (b) | If a Principal Holder who is not a Demanding Holder pursuant to an issued Demand Notice wishes to participate with the Demanding Holder in the Demand Registration (an “Additional Demanding Holder”), then such Additional Demanding Holder shall notify the Demanding Holder and the Company, in writing, of such intention (the “Additional Demand Notice”) within five (5) Business Days of receipt of the Demand Notice (provided that if such Distribution is to be effected as a bought deal, such Additional Demanding Holder shall respond consistent with the time periods typical for transactions of that nature). The Additional Demand Notice shall state the number of Registerable Securities that the Additional Demanding Holder wishes to sell in the Demand Registration, and for the purposes hereof, the Additional Demanding Holder, together with the initial Demanding Holder, shall be deemed to be the “Demanding Holder” and an Additional Demand Notice, together with the initial Demand Notice shall be deemed to be the “Demand Notice” given at the time of such Additional Demand Notice. |
| (c) | The Company shall, subject to the limitations of this Article 2 and applicable Securities Laws, use commercially reasonable efforts to as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, but in any event no more than 45 days after the Company’s receipt of the Demand Notice, prepare and file a preliminary Prospectus under applicable Securities Laws and promptly thereafter take such other steps as may be necessary in order to effect the Distribution in Canada of all or any portion (as may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.3) of the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holder requested to be included in such Demand Registration. The Parties shall cooperate in a timely manner in connection with any such Distribution and the procedures in Schedule “A” shall apply to such Distribution. |
- 6 -
| (d) | The Company shall not be obliged to effect a Demand Registration: |
| (i) | in the event the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines in its good faith judgment that either (A) the effect of the filing of a Prospectus would materially interfere with the ability of the Company to consummate a pending or proposed material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization, merger or other material transaction involving the Company or would have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company, or (B) there exists at the time material non-public information relating to the Company the disclosure of which would be detrimental to the Company (each of (A) and (B) being a “Valid Business Reason”), then in either case, the Company’s obligations under this Section 2.1 will be deferred for a period of not more than 90 days from the date of receipt of the Demand Notice; provided, however, that (i) the Company may not invoke its right to defer its obligations under this Section 2.1 more than twice in any consecutive 12-month period, (ii) the Company shall give written notice to the Demanding Holder (x) of its determination to postpone filing of the Prospectus and, subject to compliance by the Company with applicable Securities Laws, of the facts giving rise to the Valid Business Reason and (y) of the time at which it determines the Valid Business Reason to no longer exist, and (iii) the Company shall not qualify any securities offered by the Company for its own account during such period; |
| (ii) | in the case of a Long-Form Demand Registration, if the anticipated net aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be qualified in connection with such Long-Form Demand Registration, including the value of any Subordinate Shares which may be included in the Distribution pursuant to Section 2.2, is less than US $15 million; |
| (iii) | in the case of a Short-Form Demand Registration, if the anticipated net aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be qualified in connection with such Short-Form Demand Registration, including the value of any Subordinate Shares which may be included in the Distribution pursuant to Section 2.2, is less than US$10 million; |
| (iv) | for a Long-Form Prospectus if the Company is eligible to file a Short-Form Prospectus and the Company elects to file a Short-Form Prospectus for the applicable Registrable Securities instead; or |
| (v) | within 120 days of the date on which a receipt was issued for a Prospectus for securities of the Company in connection with a Demand Registration. |
| (e) | A Demand Notice shall: |
| (i) | specify the number of Registrable Securities that such Demanding Holder intends to offer and sell; |
| (ii) | express the intention of such Demanding Holder to offer or cause the offering of such Registrable Securities; |
- 7 -
| (iii) | describe the nature or methods of the proposed offer and sale thereof and the provinces and/or territories of Canada in which such offer shall be made; and |
| (iv) | contain the undertaking of such Demanding Holder to provide all such information regarding its holdings and the proposed manner of distribution thereof as may be required in order to permit the Company to comply with all Securities Laws. |
| (f) | In the case of a public offering initiated pursuant to this Section 2.1 that is expected to involve an underwriter, the Demanding Holder shall have the right, in consultation with the Company, to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to effect the Distribution in connection with such Demand Registration, provided, however, that such selection shall also be satisfactory to the Company, acting reasonably. The Company shall have the right to retain counsel of its choice to assist it in fulfilling its obligations under this Article 2. |
| (g) | The Company shall be entitled to include Subordinate Shares which are not Registrable Securities in any Demand Registration if the managing underwriter or underwriters, acting reasonably, are of the view that to do so would facilitate the Distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriter or underwriters shall impose a limitation on the number or kind of securities which may be included in any such Distribution because, in its reasonable judgment, the inclusion of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering at no less than the Minimum Price, then the Demanding Holder shall be obligated to include in such Distribution such portion of the Subordinate Shares that have been requested to be included in such Distribution as is determined in good faith by such managing underwriter or underwriters in the priority provided in Section 2.3(a)(ii). |
| (h) | In the case of an underwritten Demand Registration, the Demanding Holder and its representatives may participate in the negotiation of the terms of any underwriting agreement. Such participation in, and the Company’s completion of, the underwritten Demand Registration is conditional upon each of the Demanding Holder and the Company agreeing that the terms of any underwriting agreement are satisfactory to it, in its reasonable discretion. |
Section 2.2 Piggy-Back Registration Rights
If, at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof, the Company proposes to make a Distribution for its own account, the Company will, at that time, promptly give each of the Holders written notice (the “Piggy-Back Notice”) of the proposed Distribution, which notice shall be given not less than fifteen (15) days before the anticipated filing date of the preliminary Prospectus (provided that if such Distribution is to be effected as a bought deal, the Company shall provide written notice consistent with the time periods typical for transactions of that nature). Upon the written request of a Holder to the Company given within ten (10) days after receipt of the Piggy-Back Notice (provided that if such Distribution is to be effected as a bought deal, the Holder shall respond consistent with the time periods typical for transactions of that nature) that the Holder (a “Piggy-Back Holder”) wishes to include a specified number of the Registrable Securities in the Distribution, the Company will use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the Registrable Securities requested to be qualified by such Piggy-Back Holder to be included in the Distribution on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company (subject to Section 2.3) (a “Piggy-Back Registration”), and the procedures in Schedule “A” shall apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder shall not be permitted to exercise the rights set forth in this Section 2.2 with respect to Registrable Securities subject to an unexpired lock-up.
- 8 -
Section 2.3 Underwriters’ Cutback
| (a) | If, in connection with a Demand Registration or a Piggy-Back Registration, the managing underwriter or underwriters shall impose a limitation on the number or kind of securities which may be included in any such Distribution because, in its reasonable judgment, the inclusion of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range reasonably acceptable to the Demanding Holder (in the case of a Demand Registration) or the Company (in the case of a Piggy-Back Registration), as applicable (such price, the “Minimum Price,” and such limitation, an “Underwriters’ Cutback”), then the Company shall be obligated to include in such Distribution such securities as is determined in good faith by such managing underwriter or underwriters in the following priority: |
| (i) | in the case of a Distribution which was initiated by the Company and not any securityholder (a “Company Initiated Distribution”): |
| (A) | first, such securities offered by the Company for its own account; |
| (B) | second, if there are any additional securities that may be underwritten at no less than the Minimum Price after allowing for the inclusion of all of the securities required under (A) above, such Registrable Securities requested to be qualified by the applicable Principal Holders, if any, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by such Holders; and |
| (C) | third, if there are any additional securities that may be underwritten at no less than the Minimum Price after allowing for the inclusion of all of the securities required under (A) and (B) above, such Registrable Securities requested to be qualified by the applicable Piggy-Back Holders, if any, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by such Piggy-Back Holders; |
provided that if any Registrable Securities requested to be qualified by the Participating Holders are not otherwise included in such Distribution, such Registrable Securities that are not so included shall be included, to the fullest extent possible and in the priority described in paragraphs (A) to (C) above between the Participating Holders, in an over-allotment option which shall be granted to the underwriters in connection with such Distribution for such amount of Subordinate Shares requested to be qualified by the Participating Holders that were not otherwise included in such Distribution, up to an aggregate maximum number as is equal to 15% of the securities referred to in Section 2.3(a)(i)(A), Section 2.3(a)(i)(B), and Section 2.3(a)(i)(C), in aggregate, for all Participating Holders; and
| (ii) | in the case of a Distribution other than a Company Initiated Distribution: |
| (A) | first, such Registrable Securities requested to be qualified by the Demanding Holders, pro rata among such Demanding Holders, based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by such Demanding Holders; and |
- 9 -
| (B) | second, if there are any additional Subordinate Shares that may be underwritten at no less than the Minimum Price after allowing for the inclusion of all of the Registrable Securities required under (A) above, such Subordinate Shares offered by the Company for its own account. |
Section 2.4 Withdrawal of Registrable Securities
| (a) | Each Participating Holder will have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that: |
| (i) | such request must be made in writing prior to the execution of the enforceable bought deal letter or underwriting agreement with respect to such Distribution; and |
| (ii) | such withdrawal will be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, such Participating Holder will no longer have any right to include its Registrable Securities in the Distribution pertaining to which such withdrawal was made. |
| (b) | Provided that a Participating Holder withdraws all of its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration or a Piggy-Back Registration in accordance with Section 2.4(a) prior to the filing of a preliminary Prospectus, such Participating Holder shall be deemed to not have participated in or requested such Demand Registration or a Piggy-Back Registration, as applicable. |
Section 2.5 Expenses
All reasonable expenses incurred by the Company and the Participating Holders in connection with a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or a Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, including: (i) Securities Regulators, Canadian stock exchange registration listing and filing fees relating to the Registrable Securities; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with Securities Laws; (iii) printing and copying expenses; (iv) messenger and delivery expenses; (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show and marketing activities; (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit and/or “comfort” letter) and fees and expenses of any other counsel and special experts retained by the Company; (vii) translation expenses; (viii) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities; (ix) underwriters’ discounts and commissions attributable to the securities being sold by the Company for its own account; and (x) fees and disbursements of one independent counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration, not to exceed US$75,000, shall be borne by the Company, but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions, if any, attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the Holders, fees and disbursements of independent counsel to any Participating Holder, if any, in excess of the limitation set forth above, and applicable transfer taxes, if any, which shall be borne by the Participating Holders.
ARTICLE 3
DUE DILIGENCE; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 3.1 Preparation; Reasonable Investigation
In connection with the preparation and filing of any Prospectus in connection with a Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration as herein contemplated, the Company will give the Participating Holders, the underwriter or underwriters of such Distribution, if any, and their respective counsel, auditors and other representatives, the opportunity to fully participate in the preparation of such documents and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and shall insert therein such material furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of the Company and its counsel should be included, and will give each of them such reasonable and customary access to the Company’s books and records and such reasonable and customary opportunity to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and auditors, and to conduct all reasonable and customary due diligence which the Participating Holders and the underwriters or underwriter, if any, and their respective counsel may reasonably require in order to conduct a reasonable investigation in order to enable such underwriters to execute any certificate required to be executed by them in Canada for inclusion in such documents, provided that the Participating Holders and the underwriters agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information.
- 10 -
Section 3.2 Indemnification by the Company
| (a) | In connection with any Demand Registration and/or Piggy-Back Registration, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Participating Holder and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, shareholders, limited partners and underwriters, from and against any loss (excluding loss of profits), liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), including any amounts paid in settlement of any investigation, order, litigation, proceeding or claim, joint or several, incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or as incurred, arising out of or based upon any failure to comply with applicable Securities Laws (other than any failure to comply with applicable Securities Laws by such Participating Holder or underwriter); provided that the Company shall not be liable under this Section 3.2(a) for any settlement of any action effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided further that the indemnity provided for in this Section 3.2(a), in respect of a given Participating Holder shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder or underwriter stating that such information is being provided for use in the Prospectus. Any amounts advanced by the Company to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) as a result of such losses will be returned to the Company if it is finally determined by a court in a judgment not subject to appeal or final review that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to indemnification by the Company. |
| (b) | For greater certainty, the rights to indemnification provided in Section 3.2(a) may be exercised by each Participating Holder individually and separately from the rights to indemnification of the other Participating Holders provided in Section 3.2(a), and shall not be affected in any way by the exercise, non-exercise or waiver, in whole or in part, by any other Participating Holder of such rights to indemnification. |
Section 3.3 Indemnification by Participating Holders
In connection with any Demand Registration and/or Piggy-Back Registration, each Participating Holder, on a several and individual (not joint or joint and several) basis and with respect to itself only, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers, employees, agents and shareholders from and against any loss (excluding loss of profits), liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), including any amounts paid in settlement of any investigation, order, litigation, proceeding or claim, joint or several, as incurred, arising out of or based on any untrue statement or omission of a material fact, or alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact, made or required to be made in the Prospectus, as applicable, included in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder and relating solely to such Participating Holder, stating that such information is being provided for use in the Prospectus or as incurred arising out of or based upon any failure to comply with applicable Securities Laws (other than any failure to comply with applicable Securities Laws by the Company), including, for greater certainty, for any amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.2; provided that such Participating Holder shall not be liable under this Section 3.3 for any settlement of any action effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided further that the indemnity provided for in this Section 3.3 shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission contained in any Prospectus relating to a Demand Registration and/or Piggy-Back Registration if the Company or any underwriter failed to send or deliver a copy of the Prospectus to the Person asserting such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses on or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of any sale of securities covered thereby to such Person in any case where such Prospectus corrected such untrue statement or omission. Any amounts advanced by a Participating Holder to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 3.3 as a result of such losses will be returned to such Participating Holder if it is finally determined by a court in a judgment not subject to appeal or final review that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to indemnification by such Participating Holder hereunder.
- 11 -
Section 3.4 Defence of the Action by the Indemnifying Parties
Each party entitled to indemnification under this Article 3 (the “Indemnified Party”) will give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, but the omission to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party pursuant to the provisions of this Article 3 except to the extent of the damage or prejudice suffered by such delay in notification. The Indemnifying Party will assume the defence of such action, including the employment of counsel to be chosen by the Indemnifying Party to the reasonable satisfaction of the Indemnified Party, and the payment of expenses. The Indemnified Party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case, but the legal fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the expense of the Indemnified Party, unless the employment of such counsel is authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party in connection with the defence of such action, or the Indemnifying Party shall not have employed counsel to take charge of the defence of such action or the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes, based on the opinion of counsel, that there may be defences available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to direct the defence of such action on behalf of the Indemnified Party), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses will be borne by the Indemnifying Party, provided, further, that in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be required to pay the expenses of more than one law firm as counsel for all Indemnified Parties pursuant to this sentence. No Indemnifying Party, in the defence of any such claim or litigation, will, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
- 12 -
Section 3.5 Contribution
If the indemnification provided for in Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 (as applicable) is unavailable to a party that would have been an Indemnified Party under Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 (as applicable) in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses referred to herein, then each party that would have been an Indemnifying Party hereunder will, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and such Indemnified Party on the other hand in connection with the statement or omission which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or such Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, no Person guilty of misrepresentation within the meaning of applicable Securities Laws will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by a party under this Section 3.5 as a result of the losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Company and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 3.5.
Section 3.6 Survival
The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will survive the expiry of this Agreement and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such Indemnified Party and will survive any transfer of securities pursuant thereto.
Section 3.7 Holder is Agent
The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to this Article 3, each Participating Holder is contracting on its own behalf and as agent for the other Indemnified Parties related to it referred to in this Article 3.
Section 3.8 Company is Agent
The Holders hereby acknowledge and agree that, with respect to this Article 3, the Company is contracting on its own behalf and as agent for the other Indemnified Parties related to it referred to in this Article 3.
ARTICLE 4
AMENDMENTS
Section 4.1 Amendments, Modifications, etc.
This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an agreement in writing executed by the Company and all the Principal Holders.
ARTICLE 5
TERMINATION
Section 5.1 Term
This Agreement shall come into force and effect on the date first written above and shall terminate on the earlier of:
- 13 -
| (a) | with respect to each Principal Holder, the date after the first continuous 90 day period during which such Principal Holder beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in aggregate, less than 10% of the voting rights attached to all outstanding Shares and less than 10% of the outstanding Shares (it being understood that all Shares held by affiliates of a Principal Holder shall be aggregated together for the purpose of calculating such 10% threshold); |
| (b) | with respect to each Other Holder, the date following the closing of the third Distribution including such Other Holder as a Piggy-Back Holder; and |
| (c) | the date on which this Agreement is terminated by written agreement of the Company and the Principal Holders. |
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL
Section 6.1 Severability
If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon any determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.
Section 6.2 Obligations of the Holders not Joint
Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.6, the obligations of the Holders pursuant to this Agreement are several, and not joint or joint and several, and, no Holder shall be liable to the Company or to any other party for the failure of any other Holder to comply with its covenants and obligations under this Agreement.
Section 6.3 Public Filing
The Parties hereby consent to the public filing of this Agreement if any Party is required to do so by law or by applicable regulations or policies of any regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction or any stock exchange.
Section 6.4 Adjustments
All references to Registrable Securities and Subordinate Shares contained herein shall be adjusted to take into account any share consolidations, share divisions, share reclassifications, mergers, amalgamations, arrangements, reorganizations or similar events occurring after the date hereof.
Section 6.5 Further Assurances
Each Party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other Party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect the purpose of this Agreement and carry out its provisions.
- 14 -
Section 6.6 Assignment and Enurement
Neither this Agreement nor any benefits or duties accruing under this Agreement shall be transferred, directly or indirectly, by any Party without the prior written consent of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities held by the other Parties, except that any Holder shall be entitled to assign this Agreement or the benefits or duties accruing hereunder to any affiliate thereof without the prior consent of any other Parties, provided that in each case the assignor shall remain liable for the performance under this Agreement of its assignees and of any subsequent direct or indirect assignees thereof. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any affiliate to whom rights under this Agreement are transferred will (x) as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the other Parties a written instrument by which such transferee agrees to be bound by the obligations imposed upon Holders under this Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were a Holder under this Agreement and (y) be deemed to be a Holder hereunder. If the assignor is a Principal Holder, the assignee shall be a Principal Holder, and if the assignor is an Other Holder, the assignee shall be an Other Holder.
Section 6.7 Entire Agreement
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the matters herein and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions relating to the subject matter hereof. There are no other covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, conditions, whether direct or collateral, express or implied, that form part of or affect this Agreement except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
Section 6.8 Waiver
Except as otherwise expressly set out herein, no waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing. No indulgence or forbearance by a Party shall constitute a waiver of such Party’s right to insist on performance in full and in a timely manner of all covenants in this Agreement. Waiver of any provision shall not be deemed to waive the same provision thereafter, or any other provision of this Agreement, at any other time.
Section 6.9 Notices
All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given by one Party to another under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by personal delivery or delivery by recognized commercial courier or by e-mail addressed as follows:
(a) if to the Company:
3645 Long Beach Boulevard
Long Beach, California 90807
Attention: Kyle D. Kazan, CEO, and Jamin Horn, General Counsel
E-mail: [Redacted]
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice to:
Venable LLP
2049 Century Park East, Suite 2300
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention: Matthew Portnoff
E-mail: [Redacted]
- 15 -
(b) and if to a Holder, to its email address set forth on the signature pages hereto; or at such other address of which the addressee may from time to time may notify the addressor. Any notice delivered by personal delivery or by courier to the Party to whom it is addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day it is so delivered at such address. If such day is not a Business Day, or if the notice is received after 4:00 p.m. (addressee’s local time), then the notice shall be deemed to have been given and received on the next Business Day. Any notice transmitted by e-mail shall be deemed to have been given and received at the time of receipt. If such day is not a Business Day, or if the transmission of e-mail is received after 4:00 p.m. (addressee’s local time), then the notice shall be deemed to have been given and received on the next Business Day.
Section 6.10 Counterparts; Email and Electronic Signatures
This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which once signed shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Notwithstanding the date of execution of any counterpart, each counterpart shall be deemed to bear the effective date first written above. This Agreement, any and all agreements and instruments executed and delivered in accordance herewith, along with any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a scanned email or internet transmission copy or other means of electronic transmission, shall be treated in all manner and respects and for all purposes as an original signature, agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person.
Section 6.11 Governing Law and Jurisdiction for Disputes
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario (without giving effect to any conflict of laws principles thereunder) and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
Each Party, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdictions of the Ontario courts situated in the City of Toronto for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, delict or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named court, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in the above- named court is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, delict or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before the above-named court nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, delict or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than the above-named court whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Party is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (a) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of the above-named court in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by the laws of Ontario, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 6.9 is reasonably calculated to give actual notice. Any Party that commences an action hereunder in the above-named court shall not be required to post any bond in connection therewith.
- 16 -
Section 6.12 Consent
Where a provision of this Agreement requires an approval or consent by a Party and written notification of such approval or consent is not delivered within the applicable time in accordance with this Agreement, then the Party whose consent or approval is required shall be conclusively deemed to have withheld its approval or consent, except as otherwise provided herein.
Section 6.13 Third Party Beneficiaries
The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and, except as set forth in Section 3.7 and Section 3.8, it is not the intention of the Parties to confer any third party beneficiary rights and this Agreement does not confer any such rights upon any third party (including any holders of securities of the Company) that are not party to this Agreement.
Section 6.14 Remedies
Each Party agrees that an award of monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of this Agreement and that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by a Party, the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, will be entitled, without the posting of bond, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance. Such remedies shall not be the exclusive remedies for any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement but will be in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.
Section 6.15 Authority
Each Party represents and warrants to and agrees with each other Party that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such Party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such Party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the Parties, or to constitute any of such Parties members of a joint venture or other association.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
| GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Kyle Kazan” | |
| Name: Kyle Kazan | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
| PRINCIPAL HOLDERS | ||
| (signed by the Principal Holders) | ||
| OTHER HOLDERS | ||
| (signed by the Other Holders) | ||
SCHEDULE “A”
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
1.1. Registration Procedures
In connection with the Company’s Demand Registration and Piggy-Back Registration obligations pursuant to the Agreement, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts in accordance with the Agreement to effect the qualification for the offer and sale or other disposition or Distribution of Registrable Securities of the Participating Holders in one or more Canadian jurisdictions as directed by such Participating Holders, and in pursuance thereof the Company will as expeditiously as possible:
| (i) | but in any event within 60 days after the Company’s receipt of the Demand Notice, prepare and file in the English language and, if required and desirable in the sole discretion of the Company, French language, with the applicable Securities Regulators a preliminary Prospectus and, promptly thereafter, a final Prospectus under and in compliance with the applicable Securities Laws, relating to the applicable Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration, including all exhibits, financial statements and such other related documents required by the Securities Regulators to be filed therewith, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Prospectus to be receipted; and the Company will furnish to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriters or underwriters, if any, copies of such preliminary Prospectus and final Prospectus and any amendments or supplements in the form filed with the Securities Regulators, promptly after the filing of such preliminary Prospectus and final Prospectus, amendments or supplements; |
| (ii) | prepare and file with the Securities Regulators such amendments and supplements to the preliminary Prospectus and final Prospectus as may be necessary to complete the Distribution of all such Registrable Securities and as required under the Securities Act or under any provisions of Securities Laws applicable to the Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration effective and in compliance with such Securities Laws until the earliest of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by the Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration have been disposed of or such securities have been withdrawn and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by the Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration have ceased to be Registrable Securities; |
| (iii) | notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing, as soon as practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (i) when the preliminary Prospectus and final Prospectus or any amendment thereto has been filed or been receipted, and furnish to the Participating Holders and managing underwriters or underwriters, if any, with copies thereof, (ii) of any request by the Securities Regulators for amendments to the preliminary Prospectus or the final Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the Securities Regulators of any stop order or cease trade order relating to the Prospectus or any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary Prospectus or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, and (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; |
A - 1
| (iv) | promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statement therein (in the case of the Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) when such Prospectus was delivered not misleading, fails to constitute full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts regarding the Registrable Securities when such Prospectus was delivered or if for any other reason it will be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement the preliminary Prospectus or the final Prospectus in order to comply with Securities Laws and, in either case as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the Securities Regulators, and furnish to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriters or underwriters, if any, a supplement or amendment to such preliminary Prospectus or final Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; |
| (v) | use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order, cease trade order or other order against the Company or affecting the securities of the Company suspending the use of any Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus, or the initiation or the threatening of any proceedings for such purposes; |
| (vi) | furnish to the Participating Holders and each managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, without charge, one executed copy and as many conformed copies as they may reasonably request, of the Prospectus, including financial statements and schedules and all documents incorporated therein by reference, and provide the Participating Holders and their respective counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments to the Company on the Prospectus; |
| (vii) | deliver to the Participating Holders, such Participating Holders’ legal counsel and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many commercial copies of the preliminary Prospectus and the final Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of the preliminary Prospectus and the final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the preliminary Prospectus and the final Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto) and such other documents as the Participating Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Person; |
| (viii) | on or prior to the date on which a receipt is issued for the Prospectus by the applicable Securities Regulators, use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify, and cooperate with the Participating Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the qualification of, such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the Securities Laws of each province and/or territory of Canada, as applicable, as any such Person or underwriter reasonably requests in writing provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; |
| (ix) | in connection with any underwritten offering enter into customary agreements, including an underwriting agreement with the underwriter or underwriters, such agreements to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions and indemnification provisions and/or agreements substantially consistent with Article 3 of the Agreement, but in any event, which agreements will contain provisions for the indemnification by the underwriter or underwriters in favour of the Company with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Prospectus included in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any underwriter in writing; |
A - 2
| (x) | as promptly as practicable after filing with the Securities Regulators any document which is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Participating Holders and their respective counsel and to the managing underwriters or underwriters, if any; |
| (xi) | file, and to not withdraw, a notice declaring its intention to be qualified to file a short form prospectus as soon as permitted by applicable Securities Laws; |
| (xii) | use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a customary legal opinion, in the form and substance as is customarily given by external company counsel in securities offerings, addressed to the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, and such other Persons as the underwriting agreement may reasonably specify, and a customary “comfort letter” from the Company’s auditor and/or the auditors of any financial statements included or incorporated by reference in a Prospectus; |
| (xiii) | furnish to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and such other Persons as the Participating Holders may reasonably specify, such corporate certificates, satisfactory to the Participating Holders acting reasonably, as are customarily furnished in securities offerings, and, in each case, covering substantially the same matters as are customarily covered in such documents in the relevant jurisdictions and such other matters as the Participating Holders may reasonably request; |
| (xiv) | provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for such Subordinate Shares not later than the date a receipt is issued for the final Prospectus by the applicable Securities Regulators and use its best efforts to cause all Subordinate Shares covered by the Prospectus to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; |
| (xv) | participate in such marketing efforts as the Participating Holders or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, determine are reasonably necessary, such as “roadshows”, institutional investor meetings and similar events; and |
| (xvi) | take such other actions and execute and deliver such other documents as may be reasonably necessary to give full effect to the rights of each Participating Holder under the Agreement. |
1.2. Participating Holder’s Obligations
The Company may require the Participating Holders to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Distribution of such Registrable Securities and such other information relating to the Participating Holders and their respective beneficial ownership of Subordinate Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing in order to comply with applicable Securities Laws in each jurisdiction in which a Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration is to be effected. The Participating Holders agree to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of the Agreement and applicable Securities Laws. The Participating Holders will promptly notify the Company when a Participating Holder becomes aware of the happening of any event (insofar as it relates to such Participating Holder or information provided by such Participating Holder in writing for inclusion in the applicable Prospectus) as a result of which the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statement therein (in the case of the Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) when such Prospectus was delivered not misleading or, if for any other reason it will be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement the preliminary Prospectus or the final Prospectus in order to comply with Securities Laws.
A - 3
Each Participating Holder, if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of such Distribution, if any, agrees to become bound by and to execute and deliver a lock-up agreement restricting such Holder’s right, for a period of time not to exceed 120 days, to (a) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Shares owned directly or indirectly, or under its control or direction, rights to purchase Shares, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, (b) make any short sale, engage in any hedging transaction, or otherwise enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Shares, other securities, cash or otherwise, or (c) agree or publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such lock-up agreement shall not apply to (i) dispositions pursuant to a bona fide third party take-over bid made to all or substantially all of the shareholders of the Company or similar merger or acquisition transaction provided that in the event that the take-over bid or merger or acquisition transaction is not completed, any Shares held by the Holder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the applicable lock-up agreement; or (ii) any Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a prospectus for such Distribution.
In addition, the Participating Holders shall, if required under applicable Securities Laws, execute any certificate forming part of a preliminary Prospectus or a final Prospectus to be filed with the applicable Securities Regulators.
In connection with any underwritten offering in connection with a Demand Registration or a Piggy-Back Registration, the Participating Holder shall enter into customary agreements, including an underwriting agreement with the underwriter or underwriters, such agreements to contain such representations and warranties by the Participating Holder and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in underwriting agreements with respect to secondary distributions and indemnification provisions and/or agreements substantially consistent with Article 3 of the Agreement, but in any event, which agreements will contain provisions for the indemnification by the underwriter or underwriters in favour of the Participating Holder with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Prospectus included in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the underwriter in writing.
A - 4
Exhibit 4.5
Execution Version
EXCHANGE RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS EXCHANGE RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made on June 29, 2021
AMONG:
MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (“Parent”)
and
MPB ACQUISITION CORP., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Nevada (“Exchangeco”)
and
KYLE KAZAN, as the representative of the Class B Shareholders (the “Sellers’ Representative”)
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, dated April 8, 2021 as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of June 18, 2021, and as further amended by Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of June 28, 2021 (collectively, “Merger Agreement”), among, inter alia, Parent, Exchangeco, Exchangeco’s wholly-owned merger subsidiary, GH Group, Inc. (“GH”), certain of GH’s shareholders sufficient to authorize the underlying merger under the Delaware General Corporation Law, and Kyle Kazan, as the GH shareholder representative, Exhangeco has become the owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares of GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in exchange for merger consideration made up of, in part, Class B voting exchangeable common shares of Exchangeco (the “Class B Shares”) issued to the persons (the “Class B Shareholders”) listed on Schedule A (the “Merger”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Class B Shareholders have received Class B Shares on the date hereof;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of and as a condition to closing of the Merger Agreement, the Parties have agreed to execute an exchange rights agreement in the form of this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties intend the Merger to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and that the Merger Agreement shall constitute a “plan of reorganization” for purposes of Sections 354 and 361 of the Code.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Merger Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
| 1.1. | Defined Terms. In this Agreement, each term capitalized herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Class B Shares set forth in the articles of incorporation of Exchangeco (the “Class B Share Provisions”), unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith. |
| 1.2. | Definitions. In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: |
“Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), as amended, but the holders of Class B Shares that are parties to this Agreement shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of Parent or Exchangeco.
“Agreement” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals.
“Automatic Exchange Rights” means the benefit to each Class B Shareholder of the obligation of Parent to effect the automatic exchange of Class B Shares for the Class B Share Consideration (including Parent Subordinate Voting Shares) pursuant to Section 2.9.
“Class B Share Provisions” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1.
“Class B Shareholders” means initially those Persons identified on Schedule A hereto, and after the date hereof, those Persons shown from time to time in the register maintained by or on behalf of Exchangeco in respect of the Class B Shares as holders of Class B Shares.
“Class B Shareholders’ Put Right” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1.
“Class B Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Constating Documents” means the articles of incorporation and by-laws of Exchangeco, as amended from time to time.
“Control Transaction” means any of the following:
| (1) | any person or group of persons acting jointly or in concert (within the meaning of Section 1.9 of National Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids) (“NI 62-104”) acquires, directly or indirectly, control (as defined in NI 62-104) of Parent; |
| (2) | the shareholders of Parent shall have approved a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of Parent, or, if shareholder approval is not sought or obtained, any such transaction shall have been consummated, in either case other than any such transaction which would result in at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the resulting entity outstanding immediately after such transaction being beneficially owned by holders of outstanding voting securities of Parent immediately prior to the transaction, with the voting power of each such continuing holder relative to such other continuing holders being not altered substantially in the transaction; or |
- 2 -
| (3) | the shareholders of Parent shall approve an agreement for the sale or disposition by Parent of all or substantially all of Parent’s consolidated assets, except for the transfer of assets to a subsidiary of Parent. |
“Exchange” means Parent’s purchase from a Class B Shareholder of all or any part of the Class B Shares held by such Class B Shareholder in exchange for the Class B Share Consideration, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Class B Share Provisions.
“Exchangeco” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals.
“Exchanged Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1.
“Insolvency Event” means the institution by Exchangeco of any proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent or to be liquidated, dissolved or wound-up, or the consent of Exchangeco to the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or winding up proceedings against it, or the filing of a petition, answer or consent seeking liquidation, dissolution or winding up under any bankruptcy, insolvency or analogous laws in any jurisdiction, and the failure by Exchangeco to contest in good faith any such proceedings instituted by any Person other than Exchangeco commenced in respect of Exchangeco within 30 days of becoming aware thereof, or the consent by Exchangeco to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, or the making by Exchangeco of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission in writing by Exchangeco of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or Exchangeco not being permitted, pursuant to solvency requirements of applicable law, to purchase any Retracted Shares pursuant to the Class B Share Provisions.
“Later Redemption Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1.
“Liquidation Call Purchase Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1.
“Liquidation Call Right” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1.
“Liquidation Event” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.9(1).
“Liquidation Event Effective Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.9(2).
“Liquidation Event Purchase Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.9(2).
“Merger” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals.
“Notice of Exercise” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(2).
“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to Parent, Exchangeco or any Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, a certificate signed by any authorized officer or director of Parent, Exchangeco or any Affiliate thereof, as the case may be.
- 3 -
“Parent” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals.
“Parent Call Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.2.
“Parent Subordinate Voting Shares” means the subordinate voting shares of Parent and shall include, the Restricted Voting Shares (as defined in Parent’s articles, as amended) and the Limited Voting Shares (as defined in Parent’s articles, as amended), and any such other securities into which such shares may be converted or exchanged.
“Party” means a party to this Agreement and any reference to a Party includes its successors and permitted assigns; and “Parties” means every Party.
“Merger Agreement” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals.
“Redemption Call Event” means the receipt by Parent of a Redemption Notice pursuant to Article 8 of the Class B Share Provisions.
“Redemption Call Right” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1.
“Redemption Call Purchase Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1.
“Resident” means a resident of the United States for purposes of the Code.
“Retracted Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.5.
“Retraction Call Notice” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.1.
“Retraction Call Purchase Price” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.1.
“Retraction Call Right” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.1.
| 1.3. | Headings; Article and Section References. The division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other portions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to an “Article” or “Section” followed by a number and/or a letter refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement. The terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplementary or ancillary hereto. |
| 1.4. | Number and Gender. Unless the context requires otherwise, words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender shall include all genders. |
| 1.5. | Business Days. If any date on which any action is required to be taken under this Agreement is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be taken on the next succeeding Business Day. |
| 1.6. | Payments. All payments to be made hereunder will be made without interest and less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with applicable law and Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
- 4 -
| 1.7. | Currency and Currency Conversion. The provisions of the Class B Share Provisions respecting currency matters and currency conversion are incorporated by reference into this Agreement. |
ARTICLE 2
EXCHANGE RIGHT
| 2.1. | Grant of Put Right. Subject to Parent’s call rights under this Agreement, Parent hereby grants to each of the Class B Shareholders the right, exercisable at any time and from time to time, to require Parent to purchase from such Class B Shareholder all or any part of the Class B Shares held by such Class B Shareholder (the “Exchanged Shares”), all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Class B Share Provisions (the “Class B Shareholders’ Put Right”). |
| 2.2. | Purchase Price. |
| (1) | The purchase price payable by Parent for each Class B Share to be purchased by Parent upon the exercise of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right shall be an amount per Class B Share equal to the Class B Share Consideration on the last Business Day prior to the consummation of such purchase. |
| (2) | In connection with each exercise by a Class B Shareholder of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, Parent will provide to the Class B Shareholders exercising such rights an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the calculation of the Class B Share Consideration. |
| (3) | Payment of the Class B Share Consideration in respect of each Class B Share so purchased shall be satisfied by Parent by (i) issuing to each holder of such Class B Share the number of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares for which such Class B Share is exchangeable in accordance with Article 5 of the Class B Share Provisions (which shares shall be fully paid and shall be free and clear of any lien, claims or encumbrance) and (ii) delivering to each holder of such Class B Share the Additional Amount payable thereon, less any amounts withheld on account of tax in accordance Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
| 2.3. | Exercise Instructions. |
| (1) | Subject to the terms and conditions herein, a Class B Shareholder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, to exercise the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right with respect to all or any part of the Class B Shares registered in the name of such Class B Shareholder on the books of Exchangeco. |
- 5 -
| (2) | To exercise the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, the Class B Shareholder shall deliver to Parent, in person or by certified or registered mail, at its principal executive office or at such other place in North America as Parent may from time to time designate by written notice to the Class B Shareholders, the certificates representing the Class B Shares which such Class B Shareholder desires Parent to purchase (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Exchangeco), duly endorsed in blank, and accompanied by such other documents and instruments as may reasonably be required to effect a transfer of Class B Shares under applicable law and the Constating Documents, together with (a) a duly completed notice of exercise (the “Notice of Exercise”) of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, in the form attached hereto as Schedule B, stating: (i) that the Class B Shareholder thereby exercises the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, as applicable, so as to require Parent to purchase from such Class B Shareholder the number of Class B Shares specified therein; (ii) that such Class B Shareholder has good title to and owns all such Class B Shares to be acquired by Parent free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances; (iii) that such Class B Shareholder is a Resident; (iv) the name(s) in which the certificates representing Parent Subordinate Voting Shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right are to be issued; (v) the name(s) and address(es) of the persons to whom such certificates representing Parent Subordinate Voting Shares should be delivered; and (vi) that it will provide Parent or any of its Affiliates with such representations or certificates as are reasonably requested by Parent or any of its Affiliates in order to comply with the applicable securities legislation, and (b) payment (or evidence of payment satisfactory to Parent) of the taxes, if any, payable as contemplated by Section 7.6. |
| (3) | If only a part of the Class B Shares represented by any certificate or certificates delivered to Parent are to be purchased by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent under the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, then a new certificate for the balance of such Class B Shares shall be issued to such Class B Shareholder by Exchangeco. |
| 2.4. | Delivery of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares; Effect of Exercise. Promptly after receipt of the certificates representing the Class B Shares which the Class B Shareholder desires Parent to purchase pursuant to the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Exchangeco), together with such documents and instruments of transfer and a duly completed form of Notice of Exercise of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, Parent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the holder of such Class B Shares (or to such other Persons, if any, properly designated by such Class B Shareholder), the Class B Share Consideration deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right. At the close of business on the second Business Day after the receipt by Parent of the Notice of Exercise in respect of the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right as provided in this Section 2.4, the closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated hereby shall be deemed to have occurred, and the holder of such Class B Shares shall be deemed to have transferred to Parent all of its right, title and interest in and to such Class B Shares, and the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights attaching thereto shall be extinguished, and the Class B Shareholder shall cease to be a holder of such Class B Shares, and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a holder in respect thereof, other than the right to receive its total Class B Share Consideration therefor, unless such Class B Share Consideration is not delivered by Parent to such Class B Shareholder (or to such other Persons, if any, properly designated by such Class B Shareholder), within five Business Days of the date of the Notice of Exercise, in which case the rights of the Class B Shareholder shall remain unaffected until such Class B Share Consideration is so delivered and any check included therein is delivered and paid. Concurrently with such Class B Shareholder ceasing to be a holder of Class B Shares, such Class B Shareholder shall be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of the Parent Subordinate Voting Shares delivered to such Class B Shareholder pursuant to the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right. |
- 6 -
| 2.5. | Exercise of Class B Shareholders’ Put Right Subsequent to Retraction. In the event that a Class B Shareholder has exercised its right under the Class B Share Provisions to require Exchangeco to redeem any or all of the Class B Shares held by such Class B Shareholder (the “Retracted Shares”) and is notified by Exchangeco pursuant to the Class B Share Provisions that Exchangeco is not permitted as a result of solvency requirements or other provisions of applicable law to redeem all such Retracted Shares, and provided that Parent shall not have exercised the Retraction Call Right with respect to the Retracted Shares and that the Class B Shareholder has not revoked the Retraction Request delivered by the Class B Shareholder to Exchangeco pursuant to the Class B Share Provisions, the Retraction Request will constitute and will be deemed to constitute notice from the Class B Shareholder to Parent to exercise the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right with respect to those Retracted Shares which Exchangeco is unable to redeem. In any such event, Exchangeco hereby agrees with the Class B Shareholder to immediately notify the Class B Shareholder of such prohibition against Exchangeco redeeming all of the Retracted Shares and to immediately forward or cause to be forwarded to Parent all relevant materials delivered by the Class B Shareholder to Exchangeco in connection with such proposed redemption of the Retracted Shares (including, without limitation, a copy of the Retraction Request delivered pursuant to the Class B Share Provisions) and Parent will thereupon purchase such shares in accordance with this Article 2. |
| 2.6. | Notice of Insolvency Event. As soon as practicable but in no event later than 5 Business Days following the occurrence of an Insolvency Event or any event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would be an Insolvency Event, each of Parent and Exchangeco shall give written notice thereof to each Class B Shareholder, which notice shall contain a brief statement of the right of the Class B Shareholders with respect to the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right. |
| 2.7. | Call Rights. The Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right and the Redemption Call Right are hereby acknowledged and confirmed by the Parties, and it is agreed and acknowledged that such rights are granted as part of the consideration for the obligations of Parent and Exchangeco under this Agreement. |
| 2.8. | Grant of Automatic Exchange Rights. Parent hereby grants the Automatic Exchange Rights to the Class B Shareholders. |
| 2.9. | Automatic Exchange on Liquidation of Parent. |
| (1) | Parent will give each Class B Shareholder written notice of each of the following events (each a “Liquidation Event”) at the time set forth below: |
| (a) | in the event of any determination by the board of directors of Parent to institute voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up proceedings with respect to Parent or to effect any other distribution of assets of Parent among its stockholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at least 30 days prior to the proposed effective date of such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or other distribution; and |
- 7 -
| (b) | as soon as practicable but in no event later than 5 Business Days following the earlier of: |
| (i) | receipt by Parent of notice of; and |
| (ii) | Parent’s otherwise becoming aware of, |
any threatened or instituted claim, suit, petition or other proceedings with respect to the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Parent or to effect any other distribution of assets of Parent among its stockholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, in each case where Parent has failed to contest in good faith any such proceeding commenced in respect of Parent within 30 days of becoming aware thereof.
Such notice shall include a brief description of the automatic exchange of Class B Shares for Parent Subordinate Voting Shares provided for in Section 2.9(2).
| (2) | In order that the Class B Shareholders will be able to participate on a pro rata basis with the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares in the distribution of assets of Parent in connection with a Liquidation Event, immediately prior to the effective date of a Liquidation Event (the "Liquidation Event Effective Date"), subject to each of the Liquidation Call Right and Class B Shareholders' Put Right (if applicable) not having been exercised, each of the then outstanding Class B Shares shall be automatically exchanged for Parent Subordinate Voting Shares and payment of the Additional Amount payable thereon. To effect such automatic exchange, Parent shall be deemed to have purchased each outstanding Class B Share held by Class B Shareholders on the Liquidation Event Effective Date, and each Class B Shareholder shall be deemed to have sold the Class B Shares held by it at such time to Parent, for an amount per share equal to the Class B Share Consideration applicable on the Business Day prior to the Liquidation Event Effective Date (collectively, the "Liquidation Event Purchase Price"). In connection with the Automatic Exchange Rights, Parent will provide to the Class B Shareholders an Officer's Certificate setting forth the calculation of the Class B Share Consideration. The purchase price for each Class B Share so purchased may only be satisfied by Parent delivering or causing to be delivered to a Class B Shareholder such number of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares and the Additional Amount determined in the manner set out in Section 2.2(3) (as if such Section were in respect of the Automatic Exchange Rights) in satisfaction of the Class B Share Consideration less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
- 8 -
| (3) | On the Liquidation Event Effective Date, the closing of the transaction of purchase and sale of Class B Shares contemplated under Section 2.9(2) shall be deemed to have occurred, and each Class B Shareholder shall be deemed to have transferred to Parent all of such Class B Shareholder's right, title and interest in and to such Class B Shares and the Class B Shareholders' Put Right and the Automatic Exchange Rights attaching thereto, except that each Class B Shareholder shall have the right to receive such holder's proportionate part of the total Liquidation Event Purchase Price payable to such Class B Shareholder by Parent (less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions in respect of the specific Class B Shareholder) upon presentation and surrender by such Class B Shareholder of Class B Share certificates (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent), duly endorsed in blank and accompanied by such instruments of transfer as Parent may reasonably require including, without limitation, a representation and warranty that the Class B Shareholder is a Resident. Concurrently with each such Class B Shareholder ceasing to be a Class B Shareholder, such Class B Shareholder shall be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of the Parent Subordinate Voting Shares issued to it as the Class B Share Consideration pursuant to the automatic exchange of Class B Shares set forth in Section 2.9(2), and Parent shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to each such Class B Shareholder certificates representing the Parent Subordinate Voting Shares issued to the Class B Shareholder by Parent pursuant to such automatic exchange. |
| 2.10. | Parent Subordinate Voting Shares. |
| (1) | Without limiting any other provision set forth herein, in the event Exchangeco becomes obligated to deliver any Class B Share Consideration pursuant to the Class B Share Provisions (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof), Parent shall issue and deliver or cause to be delivered to each applicable Class B Shareholder (or to such other Persons, if any, properly designated by such Class B Shareholder) such number of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares as are deliverable in connection with such Class B Share Consideration in accordance with the applicable terms thereof. |
| (2) | Parent shall at all times when the Class B Shares shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued share capital, for the purpose of effecting the purchase or exchange of Class B Shares as set forth in this Agreement and the Class B Share Provisions, such number of its duly authorized Parent Subordinate Voting Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the purchase or exchange of all outstanding Class B Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Class B Share Provisions; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Parent Subordinate Voting Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the purchase or exchange of all then outstanding Class B Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Class B Share Provisions, Parent shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Parent Subordinate Voting Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to Parent’s articles, as amended. |
| (3) | Parent hereby represents, warrants and covenants that all Parent Subordinate Voting Shares issuable as required under this Agreement have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance, and when issued, will be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of Parent and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance other than restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws and pursuant to any agreements entered into by the Class B Shareholder (including lock-up agreements). |
- 9 -
| 2.11. | Restricted Securities. The Class B Shareholders acknowledge and agree that neither the Class B Shares nor the Parent Subordinate Voting Shares issuable in exchange therefor have been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933 or under any U.S. state securities laws, and therefore, will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) of the US Securities Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. Person except pursuant to a registration statement under the US Securities Act of 1933 or an exemption therefrom. |
ARTICLE 3
LIQUIDATION CALL RIGHT
| 3.1. | Liquidation Call Right. Subject to the requirements of Section 3.2, Parent shall have the overriding right (the “Liquidation Call Right”), in the event of and notwithstanding the proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco and notwithstanding Article 6 of the Class B Share Provisions, to purchase from all, but not less than all, of the Class B Shareholders (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent) on the Liquidation Date all, but not less than all, of the Class B Shares held by each such Class B Shareholder on payment by Parent to each such Class B Shareholder an amount per Class B Share equal to the Class B Share Consideration applicable on the Business Day prior to the Liquidation Date (the “Liquidation Call Purchase Price”). In the event of the exercise of the Liquidation Call Right by Parent, each Class B Shareholder (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent) shall be obligated to sell all the Class B Shares held by such Class B Shareholder to Parent on the Liquidation Date on payment by Parent to the Class B Shareholder of the Liquidation Call Purchase Price, less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions, for each such Class B Share, and Exchangeco shall have no obligation to pay the Liquidation Amount under Article 6 of the Class B Share Provisions to the holders of such Class B Shares so purchased by Parent. |
| 3.2. | Notice of Exercise of Liquidation Call Right. To exercise the Liquidation Call Right, Parent must notify the Class B Shareholders and Exchangeco of Parent’s intention to exercise such right at least 30 days before the Liquidation Date in the case of a voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco and at least five Business Days before the Liquidation Date in the case of an involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Exchangeco. If Parent duly exercises the Liquidation Call Right in accordance with Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, on the Liquidation Date, Parent will purchase, and each Class B Shareholder (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent) will sell, all of the outstanding Class B Shares held by such Class B Shareholder for a price per Class B Share equal to the Liquidation Call Purchase Price, which price shall be satisfied in the manner set forth in Section 3.3, and the Class B Shareholders will not receive the Liquidation Amount under Article 6 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
- 10 -
| 3.3. | Exercise of Liquidation Call Right. For the purposes of completing the purchase of the Class B Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Liquidation Call Right, Parent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Class B Shareholders the Liquidation Call Purchase Price for each Class B Share held by such Class B Shareholder, on or before the Liquidation Date, upon presentation and surrender, by delivery in person or by certified or registered mail, at the principal executive office of Parent, or at such other place in North America as Parent may from time to time designate by written notice to the Class B Shareholders, of the certificates representing such Class B Shares (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent), together with such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably required to effect a transfer of Class B Shares under applicable law and the Constating Documents, including a representation and warranty by each holder of Class B Shares to be redeemed that such Class B Shareholder is a Resident. Payment of the Liquidation Call Purchase Price shall be made by delivery to each Class B Shareholder (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent), at the address of the holder recorded in the register of shareholders of Exchangeco or if requested by the Class B Shareholder by holding for pick-up by the holder at the principal executive office of Exchangeco, of the Class B Share Consideration (satisfied in the manner set forth in Section 2.2(3)) less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions. Upon such payment of the total Liquidation Call Purchase Price on the Liquidation Date, the Class B Shareholders (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent) shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares delivered to them as part or all of the Class B Share Consideration notwithstanding that the certificate or certificates (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent) representing such Class B Shares have not been delivered by the holder or holders thereof to Parent. |
ARTICLE 4
REDEMPTION CALL RIGHT
| 4.1. | Redemption Call Right. Upon the occurrence of a Redemption Call Event, Parent shall have the overriding right (the “Redemption Call Right”), notwithstanding the proposed redemption of the Class B Shares by Exchangeco pursuant to Article 8 of the Class B Share Provisions, to purchase from all but not less than all of the Class B Shareholders (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent) on the Redemption Date or, if the Class B Shares have not otherwise been redeemed or retracted by such date, any date following the Redemption Date (the “Later Redemption Date”), all but not less than all of the Class B Shares held by each such holder on payment by Parent to each Class B Shareholder an amount per Class B Share (the “Redemption Call Purchase Price”) equal to the Class B Share Consideration on the last Business Day prior to the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable. In the event of the exercise of the Redemption Call Right by Parent, each Class B Shareholder shall be obligated to sell all the Class B Shares held by the Class B Shareholder to Parent on the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable, on payment by Parent to the Class B Shareholder of the Redemption Call Purchase Price for each such Class B Share, and Exchangeco shall have no obligation to redeem such Class B Shares so purchased by Parent. |
- 11 -
| 4.2. | Notice of Exercise of Redemption Call Right. To exercise the Redemption Call Right, Parent must notify (i) Exchangeco of Parent’s intention to exercise such right within five Business Days of receiving the Redemption Notice from Exchangeco in accordance with Section 8.2(a) of the Class B Share Provisions and (ii) the Class B Shareholders in accordance with Section 8.2(b) of the Class B Share Provisions as if references to Exchangeco therein were to Parent. If Parent exercises the Redemption Call Right then, on the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable, Parent will purchase, and each Class B Shareholder (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent) will sell, all of the outstanding Class B Shares held by such Class B Shareholder on the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable, for a price per Class B Share equal to the Redemption Call Purchase Price. |
| 4.3. | Exercise of Redemption Call Right. For the purposes of completing the purchase of the Class B Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Redemption Call Right, Parent shall, on or before the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable, deliver or cause to be delivered to the holders of the Class B Shares the Redemption Call Purchase Price for each Class B Share to be purchased, upon presentation and surrender at the principal executive office of Parent of the certificates representing such Class B Shares (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent), together with such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably required to effect a transfer of Class B Shares under applicable law and the Constating Documents, including a representation and warranty by each holder of Class B Shares to be purchased that such Class B Shareholder is a Resident. Payment of the total Redemption Call Purchase Price for such Class B Shares shall be made by delivery to each Class B Shareholder (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent), at the address of the holder recorded in the register of shareholders of Exchangeco or if requested by the Class B Shareholder by holding for pick-up by the holder at the principal executive office of Exchangeco, of the Class B Share Consideration (satisfied in the manner set forth in Section 2.2(3)) less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions. Provided that the total Redemption Call Purchase Price is delivered or paid on the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable, the Class B Shareholders (other than any Class B Shareholder which is an Affiliate of Parent ) shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares delivered to them. If Parent does not exercise the Redemption Call Right in the manner described above, on the Redemption Date or the Later Redemption Date, as applicable, the holders of the Class B Shares so redeemed by Exchangeco will be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the Redemption Price otherwise payable by Exchangeco pursuant to Article 8 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
ARTICLE 5
RETRACTION CALL RIGHT
| 5.1. | Retraction Call Right. Upon receipt by Exchangeco of a Retraction Request, Exchangeco shall immediately notify Parent in writing thereof (a “Retraction Call Notice”) and shall provide to Parent a copy of the Retraction Request. Upon receipt by Parent of a Retraction Call Notice, Parent shall have the right (the “Retraction Call Right”), notwithstanding Article 7 of the Class B Share Provisions, to purchase from each such Class B Shareholder that has delivered a Retraction Request on the Retraction Date all but not less than all of the Class B Shares that are subject to the Retraction Request held by such holder on payment by Parent to each such Class B Shareholder an amount per Class B Share (the “Retraction Call Purchase Price”) equal to the Class B Share Consideration on the last Business Day prior to the Retraction Date. |
- 12 -
| 5.2. | Notice of Exercise of Retraction Call Right. In order to exercise the Retraction Call Right, Parent must notify in writing each of Exchangeco and the holder of Class B Shares that has tendered a Retraction Request of Parent’s determination to exercise the Retraction Call Right (the “Parent Call Notice”) within five Business Days of receiving a Retraction Call Notice. If Parent delivers the Parent Call Notice within such five Business Day period, and provided that the Retraction Request is not withdrawn by the holder in the manner specified in Section 7.6 of the Class B Share Provisions, the Retraction Request shall thereupon be considered to be an offer by the holder to sell the Retracted Shares to Parent in accordance with the Retraction Call Right. In such event, Exchangeco shall not redeem the Retracted Shares and Parent shall purchase from such holder and such holder shall sell to Parent on the Retraction Date the Retracted Shares for a purchase price per Class B Share equal to the Retraction Call Purchase Price. The closing of the purchase and sale of the Retracted Shares pursuant to the Retraction Call Right shall be deemed to have occurred as at the close of business on the Retraction Date and, for greater certainty, no redemption by Exchangeco of such Retracted Shares shall take place on the Retraction Date. In the event that Parent does not deliver a Parent Call Notice within such five (5) Business Day period, and provided that the Retraction Request is not withdrawn by the holder in the manner specified in Section 7.6 of the Class B Share Provisions, Exchangeco shall redeem the Retracted Shares on the Retraction Date and in the manner otherwise contemplated in Article 7 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
| 5.3. | Exercise of Retraction Call Right. For the purposes of completing the purchase of the Class B Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Retraction Call Right, Parent shall, on or before the Retraction Date, deliver or cause to be delivered to the holders of the Class B Shares the Retraction Call Purchase Price for each Class B Share to be purchased, upon presentation and surrender at the principal executive office of Exchangeco of the certificates representing such Class B Shares (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Exchangeco), together with such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably required to effect a transfer of Class B Shares under applicable law and the Constating Documents, including a representation and warranty by each holder of Class B Shares to be purchased that such Class B Shareholder is a Resident. Payment of the total Retraction Call Purchase Price for such Class B Shares shall be made by delivery to each Class B Shareholder, at the address of the holder recorded in the register of shareholders of Exchangeco or if requested by the Class B Shareholder by holding for pick-up by the holder at the principal executive office of Exchangeco, of the Class B Share Consideration (satisfied in the manner set forth in Section 2.2(3)) less any amounts on account of tax properly withheld in accordance with Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions. Provided that the total Retraction Call Purchase Price is delivered or paid on the Retraction Date, each such Class B Shareholder shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares delivered to it. |
- 13 -
ARTICLE 6
SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIVE RIGHTS
| 6.1. | Parent Shareholder Rights. Each Class B Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that unless and until its Class B Shares are exchanged for Parent Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to this Agreement or the Class B Share Provisions, it has no rights to vote at any meetings of shareholders of Parent at which holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to vote or with respect to any written consents sought by Parent from its shareholders including the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares, including those matters which, under applicable law, require the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares to vote on and/or approve as a separate class; provided that this Section 6.1 shall not in any way limit or restrict the rights of such Class B Shareholder in its capacity as a holder of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares or multiple voting shares of Parent. |
| 6.2. | Parent Shareholder Information. |
| (1) | Parent, its Affiliates or its representatives shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed (or otherwise communicate in the same manner as Parent utilizes in communications to holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares subject to applicable regulatory requirements) to each of the Class B Shareholders copies of all mailings and communications that it sends to holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares, such mailing or communication to commence on the same day as the mailing or notice (or other communication) with respect thereto is commenced by Parent to the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares. |
| (2) | Any written materials distributed by Parent pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be sent by mail (or otherwise communicated in the same manner as Parent utilizes in communications to holders of Parent Subordinate Voting Shares subject to applicable regulatory requirements) to each Class B Shareholder at its address as shown on the books of Exchangeco, such mailing or communication to commence on the same day as the mailing or notice (or other communication) with respect thereto is commenced by Parent to the holders of Parent Subordinate Voting shares. |
| 6.3. | Prohibition on Additional Shareholders. Exchangeco shall not, without the approval of the Class B Shareholders in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Class B Share Provisions, issue equity securities, nor securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, of Exchangeco to any Person other than (i) to the Class B Shareholders, or (ii) to Parent. |
| 6.4. | Certain Parent Covenants. Parent hereby covenants in favor of Exchangeco and each Class B Shareholder, solely in Parent’s capacity as controlling stockholder of Exchangeco, to do and cause Exchangeco to do all such things, take all necessary steps and pay such amounts as is necessary for Exchangeco to comply with its obligations under the Class B Share Provisions, except to the extent otherwise approved by the Class B Shareholders in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Class B Share Provisions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Parent shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends or other distributions on Parent Subordinate Voting Shares unless Parent shall first pay and contribute to Exchangeco cash or other property, as applicable, in such amount and of such type as shall be necessary for Exchangeco to declare and pay to the Class B Shareholders the entire Corresponding Dividend with respect to such dividend or other distribution on Parent Subordinate Voting Shares in accordance with Section 3.1 of the Class B Share Provisions. |
- 14 -
ARTICLE 7
GENERAL
| 7.1. | Term. This Agreement shall come into force and be effective as of the date hereof and shall terminate and be of no further force and effect at such time as no Class B Shares (or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire Class B Shares, including pursuant to the Merger Agreement) are held by any Person other than Parent or any of its Affiliates. |
| 7.2. | Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and this Agreement shall be carried out as nearly as possible in accordance with its original terms and conditions. |
| 7.3. | Amendments, Modifications. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an agreement in writing executed by Parent and Exchangeco and approved by the Class B Shareholders in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Class B Share Provisions. At all times upon the occurrence of any event as a result of which either the Parent Subordinate Voting Shares or the Class B Shares or both are in any way to be changed (including, without limitation, in any manner described in Article 12 of the Class B Share Provisions), this Agreement shall prior to or simultaneously with the change be amended and modified as necessary in order that it will apply with full force and effect, mutatis mutandis, to all new securities into which Parent Subordinate Voting Shares or Class B Shares or both are so to be changed, and provided that such amendments and modifications do not adversely affect any economic or other attributes of the Class B Shares. |
| 7.4. | Meeting to Consider Amendments. Exchangeco, at the request of Parent, shall call a meeting or meetings of the Class B Shareholders for the purpose of considering any proposed amendment or modification requiring approval pursuant to Section 7.3. Any such meeting or meetings shall be called and held in accordance with the Constating Documents, the Class B Share Provisions and all applicable laws. |
| 7.5. | Treatment of the Exchange. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Exchange should qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the Code. The Parties agree to report the Exchange for all U.S. federal income tax purposes accordingly and each Party agrees to refrain from any action that could cause the Exchange to not qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Class B Shareholders have relied upon the advice of their own tax advisors and, subject to this Section 7.5, and except as may be set forth in the Merger Agreement or in any other agreement among the applicable parties hereto, no Party has any liability to any other for the tax consequences of the Exchange, including, without limitation, the qualification of the exchange under Section 368 of the Code. |
| 7.6. | Taxation. For purposes of this Agreement, upon any sale of Class B Shares to Parent pursuant to the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right, the Liquidation Call Right, the Redemption Call Right or the Retraction Call Right, the share certificate or certificates representing Parent Subordinate Voting Shares to be delivered in connection with the payment of the total purchase price therefor shall be issued in the name of the Class B Shareholder or in such names as such Class B Shareholder may otherwise direct in writing, without charge to the Class B Shareholder. The Class B Shareholders acknowledge that Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions gives Parent, Exchangeco and their Affiliates rights of withholding in respect of applicable taxes which may be required to be deducted or withheld upon the payment of a dividend or any other amounts payable to any Class B Shareholder, and that Section 13.3 of the Class B Share Provisions shall apply in respect of any amount of tax required to be withheld from a payment to a Class B Shareholder hereunder. |
- 15 -
| 7.7. | Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. |
| 7.8. | Notices to Parties. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2 of the Merger Agreement. Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address for future notice hereunder. |
| 7.9. | Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. The transmission by facsimile or pdf of a copy of the execution page hereof reflecting the execution of this Agreement by any Party shall be effective to evidence that Party’s intention to be bound by this Agreement and that Party’s agreement to the terms, provisions and conditions hereof, all without the necessity of having to produce an original copy of such execution page. |
| 7.10. | Governing Law. Section 10.4 of the Merger Agreement regarding governing law, jurisdiction, and dispute resolution shall apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. |
| 7.11. | Undertaking of Parent. Parent hereby acknowledges the provisions of this Agreement and, indirectly through its control of other entities (including Exchangeco), undertakes to: (i) maintain the solvency of Exchangeco while any Class B Shares are held by Class B Shareholders, (ii) cause Exchangeco to take all actions necessary in order for it to comply with its obligations hereunder and under the Class B Share Provisions, and (iii) other than with respect to a Control Transaction or Liquidation Event, refrain from taking any actions without the approval of the Class B Shareholders in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Class B Share Provisions that would require a Class B Shareholder to exchange its Class B Shares. |
| 7.12. | No Duplication. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement and Exchangeco’s articles of incorporation, as amended, to the contrary, no Class B Shareholder shall receive duplicate rights and privileges upon the occurrence of the same event. This prohibition on duplication applies with respect to all dividends, distributions, rights offerings, stock splits, consolidations, recapitalization, reorganizations and any other right or privilege applicable to them. |
| 7.13. | Breach. A breach by Exchangeco of any of its obligations under this Agreement will not impact the rights and obligations of the other Parties to this Agreement. |
| 7.14. | Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Class B Shareholder shall be an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and the Sellers’ Representative shall have full power to enforce this Agreement on behalf of each such Class B Shareholder. |
[Signature Pages Follow]
- 16 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
| PARENT: | ||
| Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Louis Karger” | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
| EXCHANGECO: | ||
| MPB Acquisition Corp. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Louis Karger” | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
| (signed) “Kyle Kazan” | |
| KYLE KAZAN, in his capacity as the Sellers’ Representative | |
SCHEDULE A
CLASS B SHAREHOLDERS
[Redacted – Personal Information.]
SCHEDULE B
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
| To: | Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (“Parent”) |
| And To: | MPB Acquisition Corp. (“Exchangeco”) |
| Re: | Class B Shares of Exchangeco |
THE UNDERSIGNED holder of Class B Shares in the capital of Exchangeco (the “Class B Shares”) hereby exercises the Class B Shareholders’ Put Right so as to require Parent to purchase [Fill in Number] Class B Shares (the “Exchanged Shares”) registered in the name of the undersigned, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class B Shares (the “Class B Share Provisions”). All capitalized words used in this notice have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Class B Share Provisions. The undersigned presents and surrenders with this notice of exercise a certificate or certificates representing the Exchanged Shares (or a lost stock certificate affidavit with respect thereto). The undersigned hereby acknowledges that a failure to present and surrender to Parent the certificate or certificates representing the Exchanged Shares (or a lost stock certificate affidavit in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent with respect thereto) shall invalidate this notice of exercise.
THE UNDERSIGNED hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned:
| (a) | has good title to and owns all of the Exchanged Shares free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances; |
| (b) | is a resident of the United States for purposes of the Code; and |
| (c) | shall, if requested, provide Parent, and/or Exchangeco with such representations or certificates as are reasonably requested by Parent in order to comply with applicable securities legislation. |
DATED this day of , 20 .
| (signed by holder of Exchanged Shares) | |
| (print name of holder) |
| (print the name and address in which the certificate representing Parent Subordinate Voting Shares is to be registered) | (print the name and address in which the certificate representing Class B Shares not forming part of the Exchanged Shares, if any, is to be registered) | |
| (print the address at which the certificate representing Parent Subordinate Voting Shares is to be delivered - if left blank, such certificate shall be held for pick-up by the holder at the principal executive office of Exchangeco) | (print the address at which the certificate representing Class B Shares not forming part of the Exchanged Shares, if any, is to be delivered - if left blank, such certificate shall be held for pick-up by the Class B Shareholder of the principal executive office of Exchangeco) |
Exhibit 4.6
GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.
(FORMERLY KNOWN AS MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP.),
as the Corporation
and
ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY,
as the Warrant Agent
SUPPLEMENT TO THE WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT
As of June 29, 2021
THIS SUPPLEMENT TO THE WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT (the “Supplement”) dated as of June 29, 2021
BETWEEN:
GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.,
incorporated under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Corporation”)
AND
ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY,
a trust company incorporated under the Loan and Trust Corporations Act (Alberta) with an office in the City of Calgary in the Province of Alberta (hereinafter called the “Warrant Agent”)
RECITALS
WHEREAS:
| 1. | The Corporation and the Warrant Agent executed a warrant agency agreement dated as of May 13, 2019 (the “Warrant Agency Agreement”), governing the terms of certain share purchase warrants in the capital of the Corporation (the “Warrants”, and each, a “Warrant”). |
| 2. | Pursuant to the Warrant Agency Agreement, in addition to certain “cashless” exercise rights for certain holders, each holder of a Warrant (“Holder”) was entitled to receive, upon the exercise of such Holder’s whole Warrant(s) and subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, one (1) Class A restricted voting share of the Corporation (each, a “Class A Restricted Voting Share”) at an exercise price of US$11.50 per Class A Restricted Voting Share. |
| 3. | The Warrants would become exercisable only commencing 65 days following the date of the closing of the Corporation’s qualifying transaction, as defined in the Exchange’s listing manual (“Qualifying Transaction”). |
| 4. | The Corporation entered into an agreement and plan of merger with, inter alios, GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GH Group”), and certain of its shareholders in order for the Corporation, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, to acquire all of the equity interests of GH Group (the “Transaction”), which will also qualify as the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction. |
| 5. | In connection with the Transaction, the Corporation has effected and intends to effect certain amendments to its notice of articles and articles, including to be renamed “Glass House Brands Inc.” (the “Amendments”). |
| 6. | The Amendments provide for, among other things: (i) the creation of two new share classes of the Corporation, being the restricted voting shares and the limited voting shares, and the attachment of special rights and restrictions to those shares, including applying coattail terms to such shares similar to those applicable to the existing subordinate voting shares of the Corporation; (ii) the amendment of the special rights and restrictions attached to the existing subordinate voting shares, including without limitation, the amendment of the requirements on who may hold such shares; (iii) the amendment of the special rights and restrictions attached to the existing multiple voting shares (the “Multiple Voting Shares”) in order to convert the terms of such class of shares into nominal value preferred shares with a US$0.001 per share redemption and liquidation value, carrying 50 votes per Multiple Voting Share, having limited transferability and being subject to a three (3) year sunset provision, at which time they would be automatically redeemed by the Corporation; and (iv) the amendment of the special rights and restrictions attached to the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares so that, effective simultaneously with the closing of the Transaction, the unredeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares would be converted on a one-for-one basis into subordinate, restricted or limited voting shares (as newly constituted, the “Subordinate Voting Shares”). |
| 7. | As of the closing of the Transaction (the “Effective Date”), among other things: |
| (a) | each whole Warrant outstanding will represent an equivalent whole Warrant of the Corporation (as the resulting issuer of the Transaction); and |
| (b) | each Holder of a Warrant outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date will become entitled to receive, upon the exercise for cash of such Holder’s whole Warrant, one (1) Subordinate Voting Share (as newly constituted) at an exercise price of US$11.50 per Subordinate Voting Share. |
| 8. | The Transaction, together with the Amendments, constitutes a Capital Reorganization (as defined in Section 4.1(1)(c) of the Warrant Agency Agreement). |
| 9. | Section 4.1(1)(d) of the Warrant Agency Agreement authorize the Corporation and the Warrant Agent to execute and deliver a supplemental agreement to give effect to a Capital Reorganization under the Warrant Agency Agreement. |
| 10. | The Corporation wishes to amend the Warrant Agency Agreement in order to reflect the foregoing recitals, which are made as representations of the Corporation and not by the Warrant Agent. |
| 11. | The Warrant Agent has agreed to enter into this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement and to hold all rights, interests and benefits contained herein for and on behalf of those persons who are holders of Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agency Agreement, as modified by this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement from time to time. |
3
NOW THEREFORE THIS SUPPLEMENT TO THE WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT WITNESSES that for good and valuable consideration mutually given and received, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed and declared as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO WARRANT AGENCY AGREEMENT
| (1) | Definitions |
This Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement is supplemental to the Warrant Agency Agreement, and the Warrant Agency Agreement shall henceforth be read in conjunction with this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement, and all the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, except only insofar as the same may be inconsistent with the express provisions hereof, shall apply and have the same effect as if all the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement and of this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement were contained in one instrument, and the expressions used herein shall have the same meaning as is ascribed to the corresponding expressions in the Warrant Agency Agreement. Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms contained in this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement (including the recitals hereto) shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agency Agreement.
| (2) | Interpretation |
On and after the date hereof, each reference to the Warrant Agency Agreement, as amended by this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement, “this Warrant Agency Agreement”, “Agreement”, ”this Agreement”, ”herein”, ”hereby”, and similar references, and each reference to the Warrant Agency Agreement in any other agreement, certificate, document or instrument relating thereto, shall mean and refer to the Warrant Agency Agreement, as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended by this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement, all other terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall remain in full force and unchanged.
| (3) | Amendments to Warrant Agency Agreement |
| (a) | Recitals B through F inclusive of the Warrant Agency Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety. |
| (b) | A new Recital B. of the Warrant Agency Agreement is hereby added to read as follows: |
| (i) | “B. The Corporation (then known as Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.) entered into an agreement and plan of merger with, inter alios, GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its shareholders, in order for the Corporation, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, to acquire all of the common equity interests of GH Group (the “Transaction”), which also qualified as the Corporation’s Qualifying Transaction (as such term is defined in the Neo Exchange Inc. Listing Manual). In connection with the completion of the Transaction, the Corporation has effected or will effect certain amendments to its notice of articles and articles (the “Amendments”), including being renamed “Glass House Brands Inc.”” |
4
| (c) | A new Recital C. of the Warrant Agency Agreement is hereby added to read as follows: |
| (i) | “C. The Amendments provide for, among other things: (i) the creation of two new share classes of the Corporation, being the restricted voting shares and the limited voting shares, and the attachment of special rights and restrictions to those shares, including applying coattail terms to such shares; (ii) the amendment of the special rights and restrictions attached to the existing subordinate voting shares, including without limitation, the amendment of the requirements on who may hold such shares; (iii) the amendment of the special rights and restrictions attached to the existing multiple voting shares (the “Multiple Voting Shares”) in order to convert the terms of such class of shares into nominal value preferred shares with a US$0.001 per share redemption and liquidation value, carrying 50 votes per Multiple Voting Share, having limited transferability and being subject to a three (3) year sunset provision, at which time they are to be automatically redeemed by the Corporation; and (iv) the amendment of the special rights and restrictions attached to the Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares so that, effective simultaneously with the closing of the Transaction, the unredeemed Class A Restricted Voting Shares and Class B Shares are converted on a one-for-one basis into subordinate, restricted or limited voting shares (as newly constituted, the “Subordinate Voting Shares”).” |
| (d) | A new Recital D. of the Warrant Agency Agreement is hereby added to read as follows: |
| (i) | “D. As of the closing of the Transaction, among other things: |
| i. | each whole Warrant outstanding will represent an equivalent whole warrant of the Corporation (as the resulting issuer of the Transaction); |
| ii. | each Holder of a Warrant outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Transaction will become entitled to receive, upon payment by the Holder of the Exercise Price, and subject to adjustment and penalties in certain circumstances, one Share, being a Subordinate Voting Share (as newly constituted) of the Corporation, at an exercise price of US$11.50 per Share (similarly, the applicable number of Shares, being Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation, will be issuable on a “cashless” basis subject to and in accordance with Section 3.2(3) or Section 3.2(4), as applicable, of this Agreement); and |
5
| iii. | the Warrants become exercisable commencing on the date that is 65 days following the date of the closing of the Transaction (the “Commencement Time”) and terminating at the Expiry Time upon and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth;” |
| (e) | The following definitions in Section 1.1 of the Warrant Agency Agreement are hereby amended to read as follows: |
| (i) | “Agreement” or “this Agreement” means this warrant agency agreement dated as of the date hereof between the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, as amended or supplemented from time to time including by this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement; |
| (ii) | “Commencement Time” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (D); |
| (iii) | “Corporation” means Glass House Brands Inc., and includes any Successor Corporation to or of Glass House Brands Inc., which has complied with the provisions of Article 8; |
| (iv) | “Designated Jurisdictions” means all of the provinces and territories of Canada, other than the Province of Quebec; |
| (v) | “Equity Shares” means the Shares and any shares of any other class or series of the Corporation which may, from time to time, be authorized for issue if, by their terms, such shares confer on the holders thereof the right to participate in the distribution of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation beyond a fixed sum or a fixed sum plus accrued Dividends; |
| (vi) | “Expiry Date” means, with respect to any Warrant, June 29, 2026, provided that if an Acceleration Event occurs and the Corporation accelerates the Expiry Date in accordance with Section 3.3, the Expiry Date shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3; |
| (vii) | “Founders’ Warrant” means, the 6,864,500 Warrants sold to the Sponsor in connection with the Offering; |
6
| (viii) | “Offering” means the initial public offering and sale of an aggregate of 13,475,000 Class A Restricted Voting Units at a price of US$10.00 per Class A Restricted Voting Unit (and which also qualified the distribution of the Class B Units and the Warrants issued to the Sponsor); |
| (ix) | “Shares” means the Subordinate Voting Shares (as newly constituted) for which the Warrants are conferred the right to acquire, and provided that in the event of any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 hereof, “Shares” shall thereafter mean the shares or other securities or property resulting from such adjustment, and “Share” means any one of them; |
| (x) | “Subordinate Voting Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (C); |
| (xi) | “U.S. Private Placement Memorandum” means the final U.S. private placement memorandum which contains the final prospectus of the Corporation dated May 7, 2019, pursuant to which certain Qualified Institutional Buyers purchased the Class A Restricted Voting Units in the Offering; and |
| (xii) | “Warrants” means the 28,489,500 share purchase warrants of the Corporation created and issued hereunder (together with any additional Warrants pursuant to further issuances by the Corporation after the closing date of the Transaction, if applicable), and for the time being outstanding entitling registered holders thereof to acquire, upon the valid exercise for cash of each whole Warrant and subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, one Share in accordance with the terms hereof (or alternatively, the applicable number of Shares will be issuable on a “cashless” basis subject to and in accordance with Section 3.2(3) or Section 3.2(4), as applicable, of this Agreement), and “Warrant” means any one of them. |
| (f) | The following definitions in Section 1.1 of the Warrant Agency Agreement are hereby added to read as follows: |
| (i) | “Amendments” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (B); |
| (ii) | “Multiple Voting Shares” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (C); |
| (iii) | “Transaction” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (B). |
| (g) | The definitions of “Closing of the Offering”, “Escrow Funds”, “Founders’ Shares”, “Over-Allotment Option”, “Permitted Timeline”, “Prospectus”, “Underwriter” and “Unit Certificate” in Section 1.1 of the Warrant Agency Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety. |
7
| (h) | All references to “a Qualifying Transaction” or “the Qualifying Transaction” in the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be replaced with “the Transaction”, and the definition of “Qualifying Transaction” shall be deleted in its entirety. |
| (i) | Section 2.1(2) shall be amended to read as follows: |
“Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a total of 28,489,500 Warrants entitling the holders thereof to acquire up to 28,489,500 Shares are hereby confirmed as having been created (together with any additional Warrants pursuant to further issuances by the Corporation in connection with or after the closing date of the Transaction, if applicable, which additional Warrants will be documented by way of a treasury direction provided by the Corporation to the Warrant Agent) and authorized to be issued hereunder upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and shall be executed. For greater certainty, the number of Warrants authorized to be issued hereunder shall be unlimited.”
| (j) | Sections 2.4(1), 2.4(2), 2.4(4), 2.4(5), 2.4(6), 2.4(7), 2.4(9) and 2.4(10) shall be deleted in their entirety, and all references to the Detachment Date in the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be deleted. For greater certainty, any provisions in the Warrant Agency Agreement that apply prior to, on or after the Detachment Date shall be read without any such requirement. |
| (k) | Section 2.4(8) shall be amended to read as follows: |
“The Corporation shall maintain a list of all registered holders of Unit Certificates.”
| (l) | Section 2.5(2) shall be amended to read as follows: |
“All Certificated Warrants validly issued and Authenticated prior to the date of this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement shall remain valid, subject to the terms herein. For those Warrants that will be evidenced by a certificate issued after the closing date of the Transaction, the form of certificate representing Warrants shall be substantially as set out in Schedule “A” hereto or such other form as is authorized from time to time by the Corporation and the Warrant Agent, shall be dated as of the issue date hereof, shall bear such distinguishing letters and numbers as the Corporation may, with the approval of the Warrant Agent, prescribe, and shall be issuable in any denomination excluding fractions. Each Warrant Certificate shall be Authenticated manually on behalf of the Warrant Agent. Each Warrant Certificate shall be signed by either of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, whose signature shall appear on the Warrant Certificate and may be printed, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon and, in such event, certificates so signed are as valid and binding upon the Corporation as if it had been signed manually. Any Warrant Certificate which has the applicable signatures as hereinbefore provided shall be valid notwithstanding that one or more of the persons whose signature is printed, lithographed or mechanically reproduced no longer holds office at the date of issuance of such certificate. The Warrant Certificates may be engraved, printed or lithographed, or partly in one form and partly in another, as the Warrant Agent may determine.”
8
| (m) | Section 3.2(7) of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: |
“A beneficial owner of Uncertificated Warrants evidenced by a security entitlement in respect of Warrants in the book entry registration system who desires to exercise his or her Warrants must do so by causing a Book Entry Participant to deliver to the Depository on behalf of the entitlement holder, notice of the owner’s intention to exercise Warrants in a manner acceptable to the Depository. Forthwith upon receipt by the Depository of such notice, as well as payment of the Exercise Price (unless such Book Entry Participant is required (if he, she or it wishes to exercise the applicable Warrants) to exercise his, her or its Uncertificated Warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3.2(3), which election shall be indicated in such notice delivered to the Depository), the Depository shall deliver to the Warrant Agent confirmation of its intention to exercise Warrants (“Confirmation”) in a manner acceptable to the Warrant Agent, including by electronic means through the book entry registration system. Such Confirmation from the Depository to the Warrant Agent shall electronically confirm that the beneficial holder of Uncertificated Warrants at the time of exercise of the Uncertificated Warrants: (a) is not in the United States; and (b) is not a U.S. Person and is not exercising the Uncertificated Warrants on behalf of a U.S. Person or a person in the United States. If the Depository (i) is not able to make or deliver the foregoing Confirmation to the Warrant Agent or (ii) the beneficial owner of the Uncertificated Warrants is in the United States or exercising for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, including without limitation Qualified Institutional Buyers that acquired Warrants in the Offering, such Uncertificated Warrants shall be removed from the book entry registration system, and an individually registered Warrant Certificate shall be issued to such beneficial holder, and the exercise procedures set forth in Section 3.2(1) shall be followed.”
| (n) | Section 3.4(4) of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: |
The Warrants and the Founders’ Warrants may be exercised for cash, or in the case of the Founder’s Warrants in certain circumstances on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3.2(4) of this Agreement, or shall be exercised on a “cashless basis” in accordance with subsection 3.2(3) of this Agreement at any time after notice of Redemption shall have been given by the Corporation pursuant to Section 3.4(3) hereof and prior to the Redemption Date.
9
| (o) | 4.1(1)(c)(ii) of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: |
“a consolidation, merger, plan of arrangement, compulsory acquisition under section 300 of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (provided that in the case of such a compulsory acquisition, there are no Multiple Voting Shares issued and outstanding at the time of giving notice thereof), or amalgamation of the Corporation with or into any other Person which results in the cancellation, reclassification or redesignation of the Shares or a change, exchange or conversion of the Shares into or for other shares or securities or property or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another body corporate, trust, partnership or other entity or the Corporation being controlled (within the meaning of the Tax Act) by another corporation or entity;”
| (p) | Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be amended to read as follows: |
“The Corporation covenants that it shall pay to the Warrant Agent from time to time reasonable remuneration for its services hereunder and shall pay or reimburse the Warrant Agent upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Warrant Agent in the administration or execution of its duties hereunder (including the reasonable compensation and the disbursements of its counsel and all other advisers and assistants not regularly in its employ) both before any default hereunder and thereafter until all duties of the Warrant Agent hereunder shall be finally and fully performed, except any such expenses, disbursements or advances as may arise out of or result from the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith. The Warrant Agent shall not have any recourse against the securities or any other property held by it pursuant to this Agreement for payment of its fees. Any amount owing under this Section 6.2 and remaining unpaid after 30 days from the invoice date will bear interest at the then current rate charged by the Warrant Agent against unpaid invoices and shall be payable upon demand. This Section 6.2 shall survive the resignation of the Warrant Agent or the termination of this Agreement.”
| (q) | The following last sentence of Section 11.12 (Indemnification of the Warrant Agent) of the Warrant Agency Agreement is hereby deleted: |
| (i) | “For greater certainty, it is expressly understood that the Escrow Funds shall not be used to pay any of the Indemnified Parties’ fees, expenses or disbursements, certificates or claims, and the Warrant Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be entitled to and waives any rights to or interest in any of the Escrow Funds in the escrow account under any circumstances.” |
10
| (r) | Schedule “A” – Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. Form of Warrant Certificate to the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be replaced with Schedule “A” – Glass House Brands Inc. Form of Warrant Certificate to this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement. Former certificates in the name of Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. shall remain valid subject to the term hereof. |
SECTION 2
ADDITIONAL MATTERS
(1) Corporation’s Liabilities
The Corporation hereby covenants, acknowledges and agrees that, as and from the date hereof, it shall remain liable for and shall perform the obligations of the Corporation under the Warrant Agency Agreement and, in particular but without limitation, the Corporation hereby covenants, acknowledges and agrees that, as and from the date hereof, upon written notice from the Warrant Agent of the exercise of a Warrant(s) in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the Corporation shall cause the issuance of the necessary number of Shares necessary to settle such exercise, and shall cause the delivery thereof to the Warrant Agent (or as the Warrant Agent may otherwise direct the Corporation in writing).
(2) Confirmation of Warrant Agency Agreement
The Warrant Agency Agreement shall be and continue to be in full force and effect, unamended, except as provided herein, and the Corporation hereby confirms the Warrant Agency Agreement in all other respects.
(3) Acceptance of Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement
The Warrant Agent agrees to accept the new Warrant Certificates and confirms its role as warrant agent in this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement and agrees to carry out and discharge the same upon the terms and conditions in accordance with the Warrant Agency Agreement, as supplemented by this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement.
(4) Governing Law
This Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
11
(5) Effective Date
This Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement shall take effect upon the date first above written.
(6) Counterparts
This Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument and notwithstanding their date of execution they shall be deemed to be dated as of the date hereof.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Supplement to the Warrant Agency Agreement.
| GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Kyle Kazan” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
| ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY | ||
| By: | (signed) “Dan Sander” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
| By: | (signed) “Amy Douglas” | |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
13
SCHEDULE “A”
GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.
FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE
Certificate No.l
| CUSIP 377130117 | _______________________________________________ | |
| Share Purchase Warrants |
“THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE EXERCISED BY OR ON BEHALF OF A U.S. PERSON OR PERSON IN THE UNITED STATES UNLESS THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS ARE AVAILABLE. “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” ARE DEFINED AS SET FORTH IN REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.”
THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED HEREBY WILL BE VOID AFTER THE TIME OF EXPIRY AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TO CERTIFY that for value received l (herein referred to as the “Holder”) is the registered holder of the number of Warrants of Glass House Brands Inc. (the “Corporation”) stated above, and subject to adjustment provisions as set forth in the Warrant Agency Agreement (as defined below), is entitled to acquire, on the date that is 65 days following the date of the closing of the Transaction (the “Commencement Time”) and up until 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the date that is five years after the date of completion of the Transaction, or the next succeeding Business Day of such date is not a Business Day (the “Expiry Date”), upon payment of US$11.50 (the “Exercise Price”) for each Warrant represented hereby, one Share (as defined herein), all in the manner and subject to the restrictions and adjustments set forth in the Warrant Agency Agreement, provided that if an Acceleration Event occurs and the Corporation accelerates the Expiry Date in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the Expiry Date shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Warrant Agency Agreement. In accordance with Section 3.4 of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the Corporation, at its option, may redeemed each Warrant represented hereby.
For purposes of this Certificate, any reference to “Shares” shall mean the Subordinate Voting Shares for which the Warrants are conferred the right to acquire, provided that in the event of any adjustment in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, “Shares” shall thereafter mean the shares or other securities or property resulting from such adjustment, and “Share” means any one of them.
Any capitalized term in this Certificate that is not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Warrant Agency Agreement. In the event of any discrepancy between anything contained in this Warrant Certificate and the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement shall govern.
The Warrants represented by this Certificate are issued or issuable in fully registrable form only under the provisions of an Agreement (which Agreement, together with all other instruments ancillary thereto, is referred to herein as the “Warrant Agency Agreement”) dated as of May 13, 2019, as supplemented, between the Corporation (fka Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.) and Odyssey Trust Company (the “Warrant Agent”). Reference is hereby made to the Warrant Agency Agreement for a full description of the rights of the holders of the Warrants, the Corporation and the Warrant Agent in respect thereof, and the terms and conditions upon which the Warrants evidenced hereby are issued and held, all to the same effect as if the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement were herein set forth. By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder assents to all provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement. To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate conflict with the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agency Agreement, the Warrant Agency Agreement shall prevail. The Corporation will furnish to the holder of this Certificate, upon request and without charge, a copy of the Warrant Agency Agreement.
In the event that prior to the Expiry Date, the Holder has not exercised the Warrants represented hereby in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agency Agreement, then any Warrants represented by this Certificate which have not been so exercised shall be deemed to have expired and shall be of no further force and effect as of 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the Expiry Date.
Upon exercise, the Warrants so exercised shall be void and of no value or effect.
Certificates representing the Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants (reflecting any adjustments as provided herein and in the Warrant Agency Agreement) shall, within five Business Days after the Exercise Date, be mailed by the Corporation to the address of the Holder thereof last appearing on the register of Holders maintained by the Warrant Agent. The Warrants are subject to Section 3.3 in the event of an Acceleration Event (as defined in the Warrant Agency Agreement).
The right to acquire Shares may only be exercised by the Holder within the time set forth above by:
| (a) | duly completing and executing the Exercise Form attached hereto; |
| (b) | except in respect of a “cashless” exercise in accordance with Section 3.2(3) or Section 3.2(4) of the Warrant Agency Agreement, as applicable, by providing a certified cheque, bank draft or money order in lawful money of Canada payable to the order of the Corporation for the aggregate purchase price of the Shares so subscribed; and |
| (c) | surrendering this Warrant Certificate to the Warrant Agent at the Warrant Agency; |
15
all in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Warrant Agency Agreement.
The Warrants represented by this Certificate shall be deemed to be surrendered only upon personal delivery hereof or, if sent by mail or other means of transmission, upon actual receipt thereof by the Warrant Agent at the offices referred to above.
Upon surrender of these Warrants, the Person or Persons in whose name or names the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are to be issued shall be deemed for all purposes (except as provided in the Warrant Agency Agreement) to be the holder or holders of record of such Shares, and the Corporation has covenanted that it will (subject to the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement) cause a certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be delivered or mailed to the Person or Persons at the address or addresses specified in the Exercise Form within five Business Days.
The Warrant Agency Agreement provides for adjustments to certain rights of Holders including the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants upon subdivision, consolidation or reclassification of the Shares or any reclassification or capital reorganization of the Corporation and certain dividends and distributions of securities, including rights, options or warrants to purchase Shares or securities convertible or exchangeable into Shares or assets of the Corporation. The Holder should refer to the Warrant Agency Agreement which provides for adjustments in certain other events.
The Corporation shall not be required, upon valid exercise of any Warrants after the Commencement Time and prior to the Expiry Time, to issue fractions of Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence the same. A Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration in lieu of any fractional interest in a Warrant or claim thereto. Any fractional Shares to which a Holder is entitled shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, and no cash or other consideration will be paid in lieu of fractional Shares.
The terms and conditions relating to the Warrants and this Certificate may be modified, changed or added to in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agency Agreement. The Warrant Agency Agreement contains provisions making binding upon all Holders of Warrants outstanding thereunder resolutions passed at meetings of such Holders held in accordance with such provisions and instruments in writing signed by the Holders entitled to acquire a specified percentage of the Shares which may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of all of the then outstanding Warrants.
The holding of the Warrants, as evidenced by this Certificate, shall not constitute, or be construed as conferring upon, a Holder any right or interest whatsoever as a shareholder of the Corporation except such rights as may be provided in the Warrant Agency Agreement or in this Certificate.
The Holder of this Certificate may, upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of the Warrant Agent and upon surrender of this Certificate, exchange this Certificate for another Certificate or Certificates entitling the Holder thereof to receive, in the aggregate, the same number of Shares as are issuable under this Certificate.
16
The Warrants evidenced by this Certificate may only be transferred in accordance with applicable securities laws and upon due execution and delivery to the Warrant Agent of a Transfer Form in the form attached hereto and in compliance with all the conditions prescribed in the Warrant Agency Agreement and compliance with such other reasonable requirements as the Warrant Agent may prescribe.
The Warrants represented hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, Warrants may not be distributed or transferred in the United States or to, or for the benefit of, a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act) unless the distribution or transfer is being made in a transaction that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and the Holder has furnished to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent to such effect. Compliance with the securities laws of any jurisdiction is the responsibility of the holder of Warrants or its transferee.
This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agency Agreement.
The registered holder of this Warrant Certificate expressly acknowledges having requested, and consents to, the drawing in the English language only of this Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants registered in his or her name and all documents relating to such Warrants. Le détenteur inscrit du présent certificat de bons de souscription reconnaît expressément avoir demandé et consenti que le présent certificat attestant qu’il est le détenteur inscrit de bons de souscription, ainsi que tous les documents s’y rapportant, soient rédigés en anglais seulement.
Time shall be of the essence hereof.
[Remainder of page left intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]
17
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this Warrant Certificate to be signed as of the ___ day of _______________, 20__.
| GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
This Warrant Certificate is one of the Warrant Certificates referred to in the Warrant Agency Agreement. Signed by the Warrant Agent as of the _____ day of ___________________, 20___.
| ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY | ||
| By: | ||
| Authorized Signing Officer | ||
18
EXERCISE FORM
TO: GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.
AND TO: ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY
| (1) | The undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for, and exercises his or her right to be issued, the number of Shares set forth below, such Shares being issuable upon exercise of such Warrants pursuant to the terms specified in the said Warrants and the Warrant Agency Agreement. |
| (2) | The undersigned represents, warrants and certifies as follows (one (only) of the following must be checked): |
| A ¨ | The undersigned holder is a U.S. Person (as such term is defined in Schedule 3, a “U.S. Person”) and an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and I have indicated the category of accredited investor I fall under in the U.S. Investor Certificate attached hereto as Schedule 1. The undersigned holder is further (a) making the representations and warranties contained in Appendix A with the intent that the Corporation and Odyssey rely on such representations and warranties and (b) providing to Odyssey an opinion of counsel in the form set forth on Schedule 2 addressed to the above parties that my exercise of the Warrant is in compliance with United States securities laws. |
| B ¨ | The undersigned holder is a U.S. Person and is electing or is required to make a “cashless exercise” of the Warrants pursuant to Section 3.2(3) or Section 3.2(4), as applicable, of the Warrant Agency Agreement. The undersigned holder is making the representations and warranties contained in Appendix A with the intent that the Corporation and Odyssey as well as counsel to the Corporation and Odyssey rely on such representations and warranties in issuing Securities to the undersigned and the provision of any legal opinions required in connection therewith. |
| C ¨ | The undersigned holder (i) at the time of exercise of the Warrants is not in the United States and did not execute and deliver this exercise form in the United States; and (ii) is not a U.S. Person, and is not exercising the Warrants for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. |
| D ¨ | The undersigned holder (a) is the original United States “qualified institutional buyer”, within the meaning of Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act (a “Qualified Institutional Buyer”), that purchased the Warrants pursuant to the Corporation’s Offering and delivered the certificate of Qualified Institutional Buyer attached to the U.S. Private Placement Memorandum in connection with its purchase of Class A Restricted Voting Units, (b) is exercising the Warrants for its own account or for the account of the Qualified Institutional Buyer with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and for which it purchased the Warrants, and (c) is, and such principal, if any, is, a Qualified Institutional Buyer at the time of exercise of these Warrants and the representations and warranties of the holder made in the original U.S. Private Placement Memorandum including the certificate of Qualified Institutional Buyer remain true and correct as of the date of exercise of these Warrants. |
DATED as of this _______________________ day of_____________ , 20____.
| Number of Securities: | |||
| Name (full legal name of Subscriber) and Address of Subscriber: | |||
| By: | |||
| (signature) | |||
| (please print name) | |||
| (official capacity) | |||
| (telephone number) | ||
| (email address) |
The undersigned hereby irrevocably directs that the Shares be issued and delivered as follows:
| Name in full | Address (include Postal Code) | Number of Shares | ||
(Please print full name in which certificate(s) are to be issued.)
Dated this _______ day of ________________________, ____________.
20
| Signature Guaranteed | Signature of Registered Holder | |
| Name of Registered Holder |
¨ Please check box if certificates representing these Shares are to be delivered at the office of the Warrant Agent where this Warrant Certificate is surrendered, failing which the certificates shall be mailed to the address set forth above.
Instructions:
The registered holder may exercise his or her right to receive Shares by completing this form and surrendering this form and the Warrant Certificate representing the Warrants being exercised, together with the applicable payment therefor, to Odyssey Trust Company, 350 – 300 5th Ave SW, Calgary, AB T2P 3C4. Certificates for Shares shall be delivered or mailed within five Business Days after the exercise of the Warrants.
If the Exercise Form indicates that Shares are to be issued to a Person or Persons other than the registered holder of the Certificate, the signature on this Exercise Form must be guaranteed by a Canadian chartered bank or eligible guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program.
If the Exercise Form is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, curator, guardian, attorney, officer of a corporation or any Person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the certificate must be accompanied by evidence of authority to sign satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and the Corporation.
If Box A is checked, any opinion tendered must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent. Holders planning to deliver an opinion of counsel in connection with the exercise of Warrants should contact the Corporation and the Warrant Agent in advance to determine whether any opinions to be tendered will be acceptable to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent.
21
Appendix A
U.S. Investor Representations
| a. | I acknowledge that on exercise of the Warrant, I will be receiving newly issued Securities that will be exempt from the registration requirements of Act, and applicable state securities laws, and I consent to receiving such Securities. |
| b. | I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that I am capable of evaluating the merits and risks of acquiring the Securities on exercise of the Warrant. |
| c. | I understand that an investment in the Securities involves certain risks and I understand and accept such risks; I have, to the extent I believe necessary, obtained independent tax, legal and financial advice in making my investment decision in the Securities and have determined that the Securities are a suitable investment for me in light of such risks. |
| d. | I understand that the financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared in accordance with international financial reporting standards, which differ in some respects from United States generally accepted accounting principles, and thus may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies. |
| e. | I have had access to such information concerning the Corporation as I have considered necessary or appropriate in connection with my investment decision to acquire the Securities. |
| f. | I acknowledge that the Securities have not been registered under the Act or any state securities acts and are instead being offered and sold in reliance on federal and state exemptions for private offerings. The Securities for which I hereby subscribe are being acquired solely for my own account, for investment and not with a view to or for the resale, distribution, subdivision or fractionalization thereof, and I have no plans to enter into, and has not entered into, any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement to such end. I understand and acknowledge that the Corporation has no obligation or present intention of with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or with any state securities administrator or commission any registration statement in respect of resales of the Securities in the United States. |
| g. | I understand and acknowledge that the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) under the Act, and that, if in the future I decide to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer any of the Securities, such securities may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (a) to the Corporation; (b) in accordance with Rule 144, if available, and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws of the United States; or (c) in another transaction that does not require registration under the Act or any applicable state securities laws of the United States. I understand and acknowledge that (i) if the Corporation is deemed to have been at any time previously an issuer with no or nominal operations and no nominal assets other than cash and cash equivalents, Rule 144 under the Act may not be available for resales of the Securities and (ii) the Corporation is not obligated to make Rule 144 under the Act available for resales of the Securities. |
22
| h. | I acknowledge and agree that the Securities will bear a legend substantially in the following form indicating that the resale of such securities is restricted from transfer: |
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THESE SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (C) IN ANOTHER TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS”
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
23
SCHEDULE 1
U.S. INVESTOR CERTIFICATE
This certificate contains certain specifically defined terms. If you are unsure as to the meanings of those terms, or are unsure as to the applicability of any category below, please contact your legal advisor before completing this certificate and the applicable Exhibits and Appendices attached hereto.
| TO: | GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. |
| TO: | ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY |
Reference is made to the “Notice of Exercise of Warrant” dated as of the date hereof (the “Notice”). Upon execution of this Investor Certificate (“Certificate”) by the undersigned Shareholder, this Certificate shall be incorporated into and form a part of the Notice. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Notice. All references to dollar amounts in this Certificate are to the lawful currency of the United States.
The Shareholder hereby certifies to the Corporation that it is an investor falling into the category checked below:
| ¨ | Category 1 | a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; or |
| ¨ | Category 2 | a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; or |
| ¨ | Category 3 | a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or |
| ¨ | Category 4 | an insurance company as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Act; or |
| ¨ | Category 5 | an investment company registered under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940; or |
| ¨ | Category 6 | a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940; or |
| ¨ | Category 7 | a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the U.S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; or |
| ¨ | Category 8 | a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or |
24
| ¨ | Category 9 | an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000, or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors; or |
| ¨ | Category 10 | a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940; or |
| ¨ | Category 11 | an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust, or a partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or |
| ¨ | Category 12 | an executive officer or director of the Corporation; or |
| ¨ | Category 13 | a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of the person’s purchase exceeds $1,000,000 (for purposes of calculating net worth: (i) the person’s primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (ii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of the sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (iii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence shall be included as a liability); or |
| ¨ | Category 14 | a natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year; or |
25
| ¨ | Category 15 | a trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person, being defined as a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; or | ||
| ¨ | Category 16 | an entity in which all of the equity owners meet one or more of the categories set forth above. | ||
| Dated: | Signed | |||
| Print name of Shareholder | ||||
26
SCHEDULE 2
FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL
Glass House Brands Inc.
3645 Long Beach Boulevard
Long Beach, California 90807
- and -
Odyssey Trust Company
350 – 300 5th Ave SW
Calgary, AB T2P 3C4
Canada
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel in the United States to _______________ (the “Warrantholder”) in connection with the exercise by the Warrantholder of Warrants (“Warrants”) of Glass House Brands Inc. (the “Corporation”) to acquire ________________ Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation (the “Securities”) issued pursuant to the Warrant Agency Agreement, dated May 13, 2019, as subsequently amended, between the Corporation and Odyssey (the “Warrant Agency Agreement”). We have examined the terms of the Warrant and the Warrant Agency Agreement and made other investigations as we have deemed necessary to provide the opinions contained herein.
It is our opinion that acquisition of the Securities by the Warrantholder pursuant to the exercise of the Warrant and the issuance and delivery of the Securities pursuant to such exercise are exempt from the registration requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Signed
27
SCHEDULE 3
DEFINITION OF U.S. PERSON
A “U.S. Person” means:
(i) Any natural person resident in the United States;
(ii) Any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;
(iii) Any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;
(iv) Any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;
(v) Any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;
(vi) Any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;
(vii) Any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; and
(viii) Any partnership or corporation if:
(A) Organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and
(B) Formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Schedule 1) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.
TRANSFER FORM
ANY TRANSFER OF WARRANTS WILL REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION. TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES ARE URGED TO CONTACT LEGAL COUNSEL BEFORE EFFECTING ANY SUCH TRANSFER.
| TO: | GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. |
| AND TO: | ODYSSEY TRUST COMPANY |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to _______________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ (print name and address) the Warrants represented by this Warrants Certificate and hereby irrevocable constitutes and appoints ____________________ as its attorney with full power of substitution to transfer the said securities on the appropriate register of the Warrant Agent.
In the case of a warrant certificate that contains a United States restrictive legend, the undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that (one (only) of the following must be checked):
| ¨ | (A) the transfer is being made only to the Corporation; | |
| ¨ | (B) the transfer is being made outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable local securities laws and regulations and the holder has provided herewith the Declaration for Removal of Legend attached as Schedule “B” to the Warrant Agency Agreement, or | |
| ¨ | (C) the transfer is being made within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. Persons, in accordance with a transaction that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws and the undersigned has furnished to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent an opinion of counsel of recognized standing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation and the Warrant Agent to such effect. |
In the case of a warrant certificate that does not contain a U.S. restrictive legend, if the proposed transfer is to, or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or to a person in the United States, the undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that the transfer of the Warrants is being completed in a manner that does not require registration under the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws. Further, the undersigned represents, warrants and certifies that the proposed transferee has been advised of the applicable restrictions on exercise of the Warrants in the United States, or by or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person.
29
| ¨ | If transfer is to a person in the United States, or to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, check this box. |
DATED this ____ day of_________________, 20____.
SPACE FOR GUARANTEES OF
SIGNATURES (BELOW)
| Signature of Transferor |
| Guarantor’s Signature/Stamp | Name of Transferor |
CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO TRANSFERS – READ CAREFULLY
The signature(s) of the transferor(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this certificate(s), in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatsoever. The signature(s) on this form must be guaranteed in accordance with the transfer agent’s then current guidelines and requirements at the time of transfer. Notarized or witnessed signatures are not acceptable as guaranteed signatures. As at the time of closing, you may choose one of the following methods (although subject to change in accordance with industry practice and standards):
| • | Canada and the USA: A Medallion Signature Guarantee obtained from a member of an acceptable Medallion Signature Guarantee Program (STAMP, SEMP, NYSE MSP). Many commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, and all broker dealers participate in a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program. The Guarantor must affix a stamp bearing the actual words “Medallion Guaranteed”, with the correct prefix covering the face value of the certificate. |
| • | Canada: A Signature Guarantee obtained from the Guarantor must affix a stamp bearing the actual words “Signature Guaranteed”. Signature Guarantees are not accepted from Treasury Branches, Credit Unions or Caisse Populaires unless they are members of a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program. For corporate holders, corporate signing resolutions, including certificate of incumbency, are also required to accompany the transfer, unless there is a “Signature & Authority to Sign Guarantee” Stamp affixed to the transfer (as opposed to a “Signature Guarantee” Stamp) obtained from an authorized officer of a major Canadian Schedule 1 chartered bank. |
| • | Outside North America: For holders located outside North America, present the certificates(s) and/or document(s) that require a guarantee to a local financial institution that has a corresponding Canadian or American affiliate which is a member of an acceptable Medallion Signature Guarantee Program. The corresponding affiliate will arrange for the signature to be over-guaranteed. |
30
Exhibit 4.7
LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
This Lock-Up Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 29, 2021 by and among Glass House Brands Inc., a British Columbia corporation f/k/a Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and the parties listed on Schedule A hereto (each such party, together with any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 3.2 of this Agreement, a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein will have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and GH Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GH”) are party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 8, 2021 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, on the Closing Date, the Company will indirectly acquire GH;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Holders are receiving subordinate, restricted or limited voting shares (the “Subordinate Shares”) of the Company or shares of an Affiliate exchangeable therefor (the “Exchangeable Shares”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Merger Agreement, the Company’s founders (as defined in the Company’s prospectus dated May 7, 2019 and listed under the heading Founders Lock-Up Parties on the signature page hereto (collectively, the “Founders Lock-Up Parties”)) and certain of the founders of GH listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “GH Lock-Up Parties”) will, subject to the terms hereof, enter into customary lockup agreements restricting the sale of 50% of the shares of the Company held by such persons for six (6) months following closing of the Transaction and the remaining 50% for twelve (12) months following closing of the Transaction.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified person, each other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified. As used in this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract or other agreement).
“Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble.
“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Change in Control” means: (a) a reorganization, merger, consolidation or a similar transaction, in any case in which the holders of the voting stock of the Company prior to such transaction do not hold (in substantially the same proportion) a majority of the voting power of the resulting entity (or an entity that wholly owns the resulting entity); or (b) any person becomes the beneficial owner of securities representing 25% or more of the voting rights attached to shares of the Company other than the GH Lock-Up Parties; or (c) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (other than an internal reorganization).
“Closing” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Merger Agreement.
“Closing Date” shall mean the date of this Agreement.
“Company” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble.
“Exchangeable Shares” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
“ Excluded Shares” means Subordinate Shares (i) to be forfeited at Closing by the Sponsor pursuant to the amended Investor Rights Agreement, (ii) to be transferred by the Sponsor to one or more investors in connection with the private placement carried out by the Company and an Affiliate in conjunction with the transaction, (iii) transferred to one or more investors in connection with any non-redemption agreement or similar agreement to facilitate a redemption withdrawal entered into by the Company in conjunction with the transaction on or prior to the Closing Date, or (iv) to be transferred by the Sponsor to TPCO or an affiliate if a financing and cannabis supply arrangement is subsequently entered into with them by the Company and the Sponsor.
“Founders” shall mean Mercer Park Brand, L.P., Charles Miles, and Sean Goodrich, and their respective Affiliates.
“Founders Lock-Up Party” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals, and any of their respective Permitted Transferees.
“Founders Lock-Up Period” shall mean, (A) with respect to the initial 50% of the Founders Lock-Up Shares, excluding any Excluded Shares, the period ending on the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, and (B) with respect to the remaining 50% of the Founders Lock-Up Shares, excluding any Excluded Shares, the period ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date.
“ Founders Lock-Up Shares” shall mean any Subordinate Shares that are held by any Founders Lock-Up Party immediately after the Closing, but excluding any Excluded Shares, as adjusted to appropriately reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization, or like change with respect to the Subordinate Shares.
“GH” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals.
“GH Lock-Up Party” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals, and any of their respective Permitted Transferees.
“GH Lock-Up Period” shall mean, (A) with respect to the initial 50% of the GH Lock-Up Shares, the period ending on the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, and (B) with respect to the remaining 50% of the GH Lock-Up Shares, the period ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date.
“GH Lock-Up Shares” shall mean any Subordinate Shares and Exchangeable Shares held by any GH Lock-Up Party immediately after the Closing, as adjusted to appropriately reflect any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization, or like change with respect to the Subordinate Shares.
“Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble.
“Lock-Up Period” means either the Founders Lock-Up Period or the GH Lock-Up Period.
“Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
“Permitted Transferees” shall mean a person or entity to whom either a Founders Lock-Up Party or a GH Lock-Up Party is permitted to Transfer such Founders Lock-Up Shares or GH Lock-Up Shares, respectively, prior to the expiration of the Founders Lock-Up Period or the GH Lock-Up Period, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement, and to any Permitted Transferee thereafter (but for greater certainty shall not include the recipients of Excluded Shares).
“Sponsor Warrants” means warrants to purchase Subordinate Shares issued to the Founders in connection with the initial public offering of the Company, excluding any that are forfeited by the Sponsor at Closing pursuant to the amended Investor Rights Agreement.
“Subordinate Shares” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.
“Transfer” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition of, any interest owned by a person or any interest (including a beneficial interest) in, or the ownership, control or possession of, any interest owned by a person.
ARTICLE II
LOCK-UP
2.1 Transfer Restrictions.
2.1.1 Except as permitted by Section 2.2, each Founders Lock-Up Party shall not Transfer any Founders Lock-Up Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by such Holder unless and until the Founders Lock-Up Period applicable to such Founders Lock-Up Shares has expired.
2.1.2 Except as permitted by Section 2.2, each GH Lock-Up Party shall not Transfer any GH Lock-Up Shares beneficially owned or owned of record by such Holder unless and until the GH Lock-Up Period applicable to such GH Lock-Up Shares has expired.
| 2.2 | Exceptions. |
| 2.2.1 | The provisions of Section 2.1 shall not apply to: |
2.2.1.1 transactions relating to Subordinate Shares acquired by the undersigned in open market transactions or relating to Subordinate Shares resulting from the exercise of the Company’s warrants (other than Sponsor Warrants) in open market transactions;
| 2.2.1.2 | Transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, or to a charitable organization; |
2.2.1.3 Transfers to a spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild of the undersigned or any other person with whom the undersigned has a relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin (collectively, such person’s “Immediate Family”) or to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes for the primary benefit of Immediate Family;
2.2.1.4 if the undersigned is an individual, Transfers by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned;
2.2.1.5 the Transfer by operation of law or pursuant to a court order or settlement agreement, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or the dissolution of marriage or civil union (including, without limitation, a divorce settlement);
2.2.1.6 if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership (whether general, limited or otherwise), limited or unlimited liability company, trust or other business entity, (i) Transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited or unlimited liability company, trust, syndicate, association or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control or management with the undersigned or its Affiliates, including to the trustor or beneficiary of such trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, and (ii) distributions of Subordinate Shares or Exchangeable Shares to any general partner, limited partner, members, equity holders, shareholders or owners of equity interests in the undersigned or any of its Affiliates;
2.2.1.7 Transfers (i) to the Company or the Company’s officers, directors or their Affiliates and (ii) to the officers, directors or Affiliates of the undersigned;
2.2.1.8 In the case of the GH Lock-Up Parties, Transfers in connection with the repurchase by the Company of securities pursuant to any repurchase right arising upon the termination of the such Holder’s employment or service with the Company;
2.2.1.9 pledges of Subordinate Shares or Exchangeable Shares to a nationally recognized financial institution to secure a bona fide debt financing and any foreclosure by such financial institution or transfer to such financial institution in lieu of foreclosure;
2.2.1.10 Transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, take-over bid, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, share sale, share exchange, liquidation, recapitalization, consolidation or other transaction involving a Change in Control of the Company or which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their equity in the Company for cash, securities or other property, provided that in the event that such transaction is not completed, the Subordinate Shares and Exchangeable Shares subject to this Agreement shall remain subject to this Agreement; and
2.2.1.11 Excluded Shares;
provided, that in the case of any Transfer or distribution pursuant to subsections 2.2.1.2 through 2.2.1.7, each donee, distributee or other transferee shall agree in writing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.
2.3 Legends.
2.3.1 During a Lock-Up Period, each certificate or book-entry position evidencing any securities subject to such Lock-Up Period (for greater certainty excluding any Excluded Shares) shall be marked with a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other applicable legends:
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN A LOCK-UP AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 29, 2021, BY AND AMONG GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”
2.3.2 For the avoidance of doubt, each Holder shall retain all of its rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the securities subject to a Lock-Up Period, including the right to vote any such securities that are entitled to vote. The Company agrees to (i) instruct its transfer agent to remove the legends in subsection 2.3.1 upon the expiration of a Lock-Up Period and (ii) cause its legal counsel, at the Company’s expense, to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under subclause (i).
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS
3.1 Notices.
3.1.1 Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be in writing and given by (a) deposit in the United States mail or Canada Post, as applicable, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (b) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (c) transmission by hand delivery, electronic mail, telecopy, telegram or facsimile. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery, electronic mail, telecopy, telegram or facsimile, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be addressed, if to the Company, to: Glass House Brands Inc., 3645 Long Beach Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90807, Attention: Kyle D. Kazan, [Redacted] and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address or facsimile number as set forth in the Company’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 3.1.
3.2 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.
3.2.1 This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.
3.2.2 Prior to the expiration of the Founders Lock-Up Period and the GH Lock-Up Period, no Founders Lock-Up Party or GH Lock-Up Party, as applicable, may assign or delegate such Holder’s rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except as permitted in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.
3.2.3 This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the applicable Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.
3.2.4 This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and Section 3.2 hereof.
3.2.5 No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have received (a) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 3.1 hereof and (b) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement). Any Transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 3.2 shall be null and void.
3.3 Counterparts.
3.3.1 This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.
3.4 Governing Law; Venue.
3.4.1 Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, the parties expressly agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the province of British Columbia and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of such jurisdiction and (ii) the venue for any action taken with respect to this Agreement shall be any court located in Vancouver, British Columbia.
3.4.2 Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues, and, therefore, each such party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right such party may have to a trial by jury in respect to any action directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3.5 Amendments and Modifications.
3.5.1 Upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Subordinate Shares and Exchangeable Shares subject hereto at the time in question, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of Subordinate Shares or Exchangeable Shares, in a manner that is adverse and different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.
3.6 Term.
3.6.1 This Agreement shall terminate 12 months following the date hereof, unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 3.6.2.
3.6.2 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement and in accordance with Section 9.12 of the Merger Agreement, (i) if during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the expiry of the GH Lock-Up Period, the Company, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, does any of the following acts listed below in this Section 3.6.2 without prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative, the GH Lock-Up Period will immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect, or (ii) if during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the expiry of the Founders Lock-Up Period, the Company, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, does any of the following acts listed below in this Section 3.6.2 without prior written consent of the Founders Lock-Up Parties, the Founders Lock-Up Period will immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect. The acts referred to above are: (a) the liquidation or winding up of the Company; (b) a Change in Control of the Company pursuant to a merger or similar business combination transaction (other than in pursuant to an internal reorganization); or (c) the sale of a majority (or greater) of the shares of capital stock of the Company or of all or substantially all the consolidated assets of the Company (other than an internal reorganization).
[Signature Pages Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
| COMPANY: | ||
| GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Kyle Kazan” | |
| Name: Kyle Kazan | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
| Founders Lock-Up Parties: | ||
| MERCER PARK BRAND, L.P., by its general partner, MERCER PARK CB GP II, L.L.C | ||
| By: | (signed) “Johnathan Sandelman” | |
| Name: Johnathan Sandelman | ||
| Title: Managing Member | ||
| (signed by Founders Locked-Up Parties) | ||
| [Redacted] | ||
| GH LOCK-UP PARTIES: | |
| (signed by GH Locked-Up Parties) | |
| [Redacted] |
Schedule A
GH Lock-Up Parties
[Redacted – Personal Information.]
Founders Lock-Up Parties
1. Mercer Park Brand, L.P.
[Redacted – Personal Information.]
Exhibit 4.8
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of April 8, 2021, is made by and among Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”), Mercer Park Brand, L.P. (formerly know as Mercer Park CB II, L.P.) (“Mercer” or the “Sponsor”), the signatories listed as “Sponsor Parties” on the signature pages hereto (together with the Sponsor, in its capacity as such, the “Sponsor Parties”), the signatories listed as “Sellers” on the signature pages hereto and any holder of shares of Class B common stock of GH Group, Inc. that hereafter joins this Agreement pursuant to such holder’s execution of a joinder (the “Sellers”), and any other entity that hereafter joins this Agreement pursuant to the execution of a joinder (together with the Corporation, Sponsor, Sponsor Parties, and Sellers, each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).
WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Sellers, and GH Group, Inc., intend to enter into an agreement and plan of merger dated the date hereof (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among certain of the Parties, MPB Acquisition Corp. (“Buyer”), and MPB Mergersub Corp. (“Merger Sub”) in order to give effect to the Corporation’s qualifying transaction within the meaning of Section 10.16 of the Neo Exchange Listing Manual (the “Qualifying Transaction”);
WHEREAS, the Corporation wishes to provide the Parties with certain director nomination rights in the Corporation following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction as more fully described herein;
WHEREAS, in connection with the Qualifying Transaction, the Sponsor and certain of the Company Shareholders (as defined in the Merger Agreement) will receive certain earnout consideration from the Corporation upon achieving identified milestones as more fully described herein;
WHEREAS, the Sponsor Parties own SPAC Class B Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement); and
WHEREAS, the Sponsor Parties have agreed to vote their SPAC Class B Shares in favor of adopting and approving the Qualifying Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS; ELECTION OF OFFICERS
Section 1.1 Board Nomination Rights
| i. | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any definitive agreement or other transaction document pertaining to the Qualifying Transaction and subject to the rules of any securities exchange on which the subordinate, restricted and limited voting shares in the capital of the Corporation (and any other share into which they convert or are otherwise exchanged, the “Shares”) may trade on or after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, from and after the Closing until the date that is three (3) years after the closing date of the Qualifying Transaction the Sponsor, the Corporation and the Sellers shall take all reasonable actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable law and within such Party’s control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board, to the extent such action is consistent with fiduciary duties that the Corporation directors may have in such capacity) which are necessary (“Necessary Action”) to cause the Board to be comprised of eight (8) directors and for those individuals to be nominated in accordance with this Section 1.1 as follows: |
| a. | The Sponsor shall, until the earlier to occur of (x) the date that is three (3) years after the closing date of the Qualifying Transaction and (y) the date upon which the Sponsor ceases to own at least 50% of the Shares owned by it at closing of the Qualifying Transaction (assuming forfeited shares continue to be owned), be entitled to nominate one (1) individual (the “Sponsor’s Director Nominee”), who shall initially be Jamie Mendola. |
- 2 -
| b. | Two (2) independent directors (for audit committee purposes within the meaning of the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-110) shall be nominated upon the unanimous consent of Kyle Kazan, Graham Farrar, and the Sponsor (the “Independent Director Nominees”), which directors shall initially be Hector De La Torre and George Raveling. |
| c. | The Sellers shall be entitled to nominate four (4) individuals (the “Seller Director Nominees”), which directors shall initially be Kyle Kazan, Graham Farrar and two additional nominees who shall be independent (for audit committee purposes within the meaning of the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-110), which additional nominees shall be Jocelyn Rosenwald and Humble Lukanga. |
| d. | Element 7 CA, LLC (“Element 7”) shall be entitled to nominate one (1) individual who shall be independent (for audit committee purposes within the meaning of the Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-110) (the “E7 Director Nominee”, and together with the Sponsor’s Director Nominee, the Independent Director Nominees, and the Seller Director Nominees, the “Nominees”), who shall initially be Bob Hoban. |
| ii. | The Parties shall be entitled to nominate their respective nominees as set forth in Section 1.1.i for election to the board of directors (the “Board”) at the applicable Corporation shareholders meeting by written notice to the Corporation given (i) in the case of an annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, no less than 60 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting date (provided, however, that, if no annual meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders was held in the preceding year, not later than the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10) day following the day on which public disclosure of such meeting was first made by the Corporation); provided, further, that if the date of the annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, not later than the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation), and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, not less than the later of 60 days prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was first made by the Corporation, which such notice shall include all information relating to the applicable Nominee(s) that is required to be disclosed in a proxy circular or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors by a dissident in a contested election pursuant to Part 9 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”), any other applicable Canadian securities laws and the rules and regulations of the securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed (including such applicable Nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy circular as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected). If the applicable Parties shall elect to nominate a Nominee as provided in this Section 1.1, the Corporation shall, unless such Nominee fails to qualify to act as a director of the Corporation pursuant to the requirements of applicable law, including applicable Canadian securities laws and the rules and regulations of the securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed (i) include such Nominee as a nominee for election as a director of the Board at the applicable Corporation shareholders meeting in the Corporation’s proxy solicitation materials (including any form of proxy the Corporation distributes); and (ii) recommend to the Corporation’s shareholders that they vote in favor of such Nominee at such Corporation shareholders meeting. |
| iii. | For the avoidance of doubt, no Party shall be subject to any requirement that shareholders provide advance notice of, or comply with any other procedures governing, the nomination of individuals for election to the Board as provided in the Corporation’s articles, and each Nominee shall otherwise be nominated and remain a member of the Board in accordance with the Corporation’s articles and other policies determined from time to time by the Board for nominating directors. |
- 3 -
| iv. | Any Nominee must be qualified to act as a director of the Corporation pursuant to the applicable requirements under applicable law, including applicable Canadian securities laws, the rules of any securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed, and in compliance with any other applicable law and the Corporation’s articles. |
| v. | In the event that the applicable Parties do not nominate a Nominee at a particular meeting as provided in this Section 1.1, then the Corporation shall proceed with the applicable Corporation shareholder meeting and all further rights of such Parties to nominate such Nominee for election at such meeting shall terminate without any further action of the Parties. |
| vi. | In the event that the Parties entitled to nominate a Nominee desire to remove such Nominee from the Board, all of the other Parties shall, upon written notice from the Parties desiring such removal, take all Necessary Action to cause such Nominee to be removed. At such time as the Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate a Nominee pursuant to Section 1.1.i.a, the Sponsor and the Corporation shall if requested by a majority of the remaining Nominees take all Necessary Action to cause the Sponsor’s Director Nominee to tender his or her resignation. |
| vii. | Any Nominee shall be subject to the Corporation’s customary due diligence process, including its review of a customary questionnaire and background check. Based on the foregoing, the Corporation may reasonably object to any such Nominee within fifteen (15) days of receiving such completed questionnaire and background check authorization, (a) provided it does so in good faith and (b) solely to the extent such objection is based upon any of the following: (i) such Nominee was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (ii) such Nominee was the subject of any order, judgment or decree not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining such Nominee from, or otherwise limiting his or her ability to, engage in (x) any type of business practice or (y) any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or in connection with any violation of applicable securities laws; (iii) such Nominee was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal, state or provincial authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than sixty (60) days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in clause (ii)(y), or to be associated with persons engaged in such activity; (iv) such Nominee was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by applicable securities authorities to have violated any federal, state or provincial securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by such authorities has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated; or (v) such Nominee was the subject of, or a party to, any federal, state or provincial judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to a violation of any federal, state or provincial securities laws or regulations. In the event the Board reasonably finds any such Nominee to be unsuitable based upon one or more of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v) and reasonably objects to such Nominee, the Party(ies) that nominated such Nominee shall be entitled to propose a different Nominee to the Board within fifteen (15) days of the Corporation’s notice to such Party(ies) of its objection to such Nominee, and such replacement Nominee shall be subject to the review process outlined in this Section 1.1.vii. |
Section 1.2 Officers
| i. | Each Party shall take all Necessary Action to cause, as of immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, (a) Kyle Kazan to be appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, (b) Graham Farrar to be appointed as the President of the Corporation, and (c) Derrek Higgins to be appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation. |
- 4 -
ARTICLE 2
EARNOUT AND FORFEITURE
Section 2.1 Earnout and Forfeiture Provisions
| i. | The ultimate number of the issued and outstanding Shares of the Corporation that were issued for nominal consideration and are held by the Sponsor Parties as the date hereof (the “Sponsor’s Founder Shares”) that are subject to forfeiture will be determined as follows: |
| a. | 50% of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares (which equals 5,044,875 Shares) will be deemed earned upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction and not subject to forfeiture; and |
| b. | 25% of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares (which equals 2,522,438 Shares) will be deemed earned based on meeting the following share price trading thresholds (the “Price Based Earnout Shares”): |
| i. | If within two (2) years following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the volume weighted average price per share of the Shares on the Neo Exchange Inc. or any other nationally recognized Canadian or United States stock exchange for twenty (20) consecutive trading days (the “20-day VWAP”) meets or exceeds $13.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, consolidations, extraordinary distributions and other customary events), the Sponsor Parties shall earn 2/3rds (66.66%) of the Price Based Earnout Shares; and |
| ii. | If within two (2) years following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the 20-day VWAP meets or exceeds $15.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, consolidations, extraordinary distributions and other customary events), the Sponsor Parties shall earn the remaining 1/3rd (33.34%) of the Price Based Earnout Shares. |
In the event the Sponsor Parties have not earned any Price Based Earnout Shares under paragraphs (i) or (ii) above, the Sponsor shall promptly tender the unearned Price Based Earnout Shares to the Corporation for forfeiture for no consideration on the date that is the first business day that immediately follows the two (2)-year anniversary of the closing of the Qualifying Transaction. For each Price Based Earnout Share earned under paragraphs (i) or (ii) above, the Company Shareholders and the holders of Vested Exchanged Options (as defined in the Merger Agreement) (the “Vested Optionholders”) shall be entitled to receive, in the proportions set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet (as defined in the Merger Agreement), in the aggregate and not individually, 1.5 Buyer Exchangeable Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Promptly following any such Buyer Exchangeable Shares becoming issuable to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders, the Corporation shall cause Buyer to deliver such Buyer Exchangeable Shares to the Exchange Agent (as defined in the Merger Agreement), to be held and delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders in accordance with Section 2.9 of the Merger Agreement.
| c. | 25% of the Sponsor’s Founder Shares (which equals 2,522,438 Shares) (the “Capital Based Earnout Shares”) will be deemed earned based on the amount of cash held by the Corporation at the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, such cash being equal to a minimum of $185.0 million, (i) before any cash consideration, as applicable, is payable for any additional acquisitions which may or may not occur in conjunction with or following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, (ii) after any payments due and payable for the Corporation’s expenses (including those of Buyer and Merger Sub) related to the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, including all costs, fees, expenses and payments contingent on the closing of the Qualifying Transaction (the “Transaction Expenses”), (iii) after the aggregate amount of payments required to be made in connection with the SPAC Stockholder Redemption (as defined in the Merger Agreement), (iv) after receipt by the Corporation of the Aggregate PIPE Proceeds (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and the proceeds from any additional PIPE or other equity or debt offerings (not including the Permitted Equity Financing (as defined in the Merger Agreement), and (v) after taking into account any debt or payables on the Corporation’s balance sheet as of the closing of the Qualifying Transaction (collectively, the “Closing Cash”), plus any net proceeds from equity or equity-linked financings (e.g., issuance of convertible debt, sale of common or preferred stock, etc.) closed by the Corporation within one (1) year following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction (the “Post Closing Cash”, together with the Closing Cash, the “Total Cash”, not to exceed an aggregate of $402.5 million). |
- 5 -
The Capital Based Earnout Shares ultimately deemed earned by the Sponsor Parties shall be calculated based on the following formula (but in no event will more than 2,522,438 Capital Based Earnout Shares be deemed earned):
| = | Total Cash - $185.0 million | *2,522,438 |
| $202.5 million |
Notwithstanding the above:
| i. | in the event less than $185.0 million in Closing Cash is available immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, as reflected on the Corporation’s balance sheet, then no Capital Based Earnout Shares will be deemed earned by the Sponsor; and |
| ii. | in the event the 20-day VWAP reaches $17.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, consolidations, extraordinary distributions and other customary events) within two (2) years following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, the Sponsor Parties shall be deemed to have earned 100% of the Capital Based Earnout Shares; provided that: (A) if the Closing Cash is less than $185.0 million, no Capital Based Earnout Shares will be deemed earned by the Sponsor Parties; and (B) if an Anti-Dilution Payment (as defined below) was paid to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders the amount of the Capital Based Earnout Shares to be deemed earned will be reduced by the amount of Shares issued to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders under the Anti-Dilution Payment (as defined below). |
In the event the Sponsor Parties have not earned any Capital Based Earnout Shares, the Sponsor Parties shall promptly tender the unearned Capital Based Earnout Shares for forfeiture to the Corporation for no consideration (x) if the condition set forth in clause (i) is not satisfied, on the date of the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, and (y) otherwise, on the date that immediately follows the two (2)-year anniversary of the closing of the Qualifying Transaction.
| d. | The Sponsor will use its reasonable best efforts to assist the Corporation with fundraising efforts and to leverage their capital markets expertise and relationships for a period of at least one (1) year after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction. In the event any Post Closing Cash is raised by the Corporation below $10.00 per Share in gross proceeds to the Corporation, the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders will have the benefit of anti-dilution protection whereby the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders shall be entitled to receive in the proportions set forth in the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet additional Buyer Exchangeable Shares (i) in an amount equal to the number of Shares issued at a price per share of less than $10.00 and (ii) at a price per share payable by the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders equal to the price per share at which such shares were issued (the “Anti-Dilution Payment”). Promptly following any such Buyer Exchangeable Shares becoming issuable to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders, the Corporation shall cause Buyer to deliver such Buyer Exchangeable Shares to the Exchange Agent (as defined in the Merger Agreement), to be held and delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Company Shareholders and the Vested Optionholders in accordance with Section 2.9 of the Merger Agreement. Any Anti-Dilution Payment will be deducted from any Capital Based Earnout Shares otherwise earned or earnable by the Sponsor Parties, subject to a cap equal to the Capital Based Earnout Shares. |
- 6 -
| e. | The Corporation shall not intentionally take actions to seek to cause forfeiture to occur. |
| f. | If the conditions for more than one triggering event are met under Section 2.1, then all of the Shares to be earned and retained in connection with each such triggering event will be earned and retained by the Sponsor. |
| g. | If the Corporation consummates a transaction which results in the holders of Shares having the right to exchange their Shares for cash, securities or other property having a value per Share equaling or exceeding a 20-day VWAP threshold set forth above (for any non-cash proceeds, as determined based on the agreed valuation set forth in the applicable definitive agreements for such transaction or, in the absence of such valuation, their fair market value), the 20-day VWAP threshold will be considered met and the applicable Sponsor’s Founder Shares will be considered earned and retained and may participate in such transaction. |
| h. | Each of the Corporation and the Sponsor Parties shall take all actions that are reasonably necessary or advisable to reflect the forfeiture of any Sponsor’s Founder Shares that are forfeited pursuant to this Section 2.1. |
| i. | Without limiting any other transfer restrictions that may apply to the Sponsor’s Founder Shares, no Sponsor Party shall be permitted to transfer, sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Sponsor’s Founder Shares unless and until such Sponsor’s Founder Shares are earned in accordance with this Section 2.1 (except to a controlled affiliate which agrees to be bound by such provisions). |
ARTICLE 3
GENERAL
Section 3.1 Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.
Section 3.2 Merger Agreement Support
| a. | Each Sponsor Party will vote all SPAC Class B Shares that it holds in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and all other matters set forth in the SPAC Resolution (as defined in the Merger Agreement). When a meeting of shareholders is held to approve the transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, each Sponsor Party will appear at such meeting or otherwise cause the SPAC Class B Shares held by it to be counted as present for the purpose of establishing a quorum at such meeting. |
| b. | Without limiting any other transfer restrictions that may apply to the SPAC Class B Shares, each Sponsor Party agrees that from and after the date hereof until the closing of the Qualifying Transaction or the earlier termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, such Sponsor Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Sellers, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of any SPAC Class B Shares now owned or held, or hereafter acquired, directly or indirectly, by such Sponsor Party except as reasonably necessary or desirable in connection with completing the Qualifying Transaction (and without adversely affecting any of the forfeiture provisions hereof); provided that no such transfer, sale or disposition shall be effective unless and until the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations set forth in Section 3.2.a with respect to the subject SPAC Class B Shares. |
- 7 -
Section 3.3 Expenses
The Corporation shall bear all Transaction Expenses incurred in connection with and prior to the closing of the Qualifying Transaction to the extent not paid prior to or at the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, including, without limitation, those expenses incurred by the Sponsor on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 3.4 Currency
All references to “$” are to U.S. dollars unless otherwise stated.
Section 3.5 Enurement
This Agreement becomes effective when executed by the parties. After that time, it will be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company Shareholders shall be express third party beneficiaries of Section 2.1 and the Sellers’ Representative (but no other Company Shareholders) shall be entitled to enforce Section 2.1 on behalf of the Company Shareholders.
Section 3.6 Entire Agreement
This Agreement, together with the Merger Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no representations, warranties, covenants, conditions or other agreements, express or implied, collateral, statutory or otherwise, between the parties in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement. The parties have not relied and are not relying on any other information, discussion or understanding in entering into and completing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 3.7 Severability
If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect (i) the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 3.8 Further Assurances
Each of the parties covenants and agrees to do such things, to attend such meetings and to execute such further documents and assurances as may be deemed necessary or advisable from time to time in order to carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement in accordance with their true intent.
Section 3.9 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered is deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
- 8 -
Section 3.10 Remedies
Each party acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of its covenants hereunder, the harm suffered would not be compensable by monetary damages alone and, accordingly, in addition to other available legal or equitable remedies, each non-breaching party shall be entitled to an injunction or specific performance with respect to such breach or threatened breach, without proof of actual damages (and without the requirement of posting a bond, undertaking or other security), and each party agrees not to plead sufficiency of damages as a defence in such circumstances.
Section 3.11 Joinder
Any holder of shares of Class B common stock of GH Group, Inc. may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation and the Sellers, and shall thereafter be deemed a “Seller” for all purposes hereunder. The Sellers shall use reasonably best efforts following the date hereof to cause Element 7 to execute and deliver a joinder agreement to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation and the Sellers, and following such execution and delivery Element 7 shall be deemed a “Party” for all purposes hereunder.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.
| MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISTION CORP. | |||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | ||
| Name: | Louis Karger | ||
| Title: | President | ||
| MERCER PARK BRAND, L.P., by its general partner | |||
| By: | (signed) Louis Karger | ||
| Name: | Louis Karger | ||
| Title: | President | ||
| SPONSOR PARTIES: | |
| (Signed) Charles Miles | |
| Charles Miles | |
| (Signed) Sean Goodrich | |
| Sean Goodrich |
| SELLERS: | ||
| THE ENTRUST GROUP INC. FBO KYLE D. KAZAN | ||
| By: | (signed) Kyle Kazan | |
| Name: | Kyle D. Kazan | |
| Title: | Authorized Signatory | |
| JOCELYN MAY ROSENWALD TRUST DATED DECEMBER 18, 1997 | ||
| By: | (signed) [Redacted] | |
| Name: | [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal information] | |
| Title: | Co-Trustee | |
| By: | (signed) [Redacted] | |
| Name: [Redacted in accordance with section 12.2(5) on National Instrument 51-102 – personal information] | ||
| Title: Co-Trustee | ||
| (signed) Jocelyn Rosenwald | ||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | ||
| GRAHAM S. FARRAR 2000 LIVING TRUST ESTABLISHED FEBRUARY 2, 2000 | ||
| By: | (signed) Graham Farrar | |
| Name: Graham Farrar | ||
| Title: Trustee | ||
Exhibit 4.9
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of June 18, 2021, by and among Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”), Mercer Park Brand, L.P. (formerly known as Mercer Park CB II, L.P.) (“Mercer” or the “Sponsor”), the signatories listed as “Sponsor Parties on the signature pages hereto (together with the Sponsor, in its capacity as such, the “Sponsor Parties”), the signatories listed as “Sellers” on the signature pages hereto and any holder of shares of Class B common stock of GH Group, Inc. that hereafter joins the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined below) pursuant to the execution of a joinder. Each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Parties are party to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2021 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) entered into in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 8, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Sellers and GH Group, Inc.;
WHEREAS, the Parties desire and agree to amend certain terms set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement on the terms and conditions contained herein; and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Investor Rights Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the mutual receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, mutually agree as follows:
1. Section 1.2(i) of the Investor Rights Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“Each Party shall take all Necessary Action to cause, as of immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, (a) Kyle D. Kazan to be appointed as Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and (b) Graham S. Farrar to be appointed as the President of the Corporation.”
2. The Capital Based Earnout Share provisions under Section 2.1(i)(c) of the Investor Rights Agreement are amended to add the following:
(a) The Closing Cash, available immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction, is deemed by the parties to include $69,750,000 in net debt proceeds.
(b) The Sponsor will forfeit 1,513,463 Sponsor’s Founder Shares for no consideration, and such shares will be held by the Corporation as treasury shares for use by the Corporation solely for qualified fundraising purposes (debt or equity) after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction. All references to the Sponsor’s Founder Shares in Section 2 of this Amendment include the Equity Shares into which they are converted on the closing of the Qualifying Transaction.
(c) A number of Capital Based Earnout Shares determined in accordance with the formula set out under Section 2.1(i)(c) based on the Closing Cash available immediately following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction (the “Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares”) will be deemed to be fully and irrevocably earned upon closing of the Qualifying Transaction pursuant to Section 2.1(i)(c) and not subject to forfeiture.
1
(d) 1,008,975 Sponsor’s Founder Shares minus the number of Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares minus the number of Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares will be deemed to be fully and Earnout Shares will be deemed to be fully and irrevocably earned upon the following event occurring at or within 24 months following the closing of the Qualifying Transaction pursuant to Section 2.1(i)(c):
(i) in full, if the Corporation or any of its affiliates closes either (1) a debt facility with any of the lenders who have provided the Corporation with a term sheet prior to the closing of the Qualifying Transaction or any of their affiliates, and/or (2) a private placement of securities, and the Corporation enters into a term cannabis supply agreement with TPCO US Holding, LLC or any of its affiliates; or
(ii) otherwise, in part or in full, in accordance with the formula set out under Section 2.1(i)(c).
(e) The Sponsor will forfeit 1,500,000 Sponsor’s Warrants for no consideration, and an equal number of warrants with similar terms will be available for the Corporation to use solely for the Corporation’s fundraising purposes (debt only) after the closing of the Qualifying Transaction except that these warrants may not be used as consideration to solicit conversion of GH Group, Inc. Series A Preferred Shares into GH Group, Inc. Class A Common Shares.
3. The 2nd paragraph of Section 2.1(i)(c) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“The Capital Based Earnout Shares ultimately deemed earned by the Sponsor Parties shall be calculated based on the following formula (but in no event will more than 1,008,975 Capital Based Earnout Shares be deemed earned, including the Closing Capital Based Earnout Shares deemed earned hereunder):”.
4. Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Investment Rights Agreement, the total number of Shares that may be deducted from the Capital Based Earnout Shares for any Anti-Dilution Payment(s) will be capped at the number of Capital Based Earnout Shares actually earned by the Sponsor Parties.
5. This Amendment shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the Parties determined in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario, without regard to principals of conflicts of law.
6. Except to the extent herein expressly modified by the foregoing provisions of this Amendment, the Investor Rights Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
7. This Amendment may be executed by electronic signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature page follows]
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.
| SELLERS: | |||
| THE ENTRUST GROUP INC. FBO KYLE D. KAZAN | |||
| By: | (signed) Kyle D. Kazan | ||
| Name: Kyle D. Kazan | |||
| Title: Authorized | |||
| Signatory | |||
| JOCELYN MAY ROSENWALD TRUST DATED | |||
| DECEMBER 18, 1997 | |||
| By: | (signed) “Jill Rosenwald” | ||
| Name: Jill Rosenwald | |||
| Title: Co-Trustee | |||
| By: | (sinned) “Walter Parker” | ||
| Name: Walter Parker | |||
| Title: Co-Trustee | |||
| (signed) “Jocelyn Rosenwald” | |||
| Jocelyn Rosenwald | |||
| GRAHAM S. FARRAR 2000 LIVING TRUST | |||
| ESTABLISHED FEBRUARY 2, 2000 | |||
| By: | (signed) “GrahamFarrar” | ||
| Name: “Graham Farrar | |||
| Title: Trustee | |||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement]
| MERCER PARK BRAND ACQUISITION CORP. | ||
| By: | (signed) “Louis Karger” | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Chief Executive Officer | ||
| MERCER PARK BRAND, L.P., by its general partner | ||
| By: | (signed) “Louis Karger” | |
| Name: Louis Karger | ||
| Title: Authorized Signing Officer | ||
[Signature page to Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement]
| SPONSOR PARTIES: | |
| (signed) “Charles Miles” | |
| Charles Miles | |
| (signed) “Sean Goodrich” | |
| Sean Goodrich |
[Signature page to Amendment No. 1 to Investor Rights Agreement]
Exhibit 8.1
The organizational chart below indicates Glass House Brands Inc.’s organization structure and its material subsidiaries following the consummation of the Transaction, including their jurisdiction of incorporation in parentheses. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Shell Company Report.
Notes:
| (1) | After giving effect to the Transaction, before the exchange of any Exchangeable Shares and assuming no redemptions of the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, the GH Group Founders are expected to beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, approximately 69.1% of voting power over the Company as result of their direct or indirect beneficial ownership or control over the Multiple Voting Shares. |
| (2) | On closing of the Transaction, the BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, BRND Class B Shares and Private Placement Shares will convert into Equity Shares on a one-for-one basis. |
| (3) | See “GH Group Financing” on page 6 of the Shell Company Report. |
| (4) | As of December 31, 2020, the date of the Audited GH Group Financial Statements, 100% of GH Group’s business was directly derived from U.S. cannabis-related activities, based on the existing operations of GH Group. As such, GH Group’s balance sheet and operating statement exposure to U.S. cannabis related activities is 100%. |
On closing of the Transaction, (a) assuming (i) zero redemptions of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares, (ii) no exchanges of Exchangeable Shares, and (iii) no exercises of BRND Warrants, and (b) prior to the issuance of any Equity Shares in connection with (i) the acquisition of SoCal Greenhouse, and (ii) any Element 7 Merger, the former holders of BRND Class A Restricted Voting Shares are expected to hold an approximately 68.2% economic interest in the Company.
Exhibit 11.1
GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
Commitment to Ethical Business Conduct
Glass House Brands Inc. (the "Corporation") has embraced four core values – Entrepreneurial Spirit, Zero Harm, Respect and Integrity and Operational Excellence – that are believed to be the pillars upon which the success of the Corporation will be built. This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (this " Code") reflects these core values and affirms the commitment of the Corporation to conduct its business and affairs with honesty, integrity and fairness. This Code also specifies the basic norms of behaviour expected from the Board of Directors (the "Board"), the senior officers and the other employees of the Corporation.
Each of us represents the Corporation in our relationships with others, including our suppliers, contractors, partners, investors, competitors and employees, governments and the general public. The Corporation expects each of us to act in a manner that will enhance the reputation of the Corporation for conducting its business and affairs with honesty, integrity and fairness and to avoid any conflict that might reflect unfavourably upon us or the Corporation.
This Code has been adopted by the Board and applies to each employee of Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Chief Executive Officer and the other senior officers, as well as to the members of the Board.
Guiding Principles
All of us who conduct business on behalf of the Corporation should be guided by, and are subject to, the following principles which serve as the foundation of this Code and the policies that reinforce it:
| (a) | act ethically and honestly; |
| (b) | accept responsibility and be accountable for our actions; |
| (c) | make decisions which are in the best interests of the Corporation; |
| (d) | honour our agreements and commitments; |
| (e) | conduct our business in an environmentally and socially responsible manner; |
| (f) | communicate with all of our stakeholders in an honest and straight-forward manner; |
| (g) | select and treat all employees if the Corporation in a respectful, fair and equitable manner and foster a work environment that is safe and healthy and free from discrimination, harassment, intimidation and hostility of any kind; and |
| (h) | obey all laws governing the conduct of the business and affairs of the Corporation. |
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT
Our Workplace
Respect, Dignity and Trust: The Corporation is committed to establishing and maintaining a work environment where everyone is treated with respect, dignity and trust. It is the responsibility of each of us to foster and encourage such an environment.
Discrimination: The Corporation does not tolerate discrimination against any individual or group on the basis of race, gender, religion, national origin, marital or family status, sexual orientation, age, physical limitation or any other personal characteristics protected by law.
Harassment: The Corporation does not tolerate intimidation, harassment or bullying of any kind. Harassment is any type of repeated unwelcome behaviour, including sexual, racial, religious, psychological, physical, verbal or other abuse.
Hiring Family Members: Although the Corporation may employ more than one family member, the Corporation will not permit the supervision of one family member by another family member.
Health and Safety: The health and safety vision of the Corporation is that every individual will be safe and healthy every day, both at work and at home. Achieving this vision depends upon each of us, and we are all expected to:
| (a) | be aware of the safety issues involved in performing our work as we are responsible for our own health and safety as well as the health and safety of each other; |
| (b) | work safely by adhering to legislation, policies and work procedures and communicating unacceptable practices to a supervising employee; |
| (c) | participate in training and continuously improve our processes and performance; |
| (d) | be familiar with the policies, programs and systems of the Corporation; and |
| (e) | perform our services in a professional manner, free from the effects of drugs and alcohol. |
Our Environment
The Corporation is committed to sound environmental management and aims to manage its business operations in a manner that minimizes any adverse effect on the environment.
Accordingly, the Corporation will:
| (a) | maintain active, continuing and, as it deems necessary, independently audited programs to ensure compliance with corporate policies, applicable legislation and government requirements; |
| (b) | design, implement and continually evaluate our management systems; |
| (c) | regularly measure our performance against recognized industry standards and ‘best practices’; and |
2
| (d) | provide each of us with the resources necessary to identify, manage and reduce environmental risk and, in return, expects us to understand our compliance obligations and conduct our activities in a manner consistent with generally accepted environmental policies and procedures and to take responsibility for those aspects of environmental matters over which we have control. |
Our Relationships With Others
Conflicts of Interest: Each of us has an obligation to act with honesty and integrity and in the best interests of the Corporation and to avoid any relationship or activity that might create, or appear to create, a conflict between our personal interests and the interests of the Corporation. A conflict of interest arises where our position or responsibilities with the Corporation present an opportunity for personal gain, apart from the normal rewards of being a director, senior officer or other employee to the detriment of the Corporation. A conflict of interest also arises where our outside personal interests are inconsistent with those of the Corporation and create conflicting loyalties.
Conflicting Personal Interests: There are many situations in which our personal interests may conflict with those of the Corporation and cause us to give preference to personal interests in situations where corporate responsibilities should come first. For example:
| (a) | acquiring any property, security or business interest which we know the Corporation has an interest in acquiring; |
| (b) | serving as a director or officer of, or working as an employee or consultant for, a competitor or an actual or potential business partner of the Corporation; |
| (c) | investing in, or trading in the securities of, a competitor, supplier or an actual or potential business partner of the Corporation where such investment or trading may influence our business decisions or compromise our independent judgment; and |
| (d) | participating in another business interest or activity that deprives the Corporation of the time or attention required to perform our duties properly or creates an obligation or distraction which impairs the exercise of our independent judgment, fiduciary responsibility on initiative or efficiency in acting on behalf of the Corporation. |
Before we participate in any outside business interest which may give rise to such a conflict of interest, we should first disclose that interest to the Corporation and obtain approval to pursue such interest.
Corporate Opportunities: We owe a duty to the Corporation to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises. Any opportunity which becomes available to us by reason of our position with the Corporation must be disclosed and be treated as belonging to the Corporation.
Gifts and Entertainment: We should not use our position with the Corporation to obtain personal gain or benefit from other employees or from those doing or seeking to do business with the Corporation. Actions taken and decisions made must be on an impartial and objective assessment of the facts in each situation, free from the influence of gifts which may adversely affect our judgment.
3
Suppliers, contractors, consultants and others doing or seeking to do business with the Corporation must be selected and dealt with in an impartial manner, without favour or preference based upon any consideration other than the best interests of the Corporation. Therefore, we may not accept from, or provide to, directly or indirectly, for personal benefit, any payment, service, loan, other compensation or benefit a supplier, contractor, consultant or other individual or entity that does or is seeking to do business with, or is a competitor of, the Corporation if it could reasonably be considered to be extravagant for the recipient or otherwise improperly influencing the business relationship of the Corporation with, or create an obligation to, the recipient.
This prohibition does not prevent us from accepting or providing modest gifts or entertainment that are customarily provided to foster important business relationships and which do not (and could not reasonably be perceived to) influence our business decisions or compromise our independent judgment. The following are guidelines regarding gifts and entertainment:
| (a) | modest gifts, such as logo items, pens, calendars, caps, shirts and mugs are acceptable; |
| (b) | reasonable invitations to business-related meetings, conventions, conferences or product training seminars may be accepted; |
| (c) | invitations to social, cultural or sporting events (e.g. meals, holiday parties and tickets) may be accepted if the cost is reasonable and your attendance serves a customary business purpose such as networking; and |
| (d) | invitations to golfing, fishing, sports events or similar trips that are usual and customary for your position with the Corporation and the industry and promote good working relationships with suppliers, contractors or consultants may be accepted. |
Fair Dealing / Competitive Practices: To achieve the business interests of the Corporation, we each must endeavour to deal fairly with the counterparties, suppliers, competitors and employees of the Corporation. We may not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice.
The Corporation firmly believes that fair competition is fundamental to the continuation of the free enterprise system. The Corporation complies with, and supports, laws which prohibit restraint of trade, unfair practices or abuse of economic power. Accordingly, the Corporation will not enter into arrangements that unlawfully restrict its ability to compete with other businesses, or the ability of any other business organization to compete freely with the Corporation. Our policy also prohibits us from entering into, or discussing, any unlawful arrangement or understanding that may result in unfair business practices or anticompetitive behaviour.
4
Public Relations: The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, and any persons delegated by such senor officers under the disclosure policies from time to time, are responsible for all public relations, including all contact with the media, and are the only individuals authorized to act as spokespersons for the Corporation. This means that only they, or those designated by them, can respond to inquiries or requests for information concerning the Corporation, including from the investment community, the general public, the media, government authorities or other third parties. We must immediately refer any contact from the media to one of them. In addition, any proposed industry presentation or formally issued information about the Corporation must be first reviewed by at least one of them.
Government Relations and Political Activities: All dealings between employees and public officials must be conducted in a manner that will not compromise the integrity, or place in question the reputation, of the Corporation, such employee or such officials. No unlawful or other improper payment or gift is to be made or offered to any governmental official with a view to influencing an official act or decision related to retaining or obtaining business, the enactment or enforcement of any law or to otherwise obtain favours.
The Corporation does not make donations or contributions to any candidate for public office or political party and does not approve of anyone making them in the name of the Corporation. The Corporation recognizes, however, that we may choose to participate in political activities but these activities must not involve the use of money, time, equipment, supplies, facilities or other resources of the Corporation. If you are participating in personal political activities, it must be clear that you are acting in your personal capacity and not as a representative of the Corporation.
Protecting the Assets of the Corporation
The Corporation has made a substantial investment in the assets in our workplace and we are all responsible for protecting such assets against theft, loss, damage, carelessness, misuse and waste. This means:
| (a) | we must not use the property of the Corporation for individual profit or any unlawful, unauthorized or unethical purpose; |
| (b) | we are expected to exercise care in using the property of the Corporation and not to intentionally damage or destroy such property; |
| (c) | we must not reproduce, distribute or alter copyrighted materials without the permission of the copyright owner; and |
| (d) | we must exercise integrity and prudence in incurring and approving business expenses and ensure that such expenses are reasonable and serve the business interests of the Corporation. |
We must also use the information technology resources (including, but not limited to, computers, e-mail, applications, internet access, telephones and voice mail) of the Corporation for business purposes. The Corporation may monitor our use of such information technology resources as our inappropriate use of such resources may not only interfere with carrying out business for the Corporation but may also jeopardize the reputation of the Corporation. The Corporation acknowledges that from time to time the personal use of such information technology resources may be necessary. Such use should not impact business activities and all use will be governed by information technology policies that establish guidelines for the appropriate use of the information technology resources of the Corporation.
5
Confidential and Proprietary Information and Trade Secrets
We may have access to information relating to the Corporation, including financial and strategic information, information concerning employees, customers and other third parties with which the Corporation deals and other information that is not available to the general public (through a news release or other public filing). All such information, whether or not it is the subject of copyright or patent, is the property of the Corporation.
We are expected to safeguard confidential information and not disclose it to anyone other than other persons on a “need to know” basis. We are also prohibited from making personal use of such confidential information.
Disclosing or misusing confidential information can have very serious consequences. It can result in legal action against the Corporation and/or its directors, officers or other employees, hurt our ability to compete, affect our financial position, violate the rights of our employees or damage our credibility or reputation. If a situation arises where the disclosure of confidential information is necessary for business reasons, the person who receives the confidential information must be advised that it is to be kept confidential and, in many cases, will need to sign a confidentiality agreement prior to the disclosure being made.
In order to prevent the misuse or inadvertent disclosure of confidential information, the following procedures should be observed:
| (a) | confidential information in written form should be kept in a safe place, with access restricted to individuals who “need to know” that confidential information in the necessary course of business; |
| (b) | confidential matters should not be discussed in places where the discussion may be overheard; |
| (c) | confidential documents should not be read in public places, left unattended or discarded where they can be retrieved by others; |
| (d) | transmission of documents via electronic means should be made only where the transmission can be made and received under secure conditions; |
| (e) | extra copies of confidential documents should be shredded or otherwise destroyed in a safe manner; and |
| (f) | outside parties privy to confidential information must be informed of their obligation to not divulge such confidential information to anyone else and should confirm their commitment to non-disclosure in the form of a written confidentiality agreement. |
Financial Books and Records
The Corporation aims to maintain a high standard of accuracy and completeness in its business and financial records. These records serve as a basis for managing the business and affairs of the Corporation and are crucial for meeting obligations to employees, investors and others, as well as for compliance with tax and legal reporting requirements. Such financial records also contain vital information about the Corporation, upon which our shareholders, investment analysts and regulators rely in making decisions about the Corporation.
6
Those of us who assist in the preparation of the business and financial records or who issue regulatory or financial reports have a responsibility to ensure that they fairly present all information in a truthful, accurate, complete and fair manner, are issued in a timely manner and conform to applicable legal requirements and the system of internal controls of the Corporation.
Appropriate records must be kept of all transactions and there are to be no cash funds, bank accounts, investments or other assets which are either not recorded or inadequately recorded on the books and records of the Corporation. No payment is to be approved without adequate and accurate supporting documentation and authorization.
We are also expected to cooperate fully with the independent auditor of the Corporation in the audits of the Corporation and not to coerce, mislead or in any way manipulate or attempt to manipulate such independent auditor.
The Corporation maintains all records in accordance with applicable laws regarding the retention of business records. The unauthorized destruction of, or tampering with, any records, whether written or in electronic form, where the Corporation is required by law to maintain such records or where the Corporation has reason to know of a threatened or pending government investigation or litigation where such records may be relevant is prohibited. If there is any doubt on whether any records may be disposed of, the Chief Financial Officer should be consulted.
Insider Trading
Canadian securities legislation prohibits the purchase or sale of securities of an entity by someone who is in possession of material information about that entity that has not been disclosed to the public (known as “insider trading”).
The Corporation has adopted an Insider Trading Policy to prevent improper trading in its securities and the improper communication of undisclosed material information regarding the Corporation. All of us are expected to understand, and comply with, the Insider Trading Policy.
If the buying or selling of securities of the Corporation becomes the subject of scrutiny, such buying or selling may well be viewed differently after the fact and with hindsight than the way such actions were considered at the time.
In order to avoid the potential for, or the appearance of, insider trading, the Corporation imposes regularly scheduled “blackout periods” surrounding the public release of quarterly and annual financial results, during which periods the purchase and sale of securities of the Corporation by directors, officers and other employees is prohibited. In addition, the Corporation may, from time to time, impose additional blackout periods.
Timely Public Disclosure
The Corporation is committed to providing timely, factual and accurate disclosure of material information about the Corporation to shareholders, the financial community and the public, including in filings of the Corporation with securities regulatory authorities. The policy governing public disclosure is set forth in the Disclosure Policy adopted by the Corporation.
7
Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations
The Corporation expects to meet or exceed all legal requirements that apply when, and where, the Corporation carries on business. Each of us must contribute to this expectation by:
| (a) | making every reasonable effort to become familiar with the laws, rules, regulations and any professional rules that may govern the activities of the Corporation; |
| (b) | being diligent in complying with such laws, rules and regulations; and |
| (c) | making sure that those who report to us, and the people we report to, are also aware of such laws, rules and regulations. |
If you are not sure how such a law, rule or regulation might apply to you, speak to your supervisor or contact General Counsel of the Corporation who will be able to assist you.
Compliance with this Code And Reporting Violations
The Board is ultimately responsible, acting through the Audit Committee, for this Code and monitoring compliance with this Code.
It is the responsibility of each of us to understand and comply with this Code. Identifying problems or violations to enable them to be quickly and properly resolved, or to prevent them from escalating or recurring, benefits all of us and enhances our workplace environment and the reputation of the Corporation. We are therefore encouraged and expected to:
| (a) | identify and raise potential issues before they cause problems; |
| (b) | take all responsible steps to prevent any violation of this Code; |
| (c) | report actual or potential violations of this Code which we observe or of which we become aware; and |
| (d) | seek additional guidance when advisable. |
Retaliatory action against any individual for raising such concerns or questions or for reporting suspected violations of this Code in good faith will not be tolerated by the Corporation.
As this Code does not prescribe a rule for every circumstance we might encounter, we are expected to use our best judgment and common sense in applying the guidelines set out in this Code. As a general guideline, if you have any question regarding the application of any requirement under this Code, the best course of action in a particular situation or if you suspect a possible violation of a law, or this Code, you should address the matter promptly with your supervisor. If reporting a concern or complaint to your supervisor is not possible or advisable for some reason or if reporting it to your supervisor does not resolve the matter, you should address the matter with the Chief Financial Officer or seek assistance through the procedures set out in the Whistleblower Policy adopted by the Corporation, which is posted on the website of the Corporation.
8
Every reasonable effort will be made to ensure the confidentiality of concerns about suspected violations of this Code, any related investigation and the identity of those providing information, to the extent consistent with the need to conduct an appropriate, fair and thorough investigation.
Failure to comply with this Code may subject you to disciplinary action by the Corporation, up to and including termination. A violation of this Code may also constitute a violation of applicable law and may result in civil or criminal penalties for you, your supervisors and/or the Corporation.
Waivers
From time to time, the Corporation may waive the application of certain provisions of this Code. The term “waiver” means the approval by the Corporation of a material departure from a provision of this Code. Waivers generally may be granted only by the Chief Executive Officer and must be reported to the Board or the Audit Committee of the Board. However, any waiver of the provisions of this Code for any director or senior officer, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, may only be made by the Board or the Audit Committee of the Board and will be disclosed to shareholders as required by applicable law.
Effective Date: June 29, 2021
9
Exhibit 15.1
SCHEDULE A – AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER
GLASS HOUSE BRANDS INC.
CHARTER OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
PURPOSE
The audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) is a committee of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Glass House Brands Inc. (the “Company”). The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the directors of the Company in fulfilling their applicable roles by:
| a) | recommending to the Board the appointment and compensation of the Company’s external auditor; |
| b) | overseeing the work of the external auditor, including the resolution of disagreements between the external auditor and management; |
| c) | pre-approving all non-audit services (or delegating such pre-approval if and to the extent permitted by law) to be provided to the Company by the Company’s external auditor; |
| d) | satisfying themselves that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Company’s public disclosure of financial information, other than those described in (g) below, extracted or derived from its financial statements, including periodically assessing the adequacy of such procedures; |
| e) | establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; |
| f) | reviewing and approving any proposed hiring of current or former partners or employees of the current auditor of the Company; and |
| g) | reviewing and recommending to the Board the approval of the annual and interim financial statements, related Management Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and other financial information provided by the Company to any governmental body or the public. |
The Audit Committee should primarily fulfill these roles by carrying out the activities enumerated in this Charter. However, it is not the duty of the Audit Committee to prepare financial statements, to plan or conduct internal or external audits, to determine that the financial statements are complete and accurate and are in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, to conduct investigations, or to assure compliance with laws and regulations or the Company’s internal policies, procedures and controls, as these are the responsibility of management, and in certain cases, the external auditor.
LIMITATIONS ON AUDIT COMMITTEE’S DUTIES
In contributing to the Audit Committee’s discharge of its duties under this Charter, each member of the Audit Committee shall be obliged only to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Nothing in this Charter is intended to be, or may be construed as, imposing on any members of the Audit Committee a standard of care or diligence that is in any way more onerous or extensive than the standard to which the directors are subject.
Members of the Audit Committee are entitled to rely, absent actual knowledge to the contrary, on (i) the integrity of the persons and organizations from whom they receive information, (ii) the accuracy and completeness of the information provided, (iii) representations made by management as to the non-audit services provided to the Company by the external auditor, (iv) financial statements of the Company represented to them by a member of management or in a written report of the external auditors to present fairly the financial position of the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (v) any report of a lawyer, accountant, engineer, appraiser or other person whose profession lends credibility to a statement made by any such person.
A-1
COMPOSITION AND MEETINGS
The Audit Committee should be comprised of not less than three directors as determined by the Board, all of whom shall be independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“NI 52-110”) of the Canadian Securities Administrators (or exempt therefrom), and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment as a member of the Audit Committee. All members of the Audit Committee should have (or should gain within a reasonable period of time after appointment) a working familiarity with basic finance and accounting practices. Each member must be “financially literate” within the meaning of NI 52-110 or must become financially literate within a reasonable period of time following his or her appointment. The Audit Committee members may enhance their familiarity with finance and accounting by participating in educational programs conducted by the Company or an outside consultant.
The members of the Audit Committee shall be elected by the Board on an annual basis or until their successors shall be duly appointed. Unless a Chair of the Audit Committee (the “Chair”) is elected by the full Board, the members of the Audit Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the full Audit Committee membership.
In addition, the Audit Committee members should meet all of the requirements for members of audit committees as defined from time to time under applicable legislation and the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or traded.
The Audit Committee should meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances require. The Audit Committee should meet within forty-five (45) days following the end of the first three financial quarters to review and discuss the unaudited financial results for the preceding quarter and the related MD&A, and should meet within 90 days following the end of the fiscal year end to review and discuss the audited financial results for the preceding quarter and year and the related MD&A.
The Audit Committee may ask members of management or others to attend meetings and provide pertinent information as necessary. For purposes of performing their duties, members of the Audit Committee shall have full access to all corporate information and any other information deemed appropriate by them, and shall be permitted to discuss such information and any other matters relating to the financial position of the Company with senior employees, officers and the external auditor of the Company, and others as they consider appropriate.
For greater certainty, management is indirectly accountable to the Audit Committee and is responsible for the timeliness and integrity of the financial reporting and information presented to the Board.
In order to foster open communication, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet at least annually with management and the external auditor in separate sessions to discuss any matters that the Audit Committee or each of these groups believes should be discussed privately. In addition, the Audit Committee or its Chair should meet with management quarterly in connection with the Company’s interim financial statements.
A quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Audit Committee shall be a majority of the number of members of the Audit Committee or such greater number as the Audit Committee shall by resolution determine.
Meetings of the Audit Committee shall be held from time to time and at such place as any member of the Audit Committee shall determine upon 48 hours’ notice to each of its members. The notice period may be waived by all members of the Audit Committee. Each of the Chair of the Board, the external auditor, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary shall be entitled to request that any member of the Audit Committee call a meeting.
This Charter is subject in all respects to the Company’s articles from time to time.
A-2
ROLE
As part of its function in assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight role (and without limiting the generality of the Audit Committee’s role), the Audit Committee should:
| (1) | Determine any desired agenda items; |
| (2) | Review and recommend to the Board changes to this Charter, as considered appropriate from time to time; |
| (3) | Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required by NI 52-110; |
| (4) | Review and seek to ensure that disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting frameworks are operational and functional; |
| (5) | Summarize in the Company’s annual information form the Audit Committee’s composition and activities, as required; and |
| (6) | Submit the minutes of all meetings of the Audit Committee to the Board upon request. |
Documents / Reports Review
| (7) | Review and recommend to the Board for approval the Company’s annual and interim financial statements, including any certification, report, opinion, undertaking or review rendered by the external auditor and the related MD&A, as well as such other financial information of the Company provided to the public or any governmental body as the Audit Committee or the Board require. |
| (8) | Review other financial information provided to any governmental body or the public as they see fit. |
| (9) | Review any of the Company’s press releases that contain financial information. |
| (10) | Seek to satisfy itself and ensure that adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Company’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Company’s financial statements and related MD&A and periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures. |
External Auditor
| (11) | Recommend to the Board the selection of the external auditor, considering independence and effectiveness, and review and recommend the fees and other compensation to be paid to the external auditor. The Audit Committee shall have the ultimate authority to approve all audit engagement terms and fees, including the auditors’ audit plan. |
| (12) | Review and seek to ensure that all financial information provided to the public or any governmental body, as required, provides for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial condition, financial performance and cash flow. |
| (13) | Instruct the external auditor that its ultimate client is not management and that it is required to report directly to the Audit Committee, and not management. |
| (14) | Monitor the relationship between management and the external auditor including reviewing any management letters or other reports of the external auditor and discussing any material differences of opinion between management and the external auditor. |
| (15) | Review and discuss, on an annual basis, with the external auditor all significant relationships it has with the Company to determine the external auditor’s independence. |
| (16) | Pre-approve all non-audit services (or delegate such pre-approval, as the Audit Committee may determine and as permitted by applicable Canadian securities laws) to be provided by the external auditor. |
| (17) | Review the performance of the external auditor and any proposed discharge of the external auditor when circumstances warrant. |
| (18) | Periodically consult with the external auditor out of the presence of management about significant risks or exposures, internal controls and other steps that management has taken to control such risks, and the fullness and accuracy of the financial statements, including the adequacy of internal controls to expose any payments, transactions or procedures that might be deemed illegal or otherwise improper. |
A-3
| (19) | Communicate directly with the external auditor and arrange for the external auditor to be available to the Audit Committee and the full Board as needed. |
| (20) | Review and approve any proposed hiring by the Company of current or former partners or employees of the current (and any former) external auditor of the Company. |
Audit Process
| (21) | Review the scope, plan and results of the external auditor’s audit and reviews, including the auditor’s engagement letter, the post-audit management letter, if any, and the form of the audit report. The Audit Committee may authorize the external auditor to perform supplemental reviews, audits or other work as deemed desirable. |
| (22) | Following completion of the annual audit and quarterly reviews, review separately with each of management and the external auditor any significant changes to planned procedures, any difficulties encountered during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews, including any restrictions on the scope of work or access to required information and the cooperation that the external auditor received during the course of the audit and, if applicable, reviews. |
| (23) | Review any significant disagreements among management and the external auditor in connection with the preparation of the financial statements. |
| (24) | Where there are significant unsettled issues between management and the external auditor that do not affect the audited financial statements, the Audit Committee shall seek to ensure that there is an agreed course of action leading to the resolution of such matters. |
Financial Reporting Processes
| (25) | Review the integrity of the financial reporting processes, both internal and external, in consultation with the external auditor as they see fit. |
| (26) | Consider the external auditor’s judgments about the quality, transparency and appropriateness, not just the acceptability, of the Company’s accounting principles and financial disclosure practices, as applied in its financial reporting, including the degree of aggressiveness or conservatism of its accounting principles and underlying estimates, and whether those principles are common practices or are minority practices. |
| (27) | Review all material balance sheet issues, material contingent obligations (including those associated with material acquisitions or dispositions) and material related party transactions. |
| (28) | Review with management and the external auditor the Company’s accounting policies and any changes that are proposed to be made thereto, including all critical accounting policies and practices used, any alternative treatments of financial information that have been discussed with management, the ramification of their use and the external auditor’s preferred treatment and any other material communications with management with respect thereto. |
| (29) | Review the disclosure and impact of contingencies and the reasonableness of the provisions, reserves and estimates that may have a material impact on financial reporting. |
| (30) | If considered appropriate, establish separate systems of reporting to the Audit Committee by each of management and the external auditor. |
| (31) | Periodically consider the need for an internal audit function, if not present. |
A-4
Risk Management
| (32) | Review program of risk assessment and steps taken to address significant risks or exposures of all types, including insurance coverage and tax compliance. |
General
| (33) | The Audit Committee may at its discretion retain independent counsel, accountants and other professionals to assist it in the conduct of its activities and to set and pay (as an expense of the Company) the compensation for any such advisors. |
| (34) | Respond to requests by the Board with respect to the functions and activities that the Board requests the Audit Committee to perform. |
| (35) | Periodically review this Charter and, if the Audit Committee deems appropriate, recommend to the Board changes to this Charter. |
| (36) | Review the public disclosure regarding the Audit Committee required from time to time by applicable Canadian securities laws, including: |
| ● | The Charter of the Audit Committee; |
| ● | the composition of the Audit Committee; |
| ● | the relevant education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee; |
| ● | the external auditor services and fees; and |
| ● | such other matters as the Company is required to disclose concerning the Audit Committee. |
| (37) | Perform any other activities as the Audit Committee deems necessary or appropriate including seeking to ensure all regulatory documents are compiled to meet Committee reporting obligations under NI 52-110. |
AUDIT COMMITTEE COMPLAINT PROCEDURES
The Audit Committee shall establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
The Audit Committee is a committee of the Board and is not and shall not be deemed to be an agent of the Company’s securityholders for any purpose whatsoever. The Board may, from time to time, permit departures from the terms hereof, either prospectively or retrospectively, and no provision contained herein is intended to give rise to civil liability to the Company securityholders or other liability whatsoever.
Effective Date: June 29, 2021
A-5
Exhibit 15.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Glass House Brands Inc.
Long Beach, California
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated May 4, 2021, included in the Form 20-F of Glass House Brands Inc., with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of GH Group Inc. as of December 31, 2020, combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in shareholders’/members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended.
We also consent to the inclusion of our report dated July 9, 2021, included in the Form 20-F of Glass House Brands Inc., with respect to the unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet of GH Group Inc. as of March 31, 2021, and the related unaudited condensed interim consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’/members’ equity, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
Los Angeles, California
December 21, 2022
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | |
| 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1500 | |
| Los Angeles, CA 90067 | www.mgocpa.com |
Exhibit 15.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Glass House Brands Inc.
Long Beach, California
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated May 4, 2021, included in the Form 20-F of Glass House Brands Inc., with respect to the balance sheets of iCANN, LLC as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended.
/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
Los Angeles, California
December 21, 2022
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | |
| 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1500 | |
| Los Angeles, CA 90067 | www.mgocpa.com |
Exhibit 15.4
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Glass House Brands Inc.
Long Beach, California
We consent to the inclusion of our report dated May 4, 2021, included in the Form 20-F of Glass House Brands Inc., with respect to the combined balance sheets of Bud and Bloom as of August 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the period ended August 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018.
/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
Los Angeles, California
December 21, 2022
| Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP | |
| 2029 Century Park East, Suite 1500 | |
| Los Angeles, CA 90067 | www.mgocpa.com |
Exhibit 15.5
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use of our auditor’s report dated March 29, 2021 with respect to the financial statements of Glass House Brands Inc. (formerly Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.) as at December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from April 16, 2019 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2019 (which expresses an unqualified opinion and included an explanatory paragraph related to the conditions and events that raise substantial doubt on the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern), included in Form 20-F of Glass House Brands Inc. (formerly Mercer Park Brand Acquisition Corp.) as filed with the United States Securities Exchange Commission.
/s/ MNP LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants
December 21, 2022
Toronto, Canada